Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
92 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
abhijātaḥ3.3.88MasculineSingularsatyam, sādhuḥ, vidyamānaḥ, praśastaḥ, abhyarhitaḥ
abhyamitryaḥ2.8.76MasculineSingularabhyamitrīyaḥ, abhyamitrīṇaḥ
adhīnaḥ3.1.14MasculineSingularnighnaḥ, āyattaḥ, asvacchandaḥ, gṛhyakaḥ
āmayāvī2.6.58MasculineSingularāturaḥ, abhyamitaḥ, abhyāntaḥ, vikṛtaḥ, vyādhitaḥ, apaṭuḥ
arghaḥ3.3.32MasculineSingularmāsam, amātyaḥ, atyupadhaḥ, medhya, sitaḥ, pāvakam
aryaḥ3.3.154MasculineSingularasākalyam, gajānāṃmadhyamaṃgatam
āyāmaḥ2.6.115MasculineSingulardairghyam, ārohaḥ
bhakṣitaḥMasculineSingularglastam, annam, khāditam, liptam, bhuktam, grastam, abhyavahṛtam, gilitam, carvitam, aśitam, jagdham, psātam, pratyasitam
brahmavarcasam2.7.42NeuterSingularvṛttādhyayanardhiḥ
chekaḥ2.2.45MasculineSingulargṛhyakaḥ
daraḥ3.3.192MasculineSingularvinā, tādarthyam, paridhānam, avasaraḥ, ātmīyaḥ, bhedaḥ, avadhiḥ, antarātmā, bahiḥ, chidram, antardhiḥ, avakāśaḥ, madhya
dhanī3.1.8MasculineSingularibhya, āḍhya
dhenukā3.3.15FeminineSingularmukhya, anyaḥ, kevalaḥ
gantrī2.8.53FeminineSingularkambalivāhyakam
garbhaḥ3.3.143MasculineSingularsaṃsad, sabhya
gopālaḥ2.9.58MasculineSingularābhīraḥ, ballavaḥ, ‍gopaḥ, ‍gosaṃkhya, ‍godhuk
hallakam1.10.36NeuterSingularraktasandhyakamred lotus
jalpākaḥ3.1.33MasculineSingularvācālaḥ, vācāṭaḥ, bahugarhyavāk
joṣam3.3.259MasculineSingularantikam, madhya
kālaḥ3.3.202MasculineSingularsāmarthyam, sainyam, kākaḥ, sīrī, sthaulyam
kapaṭaḥMasculineSingularkaitavam, kusṛtiḥ, vyājaḥ, nikṛtiḥ, dambhaḥ, śāṭhyam, upādhiḥ, chadmadeceit
karcūrakaḥMasculineSingulardrāviḍakaḥ, kālpakaḥ, vedhamukhyakaḥ
kaṣāyaḥ3.3.161MasculineSingularśapathaḥ, tathya
kaukkuṭikaḥ3.3.17MasculineSingularmadhyaratnam, netā
kramukaḥ2.2.41MasculineSingularpaṭṭikākhya, paṭṭī, lākṣāprasādanaḥ
kuberaḥ1.1.68-69MasculineSingularekapiṅgaḥ, paulastyaḥ, dhanādhipaḥ, manuṣyadharmā, tryambakasakhaḥ, śrīdaḥ, yakṣaḥ, vaiśravaṇaḥ, rājarājaḥ, guhyakeśvaraḥ, aiḍaviḍaḥ, naravāhanaḥ, kinnareśaḥ, dhanadaḥ, yakṣarāṭ, puṇyajaneśvaraḥkuber
lastakaḥ2.8.86MasculineSingulardhanurmadhyam
madhyadeśaḥ2.1.7MasculineSingularmadhyamaḥ
madhyamam2.6.80NeuterSingularmadhya, avalagnam
nikṛṣṭaḥ3.1.53MasculineSingularrephaḥ, garhya, kutsitaḥ, avamaḥ, arvā, kheṭaḥ, kupūyaḥ, yāpyaḥ, pratikṛṣṭaḥ, aṇakaḥ, avadyaḥ, adhamaḥ
nirhāraḥ2.4.17MasculineSingularabhyavakarṣaṇam
nirṇiktam3.1.55-56MasculineSingularanavaskaram, śodhitam, mṛṣṭam, niḥśodhyam
nirvādaḥ3.3.97MasculineSingulargoṣṭhādhyakṣaḥ
niryātanam3.3.127NeuterSingularguhyam, akāryam
nyāyyam2.8.24MasculineSingularyuktam, aupayikam, labhyam, bhajamānam, abhinītam
paiṭharam2.9.45MasculineSingularukhyam
pinākaḥ3.3.14MasculineSingularmukhya, rūpī
pradhānam3.1.58NeuterSingularagryaḥ, agraḥ, pravarhaḥ, mukhya, pravekaḥ, agriyaḥ, prāgryaḥ, parārdhya, vareṇyaḥ, uttamaḥ, pramukhaḥ, agrīyaḥ, prāgraharaḥ, anavarārdhya, varyaḥ, anuttamaḥ
pramilā3.3.184FeminineSingularālekhyam, āścaryam
prapunnāḍaḥMasculineSingulareḍagajaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhya
puṣyaḥMasculineSingularsidhya, tiṣyaḥphysails feloxuosa
pūtam3.1.54MasculineSingularpavitram, medhyam
rāḥ3.3.173MasculineSingularvedabhedaḥ, guhyavādaḥ
rājādanaḥ2.2.45MasculineSingularphalādhyakṣaḥ, kṣīrikā
ratnam3.3.133NeuterSingularūnaḥ, garhya
sabhāsadaḥ2.7.18MasculineSingularsabhāstāraḥ, sabhya, sāmājikaḥ
sahodaraḥ2.6.34MasculineSingularsahajaḥ, sagarbhya, samānodaryaḥ, sodaryaḥ
sajjanaḥ2.7.3MasculineSingularāryaḥ, sabhya, sādhuḥ, mahākulaḥ, kulīnaḥ
śāraḥ3.3.174MasculineSingularguhyam
satyam1.2.23MasculineSingulartathyam, ṛtam, samyaktruth
śūlam3.3.204MasculineSingularkālaḥ, maryādā, abdhyambuvikṛtiḥ
svarāḥ1.7.1MasculinePluralṣaḍjaḥ, madhyamaḥ, dhaivataḥ, niṣādaḥ, pañcamaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, gāndhāraḥa note of the musical scale or gamut
tālamālam2.9.104NeuterSingulargaireyam, arthyam, girijam, aśmajam
upahāraḥ2.8.28MasculineSingularupadā, upāyanam, upagrāhyam
utsāhaḥMasculineSingularadhyavasāyaḥperseverance
visrambhaḥ3.3.143MasculineSingularadhyakṣaḥ
vṛtāntaḥ3.3.70MasculineSingularkāsū, sāmarthyam
vyūhaḥ3.3.246MasculineSingularpragṛhyam, smṛtiḥ
yuddham2.8.107NeuterSingularāyodhanam, pravidāraṇam, saṃkhyam, ‍samaraḥ, kalahaḥ, abhisaṃpātaḥ, saṃyogaḥ, saṃgrāmaḥ, ‍saṃyat, samit, janyam, mṛdham, samīkam, a‍nīkaḥ, ‍vigrahaḥ, kaṃliḥ, abhyāmardaḥ, āhavaḥ, ‍samitiḥ, yut, pradhanam, āskandanam, ‍sāṃparāthikam, raṇaḥ, saṃprahāraḥ, saṃsphoṭaḥ, ‍samāghātaḥ, samudāyaḥ, ājiḥ
yugaḥ3.3.29MasculineSingularguhyam, mūrdhā
abhyantaramNeuterSingularantarālamincluded space
trisandhyamNeuterSingularperiods of the day
madhyadeśaḥ2.1.7MasculineSingularmadhyamaḥ
abandhya2.4.5MasculineSingularphalegrahiḥ
bandhyaMasculineSingularaphalaḥ, avakeśī
mādhyamMasculineSingularkundam
madhya2.6.8FeminineSingular‍dṛṣṭarajāḥ
madhyamam2.6.80NeuterSingularmadhya, avalagnam
madhya2.6.83FeminineSingular
nepathyam2.6.100MasculineSingularākalpaḥ, veṣaḥ, pratikarma, prasādhanam
satīrthya2.7.14MasculineSingularekaguruḥ
aitihyam2.7.14MasculineSingularitiha
samūhya2.7.22MasculineSingularparicāyyaḥ, upacāyyaḥ
arghyam2.7.35MasculineSingular
ātithyam2.7.35MasculineSingular
mukhya2.7.44MasculineSingular
adhyakṣaḥ2.8.6MasculineSingularadhikṛtaḥ
kanakādhyakṣaḥ2.8.7MasculineSingularbhaurikaḥ
rūpyādhyakṣaḥ2.8.7MasculineSingularnaiṣkikaḥ
sakhyam2.8.12NeuterSingularsāptapadīnam
pṛṣṭhya2.8.46MasculineSingularsthaurī
rathya2.8.46MasculineSingular
abhyamitryaḥ2.8.76MasculineSingularabhyamitrīyaḥ, abhyamitrīṇaḥ
abhyavaskandanam2.8.112NeuterSingularabhyāsādanam
ārṣabhya2.9.63MasculineSingular‍gopatiḥ, iṭcaraḥ
garhyavādī3.1.34MasculineSingularkadvadaḥ
badhya3.1.44MasculineSingularśīrṣacchedyaḥ
guhyam3.3.162NeuterSingularśubhāśubhaṃkarma
arthya3.3.168MasculineSingularsundaraḥ, somadaivatam
madhyam3.3.169MasculineSingularyugam, saṃśayaḥ
adhyakṣaḥ3.3.233MasculineSingularsāraṅgaḥ
prasahya2.4.10MasculineSingular
Monier-Williams Search
2971 results for hya
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
hyain compound for hyas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaḥkṛtamfn. done or happened yesterday ( hyaḥkṛtavat -vat- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaḥkṛtavatind. hyaḥkṛta
hyasind. (gaRa svar-ādi-) yesterday [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin hesternus,heri; Gothic gistra(-dagis); German ge0staron,gestern; Anglo-Saxon geostra; English yester(-day).] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyastanamf(ī-)n. hesternal, belonging to or produced or occurred yesterday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyastanadinan. the day just past, yesterday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyastanīf. (scilicet vibhakti-) the personal terminations of the imperfect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyastyamfn. hesternal, of yesterday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abadhyamfn. unmeaning, nonsensical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abadhyaSee a-vadhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abādhyamfn. not to be opposed or pained. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abāhyamfn. not exterior, internal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abāhyamfn. without an exterior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abandhyamfn. not to be fettered or bound. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abandhyamf(ā-)n. not barren, not unfruitful, fruitful, productive (see a-vandhya-,which is perhaps the better spelling.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abdhyagnim. submarine fire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyai -dhyāyati-, to direct one's intention to, set one's heart upon, intend, desire etc. ; to meditate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidohyan. (impersonal or used impersonally) to be milked upon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidruhyamāṇamfn. being injured. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhikhyamfn. like, similar to (compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimātiṣāhya(7) n. conquering enemies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimihyamfn. to be wetted (by urining upon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyan. (fr. abhi-mukha-), direction towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyan. being in front of or face to face, presence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyan. wish or desire directed towards anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyan. the state of being about to do anything. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhimukhyakaraṇan. addressing a person, on . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinabhyamind. near the clouds or the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinidhyaito give attention to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiruhya ind.p. having ascended. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiṣahya ind.p. with 1. kṛ-"to treat by force", commit a rape, violate (a female) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃkhyamfn. inferable, clearly ascertainable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivāhyan. conveyance, transmission View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhikamf(ā-)n. surpassing (in number, power, kind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhikamf(ā-)n. exceeding the common measure, pre-eminent, extraordinary etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhikamf(ā-)n. superior to, more excellent than, having more authority or power than, more than (ablative or instrumental case or in compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhikamf(ā-)n. augmented by (ablative [ ]or instrumental case or in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhikādhikamfn. always or progressively increasing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhikamind. exceedingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhvamind. upon the way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhveind. locative case on the way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhyayanan. studying (the veda- etc.) at any place (compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaghāyaNom. P. -aghāy/ati-, to intend to injure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyagnim. Name of a son of etaśa- or aitaśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyagniind. towards the fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyagramf(ā-)n. having the point turned or directed towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyagramf(ā-)n. quick, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyagramf(ā-)n. constant, perpetual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyagramf(ā-)n. fresh (as blood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyagramf(ā-)n. near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyagran. proximity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaj( aj-), (Imper. or subjunctive 1. dual number -/ajāva-) to combine, unite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaktamfn. oiled, anointed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaktamfn. decorated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyalaṃkāram. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).), decoration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyalaṃkṛtamfn. decorated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyalpamfn. very small View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyam abhy-/amīti- ( [quoted in ; see also ];2. sg. -/amīṣi-;3. plural subjunctive -am/anti-and imperfect tense A1. -/amanta-) to advance violently against, pain, hurt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamanan. paining, oppression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamanavatmfn. paining, hurting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaminmfn. attacking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamita mfn. (perf. Passive voice p.) diseased, sick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamitra(basis of abhy-amitram-and its derivatives trīṇa-,etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamitramind. against the enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamitrīṇa([ ]) mfn. ([apparently derivatives fr. abhy-amitram-(See below sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order),but probably originally derived from the root, which is also indicated by the parallel form abhy-amin-(See below)]) advancing against or attacking (the enemy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamitrīṇaetc. See abhy-am-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamitrīṇatāf. a good opportunity to attack the enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamitrīya ([ ]) mfn. ([apparently derivatives fr. abhy-amitram-(See below sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order),but probably originally derived from the root, which is also indicated by the parallel form abhy-amin-(See below)]) advancing against or attacking (the enemy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyamitrya([ ]) mfn. ([apparently derivatives fr. abhy-amitram-(See below sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order),but probably originally derived from the root, which is also indicated by the parallel form abhy-amin-(See below)]) advancing against or attacking (the enemy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaṅgam. rubbing with unctuous substances, inunction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaṅgam. unguent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyañjP. to smear, anoint etc.: A1. to anoint one's self: A1. (3. plural abhy /añjate-) to decorate : A1. -aṅkt/e-, to decorate one's self (quoted in ) ; (in Passive voice sense; parasmE-pada -añjān/a-) to be decorated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyañjakamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') rubbing (the feet) with unctuous substances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyañjanan. rubbing with unctuous substances, inunction (especially of the feet, once[ ]said of the hairs) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyañjanan. unguent (used for rubbing the feet; see ñjana-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyañjanan. (5) ornament, embellishment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyañjanyamfn. whose feet are to be rubbed with unguents View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyañjyamfn. to be rubbed with unguents (as a foot) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaṅkamf(ā-)n. recently marked (as cattle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaramf(ā-)n. interior, being inside of, included in (locative case; genitive case or in compound [ see gaṇābhyantara-]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaramf(ā-)n. initiated in, conversant with (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaramf(ā-)n. next, nearly related, intimate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaran. inner part, interior, inside, middle etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaran. (generally locative case; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') interval, space of time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaram. "on intimate terms", a lover, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyantaramfn. (fr. abhy-antara-), being inside, interior, inner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaracārinmfn. moving inside, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaradoṣakṛtmfn. "doing a wrong to one's own land", raising a sedition or mutiny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantarakam. an intimate friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantarakalāf. plural the secret arts or the arts of coquetry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaramind. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyantaramind. inside. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyantaranṛttan. perfect dancing (according to the nāṭya-śāstra-s), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyantaraprayatnam. internal effort (of the mouth in producing articulate utterance) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaratasind. in the interior, inwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantarāyāmam. curvature of the spine by spasm, emprosthonos (see bāhyāyāma-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantarī(for abhyantara-in compound with1. kṛ-and its derivatives) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyantarikamfn. equals ābhyantara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantarīkaraṇan. initiating in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantarīkṛto put between, insert View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantarīkṛtamfn. initiated in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantarīkṛtamfn. made intimate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñāto assent to, approve, allow, permit, concede etc. ; to authorize, direct ; to allow one to depart, dismiss etc. ; (ind.p. -jñaya-; infinitive mood -jñātum-) to take leave, ask for leave to depart : Causal (ind.p. -jñāpya-; future parasmE-pada -jñāpayiṣyat-) to ask for leave to depart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñāf. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) assent, approval View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñāf. authorization, permission View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñāf. granting leave of absence, dismissing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñānan. assenting to, approval commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñānan. authorization, permission View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñāpanan. causing to assent to. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñātamfn. assented to, approved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñātamfn. authorized, allowed to etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñātamfn. (an-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñātamfn. favoured by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñātamfn. allowed to depart, dismissed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanujñeyamfn. to be admitted or assented to, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanūktamfn. stated or uttered with reference to (accusative) (see abhyukta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanumodanan. agreement with, approval, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanumudCaus. (perf. Passive voice p. -modita-; parasmE-pada necess. -modanīya-) to assent to, approve of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanuprachto inquire after, ask for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanuśās(Imper. 1. p. -śāsāni-) to indicate, denote View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanusṛ(ind.p. -sṛtya- varia lectio -sṛjya-) to learn by investigating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanusṛj(ind.p. -sṛjya-) idem or '(ind.p. -sṛtya- varia lectio -sṛjya-) to learn by investigating ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanuvac(perf. -anūvāca-) to declare or state or utter with reference to (accusative) : Passive voice (3. plural -anūcyante-) to be referred to by some statement or verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanuvadP. (equals abhy-anu-vac-) to utter with reference to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanuyuj(ind.p. -yujya-) to apply to, ask View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyapakram -kram-, -krāmati-, to go away towards (accusative) ; (Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. -/apakramīs-) to come up to
abhyapān( an-) to breathe towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyapaśriA1. to retire towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarc(3. plural -arcanti-and imperfect tense -arcan-[ ];Imper. 2. sg. -arca-,2. plural -arcata-; A1.1. sg. -arce-and Aorist -arcase-[ ]) to praise, celebrate in song (instrumental case) ; (ind.p. -arcya-) to worship, reverence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarcāf. equals abhy-arcana- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarcanan. worship, reverence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarcanīyamfn. equals abhy-arcya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarcitamfn. reverenced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarcitamfn. incorrectly for abhy-arthita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarcyamfn. to be reverenced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyardto oppress, afflict, pain : Causal idem or ' ind.p. asking, requesting ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyardhamind. beside, apart from (ablative), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyardhasind. apart, separate from (ablative)
abhyardhayajvan(6) mfn. (said of pūṣan-) receiving sacrifices apart or separate ones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyardheind. only locative case opposite to, in the face of (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarditamfn. (fr. Causal) distressed, oppressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarhaṇan. reverencing, honouring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarhaṇīyamfn. to be greatly honoured, venerable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarhaṇīyatāf. honourableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarhitamfn. greatly honoured, venerable (see commentator or commentary) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarhitamfn. more honoured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarhitamfn. more important than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarhitamfn. fit, proper, becoming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyariind. towards or against the enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarkabimbamind. towards the disk of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarṇamfn. (fr. -,or according to ard-,in which case it should be written abhy-arṇṇa-) near, proximate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarṇan. proximity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarṇaSee sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order , . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarṇatāf. proximity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarṇṇamfn. (as ni-ṣaṇṇa-fr. ni-ṣad-). See abhy-arṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyārohyaSee an-- negative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarṣ(Imper. 2. sg. -arṣā-(most frequently in ); parasmE-pada -/arṣat-) to flow or run near (accusative) ; to cause to flow near, afford ; (Aorist or plusq. -ānarṣat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyart(Aorist A1.2. plural -artiḍhvam-) ([ ]) incorrectly for abhy-arth- ; see anvart- (anv-art-?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarthA1. (Opt. 2. sg. -arthayethās-;rarely P. exempli gratia, 'for example' future -arthayiṣyati- ) to request, ask for (accusative or dative case or locative case or in compound with artham-) ; (See also abhy-art-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarthanan. asking, requesting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarthanāgenerally (ā-) f. idem or 'n. asking, requesting' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarthanīyamfn. to be requested or asked. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarthinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') asking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarthitamfn. asked, invited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarthitan. request (see yathābhyarthitam-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarthyamfn. equals abhy-arthanīya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyarthya ind.p. asking, requesting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaś -aśnoti-, (frequently Opt. or preceding 1. sg. -aśyām-,3. sg. -aśyās-[ ] , 1. plural -aśyāma-; Aorist P. -ānaṭ-and A1. -/āṣṭa-; perf. 1. plural -ānaśma-,3. plural -ānaś/uḥ-) to pervade, reach to, gain ; (subjunctive 1. dual number -aśn/avāva-,1. plural -aśn/avāma-) to overpower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyas -/asti- (1. plural abh/iṣmas-,but 3. plural abh/i s/anti-and pr. p. abh/i s/at-[according to abhismas-,but abhiṣanti-and abhiṣat-]; subjunctive -asat-,1. plural -/asāma-,3. plural -/asan-; Potential sg. -ṣyām-, -ṣyās-, -ṣyāt-,1. and 3. plural -ṣyāma-, -ṣyuḥ-or -ṣy/uḥ-; perf. 1. sg. -āsa-) to be over, reign over, excel, surpass, overpower ; to fall to one's share View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyas(ind.p. -asya-) to throw towards or upon ; (parasmE-pada genitive case sg. -asyatas-) to throw (as arrows) ; to add, : P. (rarely A1.) -asyati- (but also Potential -aset- ; parasmE-pada -asat- : A1. -asate- ) to concentrate one's attention upon (accusative), practise, exercise, study etc. ; to repeat, double ; to multiply etc.: Causal to cause to practise or study, teach commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyaśanan. reaching to, gaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasanan. practice, exercise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasanīyamfn. to be practised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasanīyamfn. to be studied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasanīyamfn. to be repeated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasanīyamfn. (in grammar) to be reduplicated. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasitavyamfn. to be practised commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. accumulated by repeated practice (as food) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. practised, exercised etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. learnt by heart, repeated, studied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. multiplied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamfn. (in grammar) reduplicated (as roots) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastan. the reduplicated base of a root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamwith i- ([Pot. -iyāt- ]) or 1. - ([ Aorist -agāt- ]), (said of the sun) to set upon anybody (accusative) who is not working or while anything (accusative) is not done or performed (see abhi-ni-mruc-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamayam. See anuddhṛtābh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyastamitamfn. one on whom while not (working or) being asleep the sun has set View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasūyaNom. P. A1. -asūyati-, te-, to show indignation, be indignant at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasūyāf. indignation, anger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasūyāf. envy, jealousy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyasūyakamfn. indignant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhya( i-), (ind.p. -atītya-) to pass over (accusative) ; to get through towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyatikram(ind.p. -kramya-;Inf. -krāntuṃ-) to step over, walk through ; to overpower ; to transgress, violate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyatikṣar(imperfect tense -akṣarat-) to flow over to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyatinīto bring or place upon (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyatiric Passive voice -/ati-ric-yate-, or -ati-ricy/ate- (subjunctive abhy-/ati-r/icyātai-; Potential -/ati-ricyeta-) Ved. to remain for the sake of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyatisṛj(1. plural -/ati-sṛjāmas-) to let pass
abhyatitamfn. ( at-), one who has walked towards (accusative), one who visits (used for the etymology of atithi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyatītamfn. passed away (as time) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyatītamfn. dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyativadP. (equals ati-vad- q.v) "to speak louder or better", surpass in disputing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyativṛt -vartate-, to drive past (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyatyṛjto carry over or transfer upon (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyav(Aorist -āvīt-) to refresh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavacar(subjunctive 3. plural -c/arān-) to approach, assail : Causal (Opt. -cārayet-) to send away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavadāto place into (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavadāto cut off in addition to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavadānya(or -d/ānya-) mfn. depriving of (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavadhā(perf. Passive voice p. -hita-) to allay, lay (as dust) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavadugdhamfn. that upon which milk has been milked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavagāhCaus. to ride or walk (horses) into the ford commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavagāhto enter, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavahāram. taking food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavahārafood, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavaharaṇan. throwing away or down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavaharaṇan. taking food, eating commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavahāravahṛtamfn. eaten, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyavahārikamfn. (fr. abhy-avahāra-), supporting life, belonging to livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavahārinSee satṛṇābh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavahāryamfn. eatable and commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavahāryan. ([ ]) or (āṇi-) n. plural ([ ]) food, eating. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavahṛto throw down into water (accusative; ap/aḥ-or samudr/am-or hrad/am-) (see abhy-ava--) ; to bring near ; to take food, eat : Causal to cause to throw down (into water) ; to attack (as an enemy) ; to take food, eat ; to cause to eat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavajvalCaus. -jvālayate-, to enlighten, illumine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavakarṣaṇan. ( kṛṣ-), extraction, drawing out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavakāśam. ( kāś-), an open space. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyavakāśikamfn. (fr. abhy-avakāśa-), living in the open air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavakīrṇamfn. covered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavakṝ(Passive voice 3. plural -kīryante-) to throw or cast on, pour on, cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavakrandto call out towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavaman -manyate-, to despise, reject View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavanamCaus. (ind.p. -nāmya-) to bow, incline View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavanīto lead down (into water) ; (perf. -nināya-) to pour into or upon (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavanijP. -nenekti-, to wipe or wash, clean ; (Aorist A1.1. sg. -nikṣi-) : Causal to cause to wash View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavapatto fly near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavapātam. gravitation, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavaruhto step down upon ; (perf. p. -rūḍhavat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavās(2 as-), (Opt. -avāsyet-) to throw upon (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavaskand(ind.p. -skandya-) to jump down or into ; to meet, encounter
abhyavaskandam. impetuous assault View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavaskandajudgment, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavaskandanan. impetuous assault View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavasṛ(ind.p. -sṛtya-) to retire from (ablative) towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavasṛj(1. p. -sṛjāmi-) to dismiss towards (accusative) ; to dismiss (as rays) ; to throw, shoot (as arrows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavasthitamfn. resisting (with accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavasyandto drive (on a carriage) towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavatan -tanoti-, to send out or spread (as rays instrumental case) towards (accusative) : Passive voice (3. plural -tāyante-) to be sent out or spread (as rays) towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavavṛtA1. (Opt. 3. pl -v/arteran-) to turn one's self away from (ablative) : Causal P. to turn towards or to this side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavāyanan. going down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavāyinmfn. going down, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyave( i-), -avaiti- to go down, descend (into water, as in bathing) ; (future 3. plural -avaiṣyanti-) to condescend ; (imperfect tense 3. plural -av/āyan-) to perceive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavekṣ( īkṣ-), -avekṣate- to look at or upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyayam. approaching (as of darkness) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyayam. setting (of the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyayaSee 2. abhī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyayodhyamind. towards or against ayodhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyūhyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be inferred ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyūhya ind.p. having deduced by reasoning, having inferred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abibhyatmfn. (pr.p.) idem or 'm(instrumental case bhyuṣā-; Nominal verb plural bhyuṣas-)fn. (perf. p.) fearless, confident ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudhyamfn. not to be awakened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābudhyan. (fr. a-budha-), want of discernment, foolishness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudhyamānamfn. not being awake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adābhyamfn. (3, 4) free from deceit, trusty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adābhyamfn. not to be trifled with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adābhyam. Name of a libation (graha-) in the jyotiṣṭoma- sacrifice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adāhyamfn. incombustible. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhamārdhyamfn. connected with or referring to the lower part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhikārāḍhyamfn. invested with rights or privileges. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhimuhyam. Name of śākyamuni- in one of his thirty-four former births. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhirathyamind. on the high road. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhomukhyan. going downwards, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyamf(ā-)n. (? fr. ārdhya-, ṛdh-;or fr. ārthya- ), opulent, wealthy, rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyamf(ā-)n. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyamf(ā-)n. rich or abounding in, richly endowed or filled or mixed with (instrumental case or in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyamf(ā-)n. (in arithmetic) augmented by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyacaramfn. once opulent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhiind. on high, just above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhikṣepam. excessive censure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhikṣepam. gross abuse. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhīnamfn. completely subject to or dependent on (as a slave) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhvamind. on the road, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyagniind. over or by the nuptial fire (property given to the bride). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyagnīkṛtan. property given to the wife at the wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyagnyupāgatan. property received by a wife at the wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyah perf. -āha-, to speak on behalf of (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyai(see ā-dhī-) P. (parasmE-pada -dhyāyat-[ ]; imperative 2. sg. -dhyāhi-[ ]) to meditate on ; to wish or pray for anything for another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyakan. wealth, (gaRa manojñādi-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣamf(ā-)n. perceptible to the senses, observable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣamf(ā-)n. exercising supervision View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣam. an eye-witness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣam. an inspector, superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣam. the plant Mimusops Kauki (kṣīrikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣaramind. on the subject of syllables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣaramind. above all syllables (as the mystic om-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyakṣyan. (fr. adhy-akṣa-), superintendence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyaktamfn. ( añj-), equipped, prepared. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyakulīnamfn. descended from a rich family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyambhaviṣṇu mfn. becoming rich (see an-āḍhyam-bhaviṣṇu-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyambhāvukamfn. becoming rich (see an-āḍhyam-bhaviṣṇu-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyaṃkaraṇamf(ī-)n. enriching View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyaṃsamfn. being on the shoulder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyañc aṅ-, īcī-, ak-, tending upwards, eminent, superior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyaṇḍāf. the plants Carpopogon Pruriens (cowage) and Flacourtia Cataphracta. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyantenaind. close to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyapadiind., (gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyapavic -vin/akti-, to put into by singling out from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyapūrvamfn. formerly rich on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyarbuda n. a congenital tumour, goitre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhamf(ā-)n. "having an additional half", one and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakākiṇīkamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kākiṇī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakaṃsam. n. one and a half kaṃsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakaṃsamf(ī-)n. amounting to or worth one and a half kaṃsa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakārṣāpaṇa mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kārṣāpaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakārṣāpaṇikamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kārṣāpaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakhārīkamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half khārī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhamāṣyamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half māṣa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhapādyamfn. amounting to one foot and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhapaṇyamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half paṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhapratikamfn. amounting to one and a half kārṣāpaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasahasra mfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasāhasramfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśāṇa mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśāṇyamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśata mfn. amounting to or bought with one hundred and fifty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśatamāna mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śatamāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśātamānamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śatamāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśatyamfn. amounting to or bought with one hundred and fifty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasauvarṇikamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśūrpamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śūrpa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasuvarṇa mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaviṃśatikīnamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half score or thirty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhopāf. an ūpā- and a half, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyarogam. rheumatism, gout. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyaroginmfn. ill with rheumatism or with gout View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyarvudan. a congenital tumour, goitre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyasto throw or place over or upon ; (in philosophy) to attribute or impute wrongly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyaśanan. eating too soon after a meal (before the last meal is digested). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyastamfn. placed over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyastamfn. disguised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyastamfn. supposed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyasthan. the upper part of a bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyasthin. a bone growing over another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyaśvim. (fr. adhy-aśva-), Name of a place, (gaRa gahādi-on ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyaśvīyamfn. () belonging to the place ādhyaśvi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhyaf. opulence, wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavahanto thrash upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavahananamfn. serving as an implement on which anything is thrashed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavarahto step downwards upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasānan. attempt, effort, exertion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasānan. energy, perseverance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasānan. determining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasānan. (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyam. idem or 'n. (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyam. (in philosophy) mental effort, apprehension. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyaclinging to (earthly things), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyayuktamfn. resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyinmfn. resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyitamfn. attempted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavaseyamfn. only to be conceived in the mind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasitamfn. ascertained, determined, apprehended. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasitif. exertion, effort. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasocl.4 P. -syati-, to undertake, attempt, accomplish ; to determine, consider, ascertain.
āḍhyavātam. a convulsive or rheumatic palsy of the loins View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanan. reading, studying, especially the veda-s (one of the six duties of a Brahman), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanaetc. See adhī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanaalso going over, recitation, repetition (of the veda- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanapuṇyan. religious merit acquired by studying. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanasaṃvṛttif. community of occupation in reciting (the veda- etc.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanatapasīn. dual number study and penance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanīyamfn. fit to be read or studied. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adṛṣṭaparasāmarthyam. one who has not experienced the power of an enemy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agohya(4) mfn. not to be concealed or covered, bright View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrāhyamfn. not to be conceived or perceived or obtained or admitted or trusted, to be rejected. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrāhyakamfn. not to be perceived, impalpable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agṛhyamfn. imperceptible, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agṛhyaindependent (= sva-- tantra-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahyarṣumfn. gliding or shooting like a snake (perhaps Name of a bird) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahyarṣuSee /ahi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikadhyan. (fr. ekadhā-), singleness of time or occurrence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikadhyamind. at once, together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikadhyatasind. idem or 'ind. at once, together ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikāhyan. (fr. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. belonging to an ekāha- (q.v) sacrifice '), the state of an ekāha- (q.v) sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikamukhyan. unanimity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikārthyan. (fr. ekārtha-), oneness of aim or intention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikārthyan. oneness or unity of an idea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikārthyan. sameness of meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aitihyan. (fr. iti-ha-), traditional instruction, tradition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aivamarthyan. the having such a sense, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akathyamfn. unspeakable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akathyamfn. unutterable, unmentionable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhyasSee 1. ā-khyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhyasm. a Name of prajāpati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhyaind. instrumental case "with the name", named View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akrudhyatmfn. not being angry, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣobhyamfn. immovable, imperturbable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣobhyam. Name of a buddha- of an author, an immense number, said by Buddhists to be 100 vivaras. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣobhyatīrtham. Name (also title or epithet) of a disciple of A1nanda-ti1rtha (quod vide), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣudhyamfn. not liable to hunger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alabhyamfn. unobtainable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alabhyaunintelligible, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālabhyamfn. to be killed or sacrificed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālabhya ind.p. having grasped or touched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālabhyahaving killed or sacrificed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālabhyahaving received or obtained. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālamarthyan. (fr. alam-and artha-), the condition of having the sense of alam- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālambhyamfn. to be killed or sacrificed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alaṅghyamfn. impassable (as a river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alaṅghyamfn. inviolable (as a command or prohibition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālekhyamfn. to be written or delineated or painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālekhyan. writing, painting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālekhyan. a picture, portrait View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālekhyadevatāf. a painted deity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālekhyalekhāf. painting. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālekhyapuruṣam. an image or drawing of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālekhyasamarpitamfn. fixed on a picture, painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālekhyaśeṣamfn. one of whom there is nothing left but a painting, deceased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālikhya ind.p. portraying, delineating, sketching. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpamadhyamamfn. thin-waisted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpeśākhyamfn. "named after an insignificant chief or master", of low origin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amadhyama -āsas-, (Ved.) m. plural of whom none is the middle one (see /a-kaniṣṭha-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amadhyasthamfn. not indifferent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmanthya ind.p. having shaken, having twirled or whirled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amaragaṇanālekhyan. the list (or number) of the gods, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amaraprakhya mfn. like an immortal. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmathya ind.p. having shaken, having twirled or whirled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmbaṣṭhyam. a king of the ambaṣṭha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyamfn. not able or not allowed to sacrifice, not fit for sacrifice, impure, unholy, nefarious, foul etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyamfn. (am-) ,n. faeces, excrement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyakuṇapāśinmfn. feeding on carrion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyalepam. smearing with ordure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyaliptamfn. smeared with ordure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyapratimantraṇan. conjuring of unlucky omens, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyaf. impurity, foulness, filthiness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyatvan. impurity, foulness, filthiness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyayuktamfn. filthy, foul. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amukhyamfn. not chief, inferior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhyanujñāf. non-permission. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhyārohyamfn. not to be ascended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhyavacārukamf(ā-)n. not attacking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhyavacārukamfn. not rushing against, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāḍhyamfn. not wealthy, poor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyakṣamfn. not perceptible by the senses, not observable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyakṣamfn. without a superintendent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāḍhyambhaviṣṇumfn. not becoming wealthy, becoming poor (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyavasitamfn. irresolute, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyayanan. not reading or studying, intermission of study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānaḍuhyam. a descendant of the muni- anaḍuh- ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anaitihyamfn. not based on tradition, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anārabhyamfn. improper or impracticable to be commenced or undertaken. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anārabhya ind.p. without commencing (used in compound in the sense "detached"). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anārabhyatvan. impossibility of being commenced. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anārabhyavadam. a detached remark (upon sacrifices, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarghyamfn. priceless, invaluable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarghyamfn. not valuable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarghyatvan. pricelessness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarhyaf. the not being properly estimated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarhyaf. unworthiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarhyaf. inadequacy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarhyaf. unsuitableness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarthyamfn. worthless, useless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāruhya ind.p. not having surmounted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānāthyan. (fr. a-nātha-), state of being unprotected or without a guardian, orphanage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anativyādhyamfn. invulnerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavabudhyamānamfn. deranged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavagāhyamfn. unfathomable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavarārdhyamfn. chief, principal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavarodhyamfn. not to be constrained or forced, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavithyamfn. (fr. avi- q.v), not suited to sheep. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āndhyan. (fr. andha- ), blindness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āndhyan. darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anekasaṃkhyamfn. very numerous, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅguṣṭhyam. belonging to the thumb (the thumb nail). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anibhyamfn. not wealthy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anirvāhyamfn. difficult to be managed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñjanābhyañjanan. dual number ointment for the eyes and for the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñjanābhyañjanāf. plural Name of a sattra- (which lasts for forty-nine days) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñjanābhyañjanīyan. sg. ([ ]) plural ([ ]) another Name of the above sattra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñjanābhyañjanīyāf. plural ([ ]) another Name of the above sattra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anovāhyamfn. to be driven on a carriage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anovāhyamind. in waggon loads View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpurādhyakṣam. superintendent of the women's apartments, chamberlain. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anubandhyamfn. principal, primary, liable to receive an adjunct (as a root, a disease) (see anū-b/andhya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūbandhyamfn. to be fastened (as a sacrificial animal) for slaughtering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudairghyamfn. longitudinal. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuddhṛtābhyastamayam. sunset (abhy-astamaya-) taking place whilst the āhavanīya- fire continues unremoved from the gārhapatya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudhyaito consider attentively, think of, muse ; to miss, ; to bear a grudge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anugrāhyamfn. to be favoured or furthered. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūhyamfn. inconceivable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṇumadhyabījan. Name of a hymn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anumadhyamamfn. next oldest to the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupākhyamfn. not clearly discernible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupalabhyamānamfn. not being perceived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānupathyamfn. (fr. anu-patha-), along the way commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupṛṣṭhyamf(ā-)n. (held or extended) lengthwise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anusandhyamind. evening after evening, every twilight. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvabhyavacarto come near, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvabhyavacāramind. creeping after, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvādhyam. plural a kind of divinity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvadhyasto throw upon after another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvārabhyamfn. to be touched from behind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhyaito have a bad opinion of, curse mentally
apagṛhyamfn. being outside a house, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparārdhyamfn. without a maximum, unlimited in number
aparārdhyamfn. having no highest possible number, unlimited, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparigrāhyamfn. unfit or improper to be accepted, not to be taken. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparodhyamfn. to be expelled or excluded from, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambagṛhyan. Name of work by āpastamba- and his school. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apathyamfn. unfit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apathyamfn. unsuitable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apathyamfn. inconsistent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apathyamfn. (in med.) unwholesome as food or drink in particular complaints. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāṭhyamfn. illegible. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apathyabhujmfn. eating what is forbidden.
apathyanimittamfn. caused by unfit food or drink. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apigrāhya([ib. commentator or commentary ]) n. impersonal or used impersonally (with ablative) the mouth to be closed before (a bad smell, etc.)
apigṛhya ind.p. closing the mouth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apigṛhya([Ved ]) ([ib. commentator or commentary ]) n. impersonal or used impersonally (with ablative) the mouth to be closed before (a bad smell, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apohyamfn. equals apohanīya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpothya ind.p. having squeezed or compressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprakhyaf. want of a striking or dignified appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprasahyamfn. intolerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprasahyamfn. irresistible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratigrāhyamfn. unacceptable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratigṛhyamfn. one from whom one must not accept anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratisādhyamfn. incurable, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpṛcchyamfn. () to be inquired for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpṛcchyamfn. to be respected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpṛcchyamfn. to be praised, laudable, commendable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpṛcchya ind.p. having saluted or asked or inquired. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārabhyamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals ā-rabdhavya- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārabhya ind.p. having begun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārabhyabeginning with. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārabhyamāṇamfn. being commenced. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamfn. to be made favourable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamfn. to be worshipped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamfn. to be accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyakarpūram. Name (also title or epithet) of a poet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamānamfn. being worshipped, receiving worship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamānamfn. being in course of fulfilment, being accomplished. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyādhyayanan. reading or study in a forest on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhyamfn. forming the half of (genitive case), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhyamfn. (3) to be accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhyamfn. to be obtained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arghyamfn. "valuable" See an-arghya-, (gaRa daṇḍādi- q.v,"argham-arhati-") deserving a respectful reception (as a guest) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arghyamfn. belonging to or used at the respectful reception of a guest etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arghyan. () water offered at the respectful reception of a guest etc., (probably for ārghya- q.v) a kind of honey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārghyamfn. relating to or coming from the above bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārghyan. its honey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arghyadānan. a particular act of homage to the sun, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arghyapātran. See argha-p-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arghyaśīlamfn. of deferential character or disposition, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arhyamfn. worthy ("of praise", stotum-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arodhyamfn. (2. rudh-), not to be hindered or obstructed, unobstructed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārṣabhyamfn. () to be regarded or used as a full-grown steer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārṣabhyamfn. to be castrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthyamf(ā- )n. equals arthanīya- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthyamf(ā- )n. proper, fit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthyamf(ā- )n. rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthyamf(ā- )n. intelligent, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthyamf(ā- )n. equals dhruva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthyan. red chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āruhya ind.p. having mounted or ascended. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āryagṛhyamfn. taking the side or adhering to the party of the noble ones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aryamākhyan. the mansion uttaraphalgunī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asabhyamfn. unfit for an assembly, vulgar, low View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyamfn. not to be effected or completed, not proper or able to be accomplished etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyamfn. incurable, irremediable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyamfn. not to be overpowered or mastered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyamfn. not susceptible of proof commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyaf. incurableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyaf. the state of one not to be mastered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyatvan. incurableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asahyamf(ā-)n. unbearable, insufferable, insuperable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asahyamf(ā-)n. impracticable, impossible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asahyamf(ā-)n. with draṣṭum-,"impossible to be seen" id est invisible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asahyalost beyond aid (as a sinking ship), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asahyapīḍamfn. causing intolerable pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāmarthyan. weakness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāmarthyamfn. weak, decaying (as a tree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamidhya ind.p. not having kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyamf(ā-)n. innumerable, exceedingly numerous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyakamfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. innumerable, exceedingly numerous ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyaśasind. in countless numbers, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāṃnidhyan. "non-nearness", absence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃpāṭhyamfn. not to be studied with, one with whom it is forbidden to read or study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asānāthyan. want of help or assistance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aślāghyamfn. not to be praised, base View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśmarathyam. (fr. aśma-ratha-), Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asnehyamfn. not to be made unctuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśraddhyan. unbelief, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāṅgārghyan. an offering of eight articles (water, milk, kuśa- grass, curds, ghee, rice, barley, and mustard;or honey, red oleander flowers, and sandal are substituted for the last three). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astasaṃkhyamfn. innumerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvabudhyamfn. (/aśva-.) based on horses, consisting of horses (as wealth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvabudhyamfn. horses (as wealth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvādhyakṣam. a guardian of horses, N. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvalāyanagṛhyakārikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvasaṃkhyam. "counting horses"(= ballava-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvasārathyan. management of horses and cars, horsemanship and driving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvāsthyan. indisposition, sickness, discomfort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atathyamfn. untrue, unreal, not really so. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atidhyaito meditate deeply View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atigrāhyam. Name of three successive libations made, (or cups filled) at the jyotiṣṭoma- sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atimadhyandinan. high noon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyamfn. () proper for a guest, hospitable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyam. a guest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyan. hospitable reception, hospitality etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyam. the rite also called ātithyā- (See before) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atithyarthamfn. hospitable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyarūpamfn. being in the place of the ātithya- rite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyasatkāram. ([ ]) ([ ]) the rites of hospitality. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyasatkriyāf. ([ ]) the rites of hospitality. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyavatmfn. mentioning hospitality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativāhyamfn. to be passed (as time, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativāhyan. the passing of time. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativyādhyamfn. vulnerable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṭṭapatibhāgākhyagṛhakṛtyan. business of the house called the market-master's department (an office in Kashmir) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aucathyam. a descendant of ucathya-, Name of dīrghatamas- (equals autathya-below ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aukhyamfn. (fr. ukhā-), boiled or being in a caldron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aukthyam. a descendant of uktha- gaRa gargādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aukthyan. See mahad-aukthya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aunmukhyan. (fr. un-mukha-), expectancy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupānahyamfn. (fr. upā-nah-), serving or used for making shoes (as grass or leather ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupasaṃdhyamfn. (fr. saṃdhyā-with upa-), relating to dawn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupasthyan. cohabitation, sexual enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupavāhyamfn. (fr. upa-vāha-), designed for driving or riding (as a carriage or elephant etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupavāhyam. a king's elephant, any royal vehicle. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupavasathyamfn. equals aupavasathika- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autathyam. a descendant of utathya-, Name of dīrghatamas- (see aucathy/a-above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autkaṇṭhyan. (fr. ut-kaṇṭha-), desire, longing for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autkaṇṭhyan. intensity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autkaṇṭhyavatmfn. desirous, longing for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyamfn. not to be killed, inviolable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyaSee a-vadh/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyai(perf. -dadhyau-)to think Ill of (accusative), disregard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhya(avadhy/a--) f. inviolability View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyatvan. idem or '(avadhy/a--) f. inviolability ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avagṛhyamfn. (in grammar) separable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avagṛhya ind.p. having separated, laying hold with the feet (pādābhyām-) , forcibly, by force View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvāhyamfn. to be invoked or invited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avandhyamf(ā-)n. = a-bandhya-2 q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avandhyamf(ā-)n. Name of a place. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarārdhyamfn. being on the lower or nearer side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarārdhyamfn. beginning from below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarārdhyan. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (f(ā-).) the least part, the minimum, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarārdhyamfn. being the minimum (see an-avarārdhya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarudhyamānamfn. being enclosed or surrounded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasathyamfn. (for āvas- q.v) belonging to a house, domestic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasathyam. a college, school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvasathyamfn. ([ ]) being in a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvasathyam. ([ scilicet agni-]) a domestic fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvasathyamn. a night's lodging, dwelling for pupils and ascetics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvasathyan. establishing or keeping a domestic fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaṣṭabhyaind. p. See ava-ṣṭambh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaṣṭabhyamfn. to be seized or stopped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedhyamfn. un-pierceable, not to be pierced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedhyamfn. to be pierced or pinned on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedhyamfn. to be put on. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avidhyamfn. not to be pierced or wounded, invulnerable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvidhya ind.p. having pierced etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avilaṅghyamfn. not to be surpassed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avindhyam. Name of a minister of rāvaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviṣahyamfn. not bearable, not wearable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviṣahyamfn. intolerable, insupportable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviṣahyamfn. irresistible etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviṣahyamfn. unfeasible, impracticable (, superl. -tama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviṣahyamfn. inaccessible (to the eyes, cakṣuṣām-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviṣahyamfn. indeterminable (as a boundary) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avithyamfn. (fr. /avi-), fit or suited for sheep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivāhyamfn. not to be married (as a girl). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivāhyamfn. one to whom one ought not to ally one's self by marriage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyapohyamfn. undeniable, in contestable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyathyamfn. () , unshakable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayāthārthyan. the being a-yathārtha- (q.v) incongruousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayāthātathyan. (equals ā-yathātathya-), the state of being a-yathātatham- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyathātathyan. (equals a-yāthātathya- q.v ), the not being as it should be, wrong application, incorrectness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayodhyamf(-)n. (3, 4) not to be warred against, irresistible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyodhyakamfn. belonging to or native of ayodhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayudhyamfn. unconquerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyurvedasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhanepathyamfn. attired in a theatrical dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhabuddhipratibadhyapratihandhakatāvicāram. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhabuddhipratibadhyatāvādam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhyamfn. to be (or being) pressed hard or harassed or distressed or pained or checked or suppressed, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhyamfn. to be (or being) set aside or suspended or annulled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhyabādhakatāf. the condition of oppressed and oppressor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhyabādhakatāf. the condition of one who pains such as deserve to be pained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhyamānatvan. the condition of being suspended or set aside, suspension, annulment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhyaretasm. one whose generative fluid is obstructed, impotent on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
badhyatasind. (freedom) from the crowd (varia lectio madhya-t/as-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhyatvan. the state of being set aside, suspension, annulment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhyaugāyanam. patronymic fr. badhyoga- gaRa haritādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahiḥsaṃdhyamfn. one who performs his morning and evening prayers outside (the village) ( bahiḥsaṃdhyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahiḥsaṃdhyatvan. bahiḥsaṃdhya
bahugarhyavācmfn. saying much that is to be censured, too talkative, loquacious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhumadhyamfn. occupying a middle position with the arm (see janghā-jaghanya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahumadhyagamfn. going among or belonging to many View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahupratigrāhyamfn. one who is able to give presents to many, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuramadhyamfn. (bahura- equals bahula-+ m-) thick in the middle (said of the soma- juice during the process of fermentation) () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahvadhyayana() mfn. consisting of many chapters gaRa guṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahvṛcagṛhyakārikāf. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahvṛcagṛhyapariśiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyamf(ā-)n. (fr. bahis-;in later language also written vāhya- q.v; m. Nominal verb plural b/āhye- ) being outside (a door, house, etc.), situated without (ablative or compound), outer, exterior (accusative with kṛ-,to turn out, expel) etc., etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyamf(ā-)n. not belonging to the family or country, strange, foreign etc.
hyamf(ā-)n. excluded from caste or the community, an out-caste etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyamf(ā-)n. diverging from, conflicting with, opposed to, having nothing to do with (ablative or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyamf(ā-)n. (with artha-), meaning external to (id est not resulting from) the sounds or letters forming a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyam. a corpse (for vāhya-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyam. Name of a man (plural his family) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyam. (plural) Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the outer part, exterior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hya in the beginning of a compound outside, without, out etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyābhyantaramfn. external and internal (as diseases) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyadrutif. "external solution", a process in the preparation of quicksilver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaf. Name of sṛñjarī- and one of the two wives of bhajamāna- (an older sister of upabāhyakā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyakakṣam. the outer side (of a house) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyakaraṇan. an external organ of sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyakarṇa m. Name of two nāga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyakasṛñjarī f. Name of sṛñjarī- and one of the two wives of bhajamāna- (an older sister of upabāhyakā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyakuṇḍam. Name of two nāga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaliṅginm. a heretic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyamind. outside, without, out etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaprakṛtif. plural the constituents of a foreign state exclusive of the king (see prakṛti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaprayatnam. (in gram.) the external effort in the production of articulate sounds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaratan. equals -sambhoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaratan. wrong reading for -tara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyasambhogam. "external coition", (prob.) gratification of sexual passion outside the vulva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyasparśam. contact with external objects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyataddhitan. (in gram.) an external or secondary taddhita- suffix (added after another one) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyataramfn. being outside, outer, external View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyataramfn. turned out (of caste or society), an out-caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyatasind. outside, externally, on the outside of (with genitive case or ablative) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyatonaram. plural ,"external men", Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyatvan. the state of being outside, exclusion, deviation or divergence from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyavāsinmfn. dwelling outside a village or town (said of caṇḍila-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyavastun. external wealth or riches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baijavāpagṛhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balāḍhyam. "rich in strength, strengthening (?)", a bean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balādhyakṣam. the superintendent or commander of an army, a general, minister of war View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balamukhyam. the chief of an army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālavāhyam. "ridden by children", a young goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṃdamaprakhyamfn. equal to viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balivindhyam. Name of a son of manu- raivata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhyamfn. to be bound or fettered or imprisoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhyamfn. to be constructed (see vandhya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārḍhyaor vārḍhya- n. fr. bṛḍha- (vṛḍha-) gaRa dṛḍhādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
barjahyan. a nipple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baudhyamfn. born in bodha- gaRa śaṇḍikādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baudhyam. patronymic fr. bodha- () , Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharadhyaiSee bhṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmākhyamfn. called ashes, nothing but ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvagrāhyamfn. to be conceived with the heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavanmadhyamf(ā-)n. having bhavat- in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavanmadhyamind. with bhavat- in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhogārhyan. corn, grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtakādhyayanan. learning from a hired teacher, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrūmadhyan. the interval between the eyebrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhujamadhyan. "space between the arms", the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhujāmadhyan. "the middle of the arm", the elbow (see bhuja-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhujaṃgākhyam. Mesua Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtagṛhyam. plural a class of domestic spirits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhyas cl.1 A1. () bhy/asate- (only imperfect tense /abhyasetām- ; subjunctive bhy/asāt- ; grammar also perfect tense babhyase- future bhyasiṣyati-etc.: Causal bhyāsayati-: Desiderative bibhyasiṣate-: Intensive bābhyasyate-, bābhyasti-), to fear, be afraid, tremble (see bhī-,of which this is a secondary form, prob. through bhiyas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhyasaSee sva-bhyas/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bibhrajjiṣuprakhyamfn. resembling fire (equals agni-tulya- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bījāḍhyam. "abounding in seed", Citrus Medica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bījādhyakṣam. "presiding over seed", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bījavāpagṛhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bilvamadhyan. the flesh of the bilva- fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhāyanīyagṛhyamālāf. bodhāyanīya View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyamfn. to be known or understood, to be regarded or recognized as (Nominal verb) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyamfn. to be made known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyamfn. to be enlightened or instructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyam. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyagītāf. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyaṅgan. a requisite for attaining perfect knowledge (7 in number ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyaṅgavatīf. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇācchaṃsinokthyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmapurākhyamfn. named brahma-pura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhanmadhyamf(ā-)n. large in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhigrāhyamfn. to be apprehended by the intellect, intelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhyadhikamfn. superior in intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhyatītamfn. beyond the reach of the understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhyavajñānan. disregard or contempt of any one's understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhyamfn. See a-budhy/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caitrarathyan. equals tha-, kubera-'s grove View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakradundubhyamfn. relating to a wheel and to a drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakrāyodhyam. "not to be conquered by a discus"Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāmīkaraprakhyamfn. gold-like View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cañcalākhyam. incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāndrākhyan. fresh ginger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāritārthyan. (fr. caritārtha-) attainment of an object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāritārthyan. fitness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
carmākhyan. a form of leprosy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturaṅgabalādhyakṣam. the commander-in-chief of a complete army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturavarārdhyamfn. at least 4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāturvidhyan. (fr. c/atur-vidha-) the being fourfold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittasaṃkhyamfn. knowing the thoughts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dābhyamfn. See a-dābhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dabhyamfn. deceivable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dabhyamfn. deceitful, 61, 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhitthākhyam. n. idem or 'm. the resin of Dadhittha, 49, 24.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyacm. (Nominal verb -/aṅ- accusative -/añcam-; dative case dhīc/e- genitive case dhīc/as-; see ) "sprinkling d/adhi- " (see dhi-kr/ā-and ghṛtāī-) Name of a mythical ṛṣi- or sacrificer ( and [called aṅgiras-] [ āṅgirasa-] ;son of atharvan-[ see ātharvaṇ/a-] ;having the head of a horse and teaching the aśvin-s to find in tvaṣṭṛ-'s house the m/adhu-or soma- ;favoured by indra- [ ] who slays 99 vṛtra-s or foes with a thunderbolt made of his bones ;propounder of the brāhmaṇa- called m/adhu- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyac -anna-, etc. See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyagran. equals dhi-maṇḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyannan. rice prepared with d/adhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyasyaNom. jati- idem or '+ Nom. yati- equals dhīya- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daihyamf(ā-)n. being in the body (ātman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daihyam. the soul View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dairghya(oftener) n. (fr. dirgha-) length, longness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇārdhyamfn. being on the right or southern side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇārdhyapūrvārdhyamfn. being on the south-western side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālabhya equals dālbhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalāḍhyam. mud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalākhyam. equals la-yoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālbhyam. (fr. dalbha-, ) patronymic of keśin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālbhyam. of vaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālbhyam. of caikitāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālbhyam. Name of a grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalbhyaSee dāl- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālbhyaghoṣam. Name of an ancient sage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālbhyakam. Name of an ancient sage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālbhyaparisiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāmalihyaNom. P., ti-, to wish to lick a rope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍākhyamfn. called after a staff (See ḍaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍākhyamfn. called daṇḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍākhyan. a two-sided hall facing north and east View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍākhyan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍamukhyam. idem or 'm. "leader of a column or army", a captain, general ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantamadhyan. the space between an elephant's tusks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantyauṣṭhyamfn. denti-labial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantyoṣṭhya mfn. denti-labial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dārbhya m. idem or 'm. patronymic fr. darbha- ' (gaRa kurv-ādi-) (applied to śyāvāśva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dārbhyam. idem or ' m. idem or 'm. patronymic fr. darbha- ' (gaRa kurv-ādi-) (applied to śyāvāśva-) ' (gaRa kurv-ādi-) (applied to śyāvāśva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dārḍhyaa. (fr. dṛḍha-) hardness, fixedness, stability, strength, corroboration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśābdākhyamfn. existing for 10 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśābdākhyamfn. see View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dauḥsthyan. (fi. duḥ-stha-) bad condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daurgandhya() n. bad smell, fetor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daurlabhyan. difficulty of attainment, rarity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehamadhyan. "middle of the body", waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deśākhyam. (in music) Name of a rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deśasaukhyan. Name of a chapter of the ṭoḍarānanda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devaguhyan. a secret known only to the gods (see -rahasya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devasabhyam. keeper of a gambling-house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devasabhyam. a gambler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devasabhyam. frequenter of clubs or assemblies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devasabhyam. deity's attendant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devāsuragaṇāṇādhyakṣam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devatābhyarcanan. (bh-) worship of an idol or a deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devatābhyarcanaparamfn. devoted to it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanāḍhyamfn. opulent, rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanādhyakṣam. "overseer of treasury", treasurer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanādhyakṣam. Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanāḍhyaf. riches, wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāndhyan. indisposition (see dhandha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurmadhyan. the middle part of a bow (= lastaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāraṇādhyayanan. the conservative method of reading (id est the rehearsing of a work to keep it in memory, as opp. to grahaṇādh-,the acquisitive method) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmabāhyamfn. "outside the law", contrary to what is right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmādhyakṣam. "overseer of justice", minister of justice, judge, magistrate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmasāṃkathyan. discussion about the law, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmavāhyaSee -bāhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātvākarākhyan. plural minerals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhiṣṭhya wrong reading for dhiṣṇya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhrupadākhyanṛtyan. (in music) a kind of dance (for drup-?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyai cl.1 P. dhy/āyati- (Epic also te-,or cl.2. dhyāti-; imperative dhyāhi-; Potential dhyāyāt- ; yīta- ; perf. dadhyau- etc.; Aorist /adhyāsīt- ;3. plural dhyāsur- ; future dhyāsyati- ; dhyātā- ; ind.p. dhyātvā- ; -dhyāya- ; dhyāyam- ) to think of, imagine, contemplate, meditate on, call to mind, recollect (with or scilicet manasā-or si-, cetasā-, dhiyā-, hṛdaye-etc.) etc. ; to brood mischief against (accusative) ; (alone) to be thoughtful or meditative etc. ; to let the head hang down (said of an animal) : Passive voice dhyāyate-, to be thought of, etc. ; Causal dhyāpayati- grammar : Desiderative didhyāsate- : Intensive dādhyāyate-, dādhyāti-, dādhyeti- grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasaṃdhyamfn. performing long prayers or rites at the different twilights View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasaṃdhyatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divāmadhyan. midday, noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dohyamfn. to be milked, milkable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dohyan. an animal that gives milk (see duhya-. duḥkha-dohya-, sukha-dohā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dormadhyan. the middle of the arm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drahyam. (fr. dṛh-) Name of a man (see drāhyāyaṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drahyatind. firmly, strongly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāhyāyaṇagṛhyan. drāhyāyaṇa-'s work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drauhya(gaRa śivādi-) and hyava- () patronymic fr. druhyu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛgadhyakṣam. "sight-ruler", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
druhyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
druhyam. gaRa śivādi- plural his descendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
druhyam. gaRa yaskādi- (also varia lectio for the next ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūḍhyamfn. idem or 'mfn. malevolent ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhyaNom. P. yati-, to cause pain (gaRa kaṇvādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥsādhyamfn. difficult to be performed or accomplished etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥsādhyamfn. difficult to be managed or dealt with difficult to be reconciled
duḥsādhyamfn. difficult to be cured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥsādhyamfn. difficult to be conquered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duhyamfn. to be milked, milkable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dundubhyamfn. only in cakra--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durāḍhyamfn. not rich, poor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durāḍhyambhavamfn. becoming rich with difficulty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durāḍhyaṃkaramfn. difficult to be made rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyavasāyam. a bad or foolish beginning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyayamfn. difficult of attainment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyayayanamfn. equals adhīyāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durārādhyamfn. difficult to be propitiated or won or overcome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duravagrahagrāhyamfn. difficult to be attained () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbodhyamfn. equals -bodha- Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgādhyakṣam. the governor of a fortress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgāhya( durgāhyatva -tva- n. ) mfn. unfathomable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgāhyatvan. durgāhya
durgrāhyamfn. equals -graka- mfn. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgrāhyahṛdayamfn. whose heart is difficult to be gained , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgrāhyatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durlaṅghyamfn. equals -laṅghana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durlaṅghyaf. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durlaṅghyaf. difficult to be transgressed (command) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durlekhyan. a false or forged document View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣprasādhya() mfn. difficult to be managed or dealt with. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśakhyam. "the 12-named?"a buddha- (see śākṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaidhyan. duplicity, falsehood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaidhyan. diversity, variance, discrepancy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaisaṃdhyan. morning and evening twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaividhyan. twofold state or nature or character, duplicity, variance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvārādhyakṣa() m. equals ra-rakṣin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvidhālekhyamfn. to be written in 2 ways View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvidhālekhyam. Phoenix Paludosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvijamukhyam. "first among the twice-born", a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvijātimukhyam. "first of the twice-born", a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvīndriyagrāhyamfn. dvīndriya
dvirabhyastamfn. twice repeated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviroṣṭhyamfn. containing 2 labials View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviroṣṭhyatvan. commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvisaṃdhyamfn. having a morning and an evening twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaprakhyamfn. having the same appearance, similar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekatīrthya (), m. one who has the same teacher, fellow-student View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
evamabhyanūktamfn. so stated or spoken about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaḍākhyan. idem or 'n. idem or 'n. "coming from the district gaḍa- (in the province of Ajmir)", rock or fossil salt ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadākhyan. "named after a disease (id est after leprosy)", Costus speciosus (kuṣṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadhyamfn. ( ) to be seized or gained as booty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadhyamfn. see v/āja-gandhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gahyam. Name (also title or epithet) of an agni-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyamfn. See dur-g-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gairikākākhyam. the plant jala-madhūka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gajādhyakṣam. the master of the elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gajākhyam. "named after an elephant (see gaja-skandha-) ", Cassia Alata or Tora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gamadhyaiVed. infinitive mood See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 1. gam-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇābhyantaram. "one of a troop or corporation", a member of any (religious) association, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇādhyakṣam. idem or 'm. (equals dhipa-) Name of gaṇeśa- ' , . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇamukhyam. equals -puṃgava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāḍhyamfn. rich in odour, fragrant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāḍhyam. the orange tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāḍhyam. yellow jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāḍhyam. Paederia foetida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāḍhyam. the plant rāmataruṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāḍhyam. the plant ārāma-śītalā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāḍhyam. equals dhanakula- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāḍhyan. sandal-wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāḍhyan. a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhyaSee v/āja-g-.
gaṅgāmadhyan. the bed or stream of the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhyamfn. ? (see sa-g-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārddhyan. (fr. gṛddha-), desire, greediness (? ati--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhasthyamfn. (sometimes wrongly spelt stha-) (fr. gṛha-stha-), fit for or incumbent on a householder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhasthyan. the order or estate of a householder, of the father or mother of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhasthyan. household, domestic affairs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garhyamfn. deserving reproach, contemptible, vile etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garhyam. Name of a tree (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhyamfn. (fr. gṛh/a-), domestic. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhyan. (with nāman-) the domestic name, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garhyavādinmfn. speaking ill or vilely or inaccurately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauhyamf(ī-)n. of gohi-, or hya- gaRa suvāstv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauhyakamfn. relating to the guhyaka-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauṇasādhyavasānāf. (scilicet lakṣaṇā-) a kind of ellipse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gehyamfn. being in a house, domestic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gehyan. domestic wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gohyamfn. (; gaRa suvāstv-ādi- ) "to be concealed" See /a-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gohyam. Name of an agni- in the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gomadhyamadhyamfn. slender in the waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopādhyakṣam. an overseer of herdsmen, chief herdsman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopīthyan. granting protection ("protection of the earth") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gosaṃkhyam. ( ) "counting the cows", a cowherd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣṭhādhyakṣam. equals ṣṭha-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣṭhya(g/o--) mfn. being in a cow-stable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahāntarukthyan. a particular ekāha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahyamfn. belonging to or fit for a graha- (ladleful of any fluid) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be seized or taken or held etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be clasped or spanned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be captured or imprisoned etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be overpowered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. (a-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be picked or gathered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be received or accepted or gained etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be taken in marriage, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be received in a friendly or hospitable manner, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be insisted upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be chosen or taken account of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be perceived or recognised or understood etc. (see a--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. (in astronomy) to be observed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be understood in a particular sense, meant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be accepted as a rule or law, to be acknowledged or assented to, to be attended to or obeyed, to be admitted in evidence etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be undertaken or followed (a vow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyamfn. to be put (as confidence) in (locative case), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyam. an eclipsed globe (sun or moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyan. poison (;"a present") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyan. the objects of sensual perception View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyagirmfn. one whose words are to be accepted or followed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyakaSee a--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyarūpamfn. to be taken to heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyatvan. perceptibleness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyavācmfn. idem or 'mfn. equals -gir- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhyavatmfn. equals -gir- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmādhyakṣam. idem or 'm. (grāmasyādh- )' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmādhyayanan. study in a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmagṛhyamfn. "adjoining the houses of a village", being outside a village (an army), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmagṛhyakam. a village carpenter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmamaukhya("head of a village"?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmaṇīthya(gr/āma--) n. (fr. -nīthya-) the station of the chief of a village or community View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmaśatādhyakṣam. the governor of a province, 119 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāsāvarārdhyan. at least one morsel, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grathyamfn. equals thanīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛdhyamfn. longed for greedily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛdhyam. ? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhamedhyamfn. () relating to the dh/a- or domestic sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhya ind.p. Ved. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ,"seizing by" See karṇa--, pāda--, and hasta-g/ṛhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhya haste--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. (fr. grah-) to be grasped or taken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. perceptible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. (/a-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. ()"to be taken together with"(in compound), adhering to the party of (), being in close relation to (as the lotus to the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. to be acknowledged or admitted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. to be adopted or trusted or relied on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. equals ava-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyan. for guhya- (anus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyan. a suburb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. (fr. gṛh/a-) belonging to a house, domestic (said of an agni-) etc. (said of a series of ceremonies relating to family or domestic affairs, such as marriages, births etc., and treated of in the gṛhya-- sūtra-s, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. living in houses, domesticated (as animals) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyamfn. not free, dependent, (a-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyam. the domestic agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyam. a domesticated animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyam. plural the inmates of a house, domestics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyan. a domestic rite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyan. a domestic rule or affair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyan. equals -sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyagrantham. Name of work on domestic rites. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyagurufor guhya-g- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyakamfn. domesticated (as animals) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyakārikāf. the in metrical form View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyakarmann. a domestic rite. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyapaddhatif. Name of work on domestic rites. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyapariśiṣṭan. Name of work on domestic rites. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyasaṃgraham. Name of work on domestic rites (by the son of gobhila-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyasūtran. a ritual work containing directions for domestic rites and ceremonies (as etc.; see ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyatātparyadarśanan. Name of work on domestic rites. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyavatmfn. having many adherents or partisans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyavivaraṇan. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyamfn. ( gaRa daṇḍādi-) to be covered or concealed or hidden or kept secret, concealable, private, secret, mysterious, mystical etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyam. hypocrisy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyam. a tortoise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyam. Name of viṣṇu- ( p.106) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyan. a secret, mystery (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-)., ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyan. the pudenda (see 1. g/ṛhya-) the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyabhāṣitan. secret speech, mystical prayer or incantation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyabījam. "having concealed seeds", Andropogon Schoenanthus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyadevīf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyadhārāf. the urethra, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyadīpakam. a flying insect which gives out light, fire-fly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyagurum. (see gṛhya-g-) "the mystic Guru", śiva- (considered as the especial teacher of the tantra-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyakam. Name of a class of demi-gods who like the yakṣa-s are attendants of kubera- (the god of wealth) and guardians of his treasures (they may have received their N. from living in mountain caverns) etc. (identified with yakṣa-s ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyakam. the number"eleven" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyakam. Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyakam. "mystery" See tathāgata-g-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyakādhipatim. "lord of the guhyaka-s", Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyakālīf. "mysterious durgā-", a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyakapūjanan. worship of the guhyaka-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyakeśvaram. idem or 'm. "lord of the guhyaka-s", Name of kubera- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyamind. secretly, privately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyaniṣyandam. urine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyapatim. "lord of the mysteries", Name of vajra-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyapatividyāf. Name of a prayer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyapattram. "having concealed leaves or blossoms", Ficus religiosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyapattrakam. idem or 'm. "having concealed leaves or blossoms", Ficus religiosa ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyapidhānan. a covering for the privities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyapuṣpam. equals -pattra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyarogam. idem or 'f. a disease of the pudenda ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyarujf. a disease of the pudenda View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyatantran. Name of a tantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyavidyāf. knowledge of mantra-s or mystical incantations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇāḍhyamfn. rich in virtues or excellences View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇāḍhyam. Name of the famous author of the bṛhat-kathā-, 346 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇāḍhyam. equals ḍhyaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇāḍhyakam. Alangium decapetalum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇagṛhyamf(ā-)n. admiring virtue, attached to merit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurumadhyamfn. equals madhye-guru-, heavy in the middle part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsābhikhyan. "bright as a swan", silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsaguhyan. "the mystery of the Universal Soul", Name of a particular hymn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastegṛhyaind. (equals hasta-gr-) mayūra-vyaṃsakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyadhyakṣam. a superintendent of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṭṭādhyakṣam. the surveyor of a market View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayādhyakṣam. "superintendent of horses", a head groom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemāḍhyamfn. abounding in gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemakūṭhya equals -kuḍya- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāṃśvabhikhyan. "called after the moon", silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hīnadarśanasāmarthyamfn. destitute of the power of seeing, blind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hīnasakhyan. making friends with low people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitapathyamf(ā-)n. useful and salutary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitapathyamf(ā-)n. equals hitā- (id est prāptā-) pathā- (i.e harītakī-) yena- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayalehyamfn. to be"licked"i.e. enjoyed by the heart, delightful, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
huvadhyai huvān/a- See hve-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ibhākhyam. the plant Mesua Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ibhyamfn. belonging to one's servants or attendants ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ibhyam. an enemy ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ibhyam. wealthy, opulent, having many attendants etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ibhyam. the Olibanum tree, Boswellia Serrata. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ibhyatilvilamfn. abundantly possessed of household requisites View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īrayadhyai(Ved.inf. of Causal of īr-), to set in motion, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īṣadāḍhyaṃbhavamfn. easy to become rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īṣadāḍhyaṃkaramfn. easy to be enriched commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣudhyaNom. (fr. iṣu-dhi-) P. A1. iṣudhyati-, -te-, to be a quiver, contain arrows gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi- ; (for 2. iṣudhya-,also for iṣudhyā-and iṣudhyu-See next column) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣudhyaNom. P. iṣudhy/ati-, to implore, request, crave for (dative case) ; ([ confer, compare Zend iṣud-,"prayer"; iṣūidyāmahi-,"we will pray."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iyadhyai(Ved.inf. of 5. i-), to come, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jabhyam. "snapper", a kind of animal destructive to grain (vocative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jabhyan. impersonal or used impersonally the mouth is to be opened wide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jabhyaSee 1. jabh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jagatīmadhyan. "world-centre", the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalāḍhyamfn. "rich in water", watery, marshy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalādhyakṣam. idem or 'm. "water-lord", varuṇa- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambhyam. an incisor (tooth), grinder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambhyam. plural a jaw View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambhyaSee 1. jabh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jārūthyamfn. (said of the aśva-medha-)"in which 3 kinds of dakṣiṇā- are given", or"rich in meat or in donations of meat (j/arūtha-) " View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jārūthyam. Name of a prince of ayodhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jinasaukhyam. Name of a Jain sūri- (A.D. 1683-1724). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jūrṇākhyam. Saccharum cylindricum
jyaiṣṭhyan. equals jyeṣṭha-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhagṛhyam. the eldest member of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyotsnāḍhyamfn. full of light, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kābandhyan. the state of being a trunk. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kadākhyamfn. having a bad name View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kadākhyan. Costus Speciosus (commonly called kuṣṭha-) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaimarthyan. idem or 'n. asking the reason (kim-artham-,"why?") on ' (thakya- edition K.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalābāhyan. a kind of fault in singing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālādhyakṣam. "the overseer or ruler of time", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalāślāghyam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambalavāhya m. equals kambali-vāhyaka- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambalavāhyakam. equals kambali-vāhyaka- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambalivāhyakan. a carriage drawn by oxen. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakādhyakṣam. the superintendent of gold, treasurer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kandāḍhyam. a kind of tuberous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāniṣṭhyan. the position of the youngest or a younger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭakāḍhyamfn. full of thorns, thorny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭakākhyam. Trapa Bispinosa. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhyamfn. being at or in the throat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhyamfn. suitable to the throat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhyamfn. belonging to the throat, pronounced from the throat, guttural (as sounds;they are, according to the prātiśākhya-s, a-, ā-, h-,and the jihvāmūlīya- [or visarjanīya-];according to the commentator or commentary on , a-, ā-, k-, kh-, g-, gh-, -and h-;according to also e-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhyam. a guttural sound or letter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhyamfn. clear, evident, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhyasvaram. a guttural vowel (id est a-and ā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhyavarṇam. a guttural sound or letter. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapaṭalekhyan. a forged document, false or fraudulent statement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapilasāṃkhyapravacanan. Name of work (equals sāṃkhya-pravacana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapilasāṃkhyapravacanabhāṣyan. Name of a commentary on the above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapyākhyan. incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karajākhyan. a perfume (equals -ja-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karamadhyam. a particular measure (equals karṣa-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kardamākhyam. a kind of poisonous bulb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmādhyakṣam. overseer or superintendent of actions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇākhyam. white amaranth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārtārthyan. (fr. kṛtārtha-), the attainment of an object, sah-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣṭalabhyamfn. difficult to be obtained (varia lectio kaṣṭatara-labhya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣṭasādhyamfn. to be accomplished with difficulty, painful, toilsome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṭhakagṛhyasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kathyamfn. to be spoken about or told, fit to be mentioned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kathyamfn. to be related View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
katisaṃkhyamfn. how many in number? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātīyagṛhyasūtran. Name of work by pāraskara- (belonging to the White yajur-veda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaumbhyamfn. (gaRa saṃkāśādi-) put into a pot (ghṛta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaumbhyam. patronymic of babhru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaunakhyan. (fr. ku-nakha-), the condition of one who has a disease of the nails View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaunakhyan. ugliness of the nails View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṇṭhyan. (fr. kuṇṭha-), bluntness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauśikagṛhyasūtran. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṣṭhyamfn. being in the abdomen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṣṭhyamfn. extremely rich (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṭasthyan. the state of being kūṭastha- id est uniform or unchangeable on on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṭasthyaSee 2. kauṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khādiragṛhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kharapādāḍhyam. the elephant or wood apple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kimākhyamfn. how named? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiraṇākhyatantran. Name of work on architecture commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiṣkindhyam. incorrect reading for ndha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kolākhyan. "named after a hog" idem or 'n. "a hog's eye", a particular hole in wood ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kośādhyakṣam. a treasurer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kośādhyakṣam. Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kośagatavastiguhyaf. having the pudenda hidden in the abdomen (one of the 32 signs of perfection), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
koṣṭhyamfn. proceeding from the chest, emitted (as a sound) from the centre of the lungs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramādhyayanan. reciting or reading according to the krama- method View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kravyākhyaSee kravyāda- at end.
krayalekhyan. deed of sale, conveyance, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛcchrasādhyamfn. to be done with difficulty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛcchrasādhyamfn. curable with difficulty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtābhyanujñamfn. one who has obtained leave, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtātithyamf(ā-)n. one who has practised hospitality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtātithyamf(ā-)n. one who has received hospitality, regaled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavadhyacihnamfn. bearing the marks of death, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtisādhyatvan. the state of being accomplished by exertion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krudhyamānamfn. idem or 'mfn. being angry, feeling provoked ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krudhyatmfn. being angry, feeling provoked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣaṇadāndhyan. night-blindness, nyctalopsis (see kṣapāndhya-, naktāndhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣapāndhyan. night-blindness (equals kṣaṇadāndhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāramadhyam. Achyranthes aspera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣatābhyaṅgam. "mutilated portion of a havis-", i.e. the portion from which anything has been taken away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīṇamadhyamfn. slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣobhyamfn. to be agitated or disturbed (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhyamfn. being in jars, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kupathyamfn. belonging to a bad way (literally and figuratively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kupathyamfn. unwholesome (as diet, regimen, etc.), improper. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṣubhyaNom. P. bhyati-,"to throw"or"to despise" gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumamadhyan. Name of a tree bearing a large acid fruit (commonly Ca1lita1 Gac, Cordia Myxa or Dillenia Indica) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūṭalekhyan. idem or 'm. a falsified document ' (edition Bomb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labhyamfn. to be found or met with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labhyamfn. capable of being reached or attained, obtainable, acquirable, procurable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labhyamfn. to be understood or known, intelligible etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labhyamfn. suitable, proper, fit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labhyamfn. to be allowed to (infinitive mood with pass. sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labhyamfn. to be furnished or provided with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lābhyan. equals lābha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghusāṃkhyasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghusāṃkhyavṛtti f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lahyam. Name of a man gaRa sivādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lahyam. plural his descendants gaRa kaskādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyam. patronymic fr. lahya- (see gaRa śivādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalākhyam. "plough-named", Jussiaea Repens (see under lāṅgala-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalegṛhyaind. (locative case of lāṅgala-+ gr-) seizing by the plough gaRa mayūra-vyaṃsakādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅghanapathyanirṇayam. Name of a medical work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅghyamfn. to be lept or passed over or crossed or traversed
laṅghyamfn. attainable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅghyamfn. to be transgressed or violated or neglected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅghyamfn. to be injured or offended or wronged etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅghyamfn. to be made to fast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅghyamfn. to be cured by fasting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgūlagṛhyaind. seizing by the tail gaRa mayūra-vyaṃsakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgulegṛhyaind. seizing by the tail gaRa mayūra-vyaṃsakādi- (see lāṅgale-gṛhya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
layamadhyamfn. to be performed in mean or moderate time (as a piece of music) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lehyamfn. to be licked, lickable, to be lapped or licked up or eaten by licking etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lehyan. nectar, sipped food, any food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lehyan. a syrup, electuary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhārhyam. "fit for writing", a kind of palm-tree (the leaves of which are used for writing on) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyaNom. P. yati- equals lekhāya- gaRa kaṇḍvādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyamfn. to be scratched or scraped or scarified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyamfn. to be written or transcribed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyamfn. to be drawn or painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyamfn. to be portrayed, painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyamfn. to be written down or numbered among (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyamfn. favourable to the gods (said of viṣṇu-) (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyan. the act or the art of writing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyan. copying, transcribing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyan. delineation, drawing, painting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyan. a writing, letter, manuscript View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyan. (in law) any written document (especially a written accusation or defence) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyan. an inscription View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyan. (gaṇanā--) a catalogue, list of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyan. a painted figure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyacūrṇikāf. a pencil for writing or drawing, paint-brush View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyadalam. equals lekhārha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyagatamfn. represented in painting, painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyakamfn. written, epistolary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyakṛtamfn. done in writing, signed, executed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyamayamf(ī-)n. delineated, painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyapadman. a painted lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyapattram. the palmyra or palm tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyapattran. a written document, writing, scripture, letter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyapattran. a leaf or sheet of anything for writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyapattrakam. and n. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyaprasaṅgam. a written contract record, document View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyarūpamfn. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. delineated, painted ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyasthānan. a writing. place, office View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
likhyam. and f(ā-). idem or 'f. equals likṣā-, a nit ' (also a measure of weight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
likhyaSee column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāsādhyamfn. to be effected with ease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lobhyamfn. equals lobhanīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lobhyam. Phsseolus Mungo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohākhyan. black pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohākhyan. Agallochum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohalekhyamfn. liable to be scratched with iron, sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohyan. brass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokabāhyamfn. excluded from the world, excluded from society, excommunicated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokabāhyamfn. differing from the world, singular, eccentric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokabāhyam. an outcast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madāḍhyamfn. rich in or filled with wine, intoxicated, drunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madāḍhyam. the wine-palm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madāḍhyam. Nauclea Cadamba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madāḍhyam. a red-flowering Barleria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. middle (used likemedius exempli gratia, 'for example' m/adhye- samudr/e-,"in the midst of the sea") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. middlemost, intermediate, central View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. standing between two, impartial, neutral View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. middle id est being of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate (with vṛtti- f."a middle course") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. (in astronomy) mean id est theoretical (opp. to spaṣṭa-,or sphuṭa-) ( madhyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. lowest, worst View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the middle of the body, (especially) a woman's waist etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyam. (in algebra) the middle term or the mean of progression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyam. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyam. (in music) a particular tone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyam. (also n.) a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. (m. gaRa ardharcādi-) the middle, midst, centre, inside, interior etc. ( madhyam am- ind.into the midst of, into, among, with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' etc.; madhyena dhyena- ind.in or through the midst of, on the inside, through, between, with genitive case accusative or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' etc.; madhyāt dhyāt- ind.from the midst of. out of. from among etc.; madhye dhye- ind.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. the middle of the sky (with or scilicet nabhasas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. space between (exempli gratia, 'for example' bhruvos-,the eye brows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. midday (with ahnaḥ-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. intermediate condition between (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. the belly, abdomen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. the flank of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. (in music) mean time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. ten thousand billions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. cessation, pause, interval View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. Name of a country between Sindh and Hindustan proper [ confer, compare Zend maidhya; Greek , for ; Latin medius; Gothic midjis3; English midinmidland,midnightetc.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamfn. (fr. madhya-,of which it is also the vṛddhi- form in compound) middle, central, mid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabha(in astronomy) the meridian ecliptic point. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhāgam. the middle part or portion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhāgam. the middle of the body, waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhaktamfn. eaten in the middle (a term applied to any medicine taken in the middle of a meal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhāvam. middle state or condition, mediocrity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhāvam. a middling or moderate distance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyacārinmf(iṇī-)n. going in the midst or among (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyacchāyāf. (in astronomy) mean or middle shadow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadantam. a front tooth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeham. the middle or trunk of the body, belly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. middle region, middle space, the central or middle part of anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. (equals madhyaṃ nabhasaḥ-), the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. the middle of the body, waist etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. the trunk of the body, belly, abdomen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. the midland country (lying between the himālaya-s on the north, the vindhya- mountains on the south, vinaśana- on the west, prayāga- on the east, and comprising the modern provinces of Allahabad, agra-, Delhi, Oude etc.) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśamfn. belonging to or living in the midland country, of midland origin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. plural the inhabitants of the midland country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśīya() () mfn. equals prec. mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśya() mfn. equals prec. mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadinafor madhyaṃ-dina- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadīpakan. (in rhetoric)"illuminating in the middle" , Name of a figure in which light is thrown on a description by the use of an emphatic verb in the middle of a stanza (exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagamf(ā-)n. going or being in the middle or among (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagandham. "having a middling scent (?)", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagatamfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. going or being in the middle or among (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagatan. the middle syllable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagrahaṇan. the middle of an eclipse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyajainendravyākaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyajihvan. the middle of the tongue (said to be the organ of the palatals) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyajyāf. the sign of the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyakarṇam. a half diameter, radius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyakaumudīf. equals madhya-sid-dhānta-kaumudī- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyakṣāmāf. "slender-waisted"or,"slender in the centre", Name of a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyakuru(prob.) m. pl. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyalagnan. the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyalīlāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyalokam. the middle world, earth, abode of mortals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyalokeśam. "lord of the middle world or earth", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamind. madhya
madhyamamf(ā-)n. (superl. of m/adhya-) middle (used like Latin medius exempli gratia, 'for example' madhyame gulme-,"in the midst of the troop") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. being or placed in the middle, middlemost, intermediate, central etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. standing between two persons or parties, impartial, neutral etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. (in astronomy) mean (see madhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. relating to the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the middlemost prince (whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the middle character in plays View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the midland country (equals madhya-deśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. (in music) the 4th or 5th note View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the middlemost of the 3 scales View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a particular rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. (in gram.) the 2nd person (equals -puruṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the governor of a province View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a kind of antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. Name of the 18th kalpa- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. plural a class of gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. (with Buddhists) Name of a particular sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. n. the middle of the body, waist etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaf. the womb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. midnight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a girl arrived at puberty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the pericarp of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a central blossom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaman. the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaman. mediocrity, defectiveness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaman. Name of the 12th (14th) kāṇḍa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaman. (in astronomy) the meridian ecliptic point View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamamfn. (fr. madhyama-) relating to the middle, middlemost, central (also applied to the composers of the middle portion of the ṛg-- veda- id est of books ii-vii) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamamfn. middle-born View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamam. plural Name of a race View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamabhṛtakam. a husbandman, a farm-labourer who works both for his master and himself View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamādhikāram. Name of the 1st chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamadhyāf. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamādim. (in music) a particular rāgiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamādīf. (in music) a particular rāgiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāgamam. one of the 4 āgama-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamagatif. (in astronomy) mean motion of a planet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamagrāmam. (in music) the middle scale View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāharaṇan. the elimination of the middle term of an equation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamajātamfn. middle-born, born between (two other children), middlemost. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakamf(ikā-)n. middlemost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakamf(ikā-)n. common (as property) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakan. the interior of anything (kam pra-viś-,to enter) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamakamf(ikā-)n. (from madhyama-) relating to the middle region (id est the atmosphere) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakakṣāf. the middle enclosure or courtyard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakālaṃkālokam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakālaṃkāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakāṇḍan. Name of the 2nd kāṇḍa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakavṛttif. Name of work (also madhyamika v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakeyam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamakeyam. plural Name of a people (varia lectio madhyamakeya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakhaṇḍan. (in algebra) the middle term of an equation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakhaṇḍan. Name of part ii of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamalokam. the middle world (between heaven and the nether world), the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamalokapālam. "protector of the middle world", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamalokendum. "moon of the middle world", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamandiram. Name of the author of the mahābhārata-tātparya-nirṇaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamandiram. of madhvācārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamandiran. pudendum muliebre and anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāṅgirasm. the middle-sized aṅgiras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāṅgulim. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamaṇim. the central or principal gem of a necklace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamanoramāf. Name of a grammatical work (an abridgement of the manoramā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapadan. the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapadalopam. the omission of the middle member of a compound (as in, śāka-pārthiva-,the king of the era, for sākapriya-pārthiva-,the king dear to the era) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapadalopinm. (scilicet samāsa-) a compound which omits the middle member View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapāṇḍavam. "the middlemost of the five pāṇḍava-s", arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamaparṇan. (prob.) a middle-sized leaf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapuruṣam. a particular personification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapuruṣam. (in gram.) the second person in verbal conjugation, a termination of the second person (see prathama-puruṣa-, uttama-puruṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapūruṣam. a mediocre person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamarātram. midnight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamarekhāf. (in astronomy) the central meridian of the earth (a line conceived to be drawn through laṅkā-, ujjayinī-, kuru-kṣetra-, and meru-; see madhya-rekhā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasāhasam. the middlemost penalty or amercement, punishment for crimes of a middle degree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasāhasamn. violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls etc.)
madhyamasaṃgraham. the middle method of intriguing with another's wife (presenting flowers etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamaśīm. "lying or being in the middle", (prob.) an intercessor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasthamfn. standing or being in the middle gaRa brāhmaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasthāmfn. standing in the middle, forming the centre (of a community) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamastheyan. the state of standing in the middle or forming the centre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamasthyan. (fr. madhyama-stha-) gaRa brāhmaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasvabhāvamfn. indifferent, neutral, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasvaram. the middle or dominant note View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasvaramfn. spoken in a middle tone (not too loud and not too low) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamaṭīkāf. Name of work by kumārila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamātreyam. the middle sized ātreya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamavāhmfn. driving at middling or slow speed (equals manda-gamanena vāhaka-) (prob."driving in the middle", scilicet between gods and men) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamavayasn. middle age View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamavayaskamfn. middle-aged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamayānan. "the middle passage", the middle way to salvation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinam. (madhy/a--) (n. ) midday, noon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinam. the midday offering (savana- or pavamāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinam. Bassia Latifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinam. Name of a disciple of yājñavalkya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinan. Midday (personified as a son of puṣpārṇa- by prabhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinamfn. equals mādhyaṃdina- (q.v)
mādhyaṃdinamf(ī-)n. (m/ādh-) (fr. madhyaṃ-dina-) belonging to midday, meridional etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinam. equals mādhyaṃdinaḥ pavanaḥ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinam. plural Name of a branch of she vājasaneyin-s etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinam. of an astronomy school who fixed the starting-point of planetary movements at noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinam. of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinan. equals mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinagatamfn. having reached the meridian (as the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinagṛhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdināraṇyakavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinārkasaṃtaptamfn. burnt by the midday-sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinaśākhāf. the school of the mādhyaṃdina-s ( mādhyaṃdinaśākhīya khīya-. mfn.belonging to it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinaśākhīyamfn. mādhyaṃdinaśākhā
madhyaṃdinasamayam. midday-time, noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinasaṃdhiyāprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinavatind. as at the midday oblation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdināyanam. (prob. fr. madhyaṃ-dina-) Name of a teacher, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdineyam. plural the school of the mādhyaṃdina-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinīf. (with śikṣā-), Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinim. (fr. idem or 'm. (prob. fr. madhyaṃ-dina-) Name of a teacher, ') Name of a grammarian, on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinīyamfn. meridional, meridian, belonging to noon or midday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinīyamf(ā-)n. (fr. mādhyaṃdina-) usual at the midday oblation (also yaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyaṃdinīyamf(ā-)n. belonging to the school of the mādhyaṃdina-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameṣāf. a particular part of a chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameṣṭha() mfn. equals madhyama-sthā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameṣṭhā() mfn. equals madhyama-sthā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameṣṭheya() mfn. equals madhyama-sthā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameśvaram. Name of a liṅga- of śiva- in Benares View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamikāf. a marriageable woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamikāf. Name of the 2nd or middle grantha- of the kāṭhaka- (see mādhyamika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamikaprob. wrong reading for mādhyamika- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamikāf. Name of the middle portion of the kāṭhaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamikamfn. (fr. madhyama-) equals m/adhyamaka- (also applied to a kind of cloth ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamikam. plural Name of a Buddhist school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamikam. of a people in central India View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamikavṛttiSee under madhyamaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamikīyamfn. equals madhyamikāyām bhavaḥ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyamineyam. metron. fr. madhyamā- gaRa kalyāṇy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamīyamfn. relating to the middle, middlemost, central gaRa gahādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamoccaistaramf(ā-)n. half loud and very loud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamotkhātam. a particular division of time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyanagaran. the interior of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyanihitamfn. placed in the middle, inserted, fixed into (anything) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyanyamfn. occupying a middle place, having a middle rank or position (in any caste etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaparimāṇan. the middle measure or magnitude (or that between an atom and infinitude) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyapātam. falling or going in the midst, intercourse, commerce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyapātam. (in astronomy) the mean occurrence of the aspect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyapatitamfn. fallen in the middle lying between or in the midst View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaprasūtāf. (a cow) which has had a calf not very long ago View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyapraviṣṭamfn. one who has stolen into another's confidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyarātram. midnight ( madhyarātrau trau- ind.at midnight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyarātrauind. madhyarātra
madhyarātrauind. madhyarātri
madhyarātrif. midnight ( madhyarātrau trau- ind.at midnight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyarekhāf. the middle line the central or first meridian (the line conceived by the Hindus to be drawn through laṅkā-, ujjayinī-, kurukṣetra-, and other places to mount meru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaśarīramfn. having a middle-sized body or one of moderately full habit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaśāyinmfn. lying in the midst lying within View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasiddhāntakaumudīf. "the middle-sized "Name of an abridgment of the by varada-rāja-. = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. being in the middle, being between or among (genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. being in the middle space id est in the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. standing between two persons or parties mediating, a mediator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. belonging to neither or both parties, (only) a witness, impartial, neutral, indifferent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. being of a middle condition or kind, middling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyastham. "arbitrator, umpire", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyasthamfn. (fr. madhya-stha-) being in a middle state indifferent, impartial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyasthan. indifference, impartiality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthalan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ī-).) a middle place or region, (especially) the middle of the body, the waist or hip View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthānan. the middle space id est the air ( madhyasthānadevatā -devatā- f.a deity of the air ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthānan. a neutral soil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthānadevatāf. madhyasthāna
madhyasthatāf. intermediate situation, indifference, impartiality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthitamfn. being in the middle, being among or between (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthitāf. indifference (see -stha--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthityardham. or n. (in astronomy) the mean half duration. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyasthyan. (fr. madhya-stha-) equals preceding n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhyasthyan. intercession, mediation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasūtran. the central meridian (see madhya-rekhā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasvaritamfn. having the svarita- accent on the middle syllable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaf. the state of being in the middle, mediocrity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatamasn. circular or annular darkness, central darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatāpinīf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatasind. from or in the middle, centrally, centrically etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatasind. out of. among (genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatasind. of middle sort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatastaḥkārinm. Name of the 4 principal priests (viz. the hotṛ-, adhvaryu-, brahman-, and udgātṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatvan. See under madhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatvan. madhya
madhyavallīf. Name of a vallī- of the (probably from being in the middle of the book) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavartinmfn. being in the middle or between or among, middle, central View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavartinm. a mediator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavayasmfn. middle-aged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavidaraṇan. Name of one of the ten ways in which an eclipse ends View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavivartinmfn. equals -vartin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavivartinmfn. impartial, a mediator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavivekinmfn. of mediocre discernment, sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavṛttan. the navel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyayavam. a weight of six white mustard seeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyayoginmf(inī-)n. (in astronomy) being in the middle of a conjunction, completely covered or obscured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyemadhyamāṅgulikarpūramind. between middle finger and elbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyerathyamind. in the middle of the street View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
magadhyaNom. P. yati-, to surround (gaRa kaṇḍvādi-), to serve, be a slave
māghyan. the flower of Jasminum Multiflorum or Pubescens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābodhyaṅgavatīf. Name of a tantra- deity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahadabhikhyamfn. having a high-sounding name View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāḍhyamfn. (ḍh-) very rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāḍhyam. Nauclea Cadamba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākṣobhya(k-) m. or n. (?) a particular high number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahānasādhyakṣam. a chief kitchen-superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpṛṣṭhyaName of particular anuvāka-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsaukhyamfn. feeling intense delight,
mahebhyam. a very rich man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maheśākhyamfn. having the name of"great lord", highly distinguished or eminent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahyamfn. (prob.) highly honoured (equals mahat-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahyam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitrāyaṇagṛhyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhya wrong reading for 1. makha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mallikākhyaSee under mallika- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mallikākhyam. a kind of goose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manaḥsvāsthyan. health of mind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavagṛhyasūtran. Name of one of the sūtra- works ascribed to manu- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇimadhyan. Name of 2 metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇimadhyan. Chandoiu. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manogrāhyamfn. to be grasped by the mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manogrāhyamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manthyaetc. See under manth-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manthyamfn. to be rubbed or stirred or churned etc. (see mathya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manthyamfn. to be kindled by friction (as fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānthyamfn. (fr. mantha-) gaRa saṃkāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manthyagramfn. beginning with mixed soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrasādhyamfn. to be subdued or effected by incantations or spells ( mantrasādhyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrasādhyamfn. to be attained by consulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrasādhyatvan. mantrasādhya
mantrimukhyam. equals -pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārgamadhyagamfn. going in the middle of a road, being on the road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastakākhyam. the top of a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mathādhyakṣam. idem or 'm. the superintendent of a monastery, principal of a college etc. ' a monastery, college View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mathurāguhyavarnaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mathyamfn. to be rubbed out of (See ulmuka-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mathyamfn. to be extracted or produced from (See sindhu-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṭhyaSee māṭha-, column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauḍhyam. (fr. mūḍha-) patronymic gaRa kurv-ādī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauḍhyan. stupidity, ignorance, folly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauḍhyan. swoon, stupor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maughyan. (fr. mogha-) vanity, unprofitableness, uselessness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maukhyan. precedence, pre-eminence (wrong reading) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauñjītṛṇākhyam. muñja--grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maurkhyan. (fr. mūrkha-) stupidity, folly, fatuity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamf(ā-)n. (fr. medha-) full of sap, vigorous, fresh, mighty, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamf(ā-)n. fit for a sacrifice or oblation, free from blemish (as a victim), clean, pure, not defiling (by contact or by being eaten) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamf(ā-)n. (fr. medhā-). wise, intelligent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamf(ā-)n. equals medhām arhati- gaRa daṇḍādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. a goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. Acacia Catechu View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. Saccharum Munja View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. Name of the author of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. the gall-stone of a cow (equals recanā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. a particular vein View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamandiram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of pure, matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyaf. () ritual purity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyatamamfn. most pure, purest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyataramfn. more pure, purer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyatvan. ( ) ritual purity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghākhyam. varia lectio for prec. (in PrakritmehAkkho) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghākhyan. Cyperus Rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghākhyan. talc View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghaunmukhyan. the looking up eagerly or longing for clouds (said of peacocks) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghyamfn. being in a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghyamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals megham arhati- gaRa daṇḍādi-
meghyamfn. equals megha iva- gaRa śākhādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithaspṛdhya ind.p. ( sp/ṛdh-) meeting together as rivals, mutually emulous ( mithaspr/idhyā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyādhyavasiti(mithyādh-) f. a particular figure of speech (in which the impossibility of a thing is expressed by making it depend upon some impossible contingency) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitrākhyamfn. named after mitra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miyedhyamfn. equals m/edhya-, partaking of the sacrificial food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mlecchākhyan. "called mleccha-", copper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
modākhyam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgākhyamf(ā-)n. named after a deer (yā vīthī-,a portion of the moon's course which comprises 3 constellations beginning with ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyamf(ā-)n. being in or coming from or belonging to the mouth or face etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyamf(ā-)n. being at the head or at the beginning, first, principal, chief, eminent (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = the first or best or chief among, rarely equals mukha-or ādi- q.v) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyam. a leader, guide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyam. Name of a tutelary deity (presiding over one of the 81 or 63 divisions or pada-s of an astrological house) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyam. plural a class of gods under manu- sāvarṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyan. an essential rite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyan. reading or teaching the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyan. the month reckoned from new moon to new moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyan. moustache View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyacandram. or n. (?) the principal lunar month (which ends with the conjunction, as opp. to the gauṇa-c-which ends with the opposition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyamantrinm. a prime minister ( mukhyamantritva tri-tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyamantritvan. mukhyamantrin
mukhyanṛpam. a paramount sovereign, reigning monarch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyarāj m. equals -nṛpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyarājanm. equals -nṛpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyasadriśamfn. similar to the principal matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyaśasind. principally, chiefly, before all, next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyaf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyatasind. principally, chiefly, particularly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyatvan. pre-eminence, superiority, highest rank or position View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktākhya(kh-) m. a particular mode of beating a drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṣṭigrāhyamfn. to be clasped with one hand (as a waist) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhomadhyan. "sky-centre", the zenith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhyamfn. foggy, moist, cloudy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhyan. the centre part of a wheel, the nave etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhyan. the middle ( nabhyastha -stha- mfn.standing in the middle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhyamfn. (according to gaRa gav-ādi-fr. nābhi-) belonging to or fit for a nave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhyamfn. sprung from or being in the navel, umbilical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhyam. Name of śiva- (with nābha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhyan. a kind of sacrifice, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhyasthamfn. nabhya
nadbhyasSee 2. n/ah-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgākhyam. Mesua Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagarabāhyamfn. situated without the town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagarādhyakṣa() m. town-chief, head police-officer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nahuṣākhyan. the flower of Tabernaemontana Coronaria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiḥsnehyan. absence of love or affection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiḥspṛhyan. absence of longing for anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naipathyasavana varia lectio for nep- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairarthyan. meaninglessness, nonsense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairbādhyamfn. equals nir-b- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairgandhyan. absence of smell, inodorousness, on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairgranthyan. (fr. nir-grantha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣadhyamfn. belonging or peculiar to the niṣadha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣadhyam. niṣadha- prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naisnehya wrong reading for naiḥsn- and -svya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣṇihyan. (fr. ni-ṣṇih- equals niḥ-sṇih-?) getting rid of, freeing one's self from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣṭhyan. (see -ṣṭhika-) constancy, adherence to rule, firm belief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nākapriṣṭhyamfn. nākapriṣṭha
naktāndhyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakulāndhyan. "ichneumon-blindness", a kind of disease of the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nākulāndhyan. equals nak- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmagṛhyaind. while mentioning the name View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmayāthārthyanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyan. (and m. ) an ornament, decoration, costume (especially of an actor), attire (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) etc. (thyaṃ-kṛ-,or grah-or rac-or vi-dhā-,"to make the toilet")
nepathyan. (in dramatic language) the place behind the stage (separated by the curtain from the raṅga-), the postscenium, the tiring-room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyabhṛtmfn. wearing a costume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyagrahaṇan. making the toilet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyagṛhan. a toilet room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyaprayogam. the art of toilet-making (one of the 64 kalā-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyasamprayogam. equals -prayoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyasavanan. a ceremony performed in full toilet (Bombay edition nepathya-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyavidhānan. equals -grahaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīcairākhyamfn. named"low" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhiguhyakādhipam. "lord of the treasures and guhyaka-s", kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhyaiP. -dhyāyati- (perfect tense -dadhyau-, dhyur-), to observe, perceive ; to meditate, think of, remember (accusative) : Desiderative -didhyāsate-, to wish to meditate on, think of attentively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhyaptif. reflection, philosophical meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhyarthinmfn. seeking treasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigamākhyakośam. equals nigamana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigrābhyamfn. (with āpas-) the water with which the soma- plants are sprinkled before they are pressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigrāhyamfn. to be (or being) suppressed or punished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigṛhyamfn. to be held back etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigṛhyamfn. deserving reproof or correction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigṛhya ind.p. having held back or taken or arrested or confined etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigṛhyahaving restrained or coerced, by coercion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥsāmarthyamfn. unfit, unsuitable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥsaṃkhyamfn. innumerable, numberless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśodhyamfn. not to be cleansed or purified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśodhyamfn. clean, pure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nikumbhākhyabījan. Croton Jamalgota View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nināhya m. a water-jar put into the ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nināhyam. a water-jar put into the ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirabhyaṅgamfn. unanointed, not rubbed in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirabhyavekṣ( īkṣ-) to search through, examine thoroughly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirastasaṃkhyamfn. innumerable (literally refusing calculation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirātithyamfn. inhospitable, lonely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbādhyamfn. able to remove all (impediments) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdhyai(present tense p. -dhyāyat- ; ind.p. -dhyāya- ), to think of, reflect upon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirgrāhyamfn. ( grah-) to be traced or found out, perceivable on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirīśvarasāṃkhyaśāstran. the sāṃkhya- doctrine in a restricted sense (excluding the yoga-sāṃkhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmadhyamfn. having no middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmādhyasthan. absence of impartiality, interest, sympathy (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmākhya(!) m. Name of a man (varia lectio tigmātman-and nirmād-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmanthyamfn. to be (or being) stirred or churned or excited by friction (as fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmanthyamfn. to be distinguished or discriminated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmanthyadārun. the wood for kindling fire by friction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmathyamfn. to be (or being newly) excited by friction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmathyaind. having ground or churned etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmathyaind. having discriminated or particularized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmathyaind. forcibly, by force View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmithyamfn. not false, true View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niroṣṭhyan. absence of all labials View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirudhyamānabeing checked or reined in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupākhyamf(ā-)n. destitute of all qualification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupākhyamf(ā-)n. immaterial, unreal, false, non-existent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupākhyamf(ā-)n. indescribable, inexpressible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirūpākhya wrong reading for -ud-, -up- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupākhyatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvāhyamfn. to be carried on or accomplished or performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣedhyamfn. to be kept back or prohibited or hindered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpathyamfn. unwell, ill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣṭhyan. making a cracking noise with the fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīthyaSee gr/āma-ṇīthya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛṣāhya nṛṣahya mfn. overpowering men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛṣahya nṛṣāhya mfn. overpowering men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛṣāhya nṛṣahya n. the overpowering of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛṣahya nṛṣāhya n. the overpowering of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛvāhyan. a palankeen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyūṅkhyamfn. equals khanīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
oṣadhyanuvākam. a particular anuvāka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
oṣṭhyamfn. being at the lips, belonging to the lips etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
oṣṭhyamfn. especially produced by the lips, labial (as certain sounds) commentator or commentary on etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
oṣṭhyam. a labial sound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
oṣṭhyasthānamfn. pronounced with the lips. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
oṣṭhyayonimfn. produced from labial sounds. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padadārḍhyan. fixedness or security of text, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādhyayanan. the recitation of the veda- according to the pada-pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādādimadhyayamakan. paronomasia at the beginning and in the middle of a verse (as ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādagṛhyaind. seizing by the foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādamadhyayamakan. paronomasia in the middle of the 4 verses of a stanza (as in ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādārghyan. "offering to the feet", a donation to Brahmans or other venerable persons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātyadhyakṣam. a commander of infantry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādegṛhyaind. equals da-grihya- gaRa mayuravyaṃsakādi-.
palāśākhyam. the resin of Gardenia Gummifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcābdakhyamfn. existing for 5 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāñcavidhyan. (fr. pañca-vidhī-), Name of a sūtra- treating of the 5 vidhi-s of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍulekhyan. an outline or sketch made with a style or with chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pānīyādhyakṣam. a water superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramākhyamfn. called supreme, considered as the highest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārādhyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāramārthyan. the real full truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāramasthyan. (fr. paramastha-) gaRa brāhmaṇādi--. = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārameṣṭhyamfn. relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (brahmā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārameṣṭhyamfn. relating to a king, royal (see below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārameṣṭhyam. patronymic of nārada- (varia lectio ṣṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārameṣṭhyan. highest position, supremacy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārameṣṭhyan. plural the royal insignia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyamf(ā-)n. being on the more remote or opposite side or half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyamf(ā-)n. most distant in number, of the highest possible number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyamf(ā-)n. highest in rank or quality, most excellent, best etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyamf(ā-)n. more excellent than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyan. a maximum (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"amounting at the most to") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārārthyan. (2. parārtha-) dependence on or devotedness to another, altruism, disinterestedness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārārthyanirṇaya m.Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārārthyavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāraskaragṛhyamantram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāraskaragṛhyapariśiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāraskaragṛhyasutran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parasparasakhyan. mutual friendship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parīdhya(pari-+ idhya-, indh-), to be kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parīdhyai(only perfect tense -dadhyau-), to meditate, ponder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parigrāhyamfn. to be treated or addressed kindly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parigṛhyaind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (accusative) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parigṛhyaind. considering, regarding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parigṛhyamfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parigṛhyavatmfn. (g/ṛhya--) containing the word parigṛhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārimukhyamf(ā-)n. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. (fr. pari-mukham-) being before the eyes, near, present ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārimukhyan. nearness, presence vArttika View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāriṇāhyan. (-ṇāha-) household furniture and utensils View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāriṇahyan. (fr. parī-ṇah-) household furniture or utensils View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāriṇahyan. varia lectio for pāri-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariṇāmapathyamfn. suited to a future state or condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parirathyan. a particular part of a chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisabhyam. (sabhā-) a member of an assembly, assessor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisakhyan. perfect or true friendship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārivṛḍhyan. (fr. idem or 'm. (f(ī-).) patronymic fr. pari-vṛḍha- ') gaRa dṛḍhādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthagarthyan. (fr. prithag-artha-) difference of purpose or meaning etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthyam. a descendant of pṛthi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryadhyayanamfn. averse from study Va1rtt. 4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāryoṣṭhyamfn. (fr. paryoṣṭhyam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścārdhyamfn. being on the west side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśusaṃkhyamfn. counting over cattle, Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyamfn. "belonging to the way", suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (literally and figuratively; especially said of diet in a medical sense) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyamfn. containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyam. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyam. Name of a teacher of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyam. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyam. Name of several metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyam. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyan. a species of salt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭhyamfn. to be recited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭhyamfn. to be taught, needing instruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāthyamfn. (prob.) being in the air, heavenly (Name of a ṛṣi- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyāpathyamfn. wholesome and unwholesome, beneficial or hurtful (especially in sickness) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyāpathyam. or n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyāpathyanighaṇṭum. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyāpathyanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyāpathyavibodham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyāpathyavidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyāpathyavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyāpathyaviniścayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭhyaratnakośam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyaśākam. a species of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathyaśanan. provender for a journey, viaticum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭṭikākhya(kh-) m. a species of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrāḍhyam. "rich in feathers or leaves etc.", a peacock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrāḍhyan. the root of long pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrāḍhyan. a species of grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrāḍhyan. Caesalpinia Sappan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrākhyan. the leaf of Laurus Cassia or of Flacourtia Cataphracta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrikākhya(kh-) n. a species of camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauramukhyam. chief man of the city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paurasakhyan. fellow-citizenship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
peśalamadhyamfn. slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalāḍhyamf(ā-)n. "rich in fruit", covered with fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalādhyakṣam. "superintendent of fruit", Mimusops Kauki View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalakākhyayantran. equals ka-yantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalavandhyamfn. barren or destitute of fruits, not bearing fruit (see phalāv-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalāvandhyamfn. not barren of fruit, bearing fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phenaprakhyamfn. foam-like, resembling foam View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pinahyaind. having put on or dressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikamadhya mf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikāmadhyamfn. Name of a kind of fast (beginning on the day of full moon with 15 mouthfuls, decreasing by one daily until the day of new moon, and after that increasing by one daily until the next day of full moon) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikamadhyamamf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikamadhyaf. Name of any metre the middle pāda- of which is shorter than the preceding and following, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīthyan. idem or 'm. idem or 'f. (3. -;for 1.See p.629) protection (See nṛ-p-).' (See go-p-).' (See go-p-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabodhyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be awakened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānādhyakṣam. a chief superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānādhyakṣatāf. the office of chief superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhyaiP. A1. -dhyāyati-, te-, to meditate upon, think of (accusative with or without prati-) ; to reflect, consider ; to excogitate, devise, hit upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhyanīkan. the centre of a segment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhyanīkan. a well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prādhyayanan. commencement of recitation or study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgalbhyan. idem or 'f. (fr. galbha-) boldness, confidence, resoluteness, determination ' etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgalbhyan. importance, rank View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgalbhyan. manifestation, appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgalbhyan. proficiency View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgalbhyabuddhif. boldness of judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgalbhyavatmfn. possessed of confidence, bold, arrogant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pragṛhyamfn. to be seized or taken or accepted etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pragṛhyamfn. (in gram.) to be taken or pronounced separately, not subject to the rules of saṃdhi- (as the final ī-, ū-,and e-of the dual terminations exempli gratia, 'for example' kavī etau-,"these two poets") , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pragṛhyaind. having taken or grasped, carrying away with, with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajādhyakṣam. (dh-) "surveyor of creatures", Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajādhyakṣam. of kardama- and dakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajñāḍhya(jñāḍhya-) m. "rich in wisdom", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakhyamfn. visible, clear, bright View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakhyasm. equals prajā-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakhyasm. the planet Jupiter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṛṣṭakeśākhyam. coral (literally having the name"beautiful hair"; see pra-vāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṛtiśraiṣṭhyan. superiority of origin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pralobhyamfn. to be lusted after, alluring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramāṇābhyadhikamfn. exceeding in size, bigger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṃśulabhyamfn. to be obtained or reached (only) by a tall person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇidhyai(only perfect tense -dadhyau-), to attend to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapathyamfn. being on the road, wandering (also applied to pūṣan-, the protector of travellers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prarādhyamfn. to be satisfied or made content View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prārthyamfn. to be desired or wished for by (instrumental case, genitive case or compound), desirable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prārthyan. (impersonal or used impersonally) one should request View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādhyamfn. to be mastered or conquered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādhyamfn. accomplishable, practicable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādhyamfn. to be destroyed or defeated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyamfn. to be conquered or resisted etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyamfn. capable of being conquered or resisted (infinitive mood with pass. sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyaind. having conquered or won View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyaind. using force, forcibly, violently etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyaind. exceedingly, very much View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyaind. at once, without more ado View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyaind. necessarily, absolutely, by all means (with na-,"by no means") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyacauram. "violent thief", a robber, plunderer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyaharaṇan. forcible abduction, robbing, plundering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasahyakārinmfn. acting with violence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātarmādhyaṃdinasavanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibadhyamfn. to be obstructed or hindered
pratigrāhyamfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable (see a-pratig-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratigrāhyamfn. one from whom anything may be received (see gṛhya-and ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratigrāhyam. Name of particular graha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratigṛhyamfn. to be accepted, acceptable ("from" genitive case Va1rtt. 1 ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratigṛhyamfn. one from whom anything may be accepted (See a-pratigṛhy/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratilabhyamfn. to be received or obtained, obtainable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratinigrāhyamfn. to be ladled out (see nirgr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratinirgrāhyamfn. ( grah-) to be taken up with a ladle (see prati-nigr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratirathyamind. in every road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiśākhyan. (fr. -śākham-) a treatise on the peculiar euphonic combination and pronunciation of letters which prevails in different śākhā-s of the veda-s (there are 4 prātiśākhya- one for the śākala-śākhā- of the ;two for particular śākhā-s of the black and white yajur-veda-s, and one for a śākhā- of the ; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiśākhyabhāṣyan. Name of uvaṭa-'s commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiśākhyakṛtm. the author of a prātiśākhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisāmarthyan. relative suitableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣedhyamfn. to be prevented or rejected or prohibited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣedhyamfn. to be denied or negatived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativindhyam. Name of a king who ruled over a particular part of the vindhya- mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativindhyam. of a son of yudhi-ṣṭhira- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativindhyam. plural Name of his descendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhilekhyan. ( likh-) a counter document, a document brought forward by the opposing party View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhyanujñāf. ( jñā-) leave, permission View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhyanujñātamfn. dismissed on taking leave, allowed to depart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravāhyamfn. (fr. vāha-) fluviatic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravijahyamfn. (fr. jah-; see pra-vi-3. -) to be given up or abandoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛcchyamfn. to be asked or inquired after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
preṣaṇādhyakṣam. a superintendent of the commands (of a king), chief of the administration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prītisambodhyaṅgan. (with Buddhists) joyfulness (one of the 7 requisites for attaining supreme knowledge) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyākhyamfn. announcing good tidings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyākhyamfn. called"dear" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyopabhogavandhyamfn. barren or destitute of the enjoyment of a lover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prohyapadi () ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prohyapadipādi() ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
projjhyaind. having left or abandoned, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
projjhyaind. leaving aside, with exception of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhamadhyam. the middle of the back View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhavāhyam. idem or 'm. a beast of burnt, draught-ox ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhyamfn. belonging to or coming from the heights (with payas-or andhas- n.the milk or the plant from the heights, id est the soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhyamfn. carrying on the back View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhyam. (with or sc. aśva-) a horse for riding or for draught View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhyamfn. forming the stotra-s called pṛṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhyamfn. having these stotra-s (said of a particular period of 6 sacrificial days [as substantive m.] , viz. pṛṣṭhyāhan-, pṛṣṭhya-tryaha-, -pañcāha-, -stotriya-, -caturtha-, -ṣaṣṭha- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhyam. equals pṛṣṭhānāṃ samūhaḥ- Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhyastomam. Name of 6 ekāha-s or of a period of 6 sacrificial days (see above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛtanāṣāhya() n. equals -jaya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛtanāsāhya() n. equals -jaya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūjāpathyamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pumākhyamfn. designated as male or masculine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇyamaheśākhyamfn. named,"holy and great lord", divya-'v. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purādhyakṣa() m. the governor of a city or fortress, prefect of police. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraskṛtamadhyamakramamfn. taking or adopting a middle course View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purastātpṛṣṭhyan. Name of a particular sattra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvārdhyamfn. being on the eastern side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣkarākhyam. Ardea Sibirica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhyas() mfn. more violent, very strong. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitātithyamfn. one who has shown hospitality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhyamfn. to be accomplished or performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhyamfn. to be obtained or won View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhyamfn. to be appeased or propitiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhyamfn. to be worshipped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raibhyam. (or raibhy/a-) (fr. rebha-) Name of various men etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raibhyam. of a son of sumati- and father of duṣyanta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raibhyam. of an astronomer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raibhyam. of a class of gods () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājaguhyan. a royal mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājavāhyam. a royal elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rakṣābhyadhikṛta(kṣābh-) mfn. and m. equals rakṣādhikṛta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktasaṃdhyakan. the flower of Nymphaea Rubra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṅgamadhyan. the middle of an arena View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasābhyantaramfn. filled with water or love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasāḍhyam. "abounding in juice or sap", Spondias Mangifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasādhyakṣam. a superintendent of liquors or fluids View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāṣṭramukhyam. the chief of a kingdom or country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathamadhyamf(ā-)n. occupying the centre of a car = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathamadhyasthamfn. standing in the centre of a car View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyamfn. (or rathy/a-) belonging or relating to a carriage or chariot, accustomed to it etc. (with āj/i-,"a chariot-race") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyamfn. (?) delighting in roads (See f.and rathya-virathya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyam. a carriage or chariot-horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyan. carriage equipments (trappings, a wheel etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyan. a chariot-race or match View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyan. a carriage, vehicle (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāthyan. possession of chariots ( r/athya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāthyamfn. fit for a carriage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyacarya wrong reading for ratha-c- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyacayam. a team of horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathyavirathyam. "delighting in roads and by-roads", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnāḍhyamfn. abounding in jewels or precious stones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnamukhyan. "chief of jewels", a diamond View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātryāndhyan. night-blindness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedaprātiśākhyan. the prātiśākhya- of the ṛg-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṇalekhyan. a bond, note of hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhyamfn. to be stopped or checked or restrained (See a-r-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rogākhyan. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus (see roga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtesphyamfn. without the sphya-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ruddhataṭābhimukhyamfn. obstructed (in its motion) towards the shore (said of the sea) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudhirākhyan. "blood-named, red in blood", a particular precious stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpakākhyaṣaḍaṅgan. Name of a collection of mantra-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpyādhyakṣam. a superintendent of silver or silver coinage, master of the mint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śābarabhedākhyan. copper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdasādhyaprayogam. Name of a grammar by rāma-nātha- cakravartin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhyamfn. to be shot at without being seen (see prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhyan. equals -vedha- m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyamfn. being in an assembly-hall or meeting-room, belonging to or fit for an assembly or court, suitable to good society, courteous, polite, refined, civilized, not vulgar, decorous (as speech) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyamfn. being at the court of (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyam. an assistant at an assembly or council, (especially) an assessor, judge etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyam. the keeper of a gambling. house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyam. a person of honourable parentage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyam. Name of one of the five sacred fires (See pañcāgni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyakaṇṭhābharaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhyarthanamfn. with entreaties View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhyasūyamfn. envious, malicious, jealous of (locative case; sābhyasūyam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhyasūyamind. sābhyasūya
sabhyaf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyatamamfn. very worthy of good society, very courteous or polite or refined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyatamam. a very polite or refined person, an ornament of society View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyatvan. politeness, refinement, good manners or breeding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacadhyaiSee sac-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacathyamfn. helpful, kind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacathyan. assistance, help View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadānandākhyadharmārṇavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādbanādhyakṣam. superintendent of the military forces (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be subdued or mastered or won or managed, conquerable, amenable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be summoned or conjured up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be set to rights, to be treated or healed or cured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be formed (grammatically) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be cultivated or perfected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be accomplished or fulfilled or brought about or effected or attained, practicable, feasible, attainable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. being effected or brought about, taking place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be prepared or cooked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be inferred or concluded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be proved or demonstrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be found out by calculation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. to be killed or destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyamfn. relating to the sādhya-s (See below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyam. (plural) "they that are to be propitiated", Name of a class of celestial beings (belonging to the gaṇa-devatā- q.v,sometimes mentioned in the veda- [see ];in the their world is said to be above the sphere of the gods;according to yāska-[ ] their locality is the bhuvarloka- or middle region between the earth and sun;in , the sādhya-s are described as created after the gods with natures exquisitely refined, and in , as children of the soma-sad-s, sons of virāj-;in the purāṇa-s they are sons of sādhyā-, and their number is variously twelve or seventeen;in the later mythology they seem to be superseded by the siddha-sSee siddha-;and their names are manas-, mantṛ-, prāṇa-, nara-, pāna-, vinirbhaya-, naya-, daṃśa-, nārāyaṇa-, vṛṣa-, prabhu-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyam. the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyam. Name of a Vedic ṛṣi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyam. of the 21st astronomical yoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyan. accomplishment, perfection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyan. an object to be accomplished, thing to be proved or established, matter in debate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyan. (in logic) the major term in a syllogism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyan. silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyan. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyaetc. See column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāḍhyaiSee under 1. sah-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyakośam. Name of a dictionary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyapakṣam. the side of the thing to be proved (in a lawsuit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyapramāṇasaṃkhyāvatmfn. containing the number of the things to be proved and of the proofs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyarṣi(ya+ṛṣi-) m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasādhanan. the means of establishing what is to be proved (exempli gratia, 'for example' a hetu- or reason) , effecting what has to be done etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasādhanakaumudīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasādhanakhaṇḍaf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasamam. an assertion identical with the point to be proved, petitio principii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasamatvan. sameness with the point to be proved (tvāt-,"because it is the same with what is to be proved") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasiddhamfn. to be still accomplished and already accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasiddhif. accomplishment of what has to be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasiddhif. the establishing of what has to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasiddhif. the success of an undertaking, accomplishment fulfilment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasiddhif. proof. conclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyasiddhipādam. the fourth stage or division of a suit at law, judgement, decision View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyaf. practicableness, feasibility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyaf. conquerableness (See a-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyaf. curableness (See a-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyatovacchedakan. the distinguishing property of the thing to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyatvan. curableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyatvan. perfectibility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyatvan. practicability View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyavasānā f. (in rhetoric) an elliptical figure of speech (in which the meaning is left to be implied) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyavasānikāf. (in rhetoric) an elliptical figure of speech (in which the meaning is left to be implied) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyavasāyamfn. elliptical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyavatmfn. comprehending the point to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyavatmfn. containing the major term (in logic) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyavatm. the party on whom the burden of proof in a lawsuit rests View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyavyāpakamfn. (in logic) invariably inherent in that which is to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhyavyāpakatāf. invariable inherence in what is to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍvidhasāṃkhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣāḍvidhyan. (fr. ṣaḍ-vidha-) sixfoldness on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sagarbhya(s/a--) m. a brother of whole blood, one by the same father and mother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahadhyaiSee under 1. sah-, p.1192, col, 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahādhyayanan. studying together, companionship in study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhasādhyavasāyinmfn. acting with inconsiderate haste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasphyamfn. with the sacrificial implement called sphya- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākhyam. "having a thousand names", Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasaṃkhyamfn. numbering a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyamfn. to be borne or endured, endurable, tolerable, resistible etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyamfn. able to bear, equal to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyamfn. powerful, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyamfn. sweet, agreeable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyam. Name of one of the 7 principal ranges of mountains in India (See kula-giri-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyam. of a mountainous district (in which the go-dāvarī- rises in the N. W of the Deccan) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyam. of a son of vivasvat- (varia lectio mahya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyamn. help. assistance (oftener sāhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyam. health, convalescence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyan. conquering, overthrowing, victory (See abhimāti--, nṛ--,and pṛtanā-ṣāhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyan. aid, assistance (often varia lectio sahya-;with kṛ-or -,"to give assistance") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyan. conjunction, society, fellowship (in this meaning perhaps fr. saha-or contracted from sāhāyya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaSee column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyakaramfn. rendering assistance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyakarmann. help, assistance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyakṛtmfn. a companion, associate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyamahībhṛtm. the sahya- range of mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyaparvata m. the sahya- range of mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyasmfn. equals sahīyas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyaf. endurableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyavarṇanan. Name of a chapter of the (containing a description of the sahya- mountains) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahyavāsinīf. "inhabiting the sahya- mountains"Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaikhyamfn. (see śaikya-) pointed, spiked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śailākhyan. "having the name śaila-", bitumen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sainyādhyakṣam. "army-overseer", a general, commander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākākhyam. the Teak tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākākhyan. a vegetable, potherb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākalaprātiśākhyan. Name of the ṛg-- veda- prātiśākhya- (ascribed to śaunaka- and handed down for the use of the śākala- school). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākaṭākhyam. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākhyamfn. resembling a branch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākhyamfn. belonging to the branch of a tree, branching, ramifying (literally and figuratively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakhyan. friendship, intimacy with, relation to (locative case or instrumental case with and without samam-, saha-etc.) , fellowship, community View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākhyan. association, party View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākhyan. friendship (prob. wrong reading for sakhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākhyamfn. equals sākheya-
sakhyavisarjanan. dissolution of partnership or association (in a ritual observance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakrāhyam. (?) the seed of Wrightia Antidysenterica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakrākhyam. " indra-.named", an owl (see ulūka-and ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakrānalākhyamfn. called indra- and agni- (in the beginning of a compound) (see śakrāgni-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālabhañjikāprakhyamfn. resembling the above game View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhidhyaiP. -dhyāyati-, or -dhyāti-, to reflect deeply on, meditate on ; to direct all the thoughts upon, long for (accusative)
samabhyarcP. -arcati-, to pay great honour to, worship, greet, salute (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyarcanan. the act of paying great honour to, worshipping, reverencing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyarcanabhyarcitamfn. greatly honoured, worshipped, saluted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyarthA1. -arthayate-, to petition, solicit, request View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyarthayitṛmfn. seeking, petitioning, a petitioner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyasP. -asyati-, to practise, exercise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyatikramP. -krāmati-, to come upon or into, enter into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyavagāP. -jigāti-, to go into (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyave( -ava-- 5 i-) P. -avaiti-, to penetrate entirely into (accusative) ; to come to an agreement with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samādhyaiP. -dhyāyati-, to meditate deeply upon, reflect upon, be lost in thought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samadhyamamfn. moderate on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samadhyayanan. going over or studying together, (or) that which is gone over or repeated together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmagrīpratibadhyaf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samānasaṃkhyamf(ā-)n. of an equal number with (instrumental case)
samānottamamadhyamādhamamfn. one to whom the best and the middle and worst are all the same View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmāntarukthyam. an ukthya- (q.v) in a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samanudhyaiP. -dhyāyati-, to reflect upon, think of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samanugrāhyamfn. to be favoured or treated graciously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samapadhyaiP. -dhyāyati- (Epic also A1. te-), to think ill or badly of, meditate evil or injury against, injure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samārabhyamfn. (see above) to be undertaken or begun (superl. -tama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samarākhyam. (in music) a kind of time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarghyan. (fr. sam-argha-) cheapness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samarthyamfn. to be established or corroborated or justified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarthyan. (fr. sam-artha-) sameness of aim or object or meaning or signification, belonging or agreeing together (in aim, object etc.), adequacy, accordance, fitness, suitableness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarthyan. the being entitled to, justification for (locative case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarthyan. ability to or capacity for (infinitive mood dative case locative case,or compound; accusative with kṛ-,"to do one's utmost";with bhaj-,"to take pains","exert one's self") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarthyan. efficacy, power, strength, force (āt-,or -tas-or -yogāt-,"through the force of circumstances","by reason of.","in consequence of","on account of.""as a matter of course") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarthyan. the force or function or sense of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarthyabandhanamfn. having Power as a bond of union, cemented by or contingent on power or fitness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarthyahīnamfn. destitute of strength, weak, feeble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarthyavatmfn. having power or strength, capable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmarthyayogaSee above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmasādhyamfn. to be accomplished in a conciliatory or peaceable way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śamasaukhyan. equals -sukha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmasthyan. (fr. sama-stha-) comfort, ease, welfare gaRa brāhmaṇā/ai-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambadhyamānamfn. being bound together or connected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambadhyamānakamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') being in some degree related to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambodhyamfn. to be enlightened or instructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambodhyaṅgan. sambodhi
sambudhyamānamfn. being quite aware View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdehyam. the body (equals saṃ-deha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyamfn. (for 2.See column 3) being on the point of junction etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyamfn. based on saṃdhi- or euphonic combination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyamfn. (for 1.See column 2) thinking about, reflecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyamfn. produced by coalescence (as a syllable) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyamfn. (fr. saṃ-dhyā-) relating to the evening twilight, vespertine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyamfn. relating to the morning twilight or dawn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyabhojanan. an evening meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyadhyāyam. an adhyāya- or chapter on saṃdhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyaiP. -dhyāyati-, to reflect or meditate on, think about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyakṣaran. a compound vowel, diphthong, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyakusumāf. Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyarkṣa(for -ṛkṣa-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdigdhalekhyan. a writing or document of doubtful meaning or authority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃghaguhyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgrāhagrāhyamfn. to be grasped or seized or clasped or embraced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgrāhagrāhyamfn. to be stopped (as bleeding) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgrāhagrāhyamfn. to be appointed (to an office) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgrāhagrāhyamfn. to be attracted or won or propitiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgrāhagrāhyamfn. to be accepted or taken to heart (as words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃharākhyam. Name of agni- pavamāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhitādhyayana(dh-) n. the repeating of the saṃhitā- of a veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samidhyaNom. P. yati- (future -idhyitā-or -idhitā-), to wish for fuel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samidhyamānamfn. (pr. p. Passive voice) being kindled or ignited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samidhyamānavatmfn. containing the word samidhyamāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkarākhyaName of two medical works by rāma- and śaṃkara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkathyan. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. saṃ-kathā-) excellent in conversation gaRa kathādi-.') talk, conversation (see dharma-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyamfn. counting up or over, reckoning or summing up (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see go-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyan. conflict, battle, war (only in locative case; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyamfn. (fr. saṃ-khyā-) numeral, relating to number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyamfn. relating to number (in gram. as expressed by the case-terminations etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyamfn. rational, or discriminative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyam. one who calculates or discriminates well, (especially) an adherent of the sāṃkhya- doctrine etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyam. patronymic of the Vedic ṛṣi- atri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyan. (according to to some also m.) Name of one of the three great divisions of Hindu philosophy (ascribed to the sage kapila- [ q.v ], and so called either from"discriminating", in general, or, more probably, from"reckoning up"or"enumerating"twenty-five tattva-s [See tattva-]or true entities [twenty-three of which are evolved out of prakṛti-"the primordial Essence"or"first-Producer"], viz. buddhi-, ahaṃkāra-, the five tan-mātra-s, the five mahā-bhūta-s and manas-;the twenty-fifth being puruṣa- or Spirit [sometimes called Soul] which is neither a Producer nor Production [see vikāra-],but wholly distinct from the twenty-four other tattva-s,and is multitudinous, each separate puruṣa- by its union with prakṛti- causing a separate creation out of prakṛti-, the object of the philosophy being to effect the final liberation of the puruṣa- or Spirit from the fetters caused by that creation;the yoga- [ q.v ] branch of the sāṃkhya- recognizes a Supreme Spirit dominating each separate puruṣa-;the tantra-s identify prakṛti- with the wives of the gods, especially with the wife of śiva-;the oldest systematic exposition of the sāṃkhya- seems to have been by an author called pañca-śikha- [the germ, however, being found in the ṣaṣṭi-tantra-, of which only scanty fragments are extant];the original sūtra-s were superseded by the sāṃkhya-kārikā- of īśvara-kṛṣṇa-, the oldest manual on the sāṃkhya- system that has come down to us and probably written in the 5th century A.D., while the sāṃkhya-- sūtra-s or śiva-pravacana- and tattva-samāsa-, ascribed to the sage kapila-, are now thought to belong to as late a date as the 14th or 15th century or perhaps a little later) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyabhikṣum. a kind of mendicant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyacandrikāf. Name of a commentator or commentary on the sāṃkhya-kārikā- by nārāyaṇatīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyadarśanan. Name of a chapter of the sarva-darśana-saṃgraha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyajñānan. knowledge of the sāṃkhya- system View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyakamfn. numbering, amounting to (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see sahasra-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyakārikāf. Name of a collection of 72 memorial verses or stanzas by īśvara-kṛṣṇa- (also called sāṃkhyasaptati-;the oldest extant systematic exposition of the sāṃkhya- system; see above ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣyan. Name of a Commentary on prec. by gauḍa-- pada- (8th cent.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyakaumudīf. Name of a commentator or commentary on the sāṃkhya-kārikā- by rāma-kṛṣṇa- bhaṭṭācārya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyakramadīpikāf. Name of a commentator or commentary on the tattva-samāsa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyamatan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of the sāṃkhya- doctrine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyamīmāṃsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyamukhyam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyapadārthagāthāf. Name of work by rāmānanda-tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyapravacanan. equals yoga-sūtra-, or equals sāṃkhya-sūtra- ([qq. vv.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyapravacanabhāṣyan. (or sāṃkhya-bh-) Name of a commentator or commentary on the sāṃkhya-sūtra- by vijñāna-bhikṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyapuruṣam. the spirit or soul in the sāṃkhya- system View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasaptatif. equals -lārikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasāra m. Name of work by vijñāna-bhikṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasāravivekam. Name of work by vijñāna-bhikṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasāstran. the sāṃkhya- doctrine or any treatise upon it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasūtran. Name of six books of aphorisms of the sāṃkhya- philosophy (ascribed to kapila-, but prob. written in the 14th or 15th century A.D.)
sāṃkhyasūtraprakṣepikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasūtravivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyaf. numerableness, numeration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyataraṃgam. Name of a modern commentator or commentary on the sāṃkhya-sūtra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyatattvacandrikāf. equals sāṃkhya-c- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyatattvakaumudīf. Name of a commentator or commentary on the sāṃkhya-kārikā- by vācaspati-miśra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyatattvapradīpam. Name of a brief exposition of the sāṃkhya- system by kavirāja-yati-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyatattvapradīpikāf. Name of a brief exposition of the sāṃkhya- system by kavirāja-yati-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyatattvavilāsam. Name of a commentator or commentary by raghunātha-tarkavāgīśa- bhaṭṭācārya- on the sāṃkhya-tattva-kaumudī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyatvan. numerableness, numeration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyavṛttif. (-tattva-vilāsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyavṛttiprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyavṛttisāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyavṛttisāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyāyanagṛhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyayogam. "adherent of the sāṃkhya- and yoga-", Name of a ṛṣi- (varia lectio -yogau-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyayogam. "application of the sāṃkhya- doctrine to the knowledge of spirit", Name of the 2nd chapter of the bhagavad-gītā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyayogam. the so-called theistical sāṃkhya-yoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyayogan. the sāṃkhya- and the Yoga View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyayogadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyayogapravartinm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyayogavadinm. an adherent of the theistical sāṃkhya-yoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyayogavatmfn. acquainted with sāṃkhya- and Yoga View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣiptadairghyamfn. having the length diminished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmmeghyan. (fr. sam-megha-) the cloudy season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmmukhyan. the state of being present face to face or in front (khyam ā-dhā- A1.,with genitive case = "to go to") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmmukhyan. favour, fondness for (opp. to vaimukhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmmukhyan. care for, attention to (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnāhyam. "armed or ready for battle", a war elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃnidhyan. (fr. saṃ-nidhi-) the being near, nearness, vicinity, presence, attendance (accusative with kṛ-,"to make one's appearance, be or become present";with Causal of kṛ-,"to cause to be near, call near";with -,or vraj-"to come near, approach"; -pakṣe-jan-with genitive case,"to take the place of") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃnidhyaf. vicinity, neighbourhood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃnidhyatasind. from proximity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyāsagrāhyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampāṭhyamfn. to be read or recited together with (see a-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampramathyaind. violently, by force View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprasādhyamfn. to be accomplished or set right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprasahyaind. thoroughly. by all means View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrādhyamfn. to be conciliated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrādhyamfn. to be appropriated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrādhyamfn. to be acquired by perfect meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmṛddhyan. (fr. sam-ṛddha-) prosperity, welfare, going on well, success (of a sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrodhyamfn. to be restrained or confined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsādhyamfn. to be accomplished or performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsādhyamfn. to be got or obtained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsādhyamfn. to be overcome or subdued, conquerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃsiddhyan. the state of having attained the highest object, perfection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskārasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsodhyamfn. to be completely cleansed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsodhyamfn. to be purged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsodhyamfn. to be paid or acquitted (as a debt) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsodhyamfn. to be corrected or rectified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstabhyaind. having supported or confirmed or strengthened or encouraged (ātmānam ātmanā-,"one's self by one's self") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstabhyaind. having supported or composed the mind firmly (in affliction), having taken heart or courage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuhyaSee under sam-- 1. ūh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuhya sam-ūḍha- See sam-ūh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuhyamfn. in compound for sam-ūhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samūhyamfn. to be swept together etc. (in equals samuhy/a-purīṣa-above ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samūhyam. (scilicet agni-) a kind of sacrificial fire (to be brought or carried by the priest) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samūhyam. a place prepared for the reception of the sacrificial fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samūhyaind. having brought together. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuhyapurīṣa(hy/a-.) mfn. consisting of rubbish swept or heaped together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvāhyamfn. to be borne or carried etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvāhyamfn. to be rubbed or kneaded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvāhyamfn. to be shown or betrayed (as-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyaktvādhyayanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sanābhyam. a blood-relation (to the seventh degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sānāthyan. (fr. sa-nātha-) assistance, aid, help View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣāṇḍhyan. (fr. ṣaṇḍha-) the state of being a eunuch, impotence (printed śāṭhya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṇḍilyagṛhyan. the gṛhya-sūtra- of śāṇḍilya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhākhyam. a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtran. the gṛhya-- sūtra-s ascribed to śāṅkhāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhyamfn. made or prepared from shells View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhyamfn. born in śaṅkha- gaRa śaṇḍikādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhyam. patronymic fr. śaṅkha- gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṇmāsābhyantareind. with in the space of six months View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śapathyamfn. depending on a curse, (a sin) consisting in cursing or imprecation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptabāhyan. Name of the kingdom of bālhika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptabodhyaṅgakusumāḍhyam. Name of buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāradīyākhyanāmamālāf. Name of a glossary by harṣa-kīrti- (printed in Benares A.D. 1874). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārāghya(perhaps wrong reading for sārārghya-) Name of an astronomy work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārathyan. the office of a charioteer or coachman, charioteering etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śardhyamfn. bold, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarīrābhyadhikamfn. dearer than one's own person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpākhyam. Mesua Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpākhyam. a species of bulbous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvabāhyamfn. the outermost of all. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvābhyantaramfn. the innermost of all. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvādhyakṣam. a general superintendent, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvagubyagṛhyamfn. together with all domestics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvamedhyamfn. universally or perfectly pure ( sarvamedhyatva -tva- n."universal purity") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvamedhyatvan. sarvamedhya
sarvātithyan. Name of a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasabhyamfn. along with assessors or judges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasaṃdhyamf(ā-)n. having or relating to the period called saṃdhyā-, vespertine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaśāṅkakiraṇaprakhyamfn. resembling a ray of the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṣṭhyam. a sixth part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṣṭhyarthadarpaṇam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastrākhyamfn. called a sword (applied to a comet) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastrākhyan. iron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatārdhasaṃkhyamfn. numbering fifty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasrasaṃkhyamfn. numbering a hundred hundred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasaṃkhyamfn. numbering a hundred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasaṃkhyam. plural Name of a class of deities in the tenth manv-antara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasphya(śatā--) mf(ā-)n. having a hundred beams or spars View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭhyan. wickedness, deceit, guile, roguery, dishonesty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭhyavatmfn. deceitful, wicked, dishonest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satīrthyam. equals sa-tīrtha-, a fellow-student (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatokthyamfn. having a hundred ukthya--days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satṛṇābhyavahārinmfn. eating grass and all (figuratively = "undiscerning") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saugandhyan. sweetness of odour, fragrance, perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhyan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) welfare, comfort, health, happiness, felicity, enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhyadamfn. causing welfare etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhyadāyakam. Phaseolus Mungo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhyadāyinmfn. equals -da- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhyaśāyikam. = (or wrong reading for) saukhaś- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saulabhyan. easiness of attainment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saulābhyam. patronymic fr. su-lābhin- gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saulohyam. patronymic fr. su-lohin- gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumukhyan. (fr. su-mukha-) cheerfulness, delight in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaunakagṛhyapariśiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaunakagṛhyasūtran. Name of work
saupanthyamfn. (fr. su-path-) gaRa saṃkāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauprakhyam. patronymic fr. su-prakhya- Va1rtt. 4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurabhyan. fragrance, sweet-scentedness, odour (met. ="universal diffusion") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurabhyan. pleasingness, beauty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurabhyan. good character, fame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurabhyan. wrong reading for sauratya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurabhyam. Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurabhyadan. a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sausthyan. (fr. su-stha-) welfare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savaiyākhyamfn. vaiyākhya
śavanabhyan. a piece of the nave of (a wheel of) a vehicle used as a bier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayadhyai Vedic or Veda infinitive mood of 1. śī- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sayūthya(s/a--) mfn. (see ) belonging to the same herd or tribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayyādhyakṣa(śayyādh-), m. equals -pāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sebhyam. (?) coldness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sebhyamf(ā-)n. cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
senādhyakṣa() m. the commander of an army. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
seśvarasāṃkhyan. the theistical branch of the sāṃkhya- school of philosophy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śībhyamfn. moving quickly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śībhyam. a bull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śībhyam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyamfn. who or what has effected what was to be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyamfn. effected, accomplished, proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyam. a particular mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyan. demonstrated proof or conclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyakam. a particular mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasamākhyamfn. called siddha- (with kṣetra- n. equals siddha-kṣetra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhyarthamind. for the sake of accomplishing or obtaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhyasiddhif. dual number success and misfortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sidhyam. "auspicious", Name of the asterism puṣya-
śīlāḍhyamfn. abounding in virtue, most honourable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilāhya(?) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
silikamadhyamamfn. (said of the horses of the Sun; according to to equals saṃsṛtamadhyama-,or śīrṣa-madhyama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhāḍhyamfn. abounding in lions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhatālākhyam. equals -tala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sindhumadhyaName of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sindhumathyamfn. produced at the churning of the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirovāhyamfn. to be borne or worn on the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśusaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśuvāhyakam. "carrying young", a wild goat
sitākhyan. white pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivākhyamfn. called happy, termed lucky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhavāhyamf(ā-)n. being carried on the shoulder of (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhyamf(ā-)n. belonging etc. to the shoulder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhyamf(ā-)n. equals skandha iva- gaRa śākhādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślāghyamfn. equals ślāghanīya- ( ślāghyam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślāghyamind. ślāghya
ślāghyaf. praiseworthiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślāghyatama() mfn. most praiseworthy or laudable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślāghyatara() mfn. more praiseworthy or laudable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślāghyayauvanāf. (a woman) in the glorious bloom of youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtisādhyamfn. capable of being proved by law View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snaigdhyan. unctuousness, oiliness, smoothness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snaigdhyan. tenderness, fondness, affectionateness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snaigdhya snaihika- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehābhyaktamfn. equals snehākta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehyamfn. to be anointed or lubricated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sobhya mfn. being in or belonging to sobha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sobhyam. a particular personification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sobhyamfn. being in or belonging to sobha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sobhyam. a particular personification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyamfn. to be cleansed or purified or refined or corrected or improved etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyamfn. to be discharged, payable, due View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyamfn. to be subtracted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyam. an accused person, one to be tried or cleared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyan. (in arith.) a constant number to be subtracted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sokthyamfn. with the ukthya- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somākhyan. the red lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somaśekharākhyanibandham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇitākhyamfn. equals ta-hvaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopākhyamfn. "one about whom anything can be affirmed", having qualifications (see nir-upākhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śośubhyamānamfn. (fr. Intensive of śubh-) shining very much, very brilliant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spardhyamfn. to be competed for, desirable, valuable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphyan. an implement used in sacrifices (described as a flat piece of wood shaped like a sword for stirring the offerings of boiled rice, or according to to some, for trimming the mound used as an altar) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphyan. a spar or boom (of a ship's sails) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphyan. a kind of oar [ confer, compare according to to some, Greek ; German spa7n,Span.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphyakṛtmfn. making a sphya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphyakṛtm. Name of a man (see sphaiyakṛta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphyakṛtam. (prob. wrong reading for prec.) gaRa dvārādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphyavartanif. the furrow or line made by the sphya- (in marking out the sacrificial ground) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spṛdhyaSee mitha-spṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spṛhyamfn. to be wished for or desired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spṛhyam. the citron tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śraiṣṭhyan. (fr. śreṣṭha-) superiority, preeminence among (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śraiṣṭhyatama(?) mfn. equals śreṣṭha-tama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śramasādhyamfn. to be accomplished by exertion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkaraṇādhyakṣam. a kind of official (prob. equals prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śriyadhyai śriy/ase-, śriyā- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīyadhyaiVed. infinitive mood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrudhyan. Name of two sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutādhyayanasampannamfn. conversant with repetition or recitation of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutavṛtttāḍhyamfn. rich in knowledge and virtue, learned and virtuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanamadhyam. a nipple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanamadhyan. the space between the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavadhyaiSee above under root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthānādhyakṣam. the governor of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthitapāṭhyan. (in dramatic language) recitation in Prakrit by a woman standing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlamadhyamf(ā-)n. thick in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strībādhyamfn. one who suffers himself to be distressed by a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīmadhyan. society of women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīvāhyam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stryadhyakṣam. the superintendent of a king's wives, chamberlain, R View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucadhyaiSee under 1. śuc-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucibāhyamfn. externally pure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucivāhyaSee -bāhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūdādhyakṣam. a superintendent of cooking, director of the kitchen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhākhyasahasrasaṃhitāf. Name of a chapter of the vātula-tantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhamadhyamārgīf. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasādhyavasānā f. Name of two kinds of ellipsis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suduṣprasādhyamfn. very difficult to be mastered or conquered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhāḍhyamfn. rich in fragrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugrāhyamfn. easy to be taken, easily apprehensible etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhṛtprakāśākhyastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sujyaiṣṭhyamfn. well entitled to primogeniture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūkāḍhyan. "abounding with spikes", a kind of grass (equals śūka-tṛṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhagrāhyamfn. easy to be grasped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhagrāhyamfn. easy to be comprehended or understood (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhagrāhyanibandhanan. a composition easy to be comprehended, easily intelligible language View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhārādhyamfn. easy to be conciliated or propitiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhyamfn. easy to be accomplished or attained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhyamfn. easy to be cured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhyamfn. easy to be conquered or subdued View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasambodhyamfn. easy to be taught or explained or to be reasoned with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃvāhyamfn. equals -vaha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhyamfn. belonging to pleasure, pleasurable
sukhyaNom. P. yati- (See sukh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukṣobhyamf(ā-)n. easily agitated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulabhyamfn. easy to be obtained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulkādhyakṣam. a superintendent of tolls or taxes or revenue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyamf(ā-)n. good in the middle, containing good stuffing (as meat) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyamf(ā-)n. having a beautiful waist, slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyamamf(ā-)n. very middling or mediocre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyamamf(ā-)n. slender waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyaf. a graceful woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumaṅgalākhyastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumedhyamfn. very pure (in a ritual sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumṛṣṭapuṣpāḍhyamfn. abounding in bright flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sunābhyamfn. idem or 'mfn. having a good nave ' (prob. wrong reading for -nābha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sunepathyamf(ā-)n. having a beautiful costume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṇṭhyan. idem or 'f. dry ginger ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūnyamadhyam. "having a hollow or empty centre", a hollow reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suparṇākhyam. Mesua Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supathyamfn. very wholesome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supathyan. a good path View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūpatīrthyamf(ā-)n. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. having good steps for bathing ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suprakhyam. Name of a man (See sauprakhya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhyakṣam. "sovereign of the gods", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhyakṣam. of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhyakṣam. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suratasaukhyan. the pleasure of sexual intercourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryārghyan. a respectful offering presented to the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryārghyadānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryārghyavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susādhyamf(ā-)n. easy to be kept in order, obedient, amenable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sutīrthyamf(ā-)n. affording sacred bathing-places, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtramadhyabhūmfn. "produced amid threads or fibres", the resin of Shorea Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtramadhyabhūmfn. incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇākhyamfn. called su-varṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇākhyam. Mesua Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇākhyam. the thorn-apple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svabhyagramfn. very imminent or impending or near at hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svabhyagramfn. very swift (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svabhyaktamfn. well anointed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svabhyasamfn. spontaneously frightened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svabhyastamfn. much practised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadeśamadhyaparidhim. circumference of the terrestrial equator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadhyakṣamf(-)n. good to be inspected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāḍhyambhavamfn. easy to become rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāḍhyaṃkaramfn. easy to make rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāḍhyaṃkaraṇamfn. easily enriching Va1rtt. 9 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadhyavasānamf(-)n. good to be striven after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāhyamfn. worthy of an oblation with svāhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvalehyamfn. to be lapped by a dog (as a well with little water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svanābhyamfn. issuing from one's own navel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarmadhyan. the central point of the sky, zenith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarūpākhyastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāsthyan. (fr. sva-stha-) self-dependence, sound state (of body or soul), health, ease, comfort, contentment, satisfaction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svayaṃgrāhyamfn. suffering force or constraint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvayūthyan. () a number or pack of dogs. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svayūthyam. a relation, one's belongings (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamadhyam. Cyperus Rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
syandayadhyaiSee root, column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāvarathyam. patronymic fr. that N. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenākhyam. Ardea Sibirica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tādarthyan. (gaRa caturvarṇādi-) the being intended for that Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tādarthyan. the having that meaning, sameness of meaning, iv, 2, 60 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tādarthyan. "reference to that" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tādavasthyan. the remaining in the same (avasthā-) condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tādvidhyan. the being such like (tad-vidha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailābhyaṅgam. anointing with oil. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailākhyam. olibanum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tairthya gaRa saṃkāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyan. the prātiśākhya- of the taittirīya-s (commented on by tri-bhāṣya-ratna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmrākhyamfn. called red (a kind of pearl) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanmadhyan. "the midst thereof" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanmadhyaetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanmadhyamanasetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanmadhyasthamfn. situated in the midst of that. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantumadhyamf(ā-)n. having a thread-like waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanumadhyan. "body-middle", the waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanumadhyamf(ā-)n. equals dhyama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanumadhyamamf(ā-)n. slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapaḥsādhyamfn. to be accomplished by austerities. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkasādhyan. Name of a kalā- (see rku-karman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāṭasthyan. (fr. taṭa-stha-) standing aloof, indifference Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāṭasthyan. proximity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tathāgataguhyakan. " tathāgata--mystery", Name of a Buddhist work (highly revered in Nepal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tathyamfn. "being really so", true View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tathyan. truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tathyatasind. idem or 'ind. according to truth ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tathyavacanan. a promise , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tathyavādinmfn. speaking the truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tātsthyan. (fr. tat-stha-) the residing or being contained in that View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taucchyan. (fr. tuccha-) emptiness, meanness, worthlessness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tejovasdagdhyaśīlovatmfn. having energy (and) cleverness (and) a good character, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthasaukhyan. Name of work or of part of a work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthyamfn. relating to a sacred tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthyam. equals thika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthyam. see sa-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthyam. tairthya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tithyantanirṇayam. Name of a chapter of the smṛty-artha-sāra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tithyardham. n. half of a tithi- id est a karaṇa- (in astronomy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traividhyan. triplicity etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traividhyamfn. triple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triguṇākhyamfn. said of different mixtures and of a kind of oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyan. the 3 divisions of the day (dawn, noon, and sunset), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyakusumāf. Hibiscus rosa sinensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyamind. at dawn, noon, and sunset . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaugandhyan. equals -sugandha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triśīrṣākhyagf. Name of a cavern in kailāsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛṇāḍhyam. Name of a grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryavarārdhyamind. idem or 'ind. at least thrice ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tucchyamfn. empty, vain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tucchyan. emptiness, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tulāvarārdhyamfn. at least as much in weight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūbadhyaor /ūvadhya- n. (etymology doubtful) undigested grass etc. in the stomach or bowels (of an animal killed for sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūbadhyabreaking wind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūbadhyagoham. any hole in the ground where the above is concealed & View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataukthyamfn. "having ukthya- sacrifices on both sides", between two ukthya- sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucathyamfn. deserving praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucathyam. Name of an āṅgirasa- (author of some hymns of the ṛg-- veda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakābhyavāyinmfn. going down into water, bathing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbadhya ind.p. having tied up or hanged one's self, hanging one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbhyasa( bhyas-connected with bhī-), trembling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhyam. ( ujjh- on ) a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhyam. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgranthya ind.p. having tied up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgranthyahaving wound etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgrathyamfn. ind.p. having tied up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgrathyahaving wound etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgṛhya ind.p. having lifted up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgṛhyahaving taken out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūhyamfn. to be changed or modified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūhyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be inferred or concluded ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūhyacchalāf. Name of a chapter of the sāmaveda-cchalā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uhyagāna varia lectio for ūhya-gāna- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūhyagānan. Name of the fourth gāna- or hymn-book of the sāma-veda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uhyamānaSee vah-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukhyamfn. being in a caldron etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukhyamfn. boiled or cooked in a pot (as flesh etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukhyam. Name of a grammarian. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyamfn. accompanied by verse or praise, consisting of praise, deserving praise, skilled in praising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyamfn. accompanied by uktha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyam. a libation (graha-) at the morning and midday sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyam. (scilicet kratu-) Name of a liturgical ceremony (forming part of the jyotiṣṭoma- etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyam. a soma-yajña- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyapātran. a vessel for the libation during an uktha- recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyasthālīf. a jar for the preparation of an uktha- libation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ullaṅghyamfn. equals ul-laṅghanīya- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ullaṅghya ind.p. having leapt over, springing over, passing beyond View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ullaṅghyatransgressing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ullekhyamfn. to be scraped or pared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ullekhyamfn. to be written View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ullekhyamfn. to be delineated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ullekhyamfn. to be made visible or clear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ulmukamathyamfn. to be produced out of a firebrand (as fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unmathya ind.p. having shaken, shaking, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaradhyai(Ved.inf. of upa-. car-), Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhyai View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upagohyamfn. to be hidden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upagohyam. a kind of fire considered as impure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upagrāhyan. idem or 'm. a complimentary gift, present to a superior ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upagṛhya ind.p. having held under or seized from below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upagṛhyahaving obtained, obtaining etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāgṛhya ind.p. having taken with, together with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaguhya ind.p. having hidden, hiding, concealing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaguhyahaving embraced, embracing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upagūhya Epic equals upa-guhya- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upākhyamfn. discernible, observable by the eye (see an-upā-and nir-upā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalabhyamfn. obtainable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalabhyamfn. perceivable, to be understood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalabhya ind.p. having obtained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalabhyahaving perceived etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upālabhyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be reviled, blamable, censurable ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalambhyamfn. worthy to be acquired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upālambhyamfn. to be laid hold of or seized (as a sacrificial animal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upālambhyamfn. to be slain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalikhya ind.p. having encircled with lines or trenches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamadhyaf. (scilicet aṅguli-) the finger next to the middle finger, the last finger but one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamathya ind.p. having stirred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamathyachurning, mixing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upārādhya ind.p. having waited upon, waiting upon, serving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparudhya ind.p. having locked in, having obstructed or kept in check etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃdhyamind. (fr. saṃdhyā-), about twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃgrāhyamfn. (one whose feet are) to be embraced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃgrāhyamfn. to be saluted reverentially, respectable, venerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃgṛhya ind.p. taking hold of, clasping, embracing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃgṛhyaembracing (especially pādau-or pādayoḥ-,the feet of a revered person;the word pādau-being not unfrequently omitted) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃgṛhyapartaking of, receiving, accepting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃgṛhyagetting or entering into, experiencing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃgṛhyawinning over, conciliating, propitiating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavāhyamfn. to be brought near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavāhyamfn. (upavāhya-fr. upa-vāha-), serving for driving or riding, serving as a vehicle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavāhyam. an animal for riding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavāhyam. a king's elephant, any royal vehicle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavasathyamfn. idem or 'mfn. belonging to the upavasatha- day or to the preparation for a soma- sacrifice ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavindhyam. the land near the vindhya- mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upendhyamfn. ( indh-), to be kindled or inflamed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upodgṛhya ind.p. holding together and holding upwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upohya ind.p. having pushed near etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uraṇākhyam. Cassia Alata or Tora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uraṇākhyakam. Cassia Alata or Tora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utathyam. Name of a son of aṅgiras- and elder brother of bṛhaspati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utathyatanayam. "a descendant of utathya-", Name of gautama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamādhamamadhyamamfn. good, bad, and indifferent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamādhamamadhyamamfn. high, low, and middling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamagandhāḍhyamfn. possessing abundantly the most delicate scent or delicious fragrance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamārdhyamfn. relating to or connected with the last part or the best half View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarakāmākhyatantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarārdhya(fr. uttarārdha-) mfn. being on the northern side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttathyam. Name of a son of devaputra- (see utathya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūvadhyaSee /ūbadhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vācakamukhyaName of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyamfn. (frequently written b/adhya-) to be slain or killed, to be capitally punished, to be corporally chastised (see under vadha-), sentenced, a criminal etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyamfn. to be destroyed or annihilated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyam. an enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyabhū f. a place of public execution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyabhūmif. a place of public execution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyacihnan. the mark or attribute of one sentenced to be killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyadiṇḍimam. or n. (?) a drum beaten at the time of the execution of a criminal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaghātaka() mfn. killing one sentenced to death, executing criminals. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaghna() mfn. killing one sentenced to death, executing criminals. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyamālāf. a garland placed on the head of one sentenced to death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyapālam. "guardian of criminals", a jailer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaparyāyam. (a hangman's) turn to execute a criminal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyapaṭam. the red garment of a criminal during his execution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyapaṭaham. equals -diṇḍima- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaśilāf. a stone or rock on which malefactors are executed, scaffold, slaughter-house, shambles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaśilāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyasrajf. equals -mālā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyasthānan. equals -bhū- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyatmfn. equals vadhyamāna-, being struck or killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyatvan. the state of being sentenced to death, fitness to be killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyavāsasn. the clothes of a criminal who has been executed (given to a caṇḍāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vagāhyaind. having bathed or dipped into or entered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahadhyaiSee 1. vah-, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahyamfn. fit to bear or to be borne or to draw or to be drawn etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahyan. a portable bed, litter, palanquin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyamfn. (see bāhya-) to be (or being) drawn or driven or ridden or borne ("by or on" compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyan. any vehicle or beast of burden, an ox, horse etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahyakamfn. equals vahya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahyakam. a draught animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahyaf. Name of a woman gaRa tikādi-.
hyakan. a chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyakāyanim. metron. fr. vahyākā- gaRa tikādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaf. a particular venomous insect (see vāhaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyanayam. equals vāhīka-nīti- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahyaśīvanmf(arī-)n. reclining on a couch or palanquin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahyaskam. Name of a man gaRa bidādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaskam. patronymic fr. vahyaska- gaRa bidādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyaskāyanam. patronymic fr. vāhyaska- gaRa haritādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyatvan. the being a vehicle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidagdhyan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) dexterity, intelligence, acuteness, cunning in (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidagdhyavatmfn. possessed of cleverness, clever, skilful, experienced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhyatam. Name of yama-'s doorkeeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vailābhyan. (fr. vi-lābha-) gaRa dṛḍhādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaimṛdhyamfn. equals vaimṛdh/a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaimukhyan. (fr. vi-mukha-) the act of averting the face, avertedness, flight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaimukhyan. aversion, repugnance to (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaindhyamfn. belonging to the vindhya- range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaipotākhyan. a kind of dance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśākhyam. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣamasthyan. (fr. viṣamastha-) gaRa brāhmaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaitāḍhyam. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaitathyan. (fr. vi-tatha-) falseness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaitathyaprakaraṇan. Name of chapter of a work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaivāhyamfn. nuptial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaivāhyamfn. related by marriage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaivāhyan. nuptial solemnity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyākhya(prob.) n. equals vyākhyā-, an explanation ( savaiyākhya sa-vaiyākhya- mfn.furnished with an explanation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyarthyan. (fr. vy-artha-) uselessness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājagandhya(v/āja--) mfn. (prob.) forming or possessing a cart-load of goods or booty (see gadhā-and g/adhya-;others "whose gifts are to be seized or held fast") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyagṛhyasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyiprātiśākhyan. the prātiśākhya- of the vājasaneyin-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajrākhyamfn. named or called vajra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajrākhyam. a kind of mineral spar (see vajra-pāṣāṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakrākhyan. tin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāllabhyan. (fr. vallabha-) the state of being beloved or a favourite, popularity, favour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāllabhyan. love, tenderness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmadevaguhyam. (with śaiva-s) one of the five forms of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmarathyam. patronymic fr. prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmarathyam. a branch of the ātreya-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśabāhyamf(ā-)n. repudiated by a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanabāhyakam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vānaprasthyan. the condition of a vānaprastha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vānarākhyan. Olibanum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanavāhyakaSee -bāh-, -biḍ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāñchyamfn. equals vāñchitavya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandadhyaiSee under vand-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyamf(ā-)n. (also written bandhya- q.v,and perhaps to be connected with bandh-) barren, unfruitful, unproductive (said of women, female animals and plants) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyamf(ā-)n. fruitless, useless, defective, deprived or destitute of (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyaparvatam. Name of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyaphalamfn. fruitless, useless, idle, vain ( vandhyaphalatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyaphalatāf. vandhyaphala
vandhyaf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyatvan. barrenness, sterility, uselessness, deficiency, lack of (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārāhyanugrahāṣṭakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāramukhyam. (prob.) a singer, dancer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varaparṇākhyam. Lipeocercis Serrata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varārdhya wrong reading for avar-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārddhyan. old age, senility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vardhmavṛddhyadhikāram. Name of chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārḍhyaSee bārḍhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vartayadhyaiSee under vṛt-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikāhyan. (for khya-?) Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varūthyamfn. affording shelter or protection, safe, secure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasāḍhya (vasāḍh-) m. Delphinus Gatigeticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaśāḍhyaka wrong reading for vasāḍh- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasāḍhyaka(vasāḍh-) m. Delphinus Gatigeticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasantādhyayanan. studying in spring on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastikarmāḍhyam. the soap berry, Sapindus Detergens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastramukhyamfn. having clothes as the chief thing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstumadhyan. the centre of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātākhyan. a house with two halls (one looking south and the other east) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāvṛdhadhyaiSee vṛdh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabāhyam. "outside the veda-", an unbeliever, sceptic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabāhyamfn. not founded on id est contrary to the veda-
vedādhyakṣam. "protector of the veda-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyayanan. the repetition or recitation of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyayinmfn. equals dhvāyin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaguhyamfn. concealed in the veda- (said of viṣṇu-) ( vedaguhyopaniṣad hyopaniṣad- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamukhyam. (see vedha-m-) a sort of insect, the winged bug View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedānadhyayanan. remissness in repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavāhyaSee bāhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhamukhyam. Curcuma Zerumbet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhamukhyakam. Curcuma Zerumbet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyamfn. to be pierced or perforated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyamfn. to be cut open or punctured (as a vein; vedhyatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyamfn. to be fixed or observed (see 2. vedha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyan. a mark for shooting at, butt, target View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyaf. vedhya
vedimadhyamf(ā-)n. (a woman) having a waist resembling a vedi- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidathyamfn. fit for an assembly or council or any religious observance, festive, solemn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyamfn. (from vyadh-) to be pierced or perforated, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyalaṃkāram. a kind of rhetorical figure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyalaṃkriyāf. a kind of rhetorical figure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyantam. a concluding act View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyantaetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyantatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyaparādham. transgression of a rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyaparādhaprāyaścittan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyaparādhaprāyaścittaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyaparādhaprāyaścittasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyapāśrayam. adherence to a rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigāhyamfn. to be plunged into or entered (as the Ganges) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigarhyamfn. censurable, reprehensible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigarhyakathāf. reprehensible speech, censure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigarhyaf. blame, reproach, censure (-tām pra--,to incur censure) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigrāhyamfn. to be warred upon or contended with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigṛhyaind. having stretched out or apart etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigṛhyaind. having warred against or contended with, aggressive, inimical (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigṛhyamfn. to be (or being) separated or isolated, independent (in the pada-pāṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigṛhyagamanan. aggressive movement, hostile advance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigṛhyasambhāṣāf. idem or 'm. word-fight, discussion, disputation ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigṛhyavādam. word-fight, discussion, disputation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigṛhyayānan. aggressive movement, hostile advance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilaṅghyamfn. to be passed over or crossed (as a river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilaṅghyamfn. to be overcome or subdued, tolerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilaṅghyamfn. Name of work (see -lakṣaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilaṅghyalakṣaṇan. Name of a treatise on the changes of e- and ai- before a following vowel. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilaṅghyaf. tolerableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimadhyan. (v/i--) the midst, middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimadhya vi-madhyama- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimadhyabhāvam. mediocrity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimadhyamamfn. middling, indifferent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyam. (of doubtful derivation) Name of a low range of hills connecting the Northern extremities of the Western and Eastern Ghauts, and separating Hindustan proper from the Dekhan (the vindhya- range is reckoned among the seven principal ranges of bhārata-varṣa- [see kulagiri-,] , and according to , forms the Southern limit of madhya-deśa- or the middle region;according to a legend related in ,the personified vindhya-, jealous of himālaya-, demanded that the sun should revolve round him in the same way as about meru-, which the sun declining to do, the vindhya- then began to elevate himself that he might bar the progress of both sun and moon;the gods alarmed, asked the aid of the saint agastya-, who approached the vindhya- and requested that by bending down he would afford him an easy passage to the South country, begging at the same time that he would retain a low position till his return;this he promised to do, but agastya- never returned, and the vindhya- range consequently never attained the elevation of the himālaya-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyam. a hunter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaculikam. plural Name of a people (varia lectio -pulika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyagirim. the vindhya- range of hills View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakam. plural Name of a dynasty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakailāsavāsinīf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakandaran. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaketum. Name of a king of the pulinda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakūṭam. Name of the saint agastya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakūṭaka m. Name of the saint agastya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakūṭanam. Name of the saint agastya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyamauleya() m. plural idem or '() () m. plural idem or 'm. plural idem or 'm. plural Name of a people ' (see -culika-).' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyamūlika() () m. plural idem or 'm. plural idem or 'm. plural Name of a people ' (see -culika-).' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyanilayāf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyanivāsinm. Name of vyāḍi- (see -vāsin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyapālakam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaparam. Name of a king of the vidyādhara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaparvatam. equals -giri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyapulikam. plural idem or 'm. plural Name of a people ' (see -culika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaśailam. the vindhya- hills View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaśaktim. of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyasenam. Name of a king (varia lectio bimbisāra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyasthamfn. residing in the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyastham. Name of vyāḍi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavanan. a forest in the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavarmanm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsakam. Name (also title or epithet) of a sāṃkhya- teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinmfn. dwelling in the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinm. Name of vyāḍi-
vindhyavāsinm. of a medical writer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinm. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsin m. Name (also title or epithet) of a sāṃkhya- teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinīf. (with or without devī-) a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinīdaśakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavatm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinigrāhyamfn. to be stopped or restrained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipaṇimadhyagamfn. being in the midst of a market View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipralabhyamfn. to be mocked at or imposed upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virādhyamfn. to be lost, anything of which one is to be deprived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrākhyam. Guilandina Bonduc View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virathyam. "delighting in by-roads (?)", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virodhyamfn. to be disunited or set at variance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virodhyamfn. to be opposed or contended against View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣahyamfn. bearable, tolerable (See a-v-), conquerable, resistible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣahyamfn. (also with kartum-) possible, practicable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣahyamfn. ascertainable, determinable (See a-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visaukhyan. absence of ease, pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣaṇadvayavaiyarthyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣaṇatrayavaiyarthyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇudevārādhyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇuvāhyam. () " viṣṇu-'s vehicle", Name of garuḍa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśodhyan. to be cleansed or purified etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśodhyan. to be subtracted from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśodhyan. debt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visphūrjathuprakhyamfn. resembling a clap of thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitastākhyan. Name of the habitation of the serpent-demon takṣaka- in kaśmīra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitathyamfn. untrue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīthyaṅgan. a division of the vīthi- drama (described as a kind of dialogue consisting in quibble, equivoque, jest, abuse, and the like)
vittāḍhyamfn. abounding in wealth, rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vittaśāṭhyan. cheating in money matters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivādasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhanepathyan. a marriage-dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhyamfn. to be married, marriageable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhyamfn. connected by marriage (see a-viv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhyam. a son-in-law etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhyam. a bridegroom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivindhyam. Name of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viyanmadhyahaṃsam. "the flamingo in the middle of the sky", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viyogabāhyamfn. excluded from separation, not separated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrīhyagāran. "rice-house", a shed where rice or other grain is stored, granary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrīhyapūpam. a rice-cake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣākhyan. Name of a particular magical formula recited over, weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttādhyayanan. moral conduct and repetition (of veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttādhyayanarddhif. (for ṛddhi-) welfare resulting from the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttādhyayanasampattif. welfare resulting from the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhyamfn. to be pierced or perforated ( vyadhyasira -sira- mfn.one who is to be bled ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhyamfn. a bowstring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhyamfn. a butt, mark to shoot at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhyamfn. to be pierced or cut (as a vein) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhyam. Name of śiva- (varia lectio vyādha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhyargalaName of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhyasiramfn. vyadhya
vyapohyamfn. deniable (See a-vy-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyathyaSee a-vyathy/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyathyayas wrong reading for a-vyath/ayas- (See a-yath/i-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahārasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyomākhyan. talc, mica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyomākhyan. original germ (equals mūla-kāraṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yādrādhyamind. (prob.) as far or as well or as quickly as possible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yādrādhyamSee under 2. y/āt-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaduvīramukhyam. "leader of the yadu- heroes", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajadhyaiSee under 1. yaj-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajanādhyayanan. dual number sacrificing and studying the veda- (the duties incumbent on all twice-born) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñāḍhyam. "rich in sacrifice", Name of parāśara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñaguhyam. Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñārādhyamfn. to be propitiated by sacrifice (said of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathābhyarthita(thābh-) mfn. as previously asked for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathākāmavadhyamfn. to be chastised or punished at pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathākhyam(thākh-) ind. according to names, as named View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathākhyata(thākh-) mfn. as previously told or described or mentioned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāmukhyamind. according to the chief persons, with respect to the chief persons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāpṛṣṭhyamfn. conformable to the pṛṣṭhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathārthākhyamfn. having an appropriate name View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāthārthyan. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. and) equals yathārtha- ') conformity with truth, the true or real meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāthārthyan. application, use, accomplishment, attainment of an object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāsakhyamind. according to friendship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāsāmarthyamind. according to ability or power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāsaṃkhyan. "relative enumeration", (in rhetoric) Name of a figure (which separating each verb from its subject so arranges verbs with verbs and subjects with subjects that each may answer to each) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāsaṃkhyamind. according to number, number for number (so that in two series composed of similar number, the several number of one correspond to those of the other exempli gratia, 'for example' the first to the first etc.) ( etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāthātathyan. (fr. yathā-tatham-) a real state or condition, propriety, truth etc. ( yāthātathyam am- ind.,or yāthātathyena yena- ind.according to truth, in reality) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathātathyam( ) ( ) ind. in accordance with the truth, really, truly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāthātathyamind. yāthātathya
yāthātathyatasind. from the truth, truly, really
yauthyamfn. gaRa saṃkāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvadadhyayanamind. during the recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyamf(ā-)n. (y/ava--) being like a barleycorn in the middle id est broad in the centre and thin or tapering at the, ends etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyam. a particular pañca-rātra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyam. a kind of drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyan. a particular measure of length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyan. a kind of cāndrāyaṇa-, on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyamam. a particular measure of length, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyaman. a kind of cāndrāyaṇa- or lunar penance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaviṣṭhyamfn. youngest (only at the end of a pada- equals y/aviṣṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yodhamukhyam. a chief warrior, leader View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yodhyaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yodhyamfn. to be fought or overcome or subdued (see a-y-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yodhyam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugādhyakṣam. "superintendent of a yuga-", Name of prajā-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugādhyakṣam. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugalākhyam. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuktibāhyamfn. ignorant of the proper application (of remedies) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yūpākhyam. Name of a rākṣasa-
yūpamadhyan. the middle part of the sacrificial post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yūthamukhyam. the chief or captain of a troop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yūthyamfn. belonging to a herd or flock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yūthyamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') belonging to the troop or herd of gaRa vargyādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
379 results
hyas ह्यस् ind. [गते अहनि नि˚] Yesterday. -Comp. -भव a. what occurred yesterday.
hyastana ह्यस्तन a. (-नी f.) Belonging to yesterday; as in ह्यस्तनी वृत्तिः, ह्यस्तनेन च कोपेन शक्तिं वै प्राहिणोन्मयी Mb.5. 184.4. -Comp. -दिनम् yesterday, the previous day.
hyastya ह्यस्त्य a. Belonging to yesterday, hesternal; P. IV.2.15.
akathya अकथ्य a. Not fit to be mentioned.
akṣudhya अक्षुध्य a. [अक्षुधे हितं; अक्षुध्-यत्.] Ved. 1 That which tends to cause absence of hunger (क्षुधाभावसाधनं द्रव्यम्). -2 Not liable to hunger.
akṣobhya अक्षोभ्य a. [क्षोभ्यते विचाल्यते; क्षुभ्-णिच् कर्मणि यत्. न. त.] Immovable, imperturbable; अक्षोभ्यः स नवोप्यासीत् R.17. 44. was unassailable -भ्यः 1 A particular sage (तन्त्रोक्तो द्वितीयविद्योपासकः तद्देवतायाः शिरसि नागरूपेण स्थितः ऋषिभेदः; अक्षोभ्योस्या ऋषिः प्रोक्तः -Tv.). -2 N. of a Buddha. -3 An immense number, said by Buddhists to be 1 विवर. -Comp. -कवचम् [अक्षोभाय हितं अक्षोभ्यम्] a sort of कवच or armour referred to in Tantras.
agohya अगोह्य a. Not to be concealed or covered, bright.
agrāhya अग्राह्य a. Not acceptable, that which ought not to be taken or accepted as a gift, present &c.; ˚ह्यम् शिवनिर्माल्यं पत्रं पुष्पं फलं जलम्; not to be perceived, admitted or trusted; not to be considered or taken into account. -ह्या N. of the clay or मृत्तिका which ought not to be taken for purposes of purification.
aṅguṣṭhya अङ्गुष्ठ्यः [अङ्गुष्ठे भवः छ] The thumb-nail.
adābhya अदाभ्य a. Ved. 1 Faithful, trusty. -2 Uninjured, unhurt; अदाभ्यः पुरएता विशाम् Rv.3.11.5. -3 Pure, undefiled. -4 Unapproachable. -भ्यः N. of a somaoffering in the ज्योतिष्टोम Sacrifice; अदाभ्येन प्रचरति.
adāhya अदाह्य a. 1 Incombustible. -2 Not fit to be burnt on the funeral fire. -3 Not capable of being burnt, epithet of परमात्मन्.
adhimuhya अधिमुह्यः N. of Buddha in one of his 34 former births.
adhyayaḥ अध्ययः [इ-भावे अच्] 1 Learning, study; remembrance. -2 = अध्याय, q. v.
adhyayanam अध्ययनम् 1 [इ-ल्युट्] Learning, study, reading (especially the Vedas); one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. The study of the Vedas is allowed to the first 3 classes, but not to a Śūdra Ms.1.88.91. अध्ययनं च अक्षरमात्रपाठ इति वैदिकाः, सार्थाक्षरग्रहणमिति मीमांसकाः; the latter view is obviously correct; cf. यथा पशुर्भारवाही न तस्य भजते फलम् । द्विजस्तथार्थानभिज्ञो न वेदफलमश्रुते ॥ or better still Yāska's Nirukta : स्थाणुरयं भारहारः किलाभूदधीत्य वेदं न विजानाति यो$र्थम् । यो$र्थज्ञ इत् (अर्थविद्) सकलं भद्रमश्रुते नाकमेति ज्ञानविधूतपाप्मा ॥ See also under अनग्नि. -2 Muttering प्रणव mantra; वीतरागा महाप्रज्ञा ध्यानाध्ययनसम्पदा Mb. 12.3.49. (अध्ययनं प्रणवजपः इति टीका) -3 Teaching; कृत्वा चाध्ययनं तेषां शिष्याणां शतमुत्तमम् Mb.12.318.17 see अध्यापनम्.
adhyakṣa अध्यक्ष a. [अधिगतः अक्षं इन्द्रियं व्यवहारं वा] 1 Perceptible to the senses, visible; यैरध्यक्षैरथ निजसखं नीरदं स्मारयद्भिः Bv.4.17. -2 One who exercises supervision, presiding over. cf. प्रत्यक्षे$धिकृते$ध्यक्षः । Nm. -क्षः 1 A superintendent, president, head, lord, master, controller, ruler. ततो राज्ञः कलत्राणि भ्रातॄणां चास्य सर्वतः । वाहनेषु समारोप्य अध्यक्षाः प्राद्रवन्भ- यात् ॥ Mb.9.29.94. मया$ध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1; यदध्यक्षेण जगतां वयमारोपितास्त्वया Ku.6.17; इत्यध्यक्षप्रचारो द्वितीयमधिकरणम् । Kau. A.2 oft. in comp.; गज˚, सेना˚, ग्राम˚, द्वार˚. -2 An eye-witness (Ved.) -3 N. of a plant (क्षीरिका) Mimusops Kauki. (Mar. दुधी).
adhyakṣaram अध्यक्षरम् ind. On the subject of syllables; above all syllables. -रम् The mystic syllable ओम्.
adhyagni अध्यग्नि ind. [अग्नौ अग्निसमीपे वा] Over, by or near the nuptial fire. n. (ग्नि) One of the six kinds of स्त्रीधन (woman's property) mentioned in Ms.9.194 (अध्यग्न्य- ध्यावाहनिकं दत्तं च प्रीतिकर्मणि । भ्रातृमातृपितृप्राप्तं षड्विधं स्त्रीधनं स्मृतम् ॥); a gift made to a woman at the time of marriage : विवाहकाले यत्स्त्रीभ्यो दीयते ह्यग्निसन्निधौ । तदध्यग्निकृतं सद्भिः स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम् ॥ So अध्यग्निकृतं अध्यग्न्युपागतम्; पितृ- मातृपतिभ्रातृदत्तमध्यग्न्युपागतम् । आधिवेदनिकाद्यं च स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम्.
adhyañc अध्यञ्च् [अधि-अञ्च्-क्विन्] 1 Tending upwards; superior, eminent; अध्यङ् शस्त्रभृतां रामः । Bk.5.36. -2 One who obtains or acquires.
adhyaṇḍā अध्यण्डा [अधिकमण्डमिव बीजं यस्याः सा] Names of two plants (अजशृङ्गी) Carpopogon Pruriens (Mar. मेढशिंगी), and भूम्यामलकी Flacourtia Cataphracta (Mar. भुई आंवळी).
adhyadhi अध्यधि ind. On high (acc.); ˚धि लोकम् Sk.
adhyadhikṣepaḥ अध्यधिक्षेपः [अधिकः अधिक्षेपः] Excessive abuse or censure, gross abuse; गुरूणामध्यधिक्षेपो वेदनिन्दा सुहृद्वधः । ब्रह्महत्यासमं ज्ञेयमधीतस्य च नाशनम् ॥ Y.3.228.
adhyadhīna अध्यधीन a. [आधिक्येन अधीनः] Completely subject or dependent, as a slave; नाध्यधीनो न वक्तव्यो न दस्युर्न विकर्मकृत् । Ms.8.66 (Kull. अत्यन्तपरतन्त्रो गर्भदासः).
adhyaya अध्यय अध्ययनम् &c. See under अधी.
adhyardha अध्यर्ध a. [अधिकमर्धं यस्य] Having an additional half; अध्यर्धयोजनं गत्वा सरय्वा दक्षिणे तटे Rām.1.22.11; Bṛ. Up.3.9.1. एकाधिकं हरेज्जयेष्ठः पुत्रो$ध्यर्धं ततो$नुजः Ms.9.117; शतमध्यर्धमायता Mb., i. e. 15; ˚योजनशतात् Pt. 2.18. (in comp. with a following noun) Amounting to or worth one and a half; ˚कंस amounting to one and a half Kaṁsa; so ˚काकिणीक, कार्षापण-णिक, ˚खारीक, ˚पण्य, ˚पाद्य, ˚प्रतिक, ˚भाष्य, ˚विंशतिकीन, ˚शत-त्य, ˚श-शा-तमान, ˚शाण, ˚शाण्य, ˚शूर्प, ˚सहस्र, ˚सौवर्ण &c. (P.V.1.28-35.). -र्धः Wind (यदस्मिन् इदं सर्वं अध्यार्ध्नोत् अधिकमवर्धयत् तेन अध्यर्धः पवनः इति स्थितम् Bṛ. Up.).
adhyarbudam अध्यर्बुदम् [अधिकं or अधिजातं अर्बुदम्] A tumour, goitre; यज्जायते$न्यत्खलु पूर्वजाते ज्ञेयं तदध्यर्बुदमर्बुदज्ञैः Suśr.
adhyavaso अध्यवसो 4 P. 1 To determine, resolve; कथमिदानीं दुर्जनवचनादेवं अध्यवसितं देवेन U. 1; अदुर्लभं मरणमध्यवसितम् K. 171; किमध्यवस्यन्ति गुरवः Ve.1; अभिधातुमध्यवससौ न गिरा Śi.9.76; resolve or mean to do. -2 To attempt, exert, undertake; मा साहसं अध्यवस्यः Dk.123; व्रतं दुष्करमध्यवसितम् H.1. -3 To grapple with. -4 To conceive, apprehend, think; अकार्यं कार्यवदध्यवस्य Dk.86.
adhyavasānam अध्यवसानम् [भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Effort, determination &c. See अध्यवसाय -2 (In Rhet.) Identification of two things (प्रकृत and अप्रकृत) in such a manner that the one is completely absorbed into the other; निगीर्याध्यवसानं तु प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् K. P.1; on such identification is founded the figure called अतिशयोक्ति, and the लक्षणा called साध्यवसाना. See K. P.2.
adhyavasāyaḥ अध्यवसायः 1 An attempt, effort, exertion; न स्वल्प- मप्यध्यवसायभीरोः करोति विज्ञाननिधिर्गुणं हि H.1.v.l.; ˚सह- चरेषु साहसेषु Dk.161. -2 Determination, resolution; mental effort or apprehension; संभावनं नाम अस्तित्वाध्यव- सायः P.VI.2.21. cf. also प्रतिविषयाध्यवसायो दृष्टम् । Sāṅk-hya K.5. -3 Perseverance, diligence, energy, constancy; तत्को$यं पदे पदे महाननध्यवसायः U.4 absence of energy or resolution, drooping of spirits; (with महानध्यवसायः as the reading, the meaning would be 'why this effort on your part i. e. to determine whether you should go or not, hesitation.')
adhyavasāyin अध्यवसायिन् a. [सो-णिनि] Attempting; resolute, persevering, energetic.
adhyavasita अध्यवसित p. p. Attempted, mentally apprehended, determined.
adhyavasin अध्यवसिन् a. One who observes a vow, धर्माश्रमे$- ध्यवसिनां ब्राह्मणानां युधिष्ठिरः Mb.12.64.6.
adhyavahananam अध्यवहननम् [अधि उपरि अवहननम्] Beating again what is being threshed and peeled (पूर्वावघातेन वितुषीकर- णे$पि पुनरवघातः).
adhyaśanam अध्यशनम् [अधिकमशनम्] Excessive eating, eating again before the last meal is digested; साजीर्णे भुज्यते यत्तु तदध्यशनमुच्यते Suśr.
adhyasthi अध्यस्थि n. [अधिरूढमस्थि] A bone growing over another.
adhyas अध्यस् 4 P. 1 To place upon another, add or append to. -2 (In Phil) To attribute or ascribe falsely, attribute the nature of one thing to another; सर्वो हि पुरो$वस्थिते विषये विषयान्तरमध्यस्यति, बाह्यधर्मानात्मन्यध्यस्यति Ś.B.
adhyasta अध्यस्त p. p. [अस्-क्त] 1 Placed upon or over -2 Attributed, wrongly ascribed or supposed; as शुक्तौ रजतमध्यस्तम्, ब्रह्मणि जगदध्यस्तम् &c.
anadhyakṣa अनध्यक्ष a. [न. त.] 1 Not perceptible or observable, invisible; मनो$पि न तथाज्ञानादनध्यक्षं तदा भवेत् । Bhāṣā P. -2 Without controller or ruler &c.
anabhyantara अनभ्यन्तर a. Unacquainted, ignorant; अनभ्यन्तरे खल्वावां मदनगतस्य वृत्तान्तस्य Ś.3.
anarghya अनर्घ्य a. Invaluable; unsurpassed in reverence due from others, highly respected; अनर्घ्यमर्घेण तमद्रिनाथः Ku.1.58.
anavarārdhya अनवरार्ध्य a. [अवरस्मिन् अर्धे भवः, यत्. न. त.] Chief, best, excellent.
anārabhya अनारभ्य a. Unfit to be commenced or undertaken. -ind. Without commencing; without reference to any particular thing e. g. ˚वादः 1 detached remark (upon sacrifices &c.); किञ्चित्कर्मारभ्य उद्यते उच्यते इत्यारभ्यवादः न आरभ्यवादः -2 A statement without any specific reference to any particular thing or act, न बानारभ्यवादात् । Ms.6. 6.3, A statement having no definite context. -Comp. -अधीत a. [न आसभ्य किञ्चिदधीतः] studied or taught or read without reference to any particular subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative work); learnt as a detached subject; येषां मन्त्राणां कर्मविशेषे विनियोगो नोक्तः तेषां मन्त्राणाम् अनारभ्याधीतत्वात् ब्रह्मयज्ञे एव विनियोग इति मीमांसा.
anibhya अनिभ्य a. Not wealthy (इभ्य).
anugrāhya अनुग्राह्य pot. p. Fit to be favoured or obliged; ततः कथनेनात्मानमनुग्राह्यमिच्छामि K.134; न वयमनुग्राह्याः प्रायो देवतानाम् 61.
anudairghya अनुदैर्घ्य a. [दैर्घ्यमनुगतः] Longitudinal, lengthwise.
anudhyai अनुध्यै 1 P. 1 To think of, muse, consider attentively. -2 To wish well of, to bless, favour; प्रजानिषेकं मयि वर्तमानं सूनोरनुध्यायत चेतसेति R.14.6 bless; अनुदध्युर- नुध्येयं सांनिध्यैः प्रतिमागतैः 17.36 favoured.
anupākhya अनुपाख्य a. What is not directly perceived, hence something which is only inferable (= अनुमेय Kāśikā); P.VI.3.8.
anupṛṣṭhya अनुपृष्ठ्य a. [अनुपृष्ठं बध्यते, अनुपृष्ठ-यत्] (A rope, cord &c.) Fastened along the back, tied lengthwise.
anubandhya अनुबन्ध्य a. Principal, chief, primary (which may receive an adjunct, as a root, a disease &c.). -2 [वधार्थं बन्धः अनुबन्धः कर्मणि ण्यत्] To be killed (as a bull), one of the three principal sacrificial animals at the ज्योतिष्टोम sacrifice; गारनुबन्ध्यः K. P.2.
anūbandhya अनूबन्ध्य a. Ved. To be fastened as a sacrificial animal; वशामनुबन्ध्यामालभेत Śat. Br.; अनुबन्ध्ययेष्ट्वा Āśval.
anaitihyam अनैतिह्यम् Absence of traditional sanction or authority, or that which is without such sanction; अनागतमनैतिह्यं कथं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Mb.12.239.2.
anovāhya अनोवाह्य a. To be carried in a carriage (अनसा वाह्यः).
anvādhya अन्वाध्यः A class of divinities.
anvārabhya अन्वारभ्य pot. p. To be touched along with. अन्वारम्भः anvārambhḥ म्भणम् mbhaṇam अन्वारम्भः म्भणम् Touching, contact, especially touching the यजमान (the performer of a sacrifice) to make him entitled to the fruits and merits of the holy rite.
apathya अपथ्य a. [न. त.] 1 Unfit, unsuited, improper, inconsistent, obnoxious; अकार्यं कार्यसंकाशमपथ्यं पथ्यसंमितम् Rām. -2 (In medicine) Unwholesome, unsalutary (as food, regimen &c.); सन्तापयन्ति कमपथ्यभुजं न रोगाः H.3.11; भवति पुरुषस्य व्याधिर्मरणं सेविते अपथ्ये, राजा- पथ्ये पुनः सेविते सकलकुलं नश्यति Mu.6. -3 Bad, unlucky. -Comp. -अशिन् a. One taking an unwholesome food; शत्रवो नीतिहीनानां यथापथ्याशिनां गदाः Śukra 1.13. -कारिन् a. an offender; एवमपथ्यकारिषु तीक्ष्णदण्डो राजा; राज ˚री क्षपणकः; अनुभव राजापथ्यकारित्वस्य फलम् Mu.1 an enemy or traitor to the king.
apadhyai अपध्यै 1 P. To think ill of, have evil thoughts about, curse mentally; अपध्याता च विप्रेण न्यपतद्धरणीतले Mb.
apāṭhya अपाठ्य a. Illegible.
apohya अपोह्य अपोहनीय pot. p. To be removed, taken away; मृत्युर्बुद्धिमतापोह्यो यावद् बुद्धिबलोदयम् Bhāg.1.1.48. expiated (as sin); to be established by reason. अपौरुष apauruṣa पौरुषेय pauruṣēya अपौरुष पौरुषेय a. 1 Unmanly, cowardly, timid. -2 Superhuman, not of the authorship of man, of divine origin; अपौरुषेया वेदाः; अपौरुषेयप्रतिष्ठः सुवर्णबिन्दुरि- त्याख्यायते Māl.9. not set up by (the hand of) man. -षम् -षेयम् 1 Cowardice, pussilanimity. -2 Superhuman power.
aprakhya अप्रख्यता Infamy; अक्षमा ह्रीपरित्यागः श्रीनाशो धर्मसंक्षयः । अभिध्या$प्रख्यता चैव सर्वं लोभात्प्रवर्तते Mb.12.158.5.
apratigṛhya अप्रतिगृह्य a. One from whom one must not accept any thing as a gift &c.
apratigrāhya अप्रतिग्राह्य a. Unacceptable.
apratisaṃkhya अप्रतिसंख्य a. Unobserved, unnoticed; ˚आख्य(ख्या)- निरोधः unobserved nullity, annihilation of an object; one of the three topics included by the Buddhas under the category of निरूप, the other two being प्रतिसंख्या- निरोध wilful destruction, as of a jar by a mallet, and आकाश the ethereal element.
abāhya अबाह्य a. 1 Not exterior, internal; राज्ञः शिवं सावरजस्य भूयादित्याशशंसे करणैरबाह्यैः R.14.5; -2 (fig.) Familiar or intimately acquainted with, conversant with; गीतनृत्यवाद्यादिष्वबाह्यः Dk.155. -3 Without an exterior; तदेतद् ब्रह्मापूर्वमनपरमनन्तरमबाह्यम् Bṛi. Up.2.5.19.
abudhya अबुध्य a. Ved. Not to be perceived or awakened.
abhidhyai अभिध्यै 1 P. (epic 2 P.) 1 To meditate upon, reflect, consider, think of; यदभिध्याम्यहं शश्वच्छुभं वा यदि वा$शुभम् Mb. -2 To covet, wish or desire for; परद्रव्याण्यभि- ध्यायन् Y.3.134.
abhivāhya अभिवाह्य pot. p. To be carried near. -ह्यम् 1 Conveyance, transmission, carrying. -2 Presentation, offering; (स्वयंभूरसृजत्) हव्यकव्याभिवाह्याय Ms.1.94. अभिवान्या abhivānyā अभिवान्यवत्सा abhivānyavatsā अभिवान्या अभिवान्यवत्सा Ved. A cow suckling an adopted calf.
abhiṣahya अभिषह्य ind. By force, forcibly, violently; insolently; अभिषह्य तु यः कन्यां कुर्याद्दर्पेण मानवः Ms.8.367.
abhisaṃkhya अभिसंख्य a. Inferable, clearly ascertainable.
abhyayaḥ अभ्ययः 1 Going over, approach, arrival. -2 Entering. -3 Setting (of the sun).
abhyagra अभ्यग्र a. [अभिमुखं अग्रं यस्य] 1 Near, proximate; अभ्यग्रं च प्रपश्यन्ति युद्धमानन्दिनो द्विजाः Mb.6.2.18. -2 Fresh, new; -ग्रम proximity; vicinity. It is used adverbially also in इदं शोणितमभ्यग्रं संप्रहारे$च्युतत् तयोः Bk.4.28.
abhyaṅka अभ्यङ्क a. Recently marked.
abhyañj अभ्यञ्ज् 7 P. 1 To smear, anoint as with oily substances. -2 To decorate, adorn (Ved). -3 To defile.
abhyakta अभ्यक्त p. p. 1 Smeared, anointed (with oil, perfumes &c.); अभ्यक्तमिव स्नातः Ś.5.11. Y.1.68; Ms. 4.44. -2 Decorated; अभ्यक्ताक्ता स्वरंकृता Av.1.1.25.
abhyaṅgaḥ अभ्यङ्गः 1 Smearing the body with unctuous or oily substances, smearing with oil; अभ्यङ्गने पथ्यमलंचकार Ku.7.7; स्तन्यदानाभ्यङ्गपोषणादिभिः पुपोष Pt.5; Ms.2.178. -2 Smearing in general, inunction. -3 An unguent, salve, liniment. -4 cream of milk; (Nigh.).
abhyañjanam अभ्यञ्जनम् Smearing the body with oily substances, inunction; भोजनाभ्यञ्जनाद्दानाद्यदन्यत्कुरुते तिलैः Ms.1.91. -2 Smearing or anointing in general. -3 Applying collyrium to the eyelashes; Ms.2.211. (here the 1 & 2 meaning can be applicable). -4 An oily substance; oil unguent. -5 An ornament, decoration (Ved.). -6 Cream of milk; (Nigh.).
abhyatīta अभ्यतीत p. p. Dead, passed away; गुरुषु त्वभ्यतीतेषु Ms.4.252.
abhyadhika अभ्यधिक a. 1 More than, exceeding, beyond; सद्यः- प्रसूताप्रियापीतादभ्यधिकम् U.4.1 remaining after &c. Pt. -2 Surpassing, more than in quality or quantity, higher, greater; एष चाभ्यधिको$स्माकं गुणः Rām.; न त्वत्सगो$स्त्यभ्यधिकः कुतो$न्यः Bg.11.43; M.3.3. Ms.7. 177; Y.2.295; sometimes with abl. or instr.; धान्यं दशभ्यः कुम्भेभ्यो हरतो$भ्यधिकं वधः Ms.8.32,322; Y.2. 27. प्रभुः क्षमावान् वीरश्च दाता चाभ्यधिको नृपैः Nala.21.13. -3 More than ordinary, extraordinary, pre-eminent; कृष्णाङ्घ्रिरेण्वभ्यधिकाभ्यनेत्री Bhāg 1.19.6. पञ्चाभ्यधिकः शरोभव Ś.6.3. -कम् adv. Very much, exceedingly.
abhyadhvam अभ्यध्वम् adv. Towards the way, on the way. -ध्वे Near the way; ययोरभ्यध्व उत यद् दूरे Av.4.28.2.
abhyanujñā अभ्यनुज्ञा 9 U. 1 To permit, assent or agree to, approve; अतो$भ्यनुजानातु भवती K.29; M.3; -2 To permit one to go, grant leave to, dismiss. -Caus. To ask for leave, to depart, take leave. अभ्यनुज्ञा abhyanujñā ज्ञानम् jñānam अभ्यनुज्ञा ज्ञानम् 1 Consent, approval, permission. कृताभ्यनुज्ञा गुरुणा गरीयसा Ku.5.7, R.2.69. -2 Order, command. -3 Granting leave of absence, dismissing. -4 Admission of an argument.
abhyanujñāta अभ्यनुज्ञात a. 1 Assented, approved; हृदयेनाभ्यनुज्ञातो यो धर्मस्तं निबोधत Ms.2.1. -2 Favoured by; Rām.3.
abhyanūkta अभ्यनूक्त a. Said agreeably to what was said before.
abhyantara अभ्यन्तर a. [अभिगतमन्तरम्] Interior, internal, inner (opp. बाह्य); R.17.45; K.66; कृच्छ्रो$भ्यन्तरशोणिते Y. 3.292. -2 Being included in, one of a group or body; देवीपरिजनाभ्यन्तरः M.5; गणाभ्यन्तर एव च Ms.3.154; R.8.95 -3 Initiated in, skilled or proficient in, familiar or conversant with; with loc., or sometimes gen., or in comp.; संगीतके$भ्यन्तरे स्वः M.5. अहो प्रयोगाभ्यन्तरः प्राश्निकः M.2; अनभ्यन्तरे आवां मदनगतस्य वृत्तान्तस्य Ś.3; मन्त्रेष्वभ्यन्तराः के स्युः Rām., see अभ्यन्तरीकृ below. -4 Nearest, intimate, closely or intimately related; त्यक्ताश्चाभ्यन्तरा येन Pt.1.259. -रम् The inside or interior, inner or interior part of anything), space within; प्रविश्याभ्यन्तरं रिपुः (नाशयेत्) Pt. 2.38; K.15,17,18; ˚गतः आत्मा M.5. inmost soul; शमीमिवाभ्यन्तरलीनपावकां R.3.9; Bg.5.27, V.2, Mk.1, पर्णाभ्यन्तरलीनतां विजहति Ś.7.8. -2 Included space, interval (of time or place); षण्मासाभ्यन्तरे Pt.4. -3 The mind. -रम्, -रतः adv. In the interior, inside, inward. -Comp. -आयामः 1 curvature of the spine by spasm. -2 emprosthonos. -आराम a. internally delighted; see अन्तराराम. -करण a. having the organs (concealed) inside, internally possessed of the powers of perception &c; ˚णया मया प्रत्यक्षीकृतवृत्तान्तो महाराजः V.4 (-नम्) the internal organ i. e. अन्तःकरण. -कला the secret art, the art of coquetry or flirtation; Dk.2.2.
abhyantarakaḥ अभ्यन्तरकः An intimate friend.
abhyantarīkṛ अभ्यन्तरीकृ 8 U. 1 To initiate, familiarize with; प्रागल्भ्याद्वक्तुमिछन्ति मन्त्रेष्वभ्यन्तरीकृताः Rām. -2 To admit or introduce to; सर्वविश्रम्भेषु अभ्यन्तरीकरणीया K.11; Dk. 159,162; मुष्टिमर्धमुष्टिं वाभ्यन्तरीकृत्य Dk.156 throwing down into (the belly); -3 To make a near friend of (a person) बाह्याश्चाभ्यन्तरीकृताः Pt.1.259.
abhyantarīkaraṇam अभ्यन्तरीकरणम् Initiating, introducting &c.; सजीव- निर्जीवासु च द्यूतकलास्वभ्यन्तरीकरणम् Dk.39.
abhyam अभ्यम् 1. P. Ved. 1 To injure, pain, attack; अनग्नित्रा अभ्यमन्त कृष्टीः Rv.1.189.3. -2 To overcome. -3 To be angry with.
abhyamanam अभ्यमनम् 1 Attack, assault, injury. -2 Disease; ˚वत् diseased. अभ्यमित abhyamita अभ्यान्त abhyānta अभ्यमित अभ्यान्त p. p. 1 Diseased, sick. -2 Injured.
abhyamin अभ्यमिन् a. [अम्-णिनि P.III.2.157] 1 Attacking, inclined to attack. -2 Diseased, sick.
abhyamitram अभ्यमित्रम् An attack on an enemy. adv. Towards or against the enemy; to face the enemy; समुज्झिता योद्धृभिरभ्यमित्रम् Ki.16.5.; Mv.6; Ve.5.38. अभ्यमित्रीणः abhyamitrīṇḥ यः yḥ मित्र्यः mitryḥ अभ्यमित्रीणः यः मित्र्यः [अभ्यमित्र -ख, छ, or यत्; अमित्रानभिमुखं सुष्ठु गच्छतीत्यर्थः अभ्यमित्राच्छ च P.V.2.17.] A warrior who valiantly encounters his enemy; उद्योगमभ्यमित्रीणो यथेष्टं त्वं च संतनु Bk.5.47; मारीचो$नुनयंस्त्रा- सादभ्यमित्र्यो भवामि ते 46; Dk.171.
abhyaya अभ्यय See under अभी.
abhyarca अभ्यर्च 1, 1 P. 1 To honour, worship; अथाभ्यर्च्य विधातारं प्रयतौ पुत्रकाम्यया R.1.35. -2 To praise, celebrate in song.
abhyarcana अभ्यर्चन र्चा Worship, adoration, reverence; देवता- भ्यर्चनम् Ms.2.176.
abhyarṇa अभ्यर्ण a. [अभि-अर्द्-क्त, अभेश्चाविदूर्ये P.VII.2.25. Sk.] Near, proximate, adjoining, being close or near (of space); approaching, drawing near (of time); अभ्यर्णमागस्कृतमस्पृशद्भिः R.2.32; आश्रम°ree भूमिः U.4; Mu.6; K.69,125,28,286; कर्णाभ्यर्ण Māl.5.13; Ratn.3.1; Bk.3.28. -र्णम् Proximity, vicinity; अन्धकारिणी वनाभ्यर्णे किमुद्भ्राम्यति Gīt.7; अभ्यर्णे परिरभ्य निर्भरभरः प्रेमान्धया राधया Gīt.1, Śi.3.21. य एष भ्राजते$भ्यर्णे Śiva. B.1.14.
abhyarṇatā अभ्यर्णता Proximity; (अंशुभिः) प्रतप्तमभ्यर्णतया विवस्वतः Śi.12.66.
abhyarth अभ्यर्थ् 1 A. 1 To request, beg, solicit, ask, entreat (with two acc.); इमं सारगं प्रियाप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं अभ्यर्थये V.4; मां अनभ्यर्थनीयमभ्यर्थयते Māl.7; अवकाशं किलोदन्वान् रामा- याभ्यर्थितो ददौ R.4.58. -2 To long for, desire, woo, court; यदि सा तापसकन्यका अनभ्यर्थनीया Ś.2.
abhyarthanam अभ्यर्थनम् ना A request, an entreaty, petition, suit; ˚नाभङ्गभयेन Ku.1.52. अभ्यर्थनीय abhyarthanīya र्थ्य rthya अभ्यर्थनीय र्थ्य pot. p. To be asked, requested or or desired, कार्येषु चैककार्यत्वादभ्यर्थ्यो$स्मि न वज्रिणा R.1.4.
abhyarthita अभ्यर्थित a. Asked, insisted; काममभ्यर्थितो$श्नीयात् Ms. 2.189. -तम् A request; उभयाभ्यर्थितेनैतन्मया Y.2.88.
abhyarthin अभ्यर्थिन् a. One who begs, asks &c.
abhyardanam अभ्यर्दनम् Torturing, distressing.
abhyardha अभ्यर्ध a. Ved. 1 Being on this side. -2 Near. -3 Increasing. -र्धम् Nearness. -Comp. -यज्वन् m. granting gifts, increasing the sacrificer's prosperity; सिषक्ति पूषा अभ्यर्धयज्वा Rv.6.5.5.
abhyarh अभ्यर्ह् 1, 1 P. To salute, honour, worship, pay one's respects or compliments; परशुरामो माल्यवन्तमभ्यर्हयति Mv.2.
abhyarhaṇā अभ्यर्हणा 1 Worship. -2 Respect, honour, reverence.
abhyarhaṇīya अभ्यर्हणीय pot. p. Respectable, venerable; ˚ता -शारङ्गी मन्दपालेन जगामाभ्यर्हणीयताम् Ms.9.23 a position of honour; क्रियते$भ्यर्हणीयाय सुजनाय यथाञ्जलिः Śukra.1.164.
abhyarhita अभ्यर्हित a. 1 Honoured, revered, greatly respectable; अभ्यर्हितं च Vārttika on P.II.2.34, Kāsi.29. -2 Fit, becoming, suitable; अभ्यर्हिता बन्धुषु तुल्यरूपा वृत्ति- र्विशेषेणतपोधनानाम् Ki.3.11.
abhyalaṃkāraḥ अभ्यलंकारः Decoration; Mb.
abhyalaṃkṛta अभ्यलंकृत a. Decorated; Rām.3.
abhyavakarṣaṇam अभ्यवकर्षणम् Extraction, drawing out.
abhyavakāśaḥ अभ्यवकाशः An open space.
abhyavadānya अभ्यवदान्य Ved. Not liberal.
abhyavapad अभ्यवपद् To protect; ततस्तामभ्यवपत्तुकामो यौगन्धरायणः Svapna.
abhyavaman अभ्यवमन् To despise, reject; न च हव्यं वहत्यग्निर्यस्ताम- भ्यवमन्यते Ms.4.249.
abhyavahita अभ्यवहित Laid, allayed, put down (e. g. dust); पतितैरभ्यवहितं प्रणनाश महीरजः Rām.2.4.33.
abhyavaskanda अभ्यवस्कन्द 1 P. To jump up or upon, attack. अभ्यवस्कन्दः abhyavaskandḥ न्दनम् ndanam अभ्यवस्कन्दः न्दनम् 1 Vigorously encountering an enemy, impetuous attack, marching against an enemy. -2 Striking so as to disable an enemy. -3 A blow in general. -4 Overtaking, reaching up to. -5 A fall.
abhyavahṛ अभ्यवहृ 1 P. 1 To throw, fling, cast. -2 To collect, draw in, procure, obtain. -3 To use as food or drink, eat; सक्तून् पिब धानाः खादेत्यभ्यवहरति P.III.4.5. Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to throw down (in water). -2 To cause to take or eat (as food), feed (one with something); शक्नोषि किमनेन शालिप्रस्थेन संपन्नमन्नमस्मानभ्यवहारयितुम् Dk. 131,72,132; to take or eat (oneself). -3 To lay or put on (snares &c.). -4 To attack; get one to oppose another.
abhyavaharaṇam अभ्यवहरणम् 1 Throwing away or down. -2 Eating, taking food; throwing down the throat (कष्ठादधोनयनम् Mitā.)
abhyavahāra अभ्यवहार a. Fit to eat; शुचीन्यभ्यवहाराणि मूलानि च फलानि च Rām.4.5.35.
abhyavahāraḥ अभ्यवहारः Eating, taking food, eating, drinking &c. Śukra.3.3. -2 Food; जम्भशब्दो$भ्यवहारार्थवाची Kāśi.; ˚संवादापेक्षी M.4; V.2; Ratn.2. -मण्डपः A dining hall.
abhyavahārya अभ्यवहार्य pot. p. Fit to eat, eatable; कानि चाभ्यवहा- र्याणि तत्र तेषां महात्मनाम् Mb.3.16.3. -र्यम् Food; सर्वत्रौ- दरिकस्य अभ्यवहार्यमेव विषयः V.3.
abhyave अभ्यवे [˚इ] 2 P. 1 To go down, descend, अवभृथम- भ्यवैति Ait. Br. -2 To perceive, understand.
abhyavāyanam अभ्यवायनम् Going down, descending.
abhyaś अभ्यश् 5 A. (P. also in Ved.) 1 To pervade, reach to, get, gain; to make oneself master of.
abhyaśanam अभ्यशनम् Pervading, reaching to, gaining.
abhyas अभ्यस् 4 P. 1 To practise, exercise; धन्यो वन्यमतङ्गजः परिचयप्रागल्भ्यमभ्यस्यति Māl.9.32; अभ्यस्यतीव व्रतमासिधारम् R.13.67; Ms.11.16. -2 To repeat, perform repeatedly; मृगकुलं रोमन्थमभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6; अभ्यस्यन्ति तटाघातम् Ku.2.5; K.183. -3 To learn, study, acquire or learn by practice, recite, read; वेदमेव सदाभ्यस्येत् Ms.2. 166; 4.147,149; Y.3.24; K.79. -4 To throw down upon, heap one upon another, accumulate, lay on (Ved.). -5 To throw or fling at, shoot or aim at (as arrows).
abhyasanam अभ्यसनम् 1 Repetition, repeated practice or exercise; ब्रह्मध्यानाभ्यसनविधिना Bh.3.41; स्वाध्यायाभ्यसनम् Bg. 17.15. -2 Constant study, close application (to anything); (तां) विद्यामभ्यसनेनेव प्रसादयितुमर्हसि R.1.88; अनभ्यसनशीलस्य विद्येव तनुतां गता Rām. अभ्यसनीय abhyasanīya अभ्यस्य abhyasya अभ्यसनीय अभ्यस्य a. pot. p. To be repeated, studied; fit to be studied.
abhyasta अभ्यस्त p. p. 1 Repeated, frequently practised, exercised; नयनयोरभ्यस्तमामीलनम् Amaru.97; used or accustomed to; अनभ्यस्तरथचर्याः U.5; not accustomed to the use of the chariot; ˚गुणा च वाणी Māl.3.11. -2 Learnt, studied; शैशवे$भ्यस्तविद्यानाम् R.1.8; Bh.3. 89. -3 (In Math.) Multiplied; अयुतं दशकृत्वो$भ्यस्तं नियुतमुच्यते Nir. -4 (In gram.) Reduplicated. -स्तम् Reduplicated base of a root.
abhyasūyati अभ्यसूयति Den. P. 1 To be angry with, bear malice against, envy, be jealous of (with acc.); न च मां यो$भ्यसूयति Bg.18.67; प्रहसन्ति स्म तां केचिदभ्यसूयन्ति चापरे Mb. -2 Not to like, detract from, calumniate; ये त्वेतदभ्यसूयन्तो नानुतिष्ठन्ति मे मतम् Bg.3.32.
abhyasūya अभ्यसूय a. Angry, jealous.
abhyasūyaka अभ्यसूयक a. (-यिका) Jealous, envious; a detractor; calumniator; मामात्मपरदेहेषु प्रद्विषन्तो$भ्यसूयकाः Bg.16.18.
abhyasūyā अभ्यसूया Envy, jealousy, disfavour, anger; शुक्रा- भ्यसूयाविनिवृत्तये यः R.6.74; रूपेषु वेशेषु च साभ्यसूयाः 7.2, 9.64; Me.41, Ku.3.4.
abhyastam अभ्यस्तम् ind. 1 [अस्तमभि] Towards sunset; ˚गम् -इ, -या to go down or set (as the sun) during or with reference to some act. -2 Repeated, again and again; अभ्यस्तं भौतिकं पश्यन् Mb.12.278.16.
abhyastamayaḥ अभ्यस्तमयः Setting of the sun during or with reference to some act.
abhyastamita अभ्यस्तमित a. One on whom the sun has set while asleep.
abhyacita अभ्यचित a. Usual, customary.
amedhya अमेध्य a. 1 Not able or allowed to sacrifice. -2 Unfit for a sacrifice; नामेध्यं प्रक्षिपेदग्नौ Ms.4.53,56; 5.5,132. -2 Unholy, filthy, foul, dirty, impure; उच्छिष्टमपि चामेध्यं भोजनं तामसप्रियम् Bg.17.1.; Bh.3.16. -ध्यम् 1 Excrement, ordure; सुमुत्सृजेद्राजमार्गे यस्त्वमेध्यम- नापदि Ms.9.282;5.126,128;12.71. -2 An unlucky or inauspicious omen, अमेध्यं दृष्ट्वा सूर्यमुपतिष्ठेत Kāty. -Comp. -कुणपाशिन् a. feeding on carrion. -युक्त, -लिप्त a. smeared with ordure, foul, defiled, dirty; Ms.4.56. -लेपः smearing with ordure.
ayāthārthyam अयाथार्थ्यम् 1 Unfitness, incorrectness. -2 Absurdity, incongruity.
ayudhya अयुध्य a. Unconquerable, irresistible दुश्च्यवनः पृतनाषाळयुध्यो Rv.1.13.7.
ayodhya अयोध्य a. Not to be warred against, unassailable; irresistible; अद्यायोध्या महावाहो अयोध्या प्रतिभाति नः Rām. -ध्या The capital of solar kings, born of the line of Raghu, (the modern Oudh) situated on the river Śarayu. अलमुपहितशोभां तूर्णमायादयोध्याम् । Bk. [It is said to have extended 48 miles in length and 12 miles in breadth. It was also called Sāketa, and one of its suburbs was Nandi-grāma, where Bharata lived governing the kingdom during the absence of Rāma. The town plays an important part in the story of the Rāmāyaṇa; the second book (अयोध्याकाण्ड) dealing mostly with events that took place in that city during the youthful days of Rāma.]
arghya अर्घ्य a. [अर्घ-यत् अर्घमर्हति] 1 Valuable; अनर्घ्य invaluable; अनर्घ्यमपि माणिक्यम् see s. v. -2 Venerable, deserving respectful offering; तानर्घ्यानर्घ्यमादाय दूरात्प्रत्युद्ययौ गिरिः Ku.6.5; Śi.1.14; Y.1.11. -र्घ्यम् 1 A respectful offering or oblation to a god or venerable person (see अर्घ); अर्घः पूजाविधिः तदर्थं द्रव्यम् अर्घ्यम् Sk.; अर्घ्यमस्मै V.5.; ददतु तरवः पुष्पैरर्घ्यं फलैश्च मधुश्चुतः U.3.24; अर्घ्यंमर्घ्यमिति वादिनं नृपम् R.11.69;1.44; Ku.1.58,6. 5; (it often consists only of water given in a droṇa and forms part of the Madhuparka ceremony). -2 A kind of honey.
arthya अर्थ्य a. [अर्थ्-कर्मणि ण्यत्] 1 Fit to be asked or sought for. -2 [अर्थादनपेतः, अर्थ-यत्] Fit, proper, suitable; अर्थ्यो विरोधः Mv.2.7. -3 Appropriate, not deviating from the sense, significant; स्तुत्यं स्तुतिभिरर्थ्या- भिरुपतस्थे सरस्वती R.4.6,1.59; Ku.2.3. -4 Rich, wealthy. -5 Wise, intelligent. -6 True, real; अर्थ्यं विज्ञापयन्नेव भरतं सत्यविक्रमम् Rām.6.127.25. -7 Expert in getting money (अर्थसंपादनचतुर); अर्थी येनार्थकृत्येन संव्रजत्यविचारयन् । तमर्थमर्थशास्त्रज्ञाः प्राहुरर्थ्याः सुलक्ष्मण ॥ Rām. 3.43.34. -र्थ्यम् Red chalk.
ardhya अर्ध्य a. 1 Belonging to the half (of anything). -2 Fit to be increased. -3 To be accomplished; अधा ते विष्णो विदुषा चिदर्ध्यः Rv.1.156.1. -4 To be obtained; शविष्ठं वाजं विदुषा चिदर्ध्यम् Rv.5-44.1.
arhya अर्ह्य pot. p. [अर्ह्-ण्यत्] 1 Worthy, respectable. -2 Fit to be praised. -3 Right, fit, proper. -4 Fit to be obtained.
āḍhya आढ्य a. [आ-ध्यै-क पृषो˚ Tv.] 1 Rich, wealthy; आढ्यो$भिजनवानस्मि को$न्यो$स्ति सदृशो मया Bg.16.15; Pt.5. 8; Ms.8.169. -2 (a) Rich in, abounding in, possessing abundantly, with instr. or as the last member of comp.; सत्य˚ Pt.3.9 very truthful; वंशसंपल्लावण्याढ्याय Dk.18; एवमादिगुणैराढ्यः Vet.; समुद्रमिव रत्नाढ्यम् Rām. (b) Mixed with, watered with; गन्धाढ्य, स्रज उत्तमगन्धाढ्याः Mb.; मूत्राढ्यैः करञ्जफलसर्षपैः Suśr. -3 Abundant, copious. -Comp. -आडु a. striving to get wealth. -कुलीन a. [आढ्यकुले भवः ] Descended from a rich family. -चर a. (-री f.) [भूतपूर्व आढ्यः चरट्] once opulent. -रोगः Rheumatism, gout. -वातः [आढ्यो वातो यत्र] a convulsive or rheumatic palsy of the loins.
āḍhyaṃkaraṇa आढ्यंकरण a. (-णी f.) [P.III.2.56.] Enriching. आढ्यंकरणविक्रान्तो महिषस्य सुरद्विषः Bk.6.114. -णम् The means of enriching, wealth, prosperity. आढ्यंभविष्णु āḍhyambhaviṣṇu भावुक bhāvuka आढ्यंभविष्णु भावुक a. [P.III.2.57] Becoming rich or eminent. आढ्यंभविष्णुर्यशसा कुमारः Bk.
āḍhya आढ्यता Opulence, wealth.
ātithya आतिथ्य a. [अतिथेरिदं ष्यञ्] Hospitable, proper for a guest &c. (= आतिथेय); हविरातिथ्यम्, आतिथ्या इष्टिः &c. -थ्यः A guest. -थ्यम् or -थ्या 1 Hospitable reception, hospitality; तमातिथ्याक्रियाशान्तरथक्षोभपरिश्रमम् R.1.58. -2 a particular rite, the reception of Soma when it is brought to the sacrificial place (also called आतिथ्येष्टिः) -Comp. -रूप a. being in the place of the आतिथ्य sacrifice; आतिथ्यरूपं मासरम् Vāj.19.14 -सत्कारः, -सत्क्रिया the rites of hospitality.
ādālbhyam आदाल्भ्यम् Fearlessness; Mb.12.12.5.
ādhyakṣyam आध्यक्ष्यम् [अध्यक्ष-ष्यञ्] Ved. 1 Superintendence. -2 Presence.
ādhyai आध्यै 1 P. To think on, meditate, remember.
ānāthyam आनाथ्यम् [अनाथस्य भावः ष्यञ्] The state of being helpless or forlorn, orphanism, helplessness.
ānupathya आनुपथ्य a. Along the way.
āndhyam आन्ध्यम् [अन्धस्य भावः ष्यञ्] Blindness; तेनेदमान्ध्यं किल नान्धकारैः N.22.35.
āpṛcchya आपृच्छ्य pot. p. 1 To be saluted, welcomed or honoured. -2 Praiseworthy, commendable. -3 Beautiful.
ābudhyam आबुध्यम् Want of discernment, foolishness.
ābhimukhyam आभिमुख्यम् [अभिमुखस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Direction towards; ˚ख्यं याति goes to meet or encounter. -2 Being in front of or face to face; नीताभिमुख्यं पुनः Ratn.1.2. -3 Favourableness.
ābhyantara आभ्यन्तर a. (-री f.) [अभ्यन्तरे भवः अण्] 1 Interior, inner, inward; as आभ्यन्तरो भृत्यवर्ग. -2 One of the two kinds of प्रयत्न or effort giving rise to the vocal sounds. -रः An officer in close contact or specially intimate with the king. RT.8.426. -रिकः An officer connected with harem. Rāmgani Copperplate of Īśvaraghoṣa (Inscriptions of Bengal, p.149).
ābhyavakāśika आभ्यवकाशिक a. (-की f.) Living in the open air.
ābhyavahārika आभ्यवहारिक a. (-की f.) [अभ्यवहाराय हितं ठक्] Eatable (as food &c.).
āyathātathyam आयथातथ्यम् Unfitness, unsuitableness, impropriety; गुणानामायथातथ्यादर्थं विप्लावयन्ति ये Śi.2.56. आयथापुर्यम् āyathāpuryam पूर्व्यम् pūrvyam आयथापुर्यम् पूर्व्यम् The state of being not as formerly.
ārabhya आरभ्य ind. Having begun, beginning with, ever since, since, with a prepositional force (with abl.); मालत्याः प्रथमावलोकदिवसादारभ्य Māl.6.3; Ś.3; K.12,134, 196; sometimes with acc. also; प्रतिपद्दिनमारभ्य Bhāg.
ārghya आर्घ्य a. Relating to this bee. -र्घ्यम् Wild honey.
ārṣabhya आर्षभ्यः [ऋषभः-त्र्य] A steer sufficiently full-grown to be used or let loose, one fit to be castrated.
ālekhya आलेख्य pot. p. To be written, painted &c. -ख्यम् A painting, picture; इति संरम्भिणो वाणीर्बलस्यालेख्यदेवताः Śi.2.67; R.3.15; V.2.1. -2 A writing. -Comp. -लेखा a painting. -शेष a. having nothing left but a painting, i. e. deceased, dead; आलेख्यशेषस्य पितुः R.14.15. समर्पित a. Fixed on a picture, painted; निशीथदीपाः सहसा हतत्विषो बभूबुरालेख्यसमर्पिता इव R.3.15.
āvasathya आवसथ्य a. [आवसथ-त्र्य] Being in a house. -थ्यः The sacred fire kept in the house, one of the five fires used in sacrifices; see पञ्चाग्नि; Bhāg.3.13.37. -थ्यः, -थ्यम् A dwelling for pupils and ascetics. -थ्यम् 1 Placing a sacred fire within a house. -2 A house.
ibhya इभ्य a. [इभं गजमर्हति यत्] 1 Wealthy, opulent, rich; Dk.41. -2 Belonging to one's servants (Ved). भ्रातेव स्वस्रामिभ्यान्न राजा Rv.1.65.7. -भ्यः 1 A king. Ch. Up. 1.1.1. -2 An elephant-driver. -3 An enemy or foe (Sāy.). -भ्या 1 A female elephant. -2 N. of the Olibanum tree, Boswellia Serrata (Mar. कवड्या ऊद). -Comp. -तिल्वि (व) ल a. wealthy, rich.
ibhyaka इभ्यक a Wealthy, rich.
iṣudhyati इषुध्यति Den. P. 1 To contain arrows. -2 To Implore, request, ask. -3 To desire oblations.
ukthya उक्थ्य a. [उक्थमर्हति यत्] 1 Accompanied by praise. -2 Deserving praise or verses. -3 Generator : नाना गोष्ठी विहिता एकदोहनास्तावश्विनौ दुहतो धर्ममुक्थ्यम् Mb.1.3.6. -क्थ्यः 1 A libation at the morning and mid-day sacrifices. -2 N. of a sacrifice forming part of the ज्योतिष्टोम sacrifice. -3 A Soma sacrifice.
ukhya उख्य a. [उखायां संस्कृतं यत्] 1 Dressed or boiled in a pot (as flesh &c.); शूल्यमुख्यं च होमवान् Bk.4.9. -2 Being in a boiler (Ved.). -ख्यः N. of a grammarian.
ucathya उचथ्य a. [उवथ-यत्] Deserving praise; उचथ्ये वपुषि यः स्वराळुत वायो घृतस्नाः Rv.8.45.28.
utathya उतथ्यः N. of a son of Aṅgiras and elder brother of Bṛihaspati. -Comp. -अनुजः, -अनुजन्मन् m. Bṛihaspati, teacher of the gods; तथ्यमुतथ्यानुजवज्जगादाग्रे गदा- ग्रजम् Śi.2.69. -तनयः N. of Gautama. शूद्रावेदी पतत्यत्रेरुत- थ्थतनयस्य च । Ms.3.16.
uddhya उद्ध्यः [P.III.1.115; cf. उज्झत्युदकमिति उद्ध्यः Malli.] N. of a river; तोयदागम इवोद्ध्यभिद्ययोः R.11.8.
upagohya उपगोह्य pot. p. 1 To be embraced. -2 To be taken or seized. -ह्यः 1 An embrace. -2 A kind of fire regarded as impure (and therefore to be hidden).
upagrāhya उपग्राह्य pot. p. To be favoured or retained in service; Mu.5. -ह्यः 1 An offering or present. -2 Particularly, a present or offering to a great man or king; the modern Nazarāṇā.
upasaṃgrāhya उपसंग्राह्य a. To be respectfully saluted, respectable, venerable.
upasaṃdhyam उपसंध्यम् ind. About twilight; उपसंध्यमास्त तनु सानुमतः Śi.9.5.
upalabhya उपलभ्य pot. p. 1 Obtainable. -2 Respectable, commendable, praise-worthy. आरम्भसिद्धौ समयोपलभ्यम् R.
upavāhya उपवाह्यः ह्या 1 A king's riding elephant (male or female); चन्द्रगुप्तोपवाह्यां गजवशाम् Mu.2. -2 A royal vehicle (in general); देवोपवाह्यमक्षय्यं सदा दृष्टिमनःसुखम् Rām.7.15.38.
ūvadhyam ऊवध्यम् Half digested food; Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. उवध्य- गोहं पार्थिवं रवनतात् T. Br.
ūhya ऊह्य Pot. p. 1 Inferable, to be investigated. -2 To be supplied, elliptical.
aikadhyam ऐकध्यम् Singleness of time or occurrence.
aikamukhyam ऐकमुख्यम् 1 Complete ownership (Gīrvāṇa.). -2 Subordination; नीतं चास्मान्प्रति शिथिलतामैकमुख्यं सुराणाम् Mv.2.4.
aikārthyam ऐकार्थ्यम् 1 Sameness of aim or purpose. -2 Consistency in meaning.
aitihyam ऐतिह्यम् Traditional instruction, legendary account; ऐतिह्यमनुमानं च प्रत्यक्षमपि चागमम् Rām.; किलेत्यैतिह्यो (ऐतिह्य is regarded as one of the Pramāṇas or proofs by the Paurāṇika as and reckoned along with प्रत्यक्ष अनुमान &c.; see अनुभव). प्रत्यक्षं ह्येतयोर्मूलं कृतान्तैतिह्ययोरपि Mb.12. 218.27; श्रुतिः प्रत्यक्षमैतिह्यमनुमानं चतुष्टयम् । प्रमाणेप्वनवस्थाना- द्रिकल्पात्स विरज्यते ॥ Bhāg.11.19.17.2. Tradition -a figure of speech; Kuval.123.
oṣṭhya ओष्ठ्य a. [ओष्ठ-यत् Vārt. on P.IV.2.14.] 1 Being at the lips. -2 Belonging to the lips, labial (as the sounds). -Comp. -योनि a. Produced from labial sounds. -स्थान a. Pronounced with lips.
aukhya औख्य a. [उखायां संस्कृतं ष्यञ्] Boiled in a pot (उखा).
autathya औतथ्य औचथ्य a. Belonging to the family of उतथ्य; अहल्या नाम गौतमस्य महर्षेरौचथ्यस्य धर्मपत्नी Mv.1.
autkaṇṭhyam औत्कण्ठ्यम् [उत्कण्ठा-ष्यञ्] 1 Desire, longing for. -2 Anxiety. -3 Intensity; व्रजस्य रामः प्रेमर्धेर्वीक्ष्यौत्कण्ठ्यम- नुक्षणम् Bhāg.1.13.35.
aupanidhya औपनिध्य a. See औपनिधिक; Śukra.2.316.
aupavāhya औपवाह्य a. [उपवाह्य स्वार्थे अण्] 1 Serving for riding on; औपवाह्यं रथं युक्त्वा त्वमायाहि हयोत्तमैः Rām.2.39.1. -2 Drawn for pleasure (as a carriage). -ह्यः 1 A king's elephant. -2 Any royal vehicle. औपवाह्यः कुबेरस्य सार्वभौम इति स्मृतः Rām.4.43.34.
aupasaṃdhya औपसंध्य a. Relating to dawn; N.
aupasthyam औपस्थ्यम् [उपस्थ-ष्यञ्] Cohabitation, sexual intercourse; औपस्थ्यजैह्व्यं बहु मन्यमानः कथं विरज्येत दुरन्तमोहः Bhāg.7.6.13.
aupānahya औपानह्य a. [उपानह्-ञ्य] 1 Used for making shoes. -2 To be tied or bound on (as leather &c.).
auṣṭhya औष्ठ्य a. [ओष्ठ-यत्] Relating to the lip, labial. -Comp. -वर्णः a labial letter; i. e. उ, ऊ, प्, फ्, ब्, भ्, म् and व्. -स्थान a. pronounced with the lips. -स्वरः a labial vowel.
kaṇṭhya कण्ठ्य a. 1 Relating or suitable to, or being at, the throat. -2 Guttural. -Comp. -वर्णः a guttural letter; namely अ, आ, क्, ख्, ग्, घ्, ङ् and ह्. -स्वरः a guttural vowel (अ and आ).
kāniṣṭhyam कानिष्ठ्यम् The position of the youngest.
kābandhyam काबन्ध्यम् The state of being a trunk; इन्द्रास्त्रकृत- काबन्ध्यः पूतो$स्मि भवदाश्रयात् Mv.5.34.
kuṣubhyati कुषुभ्यति Den. P. 1 To throw. -2 To abuse. -3 To despise.
kaimarthyam कैमर्थ्यम् Purpose, reason; सीत तु पारार्थ्ये नैव काचिच्छ- ब्दवृत्तिराश्रयितुं शक्यते । कैमर्थ्ये हि सा कल्प्येत । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2.
koṣṭhya कोष्ठ्य a. [कोष्ठ-य] Proceeding from the chest (as a sound).
kaunakhyam कौनख्यम् Ugliness of nails. -2 The condition of one who has a disease of the nails; सुवर्णचौरः कौनख्यम् Ms. 11.49.
gadhya गध्य a. Ved. To be seized (as booty); ऋज्रा वाजं न गध्यं युयूषन् Rv.4.16.11.
garhya गर्ह्य a. [गर्ह्-ण्यत्] Deserving censure, censurable, blamable; गर्ह्ये कुर्यादुभे कुले Ms.5.149. -Comp. -वादिन् a. speaking ill, speaking vilely.
gārddhyam गार्द्ध्यम् Greediness; पीत्वा जलानां निधिनातिगार्ध्यात् Śi.3.73.
gārhasthyam गार्हस्थ्यम् [गृहस्थस्य भावः कर्म वा ष्यञ्] 1 The order or stage of life of a householder (गृहस्थ); गार्हस्थ्यं चैव याज्याश्च सर्वा गृह्याश्च देवताः Mb.14.7.1. -2 Domestic affairs, household. -3 The five Yajñas to be daily performed by a householder.
gārhya गार्ह्य a. Domestic.
guhya गुह्य pot. p. 1 To be concealed, covered or kept secret, private; गुह्यं च गूहति Bh.2.72. -2 Secret, solitary, retired. -3 Mysterious; Bg.18.63; पुरुषार्थज्ञानमिदं गुह्यम् Sāṅ K.69. -ह्यः 1 Hypocrisy. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 A tortoise. -ह्यम् 1 A secret, mystery; मौनं चैवास्मि गुह्यानाम् Bg.1.38;9.2; Ms.12.117; Pt.2.49; नास्य गुह्यं परे विद्युः छिद्रं विद्यात्परस्य च Kau. A.1.15. -2 A privity, the male or female organ of generation; सगुडं पिष्टरचितं गुह्यरूपं जुगुप्सितम् Ks.2.56. -3 The anus. -4 a private, secret place; मैथुनं सततं धर्म्यं गुह्ये चैव समाचरेत् Mb.12.193.17. -Comp. -गुरुः an epithet of Śiva; (considered as the special teacher of the Tantras). -दीपकः the fire-fly. -निष्यन्दः urine. -पुष्पः the Aśvattha tree ('with concealed blossoms'). -भाषितम् 1 secret speech or conversation. -2 a secret. -मयः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -रुज् f. a disease of the pudenda; Bṛi. S.5.86. -विद्या knowledge of Mantras or mystical incantations; V. P.1.9.117.
guhyakaḥ गुह्यकः 1 N. of a class of demigods, who, like the Yakṣas, are attendants of Kubera and guardians of his treasures; गुह्यकस्तं ययाचे Me.5; Ms.12.47. -2 The number 'eleven'. -Comp. -अधिपतिः, -ईश्वरः an epithet of Kubera.
gṛdhyam गृध्यम् ध्या a. [गृध् कर्मणि क्यप्] Desire, greediness.
gṛdhya गृध्य a. Longed for, greedily desired; गृध्यमर्थमवाप्स्यसि Bk.7.55.
gṛhya गृह्य a. [गृह् क्यप्] 1 To be attracted or pleased, as in गुणगृह्य q. v. -2 Domestic; गृह्याणां चैव देवानां नित्यपुष्पबलि- क्रिया Mb.13.141.43. -3 Not master of oneself, dependent. -4 Tame, domesticated. -5 Situated out-side of; ग्रामगृह्या सेना 'an army out-side a village.' -6 Adhering to the party of, being in close relation to; तमार्यगृह्यम् R.2.33. -7 Perceptible; Śvet. Up.1.13. -ह्यः 1 The inmate of a house. -2 A tame animal or bird. -3 The domestic fire. -ह्यम् 1 The anus. -2 A suburb; L. D. B. -3 A domestic affair; गृह्याणि कर्तुमपि Bhāg.1.8.25. -Comp. -अग्निः a sacred fire which every Brāhmaṇa is enjoined to maintain.
gṛhyaka गृह्यक a. 1 Tame, domestic. -2 Dependent. -कः A tame animal.
gehya गेह्य a. Domestic, being in a house. -ह्यम् 1 Domestic affair. -2 Wealth.
gauhyaka गौह्यक a. Relating to the Guhyakas; Bhāg.1.55.23.
gṛhya गृह्य a. 1 To be taken or received. -2 To be sized. -3 To be observed, perceptible, perceivable. -4 To be acknowledged or admitted. -5 To be trusted or relied on; to be honored. -6 Taking the side of, adopting or choosing as best. -7 Dependent, subservient. -ह्यः The anus.
grāhya ग्राह्य a. [ग्रह् ण्यत्] 1 To be taken or seized &c., see ग्रह्. -2 To be understood; इन्द्रियग्राह्यः Ms.1.7. -3 Acceptable; सा सेवा या प्रभुहिता ग्राह्या वाक्यविशेषतः Pt.1.46. -3 To be received in a hospitable manner. -5 To be admitted in evidence; स्वभावेनैव यद्ब्रूयुस्तद् ग्राह्यं व्यावहारिकम् Ms.8.78. -ह्यम् 1 A present. -2 The object of sensual perception. -ह्यः An eclipsed globe (sun or moon).
cāturvidhyam चातुर्विध्यम् Four kinds (collectively), a four-fold division.
cāritārthyam चारितार्थ्यम् Attainment of an object, successfulness.
jārūthya जारूथ्य a. 1 Praiseworthy; निरर्गलान् सजारूथ्यान् सर्वान् विविधदक्षिणान् Mb.9.49.3. -2 In which three kinds of Dakṣiṇā are given; जारूथ्यान् त्रिगुणदक्षिणानित्यर्जुनमिश्रः Mb. 3.291.7 (com.) -3 Rich in meat or donations of meat; मांसादिदानप्रधानान् पुष्टानित्यर्थः ibid.
jyaiṣṭhyam ज्यैष्ठ्यम् Precedence, priority of birth, primogeniture, seniority. -2 Pre-eminence, sovereignty.
tatprakhyanyāyaḥ तत्प्रख्यन्यायः A मीमांसा rule of interpretaiton according to which an expression is to be considered as नामधेय (name of the याग) if the गुण implied or stated by that expression is found to be stated by another statement. This rule is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.I.4.4.
tathya तथ्य a. [तथा साधु यत्] True, real, genuine; प्रियमपि तथ्यमाह प्रियंवदा Ś.1. -थ्यम् Truth, reality; सा तथ्यमेवा- भिहिता भवेन Ku.3.63; Ms.8.274. -तथ्येन, तथ्यतः ind. According to truth; Ms.8.274; इयं चान्यमते ख्यातिः प्रथते तथ्यतः पुनः Rāj. T.1.323.
tāṭasthyam ताटस्थ्यम् 1 Proximity. -2 Indifference, disregard neutrality; see तटस्थ.
tādarthyam तादर्थ्यम् 1 Identity of aim, object. -2 Relation to. -3 Sameness of meaning. -4 Purpose, aim.
tīrthya तीर्थ्य a. Relating to a sacred place; Vāj.16.42. -र्थ्यः An ascetic.
tucchya तुच्छ्य a. Ved. Void, empty; तुछ्यान् कामान् करते सिष्विदानः Rv.5.42.1.
traividhyam त्रैविध्यम् Three-foldness, three kinds of sorts, triplicity. त्रैविष्टपः traiviṣṭapḥ त्रैविष्टपेयः traiviṣṭapēyḥ त्रैविष्टपः त्रैविष्टपेयः A god; गन्धर्वयक्षासुरसिद्धचारणत्रैविष्ट- पेयादिषु नान्वविन्दत Bhāg.8.8.19.
hya दाह्य a. [दह्-कर्मणि ण्यत्] 1 To be burnt. -2 Combustible
dārḍhyam दार्ढ्यम् [दृढस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Hardness; tightness, firmness. -2 Confirmation, corroboration. -3 Strength, energy.
dālbhya दाल्भ्यः N. of a grammarian.
dohya दोह्य a. [दुह् कर्मणि ण्यत्] To be milked, milkable; Y.2.177. -ह्यम् Milk. -ह्या A cow.
dūḍhya दूढ्य a. Base, low; L. D. B.
dairghyam दैर्घ्यम् र्घम् Length, longness.
daihya दैह्य a. [देहे भवः ष्यञ्] Bodily; तथापि बत मे दैह्यो ह्यात्मा चैवात्मना विभुः Bhāg.1.4.3. -ह्यः The soul (enshrined in the body).
daurgandhyam दौर्गन्ध्यम् Bad or disagreeable smell.
daurlabhyam दौर्लभ्यम् Scarcity, rarity, difficulty of attainment.
dausthyam दौस्थ्यम् Distressed condition; Mahimna 16; कृताग- सापि संधाय दौस्थ्यं तत्याज येदिलः Śiva. B.31.48.
dvaidhyam द्वैध्यम् 1 Duplicity. -2 Diversity, difference. -3 Falsehood.
dvaividhyam द्वैविध्यम् 1 Duality, two-fold nature. -2 Variance, diversity, difference.
dhyai ध्यै 1 P. (ध्यायति, ध्यात; desid. दिध्यासति; pass. ध्यायते) To think of, meditate upon, ponder over, contemplate, reflect upon, imagine, call to mind; ध्यायतो विषयान् पुंसः सङ्गस्तेषूपजायते Bg.2.62; न ध्यातं पदमीश्वरस्य Bh.3.11; पितॄन् ध्यायन् Ms.3.224; ध्यायन्ति चान्यं धिया Pt.1.136; Me.3; Ms.5.47;9.21.
nabhya नभ्य a. Cloudy, misty. -भ्यम् The central part of a wheel; cf. नाभि. तदेतन्नभ्यम् Bṛi. Up.1.5.15.
nābhya नाभ्य a. [नाभि-यत्] Relating to, proceeding from, being in, the navel, umbilical. -भ्यः An epithet of Śiva.
nidhyai निध्यै 1 P. 1 To think of, meditate upon, remember; बिभीषणादिति श्रुत्वा तं निदध्यौ सघूत्तमः Bk.14.65. -2 To meditate deeply upon, look steadfastly or intently at; अङ्गुलीयकं निध्यायन्ती M.1; Śi.8.69;12.4; Ki.1.46;14.58. निदिध्यासः nididhyāsḥ निदिध्यासनम् nididhyāsanam निदिध्यासः निदिध्यासनम् Profound and repeated meditation, constant musing.
nināhya निनाह्यः A water-jar to be put into the ground.
nirgrāhya निर्ग्राह्य a. Perceivable; विदग्धैर्निर्ग्राह्यो न पुनरविदग्धैरतिशयः U.4.21.
nirmanthya निर्मन्थ्य a. 1 To be stirred or churned. -2 To be produced by friction (as fire). -थ्यम् The wood used for producing fire by friction.
nepathyam नेपथ्यम् 1 Decoration, an ornament. -2 Dress, apparel, costume, attire; उदारनेपथ्यभृत् R.6.6; राजेन्द्रनेपथ्य- विधानशोभा 14.9; उज्ज्वलनेपथ्यविरचना Māl.1; Ku.7.7; V.5; न पथ्यं नेपथ्यं बहुतरमनङ्गोत्सवविधौ S. D. -3 Particularly, the costume of an actor; विरलनेपथ्ययोः पात्रयोः प्रवेशो$स्तु M.1. -4 The tiring-room, the space where the actors attire themselves (which is always behind the curtain), the postscenium; नेपथ्ये 'behind the scene'. -Comp. -गृहम् a. toilet-room. -प्रयोगः the art of toiletmaking; one of the 64 kalās. -विधानम् arrangements of the tiring-room; यदि नेपथ्यविधानमवसितम् Ś.1.
nerarthyam नेरर्थ्यम् Senselessness, nonsense.
naiṣṭhyam नैष्ठ्यम् Constancy, steady adherence to rule, firm belief, steadfastness.
pathya पथ्य a. [पथि साधु दिगा ˚यत् इनो लोपः] 1 Salutary, wholesome, beneficial, agreeing with (said of a medicine, diet, advice &c.); अप्रियस्य च पथ्यस्य वक्ता श्रोता च दुर्लभः Rām.; पथ्यं चैषां मम चैव ब्रवीहि Mb.3.4.2; Y.3.65; पथ्यमन्नम् &c. -2 Fit, proper; suitable (in general). -थ्या A road, way. -थ्यम् 1 Wholesome diet; as in पथ्याशी स्वामी वर्तते. -2 Welfare, well being; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यमिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.1.234; -Comp. -अपथ्यम् the class of things that are considered wholesome or hurtful in disease.
parigrāhya परिग्राह्य a. To be treated or addressed kindly.
parisakhyam परिसख्यम् True friendship.
parisabhya परिसभ्यः A member of an assembly.
pāṭhya पाठ्य a. To be recited. -2 To be taught. -म् See पठण; पाठ्ये गेये च मधुरम् (काव्यं रामायणम्) Rām.1.4.8.
pārameṣṭhyam पारमेष्ठ्यम् 1 Supremacy, highest position; Deve Mantra. -2 Royal insignia; पारमेष्ठ्यानुपादाय पण्यान्युच्चावचानि च । पादयोर्न्यपतत् प्रेम्णा प्रक्लिन्नहृदयेक्षणः ॥ Bhāg.9.1.39.
pāriṇāhyam पारिणाह्यम् Household furniture and utensils; पारि- णाह्यस्य चेक्षणे (एनां नियोजयेत्) Ms.9.11.
pāripāṭhyam पारिपाठ्यम् 1 Mode, method, manner (परिपाटि). -2 Regularity.
pārimukhyam पारिमुख्यम् Presence; P.IV.3.58; Vārt.1.
pārīṇahyam पारीणह्यम् Household furniture or utensils.
pinahya पिनह्य ind. Having dressed.
pṛṣṭhya पृष्ठ्य a. Relating to the back. -ष्ठ्यः A packhorse, पृष्ठ्यानामपि चाश्वानां बाल्हिकानां जनार्दनः । ददौ शतसहस्राख्यं कन्याधनमनुत्तमम् ॥ Mb.1.221.51. -ष्ठ्या 1 A mare for draught. -2 An edge on the back of the altar. -ष्ठ्यम् 1 The back-bones. -2 A collection of Sāmans.
prakhya प्रख्य a. 1 Clear, visible, distinct. -2 Looking like, resembling (at the end of comp.); अमृत˚, शशाङ्क˚ &c. -ख्यः the planet Jupiter.
pragṛhyam प्रगृह्यम् 1 A vowel which is not liable to the rules of Sandhi or euphony and which is allowed to be written and pronounced separately; ईदूदेद्द्विवचनं प्रगृह्यम् P.I.1.11 (i. e. the final ई, ऊ and ए of the dual terminations of a word or any grammatical form). -2 Remembrance. -3 A sentence.
pratigrāhya प्रतिग्राह्य a. Acceptable, admissible.
pratyabhilekhyam प्रत्यभिलेख्यम् A counter-document.
pradhyai प्रध्यै 1 P., Ā. 1 To meditate upon, think, reflect, consider. -2 To devise, hit upon.
prapathya प्रपथ्य a. Ved. 1 Being in or on the road. -2 An epithet of Pūṣan.
pralobhya प्रलोभ्य a. To be desired or coveted, attractive, alluring; प्रलोभ्य वस्तुप्रणयप्रसारितः Ś.7.16.
prasahya प्रसह्य ind. 1 Forcibly, violently, by force; प्रसह्य मणिमुद्धरेन्मकरवक्त्रदंष्ट्राङ्कुरात् Bh.2.4; Śi.1.27. -2 Exceedingly, much. -3 Having conquered or won; नाह- मिच्छामि भीष्मेण गृहीतां त्वां प्रसह्य वै Mb.5.175.6; M.1. -4 Instantly, at once; परस्य भूयान् विवरे$भियोगः प्रसह्य संरक्षण- मात्मरन्ध्रे Ki.16.23. -5 Necessarily, absolutely. -Comp. -कारिन् a. acting with violence. -चौरः a plunderer, highwayman. -हरणम् violent or forcible seizure, plundering.
prāgalbhyam प्रागल्भ्यम् 1 Boldness, confidence; निःसाध्वसत्वं प्रागल्भ्यम् S. D. -2 Pride, arrogance. -3 Proficiency, skill. -4 Development, greatness, maturity; बुद्धिप्रागल्भ्य, तमः- प्रागल्भ्य &c. -5 Manifestation, appearance; अवाप्तः प्रागल्भ्यं परिणतरुचः शैलतनये K. P.1. 'which has appeared'. -6 Eloquence; प्रागल्भ्यहीनस्य नरस्य विद्या शस्त्रं यथा कापुरुषस्य हस्ते (where प्रा˚ may mean 'boldness' also); प्रागल्भ्य- मधिकमाप्तुं वाणी बाणो बभूवेति Subhaṣ.; प्रागल्भ्यमभ्यस्तगुणा च वाणी Māl.3.11. -7 Pomp, rank. -8 Resoluteness, determination. -9 Impudence. -Comp. -बुद्धिः boldness of judgment.
prātiśākhyam प्रातिशाख्यम् A grammatical treatise laying down rules for the phonetic changes which words in any Śākhā of the Vedas undergo, and teaching the mode of pronouncing the accents &c. (There exist four Prātiśākhyas, one for the Śākala branch of Ṛigveda, one for each of the two branches of the Yajurveda, and one for the Atharvaveda.)
prādhyayanam प्राध्ययनम् Reading, studying.
prārthya प्रार्थ्य a. 1 To be desired or wished for. -2 Desirable.
bandhya बन्ध्य [बन्ध्-यत्] 1 To be bound or fettered, to be confined or imprisoned; अबन्ध्यं यश्च बध्नाति बद्धं यश्च प्रमुञ्चति Y.2.243. -2 To be joined or bound together. -3 To be formed, built or constructed. -4 Detained, under arrest. -5 (= वन्ध्य) Barren, unproductive, fruitless; useless (said of persons or things); बन्ध्यश्रमास्ते R.16.75; अबन्ध्ययत्नाश्च बभूवुरत्र ते 3.29; Ki.1.33. -6 Not having the menses or menstrual discharge. -7 (At the end of comp.) Deprived or destitute of. -Comp. -फल a. useless, vain, idle.
bādhya बाध्य a. 1 To be pained or troubled. -2 Fit to be opposed or objected to, objectionable, exceptionable. -3 To be annulled. -Comp. -बाधकता the condition of oppressed and oppressor. -रेतस् a. impotent; Kull. on Ms.9.79. बाध्यत्वम् bādhyatvam बाध्यमानत्वम् bādhyamānatvam बाध्यत्वम् बाध्यमानत्वम् Suspension, annulment.
hya बाह्य a. [बहिर्भवः ष्यञ् टिलोपः] 1 Outer, outward, external, exterior, being or situated without; विरहः किमिवानुतापयेद् वद बाह्यैर्विषयैर्विपश्चितम् R.8.89; बाह्योद्यान Me. 7; Ku.6.46; बाह्यनामन् 'the outer name', i. e. the address or superscription written on the back of a letter; अदत्तबाह्यनामानं लेखं लेखयित्वा Mu.1. -2 Foreign, strange; Pt.1. -3 Excluded from, out of the pale of; जातास्तदूर्वोरुपमानबाह्याः Ku.1.36. -4 Expelled from society, outcast; अतो$पि शिष्टस्त्वधमो गुरुदारप्रधर्षकः । बाह्यं वर्णं जनयति चातुर्वर्ण्यविगर्हितम् ॥ Mb.13.48.9. -5 Public; तेषां बाह्यं चारं छत्रभृङ्गारव्यजनपादुकोपग्राहिणः तीक्ष्णाः विद्युः Kau. A.1.12. -ह्यः 1 A stranger, foreigner; त्यक्ताश्चाभ्यन्तरा येन बाह्याश्चाभ्यन्तरीकृताः Pt.1.259; बाह्यः क्षणेन भवतीति विचित्र- मेतत् 5.26. -2 One who is excommunicated, an outcast. -3 A person or community born from प्रतिलोम connection; cf. Ms.1.28-31; प्रतिकूलं वर्तमाना बाह्या बाह्यतरान् पुनः । हीना हीनान् प्रसूयन्ते वर्णान् पञ्चदशैव च ॥ Ms.1.31. -ह्यम्, -बाह्येन, -बाह्ये ind. outside, on the outside, externally -Comp. -अर्थः a meaning external to the sounds or letters forming a word; P.I.1.68 (com.). ˚वादः the doctrine that the external world has a real existence. -कक्षः the outer side (of a house). -करणम् an external organ of sense. -द्रुतिः f. a process in the preparation of quicksilver. -प्रयत्नः (in gram.) the external effort in the production of articulate sounds; P.I.1. 9. (com.). -लिङ्गिन् a heretic. -संभोगः the gratification of sexual passion outside the vulva; Charak. बाह्लकाः bāhlakāḥ बाह्लिकाः bāhlikāḥ बाह्लीकाः bāhlīkāḥ बाह्लकाः बाह्लिकाः बाह्लीकाः m. (pl.) N. of a people. -कः 1 A king of the Bālhikas. -2 A horse of the Balkh breed; काम्बोजविषये जातैर्बाह्लीकैश्च हयोत्तमैः Rām. 1.6.22. -कम् 1 Saffron; ... प्रियाङ्गसंगव्यालुप्तस्तनतटबाह्लिक- श्रियो$पि दृश्यन्ते बहिरबलाः Rām. Ch.7.64. -2 Asa Foetida; अजमोदां च बाह्लीकं जीरकं लोध्रकं तथा Śiva B.3.18.
budhya बुध्य a. 1 Observable, noteworthy. -2 To be awaked or roused.
bodhya बोध्य बोद्धव्य a. To be known or understood; उत्था- योत्थाय बोद्धव्यं महद्भयमुपस्थितम् H. -2 Intelligible, perceivable. -3 To be informed, instructed &c.
bhyas भ्यस् 1 Ā. (भ्यसते) To fear. -Caus. To frighten.
magadhyati मगध्यति Den. P. 1 To surround. -2 To serve, be a slave, attend upon, (as a bard, waiter &c.).
mathya मथ्य a. To be extracted or produced from; अमृतममर- वर्या नाशयत्सिन्धुमथ्यम् Bhāg.8.12.47.
madhya मध्य a. [मन्-यत् नस्य धः Tv.] 1 Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूल- मध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; Ms.2.21. -2 Intervening, intermediate. -3 Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; अग्ऱ्यो मध्यो जघन्यश्च तं प्रवेक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Ms.12.3; प्रारभ्य विघ्नविहता विरमन्ति मध्याः Bh.2.27. -4 Neutral, impartial. -5 Just, right. -6 Mean (in astr.). -ध्यः, -ध्यम् 1 The middle, centre, middle or central part; अह्नः मध्यम् midday; सहस्रदीधितिरलंकरोति मध्यमह्नः Māl. 1 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; सरति सहसा बाह्वोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11 (v. l.); व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -2 The middle of the body, the waist; मध्ये क्षामा Me.84; वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; दधाना बलिभं मध्यं कर्णजाहविलोचना Bk.4.16. -3 The belly, abdomen; मध्येन ... वलित्रयं चारु बभार बाला Ku.1.39. -4 The inside or interior of anything. -5 A middle state or condition. -6 The flank of a horse. -7 Mean time in music. -8 The middle term of a progression. -9 Cessation, pause, interval. -ध्या 1 The middle finger. -2 A young woman, one arrived at puberty. -ध्यम् Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of मध्य are used adverbially. (a) मध्यम् into the midst of, into. (b) मध्येन through or between. (c) मध्यात् out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); तेषां मध्यात् काकः प्रोवाच Pt.1. (d) मध्ये 1 in the middle, between, among, in the midst; स जहार तयोर्मध्ये मैथिलीं लोकशोषणः R.12.29. -2 in, into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. मध्येगङ्गम् into the Ganges; मध्येजठरम् in the belly; Bv.1.61; मध्येनगरम् inside the city; मध्येनदि in the middle of the river; मध्येपृष्ठम् on the back; मध्येभक्तम् a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; मध्येरणम् in the battle; Bv.1.128; मध्ये- सभम् in or before an assembly; N.6.76; मध्येसमुद्रम् in the midst of the sea; Śi.3.33.]. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः, -ला f. the middle finger. -अह्नः (for अहन्) midday, noon; प्रातःकालो मुहूर्तांस्त्रीन् संगवस्तावदेव तु । मध्याह्नस्त्रिमुहूर्तं स्यात् ...... Dakṣasamhitā. ˚कृत्यम्, ˚क्रिया a midday rite or observance. ˚कालः, ˚वेला, ˚समयः noontime, midday. ˚स्नानम् midday ablution. -आदित्यः the mid-day sun. -उदात्त a. having the उदात्त accent on the middle syllable. -कर्णः a radius. -क्ष्मामा N. of a metre. -ग a. being or going in the middle or among. -गत a. central, middle, being in the middle. -गन्धः the mango tree. -ग्रहणम् the middle of an eclipse. -छाया mean or middle shadow. -जिह्वम् the organ of the palatals. -ज्या the sign of the meridian. -तमस् n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness. -तापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -दन्तः a front tooth. -दिनम् (also मध्यंदिनम्); मध्यंदिने$र्धरात्रे च Ms.7.151. 1 midday, noon. -2 a midday offering. -दीपकम् a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g; गरुडानिलतिग्मरश्मयः पततां यद्यपि संमता जवे । अचिरेण कृतार्थमागतं तममन्यन्त तथाप्यतीव ते ॥ Bk.1.25. -देशः 1 the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. -2 the waist. -3 the belly. -4 the meridian. -5 the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत्प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः स कीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21. -देहः the trunk of the body, the belly. -निहित a. inserted, fixed into. -पदम् the middle word. ˚लेपिन् see मध्यमपदलोपिन्. -परिमाणम् the middle measure (between an atom and infinitude). -पातः 1 communion, intercourse. -2 (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect. -प्रविष्ट a. one who has stolen into another's confidence; Ks. -भः (in astr.) the meridian ecliptic point. -भागः 1 the middle part. -2 the waist. -भावः 1 middle state, mediocrity. -2 a middling or moderate distance. -मणिः the principle or central gem of a necklace. -यवः a weight of six white mustard-seeds. -योगिन् a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः f. midnight. -रेखा the central or first meridian; (the line supposed to be drawn through लङ्का, उज्जयिनी, कुरुक्षेत्र and other places to the mount मेरु). -लग्नम् the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian. -लोकः the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः a king. -वयस् a. middle-aged. -वर्तिन् a. 1 middle, central. -2 being among or in the middle. (-m.) an arbitrator, a mediator. -वृत्तम् the navel. -शरीर a. 1 having a middle-sized body. -2 one of moderately full habit. -सूत्रम् = मध्यरेखा q. v. -स्थ a. 1 being or standing in the middle, central. -2 intermediate, intervening. -3 middling. -4 mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. -5 impartial, neutral; सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थ- द्वेष्यबन्धुषु ... समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -6 indifferent, unconcerned; अन्या मध्यस्थचिन्ता तु विमर्दाभ्यधिकोदया Rām. 2.2.16; मध्यस्थो देशबन्धुषु Pt.4.6; वयमत्र मध्यस्थाः Ś.5. (-स्थः) 1 an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -स्थता 1 intermediate position. -2 middle state or character. -3 mediocrity. -4 arbitration, mediatorship. -5 impartiality; मध्यस्थतां गृहीत्वा भण M.3 'say impartially'; मध्यस्थतानैकतरोपहासः N. -6 indifference. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the middle or centre. -2 the middle space or region. -3 the waist. -4 the hip; कुचौ मरिचसंनिभौ मुरजमध्यमध्यस्थली Udb. -स्थानम् 1 the middle station. -2 the middle space; i. e. air. -3 a neutral region. -स्थित a. central, intermediate. -ता indifference. -स्वरित a. having the स्वरित accent on the middle syllable.
madhyakam मध्यकम् A common property, common belonging; मध्यकं हीदं दम्पत्योर्धनम् ŚB. on MS.6.1.17; मध्यकं स्यात् कृत्स्नं फलम् इति ŚB. on MS.6.2.1.
madhyatas मध्यतस् ind. 1 From the middle or midst, out of. -2 Among, between.
madhyaṃdina मध्यंदिन a. 1 Middle, central. -2 Meridional, belonging to noon (also मध्यंदिनीय). -नम् 1 The midday (the third division of the day out of five); अथ यत् संप्रति मध्यंदिने Ch. Up.2.9.5. -2 The time of the day between 16 to 2 Ghaṭakās; मध्यंदिने विष्णुररीन्द्रपाणिः Bhāg.6.8.2.
madhyanya मध्यन्य a. 1 Occupying a middle station. -2 Having a middle rank or position (in any caste &c.).
madhyama मध्यम a. [मध्ये भवः म] 1 Being or standing in the middle, middle, central; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19; मध्यमोपलम् Ki.9.2; so मध्यमलोकपालः, मध्यमपदम्, मध्यमरेखा q. q. v. v. -2 Intermediate, intervening; नाप्नोद्यो$यं मध्यमः प्राणस्तानि ज्ञातुं दध्रिरे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -3 Middling condition or quality, mediocre; as in उत्तमाधममध्यम. -4 Middling, moderate; तेन मध्यमशक्तीनि मित्राणि स्थापितान्यतः R.17.58. -5 Middle-sized. -6 Neither youngest nor oldest, the middleborn (as a brother); प्रणमति पितरौ वां मध्यमः पाण्डवो$यम् Ve.5.26; ततो$र्धं मध्यमस्य स्यात् तुरीयं तु यवीयसः Ms.9.112. -7 Impartial, neutral. -8 Mean (in astr.). -9 Belonging to the meridian. -मः 1 The fifth note in music. -2 A particular musical mode. -3 The mid-land country; see मध्यदेश. -4 The second person (in grammar). -5 A neutral sovereign; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -6 the middle-most prince; मध्यमस्य प्रचारं च विजिगीषोश्च चेष्टितम् Ms.7.155. -7 the middle character in plays. -8 The governor of a province. -9 An epithet of Bhīma; (cf. मध्वमव्यायोग). -मा 1 The middle finger. -2 A marriageable girl, one arrived at the age of puberty. -3 The pericarp of a lotus. -4 One of the classes of heroines (Nāyikās) in poetic compositions, a woman in the middle of her youth; cf. S. D. 1. -5 A central blossom. -मम् 1 The middle. -2 The waist; तदैव यन्न दग्धस्त्वं धर्षयंस्तनुमध्यमाम् Rām.6.111.24. -3 The defectiveness. -4 (In astr.) The meridian ecliptic point. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः the middle finger. -आगमः one of the four Āgamas; Buddh. -आहरणम् (in alg.) elimination of the middle term in an equation. -उत्खातः a particular division of time. -उपलः = मध्यमणिः q. v.; मध्यमोपलनिभे लसदंशौ Ki.9.2. -कक्षा the middle courtyard. -खण्डम् the middle term of an equation. -गतिः (in astr.) the mean motion of a planet. -ग्रामः (in music) the middle scale. -जात a. middle-born. -पदम् the middle member (of a compound). ˚लेपिन् m. a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the middle word is omitted in composition; the usual instance given is शाकपार्थिवः which is dissolved as शाकप्रियः पार्थिवः; here the middle word प्रिय is omitted; so छायातरु, गुडधानाः &c. -पाण्डवः an epithet of Arjuna. -पुरुषः the second person (in grammar). -पूरुषः a mediocre person. -भृतकः a husbandman or cultivator (who works both for himself and his master or landlord). -यानम् the middle way to salvation. -रात्रः midnight. -राष्ट्रकम् a variety of diamonds; Kau. A.2.11.29. -रेखा the central meridian of the earth. -लोकः the middle world, the earth. ˚पालः a king; तां ...... अन्वग्ययौ मध्यमलोकपालः R.2.16. -वयस् n. middle age. -वयस्क a. middle-aged. -संग्रहः intrigue of a middling character, such as sending presents of flowers &c. to another's wife; it is thus defined by Vyāsa :-प्रेषणं गन्धमाल्यानां धूपभूषणवाससाम् । प्रलोभनं चान्नपानैर्मध्यमः संग्रहः स्मृतः ॥ -साहसः the second of the three penalties or modes of punishment; see Ms.8. 138. (-सः, -सम्) an outrage or offence of the middle class. -स्थ a. being in the middle.
madhyamaka मध्यमक a. (-मिका f.) 1 Middle, middle-most. -2 Common (property &c.). -कम् The interior of anything.
madhyamikā मध्यमिका A girl arrived at puberty, a marriageable woman.
madhyamīya मध्यमीय a. Middle, central.
māghyam माघ्यम् The flower of the kunda creeper.
mādhya माध्य a. [मध्य-अण्] Central, middle.
mādhyaṃdina माध्यंदिन a. (-नी f.) 1 Midday, meridional. -2 Middle, central. -नः 1 N. of a branch of Vājasaneyins. -2 N. of an astronomical school which fixed the starting point of planetary movements at noon. -नम् A branch of the शुक्ल or white Yajurveda (followed by the Mādhyandinas).
mādhyama माध्यम a. (-मी f.) [मध्यम-अण्] Belonging to the middle portion, central, middle, middlemost.
mādhyamaka माध्यमक a. (-मिका f.) माध्यमिक a. (-की f.) Middle, central. -काः (m. pl.) 1 N. of a people or their country in the central part of India. -2 N. of a Buddhist school; भगवत्पूज्यपादाश्च शुष्कतर्कपटूनमून् । आहुर्माध्यमिकान् भ्रान्तानचिन्त्ये$स्मिन् सदात्मनि ॥ Pañchadaśī 2.3.
mādhyastha माध्यस्थ a. Indifferent, impartial, neutral. माध्यस्थम् mādhyastham माध्यस्थ्यम् mādhyasthyam माध्यस्थम् माध्यस्थ्यम् 1 Impartiality; निर्माध्यस्थ्याच्च हर्षाच्च बभाषे दुर्वचं वचः Rām.2.11.11. -2 Indifference. unconcern; अभ्यर्थनाभङ्गभयेन साधुर्माध्यस्थ्यमिष्टे$प्यवलम्बते$र्थे Ku.1.52; कैवल्यं माध्यस्थ्यम् Sāṅ. K.19. -3 Intercession, mediation.
miyedhya मियेध्य a. Partaking of sacrificial offering.
mukhya मुख्य a. [मुखे आदौ भवः यत्] 1 Relating to the mouth or the face; अथ ह य एवायं मुख्यः प्राणः Ch. Up.1.2.7; Ms.5.141. -2 Chief, principal, foremost, first, preeminent, prominent; चन्दनस्य च मुख्यस्य पादपैरुपशोभितम् Mb.12.169.8; द्विजातिमुख्यः, वारमुख्या, योधमुख्याः &c. -3 Foremost, recited first; मुख्येन वा नियम्येत MS.1.5.6 (where explaining मुख्य, शबर writes मुख्यत्वं नाम रथन्तरस्य प्रथमाधीतत्वम्). -ख्यः A leader, guide. -ख्यम् 1 A principal rite or ordinance. -2 Reading or teaching the Vedas. -3 The month reckoned from new moon to new moon. -4 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्व-मीमांसा); मुख्यभेदे यथाधिकारं भावः स्यात् MS.7.1.1 (where शबर explains मुख्य by अपूर्व). -Comp. -अर्थः the primary or original (as opp. गौण) meaning of a word. -उपायाः the four chief stratagems (साम, दान, भेद and दण्ड). -क्रमः the order of the principal act; मुख्यक्रमेण वाङ्गानां तदर्थत्वात् MS.5.1.14. -चान्द्रः the chief lunar month. -नृपः, नृपतिः a sovereign monarch, paramount sovereign. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime minister.
mukhya मुख्यता त्वम् Pre-eminence, first rank or position. मुख्यशः mukhyaśḥ मुख्यतः mukhyatḥ मुख्यशः मुख्यतः ind. Chiefly, principally, above all.
medhya मेध्य a. [मेध्-ण्यत्, मेधाय हितं यत् वा] 1 Fit for a sacrifice; अजाश्वयोर्मुखं मेध्यम् Y.1.194; Ms.5.54. -2 Relating to a sacrifice, sacrificial; मेध्येनाश्वेनेजे; R.13. 3; उषा वा अश्वस्य मेध्यस्य शिरः Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. -3 Pure, sacred, holy; भुवं कोष्णेन कुण्डोघ्नी मध्येनावमृथादपि R.1.84; 3.31;14.81. -4 Ved. Fresh, strong, vigorous. -5 Wise, intelligent. -ध्यः 1 A goat. -2 A Khadira tree. -3 Barley (according to Medinī). -ध्या 1 N. of several plants (केतकी, शङ्खपुष्पी, रोचना, शमी &c.). -2 The gallstone of a cow (रोचना). -3 A particular vein.
maukhyam मौख्यम् Precedence, superiority.
maugdhyam मौग्ध्यम् [मुग्ध-ष्यञ्] 1 Silliness, foolishness. -2 Artlessness, simplicity, innocence. -3 Charm, beauty.
maudhyam मौध्यम् Uselessness.
mauḍhyam मौढ्यम् 1 Ignorance, stupidity, folly; हित्वार्चां भजते मौढ्याद् भस्मन्येव जुहोति सः Bhāg. -2 Childishness. -3 Spiritual folly. -4 Swoon, stupor.
maurkhyam मौर्ख्यम् [मूर्ख-ष्यञ्] Folly, stupidity.
yāthātathyam याथातथ्यम् 1 Reality, truth. -2 Rectitude, propriety.
yāthārthyam याथार्थ्यम् 1 Real or correct nature, truth, true character; न सन्ति याथार्थ्यविदः पिनाकिनः Ku.5.77; याथार्थ्यं वे कस्तव R.1.24. -2 Justness, suitableness. -3 Accomplishment or attainment of an object.
yūthya यूथ्य a. [यूथ-यत्] 1 Belonging to a troop or herd (at the end of comp.); सिंहेन क्रुद्धेन यथाश्वयूथ्या महाबला भीम- बलेन तद्वत् Mb.8.89.8. -2 Belonging to a herd or flock, being at the head of a herd. -थ्या A herd, flock.
rathya रथ्यः [रथं वहति यत्] 1 A chariot-horse; धावन्त्यमी मृगजवाक्षमयेव रथ्याः Ś.1.8; Śi.4.14. -2 A part of a chariot. -Comp. -चयः a team of horses. -विरथ्यः N. of Śiva.
labhya लभ्य a. [लभ्-कर्मणि यत्] 1 Capable of being acquired or obtained, attainable, obtainable, to be reached; प्रांशुलभ्ये फले लोभादुद्बाहुरिव वामनः R.1.3;4.88; Ku.5. 18. -2 To be found; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4. -3 Fit, suitable, proper. -4 Intelligible. -5 To be furnished or provided with; Mb.13.
lābhya लाभ्य a. = लाभार्ह; लभ्यो लाभ्यः स्याद्बलिभ्यः प्रशस्तः Mb.13.1.28.
likhya लिख्यः A nit, the egg of a louse; cf. लिक्षा.
lekhya लेख्य a. [लिख्-ण्यत्] To be drawn, written, painted, scratched &c.; शैली दारुमयी लौही लेप्या लेख्या च सैकती । मनोमयी मणिमयी प्रतिमाष्टविधा स्मृता ॥ Bhāg.11.27.12. -ख्यम् 1 The art of writing. -2 Writing, transcribing; चकार यत्नं द्रुपदः सुतायाः सर्वकर्मसु । ततो लेख्यादिषु तथा शिल्पेषु च परंतप ॥ Mb.5.189.1. -3 A writing, a letter, document, manuscript. -5 An inscription. -6 Painting, drawing. -7 A painted figure. -Comp. -आरूढ, कृत a. committed to writing, done in writing. -गत a. painted, drawn in picture. -चूर्णिका a paint-brush, writing-pencil. -पत्रम्, -पत्रकम् 1 a writing, letter, document. -2 a palm-leaf. -प्रसंगः a document. -स्थानम् a writing place.
lekhyaka लेख्यक a. Written, epistolary.
lehya लेह्य a. To be licked, to be eaten by licking, to be lapped up. -ह्यम् 1 Anything to be eaten by licking (as an article of food), a lambative; nectar. -2 Food in general.
lohyam लोह्यम् Brass.
vadhya वध्य a. 1 To be killed or slain. -2 Sentenced to be killed. -3 Vulnerable. -4 To be subjected to corporeal punishment, to be corporeally punished -ध्यः 1 A victim, one seeking his doom; अद्यापि बध्यमानां वध्यः को नेच्छति शिखां मे Mu.1.9. -2 An enemy. -Comp. -दिण्डिमः, -पटहः a drum beaten at the time of execution. -पालः a jailer. -भूः, -भूमिः f., -स्थलम्, -स्थानम् a place of execution. -माला a garland of flowers placed on a person who is about to be executed. -वासस् the clothes of a criminal who has been executed; वध्यांश्च हन्युः सततं यथाशास्त्रं नृपाज्ञया । वध्यवासांसि गृह्णीयुः शय्याश्चाभरणानि च ॥ Ms.1.56. -शिला 1 an executioner's block, scaffold. -2 a slaughter-house.
vandhya वन्ध्य [Uṇ.4.121], वन्ध्या See बन्ध्य, बन्ध्या; यत्र वन्ध्य- फला वृक्षा विपुष्पा पर्णवर्जिताः Rām.4.48.8.
vahyam वह्यम् 1 A carriage. -2 A vehicle or conveyance in general; तेन वह्येन हन्तासि त्वमर्यं पुरुषाशिनाम् Bk.6.51. -ह्या The wife of a Muni.
vāllabhyam वाल्लभ्यम् Being beloved or favourite.
hya वाह्य 1 See बाह्य. -2 a. Dwawn, driven, conveyed; Mb.12.193.21. -ह्यः A beast of burden, an ox &c. -ह्यम् A carriage.
vitathya वितथ्य a. False; see above.
vindhya विन्ध्यः [विदधाति करोति भयम् Uṇ.4.121] 1 N. of a range of mountain which separates Hindustan proper from the Deccan or south; it is one of the seven Kulaparvatas (q. v.) and forms the southern limit of Madhyadeśa; see Ms.2.21. [According to a legend, the Vindhya mountain, being jealous of the mount Meru (or Himālaya) demanded that the sun should revolve round himself as about Meru, which the sun declined to do; whereupon the Vindhya began to rise higher and higher so as to obstruct the path of the sun and moon. The gods being alarmed sought the aid of the sage Agastya, who approached the mountain and requested that by bending down he would give him an easy passage to the south, and that he would retain the same position till his return. This Vindhya consented to do (because according to one account, he regarded Agastya as his teacher); but Agastya never returned from the south, and Vindhya never attained the height of Meru.] -2 A hunter. -न्ध्या 1 N. of a plant (लवली). -2 Small cardamoms. -3 A measure of time (त्रुटि); L. D. B. -Comp. -अटवी the great Vindhya forest. -कूटः, -कूटनम् epithets of the sage Agastya. -गिरिः the Vindhya range of hills; also विन्ध्याचल, विन्ध्याद्रि. -वासिन् m. an epithet of the grammarian व्याडि. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā.
vivāhya विवाह्यः 1 A son-in-law. -2 A bridegroom.
viśodhya विशोध्य a. To be purified, cleansed or corrected. -ध्यम् A debt.
viṣahya विषह्य a. 1 Endurable, bearable; अविषह्यव्यसनेन धूमिताम् Ku.4.3; R.6.47. -2 Possible to be settled or determined; सीमायामविषह्यायां स्वयं राजैव धर्मवित् Ms.8. 265. -3 Possible. -4 Resistible, conquerable; किं नाम लोकेषु विषह्यमस्ति कृष्णस्य सर्वेषु सदेवकेषु Mb.3.12.17.
vedhyam वेध्यम् A butt, target.
vaitathyam वैतथ्यम् Falseness.
vaidhyataḥ वैध्यतः A door-keeper of Yama.
vaimukhyam वैमुख्यम् 1 Turning away the face, flight, retreat; वैमुख्यं चकृमेत्युच्चैरूचुर्दशमुखान्तिके Bk.9.15. -2 Aversion, disgust.
vaiyarthyam वैयर्थ्यम् Uselessness, unproductiveness; सखे वैयर्थ्य- मिव चक्षुषः U.2.
vaiyākhyam वैयाख्यम् An explanation; इतिहासाः सवैयाख्या विविधाः श्रुतयो$पि च । इह सर्वमनुक्रान्तमुक्तं ग्रन्थस्य लक्षणम् ॥ Mb.1.1.5.
vaivāhya वैवाह्य a. 1 Nuptial. -2 Fit for marriage; अस्मद्वैवाह्य- कुलजः को$पि विप्रदारकः Dk.2.5. -ह्यम् Nuptial solemnity.
vyadhya व्यध्यः 1 A butt, target, a mark to aim at. -2 A bow-string.
śāṭhyam शाठ्यम् [शठस्य भावः ष्यञ्] (a) Dishonesty, perfidy, guile; trickery, fraud, villainy; आजन्मनः शाठ्यमशिक्षितो यः Ś.5.25; दाक्षिण्यं स्वजने दया परजने शाठ्यं सदा दुर्जने Bh.2.22. (b) Art, skill, cunning; देव्या निह्नोतुमिच्छोरिति सुरसरितं शाठ्यमव्याद्विभोर्वः Mu.1.1.
śībhya शीभ्यः 1 A bull. -2 N. of Śiva.
śaikhya शैख्य a. Pointed. शैघ्रम् śaighram शैघ्र्यम् śaighryam शैघ्रम् शैघ्र्यम् [शीघ्र-ष्यञ्] 1 Quickness, rapidity. -2 The equation of the second epicycle.
śraiṣṭhyam श्रैष्ठ्यम् Superiority, pre-eminence, excellence.
ślāghya श्लाघ्य [श्लाघ्-ण्यत्] Praised, praiseworthy; श्लाघ्यान्वयेति नयनोत्सवकारिणीति Māl.6.17; U.4.9,13. -2 Respectable, venerable. -3 Laudable, commendable.
sakhyam सख्यम् [सख्युर्भावः यत्] 1 Friendship, intimacy, alliance; मुमूर्च्छ सख्यं रामस्य समानव्यसने हरौ R.12.57; तस्यैव मे सौहृदसख्यमैत्री Bhāg.1.81.36; समानशीलव्यसनेषु सख्यम् Subhāṣ. -2 Equality. -सख्यः A friend.
saṃkhyam संख्यम् War, battle, fight; एकमुक्त्वार्जुनः संख्ये रथोपस्थ उपाविशत् Bg.1.47; संख्ये द्विषां वीररसं चकार Vikr.1.68. 7; Ve.3.25; Śi.18.7; Māl.8.9.
saṃkhyaka संख्यक a. (At the end of comp.) Numbering, amounting to; शतसंख्यका नराः &c.
sadhyañc सध्यञ्च् a. (-सध्रीची f.) [सहाञ्चति; cf. P.VI.3.95] 1 Going along with, associated with, accompanying. -2 Right, correct; क्षेमस्य सध्र्यग्विमृशेषु हेतुः Bhāg.4.22.21. -m. A companion (husband); सध्रीचा वलयितपद्मनालसूत्रः Śi.8.44.
sanābhya सनाभ्यः A relation as far as the 7th degree; न च तत् कर्म कुर्वाणः सनाभ्यो$प्यशुचिर्भवेत् Ms.5.84.
saṃdehya संदेह्य a. Doubtful; यस्यानुवित्तः प्रतिबुद्ध आत्मा$स्मिन् संदेह्ये गहने प्रविष्टः Bṛi. Up.4.4.13. -ह्यः The body.
saṃdhya संध्य a. 1 Being on the point of junction; संध्यं तृतीयं स्वप्नस्थानं तस्मिन् संध्ये स्थाने तिष्ठन् Bṛi. Up.4.3.9. -2 Based on संधि, euphonic combination.
saṃnāhya संनाह्यः A war-elephant; Mātaṅga L.8,17.
sabhya सभ्य a. [सभायां साधु यत्] 1 Belonging to an assembly. -2 Fit for society. -3 Refined, polished, civilized. -4 Well-bred, polite, civil, courteous; तस्मै सभ्याः सभार्याय गोप्त्रे गुप्ततमेन्द्रियाः R.1.55; Ku.7.29. -5 Confidential, trusty, faithful. -भ्यः 1 An assessor. -2 An assistant at an assembly. -3 A person of honourable parentage; प्रायेणाल्पायुषः सभ्य कलावस्मिन् युगे जनाः Bhāg. 1.1.1. -4 The keeper of a gaming-house. -5 The servant of the keeper of a gaming-house. -6 N. of one of the five sacred fires; सभ्यावसथ्यं चितयो$सवो हि ते Bhāg.3.13.37.
sabhya सभ्यता त्वम् Politeness, good manners or breeding.
samabhyarcanam समभ्यर्चनम् Worshipping, reverencing.
samūhya समूह्यः A kind of sacrificial fire.
sayūthya सयूथ्यः One of the same flock or tribe.
sasaṃdhya ससंध्य a. Evening, vespertine.
sahya सह्य a. 1 Bearable, supportable, endurable; अपि सह्या ते शिरोवेदना Mu.5; M.3.4. -2 To be borne or endured; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरिदानीं तु विरहः U.3.44. -3 Able to bear. -4 Adequate or equal to. -5 Sweet, agreeable. -6 Strong, powerful. -ह्यः N. of one of the seven principal mountain ranges in India, a part of the western Ghāts at some distance from the sea; रामास्रोत्सारितो$प्यासीत् सह्यलग्न इवार्णवः R.4.53,52; Ki.18.5. -ह्यम् 1 Health, convalescence. -2 Assistance. -3 Fitness, adequacy. -Comp. -आत्मजा N. of the river Kāverī.
sāṃsiddhyam सांसिद्ध्यम् Perfect attainment; सांसिद्ध्यमक्ष्णोस्तव दर्शनान्नः Bhāg.3.21.13.
sākhyam साख्यम् Friendship.
sāṃkathyam सांकथ्यम् Talk, conversation.
sāṃkhya सांख्य a. [संख्यया निर्वृत्तम् अण्] 1 Relating to number. -2 Calculating, enumerating. -3 Discriminative. -4 Deliberating, reasoning, a reasoner; त्वं गतिः सर्वसांख्यानां योगिनां त्वं परायणम् Mb. -ख्यः, -ख्यम् N. of one of the six systems of Hindu philosophy, attributed to the sage Kapila; (this philosophy is so called because it 'enumerates' twentyfive Tattvas or true principles; and its chief object is to effect the final emancipation of the twenty-fifth Tattva, i.e. the Puruṣa or soul, from the bonds of this worldly existence-the fetters of phenomenal creation -by conveying a correct knowledge of the twenty-four other Tattvas and by properly discriminating the Soul from them. It regards the whole universe as a development of an inanimate principle called Prakṛiti q. v, while the Puruṣa is altogether passive and simply a looker-on. It agrees with the Vedānta in being synthetical and so differs from the analytical Nyāya or Vaiśeṣika; but its great point of divergence from the Vedānta is that it maintains two principles which the Vedānta denies, and that it does not admit God as the creator and controller of the universe, which the Vedānta affirms); सांख्यमिव कपिला- धिष्ठितम् K. -रूयः 1 A follower of the Sāṁkhya philosophy; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3; 5.5. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -Comp. -कारिका N. of a collection of 72 verses by Īśvara-Kriṣṇa. -प्रसादः, -मुख्यः epithets of Śiva.
sādhya साध्य a. [साध्-णिच् यत्] 1 To be effected or accomplished, to be brought about; साध्ये सिद्धिर्विधीयताम् H.2. 15. -2 Feasible, practicable, attainable. -3 To be proved or demonstrated; आप्तवागनुमानाभ्यां साध्यं त्वां प्रति का कथा R.1.28. -4 To be established or made good. -5 To be inferred or concluded; अनुमानं तदुक्तं यत् साध्य- साधनयोर्वचः K. P.1. -6 To be conquered or subdued, conquerable; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपातसाध्यः Ku.3.15; चतुर्योपाय- साध्ये तु रिपौ सान्त्वमपक्रिया Pt.3.27. -7 Curable. -8 To be killed or destroyed. -ध्यः 1 A particular class of celestial beings; साध्यानां च गणं सूक्ष्मम् Ms.1.22; विराट्- सुताः सोमसदः साध्यानां पितरः स्मृताः Ms.3.195; Mb.1.1. 35. -2 A deity in general. -3 N. of a Mantra. -ध्यम् 1 Accomplishment, perfection. -2 The thing to be proved or established, the matter at issue. -3 (In logic) The predicate of a proposition, the major term in a syllogism; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घाटेतं ... &c.; यत् साध्यं स्वयमेव तुल्यमुभयोः पक्षे विरुद्धं च यत् Mu.5.1. -4 Silver. -Comp. -अभावः the absence of the major term. -ऋषिः an epithet of Śiva. -पक्षः the plaint in a law-suit. -व्यापक a. (in logic) invariably inherent in that which is to be proved. -समः an assertion identical with the point to be proved. -साधनम् effecting what has to be done. -सिद्धिः f. 1 accomplishment. -2 conclusion. ˚पादः judgment, decision.
sādhya साध्यता 1 Feasibility, practicability. -2 Curableness. -Comp. -अवच्छेदकम् that which marks out or measures the साध्य or major term, its characteristic property.
sādhyavat साध्यवत् m. The party on whom rests the onus probandi or burden of proof in a law-suit. -n. That which contains the साध्य or the major term.
sānāthyam सानाथ्यम् Assistance, aid; Dk.2.8. सानिका sānikā सानियिका sāniyikā सानेयी sānēyī सानिका सानियिका सानेयी A pipe, flute.
sāṃdhya सांध्य a. (-ध्यी f.) 1 Relating to the twilight or evening; साध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38; Ki. 5.8; R.11.6; Śi.9.15. -2 Relating to the morning twilight or dawn. सांनहनिक sānnahanika सांनाहिक sānnāhika सांनहनिक सांनाहिक a. (-की f.) 1 Bearing or putting on an armour; सांनाहिको यदा राजन् राजन्यो$थ पशुः शुचिः Bhāg.9.7.14. -2 Calling to arms, encouraging to prepare for battle; शैलकटकतटभिन्नरवः प्रणनाद सांनहनिको- $स्य वारिजः Śi.15.72; अकृतार्थश्च भीतश्च न च सांनाहको हतः Mb.7.71.11. -कः An armour-bearer.
sāṃnidhyam सांनिध्यम् 1 Vicinity, proximity; वदनामलेन्दुसांनिध्यतः Māl.3.5. -2 Presence, attendance; परिकल्पितसांनिध्या काले काले च वन्दिषु R.4.6;7.3; Ku.7.33.
sābhyasūya साभ्यसूय a. Envious, jealous.
sāmarthyam सामर्थ्यम् 1 Power, force, capacity, ability, strength; निन्दन्तस्तव सामर्थ्यं ततो दुःखतरं नु किम् Bg.2.36. -2 Sameness of aim or object. -3 Oneness of meaning or signification. -4 Adequacy, fitness. -5 The force or sense of words, the signifying power of a word. -6 Interest, advantage. -7 Wealth. (सामर्थ्यात्, सामर्थ्ययोगात् 'by the force of, on the strength of, by dint of, by reason of, as a consequence of'.)
sāṃmukhyam सांमुख्यम् 1 Presence. -2 Favour, countenance, propitiousness. -3 The state of being in front; न सांमुख्ये गुरोः स्थेयम् Śukra.3.142.
sārathyam सारथ्यम् The office of a charioteer, charioteership, coachmanship.
hyam साह्यम् 1 Conjunction, union, fellowship, society, -2 Assistance, help. -Comp. -कृत् m. a companion.
sidhya सिध्यः The asterism Puṣya; सिध्यतारामिव ख्यातां शबरी- मापतुर्वने Bk.6.59.
saukhyam सौख्यम् Pleasure, happiness, satisfaction, felicity, enjoyment. -Comp. -दायकः Phaseolus Mungo (Mar. मूग). -शायनिकः, -शायिकः see सौखशायनिकः; Mb.14.7.7 (com. सुखावहं सौख्यं शयनं इति पृच्छन्ति ते सौख्यशायनिकाः).
saugandhyam सौगन्ध्यम् Sweetness of odour, fragrance, perfume.
saumukhyam सौमुख्यम् Gentle appearance; cheerfulness; सौमुख्य- तस्तु श्रियमस्य केचिद् वैपुल्यमाशंसिपुरायुषश्च Bu. Ch.3.11; सौमुख्यमुख्यभवनं सौहार्दैकवितर्दिका Viś. Guṇa.55.
saurabhya सौरभ्यः N. of Kubera; L. D. B.
saurabhyam सौरभ्यम् 1 Fragrance, odour, sweet scent; सौरभ्यं भुवनत्रये$पि विदितम् Bv.1.38; पुनाना सौरभ्यैः G. L.43; R. 5.69. -2 Agreeableness, beauty. -3 Good character, reputation, glory, fame. [Dr. Kṣitīśachandra Chatterjee writes in Mañjūṣā, "Like चापल and चापल्य, both सौरभ and सौरभ्य are found in Sanskrit, but Pāṇini has made provision for both चापल and चापल्य by including the word चपल both in the युवादि group and in the ब्राह्मणादि group. सुरभि is included in neither of these groups but comes under the purview of the rule इगन्ताच्च लघुपूर्वात् and so the only form sanctioned by Pāṇini is सौरभ. It would appear that सौरभ्य came into use later on after the analogy of सौगन्ध्य.]
saulabhyam सौलभ्यम् 1 Easiness of acquisition. -2 Feasibility, facility, ease.
snaigdhyam स्नैग्ध्यम् 1 Unctuousness, oiliness, lubricity. -2 Tenderness, fondness. -3 Smoothness, blandness.
spardhya स्पर्ध्य a. 1 Desirable. -2 Valuable; शयनं तत्र संक्लृप्तं स्पर्ध्यास्तरणसंवृतम् Mb.1.47.7.
spṛhya स्पृह्य स्पार्य a. Desirable, enviable; किं ते कामाः सुर- स्पार्हा मुकुन्दमनसो द्विजाः Bhāg.1.12.6. -स्पृह्यः The wild citron tree.
sphyam स्फ्यम् 1 A sword-shaped implement used in sacrifices; Ms.5.117; Y.1.184. -2 A kind of oar; (नौका) शुभस्फ्यवेगाभिहता शीघ्रं सलिलमत्यगात् Rām.2.52.81. -Comp. -वर्तनिः the furrow made by this implement.
svāsthyam स्वास्थ्यम् 1 Self-reliance, selfdependence. -2 Fortitude, resoluteness, firmness; स्वास्थ्यं भद्र भजस्वार्य त्यज्यतां कृपणा मतिः Rām.4.1.12. -3 Sound state, health. -4 Prosperity, well-being, confortableness. -5 Ease. satisfaction, spirits; लब्धं मया स्वास्थ्यम् Ś.4.
Macdonell Vedic Search
24 results
abudhyamāna á-budhya-māna, pr. pt. unawakening, iv. 51, 3 [budh wake].
avyathya a-vyathyá, gdv. immovable, ii. 35, 5 [vyath waver].
asma asmá, prn. stem of 1. prs. pl.; A. asmá̄n us, viii. 48, 3. 11; x. 15, 5; D. asmábhyàm to us, i. 85, 12; x. 14, 12; asmé to us, i. 160, 5; ii. 33, 12; Ab. asmád from us, ii. 33, 2; vii. 71, 1. 2; than us, ii. 33, 11; G. asmá̄kam of us, vi. 54, 6; L. asmé in or on us, ii. 35, 4; iv. 50, 10. 11; viii. 48, 10; asmá̄su on us,iv. 51, 10.
ṛdh ṛdh thrive, V. P. ṛdhnóti. ánu- bring forward, op. 2. s. ṛdhyās, viii. 48, 2.
ebhyas e-bhyas, D. pl. to them, x. 34, 8 [prn. root a].
krudh krudh be angry, IV. P. krúdhyati; red. ao. inj. cukrudhāma, ii. 33, 4.
khyā khyā see: no present; a ao. ákhyat. abhí- perceive, vii. 86, 2. ví- survey, i. 35, 5. 7. 8; x. 127, 1.
gamadhyai gám-a-dhyai, dat. ínf. (of gam) to go, i. 154, 6.
gṛdh gṛdh be greedy, IV. P. gṛ́dhyati; a ao. ágṛdhat, x. 34, 4.
ta Tá, dem. prn., that; he, she, it; n. tád that, i. 1, 6; 35, 6; 154, 2. 5. 6; ii. 35, 11. 15; iv. 51, 10. 11; vii. 86, 2. 3. 4; 103, 5. 7; x. 34, 12. 13; 90, 12; 129, 2. 3. 4; 135, 5; m. A. tám him, ii. 33, 13; 35, 3. 4; iv. 50, 1. 9; vi. 54, 4; that, x. 90, 7; 135, 4; I. téna with it, viii. 29, 4. 10; with him, x. 90, 7; I. f. táyāwith that, i. 85, 11; D. tásmai to him, iii. 59, 5; iv. 50, 82; x. 34, 12; for him, x. 135, 2; to that, viii. 48, 12. 13 (= as such); x. 168, 4; for that, viii. 48, 10; ab. tásmād from him, x. 90, 5. 8. 93. 103;than that, x. 129, 2; G. tásya of him, ii. 35, 9; iii. 59, 4; of that, viii. 48, 8; x. 15, 7; du. m. táu these two, x. 14, 12; f. té these two, i. 160, 1. 5; D. tá̄bhyām to those two, x. 14, 11; pl. N. m. té they, i. 85, 2. 7. 10; viii. 48, 5; x. 15, 3. 53. 12. 13; those, x. 15, 1; 90, 16; = as such, x. 15, 4. 7; f. tá̄s they,iv. 51, 8; those, iv. 51, 72. 9; vii. 49, 1. 2. 3. 4; n. tá̄ those, i. 154, 6; ii. 33, 13; x. 14, 16; tá̄ni those, i. 85, 12; x. 90, 16; A. tá̄n those = that, x. 90, 8; I. tébhis with them, i. 35, 11; x. 15, 8. 14; f. tá̄bhiswith them, x. 168, 2; G. téṣām of them, x. 14, 6; L. tá̄su in them, ii. 33, 13.
tubhya túbhya, D. (of tvám) to thee, v. 11, 5 [cp. Lat. tibi].
tubhyam túbhyam, D. (of tvám) for thee, iv. 50, 3; v. 11, 5; (angry) with thee, vii. 86, 3; = by thee, vii. 86, 8.
nah nah bind, IV. náhya. sám- knit together: irr. pf. 2. pl. anāha, viii. 48, 5.
pad pád, foot, du. ab. padbhyá̄m, x. 90, 12. 14 [Gk. ποδ-, Lat. ped-, Eng. foot].
pratibudhyamāna prati-búdhyamāna, pr. pt. awaking towards (acc.), iv. 51, 10.
bhyas bhyas = bhī fear, I. Ā. bhyásate, ii. 12, 1.
madhya mádhya, a. middle, vii. 49, 1. 3; x. 15, 14 [Lat. mediu-s].
madhyama madhya-má, spv. a. middlemost, x. 15, 1.
mahyam má-hyam, prs. prn. D. to me, x. 34. 1. 2 [cp. Lat. mihi].
yudhyamāna yúdhya-māna, pr. pt. Ā. fighting; m. fighter, ii. 12, 9 [yudh fight].
yuvam yuv-ám, prs. prn. N. you two, vii. 71, 5; dat. yuvábhyām to you two, vii. 61, 7 [= yū- + am].
randh randh make subject, IV. P. rádhya: red. ao., ii. 33, 5.
vimadhya ví-madhya, m. middle, iv. 51, 3.
sya syá, dem. prn. that, ii. 33, 7 [OP. hya, f. hyā; OG. f. siu].
Macdonell Search
320 results
aṅgavikāra m. bodily defect; -vidyâ, f. palmistry; -vyathâ, f. bodily pain; -samskâra, m. adornment of the person; -sam-â-khyâyam, abs. naming the limbs; -sparsa, m. bodily contact, with(saha); -hâ ra, m. gesticulation; -hîna, pp. deficient in a limb: -tva, n. want of a limb.
atimada m. violent excitement; -madhyamdina, n. exactly noon.
ativāta m. violent wind; -vât salya, n. extreme tenderness; -vâda, m. hard word, insult; -vâhya, n. passing (the night).
adṛṣṭa pp. unseen; unknown; invisible; unexpected; unsanctioned; n. the invisible, fate; -karman, a. inexperienced in (lc.); -kâma, m. love for one not yet seen; -kârita, pp. caused by fate; -nara, -purusha, a. concluded without an intermediary (alliance); -para-sâmarthya, a. not having experienced an enemy's power; -pûrva, a. never seen, unknown before; -rûpa, a. of unknown appearance; -viraha-vyatha, a.not having experienced the pangs of separation.
adya ad. to-day, now: adya½eva, this very day; adya½api, even to-day: w. neg. not even yet; -pûrvam, -yâvat, hitherto; --prabhriti, -½ârabhya, from to-day onwards.
adhikāra m. superintendence, administration, control, authority; office, post, dignity; sovereignty; eligibility; claim to (lc.); striving, endeavour for (lc.); chapter (on, --°ree;); heading rule to be supplied with following rules till a new section (gr.); -purusha, m. official; -vat, m. id.; -stha, a. official, in office; -½âdhya, a. invested with authority.
analpa a. not a little, much; -tva, n. strength; -½abhyasûya, a. greatly incensed with (lc.).
anirvācya fp. inexpressible; -vâna, pp. unextinguished, unended; un tamed, wild; -vâhya, gd. without executing.
anugraha m. favour: -krit, a. giving satisfaction; -na, n. showing favour; -½artham, ad. in favour of; î-kri, make a token of favour; -grâhaka, a. favouring, furthering; m. sup porter; -grâhya, fp.deserving favour; fa voured by (g.); -ghatana, n. continuation.
anudhāvana n. running after; cleansing; -dhyâna, n. meditation; -dhyâ yin, a. reflecting; indulging in longing; -dhye ya, fp. to be reflected on.
anubandha m. attachment; continuity; series; posterity; consequence; motive; mute letter (gr.); indispensable element: -na, n. uninterrupted series; -bandhin, a. connected with (--°ree;); extensive; lasting long: (i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -bala, n. rear (of an army); -bodha, m. noticing, perceiving; reviving an evaporated smell; -bodhya, fp. to be recognised; to be made acquainted with.
anurakta pp. devoted, attached, fond; -rakti, f. attachment, fondness; -rañg aka, a. gratifying; -rañgana, n. gaining the affection of; -rathyâ, f. footpath, pavement; -râga, m. colouring; redness; affection; at tachment; fondness for (--°ree;); contentment: -vat, a. red; fond; enamoured of (saha): -î, f. N.: -sri&ndot;gâravatyau, du. f. Anurâgavatî and Sri&ndot;gâravatî; -râgi-tâ, f. attachment; -râ gin, a. attached to; worldly; enamoured; lovely; -râtram, ad. by night.
anoratha m. pl. carts and war chariots; -vâhyã, fp. to be conveyed in carts; n. cart-load: -m, ad. by the cart-load.
aneka a. more than one, various: pl. many, several; -tva, n. plurality; -dhâ, ad. into many parts; in many ways; -pa, m. elephant; -pitrika, m. pl. grandsons with dif ferent fathers; -buddhi, f. manifold concep tion (ph.); -yuddha-vigayin, a. victorious in many battles; -rûpa, a. manifold, multi form; -vigayin, a. frequently victorious; -vidha, a. manifold: -tva, n. abst. n.; -sas, ad. in large numbers; repeatedly; -sam-saya½ukkhedin, a. dispelling many doubts; -samsthâna, a. having various forms, vari ously disguised; -sa&ndot;khya, a. very numerous.
apadravya n. bad ware; -dh&asharp;, f. hiding-place; -dhûma, a. smokeless: -tva, n. -ness; -dhyâna, n. disfavour, malice; -dhvam sá, m. degradation: -ga, m. child of a mixed marriage; -dhvasta,pp. degraded.
aprakāśat pr. pt. invisible; -kâsita, pp. not manifested; -ketá, a. indis tinguishable, formless; -galbha, a. cowardly, faint-hearted; -grihya, a. not being a pragri hya vowel.
apratikāra a. irremediable; -kârya, fp. id.; -kûla, a. not resisting (g.); ready for (lc.); obedient; -krita, pp. against which nothing has been done; -gata, pp. whom one cannot go to meet; -grâhya,fp. that may not be accepted.
abhilaṅghana n. overleaping (g.); infringement; -la&ndot;ghin, a. overstepping, infringing (--°ree;); -lashanîya, -lashya, fp. de sirable; -lashita, pp. n. desire, wish.
abhyadhika a. superfluous, ad ditional; better, superior; greater, stronger, exceeding, more by (in., ab., --°ree;); dearer than (--°ree;); excellent, extraordinary: -m, ad. highly, very, extraordinarily; -½adhyayana, n. study at a place (--°ree;).
abhyarthana n., â, f. begging; -½arthanîya, fp. to be requested; -arthita, pp. n. request; -arthin, a. asking for (--°ree;); -arthya, fp. to be requested; -árdha-yag van, a. receiving special offerings;-arhana, n. homage, adoration; -arhanîya, fp. vener able: -tâ, f. venerableness.
amara a. (â, î) immortal; m. god; -garbha, m. divine child; -guru, m. Brihas pati, the planet Jupiter; -tatinî, f. river of the gods, Ganges; -taru, m. a certain tree; -tâ, f., -tva, n. divinity; immortality; -dat ta, m. N.; -druma, m. tree of the gods, Pârigâta; -dvish, m. Asura; -paksha-pâtin, m. friend of the gods; -pati-kumâra, m. son of Indra (Gayanta); -parvata, m. N. of a mtn.; -pura, n., î, f. city of the gods; -prakhya,a. like an immortal; -prabha, a. bright as an im mortal; -prârthita, pp. wooed by immortals; -mrigî-dris, f. A psaras.
arthapati m. rich man; king; -para, a. intent on money, niggardly; -pâ rushya, n. rigidness in money matters; -pâ la, m. N. of a man; -prayoga, m. usury; -bandha, m. significant words; -matta, pp.purse-proud; -mâtra, n., â, f. wealth, money.
avadhya fp. inviolable: -vyavasâ ya-vâhya, a. foreign to the resolve that no thing should be killed; -tâ, f. inviolable ness; -tva, n., -bhâva, m. id.
aśvasthāna n. stable; -hridaya, n. knowledge of horses; -½adhyaksha, m. master of the horse; -½anîka, n. cavalry army.
aśvattha m. [standing-place (ttha for stha) for horses], sacred fig-tree; -tthâman, m. N. of a son of Drona; -da, -d&asharp;, a. giving horses; -pâda, m. N. of a Siddha; -pâ dâta-sârameya-maya, a. (î) consisting of horses, pedestrians, and dogs; -pâla, m. groom; -prishtha, n. horseback; -pluta, n. horse's leap; -budhna, a. borne by steeds; -budh ya, a. characterised by horses; -mandurâ, f. stable; -mukhá,m. Kimnara; î, f. Kimnara's wife; -medhá, m. horse-sacrifice; N.; -yúg, a. yoking or yoked with horses; f. sg. & du. N. of a lunar mansion; -râga, m. king of horses (Ukkaihsravas); -râdhas, a. horse equipping; -vat, a.rich in horses; -vâra, m. horseman; -vrishá, m. stallion; -sâlâ, f. stable; -sâdá, -sâdin, m. rider; -sâra thya, n. training of horses and charioteering; -sena, m. N. of a serpent demon.
asaṃpatti f. failure; -pâthya, fp. not to be made a fellow-student; -pâda yat, cs. pr. pt. not effecting; -pûrna, pp. deficient; wanting in (in.); -prâpta, pp. not arrived; still wanting; unattained; unful filled.
asaṃbhava m. destruction; absence, lack; impossibility, inadmissibility, absurdity; a. not being born again; having no material body; not occurring, impossible, absurd; -bhavyám, ad. irretrievably;-bhâv anâ, f. incredulity; disrespect; -bhâvayat, pr. pt. thinking impossible; -bhâvita, pp. uncompleted; inconceivable; unworthy of (g.): -½upamâ, f. simile in which an impos sibility is assumed; -bhâvya, fp. inconceiv able: -m, ad. irretrievably; -bhâshana, n. not addressing; -bhâshâ, f. no conversation with (in.); -bhâshya, fp. not to be conversed with, not suitable for a conference; -bhinna, pp. not broken through; -bhrita, pp. not made, natural; -bhoga, m. non-enjoyment; -bhogya, fp. with whom it is not lawful to eat; -bhrânta, pp. unbewildered, calm: -m, ad.
ātmayājin a. sacrificing oneself; -yoni, m. ep. of Kâma & Vishnu; -rakshana, n. self-protection; -lâbha, m. one's own advantage; attainment of life, birth; -vat, ad. like oneself; a. animate; self-controlled; sensible; personal: w. sruta, n.=knowledge of men: -tâ, f. self-control; -vadha, m., -va dhyâ, f. suicide; -varga, m. one's own party; -vasa, a. depending on oneself; -vasya, a. that one has in one's power; -vikraya, m. selling one's freedom; -vit-tâ, f. self-knowledge; -víd, a. knowing the universal soul; -vidy&asharp;, f. knowledge of the universal soul; -vidhitsâ, f. selfishness; -vivriddhi, f. self-aggrandisement; -vrittânta,m. n. account of oneself; -vritti, f. one's own condition.
ābhijana a. patronymic; -gâtî, f., -gâtya, n. nobility; -gñânika, a. relating to cognition; -dhânika, m. lexicographer; -plavika, a. belonging to the abhiplava; -mukhya, n. direction towards (ac., g., --°ree;); -râmika, a. amiable; -sheka, -shekanika, a. (î) referring to the inauguration of a king.
āryāvarta m. land of the Âryans (between Himâlaya and Vindhya): pl. its in habitants.
ārya a. (â or î) belonging to the faith ful, of one's own tribe; honourable, noble; m. Âryan (Vedic Indian); man of the first three castes; man of worth: voc. sir, friend; â, f.; Âryâ verse; a metre; -ka, m. man of worth; N. of a king; -guna, m. noble quality; -grihya, a. siding with the noble; -ketas, a. noble-minded; -gana, m. Âryans, honourable people; -gushta, pp. approved by the honourable; -tâ, f., -tva, n.honourableness; -dâsî, f. N.; -duh itri, f. daughter of a noble (honorific mode of addressing a female friend); -desa, m. dis trict inhabited by Âryans; -desya, a. coming from an Âryan district; -putra, m. son of an Âryan,honorific designation of (1) son of person addressed; (2) husband; (3) sovereign; -prâya, a. inhabited chiefly by Âryans; -buddhi, a. noble-minded; -bhata, m. N. of two astronomers: î-ya, n. work composed by Ârya bhata.
iṣaya den. P. Â. be fresh or active; refresh; quicken: inf. ishayádhyai.
uccairabhijana a. of high de scent; -ukkaih-sravas, m. the exalted Uk kaih-sravas; -ukkais-tarâm, ad. higher and higher; -gati, f. ascent; -dvish, a. having mighty foes; -dhâman, a. of exalted splen dour; -bhâshana or -bhâshya, n. loud talk; -bhuga, a. having uplifted arms.
upasaṃgamana n. sexual intercourse; -graha, m. clasping (e. g. the feet in token of respect); taking (a wife): -na, n. clasping; respectful salutation by clasping the feet; -grâhya, fp. whose feet should be clasped.
upālabdhavya fp. to be blam ed; -labhya, fp. id.; -lambha, m. reproach, blame, censure: -na, n. id.
uśīnara m. pl. N. of a people in Madhyadesa; sg. king of the Usînaras.
ṛtukāla m. properseason; period of the menses; the days immediately following suitable for conception; -gush, a. f. be ing in the days favourable for conception; -th&asharp;, ad. regularly; -páti,m. lord of seasons; duly; exactly; -parna, m. N. of a king of Ayodhyâ; -mát, a. observing regular sea sons: -î, f. marriageable; being at the period suitable for conception; -râga, m. spring; -li&ndot;ga, n. characteristic mark of a season; -sás, ad. duly; -samhâra, m. collection of the seasons: T. of a poem by Kâlidâsa; -samaya, m. time favourable for conception; -snâtâ, pp. f. having bathed after menstrua tion, prepared for sexual intercourse.
ekala a. one, the one; alone; -lak shya-tâ, f. being the sole aim; -lavyâ, f. N. of a town; -vakaná, n. singular (gr.); -vat, ad. like one, as if one were concerned; -vad bhâva, m. presenting itself as a unity; -var- na, a. having one and the same colour; -vasana, a. clothed with but one garment; -vastra, a. id.: -tâ, f. possession of but one garment, -½ardha-samvîta, pp. clothed in half a single garment; -vâram, ad. only once, once more; at once; some time or other; -vâsa, a. living in the same place; -vâsas, a. wearing but one garment; -vimsá, a. (&isharp;) 21st; consisting of 21; -vimsaka, a. (ikâ) 21st; n. 21; -vimsat, f. pl. 21; -vimsati,f. sg. pl. (é-) id.: -tama, a. 21st; -vidha, a. (é-) simple; identical; -vîrá, m. incompar able hero; -vriksha, m. isolated tree; one and the same tree; -vrishá, m. single bull, sole ruler; -veni, î, f. single braid of hair (token of mourning); a. consisting of a single braid; (î)-dharâ, a. f. wearing a single braid: -tva, n. abst. n.; -vesmán, n. a single build ing; -vrata, a. devoted to one only; faithful, obedient.
ekapatikā a. having the same husband; -patni-tâ, f. having one wife in common; -patnî, f. (é-) wife of any one man, faithful spouse; a. pl. having one and the same husband; -pád (or é-), strong base -pâd, f. -padî, a. one-footed; -pada, n. one and the same spot: -m, lc. at once, suddenly, in a trice; a. (é-) one-footed; only one step long: -m, ad. in short; -padâ, f. verse consisting of one pâda; -padî, f. foot-path; -pará, a. marked with one point (die); -pâna, m. single wager or stake; -pâtin, a. isolated, separate; connected: pl. taken together; -pâda, m. one foot; a. (é-) one-footed; -pârthiva, m. sole monarch; -pi&ndot;ga, m.(quite brown) ep. of Kubera: -la, m. id.: -½akala, m. Kubera's mountain, i. e. the Himavat; -pîta, a. quite yellow; -prakhya, a. homogeneous; uniform; -phala, a. bearing the same fruit as (--°ree;); -buddhi, a.unanimous; simple-minded; m. N. of a fish; f. simple conception (ph.); -bhakta, pp. serving or kept by one master; n. eating one meal a day; -bhakti-ka, a. taking only one meal a day; -bhaksha, m. sole food; -bhâva, m.simplicity, straightforwardness, sincerity; a. having one and the same nature; honest, sincere; behaving uprightly towards (g.); -bhâvin, a. becoming one, coalescing; -bhû- ta, pp. undivided; closely attentive; -bhû mi½îsvara, m. sole ruler of earth; -bhogin, a. eating only once a day; -mati, f. unanimity; concentration of mind; a. unanimous; -manas, a. having the mind fixed on one object, attentive (sts. --°ree;); unanimous; -maya,a. (î) consisting exclusively of, quite filled with (--°ree;); -mukha, a. superintended by one; -mûrti, f. one person; -mûla, a. having a single root.
ekādhika a. increased by one; -½adhípa, m. sole sovereign; -½adhyâyin, a. studying alone.
aikadhyam ad. at once, together; -patya, n. sole dominion over (g.); -matya, n. unanimity; -mukhya, n. agreement; -râg ya, n. sole dominion; -râtrika, a. remaining a night; -rûpya, n. uniformity; identity.
katividha a. of how many kinds? -sa&ndot;khya, a. of what number?
karmātman a. whose nature is action; -½anta, m. completion of work; busi ness, public affairs, management; -½antika, m. labourer, artisan: -loka, m. labourers; -½abhyâsa, m. practice of a rite.
kariṣṇu a. doing, performing (--°ree;); -ishyat, ft. pt. future.
kaṣṭa pp. bad; heavy, severe; miser able; forced, unnatural; pernicious, danger ous; n. evil, misfortune, misery (kashtât kashtataram, worst of all evils): -m, in., ab., °ree;--, with difficulty, only just; -m, ij. woe! often w. dhik or hâ dhik; -tapas, a. doing severe penance; -tara, cpv. most dangerous or pernicious; -labhya, fp. hard to obtain; -½adhika, a. worse.
kālaśāka m. a plant; -samrodha, m. protracted retention; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. com putation or determination of time; -sarpa, m. a. black snake; -sûtra, n. noose of the god of death; m. n. (also -ka),N. of a hell; -harana, n. loss of time; -hâra, m. id.; gain of time.
kimadhikaraṇa a. directed to what? -abhidhâna, a. how named? -ar tha, a. having what purpose? -m, ad. for what purpose? wherefore? -âkhya, a. how named? -âdhâra, a. relating to what?
kulayoṣit f. virtuous woman; -râgadhânî, f. royal capital; -vat, a. of noble race; -vardhana, m. support of a family; -vidyâ, f. knowledge hereditary in the family; -vrata, n. family practice (religious or moral): -dhara, a. maintaining the family virtue; -sî la-vayo-vritta-vitta-vat, a. of good family, character, age, conduct, and means; -sikharin, m., -saila, m.=kula-parvata; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. be ing accounted of good family; -samgata, m. ac quaintance of the family; -samtati, f. progeny; -samnidhi, m. presence of many persons: lc. in the presence of witnesses; -samudbhava, a. sprung of a noble house; -sevaka, m.excel lent servant; -stamba, m. family like a bunch of grass; -strî, f. virtuous woman; -sthiti, f. family usage; -hîna, pp. of ignoble race.
kuśiṣya m. bad pupil: -sishya, m. bad pupil as a pupil.
kūṭa a. hornless (cattle); deceptive; spurious; concealed; invidious; -ka, a. false (coin); n. prominence; -karman, n. fraud; -kâraka, m. forger, false-witness; -krit, m. forger (of, g.); briber; -kkhadman,m. sharper, cheat; -tâpasa, m. counterfeit ascetic; -tulâ, f. false balance; -pâkala, m. elephant's fever; -pâsa, m. snare, trap; -bandha, m. id.; -yuddha, m. treacherous fight; -rakanâ, f. fraud; trap, snare; -lekha, m., -lekhya, n. forged document; -sâlmali, m. f. fabulous cotton shrub with sharp thorns employed to torture criminals in Yama's realm; -sâsana, n. forged edict: -kartri, m. forger of edicts; -sâkshin, m. false-witness; -stha,a. occupy ing the highest place, chief; being in the midst of (--°ree;); immovable, immutable; -svarna, n. counterfeit gold.
kṛcchrakarman n. distress, trouble; -kâla, m. time of distress or danger; -gata, pp. distressed, endangered; practising penance; -tâ, f. dangerousness; -patita, pp. fallen into distress; -prâna,a. whose life is in danger; eking out one's existence with difficulty; -sâdhya, fp. difficult of accom plishment.
kṛtāṅka a. branded; -½añgala, a. having the palms joined in supplication to (d.); -½âtithya, a. having practised hospi tality; hospitably entertained; -½âtman, a. whose mind is cultivatedor purified; -½âdara, a. treated with due respect; -½anuvyâdha, a. filled with (in.); -½anta, a. making an end, decisive; m. matter, affair, case; fate; Death, Yama; system, doctrine: -nagarî, f. city of Yama, -samtrâsa,m. N. of a Râkshasa; -½antara, a. having made one's way to (g.); -½anná, n. cooked food; -½aparâdha, a. hav ing committed an offence against (g.); -½abhi sheka, a. hvg. performed a religious ablution; consecrated;-½abhyâsa, a. kept to one's studies (by, --°ree;); -½artha, a. having attained his object; satisfied: -tâ, f., -tva, n. satisfaction.
kauṭa a. fraudulent, false; -sâkshin, m. false-witness; -sâkshya, n. false evidence.
kosala m. N. of a country: pl. its people; â, f. capital of Kosala, i. e. Ayodhyâ; -gâ, f. born in Kosala, ep. of Râma's mother; -videhá, m. pl. the Kosalas and the Videhas.
gaṇādhipati m. ep. of Siva; Ganesa; -½adhîsa, m. Ganesa; -½adhyaksha, m. id.; -½anna, n. food coming from a corpora tion; -½abhyantara, m. member of a corpo ration.
guṇakarman n. unessential secondary action; remote object (gr.); -ka lusha, n. coalescence of the three fundamental qualities; -kritya, n. function of a bow-string; -gana, m. multitude of excel lences; -grihya, a. appreciating excellences; -grahana, n. recognition of merit, eulogy; -grâma, m. multitude of virtues; -grâhin, a. appreciating merit; -ghâtin, a. detract ing from merit; -kkheda, m. breaking of the ropeand disappearance of virtue; -gña, a. recognising merits: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -tantra, a. guided by virtue; -tas, ad. conformably to the fundamental qualities; with regard to good qualities; -tâ, f. subordinateness; ex cellence; -tyâgin, a. forsaking virtue; -tva, n. consistency of a rope; accessoriness; excel lence; -deva, m. N. of a pupil of Gunâdhya.
guṇākara m. mine of virtues; -½aguna, m. pl. virtues and faults; -½âdhya, m. N. of a poet; -½antara, n. another quality: -m vrag=attain superior excellence: -½âdhâ na, n. contributing something on one's own part=caring for (g.); -½anvita, pp. endowed with good qualities; auspicious (constellation); -½abhilâshin, a. desirous of virtues.
goyāna n. car drawn by oxen or cows; cart; -yukta, pp. yoked with oxen or cows; -yuga, n. couple of oxen, -animals; -raksha-ka, a. tending cattle, cattle-breed ing; m. cowherd; -rakshâ, f. tendingor keeping of cattle, cattle-breeding, pastoral life; -rakshya, n. id.; -rambha, m. N.; -ra sa, m. cow's milk; -rokanâ, f. gall-stone in cows; -roman, n. cow's hair.
citraka m. small hunting leopard (Cheeta); n. mark (--°ree;, a. characterised by); picture, painting; -kara, m. painter (a mixed caste); -karman, n. painting; picture; adornment (Pr.); -kûta, m. hill of pleasure; (Bright-peak), N. of a mountain (in Bun delkund, now Kitrakote); N. of a town; -krit, m. painter; -kritya, n. painting; -ga, a., -gata, pp. (belonging to a picture), painted; -gupta, m. N. of a recorder of human actions in Yama's realm; -griha, n. apartment adorned with pictures; -grâvan, a. stony; -grîva, m. Spotted-neck, N. of a pigeon king; -nyasta, pp. put on canvas, painted; -paksha, m. (spotted-wing), kind of pigeon; N. of a demon causing headache; -pata, m. picture; -patta, m. id.: -gata, pp. painted; -putrikâ, f. female portrait; -phalaka, picture-panel, painting; (á)-bhânu, a. shining brightly; m. fire, Agni; -bhâshya, n. eloquence; -bhitti,f. painted wall, wall-painting; -mriga, m. spotted antelope.
cirakāra a. slow, tardy; dilatory; -kâr-i, -kâr-in, a. id.: i-ta, f., i-tva, n. tardi ness, dilatoriness; -kâla, a. belonging to the olden time; m. long time: -m, °ree;--, for a long time; ab. after a long time; on account of the long interval; -krita, pp. long practised; -gîvin, a. long-lived; m. N. of a crow; -dâ tri, m. N. of a prince; -nirvâhya, fp. tak ing a long time to carry out.
cirāyuṣa a. granting long life; -½âyushya, a. destined to live long: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½âyus, a. long-lived.
jyotiḥṣṭoma m. (Praise of Light), kind of Soma sacrifice (which consists of four, Agnishtoma, Ukthya, Shodasin, and Atirâtra, or seven parts: the same and Atyag nishtoma, Vâgapeya, and Âptoryâma).
tattva n. (that-ness), very essence, true nature, truth, reality; principle (esp. one of the 25 in the Sâ&ndot;khya philosophy); in the Vedânta philosophy the word is artificially analysed into &open;tat tvam,&close; that (art) thou, as expressing the identity of the multiform phenomenal world (tvam) with the one undifferentiated invisible Brahma (tad): in., -tas, °ree;--, in reality; truly; exactly; thoroughly.
tanudāna n. giving up the body; scanty gift; -bhâva, m. slenderness, scanti ness; -bhrit, m. embodied being, esp. human being; -mat, a. possessing a body; -madhya, n. waist; a. slender-waisted; -madhyama, a. slender-waisted; -ruha, n. feather; -sam gama, m. personal union.
tamogā a. moving in darkness; -ghna, a. darkness dispelling; m. sun; -nuda, a. dispelling darkness; m. sun; moon; -&zip;paha, a. dispelling darkness or ignorance; m. moon; -bhûta, pp.involved in darkness or darkness incarnate; stupid, foolish; -mani, m. fire-fly; -maya, a. (î) consisting of or involved in darkness; m. one of the five forms of Avidyâ in the Sâ&ndot;khya; -&zip;ri, m. sun (enemy of darkness): -vivara, n.(?) window; -vâsas, n. garb or robe of darkness.
tamas n. (sg. & pl.) darkness; gloom of hell; N. of a hell; eclipse=Râhu; error, ignorance; delusion; Darkness (one of the three fundamental qualities (gunas) incident to creation; in the Sâ&ndot;khya philosophy one of the five forms of Avidyâ).
tarka m. supposition, conjecture; re flexion, speculation; speculative doctrine, philosophical system (of which there are six, the Pûrvaand Uttara-Mîmâmsâ, Nyâya, Vaiseshika, Sâ&ndot;khya, and Yoga); refutation, reductio ad absurdum (in logic); -gñâna, n. knowledge derived from speculation; -vid, m. philosopher, dialectician; -vidyâ, -sâstra, n. science of thought; -samgraha, m. T. of a manual on the Nyâya system.
turaga m. horse: î, f. mare; -pari- kâraka, m. groom; -mukha, m. (having a horse's face), a Kimnara; -vâhyâlî, f. course for horses.
taiṣa a. (î) relating to the lunar man sion Tishya; m. N. of a month; î, f. day of full moon in the month Taisha.
taittirīya m. pl. N. of a school of the Yagur-veda: -ka, a. belonging to the school of the Taittirîyas; -prâtisâkhya, n. Prâtisâkhya of the Taittirîyas; -yagur-veda, m. the Yagur-veda of the Taittirîyas;-sâkhâ, f. the school of the Taittirîyas; -samhitâ, f. the Samhitâ of the Taittirîyas; -½âranyaka, n. an Âranyaka of the Taittirîyas; -½upani shad, f. the Taittirîya Upanishad.
triśaṅku m. N. of an ancient sage and of a king of Ayodhyâ, raised to the stars as the Southern Cross: -tilaka, a. adorned with the Southern Cross: â dis, f.=the South; -satá, a. 103; 300; 300th; consisting of 300; n. 300; -sâkha, a. having three branches; -sikha, a. three-crested, three-pronged, shap ed like a trident; n. trident; -sikhara, a. three-peaked; -siras, a. three-headed; three-peaked; m. N. of aRishi with the patrony mic Tvâshtra, reputed author of RV. X, viii; N. of a Râkshasa slain by Râma; -sîrsha, -sîr shán, a. three-headed; -sûla, n. trident; a. wielding the trident (Siva).
trisatya n. triple oath; -samdhya, n. the three diurnal junctures (sunrise, noon, sunset): -m, ad. at the time of the three Sam dhyâs; a. relating to the three Samdhyâs; -savana, a. & n.=tri-shavana; -sâdhana, a. produced or conditioned by three things; (í) suparna: -ka, m. n. N. of the verses RV. X, cxiv, 3-5; a. conversant with these verses; -stana, a. (î) three-breasted; -sthâna, a. having three places; -srotas, f. ep. of the Ganges (triple-flowing).
traivarṇika m. member of the three upper castes; -vârshika, a. lasting or sufficient for three years; -vikrama, a. be longing to Vishnu (trivikrama); -vidya, a. versed in the three Vedas; n. the three Vedas; study or knowledge of the three Vedas; as semblage of Brâhmans versed in the three Vedas: -vriddha, pp. (old=) learned in the three Vedas; -vidhya, n. triplicity; -vish- tapa: e-ya, m. pl. gods; -vedika, a. (î) re lating to the three Vedas.
dakṣiṇottara a. right and left, southern and northern: â-bhyâm pâni bhyâm, with the two hands, the right being uppermost; -½uttâna, a. holding the right hand palm upwards; du. withpânî, the two hands with the right turned palm upwards.
daṇḍapāṇi a. holding a staff in one's hand; m. policeman; ep. of Yama; -pâta, m. (descent of the rod), punishment, chastisement; -pâtana, n. castigation; -pâ rushya, n. assault: du. bodily chastisement and admonition; -pâla, m. guardian of jus tice, judge: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -pâláka, m. guardian of justice, judge; -pâsaka, m. policeman, watchman; -pranâma, m. prostration at full length like a staff; -pradâna,n. presentation of the staff (at investiture); -bhaya, n. fear of the rod; -bhâg, a. liable to punishment; -bhrit, a. wielding the rod; m. ep. of Yama; -mukhya, m. leader of an army.
daśamāsya a. ten months old; -mukha, m. (ten-faced), Râvana: -ripu, m. Râvana's foe, ep. of Râma; -yoganî, f. dis tance of ten yoganas; -ratha, m. N. of several kings, esp. of Râma's father, sovereign of Ayodhyâ; -rasmi-sata, m. (thousand-rayed), sun; -râtra, m. n. period of ten days: á, a. lasting ten days; m. festival of ten days; -a½ri- ka, having ten verses; -rûpa, n. sg. the ten kinds of dramas; T. of a treatise on rhetoric by Dhanamgaya (tenth century): -ka, n. id.; -lakshana-ka, a. having ten characteristics, tenfold; -varsha, -varshîya, a. ten years old; -vârshika, a. (î) id.; lasting ten years; occur ring after ten years; -vidha, a. tenfold; -satá, n. 110; 1000: î, f. 1000; -sata-kara-dhârin, a. having a thousand rays (moon); -sata½ak- sha, a. thousand-eyed (Indra); -siras, a. ten-headed; -sîrsha, a. id.; m. Râvana; -sâhas ra, a. consisting of ten thousand; n. ten thousand.
daśāṃśa m. tenth part; -½akshara, a. decasyllabic; -½a&ndot;gula, a. ten fingers (= inches) long; -½ânana, m. (ten-faced), ep. of Râvana; -½antarushyá, n. distance of ten stations; -½abda½âkhya, a. of ten years stand ing.
dīrghakarṇa m. Long-ear, N. of a cat; -kâlam, ac. ad. for a long time; -ga&ndot; gha, m. Long-shanks, N. of a Yaksha; -gîvin, a. long-lived; -tapas, m. N. of a Rishi; (á) tamas, m. N. of a sage; -tâ,f. length; -tva, n. id.; -tîkshna-mukha, a. (î) having a long and pointed mouth; -darsi-tâ, f. far-sightedness, providence; -darsin, a. far-seeing; -nidrâ, f. long sleep; sleep of death; -bâhu, a. long-armed; -mukha, a. (î) long-mouthed, long-beaked; -râva, m. Long-yell, N. of a jackal; -rosha, a. whose wrath lasts long, bearing a lingering grudge: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -roshana, a. id.; -lokana, a. long-eyed; -sri&ndot;ga, a. long-horned; -srút, a.audible afar; far-famed; -sattrá, n. Soma sacrifice of long duration; a. engaged in a --; -sattrín, a. id.; -samdhya, a. praying long at the Samdhyâs: -tva, n. long continuance of prayer at the Samdhyâs; -sûtra, a. (long-threaded), dila tory, procrastinating: -tâ, f. dilatoriness, pro crastination; -sûtrin, a. id.
durākṛti a. mis-shapen, deform ed, ugly; -âkranda, a. having bad friends, friendless; -âgama, m. dishonest acquisition; -âkara, a. (î) hard to practise; difficult to treat or cure; -âkâra, m. bad conduct or cus tom; a. ill-behaved, of bad conduct, impious; -âtma-tâ, f. wickedness, baseness; -âtman, a. evil-minded, wicked, base, impious; -âtma vat, a. id.; -âdhara, a. hard to check, irre sistible; hard to obtain; hard to guard; -â dhársha, a. hard to attack; dangerous; -âna ma, a. hard to bend (bow); -&asharp;pa, a. hard to come up with; hard to attain; -ârâdhya, fp. hard to conciliate; hard to worship; -âruha, a. hard to climb; -âropa, a. hard to string; -âroha, a. hard to climb or ascend to: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -âlakshya, fp. hard to perceive; -âlamba, a. hard to gain a footing on; -âlam bha, a. hard to grasp; -âloka, a. hard to per ceive; -âvara, a. hard to close or protect; -âvaha, a. hard to conduct to (--°ree;); -âvâra, a. hard to close; difficult to check; -âvâsin, a. having bad quarters; -&asharp;vî, a. hard to pass (v. l. dur&asharp;yya).
duratikrama a. hard to get over, overcome, or escape from; -atyaya, a. id.; -adhiga, a. hard to attain; -adhigama, a. id.; hard to be learned; -adhyaya, a. hard to obtain; -adhyavasâya, m. foolish under taking; -anushtheya, fp. hard to carry out.
durgāḍha a. hard to fathom; -gâ dha, a. unfathomable; -gâhya, fp. unfathom able: -tva, n. unfathomableness; -goshthî, f. bad company, secret society, conspiracy; -graha, 1. a. hard to grasp; -capture; -con ciliate or win; -comprehend; 2. m. evil demon (of disease); obstinate persistence in (lc.); foolish whim; -grâhya, fp. hard to grasp; -capture; -win; -comprehend: -tva, n. abst. n.; -ghata, a. hard to accomplish, dif ficult.
durbala a. weak; frail, slender, feeble: -tâ, f. -ness, -½indriya, a. having weak organs; -buddhi, f. mean wit, folly; a. mean-witted, foolish; ill-intentioned; --°ree;, foolishly believ ing in; -bodha, a. hard to comprehend: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -bodhya, fp. id.
durnaya m. (sg. & pl.) bad or im prudent behaviour; -nigraha, a. hard to restrain or subdue; -nimita, pp. ill-measured, irregular, faltering (step); -nimitta, n. evil omen; -niyántu, a. hard to restrain; -nir îkshya, fp. hard to look at; hard to be seen by (in., g.); -nirûpa, a. hard to determine; -nivâra, a. hard to repel, -restrain; -get rid of or set aside: -tva, n. abst. n.; -nivâr ya, fp. id.; -nivritta, pp. hard to return from; -nîta, pp. badly conducted or executed; n. evil plight; demerit; -nripa, m. bad king.
durvaca a. ill-spoken, abusive (word); hard to answer; -vakana, n. pl. hard words, abuse (Pr.); -vakas, n. id.; stupid words; a. abusive; hard to answer; -vanig, m. rogue of a merchant; -varna, m. bad colour; im purity; (-várna), a. having a bad colour or complexion; of low caste; n. silver; -vala, a. having a skin disease; -vasa, a. (n. it is) hard to dwell; hard to pass (time); -vasati, f. painful residence; a. hard to bear; -execute or accomplish; -vâk, f. abuse; a. abu sive; -vâkya, a. difficult to utter, harsh (words); n. abuse; ill-tidings; -vâda, m. blame, reproach; -vânta, pp. that has not fully vomited the blood it has sucked (leech); -vâra,a. hard to restrain or check; irresist ible; -vârana, a. id.; -vârttâ, f. ill-tidings; -vârya, fp. hard to restrain or check, irre sistible: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vâla, a. bald-headed or red-haired or afflicted with skin disease; -vâsanâ, f.false notion; -v&asharp;sas, a. ill-clad; m. N. of an irascible Brâhman; -vâhita, n. heavy burden; -vikatthana, a. disagreeably boastful; -vikalpa, m. unjustifiable irresolution; -vigâha, a. hard to fathom or penetrate; profound; serious, critical; -vigâhya, fp. id.; -vikâra, m. ill-timed hesitation; a. very irresolute; -vigñâna, n. difficult ascer tainment; a. (á) hard to comprehend; -vi- gñeya, fp. hard to distinguish; -vidagdha, pp. perverse;-vidya, a. uneducated; -vidha, a. mean, base; -vidhi, m. evil destiny; -vi naya, m. imprudent behaviour; -vinîta, pp. ill-bred, ill-behaved: -ka, a. id.; -vipâka, m. ill-ripening, evil issue; a. having evil conse quences; -vibhâva, a. hard to comprehend; -vibhâvana, a. hard to perceive; -vibhâvya, fp. id.; indistinctly visible; hard to compre hend; -vilasita, n. wicked trick; -vivâha, m. blamable marriage; -vivekana, a. hard to judge rightly; -vishaha, a. hard to en dure or overcome; irresistible; hard to per form or accomplish; -vritta, n. bad or base conduct, baseness; a. ill-conducted, wicked; poor; m. wicked man; -vritti, f. distress, misery; baseness; -vyavasita, n. evil intent; -vyavasthâpa-ka, a. pronouncing a bad or unfavourable decision; -vyavahâra, m. bad decision of a suit; -vyavahriti, f. evil rumour; -vyasana, n. evil passion, vice; -vyâhrita, pp. ill-spoken; n. unsuitable utterance.
durlalita a. spoiled, wayward; un mannerly; weary of (--°ree;); n. ill habit: -ka, a. wayward; -lasita, pp. id.; -lipi, f. fatal writing (inscribed by fate on the forehead); -lekha, m. id.; -lekhya, n.incorrectly written document.
durlakṣya n. uncertain aim; fp. hard to perceive, scarcely visible; -la&ndot;ghana, a. hard to surpass; -la&ndot;ghya, fp. hard to cross; --infringe or transgress=to be obeyed (command).
duḥśala m. N. of a son of Dhrita- râshtra; -sâsana, m. Hard-to-curb, N. of a son of Dhrita-râshtra; -sikshita, pp. ill-instructed; uneducated, ill-bred; -sishya, m. bad pupil; -sîla, a. having bad habitsor a bad character, wicked: -tâ, f. bad character, wickedness; -sîla-kitta, a. wicked-minded; -séva, a. malevolent.
duṣmanta m. incorr. form of Du shyanta.
duṣparigraha a. hard to re tain; -parihántu, a. hard to remove; -pari hara, a. hard to avoid; -pâra, a. hard to cross; -perform; -pârshni-graha, a. hav ing a bad enemy in the rear, -grâha, a. id.;-pûra, a. hard to fill; -satisfy; -prakriti, f. low nature; a. base; -prakriyâ, f. trifling dignity; -pragña, a. stupid: -tva, n. stu pidity; -pranîta, pp. led astray; n. indis cretion; -pradharsha, a. hard to assail; -prabhañgana, m.hurricane; -prayukta, pp. badly or wrongly employed; -pravâda, m. slander; -pravritti, f. bad news; -pra vesa, a. hard to enter; -prasaha, a. hard to endure, irresistible; -prasâda, a. hard to ap pease: -na, a. id.; -prasâdhana, a. hard to manage (person); -prasâdhya, fp. id.; -prâ pa, a. hard to attain; -preksha, a., -preksha- nîya, fp. hard to see; unpleasant to look at; -prekshya, fp. id.
duḥsaṃdhāna a. hard to put to gether, unite, or reconcile; -sampâda, a. hard to reach; -manage; -saha, a. hard to bear, unendurable; irresistible: -tara, cpv. more dangerous still (poison); -sâdhya,fp. hard to accomplish; -get the better of; -restore.
deha m. n. [envelope of the soul: √ dih] body; mass, bulk; person: -kara, m. pro creator, father; -krit, m. id.; -kara, a. bodily; -karyâ, f. tending the body; -ga, m. son; Kâma; -tyâga, m.abandonment of the body, death; -tva, n. corporeal nature; -dhârana, n. bearing a body, life; -dhârin, a. possessing a body, embodied; -pâta, m. collapse of the body, death; -bhâg, m. corporeal being, esp. man; -bhrit,a. having a body (Siva); m. corporeal being, esp. man; -madhya, n. waist; -yâtrâ, f. maintenance of the body, support of life.
dvijāti a. having two births; m. member of the three upper castes; esp. Brâh man: -mukhya, m. chief of the twice-born, Brâhman.
dvijamaya a. (î) consisting of Brâhmans; -mukhya, m. chief of the twice born, Brâhman; -râga, m. moon; -½rishi, m. priestly sage (=brahmarshi); -li&ndot;gin, a. bearing the distinctive marks of a Brâhman; -vara, m. best among the twice-born, Brâh man; -sreshtha, -sattama, m. id.; -½agrya, m. chief of the twice-born, Brâhman.
dvaimātura a. having two mothers (real and step-); having different mothers (brothers); -bhrâtri, m. step-brother; -mâs ya, a. lasting two months; -ratha, n. (± yuddha) single combat with chariots; single fight; m. adversary; -râgya, n. dominion divided between two kings; frontier; -vidh ya, n. twofold nature, duality; -samdhya, (?) n. the two twilights.
dhanāgama m. acquisition of wealth, income; -½âdhya, a. rich: -tâ, f. wealth; -½adhika, a. rich; -½adhipa, -½adhipati, m. ep. of Kubera; -½adhyaksha, m. treasurer: -½anvita, pp. wealthy; -½âpti, f. acquisition of treasure.
dharmākhyāna n. setting forth of duty; -½âkârya, m. teacher of the law; -½atikrama, m. transgression of the law; -½âtma-tâ, f. justice, virtue; -½âtman, a. having a virtuous nature, conscious of duty, just; -½âdesaka, m. instructor in the law (v. l. for dharma-desaka); -½adharma-gña, a. knowing right and wrong; -½adharma parîkshana, n. enquiry as to right and wrong; kind of ordeal; -½adhikarana, n. law court: -½adhishthita-purusha, m. law court official, -sthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhi kâra, m. administration of justice; -½adhi kâranika, m. judge; -½adhikârin, m. id.; -½adhikrita, (pp.) m. id.; -½adhishthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhyaksha, m. chief justice; -½adhvan, m. path of virtue; -½anu kâ&ndot;kshin, a. striving after justice; intent on righteousness; -½anushthâna, n. fulfilment of the law; -½abhisheka-kriyâ, f. prescribed ablution.
dharmāraṇya n. forest for the performance of religious duties; hermit-wood; N. of a forest in Madhyadesa; N. of a city; -½artha-yukta, pp. according with the good and the useful; -½âsrita, pp.just, virtuous; -½âsana, n. judgment-seat; -½asti-kâya, m. category of virtue (with the Jains); -½âhrita, pp. legitimately acquired.
dhāman n. fixed dwelling, abode, realm (of the gods); esp. place of the sacred fire and of Soma; post (also pl.); usage, law, order; power, majesty; light, splendour (also pl.); priyamdh&asharp;ma, favourite abode, object; delight; madhyamam dhâma vish- noh, middle abode of Vishnu=sky.
nagarādhikṛta (pp.) m. chief of the city police; -½adhipa, -½adhipati, -½adhyaksha, m. id.; -½abhyâsa, m. neighbourhood of the or a city: lc. in the neighbourhood of the city.
narmagarbha a. containing a jest, meant in joke; -da, a. giving amusement, granting gladness: â, f. N. of a river (also called Revâ) now Nerbudda (which rises in the Vindhya range).
nalodaya m. Nala's success, T. of a poem; -½upâkhyâna, n. episode of Nala.
nigada m. reciting aloud; prayer recited aloud; mention; -gama, m. insertion, esp. of gods' names in a ritual formula; passage (in which a word occurs); root from which a word is derived; Vedic text, holy writ; sacred ordinance; doctrine; -gamana, n. being quoted; conclusion (of a syllogism); -garana, n. swallowing; -gûdha-kârin, a. walking in disguise; -gûdha-tara, cpv. well concealed; -gûhana, n. hiding; -grabhîtri, m. seizer, binder (of sacrificial animal); -gra ha, m. seizure; repression, suppression; keep ing back from (ab.); restraint, coercion; chastisement; reprimand; -grahana, n. re pression, suppression; punishment; -grahî tri, m. seizer; -grahîtavya, fp. to be pun ished; -grâhya, fp. id.; oppressed, injured, by (--°ree;).
nidhi m. putting down; food set down; receptacle; fig. embodiment; (hidden) treasure: apâm --, receptacle of waters, ocean; kalânâm --, full moon; -guhyaka½adhipa, m. ep. of Kubera; -datta, m. N. of a mer chant; -pa, m. guardian of treasure; -pati datta, m. N.; -p&asharp;, -pâla, m. guardian of a treasure; -pâlita, m. N.; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of treasures; -vâda, m. art of finding treasure.
nidarśaka a. seeing; announcing; -darsana, a. (î) showing; announcing; teaching; n. seeing, sight; reference to (--°ree;); showing, authority, evidence; instance, example, illustration; symptom; prognostic; system; contradictory instance; -darsin, a. (--°ree;) seeing, understanding; pleasing; -dâghá, m. heat, hot season, summer: -dhâman, m. sun, -½avadhi, m. hot season; -dâna, n. rope, halter; prime cause, original form; cause; a class of Buddhistic works: in. originally, essentially, really; -didrâsu, des. a. sleepy; -didhyâsana, n. profound meditation; -di dhyâsitávya, fp. to be profoundly meditated on; -desa, m. command, order; neighbour hood: e sthâ, be at any one's (d.) command.
nirapa a. waterless; -apatya, a. childless; -apatrapa, a. shameless; -aparâ dha, a. harmless, innocent; -apavâda, a. blameless; subject to no exception; -apâya, a. imperishable; unfailing; unharmed, safe; -apâyin, a. imperishable; -apeksha, a. re gardless of, indifferent to (lc. or --°ree;); caring for nothing, indifferent to worldly objects; independent of (--°ree;): -m, ad. without having any regard, without troubling about a thing, -ka, a. independent, -tâ, f. regardlessness; indifference towards (lc.), -tva, n. indiffer ence; independence; -apekshâ, f. indiffer ence towards (lc.); -apekshita, pp. disre garded; regardless of (--°ree;); indifferent towards (lc.); -apekshya, fp. not to be troubled about.
nirukta pp. √ vak; n. explanation; etymological interpretation; esp. T. of Yâs ka's commentary on the Nighantus; -ukti, f. etymological explanation; -uñkhana, n. = nî-râgana; -uttara, a.having no superior; unable to give an answer; -utsava, a. devoid of festivals; -utsâha, a. destitute of energy, unenterprising, spiritless: -tâ, f. cowardice; -utsuka, a. unconcerned; having no desire for (prati); -utseka, m.modesty; a. unpre tentious, modest; -udara, a. trunkless; -ud desam, ad. without making any statement; -udyama, a. avoiding exertion, indolent; -udyoga, a. id.; -udvigna, pp. untroubled, unagitated: -manas, a. havingone's mind undisturbed; -udvega, a. free from agitation, calm; -unmâda, a. free from arrogance; -upakârin, a. unable to render a service; -upakriya, a. rendering no service; -upa-drava, a. unassailed by mischances orcalami ties, prosperous, faring well; free from danger, safe: -tâ, f. security; -upadhi, a. free from guile, honest; blameless; -upapatti, a. un suitable; -upapada, a. unaccompanied by a secondary word; -upaplava, a.undisturbed, uninterrupted; -upabhoga, a. not enjoying; -upama, a. having no equal; -upayoga, a. useless; -upâkhya, a. indescribable: -tva, n. abst. n.; -upâya, a. futile; -ushna-tâ, f. coldness: -m nî, make cold, kill; -ushnîsha, a. turbanless, bareheaded.
nirākaraṇa n. expulsion; re pudiation of a wife; removal; disproval; -âkaranîya, fp. to be disproved; -âkari shnu, a. repudiating (ac.); seeking to remove from (ab.); forgetful; -âkartavya, fp. to be disproved; -âkartri, m. contemner of (g.); a. disproving; -âkâ&ndot;ksha, a. expecting nothing; having no desires; requiring no supplement; -âkâra, a. formless, bodiless; having no object, vacant; -âkula, a. not crowded, unfrequented; not confused, orderly; unconcerned, calm; -â kriti, a. formless; neglecting one's religious duties; -âkranda, a. unprotected; affording no protection; m. or n. unsheltered place; -âkri yâ, f.expulsion; disproval; -âgas, a. guiltless; -âgraha, a. not obstinately insisting on any thing; -âkikîrshu, des. a. wishing to refute any one (ac.); -âgîvya, a. affording no livelihood; -âdambara, ad. without much talk (°ree;--); -âta&ndot;ka, a. free from ailment or anxiety; causing no ailment or anxiety; -â- tapa, a. sheltered from the heat of the sun, shady; -âtapatra, a. destitute of an umbrella; -âtithya, n. inhospitable (forest); -âdara, a.showing no respect towards (lc.); -âdhi, a. free from care; -ânanda, a. joyless, sad; -ântra, a. disembowelled; -âpad, a. free from adversity; -âbâdha, a. undisturbed; harm less; frivolous, futile; -âmaya, m. health, welfare; a. healthy, well; salubrious; in fallible; -âmarsha, a. putting up with every thing, apathetic; -âmisha, a. fleshless; hav ing no sensual desires: -½âsin, a. not eating flesh, not carnivorous; -âyata-tva, n. lack of extension, shortness; -âyati, a. having no future; -âyâsa, a. involving no trouble; causing no fatigue; -âyudha, a. unarmed; -ârambha, a. unenterprising, inactive; -â lamba, a. having no support; suspended in the air; self-supported, isolated, affording no support; -âlâpa, a. not talking; -âloka, a. devoid of light, dark; blind, foolish; -âvar ana, a. uncovered, manifest; -âsa, a. having given up all hope or expectation, despairing (of, ac. with prati, d., ab., lc., or --°ree;): -kara, a. taking away all hope of, rendering impos sible, -tva, n. hopelessness; -âsa&ndot;ka, a. fear less; not afraid of (lc.); -âsa&ndot;kya, fp. not to be feared; -âsâ, f. renunciation of all hopes: -½âsanna, pp. verging on despair; -âsitva, n. despair; -âsin, a. having renounced all hope, hopeless; -âsis, a. having no desires or hopes; -âsî-bhû, lose all hope; -âsrama, a. being in none of the four stages of a Brâh man: -pada, a. having no hermitages (forest); -âsramin, a. id.; -âsraya, a. shelterless, un supported; independent; unprotected; -âsa, m. expulsion, exclusion, rejection, repudiation; -âstha, a. taking no interest in, not caring about (--°ree;); -âhâra, m. fasting; a. abstaining from food, having nothing to eat: -tâ, f. abst. n.
nirlakṣaṇa a. bearing no dis tinguishing marks, insignificant, good for no thing; -lakshya, fp. imperceptible; avoid ing notice; -lagga, a. shameless, immodest, brazen; -lavana, a. lacking grace; -lepa, a. free from greasy matter; spotless; -lobha, a. free from avarice.
nirvid f. despair, faintheartedness; -vidya, a. unlearned, uneducated; -vinoda, a. destitute of diversion; -vindhyâ, f. (com ing from the Vindhyas), N. of a river; -vi bandha, a. offering no obstacle to (g.); harm less; -vimarsa, a. devoid of reflexion; un considered; -vivara, a. having no aperture or interstice: -tâ, f. close contiguity; har mony; -vivâda, a. free from strife, concor dant; subject to no dispute; -viveka, a. de void of discrimination: -tâ, f., -tva, n. lack of judgment.
nirvāsa m. leaving one's home, dwelling abroad, banishment; -vâsana, n. expulsion, banishment; taking to another place; killing; -vâsanîya, fp. to be expelled or banished, from (ab.); -vâsya, fp. id.;-vâha, m. carrying out, accomplishment, com pletion; maintenance, subsistence: -ka, a. (ikâ) accomplishing, executing (--°ree;); -vâhin, a. id.; -vâhya, fp. to be accomplished, completed.
niṣeddhavya fp. to be restrained or prevented; -sheddhrí, m. restrainer, pre venter; -shedha, m. keeping off, prevention; prohibition; negation: -ka, a. prohibiting; -shedhin, a. repelling = surpassing (--°ree;); -shedhya, fp. to be prevented or prohibited; -sheva, a. practising (--°ree;); m. adoration: â, f. practice, addiction to; enjoyment; adoration; -shevaka, a. (--°ree;) frequenting; practising; enjoying; -shevana, n. visiting; practice; employment of, addiction to (g., --°ree;); -shev- -itavya, fp. to be practised or observed; -employed; -enjoyed; -shevin, a. devot ing oneself to, practising; enjoying, having sexual intercourse with; -shevya, fp. to be visited; -enjoyed; venerable.
niṣpaṅka a. free from mud or dirt, clean, pure; -patti, f. being brought about; maturity; derivation, from (--°ree;); -pat tra, a. featherless; leafless; -pattrâ-kri, wound with an arrow in such a manner that only the feathers do not penetrate; -pathya, a. ill.
niḥsrava m. surplus (of, ab.); -srâ va, m. expenditure; -sva, a. deprived of one's property, poor: -tâ, f. poverty; -svana, m., v. nisvana; -svabhâva, 1. m. destitution, poverty; 2. a. lacking peculiarity; -svâdu, a. insipid, tasteless; -svâdhyâya-vashat kâra, a. neither studying the scriptures nor offering sacrifices; -svâmi-kâ, a. f. lacking a lord or husband.
niḥsādhāra a. unsupported: -m, ad. without a support; -sâdhvasa, a. fearless, undaunted: -tva, n. abst. n.; -sâm arthya, a. unsuitable; -sâmânya, a. un usual, extraordinary; -sâra, a. sapless, in sipid; insignificant; worthless, vain, transi tory (-tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.); m. a musical measure; -sârana, n. removal; expulsion; -sârya, fp. to be excluded from (ab.).
niḥsaṃśaya a. undoubted, cer tain; undoubting, sure: -m, ad. certainly, undoubtedly; -samsayita, pp. unquestioned, sure, safe; -samskâra, a. unrefined, ill-man nered: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sa&ndot;khya, a. in numerable; -sa&ndot;ga, a. unattached; indif ferent to (lc.), disinterested, free from all de sires: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -sakiva, a. lacking a minister; -samkâra, a. not going out, not leaving the house; -samgña, a. un conscious; -sattva, a. devoid of reality; wanting in courage or firmness; weak, wretched; deprived of living beings: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -satya, a. untrue, lying: -tâ, f. untruthfulness, mendacity, insincerity; -sam tati, a. destitute of offspring; -samdigdha, pp. not doubtful, certain: -m, ad. undoubtedly, certainly; -samdeha, a. id.; -samdhi, a. lacking a joining or interstice; close, firm (embrace); -sapatna, a.having no rival; uncontested; unrivalled: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sambâdha, a. uncrowded; -sambhrama, a. unperplexed (about, inf.); -sarana, n. going out; exit; expedient against (ab. or --°ree;); -sarani, a. pathless; -sarpa, a.free from serpents; -salila, a. waterless; -saha, a. powerless; fainting: °ree;--, ad. in a faint; -sahâya, a. companionless, helpless.
pakṣa m. (n.1) wing, pinion; feathers of an arrow; flank, side; half; half-month, fortnight (15 days); side, party, following, ally, partisans, family, race (sg. & pl.); host, troop, class; quantity (of hair); place; alternative; case; opinion, proposition; prosecution (leg.); subject of an inference (logic); topic, subject under discussion: pakshe, in the other case; with regard to (--°ree;); atra --, in this case; tâbhyâm mukte --,in a case other than these two.
pañcākṣara a. pentasyllabic; -½âkhyâna: -ka, n.=pañka-tantra; -½agni, a. maintaining the five sacred fires; allowing oneself to be scorched by five fires (four kindled towards the quarters, and the sun): -tva, n. aggregate of five fires (i. e. passions); -½a&ndot;ga, n. five limbs, members, or parts (°ree;--); a. (î) consisting of five limbs or parts; -½ât maka, a. consisting of the five elements: -tva, n. abst. n.; -½ânana, m. (five-faced, terrible), lion: î, f. ep. of Durgâ; -½apsaras: -a, n. N. of a lake; -½abda½âkhya, a. lasting for five years; (páñka)-½ara, a. five-spoked.
dauḥṣanti older form of Dau shyanti.
parīkṣin a. examining, testing (g.); m. examiner, tester; -½îkshya, fp. to be examined or tested; -½îkiksh-i-shu, des. a. desirous of testing or examining.
parisaṃvatsara m. full year; a. a full year old; waiting a full year; -sakhya, n. true friendship; -samkhyâ, f. complete tale or enumeration; full number, totality, sum, number; exhaustive statement (i. e. excluding everything not specified): -na, n. complete enumeration, full number; exhaustive statement; just examination or estimate; -samghushta, pp. resonant on all sides; -samâpti, f. conclusion, completion, end; extension to (lc. or ad. with prati); -sara, a. adjacent; bordering on (--°ree;); m. neighbourhood, region, proximity; -sarpana, n. creeping about; walking about; running to and fro, continual change from place to place; -sarpin, a. moving about; -sâdhana, n. accomplishment; settlement, exaction (of debts); -sântvana, n. consoling: pl. blandish ments; -sâraka, n. N. of a place on the Sarasvatî.
paścima a. hinder; western; last, latest, final: -m darsanam drashtum, see for the last time; â velâ, f. evening time, close of day; â samdhyâ, f. evening twilight; â, f. (sc. dis) west.
pātañjala a. composed by Patañ gali; m. follower of the Yoga system of Patañgali; n. the Yoga system of Patañgali; the Mahâbhâshya of Patañgali.
pāriṇāmika a. digestible; subject to development: with bhâva, m. natural disposition; -nâyya, n. household utensils; -nâhya, n. id.; -tosh-ika, n. reward, gratuity (token of satisfaction); -panth-ika, m. highwayman, robber; -pâtra, incorrect for -yâtra; -pârsva-ka, a. atten dant: ikâ, f. chambermaid; -pârsvika, a. standing at one's side; m. attendant: pl. retinue; -pâlya, n. governorship; -plava, a. swimming; moving to and fro, unsteady; wavering, irresolute; m. ship: -tâ, f., -tva, n. unsteadiness, caprice; -bhadra, m. coral tree (Erythrina indica); -bhâsh-ika, a. (î) technical; -mândal-ya, n. spherical shape; -mân-ya, n.circumference; -yâtra, m. N. of the western Vindhya range; -vitt-ya, n. bachelorhood while a younger brother is mar ried; -vettr-ya, n. marriage of a younger before an elder brother; -sesh-ya, n. result: ab. therefore; -shada, m. member of an as sembly or council, auditor, spectator: pl. retinue of a god; -shad-ya, m. one who takes part in an assembly, spectator; -hâr-ika, a. privileged; -hâr-ya, m. bracelet; -hâs-ya, n. jest.
pipīlikā f. id.: a, m. id.: -ma- dhya, a. slender in the middle like an ant: â, f. any metre the middle pâda of which is shorter than the preceding and following; â-madhya, n. ant-waist fast (beginning with fifteen mouthfuls at full moon, decreasing daily by one till new moon, and increasing similarly till full moon).
punarapagama m. going away again; -abhidhâna, n. repeated mention; -abhyâkâram, abs. by repeatedly attracting; -âgata, pp. returned; -âgama, m. return: -âgamana, n. coming back, return; re-birth; -âdâyam, abs. repeatedly; -âdhâna, n. renewed kindling of the sacred fire; -âdhéya, fp. to be kindled again (sacred fire); -âvartin, a. returning to terrestrial existence; leading to a return of earthly existence; -â vritta, pp. repeated; -âvritti, f. return, re appearance; renewed birth.
purāvid a. knowing the past, versed in ancient lore; -vritta, pp. having happened in the olden time, long past, ancient; n. event of the past: -kathâ, f. story or le gend of the olden time; -½âkhyâna-katha nam, n. telling of old legends.
purādhipa m. governor of a city, head constable; -½adhyaksha, m. command ant of a castle, governor of a city, chief constable; -½arâti, m. foe of Pura, ep. of Siva; -½ari, m. id.
puṣya n. nourishment; flower (= uppermost or best of anything); 2. (-yã) m. the sixth lunar asterism (=the earlier term Tishya); day on which the moon is in the asterism Pushya, Pushya-day; the month Pausha (December-January); N. of various princes: -ratha, m. the asterism Pushya as a car.
pūrvābhimukha a. turned or flowing eastward; -½abhisheká, m. prelimin ary anointment; -½abhyâsa, m. repetition of something previous: in. anew; -½ambudhi, m. eastern ocean.
pṛṣṭhadeśa m. back part, rear: lc. behind (g.); -pâtin, a. being at any one's back, keeping an eye on one; -pîthî, f. broad back; -bhâga, m. hind part, back; rear; -bhûmi, f. top-storey, roof-terrace (of a palace); -madhya, m. middle of the back; -mâmsa, n. back-flesh: -m khâd or bhaksh, bite the back-flesh; backbite; -mâmsa½âda, m. backbiter; -yâna, n. riding; a. riding on (--°ree;); -yâyin, a. riding on (--°ree;); -lagna, pp. hanging about one's back, dogging one's foot steps; -vamsa, m. backbone; -vâstu, n. upper storey; -vâha, m. riding animal, sump ter ox.
pragama m. first advance of love in courtship; -gardhín, a. hastening onwards (RV.); -galbha, 1. den. Â. be courageous or resolute; be capable of (lc.), be able to (inf.); 2. a. bold, intrepid, resolute, confident; mature (age): -kulâla, m. dexterous potter, -tâ, f. boldness, confidence; -gâthá, m. kind of three-verse stanza (combination of a Brihatî or Kakubh with a Satobrihatî); N. of a Rishi; -guna, a. right, correct (road); being in good order, efficient; excellent; gunaya, den. P. put in order; manifest, show: pp. ita, put in order, properly arranged; -guna-rakanâ, f. putting in proper order; -gunin, a. kind towards (lc.); -gunî kri, put in proper order, arrange; render amenable to (lc.); -grihîta-pada, a. having the words pronounced separately (i. e. with out Sandhi); -grihya, fp. (to be) pronounced separately, not liable to the rules of Sandhi (vowel).
prakhara a. very hard; -khala, m. great rogue; -khyá, a. [√ khyâ] visible; clear, bright: â, f. appearance: only --°ree; a. a, having the appearance of, resembling, like; lustre, beauty: only --°ree; a.a, bright or beautiful as; -khyâta, pp. (√ khyâ) famous etc.; -khyâti, f. perceptibility; -khyâpana, n. cs. (--°ree;) making known, announcement of (--°ree;); -khyaí, d. inf. √ khyâ (RV.1).
prajādāna n. procreation of children; -dvâra, n. gate of progeny, ep. of the sun; -dhara, a. maintaining creatures (Vishnu); -½adhyaksha, m. surveyor of creatures, ep. of the sun, Daksha, etc.; -nâtha, m. lord of creatures, ep. of Brahman, Manu, and Daksha; protector of the people, king, prince; -½antaka, m. destroyer of creatures, Yama.
prajñā f. information; discrimina tion, judgment, intelligence, understanding; wisdom, knowledge; purpose, resolve: -gup ta, pp. protected by wisdom; -kakshus, n. eye of understanding; a. seeing with the eye of understanding; having understanding in place of eyes, blind; -½âdhya, m. (rich in wisdom), N.
praticakṣaṇa n. looking at, beholding; appearance; making visible; -kákshya, fp. visible; -kandra, m. mock moon; -kikîrsh, des. a. (nm. -kikîh), wish ing to requite or avenge anything (lc.);-kikîrshâ, f. desire to requite or retaliate on (ac. or g.); -kikîrshu, des. a. wishing to requite (ac.); -kintanîya, fp. to be pon dered anew; -kkhanda, m. image, likeness (--°ree;=-like): -ka, m. likeness; substitute; -kkhâyâ,f. likeness, image; -kkhâyikâ, f. image, phantom; -ganá, m. adversary; -ga nam, ad. in every one; -ganman, n. rebirth; -gâgarana, n. watching (g.); -gihîrshu, des. a. desirous of requiting (ac.); -gîvana, n., -gîvita, (pp.) n. resuscitation.
pratigraha m. receipt, acceptance (of gifts), right to receive gifts (privilege of Brâhmans; the person from whom the pre sent is received is °ree;--, ab., or g.±sakâsât; the object is °ree;--); friendly reception; favour, grace; receiving with the ear, hearing; re ceiver; gift, present: in. as a present; -m kri, receive presents; -grahana, a. receiving; n. reception; acceptance (of gifts); -graha dhana, n. money received as a present; a. whose wealth consists in presents only; -gra ha-prâpta, pp. received as a present; -grah îtavya, fp. to be received, that may be ac cepted; -grahîtrí, m. receiver (of gifts); one who receives a girl, one who weds; nm. sg. used as ft.; -grâmam, ad. in every vil lage; -grâhaka, a. receiving gifts (only --°ree;); -grâhin, a. receiving, accepting; -grâhya, fp. to be received, from (ab.); from whom anything may be accepted.
pauṣya a. relating to the asterism Pushya.
pauṣa a. (î) relating to the time when the moon is in the asterism Pushya; m. a month, December-January; î, f. night or day of full-moon in the month Pausha.
pratilakṣaṇa n. symptom; -labhya, fp. obtainable; -lambha, m. obtain ment, acquirement; regainment; compre hension; -lâbha, m. obtainment, acquisition; -li&ndot;gam, ad. at every phallus;-lekhana, n., -lekhâ, f. prescribed cleansing of all utensils; -loka, m. every world; -lomá, a. against the hair, against the grain, contrary, unfavourable; hostile; inverted, contrary to the natural or prescribed order: °ree;-or -m, ad. in the inverted order, in the wrong direction, perversely; in. in an unkind way; -lomaka, a. inverted, contrary to the natural or pre scribed order; n. perverseness; -loma-tas, a. on account of the inverted order or direc tion; in the reverse order or direction; -lo ma½anuloma, a. (against or with the grain), speaking for or against: °ree;-or -m, ad. in the inverted order; in the wrong and (or) the natural order or direction, -tas, ad. in an unfriendly and a friendly manner.
pratiṣeddhavya fp. to be re strained; -denied; -sheddhri, m. preventer, restrainer, of (g., sts. ac. of thing); -shedha, m. prevention, determent, restrainment; pro hibition; annulment, negation; negative; refusal: -ka, a. (ikâ) keeping off, forbidding; negativing; -shedana, a. warding off; n. preventing, deterring, restraining, from (ab.); prohibition against (ab.); rejection, refuta tion; -shedanîya, fp. to be restrained or prevented; -shedhayitri, a. (trî) negativing; -shedha½akshara, n. refusal; -shedha½ât maka, a. having a negative form; -she dha½apavâda, m. annulment of a prohibition; -shedha½arthîya, a. having the meaning of a negation; -shedha½ukti, f. negative or pro hibitory expression; -shedha½upamâ, f. com parison having a negative form; -shedhya, fp. to be prevented, prohibited, or rejected; -denied; -shtambha, m.obstruction, hind rance, impediment; annulment; -shtambh in, a. impeding (--°ree;); -shthá, a. steadfast; resisting; -shthâ, f. standing still; stead fastness, stability, perseverance in (--°ree;); stand ing-place, position; repository; foundation; support; abiding-place, homestead, dwelling; pediment, foot (of men or animals); tran quillity; pre-eminence; standing, high posi tion; accession to the throne; erection of an image or Li&ndot;ga;N. of various metres: (â) kâma, a. desiring a fixed abode or high position; -shth&asharp;na, n. firm standing-place, foundation; pedestal, foot; founding of a city; N. of a town situated at the confluence of the Ganges and the Yamunâ; m. N. of a locality on the Godâvarî (the Paithana of the Greeks); -shthâpana, n. erection of an image; establishment, corroboration: â, f. counter-assertion, statement of an antithesis; -shthâpayitavya,fp. to be placed; -shth&asharp;p ya, fp. to be placed or based on (lc.); to be entrusted to (d. or lc.); -shthâsu, des. a. in tending to depart; -shthí, f. resistance; -shthita, pp. (√ sthâ) famous, celebrated; expert in (lc.):-pada, n. having verses (pâdas) containing a fixed number of sylla bles); -shthiti, f. firm stand or footing.
pratyākalita (pp.) n. counter investigation: judicial consideration as to which of the litigants is to prove his case, after the defendant has pleaded; -kshepaka, a. mocking, deriding; -khyâta,pp. rejected, refused: -tva, n. rejection; -khyâtavya, fp. to be impugned or denied; -khyâtri, m. re fuser; -khyâna, n. rebuff, rejection; refusal; combating (feelings, etc.); impugnment, de nial, disavowal; -khyâyin, a.rejecting (--°ree;); -khyeya, fp. to be repelled or rejected; curable (disease); -gati, f., -gama, m. return; -gamana, n. coming back, return, to (--°ree;); -ghâta, m. repulse; -kakshâna-ka, a. in tending to dispute anything (ac.); -kâra, m. corresponding conduct.
pratyabhyanujñā f. permission, consent; -½abhyâsam, ad. at every repetition; -½abhyutthâna, n. rising to receive (a guest).
pratyavāya m. decrease, diminu tion; reverse, contrary course, opposite con duct; unpleasantness; disadvantage; disap pointment; sin; -½avekshana, n., -½avekshâ, f. looking after, care, attention, trouble; -½avekshya, fp. to be regarded or paid at tention to; -½asta-gamana, n. setting (of the sun); -½astam, ad. with gam, set, cease; -½as tam-aya, m. cessation; -½astra, n. counter missile; -½aha, a.daily: -m, ad. every day.
pradhi m. [outer setting: √ dhâ], felly (of a wheel); disc (of the moon); -dhura, n. tip of the pole; -dhrishti, f. subjugation; -dhrishya, fp. assailable (--°ree;).
pradhāna n. (that which is put for ward), important or chief thing, object, or person; essential, best, or most important part, head (°ree;-=principal, chief, head); chaos, unevolved nature; supreme oruniversal soul; --°ree; a. having at the head or as the chief person or thing, chiefly dependent on; devoted to; a. most excellent, best, foremost, principal, chief; pre-eminent in (in.); better, than (ab.), superior, to (ab.): -ka, n. unevolved nature; -kârana-vâda, m. the system asserting that unevolved nature is the cause of the world, the Sâmkhya or evolutionist theory; -tama, spv. pre-eminent, most important; -tara, cpv. better, superior; -tas, ad. in consequence of his superiority, as being the most excellent; -tâ, f. excellence, pre-eminence, superiority, premiership; -tva, n. id.; -purusha, m. chief person, authority; -bhâg, a. pre-eminent among, foremost of (g.); -mantrin, m. prime minister; -vâdin, m. adherent of the Sâm khya system; -½a&ndot;ga, n. chief member of the body, chief person of the state; -½âtman, m. supreme or universal soul; -½adhyaksha, m. chief superintendent: -tâ, f. office of --.
prabodha m. awaking; revival, re covery of consciousness; awaking=opening of flowers; manifestation, appearance (of intelligence); waking, wakefulness; know ledge, understanding, intelligence; awak ening (tr.); restoration of an evaporated scent; friendly admonition: -ka, a. awaking =causing to open or blossom; --°ree; a. (i-kâ), knowledge, understanding; -kandra, m. moon of knowledge: -½udaya, m. rise of the moon of knowledge: title of a philosophical drama; -bodhana, a. awaking, arousing; n. awaking (int.), understanding, comprehension; instructing, enlightening; wakening (tr.); -bodhita, cs. pp. aroused, awakened: -vat, pp. act. (he) aroused; -bodhin, a. awaking; -bodha½udaya, m. rise of knowledge: title of a work; -bodhya, 1. cs. gd. having in structed, explained, suggested, or called the attention; 2. fp. to be awakened.
pramāṇaya den. P. adjust; re gard, admit, or set up as an authority or model, in (lc.); use as evidence; prove, show clearly; -yukta, pp. having the right mea sure; -vat, a. attested, well-founded (state ment); -vâkya, n. authority; -sâstra, n. work of sacred authority, scripture; -sûtra, n. measuring line; -stha, a. of normal size; being in the normal condition, imperturbed; -½adhika, a. exceeding the ordinary measure, immoderate; -½anurûpa, a. adapted to one's physical strength; -½antara-tâ, f. condition of being another proof; -½abhâva, m. lack of a standard to judge by; -½abhyadhika, a. exceeding in size, bigger.
pralopa m. destruction, annihila tion; -lobha, m. allurement: -ka, m. enticer, N. of a jackal; -lobhana, a. enticing; n. allurement; -lobhin, a. alluring, seductive; -lobhya, a. alluring, enticing; -lola, a.vio lently agitated (ocean).
praśithila a. very loose, flaccid, or lax; extremely feeble, hardly perceptible: -sithilî-kri, make very loose; -sithilî-bhû, become very loose; -sishta, pp. √ sâs; (á)- sishti, f. order, command;-sishya, m. pupil of a pupil: -tva, n. abst. n.; -sís, f. order, precept.
prasava m. 1. pressing (of Soma); 2. setting in motion, impulse; course, current; quickening power, stimulation, instigation; aid; command; acquisition; vivifier; 3. be getting, generation; conception; bringing forth, bearing; birth; delivery, confinement; augmentation; birth-place; flower, blossom; sg. & pl. offspring, progeny (--°ree;, sts.=young --): -griha, n. lying-in chamber; -savana, n. bringing forth, bearing of children; fe cundity; -sava-vedanâ, f. pangs of child birth, travail; -savitrí, m. 1. impeller, in citer, vivifier (of, g.); 2. (-tri), m. procreator, father; -savin, a. bearing, producing; -sa vya, a. (holding the left hand outtowards anything), following one's left hand, keeping one's left hand towards anything (in walking round it): -m, ad. to the left; -sáh, a. (str. st. -s&asharp;h) overpowering; -saha, a. enduring, withstanding (--°ree;); m.endurance, resistance (only --°ree;); beast or bird of prey; -sahana, n. resisting; overcoming; embracing; -sahya, 1. gd. forcibly; exceedingly; without more ado; necessarily (with na, by no means); 2. fp. conquerable;with inf. capable of being (ps. pt.): -kârin, a. acting with violence; -harana, n. forcible abduction or appro priation.
prasakala a. very full (bosom); -sakta, pp. √ sañg: °ree;-or -m, ad. incessantly; -saktavya, fp. to be attached to (lc.); -sak ti, f. attachment, devotion, or addiction to, indulgence in, occupation with (lc.), occur rence of a case; bearing, applicability; practicableness: -m pra-yâ, be practicable; -sa&ndot;ktavya, fp. to be allowed to occur; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. sum total; consideration; -sam khyâna, n. enumeration; reflexion, medita tion; fame, reputation; -sa&ndot;ga, m. attach ment, inclination; fondness for, addiction to; indulgence in (lc. or --°ree;); gratification, of (g.); association or intercourse with (--°ree;); illicit pursuit; applicability; contingency; opening, opportunity, occasion; connexion (pl. all that is connected with or results from anything): in. assiduously, with one's whole soul; in the course of (--°ree;); occasionally, in cidentally (also ab., °ree;--, or -tas); amunâ or tat-prasa&ndot;gena, on that occasion; etat prasa&ndot;ge, on this occasion; prasa&ndot;ge ku tra½api, on a certain occasion: -vat, a. occa sional, incidental, -vinivritti, f. non-recur rence of a contingency, prevention of the re currence; -sa&ndot;gin, a. attached or devoted to (--°ree;); connected with anything; contin gent, occurring; secondary, unessential; -sag ya, fp. applicable: -tâ, f. -ness,-pratishe dha, m. negative form of an applicable (posi tive) statement: -tva, n. abst. n.; -satti, f. graciousness; favour, complacency; -sam dhâna, n. combination, union; -sanna, pp. (√ sad) clear; bright; pleased, soothed, de lighted; complacent; gracious, propitious, kindly disposed; plain (meaning); distinct (impression); correct (supposition): -tâ, f. clearness, purity; brightness; perspicuity; complacence, good humour, -tva, n.clearness, brightness, -mukha, a. of a placid counte nance, looking pleased, -salila, a. having clear water; -sabha, °ree;-or -m, ad. forcibly; violently; exceedingly, very much; importu nately: -damana, n. forcible subjugation; -sara, m. advance; diffusion, expansion, ex tension; range; issue (of smoke); free scope, ample space; motion (of the eye); appear ance, manifestation; prevalence, influence; stream, flood; multitude, quantity: -na, n. running away, escaping; coming into force; complaisance, amiability; -sárga (or á), m. gushing forth; dismissal; -sárpana, n. going forward, advancing; betaking oneself to (lc.); -sarpin, a. issuing from (--°ree;); slinking away.
prākśas ad. eastwards; -siras: -ka, a. having the head turned eastwards; -samstha, a. ending in the east; -samdhyâ, f. morning twilight; -soma, a. preceding the Soma sacrifice; -saumika, a. (î) id.; -srotas, a. flowing towards the east.
prāṇa m. breath; vital spirit (pl. life); vital air (five are generally assumed; but three, six, seven, nine, and even ten are also spoken of); sp. inhaled air; breath of air, wind; breath as a measure of time (requisite for pronouncing ten long sylla bles); vigour, energy, power; soul (in the Sâmkhya phil.); intelligence associated with totality (Vedânta); sign of vitality (pl.); organ of sense (mouth, nose, eyes, and ears: pl.); N.; --°ree;, a. = loving -as dearly as life, or having one's life dependent on --: -kara, a. invigorating; -karman, n. vital function; -krikkhra, n. danger to life; -ghna, a. life destroying, deadly; -khid, a. cutting life short, fatal; -kkheda, m. destruction of life, murder; -tyâga, m. abandonment of life, suicide; death.
prātikāmin m. (acting ac cording to one's desire: prati-kâmam), ser vant; messenger; -kûlika, a. (î) resisting, hostile, contrary: -tâ, f. opposition, hostility; -kûlya, n. unfriendliness, opposition; repug nant practice; disagreeableness; disagree ment with (--°ree;); -gña, n. subject under dis cussion; -daivas-ika, a. occurring daily (prati-divasam); -nidhi-ka, m. representa tive; -paksha, a. belonging to the enemy oradversary; -pakshya, n. hostility, enmity, towards (g.); -pada, a. forming the com mencement; m. N.; -pad-ika, a. express, ex plicit; n. crude base of a noun (before it re ceives the case terminations or other suffixes); -paurush-ika, a. relating to manliness or valour; -bha, a. intuitive; n. intuition; pre sence of mind; -bhat-ya, n. rivalry; -bhâv ya, n. surety, for (--°ree;); certainty, trustworthy news of (g.); -bhâs-ika, a. existing only in appearance, apparent only; -rûp-ika, a. coun terfeit, spurious; using false measure or coun terfeit coin; -lom-ya, n. inversion, inverse order; opposition, hostility; -ves-ika, m. neighbour; -vesm-ika, m. neighbour: î, f.female neighbour; -ves-ya, a. neighbouring; m. opposite neighbour; neighbour;--°ree;=neigh bouring: -ka, m. neighbour; -sâkhya, n. a grammatical treatise on the phonetic changes of words in the text of the Vedasaccording to the respective recension (prati-sâkham; there are four such treatises, one for the RV., two for the YV., and one for the AV.); -satvanam, ad. in the direction of the Sat van; -sv-ika, a. own, peculiar, not common to others; -hata, m. kind of svarita ac cent; -hartra, n. office of the Pratihartri; -hârika, m. door-keeper; -hâr-ya, n. jug glery, performance of miracles; miracle.
prādhīta pp. well-read in Vedic studies, proficient in Vedic knowledge; -½adhyayana, n. commencement of recitation, reading, or study.
prāptavya fp. to be met with or found; -obtained or acquired: -m-artha, m. nickname of a man who always answered inquiries as to his name with the words &open;prâptavyam artham labhate manushyah:&close; n. when used with nâman, n. name.
preṣaṇa n. despatching (a messen ger), to any one (prati); sending on a mis sion, charge, commission, order; rendering of a service: -krit, a. executing an order or commission, -½adhyaksha, m.head of the executive.
phalāgama m. advent of fruit, i. e. time when the fruit is ripe, autumn; -½âdhya, a. rich in (=thickly bestrewn with) fruit; -½anubandha, m. consequences of (--°ree;).
phaṇināyaka m. chief of the serpents, ep. of Vâsuki; -pati, m. chief of snakes, gigantic serpent; lord of serpents, ep. of Sesha; ep. of Patañgali; -bhâshita-bhâ shya½abdhi or -bhâshya½abdhi,m. ocean of comments uttered by Patañgali (designation of Patañgali's Mahâbhâshya); -bhug, m. (serpent-eater), peacock; -mukha, n. snake-face, a kind of burglar's implement; -latâ, -vallî, -vallîka, -vîrudh, f. betel pepper.
bandhya fp. deserving to be bound, fettered, or imprisoned; to be constructed; -stopped up (cp. vandhya).
balabhadra m. (excelling in strength), N. of a divine being, later identi fied with Baladeva; N.; -bhid, m. destroyer of Bala, ep. of Indra; -bhrit, a. strong, powerful; -mukhya, m. leader of an army; -yukta, pp. endowed with strength, powerful; -yuta, pp. id.; -râma, m. Râma the Strong, N. of Krishna's elder brother.
balādhika a. superior in strength (e.g. in running); -½adhikarana, n. pl. affairs of the army; -½adhyaksha, m. inspector of the forces, minister of war; -½anuga, m. younger brother of Baladeva,ep. of Krishna; -½anvita, pp. endowed with power, mighty; suggestive of power; -½abala, n. strength or weakness, comparative strength, importance, or significance; relative highness (of price); a. now strong, now weak; -½abhra, n. army in the shape of a cloud.
bahiraṅga a. external; unessen tial: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -argala, --°ree;, a. external bolt; -artha, m. external object; -gata, pp. come forth: -tva, n. appearance; -giri, m. (country beyond the hills), N. of a country: pl. N. of a people; -geham, ad. outside the house; -grâmam, ad. outside the village; -grâma-pratisraya, a. dwelling outside the village; -dris, a. looking at the outside, superficial (person); -dvâra, n. outer door; space outside the door; -dvârin, a. being outside the door; -dh&asharp;, ad. prp. with ab. outside, away from (V.); -nirgamana, n. going out of (ab.); -nihsarana, n. taking out, removal; -bhava, a.external; -bhâga, m. exterior; -mandala-stha, a. being out side the circle; -mukha, a. issuing from the mouth; averting one's face, averse from (--°ree;); having one's mind outward, i.e. directed to wards the external world; -yâna, n. going out; (ír)-loma, a. having the hair turned outwards; -loman, a. id.; -vâsas, n. upper garment; -vikâram, ad. apart from indi vidual existence (Sâmkhya ph.); -vritti, f. occupation with external matters; -vedi, 1. f. space outside the Vedi; 2. ad. (í) outside the Vedi; -vedi-ka, a. being outside the Vedi.
bahutama spv. remotest: â bahutamât purushât, down to the remotest descendant; -tara, cpv. more numerous, more, than (ab.); more extensive, greater (fire); too or very much; several: etad eva½asmâkam bahutaram -yad, it is already a great thing for us that --; -m, ad. more; repeatedly; -tara-ka, a. very much or numerous; -tarâm, (ac. f.) ad. highly, greatly, very; -tâ, f. abundance, multitude; -titha, a.(having many tithis or lunar days), long (time); much, manifold: -m, ad. greatly; e&zip;hani, on many a day=for many days; -trina, n. almost grass, a mere straw; -trish- na, a. suffering from great thirst; -trivarsha, a.almost three years old; -tva, n. multiplicity, multitude; majority, opinion of the majority; plural; -dakshiná, a. accompanied by many gifts (sacrifice); -dâna, n. bounteous gift; 2. a. (á) munificent; -dâyin, a. id.; -drisvan,m. great observer, very learned man; -devata, a. addressed to many deities (verse); -devatyã, a. belonging to many gods; -daivata, a. relating to many gods; -dosha, 1. m. great harm or disadvantage; 2. a. having many drawbacks (forest); -dhana, a. possessing much wealth, very rich: -½îsvara, m. very wealthy man; -dh&asharp;, ad. in many ways, parts, or places; variously; many times, repeatedly; very: -kri, multiply; spread abroad;-nâman, a. having many names; -patnîka, a. having many wives: -tâ, f. polygamy; -pada, a. many footed; -parná, a. many-leaved; -pasu, a. rich in cattle; -pâda, a. many-footed; hav ing several pâdas (verse); -putra, a.having many sons or children; -pushpa-phala½upe ta, pp. having many flowers and fruits; -pra kâra, a. manifold: -m, ad. variously; repeatedly; -prakriti, a. consisting of several nominal bases (compound); -praga, a.rich in children; -pragña, a. very wise; -pra- gñâna-sâlin, a. possessed of much knowledge; -pratigña, a. involving several charges or counts (leg.); -prapañka, a. of great diffuseness, prolix; -pralâpin, a. garrulous; -bhâshin, a. id.; -bhâshya, n. loquacity; -bhug, a. eating much; -bhûmika, a. consisting of many stories (building); -bhoktri, m. great eater; -bhogyâ, f. harlot; -bhog aka, a. eating much; -bhog-in, a. id.: (-i) tâ, f.voracity; -bhauma, a. many-storied (building); -mati, f. high opinion, esteem, respect; -matsya, n. place abounding in fish; -madhya-ga, a. belonging to many; -mantavya, fp. to be highly thought of, prized or esteemed; -mâna, m. high opinion or regard, esteem, respect, for (lc. of prs. or thing, rarely g. of prs.); attaching great im portance to (lc.): -purah-saram, ad. with respect; -mânin, a. held in esteem, respected; -mânya, fp. to be highly thought of, estimable; -mâya, a. having many wiles, artful, treacherous; -mitra, a. having many friends; -mukha, a. many-mouthed, talking of many things; -mûla-phala½anvita, pp. furnished with many roots and fruits; -mûlya, 1. n. large sum of money; 2. a. of great price, costly; -yâgín, a. having offered many sacrifices; -ragas, a. very dusty and having much pollen; -ratna, a. abounding in jewels.
bahukara a. doing much, for any one (g.); -kalpa, a. of many kinds, manifold; -kalyâna, a. very noble; -kâma, a. having many wishes; -krítvas, ad. ofttimes, frequently; -kshama, a. bearing much, of great forbearance; -gamana, a. having many goings or courses; -garhya-vâk, a. talking much that is censurable, garrulous; -guna, a. many-stranded (rope); manifold, much; possessing many virtues; -gotra-ga, a.having many blood relations; -graha, a. hold ing much (pot); taking much (minister); -kitra, a. extremely manifold or various; -kkhala, a. abounding in fraud, deceitful: -tva, n. deceitfulness; -gana, 1. m. the great multitude; 2. a. having many people about one; -galpa, a. garrulous; -galpitri, m. chat terer; -tanaya, a. having many sons.
bālātapa m. morning sun, early sunshine (also pl.); -½âditya, m. newly-risen sun; N. of two princes; -½adhyâpa-ka, m. teacher of boys: -tâ, f. tutorship of boys; -½apatya, n. young offspring; -½âmaya, m. children's disease; -½aruna, m. (red of) early dawn; -½avabodhana, a. instruction of the young or inexperienced; -½avastha, a. young, juvenile.
bāhucyuta pp. fallen or dropped from the arm or hand; (u)-tarana, n. cross ing with the arms, i. e. swimming across a river; (ú)-tâ, ad. in the arms (V.); (u)-dan- da, m. long arm; -danta-ka, a. with sâstra, n. N. of a treatise on jurisprudence abridged by Indra; -dant-in, m. ep. of Indra: (-i) putra, m. Indra's son (as the author of a Tantra); -pâsa, m. fetter of the arms, encircling arms; a certain attitude in fighting; -prasâra, m. extension of the arms; -bandhana, n. clasped or encircling arms; -bala, n. strength of arm; m. (Arm-strong), N.; -balín, a. strong-armed; -madhya, a. middle most with the arms: â-ni karmâni=actions with the arms are intermediate; -mûla, n. root of the arm, shoulder; -yuddha, n. hand to hand fight, pugilistic encounter; -yodha, -yodhin, m. pugilist.
bījākṣara n. initial syllable of a mantra or spell; -½a&ndot;kura, m. seed-sprout: du. seed and sprout: -nyâya, m. principle of seed and sprout (each of which is in turn the cause of the other)=relation of mutual causa tion; -½âdhya, m. (abounding in seeds), citron; -½asva, m. stallion.
bṛhatkathā f. the Great His tory, T. of a collection of tales ascribed to Gunâdhya and the source from which Soma deva is supposed to have abridged his Kathâ saritsâgara; T. of a work ascribed to Kshe mendra; -kapola, a. fat-cheeked; -karman, m. N.; -kîrti, a. far-famed; m. N.; (-át) ketu, a. of great brilliance (RV.1); m. N.; -trina, n. strong grass; -tegas, m. (of great brilliance), the planet Jupiter; -tva, n. large ness; -pâda, a. large-footed; -prishtha, a. having the Brihat Sâman as the basis of the Prishtha-stotra; -phala, m. pl. a class of gods among the Buddhists; -samhitâ, f. the Great Collection, T. of a work on astronomy and astrology by Varâhamihira; T. of two other works; -sahâya, a. having a powerful companion; (-át)-sâman, a. having the Bri hat Sâman as a Sâman; m. N. of an Â&ndot;gi rasa; -sena, m. (having a large army), N. of various princes; -sphig, m. (having large buttocks), N.
brahmaloka m. world or heaven of Brahman (sts. pl.); -laukika, a. inhabit ing the world of Brahman; -vaktri, m. ex pounder of the Vedas; -vat, ad. in accord ance with or like the Veda; -vadya, n.recitation of Vedic texts; -vadha, m. mur der of a Brâhman; -vadhyâ, f. id.: -krita, n. perpetrated murder of a Brâhman; -vark asá, n. pre-eminence in sacred knowledge, sanctity; -varkas-in, a. pre-eminent in di vine knowledge, holy; -varkas-vin, a. id.; -vâdá, m. discourse on sacred matters; -vâd ín, a. discoursing on sacred matters; m. theologian, Vedântin; -vâsa, m. Brahman's abode or heaven; (bráhma)-vâhas, a. to whom prayer is offered; -vit-tva, n. sacred knowledge, theology, philosophy; -víd, a. knowing the Vedas; versed in magic; m. theologian, philosopher; -vidy&asharp;, f. knowledge of Brahman or of sacred things; -vidvas, pt. knowing Brahman; -vivardhana, a. increas ing sacred knowledge, ep. of Vishnu; -vrik sha, m. Brahman as a tree; -vritti, f. sub sistence of a Brâhman; -veda, m. Veda of Spells, Atharva-veda; -vedi, f. N. of a local ity; -vedin, a.knowing the Brahman or the Vedas; -vaivarta: -ka, n. T. of a Purâna; -vrata, n. vow of chastity: -dhara, a. prac tising --; -sâyin, a. resting in Brahman; -sâlâ, f. Brahman's hall; N. of a sacred locality; -siras, -sîrshan, n. kind of mythi cal missile; -samsad, f. Brahman's audience chamber; -samstha, a. devoted to sacred things; -samhitâ, f. collection of prayers; -sattra, n. sacrifice of prayer; -sattrin, a. offering a sacrifice of prayer; -sadana, n. seat of the Brahman priest; abode or heaven of Brahman; -sabhâ, f. hall or audience chamber of Brahman; -sambhava, a. sprung from Brahman; -saras, n. N. of a bathing place; -savá, m. purification of prayer; kind of sacrificial rite; -sât-kri, bring into har mony with Brahman; -sâmá, -sâmán, n. Sâman chanted after a verse recited by the Brahman priest; -sâyugya, n. complete union or identification with the universal soul; -sârshti-tâ, f. equality with Brahman; -sâ varna, m. N. of the tenth Manu; -sâvarni, m. id.; -siddhânta, m. T. of various astrono mical works; -siddhi, m. N. of an ascetic; -suta, m. son of Brahman; -suvarkalâ, f. kind of plant; decoction of this plant (drunk as a penance); -sûtra, n. sacred cord worn by Brâhmans over the shoulder; sacred or theological Sûtra; T. of a Sûtra work on the Vedânta philosophy ascribed to Bâdarâyana or Vyâsa: -pada, n. statement of a theolo gical Sûtra; a. (î) consisting of the state ments of a theological Sûtra; -sûtrin, a. wearing the sacred cord; -srig, m. creator of Brahman, ep. of Siva; -soma, m. N. of a saint; -stamba, m. universe, world; -stena, m. (thief of=) one in unlawful possession of the Veda; -steya, n. (theft of=) unlawful acquisition of the Veda; -sthala, n. N. of a town and of various villages; -sva, n. pro perty of a Brâhman; -haty&asharp;, f. murder of a Brâhman; -hán, m. murderer of a Brâhman; -hridaya, m. n. N. of a star (Capella).
brahmanirvāṇa n. extinction or absorption in Brahman (n.); -nishtha, a. absorbed in the contemplation of Brahman (n.); -nîda, n. resting-place of Brahman (n.); -pattra, n. Brahman's leaf=leaf of the Palâsa tree (Butea frondosa); -patha, m. path to Brahman (m. or n.); -pada, n. place of Brahman (n.); pârâyana, n. complete study or entire text of the Veda; -putrá, m. son of a priest or Brâhman; son of the god Brahman; kind of vegetable poison; N. of a large river rising in the eastern Himâlayas and falling into the bay of Bengal; N. of a lake; -pura, n. Brahman's citadel (in heaven); N. of a city (Theopolis): î, f. id.; ep. of the city of Benares; -puraka, m. pl. N. of a people; -pura½âkhya, a. named Brahmapura; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -purusha, m. servant of the Brahman priest; servant of the god Brahman; -prakriti-ka, a. having Brahman as its source (world): -tva, n. origination from Brahman; -priya, a. found of devotion; -prî, a. id. (RV.); -bandhava, n. function of a priest's assistant; -bandhu, m. priest fellow (used contemptuously), unworthy Brâhman, Brâhman in caste only, nominal Brâhman; sp. Brâhman who does not perform the morning and the evening Samdhyâ ceremony (according to Sâyana); -bindu, m. Dot (Anusvâra) of Brahman, T. of an Upani shad; -bîga, n. seed of the Veda, the sacred syllable &open;om;&close; -bruvâna, pr. pt. Â. calling himself or pretending to be a Brâhman; -bhavana, n. abode of Brahman; -bhâgá, m. share of the Brahman priest; -bhâva, m. absorption in the Absolute; -bhâvana, a. manifesting or teaching the Veda; -bhid, a. dividing the one Brahman into many; -bhuvana, n. world of Brahman; -bhûta, pp. having become one with, i.e. absorbed in Brahman or the Abso lute; -bhûya, n. identification with or absorption in Brahman; rank of a Brâhman, Brâhmanhood; -bhûyas, a. becoming one with Brahman; n. absorption in Brahman; -bhrashta, pp. having forfeited sacred knowledge; -ma&ndot;gala-devatâ, f. ep. of Lakshmî; -matha, m. N. of a monastic school or college; -maya, a. (î) consisting or formed of Brahman; -maha, m. festival in honour of Brâhmans; -mîmâmsâ, f. inquiry into the nature of Brahman, the Vedânta philosophy; -yagñá, m. sacrifice of devotion=Vedic reci tation or study (one of the five daily sacri fices of the householder); -yasas, n.: -a, n. glory of Brahman; -yasas-in, a. possessing the glory of Brâhmans; -yúg, a. yoked by prayer = bringing the god in answer to prayer; -yoni, f. home of Brahman (n.); a. having one's home in Brahman; sprung from Brahman: -stha, a. abiding in Brahman (n.) as one's source; -rakshas, n. kind of evil demon; -ratna, n. valuable present bestowed on Brâh mans; -ratha, m. Brâhman's cart; -râkshasa, m. kind of evil demon; -râga, m. N.; -râta, m.given by Brahman, ep. of Suka; N. of Yâgñavalkya's father; -râsi, m. entire mass or circle of Vedic texts or sacred knowledge.
brahmāṇḍa n. egg of Brahman, universe, world (sts. pl.): -kapâla, m. hemi sphere of the world=inhabited earth; -½âdya, 1. fp. eatable for Brâhmans; 2. a. beginning with Brahman; -½adhigamika, a. relating to Vedic study; -½ânanda, m. rapturous joy in Brahman; -½apeta, (pp.) m. N. of a Râk shasa; -½abhyâsa, m. Vedic study.
bhaviṣyottara n. second part of the Bhavishya-Purâna: -purâna, n. id.
bhaviṣyapurāṇa n. T. of a Purâna: î-ya, a. belonging to the Bhavishya Purâna.
bhārata a. (î) derived from the Bha rata (Ritvig) or bearing the sacrifice (?), ep. of Agni; descended from Bharata; belong ing to the Bharatas (with yuddha, n., sam grâma, m., samara, m., samiti, f. the battle of the Bharatas; w. âkhyâna, n., itihâsa, m., or kathâ, f. story of the Bharatas; w. mandala or varsha, n. Bharata's realm, India; w. vritti, f. kind of style); inhabiting India; m. de scendant of Bharata;ep. of Yudhishthira: î, f. a Vedic deity, later identified with Saras vatî, the goddess of speech; speech, voice; quail; n. the land of Bharata, India; the story of the Bharatas and of their struggle (=Ma hâbhârata, but sts. distinguished from it).
bhāṣya n. speaking, talking; work written in the common or vernacular tongue; extensive commentary explaining a text (esp. a Sûtra) word for word; T. of Patañgali's commentary on the Sûtras of Pânini (other wise Mahâbhâshya): -kâra, -krit, m. com mentator, scholiast, sp. applied to Patañgali.
bhujacchāyā f. shadow of the arms, secure shelter; -taru-vana, n. a forest the trees of which are arms (=the ten arms of Siva); -danda, m. long arm; -bandhana, n. clasp of the arms, embrace; -madhya, n. interval between the arms, breast; -mûla, n. shoulder; -yashti, f. long slender arm; -latâ, f. id.; -vîrya, a. strong in the arm; -sâlin, a. possessing powerful arms; -sam bhoga, m. embrace; -stambha, m.paralysis of the arm.
ma m. fourth note of the Indian scale (abbreviated from madhyama); â, f. authority; knowledge.
maccharīra n. my body; -khishya, m. my pupil.
madhyama spv. middlemost, situ ated between; being in the middle, central; of medium kind or strength, middle-sized, middling, mediocre, moderate; neutral; m. =Madhya-desa; middle=fourth orfifth note in the scale; one of the three musical scales; second person (gr.); m. n. middle of the body, waist; n. middle; meridian.
madhyatas ad. from, in, or into the midst of, out of, among (g. or --°ree;); of mid dle sort; -tâ, f. mediocrity; -desa, m. middle region; waist; Midland (the country lying between the Himâlaya, the Vindhya, Vina sana in the west and Prayâga in the east): pl. the inhabitants of Madhya-desa: î-ya, a. be longing to or living in Midland; -desya, a. id.; -deha, m. middle of the body; -nagara, n. interior of a city; -nihita,pp. put inside.
madhyakaumudī f. T. of a grammar = madhya-siddhânta-kaumudî; -ga, a. moving in the midst of, being in, on, or among, contained in, abiding among, be ing common to (g. or --°ree;); -gata,pp. being in the midst of, between, or among (g. or --°ree;); -kârin, a. moving in the midst of or among (g.).
madhyenagaram ad. within a city; -nadi, ad. in or into the river; -na resvara-sabham, ad. in the midst of the assembly of the princes; -padmam, ad. in a lotus; -prishtham, ad. on the back; -vin dhya½atavi, ad. in the forests of the Vindhya; -vindhya½antar, ad. in the midst of the Vin dhya; -vyoma, ad. in the air; -sabham, ad. in the assembly, in public; -samudram, ad. in the midst of the sea.
mantripati m. prime minister; -putra, m. son of a minister; -pradhâna, -mukhya, -vara, -sreshtha, m. prime minis ter; -suta, -sûnu, m. son of a minister.
manogata a. passing in the mind, concealed in the heart, secret; n. thought, notion, opinion; desire, wish; -gati, f. (motion of the mind), desire, wish; a. going at will, going wherever one wishes (car); -grâh in, a. captivating the mind, fascinating; -grâhya, fp. to be grasped by the mind; fascinating; -glâni, f. depression of mind; -ghna, a. intimidating; -ga, -ganman, m. (mind-born), love, god of love; -gavá, m.swiftness of thought (V.); a. (máno)-gava, a. swift as thought; (máno)-gavas, a. id. (V.); -gavin, a. id.; (máno)-gavishtha, spv. (conj.) exceedingly swift as thought; -gâtá, pp. mind-born; -gighra, a. (scenting =) guessingone's thoughts; -g&usharp;, a. swift as thought (RV.); -gña, a. (appreciated by the mind), pleasing, agreeable, beautiful, lovely, charming: -tâ, f. beauty, loveliness.
manuṣyakāra m. human effort; -gandha, m. human odour; -ganman, a. begotten by a man; -gâta, (pp.) n. human race; -gâti, f. id.; -tâ, f. human condition; manhood; -tvá, n. human condition, human ity: -m yâ, become men; -devá, m. god among men=Brâhman (V.) or king; -dhar man, m. ep. of Kubera; -pota, m. little boy; -prakriti, a. of human origin; -yagñá, m. offering to men (one of the five Mahâyagñas) =charity, hospitality; -rathá, m. human carriage; -râgá, -râgan, m. human king; -rûpá, n. human form; -loká, m. world of men; -vis, f., -visá, n., -visâ, f. human folk; -sâkshya, n. presence of men as witnesses: lc. before men as witnesses.
mantrayantra n. amulet with a magical formula; -yukti, f. application of spells, charm; employment of a sacred for mula; magic (?); -vat, a. attended with sa cred formulas; enchanted, consecrated with spells; familiar with sacred texts; ad. 1. to the accompaniment of sacred texts; 2. accord ing to the rules of counsel; -varna, m. word ing of a sacred text: pl. the syllables of a sacred formula or spell; -vâda, m. substance of a sacred formula; utterance of spells, ma gic: -sloka, m. pl. slokas being sacred verses in substance; -vâdin, m. pronouncer of spells, enchanter; -vid, a. knowing sacred texts or spells; -vidyâ, f.science of spells, magic; -sakti, f. magical power, charm; -sruti, f. consultation listened to; -samvarana, n. con cealment of a consultation or design; -sam skâra, m. consecration with sacred texts: -krit-pati, m.consecrated husband; -sam hitâ, f. the collection of Vedic hymns; -sâdh aka, m. performer of an incantation, magi cian; -sâdhana, n., â, f. performance of an incantation; -sâdhya, fp. to be mastered by incantations; attainable by counsel; -sid dha, pp. accomplished by a spell; thoroughly versed in spells; -siddhi, f. effect of a spell; fulfilment of counsel; -sûtra, n. charm at tached to a cord.
mahāpakṣa a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond.
mahātattva n. the great princi ple, intellect; -tapas, a. greatly distressed; practising great austerities; m. N. of a her mit; -tapasvin, a. greatly afflicted; -tamas, n. great darkness (one of the five stages of Avidyâ); -tala, n. (great-bottom), a cer tain hell; -tikta, a. very bitter; -tithi, f. (the great=) sixth lunar day; -tegas, a. hav ing great lustre, very glorious (of gods and men); m. ep. of Skanda; N.; -taila, n. pre cious oil or N. of a kind of oil; -½âtodya, n. great drum; -½âtman, 1. m. great spirit, uni versal soul; intellect; 2. a. great-souled, high-minded, noble; of great intellect, highly gifted, very wise; exalted, eminent, illus trious (family), mighty; -½âtma-vat, a. highly gifted, very clever; -½atyaya, m. great calamity; -tyâga, m. great liberal ity; a. very liberal: -maya, a. consist ing in great liberality; -tyâgin, a. very liberal (Siva); -damshtra,a. having great tusks; m. N.; -danda, m. great staff or long arm; severe punishment; -daridra, a. extremely poor; -dâna, n. valuable gift; a. attended with great gifts (sacrifice); -dâ ru, n. the Devadâru tree (Pinus Deodora); -dis, f. chief cardinal point (N., S., E., W.); -duhkha, n. great sorrow; -durga, n. great danger; place very difficult of access; -driti, m. great bag; -devá, m. the great god, a term sp. applied to Rudra or to one of the gods connected with him (V.); in C.=Siva; N.: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -devî, f. the great goddess=Pârvatî; first wife of a king; N.; -½adbhuta, a. very wonderful; n. great marvel; -dyuti, a. of great lustre, brilliant, glorious; -druma, m. large tree; -dvâra, m. n. main gate; -dhana, a. costing much money, costly, expensive; having much money, wealthy; m. N. of a merchant; (á), n. great battle (RV.); great spoil (RV.1); great wealth (C.): -pati, m. (lord of great wealth), very rich man; -dhanur-dhara, -dhanushmat, m. great bowman; -dhanus, a. bearing a great bow (Siva); -dhî, a. of great understanding, very wise; -½ânaka, m. kind oflarge drum; -nakha, a. having great nails or claws; -nagná, m. (stark naked), paramour (V.): î, f. courtesan; -nada, m. great stream; -nadî, f. river; N. of various rivers; -½ânana, a. having a great mouth or face; -½ânanda, m. great joy or bliss; N.; -naraka, m. a certain hell; -narendra, m. great conjurer or magician; -½anasa, n. freight waggon; kitchen: î, f. cook, kitchen-maid; -½anasa½adhyaksha, m. superintendent of the kitchen; -nâgá, m. great serpent; great elephant; -nâtaka, n. great drama; a kind of play; -nâda, m. loud sound, shout, roar, etc.; a. making a loud noise, roaring etc.; m. ep. of Siva; -nâyaka, m. great leader or chief; large central gem in a pearl necklace; -nâsa, a. large-nosed (Siva); -nidra, a. sleep ing soundly or long; -niraya, m. kind of hell; -nis, f. dead of night, second and third watches of the night (9 p.m. to 3 a.m.); -nîla, a.dark blue or black; m. sapphire: -maya, a. consisting of sapphire; -½anubhâva, a. very powerful or glorious; magnanimous, high-minded, noble: -tâ, f., -tva, n. high-minded ness, nobility; -netra, a. large-eyed (Siva); -½andhakâra, m. dense darkness, complete obscuration of the intellect; -nyâya, m. main rule; -½anvaya, a. of high lineage.
mahācakra n. large wheel or discus; -kakravart-in, m. great emperor, universal monarch: (-i)-tâ, f. dignity of a great emperor; -katura-ka, m. (very crafty), N. of a jackal; -kamû, f. great army;-kar yâ, f. the great course of life (i.e. that of a Bodhisattva): -m grah, enter upon the life of a Bodhisattva; -½akala, m. great moun tain; -½âkârya, m. great teacher (Siva); -½agá, m. great he-goat; -gata, a. wearing large braids of hair (Siva); -gatru, a. having a large collar-bone (Siva); -gana, m. sg. (pl.) many people, multitude of men, crowd, popu lace, the people; great or distinguished man or men; a. occupied by many people (house): -virodha, m. hostility of many people or creatures; -gava, a. very swift (horse, arrow); -gihva, a. long-tongued (Siva); -gñânin, a. knowing much (Siva); m. great soothsayer; -gyotis, a. having great lustre (Siva); -gvara, m. great distress; -½atavî, f. great forest; -½âdhya, a. very rich.
mahākathā f. great tale; -karu- na, a. very compassionate; -karna, a. great eared (Siva); -karman, n. great work; a. doing great works (Siva); -kalâ, f. night of new moon; -kalpa, m. great cosmic period; -kavi, m. great or classical poet (such as Kâ lidâsa, Bhavabhûti, etc.); -kâya, a. having a great body, bulky, gigantic; huge (tree): -tva, n. large size; -½âkâra, a. large, great, extensive; -kâla, m. a form of Siva in his capacity of the great destroyer of the world; N. of a temple of Siva Mahâkâla at Uggay inî; n. N. of a famous Li&ndot;ga: -pura, m. city of Mahâkâla, Uggayinî; -kâlî, f. a form of Durgâ; -kâvya, n. great or classical poem (a term specifically applied to the six poems Raghuvamsa, Kumârasambhava, Meghadûta, Kirâtârgunîya, Sisupâlavadha, and Naishadha karita); -kula, n. illustrious or noble family; (á), a. of high lineage: -½utpanna, pp. born of a noble family; -kulîna, a. belonging to a noble family: -tâ, f. noble origin, high birth; -kûla, a. having high banks; -ketu, a. hav ing a great banner (Siva); -kesa, a. thick haired (Siva); -kosa, a.having large testi cles (Siva): î, f. N. of a river; -kaushîta ka, n. title of a Vedic text; -kratu, m. great sacrifice (such as the Râgasûya and the Asva medha); -krodha, a. very irascible; -ksha tra-pa, m. great Satrap; -½aksha-patalika, m. head-keeper of the archives; -khâta, n. deep ditch; -khyâta, pp. very famous; -gaga, m. great elephant; elephant supporting the earth (=diggaga); -ganá, m. great host, swarm, or body: -pati, m.great lord of hosts, Ganesa; -ganesa, m. id.; -gandha, a. strong scented, very fragrant; -gala, a. having a thick or long neck; -giri, m. great mountain; -guna, a. having great virtues, very merito rious; very efficacious; -guru, a. very rever end person; -griha, n. great house; -gaurî, f. one of the nine forms of Durgâ; -graha, m. ep. of Râhu; -grâmá, m. great host (RV.1); large village; -grîva, a. long-necked (Siva); -ghata, m. large jar; -ghora, a. very terri ble; -ghosha, a. making a loud noise, thun dering (clouds); -½a&ndot;ga, a. having a large body or large limbs (Siva).
mahokṣa m. large or full-grown bull: -tâ, f. state of a great bull; -½ukkhra ya, a. very lofty or great; -½ukkhrâya-vat, a. id.; -½uttama, n. (?) perfume; -½utpala, n. lotus-flower (Nelumbium speciosum); -½ut sava, m. great festival; -½utsavin, a. cele brating a great festival; -½utsâha, a. having great power; strong-willed, energetic, per severing; -½udadhi, m. great sea, ocean (of which there are supposed to be four): -ga, m. shell; -½udaya, m. great exaltation, good fortune, or prosperity; a. conferring great good fortune, or blessings; very prosperous; very happy; m. N.; n. ep. of the city of Kâ nyakubga: â, f. N. of a hall in the lunar world: (a)-svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -½ud ara, n. big belly, dropsy; a. (î) big-bellied; m. N.: -mukha, m. N. of an attendant of Durgâ; -½udyama, a. exerting oneself greatly, hard-working, industrious; busily occupied with (inf. or d. of abst. n.); -½unnata, pp. very lofty; -½unnati, f. great elevation, high rank or position; -½upâdhyâya, m. great teacher; -½uraga, m. great serpent; -½uras-ka, a. broad-chested; -½ûrmin, a. very billowy; -½ulkâ, f. great firebrand; great meteor.
mādhyama a. belonging to the middle, central, inhabiting the middle of the country; m. pl. composers of the middle of the Rig-veda (books II to VII): -ka, a. (i-kâ) relating or belonging to the middle region (the atmosphere); i-ka, a. id.; m. pl. N. of a people in Midland (Madhya-desa).
mādhyaṃdina a. (î) belonging to midday; m. pl. N. of a school, a branch of the White Yagur-veda: -sâkhâ, f. the school of the Mâdhyamdinas.
mithyākopa m. feigned anger; -kraya, m. false price; -graha, m. fruitless obstinacy; -½âkâra, m. wrong or improper conduct; a. acting hypocritically; -galpita, (pp.) n. wrong or false talk;-gñâna, n. mis apprehension, error; -tva, n. falseness, un reality; -darsana, n. false appearance; -drish- ti, f. heresy; -½adhîta, n. wrong course of study; -½adhyavasiti, f. false supposition (a figure of speech in which the impossibility of a thing is expressed by making it depend on an impossible contingency: e. g. only one who wears a garland of air will secure the affec tions of a courtesan); -pandita, a. learned or clever only in appearance; -purusha, m. man only in appearance; -pratigña, a. false to one's promise, faithless; -pravâdin, a. speaking falsely, lying; -phala, n. imaginary advantage or reward; -buddhi, f. misappre hension; -½abhidhâ, f. false name; -½abhi dhâna, n. false statement; -½abhiyogin, a. making a false charge; -½abhisamsana, n. false accusation; -½abhisamsin, a. accusing falsely; -½abhisasta, pp. falsely accused; -½abhisasti, f. false charge; -½abhisâpa, m. id.; false prediction; -yoga, m. false em ployment; -½ârambha, m. wrong treatment; -vakana, n. telling an untruth; -vâkya, n. false statement, lie; -vâk, a. speaking falsely, lying; -vâda, m. false statement, lie; a. tell ing an untruth, lying; -vâdin, a. id.; -vyâ pâra, m. wrong occupation, meddling with what is not one's concern; -sâkshin, m. false witness; -stava, m. unfounded praise (pl.); -stotra, n. id. (pl.); -½âhâra, m. wrong diet; -½upakâra, m. pretended service or kind ness; wrong (medical) treatment.
muṣṭika m. handful (--°ree;); particu lar position of the hands; n. (?) pugilistic encounter; -grâhya, fp. to be clasped with one hand (waist); -ghâta, m. blow with the fist: -m, abs. with han, strike with the fists; -prahâra, m. blow with the fist; -meya, fp. to be measured or clasped with one hand (waist); -yuddha, n. pugilistic encounter; -vadha, m. devastation of the crops; -hán, a. striking with the fist, fighting hand to hand.
mūlaka a. (ikâ) having its root in, produced or derived from; n. radish; root; -karman, n. magic rites with roots; -kâr ana, n. original or prime cause; -krikkhra, m. n. penance consisting in eating onlyroots; -khânaka, m. digger of roots; -grantha, m. original text; -kkhinna, pp. cut off with the root, dissipated (hope); -kkheda, m. cutting down (a tree) by the root; -kkhedin, a. de stroying the text (super-cleverness);-ga, a. growing from the root (plant); formed on roots of trees (ant-hill); -tás, ad. below: w. â, from the root onwards; from the begin ning (relate); -tâ, f. being the root or source of (--°ree;); -tva, n. id.; -deva, m. N.; -dvâra, n. main door; -nikrintana, a. (î) cutting off by the root, destroying root and branch (--°ree;); -purusha, m. (root-man), male repre sentative of a family; -prakriti, f. primeval or unevolved matter (in the Sâ&ndot;khya phil.; also called pradhâna): pl. principal sovereigns to be considered in time of war; -pranihita, pp. known through spies from the beginning (thieves); -phala, n. roots and fruits; interest of capital; -bhava, a. growing from roots; -bhâga, m. lower part; -bhritya, m. heredi tary servant; -mantra, m. main or heading text; spell; -mantra-maya, a. formed of spells, taking effect like a spell; -râmâyana, n. original (i. e. Vâlmîki's) Râmâyana; -vakana, n. original words or text; -vat, a. supplied with (esculent) roots (place); stand ing upright; -vâpa, m. planter of (esculent) roots; -vinâsana, n. radical destruction; -vyasana-vritti-mat, a.following a calling which is a hereditarily vile occupation; -vyâdhi, m. main disease; -vratin, a. sub sisting exclusively on roots; -sâdhana, n. main instrument; -sthâna, n. base, founda tion; chief place; Multan; -sthâyin,a. ex isting from the beginning (Siva); -srotas, n. main stream of a river; -hara, a. taking away the roots, completely destroying (g.): -tva, n. complete ruin; -½âyatana, n. original abode or seat; -½âsin, a. subsisting on roots.
meghākṣa m. N. of a prince; -½âkhya, m. id. (v. l.); -½âgama, m. arrival of the clouds, rainy season; -½âtopa, m. dense cloud; -½âdambara, m. thunder.
yathātattva ad. °ree;-- or -m, in accordance with truth, truly, accurately; -tatham, ad. as it is really (tathâ), circumstantially, accurately; properly, suitably; -tathyam, -tathyena, ad. in accordance with truth; -½âtmaka, a. having whatever nature; -darsana, ad. °ree;-or -m, at each occurrence, in each individual case; -dik, -disam, ad. in accordance with the cardinal points, ac cording to thecorresponding direction; -½â dishta, pp. according to the direction or statement: (á)-m, ad.; -drishtam, ad. as one has seen it; -devatam, ad. deity by deity; -desam, ad. according to the place; -½âdesam, according to precept; -dharmám, ad. in due order; according to the nature; -½adhikâra, ad. °ree;-or -m, according to au thority; -½adhîta, °ree;-or -m, ad. as learnt, in accordance with the text; -½adhyâpakam, ad. in accordance with the teacher; -nirup tam, ad. as scattered; -nirdishta, pp. as above specified, described, or characterized; -½anu pûrvam, ad. in regular order; -½anupûrvya, °ree;-or â, (in.) ad. id.; -½anubhûtam, ad. ac cording toprevious experience; -½anurûpam, ad. in exact conformity, regularly; -nyastam, ad. in the manner in which deposited; -nyây am, ad. according to rule, duly, fitly; -nyâs am, ad. according to the written wording of a sûtra, as is written; -nyupta, pp. in the order in which laid down.
yathākaniṣṭham ad. according to age from the youngest upwards; -kartavya, fp. to be done according to the circumstances; n. proper course of action; -karmá, ad. according to the respective action or actions; -karma-gunam, ad. according to the actions and (three) qualities; -kalpam, ad. according to the ritual; -kândam, ad. according to the sections; -kâma-kâra, m. action according to one'sdesire; -k&asharp;mam (SB. ám), ad. according to wish, at will or pleasure, agreeably; leisurely; -kâma- gyeya, fp. to be oppressed at pleasure; -kâma-prayâpya, fp. to be sent away at pleasure; -kâma-vadhya, fp. to be chastised at pleasure; -kâma-vikârin, a. wandering about at will; -kâma½arkita½arthin, a. satis fying supplicants according to their desire; -kâmin, a. acting according to one's will, unrestrained; -kârya, fp. to be done according to circumstances; -kâla, m. proper time: -m, ad. at the right or usual time, seasonably; -kula-dharmam, ad. according to the family usage; -krita, pp. properly done (--°ree;); agreed upon: (á)-m, ad. as usual (RV.); as it hap pened; as agreed upon; -krama, °ree;--, -m, ena, in due order, successively; -kriyamâna, pr. pt. as being done, usual, customary; -ksham am, ad. according to one's power, as much as possible; -kshipram,ad. as possible; -½âkhyânam, ad. according to the statement, as before stated; -½âgata, pp. by which one came (way): -m, e-na, ad. by the way one came; -½âgama, a. orthodox: -m, ad. in accordance with tradition; -gunam, ad. according to the qualities or virtues; -griham, ad. into one's respective house; -gotra-kula-kalpam, ad. according to the usage of the family or the tribe; -½a&ndot;gám, ad. member by member; -½âkâram,ad. according to usage; -kintita, pp. previously intended; -kkhandas, ad. metre by metre; -gâta, pp. as if born into the world; stupid, foolish; -gosham, ad. to one's heart's content; -gñapta, pp. previously directed orordered; -gñapti, ad. according to command; -gñânam, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -gñeyam, ad. id.; -gyeshtham, ad. according to age from the eldest downwards, by seniority.
yathāvakāśam ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand.
yathārtha a. conformable to reality, appropriate (name), suitable; correct, true (also of a dream), in the true sense of the word (life): °ree;-or (á)-m, ad. in accordance with the object or need, suitably, fitly, appro priately; in accordance with reality, accu rately; at pleasure; -ka, a. correct; coming true (dream); -krita-nâman, a. appropriately named; -tattvam, ad. in accordance with the actual truth; -tas, ad.in accordance with truth; -tâ, f. appropriateness (of a name); -nâma-ka, a. bearing an appropriate name: -tva, n. appropriateness of name; -nâman, a. having an appropriate name; -½akshara, a. true to the letter; -½âkhya, a. bearing an appropriate name.
yathāpaṇyam ad. according to the commodity; -½aparâdha-danda, a. pun ishing in proportion to guilt; -parîttam, ad. as delivered up; -puram, ad. as before; -pûr va, a. being as before: (á)-m, ad. as before; in succession, one after the other; -pragñam, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -pratya ksha-darsanam, ad. as if actually seen; -pra dishtam, ad. as prescribed, duly; -pradesam, ad. in its respective place; in the proper place; in all directions; according to precept; -pradhânam, ad. according to size; accord ing to precedence; -pravesam, ad. as one has entered; -prasnam, ad. in accordance with the questions; -prastutam, ad. as had al ready been begun, at length; -prânam, ad. according to one's strength, with all one's might; -prânena, in. ad. id.; -prâpta, pp. as fallen in with, the first that occurs; as resulting from circumstances, suitable; re sulting from a preceding grammatical rule: -m, ad. according to the rule, regularly; -prârthitam, ad. as requested; -phalam, ad. according to the produce; -balám, ad. according to one'spower, with all one's might; according to the condition of the army; -bîg am, ad. according to the seed; -buddhi, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -bhâgám, ad. according to the share; in one's respective place; in the right place; -bhâganam, ad. respectively in the right place; -bhâva, m. condition of how it is, true state; fate; -½abhi preta, pp. wished for, desirable (--°ree;): -m, ad. according to desire, as any one (g.) likes; -½abhimata, pp. desired: -m, ad. according to desire, to one's heart's content, -desa, m. desired place, whatever place one likes; -½abhi rukita, pp. liked, favourite; -½abhilashita, wished for, desirable; -½abhîshta, pp.desired: -dis, f. place desired by each; -bhûtam, ad. according to what has happened, truly; -bhû mi, ad. into the respective country; -½abhy arthita, pp. previously requested; -ma&ndot;ga lam, ad. according to the respective custom; -mati, ad. as seems fit to any one (g.); to the best of one's understanding; -manas, ad. to one's heart's content; -mukhyam, ad. as re gards the chief persons; -mukhyena, in. ad. chiefly, above all; -½âmnâtam, ad. as handed down in the text.
yadgotra a. belonging to which family; -devata, a. having which deity; -dhetos, ab. (=hetos) ad. on which account, wherefore; -bhavishya, a. saying &open;what will be, will be&close;; m. fatalist;N. of a fish.
yavapiṣṭa pp. barley-meal; (yá va)-mat, a. containing barley; m. corn grower (RV.); n. abundance of corn (RV.); (yáva)-madhya, a. like a barley-corn in the middle, thickest in the middle (a term applied also to certain metres); n. (diameter of a barley-corn), a measure of length; kind of Kândrâyana or lunar penance (also -ma dhyama); -máya, a. made or consisting of barley; -mardana, n. threshing-floor; -mushti, m. f. handful of barley.
yugādi m. beginning of (an age=) the world; -½adhyaksha, m. surveyor of a cosmic age, ep. of Pragâpati; -½anta, m. end of the yoke; end of a generation; end of an age or of the world; meridian: -m adhirû- dhah savitâ, the sun has reached the meri dian, it is noon; -½antara, n. another or later generation; second half of the sun's arc divided by the meridian: -m ârûdhah savitâ, the sun has entered the second part of his course, it is past midday.
yūtha ] n. (V., C.), m. (C.) herd, flock; host, multitude: -kârin, a. going about in troops (pl.); -nâtha, m. lord or leader of a troop or herd; -pa, m. id. (said esp. of elephants); -pati, m. id.; -paribhrash- ta, pp. strayed from the herd; -bhrashta, pp. id.; -mukhya, m. chief of a host; -sas, ad. in flocks, herds, or troops; -½agranî, m. leader of a host.
yoga m. [√ yug] yoking; team; vehi cle; equipment (of an army); performance, employment, use, application, of (g., --°ree;); remedy, cure; means, expedient; device, trick; spell, magic; fraud (°ree;-=spurious); opportunity; undertaking (V.); union, con tact, with (in. ± saha or --°ree;); combination, mixture; connexion, relation; connexion with, acquisition of (in., --°ree;); gain, profit; order, succession; aggregate, sum; fitness, propriety; strenuousness, exertion, endea vour, zeal, assiduity; occupation; mental concentration, systematic abstraction, Yoga system of philosophy; follower of the Yoga system; unity of the soul and nature (Sâm khya ph.); connexion of a word with its root, etymology, etymological meaning of a word; syntactical dependence of a word, construc tion; (concentrated sentence), grammatical rule; conjunction (of stars); constellation: in. yogena, by means of an expedient or stratagem; by means or in consequence of, in accordance with (--°ree;, also -yogât and -yoga tas); suitably, duly, in the correct manner; yogatas, id.; strenuously, assiduously.
rakṣā f. protection, deliverance, preservation, of (--°ree; very common; rarely --°ree; =from, e. g. cold, or on, e. g. a journey); guard, sentinel; preservative, amulet, mysti cal object: -karandaka, n. magical preser vative casket; -griha, n. lying-in chamber; -½adhikrita, pp. entrusted with the protec tion (of the country etc.); m. appointed guardian; -½adhipati, m. head-constable; -parigha, m. protective bolt; -purusha, m. guard, watchman; -pradîpa, m. protec tive lamp (kept burning to keep off demons); -½abhyadhikrita, m. police official; -ma&ndot;gala, n. protective ceremony (against evil spirits); -mani, m. jewel used as a preservative (against demons): also fig. of a king; -mahaushadhi, f. sovran preservative herb (against demons); -ratna, n. preservative jewel (against de mons): -pradîpa, m. preservative jewel lamp (the gems in which serve as a protective light against demons); -vat, a. enjoying protec tion, protected by (in.); -sarshapa, m. mus tard seed as a preservative against demons.
raghu ] a. (v-&isharp;) speed ing, fleet (V.); m. courser (V.); N. of an ancient king, ancestor of Râma: pl. descend ants of Raghu; -tilaka, m. ep. of Râma; -drú, a. running swiftly (RV.); -nandana, m. descendant of Raghu, ep. of Râma; -nâ tha, m. ep. of Râma; -pati, m. lord of the Raghus, ep. of Râma; -pátvan, a. flying swiftly (RV.); -vamsa, m. Raghu's race: T. of a well-known poem by Kâlidâsa: -samgîv anî, f. T. of Mallinâtha's commentary on the Raghuvamsa; -shyád, a. gliding swiftly (V.); -svâmin, -½uttama, -½udvaha, m. ep. of Râma.
rathakāra m. wheelwright, car penter; a mixed caste (offspring of a Mâhishya and a Karanî): -tva, n. trade of a carpenter; -krit, m. wheelwright, carpenter; -kshobha, m. jolting of a chariot; -gritsá,m. skilful charioteer; -ghosha, m. sound or rumbling of a chariot; -kakrá, n. chariot-wheel; -karana, m. id.; -karyâ, f. driving in a chariot (often pl.); -gñâna, n. skill in driving; -gñânin, a. skilled in driving; -dhur, f. pole of a chariot; -nâbhí, f. nave of a chariot-wheel; -nirghosha, m. rum bling of a chariot; -nisvana, m. sound of a chariot; -nîda, m. n. interior or seat of a chariot; -nemi, f. felly of a chariot-wheel; -m-tará, n. N. of various Sâmans; m. a form of Agni (son of Tapas); -bandha, m. fastenings of a chariot; -bha&ndot;ga, m. break down of a chariot; -mahotsava, m. solemn procession of an idol in a car; -yâtrâ, f. id.; -mârga, m.carriage road; -yúg, a. yoking or yoked to a car (RV.); m. charioteer; -yuddha, n. chariot fight; -yoga, m. chariot team; use of a chariot, art of driving; -yog aka, m. yoker of a car; -yodha, m. chariot fighter; -rasmi, m.chariot-trace; -vamsa, m. multitude of chariots; (rátha)-vat, a. having a chariot, consisting in chariots (RV.); containing the word ratha; -vara, m. excellent chariot; -vartman, n. chariot-road, high road; -vâhá, a.(&isharp;) drawing a chariot; m. chariot-horse; charioteer: -ka, m. charioteer; -vigñâna, n., -vidyâ, f. knowledge of or skill in driving; -vîthî, f. carriage road, high road; -sakti, f. flagstaff on a war-chariot; -sâlâ, f.carriage-shed, coach-house; -sikshâ, f. art of driving; -siras, n. fore-part of a chariot; -stha, a. standing on or fighting from a chariot; -svana, m. sound or rattle of a chariot.
rasātmaka a. whose nature is juice or nectar (moon); tasteful (speech); -½adhika, a. tasteful; abounding in enjoy ments; â½âdhipatya, n. sovereignty of the lower regions; -½antara, n.difference of taste; another taste or pleasure; change of senti ment: -vid, a. having different tastes; -½â bhâsa, m. mere semblance of a sentiment; improper manifestation of a sentiment; -½a bhyantara, a. filled with water or love; -½ayana, n. life-prolonging medicine, elixir of life (sts. follows the gender of the word to which it refers).
lakṣya fp. to be defined; indicated, indirectly denoted or expressed; to be regarded as (nm.); had in view; to be observed; to be recognised by (in., --°ree;); visible, perceptible; n. object aimed at, prize; aim, mark; one hundred thousand, lac; pretence, disguise; example (?): -m labh, attain one's object, -m bandh, direct one's aim at (lc.): w. âkâse, gaze vaguely into the air: -tâ, f. visibility; state of being a mark:-m nî, make visible, -m yâ, become an aim; -tva, n. being an aim, of (--°ree;); -bheda, m. hitting the mark; -lakshana-bhâva, m. connexion of the indicated and indicator; -supta, pp. feigning sleep; -½alakshya, fp. visible and not visible, scarcely visible.
lakṣaya den. P. (Â. metr.) mark; characterise, define; indicate, designate indirectly; have in view, mean; consider, regard as (2 ac.), assume any one (ac.) to be (oratio recta with iti); regard, examine; observe, note, perceive, see (often with second appositional ac.; ord. mg.); see that (yad); ps. lakshyate, be meant; be called (2 nm.); look like, appear to be (nm.±iva): pp. laksh ita, marked, indicated, ordistinguished by (in., --°ree;); expressed by indication; aimed at (--°ree;, of arrows); observed, noticed, perceived, seen; understood; des. pp. lilakshayishita, intended to be expressed, meant. anu, have in view. abhi, pp.marked or determined by (in.); made known, reported; seen, ob served. â, observe, notice, see (±app. ac.); ps. appear (nm.): pp. perceived, seen; heard. upa, define; express figuratively; have in view, regard; consider as (2 ac.); perceive, observe, see (ord. mg.; ± app. ac.); recognise; hear; feel (v.l. upa-labh); ps. be figuratively expressed, be used figuratively for (d.); appear to be (2 nm.): pp. marked or distinguished by (in., --°ree;). sam-upa, direct one's attention to, observe; perceive, see. vi, perceive, observe; (lose sight of one's aim), be confused: pp. embarrassed, perplexed; indignant. sam, perceive, observe, learn (± app. ac.); hear; ps. appear.
lakṣadatta m. N. of a prince; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bhûta, pp. being the aim, sought by all; -samkhya, a. numbered by lacs.
laya m. [√ 1. lî] adherence; disap pearance or absorption in (lc., --°ree;); extinc tion, dissolution, destruction, death; rest, repose (rare); mental lethargy or inactivity; sport; time in music (of which there are three: druta, madhya, and vilambita): -m gam, become attached to any one (lc.); dis appear, be dissolved, or absorbed in (lc.); -m yâ, id.; be destroyed, perish.
līlā f. play, sport, pastime, diver sion, amusement; playful imitation of a lover; mere sport, child's play (=action easily performed); mere appearance, sem blance (--°ree;); dissimulation, disguise, pre tence; charm, grace: °ree;-and in. a-yâ, sportively, to amuse oneself; in sport=with the greatest ease; for mere appearance, feignedly: -kamala, n. toy-lotus, lotus for playing with; -kalaha, m. playful or feigned quarrel; -khela, a. playfully sportive; -½â gâra, n., -griha, n., -geha, n. pleasure house; -tâmarasa, n. toy-lotus, lotus for playing with; -nritya, n. playful dance; -padma, n. lotus for playing with; -½abga, n. id.; -½âbharana, n.sham ornament (e. g. a brace let of lotus fibres); -manushya, m. man in appearance only, man in disguise; -mand ira, n. pleasure house; -½ambuga, n. toy lotus.
vaṃśakara a. perpetuating a race; m. continuer of a family; N.; -karma-krit, m. worker in bamboo, basket-maker; -krit ya, n. function of a flute, flute-playing; -krama½âgata, pp. come down by family succession, lineally descended, hereditary; -krama½âhita-gaurava, a. highly esteemed by successive generations of the family; -gop tri, m. preserver of the family; -kintaka, m. genealogist; -kkhettri, m. (cutter off=) last of a family; -ga, a. made of bamboo; born in or belonging to the family of, sprung from a -family (--°ree;); belonging to the same family: with prâktanâh=ancestors; -dhara, a. perpetuating a family; m.continuer of a family; m. descendant; -nâdikâ, -nâdî, f. pipe of bamboo; -nâtha, m. chief of a race; -pattra, n. bamboo leaf; -pota, m. shoot of a cane and child of good family; -bâhya, a. re pudiated by the family; -brâhmana, n. list of ancient teachers; T.; -bhrit, m. perpetuator of a race; -bhogya, fp. to be enjoyed by successive generations, hereditary; -maya, a. (î) made of bamboo; -râgya-dhara, a. perpetuating race and dominion; -lûna, pp. deprived of one's family, alone in the world; -vardh ana, a. increasing or perpetuating a race; m. son; -vardhin, a. id.; -visuddha, pp. unblemished or sound in the cane; of pure lineage; -vistara, m.complete genealogy; -sthiti, f. perpetuation of a family.
varga m. [√ vrig] division, separate homogeneous collection, group, class, com pany, of (g., --°ree;; often pl. for sg.); classified group of words, category; class of consonants in the alphabet (gutturals, palatals, etc.); section (in a book); subdivision of an Adhyâ ya in the RV. and the Brihaddevatâ: --°ree; with numerals, group or division consisting of (e. g. three=dharma, kâma, and artha).
vastra n. dress, garment; cloth: -knop am, abs. wetting the clothes; -dasâ, f. hem of a garment; -dhâvin, a. washing clothes; -pûta, pp. strained through a cloth; -petâ, f. clothes-basket; -mukhya, a.having clothes as the chief thing (adornment); -vat, a. having a fine garment, beautifully dressed; -veshtita, pp. enveloped in clothes, well clad.
vākkalaha m. strife of words, dis pute; -kelî, f. jest with words, witty con verse; -kshata, n. wound inflicted with words; -kakshus, n. sg. speech and look; -kapala, a. inconsiderate in speech, talking idly; -kâp alya, n. inconsiderateness in talk; -khala, n. semblance of a voice; sg. & pl. lying talk; prevarication (in argument); -khalya, n. word-arrow, wounding speech; -patu, a. clever in speech, eloquent: -tâ, f.fluency of speech, eloquence; -páti, m. lord of speech; Saiva saint who has attained a certain stage of perfection: -râga, m. N. of a poet; -pa tha, m. opportunity for speech; province of speech (atîta --, a. indescribable): -pâram avâpita, become indescribable; -p&asharp;, a. protecting speech; -pâtava, n. eloquence; -pârushya, n. roughness of voice; scurrilous language; -pushtâ, f. N. of a princess: -½ata vî, f. N. of a forest named after her; -push pa, n. pl. flowers of speech; -pralâpa, m. elo quence; -prasasta, pp. expressly sanctioned as fit for food; -prasâri-kâma, a. desirous of one (i.e. a child) progressing in speech.
vāgguda m. kind of bat; -ghasta vat, a. possessed of speech and hands (hasta); -gâla, n. multitude of words, verbosity; -dambara, m. n. id., bombast; -danda, m. admonition: du. word and staff: -yoh or -gam pârushyam, severe verbal and corporal injury, abuse and assault, -pârushya, n. du. id.; -dattâ, pp. f. verbally given, betrothed; -dâna, n. betrothal; -dushta, pp. rude, scurrilous; m. rude fellow, defamer; -deva tâ, f. goddess of speech, Sarasvatî: -ka, a. sacred to Sarasvatî; -devî, f. goddess of speech, Sarasvatî; -daivatya, a. sacred to Sarasvatî; -dosha, m. abuse, scurrility: ab. by fault of his voice; -dvâra, n. entrance of speech=descriptive entrance; -baddha, pp. stopped in speech, silent; -bandhana, n. silence: -m pra-kri, silence any one; -bha- ta, m. N. of various authors, esp. of a rhetori cian and of a physician.
vāranārī f. (woman taken in turn), courtezan; -bâna, n. (?) armour, coat of mail, doublet (=bâna-vâra, arrow-guard); -mukhyâ, f. courtezan.
vikhyāti f. fame, renown; -khyâ pana, n. making known, declaring.
vikṛti f. transformation, altera tion, change, modification, variation, changed condition; apparition, spectre; product; de rivative of Prakriti (=vikâra in Sâmkhya phil.); derivative form (in gr.; rare); de velopment (of seed; Br.); change of the nor mal mental condition, perturbation; change of feeling, hostility, defection: -m gam, yâ, vrag, or pra-pad, be changed: -mat, a. liable to change; indisposed, ill.
vigraha m. separation; division; independence of a word (opp. composition; gr.); analysis of a compound (gr.); discord, quarrel, strife, war (ord. mg.), with (in. ± saha, sârdham, sâkam, g. with upari,lc., --°ree;); (separate=) individual form or shape, body (common mg.; also of the shape of a rain bow); element (in Sâmkhya phil.); ornament (E.): -m kri, make war; -m kri, grah, or upa½â-dâ, assume a form.
vigāna n. contradiction, inconsis tency; repugnance; -gâhya, fp. to be en tered (Ganges).
vittaka a. well-known, famous; -nâtha, m. lord of wealth, ep. of Kubera; -nâsa, m. loss of property; -pa, a. guarding treasure; m. ep. of Kubera; -pati, m. lord of wealth, ep. of Kubera; -pa-purî, f. N. of a town; -pâla, m. guardian of wealth, ep. of Kubera; -petâ, f., -petî, f. money-case, purse; -mâtrâ, f. sum of money; -½riddhi, f. abundance of wealth; -vat, a. wealthy, rich; -vivardhin, a. increasing capital; -samkaya, m. accumulation of wealth; -hîna, pp. desti tute of wealth, poor; -½âgama, m. acquisi tion of wealth, means of making money; -½âdhya, a. abounding in wealth, rich; -½âpti, f. acquisition of wealth.
vidarbha m. [grassless=arid land] N. of country south of the Vindhya (with the capital Kundina) now called Berar: pl. the people; sg. king of Vidarbha: â, f. N. of the capital of Vidarbha (=Kundina);(a)-tana yâ, f. daughter of the king of Vidarbha; (a)-nagarî, f. city of Vidarbha; (a)-râga putrî, f. pat. of Rukminî; -½abhi-mukha, a. facing Vidarbha.
vidviṣ m. enemy; -dvishta-tâ, f. odiousness; -dvishti, f. hate, enmity; -dve shá, m. hatred, enmity, dislike, of (g., lc.); hatefulness to (--°ree;); proud disdain (rare): -m kri, show hostility towards(lc.); -m gam, incur odium; -m grah, conceive hatred to wards (lc.); -dvéshana, a. setting at variance (RV.); n. hatred, enmity towards (g., --°ree;); making oneself hated; stirring up of hatred or enmity; magic rite for engendering hatred; -dveshi-tâ, f. hatred, enmity; -dveshin, a. (n-î) hating; vying with (--°ree;); m. hater, enemy; -dveshtri, m. id.; -dveshya, fp. hateful, odious, to (--°ree;).
vidhitsā des. f. (√ dhâ) inten tion, wish, desire, for (--°ree;); wish to make any one anything (--°ree;); -su, des. a. intending (ac.): âtithyam --, wishing to show hospitality.
vindhyāya den. Â. represent the Vindhya range.
vindhya m. N. of a mountain range running from east to west and separating the Deccan from Madhya-desa: -ketu, m. N. of a prince of Pulinda; -giri, m. the Vindhya range; -para, m. N. of a prince of the fairies; -vana, n. forest in the Vindhya; -vâsin, a. dwelling in the Vindhya: -î, f. (± devî) a form of the goddess Durgâ; -stha, a. resid ing in the Vindhya; -½akala, m. the Vindhya range; -½atavî, f. forest in the Vindhya; -½adri, m. the Vindhya range.
vipramāthin a. trampling down everything; -mâdin, a. thoroughly heedless; -moksha, m. loosening; deliver ance from (ab., g.); -mokya, fp. to be freed from (ab.); -yoga, m. separation, from (in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); lack, absence; -yogin, a. separated from a loved object; -labdha, pp. (√ labh) deceived, imposed upon; -labhya, fp. to be deceived, -made a fool of; -lam bha, m. deception; (disappointment=) sepa ration of lovers: -ka, a. deceiving, cheating; m. dishonest opponent: -tva, n. deception; -lambhana, n. deception (pl.); -lambhin, a. deceiving, fallacious; -laya, m. absorp tion in (lc.); extinction; -lâpa, m. explana tion; idle chatter; contradiction; -lâpin, a. chattering; m. chatterer; -lumpa-ka, a. rapacious; -vâda, m. divergent statement; -vâsa, m. dwelling or travelling abroad; staying away from (ab., --°ree;); -vâsana, n. banishing.
viyat a. [pr. pt. √ i: going apart, outspread], departing (rare); -yát, n. intermediate region between heaven and earth, sky, atmosphere; ether as an element (rare): (yad)-gata, pp. moving orflying in the air; n-madhya-hamsa, m. sun; n-maya, a. (î) consisting of air.
vimati f. divergence of opinion, regarding (lc.); aversion; a. dull, stupid: -tâ, f. stupidity; -matsara, a. free from jealousy; -mada, a. free from intoxication, grown sober; free from rut; free from pride; á, m. N. of a protégé of the gods; N. of a composer of Vedic hymns; (ví)-madhya, n. (?) middle; -manas, a. out of one's senses, beside oneself, discomposed, downcast, dis consolate; -manâ-ya, den. Â. be disconsolate or downcast; -manî-kri, make angry; -man yu, a. free from anger; -marda, m. crush ing, bruising, rubbing, friction; trampling; conflict, encounter, scuffle, fight; destruction, devastation; interruption, disturbance of (--°ree;); contact (rare); refusal, rejection (rare); total eclipse (rare); -marda-ka, a. crushing, destroying; m. N.; -mardana, a. pressing, crushing; destroying; m. N. of a fairy; n. crushing; encounter, conflict; destruction, devastation; -mardin, a. (--°ree;) shattering, destroying, devastating; dispelling; -marsa, m. examination, consideration, reflection; discussion; intelligence (rare); crisis in the plot (of a play); -marsana, n. examination, reflection.
vilakṣa a. having no fixed aim; missing its mark (arrow); embarrassed, abashed, ashamed: -tva, n. abst. n.; -laksh ana, a. varying in character, different; differ ing from (ab., --°ree;); various, manifold (rare); not admitting of exact definition (rare); -lakshî-kri, cause to miss the mark, disap point (any one); disconcert, abash; -laksh ya, a. having no fixed aim; -lagna, pp. (√ lag) clinging to, etc.; n. rise of a con stellation; -la&ndot;ghana, n. leaping over (g.); striking against; offence, injury: â, f. get ting over, surmounting; -la&ndot;ghin, a. (--°ree;) overstepping, transgressing; striking against, ascending to (the sky); -la&ndot;ghya, fp. to be crossed (river); to be got over, tolerable: -tâ, f. tolerableness; -lagga, a. shameless; -lapana, n., -lapita, n. wailing, lamenta tion; -labdhi, f. removal; -lamba, a. hang ing down (arms); m.tardiness, delay: °ree;--, slowly; ab. so late; in. id.; too late; -lam ba-ka, m. N. of a king; -lambana, n., â, f. delay, procrastination; -lambita, pp. √ lamb; n. delay: -gati, a. having a slow gait; f. a metre; -lambin, a.hanging down, hanging to, leaning against (lc., --°ree;); --°ree;, from which -depend, suffused with (tears); delaying, reluctant; -laya, m. disappearance, loss, de struction, end; -layana, a. dissolving; n. dissolution, destruction; liquefaction; kind of product of milk; -lasana, n. sportiveness (of a woman); play (of lightning); -lasita, pp. √ las; n. manifestation; sportiveness; pranks, goings on (sg. & pl.); play (of light ning); -lâpa,m. lamentation; -lâpana, cs. √ 1. lî] a. causing to disappear, removing; n. destruction, death; -lâpayitri, m. [fr. cs. of √ 1. lî] destroyer; -lâpin, a. wailing, lament ing; uttering sounds.
vivāka m. one who pronounces judgment; (ví)-vâk, a. shouting against one another, contending (RV.); f. opposing shout, contest (RV.); -vâkana, m. (î, f.) arbitrator; n. decisive statement, authority;-vâda, m. dispute, between (g., --°ree;), with (in. ± saha, --°ree;), regarding (g., lc., prati, --°ree;); controversy, argument; lawsuit: -pada, n. subject of a dispute or suit; -vâda½adhyâsita, pp. sub ject to dispute; -vâda½arthin, m. prose cutor; -vâdin, m. disputant, litigant; -vâra, m. expansion of the throat in articulation (opp. samvâra); -vârin, a. warding off (--°ree;); -vâsa, m. absence from home, banishment; separation from (in.); -vâsana, n. expulsion from home, banishment; -vâsas, a. un clothed, naked; -vâsya, fp. to be banished; -vâhá, m. taking home of the bride, wedding, marriage, with (in.±saha); nuptial form (of which there are eight); vehicle (in a play on words, Ait. Br.): -katushtaya, n. quadruple matrimonial alliance; -vâhanîyâ, fp. f. to be taken home as a bride, to be wedded; -vâha-pataha, m. wedding drum; -vâha vesha, m. wedding garment, -vâha½agni, m. wedding fire; -vâhya, fp. to be married (girl); connected by marriage; m. son-in-law.
viveka m. [√ vik] discrimination, distinction; investigation, discussion, criti cism; discernment, judgment: -khyâti, f. correct judgment; -gña, a. having correct knowledge, of (--°ree;); -gñâna, n.correct know ledge; -bhâg, a. discerning; -manthara-tâ, f. feebleness of judgment; -rahita, pp. lacking an interstice (breasts) and lacking discern ment; -vat, a. judicious, discerning.
viśeṣaṇa a. distinguishing, par ticularizing; n. that which differentiates, viz. attribute, adjective, adverb, apposition, or predicate; distinguishing; particulariza tion; species, kind; surpassing (rare):-tva, n. adjectival nature; -pada, n. honorific title; -viseshya-tâ, f., -viseshya-bhâva, m. relation of predicate and subject.
viśvaka m. N. of a protégé of the Asvins; -kartri, m. creator of the universe; -karman, n. every action (only °ree;--); (á) karman, a. accomplishing or creating every thing (V., E.); N. of the architect of the universe, resembling Pragâpati and often not distinguished from him; in C. he is the architect and artificer of the gods, also called Pragâpati, and with the pat. Bhauvana, father of Barhishmatî and Samgñâ; ep. of the sun (rare); -krít, a. creating everything; m. creator of the universe; the architect and artificer of the gods, Visvakarman; (á)-krish- ti, a. dwelling among all men, universally known (RV.); -kshaya, m. destruction of the world; -gata, pp. omnipresent; -guru, m. father of the universe; (á)-kakshas, a. all-seeing (RV.); (á)-karshani, a. = -krishti (RV.); -ganá, m. mankind; -gan&isharp;na, a. containing all kinds of people (V.); ruling all people (V.); benefiting the whole world (V., C.); (á)-ganya, a. containing all men (heaven and earth: V.); universal, dear to all men (V.); universally beneficial (discussion); -gít, a. all-subduing (V., P.); m. N. of an Ekâha in the Gavâmayana rite, the fourth day after the Vishuvat (Br., S., C.); -gîva, m. universal soul; -g&usharp;, a. all-impelling (RV.1); (á)-tas, ad. from or on all sides, everywhere; (á)-to-mukha, a. having a face on every side, facing in all directions; (á) tra, ad. everywhere; always; (á)-thâ, ad. in every way, always (V.); -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; (á)-darsata, a. visible to all (RV.); -d&asharp;nîm, ad. always (V.); (á)-deva, a. all-divine;m. pl. the All-gods, the Visve devâs; (á)-devya, a. relating, dear etc. to all gods (RV.); (á)-devyâ-vat, a. id.; accompanied by the Visve devâs (Indra); (á)-dh&abrevcirc;, ad. in every way, always (RV.); -dhar ana, n.preservation of the universe; (á) dhâyas, a. all-supporting (RV.); -dhâ-vîrya, a. effective in every way (AV.); (á)-dhena, a. all-feeding (RV.); -nâtha, m. lord of the universe, ep. of Siva; N.; -m-tara, a. all-subduing(Buddha); m. N. of a king with the pat. Saushadmana; -pâvana, a. all-purifying; -pís, a. all-adorned (RV.); -prakâsa, m. All-enlightener, T. of a dictionary; (á) psnya, a. all-nourishing (V.); -bhug, a. all-consuming; (á)-bheshaga, a. (î) all-healing (V.); n. dry ginger (C.); (á)-bhogas, a. all-supporting; -maya, a. containing the uni verse; -maha, m. a kind of personification; -mahesvara, m. great lord of all (Siva); -minvá, a. (RV.) all-moving; all-containing; -mûrti, a. whose body is the universe or having all forms; -m-bhará, a. all-supporting; m. ep. of Vishnu: â, f. earth: -bhug, m. king; -yoni, m. f. source or creator of the universe; -ruki, m. N. of a Dânava; -rûpa, n. sg. all kinds of shapes; (á)-rûpa, a. (â, &isharp;) many-coloured, variegated (V.); wearing all forms, manifold, various; N. of a son of Tvashtri, whose three heads were struck off by Indra; â, f.dappled cow (V.); N. of certain verses (Br.); (á-)vâra, a. containing, bestowing etc. all treasures (V.); -vikhyâta, pp. known in the whole world; -víd, a. all-knowing; -visruta, pp. known in the whole world; (á)-vedas, a.all-knowing; (á)-sam bhû, a. beneficial to all; -súk, a. all-enlightening (RV.1); (á)-skandra, a. all-glittering (RV.); -samvanana, n. means of enchanting all; -samhâra, m. general destruction; -sakha, m. universal friend.
vedanindaka m. scoffer at the Veda, infidel; -pâtha, m. recension of the Veda; -pâthin, a. studying the Veda; -pâraga, m. one thoroughly conversant with the Veda; -punya, n. merit acquired by Vedic study; -pradâna, n. imparting the Veda; -phala, n. reward resulting from Vedic study; -bâhya, m. unbeliever; -brahma-karya, n. Vedic apprenticeship; -brâhmana, m. Brâhman knowing the Veda, Brâhman in the true sense; -bhâshya, n. commentary on the Veda: -kâra, m. com poser of the commentary on the Veda, Sâya na; -maya, a. (î) consisting of or contain ing sacred knowledge; -mâtri, m. mother of the Veda, designation ofSarasvatî, Sâvitrî, and Gâyatrî; -mûla, a. having its root in the Veda; -yagña, m. sacrifice prescribed in the Veda.
vedāṅga n. member of the Veda, subsidiary Vedic treatise (six are enumer ated: Sikshâ, Kalpa, Vyâkarana, Nirukta, Khandas, Gyotisha); -½âdi, m. beginning of the Veda; m. n. sacred syllable om; -½adhi gama, m. Vedic study; -½adhyayana, n. id.; -½adhyâya, a. studying or having studied the Veda; -½adhyâyin, a. id.; -½anadhyay ana, n. neglect of Vedic study; -½anuvak aná, n. repetition orrecitation of the Veda; Vedic doctrine.
vedipurīṣa m. loose earth of the Vedi; -matî, f. N.; -madhya, a. having a Vedi-shaped waist; -shád, a. sitting on or at the altar (V.); -sambhavâ, f. ep. of Draupadî.
vaidagdha n. incorr. for vaidag dhya; -î, f. [vidagdha] cleverness, acute ness, experience, proficiency, skill; splen dour, beauty; -ya, n. acuteness, intelligence: -vat, a. clever, skilful, experienced.
vaindhya a. belonging to the Vindhya.
vyaṅgya fp. (to be) made manifest; expressed by implication, suggested (rh.; opp. vâkya, directly stated; lakshya, indicated).
vyapāya m. departure, close, end; lack, absence; -½apâsraya, 1. m. seat, abode; refuge, object of trust or reliance: in. in reliance or dependence on (--°ree;); a. (--°ree;) having its seat in, being in; taking refuge with, depending or relying on; 2. devoid of reliance on any one else, self-centred; -½apekshâ, f. regard, consideration, for (g., --°ree;); expectation; requisite (in sa-); grammatical go vernment; --°ree; a. a,regarding, considering; expecting; -½apeta, °ree;--=lacking, without; -½apodha, pp., v. √ 1. ûh; -½apoha, m. re moval; denial; -½apohya, fp. (√ 1. ûh) to be denied (in a-).
vyākṛti f. separation, discrimina tion (Br.); detailed description (C.); explana tion (C.); -kopa, m. contradiction; -kosa, a. expanded, blown; open (hand): -kokanada, a. having expanded red lotuses: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -kriyâ, f. evolution, creation; -krosa, m. revilement, abuse; -krosî, f. id.; screech; -kshepa, m. abuse (rare); distraction (of mind); -kshepin, a. driving away (--°ree;); -khyâ, f. explanation, exposition, comment; -khyâtavya, fp. to be explained; -khyâtri, m. expounder; -khy&asharp;na, a. (î) C.: explain ing, elucidating; reminding of, resembling (g.); n. narration (Br.); recitation (Br.); explanation, exposition, comment (Br., C.); -khyâna-ya, den. P. communicate, narrate (Pr.); -khyâ-sthâna, n. school; -khyeya, fp. to be explained; -ghattanâ, f. friction; -ghâta, m. blow, stroke, shot, impact; defeat; commotion, agitation; hindrance, obstacle; (logical) contradiction; a rhetorical figure in which opposite effects are shown to arise from the same cause; an astronomical Yoga; -ghârana, n. sprinkling around (in ritual).
śataka a. (ikâ) consisting of a hun dred; hundredth; n. a hundred, century (construed like sata); -kritvas, ad. a hun dred times; -koti, 1. f. pl. a thousand mil lions; 2. m. (having a hundred points), In dra's thunderbolt; (á)-kratu, a. having a hundredfold power or counsel (V.); con taining a hundred sacrifices (Br.); m. N. of Indra (C.).: --°ree; with kshitietc., lord of earth, prince, king; -khanda-maya, a. (î) consist ing of a hundred rays; -gu, a. possessing a hun dred cows; -guna, a. a hundredfold, increased a hundred times, a hundred times stronger, more valuable or efficacious etc.: -m, ad. ahun dred times more than (ab.); -gunita,pp. in creased a hundredfold, a hundred times longer; -gunî-bhâva, m. hundredfold increase; -gunî-bhû, be multiplied a hundredfold; -gvín, a. hundredfold (RV.); -ghn&isharp;, f. of -han; (á)-kakra, a. hundred-wheeled (RV.1); -tamá, a. (&asharp;, î) hundredth; -traya, n., î, f. three hundred; -dala, n. lotus flower; -dru (-kâ), -drû, f. N. of a river (=V. sutu drî), now Sutlej; -dvâra, a. having a hundred exits (hole); -dhara, m. N. of a king;-dh&asharp;, ad. a hundredfold; into a hundred parts or pieces: with bhû, be divided into a hundred parts consisting of (g.); (á)-dhâra, a. 1. having a hundred streams; 2. having a hundred points or edges; m.thunderbolt (C.); -dhriti, m. ep. of Brahman and of Indra; -dhauta, pp. cleansed a hundredfold, perfectly clean; 1. -pattra, n. (°ree;--) a hundred leaves; a hundred vehicles; 2. (á)-pattra, a. having a hundred feathers orleaves (RV.1); m. woodpecker; peacock; n. day-lotus: -yoni, m. ep. of Brahman, -½âyata½îkshana, a. having long lotus-like eyes; -patha, a. hav ing a hundred paths, very many-sided; m. T. of a Brâhmana: -brâhmana,n. id.; (á)-pad, a. (-î; strg. base -pâd) hundred-footed; m., -î, f. centipede; (á)-parvan, a. hundred-jointed; (á)-pavitra, a. purifying a hundredfold (RV.1); -pâdaka, m. centipede; -pâla, m. overseer of a hundred (vil lages, g.); -buddhi, a. hundred-witted; m. N. of a fish; -brâhmana-ghâta-ga, a. (arising from=) equal to the guilt produced by the murder of a hundred Brâhmans; -bha&ndot;gî bhû, be varied in a hundred ways; -makha, m. ep. of Indra; (á)-manyu, a. having a hundredfold wrath; m. ep. of Indra (C.): -kâpa, m. n. rainbow; -mayûkha, m. (hundred-rayed) moon; (á)-mâna, a. hundredfold (V.); weighing a hundred (Raktikâs, comm.; V.); m.gold object weighing a hun dred Mânas; m. n. weight (or gift) of a hundred Mânas in gold or silver; -mukha, a. having a hundred openings or entrances; possible in a hundred ways (fall); (á)-yâtu, m. N.; -yogana-yâyin,a. travelling a hundred Yoganas; -râtra, m. n. festival of a hundred days; -rudríya, a. belonging or sacred to a hundred Rudras; -½rikin, m. pl. designation of the composers of Mand. I. of the Rig-veda; -laksha, n. a hundred lacs; -varsha, a. a hundred years old; lasting a hundred years; -sarkara, n. sg. hundred globules: -tâ, f. condition of a --; -sás, ad. in a hundred ways, in hundreds (referring to a nm., ac., or in.); a hundred times;(á)-sâkha, a. (â, î) having a hundred branches (also fig.); (á)-sârada, a. containing, be stowing etc. a hundred autumns (V.); n. period or age of a hundred years (V.); -sri&ndot;ga, a. hundred-peaked; -samkhya, a.numbering a hundred; -sani, a. gaining a hundred; -sahasra, n. sg. pl. a hundred thousand (w. g., app., or --°ree;); -s&asharp;, a. winning a hundred (RV.); -sâhasra, a. (î) amount ing to a hundred thousand, hundred thou sandfold; -séya, n. hundredfold gain (RV.1); -svín, a. possessing a hundred (RV.1); -hán, a. (-ghnî) slaying a hundred (V.): -ghnî, f. kind of deadly weapon; -hali, a. possess ing a hundred large ploughs; (á)-hima, a.living a hundred winters (V.); -hradâ, f. lightning.
śabdarūpa n. nature of a sound; peculiar sound; form of a word (gr.); -vat, a. sounding; uttering sounds; possessing the quality of sound; -vidyâ, f. science of sounds, grammar: -½upâdhyâya, m.teacher of gram mar; -virodha, m. contradiction in words (not sense), seeming contradiction; -vedhin, a. shooting or hitting by sound (without see ing the mark); -sakti, f. force or meaning of a word; -sâsana, n.doctrine of sounds, grammar: -vid, a. knowing grammar; -sâs tra, n. grammar; -sesha, a. of which the name only remains; having only the title of -left (--°ree;); -slesha, m. verbal equivoque, pun; -samgña, a. bearing the name of (--°ree;); -samgñâ, f. technical grammatical term; -sphota, m. crackling (of fire); -hîna, (pp.) n. unsanctioned use of a word.
śarīrākṛti f. gesture, mien; -½anta, m. hairs on the body; -½anta-kara, a. making an end of or destroying the body; -½abhyadhika, a. dearer than one's own per son; -½ardha, m. half of the body; -½avayava, m. part of the body, member, limb; -½âvar ana, n. shield.
śākapārthiva m. vegetable loving king (stock example in gr. of a ma dhyama-pada-lopin cpd.); -pindî, f. ball of vegetables.
śākhāṅga n. limb of the body; -½âda, a. branch-eating; m. branch-eater (a class of animals such as goats or elephants); -nagara, n. suburb; -½antara, n. another Vedic school: -î-ya, a.belonging to --; -pa- su, m. victim tied to a branch (instead of to a sacrificial post); -prakriti, f. pl. secon dary (eight) kings to be considered in war (opp. mûla-prakriti); -bhrit, m. tree; -ma ya, a. consisting of branches of (--°ree;); -mriga, m. (branch animal), monkey; -rathyâ, f. branch or side road.
śāstra n. RV.1, C.: command, pre- cept; C.: instruction, advice, good counsel; rule, theory; compendium, institutes (of any branch of learning), code, scientific or canon ical work, scripture; learning (rare): -kâ ra, -krit, m. author of a treatise; -gañga, m. N. of a parrot; -kakshus, a. having authoritative works as eyes (king); -gña, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; m. specialist; -tas, ad. according to prescribed rules; -darsana, n. mention in an authori tative work: ab. according to prescription; -drishta, pp. (seen=) mentioned or pre scribed in the treatises, scientific, according to precept or rule; -mati, a. trained, learned; m.specialist; -vat, ad. according to prescribed rules; -vargita, pp. subject to no law; -vâ da, m. statement of the treatises; -vâdin, m. teacher; -vid, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; -½atiga, a. offending against theSâstras; -½adhyâpaka, m. teacher; -½an anushthâna, n. neglect of instructive works.
śīlāṅka a. characterised by in tegrity; -½âdhya, a. abounding in integrity, honourable; -½âditya, m. Sun of morality, N. of various kings.
śraddhā a. putting faith in, trusting (d.; V.); f. confidence, trust, faith, belief, in (lc., --°ree;), faithfulness, sincerity (V., C.); de sire, longing, for (lc., prati, inf., or gnly. --°ree;; C.); curiosity (V., C.): -m âkhyâhi nas tâvat, pray satisfy our curiosity and tell us.
śrauta a. (î) relating to the ear (sruti); expressed in words, explicit (simile: opp. ârthî); relating to sacred tradition, prescribed in, conformable to, or based on, the Veda: -rishi, m. pat. of Devabhâga; -mârga, m. hearing; -sûtra, n. Sûtra based on Sruti (opp. grihyaand smârta-sûtra).
ṣaṭka a. consisting of six; n. aggre gate of six; -karna, a. six-eared, participated in by six ears (i. e. by two too many, counsel); -karman, n. (°ree;--) the six permissible occupa tions of a Brâhman(adhyayana, adhyâpana, yagana, yâgana, dâna, pratigraha); a. follow ing the six permissible occupations (Brâh man); m. Brâhman; -karma-vat, m. Brâh man; -kâra, m. the syllable shat (in vaushat); -kritvas, ad. six times; -katvârimsa, a. forty sixth: -ka, a. id.; -karana, a. six-footed; m. bee: â-ya, den. Â. represent a bee; -trimsá, a. (&isharp;) consisting of thirty-six; thirty-sixth; (shát)-trimsat, f. sg. thirty-six (w. pl. in app. or g.); -trimsat-ka, a. consisting of thirty-six; -trimsad-aha, a. lasting thirty-six days; -trimsad-âbdika, a. lasting thirty-six years; -pañkâsa, a. fifty-sixth; (shát)-pañkâsat, f. sg. fifty-six; (shát)-pad, a. (strg. base -pâd, f. -padî;V.) six-footed; taking six steps; (shát)-pada, a. six-footed; consisting of six pâdas; m. six-footed animal or insect; bee: -gya, a. strung with bees (bow); -pâda, m. six-footed; m. bee; (shát)-sata, n. sg. hundred and six; sg. & pl. six hundred; a. consisting of or amounting to six hundred; -shashti, f. sg. & pl. sixty-six; -sapta, a. pl. six or seven; -saptati, f. seventy-six.
ṣaṇavati f. ninety-six; -mâtra, a. containing six morae; -mâsa, m. (?) six months: ab. after six months: -nikaya, a. provisioned for six months, -½abhyantara, n. space of six months; -mâsika, a.given every six months (clothes); occurring twice a year; (shán)-mâsya, a. occurring every six months; n. period of six months; -mukha, a. six mouthed or six-faced; m. ep. of Skanda; N.
sa prn. that, sts. weakened to an article, the (only nm. m. sá, f. s&asharp;, and in RV. lc. sasmin; the s of the nm. m. is always dropped before consonants except once in RV. before p and once before t; sa sts. coalesces with a following vowel); often strengthened by other prns. of the third person, ayám, eshá, and bhavân; often combined with the first and second pers. sg. (± ahám or tvám), so &zip; hám, I as such; in Br. it is frequently combined with the relatives, yáh, yád, yádi, and yáthâ, at the beginning of a sentence, and owing to this common initial usage, is often retained with relatives either pleonastically or where the construction requires another gender or number; in the Sâ&ndot;khya sa is used to designate Purusha (like esha, ka, and ya).
saṃrakṣa a. guarding; m. guardian: â, f. protection; -rakshana, n. protection, preservation, of (g., --°ree;), from (--°ree;); -raksha- nîya, fp. to be watched, -guarded against; -rakshya, fp. to be guarded or protected, from (ab.); -preserved or maintained; -guarded against; -rambha, m. agitation; impetuosity, violence; zeal, ardent desire (to, for, inf., --°ree;); anger, wrath against (lc., g.+ upari); brunt (of battle); intensity, vehem ence (of passions); °ree;-with a.=excessively; -rambh-in, a. ardently devoted to (--°ree;); angry, enraged; irascible: (-i)-tva, n. fury; -ra râná, pf. pt. √ râ; -râga, m. redness; pas sion, vehemence; attachment to (lc.); -râdh aka, a. thoroughly concentrated; (sám) râdhana, a. (î) conciliating (Br., S.); n. profound meditation (C.); -râdhya, fp. to be conciliated; -attained by profound con centration; -râva,m. clamour, roar; -rodha, m. checking, impeding, restraining, with holding; blockade, investment, siege; re striction, injury; suppression, destruction; -rodhana, n. restraining, suppressing, stop ping; -ropana, a. causing to heal; n. plant ing; -rohana, n. healing up; planting; -roh in, a. growing in (--°ree;).
ṣaḍgava m. n. team of six bulls; n. six cows; --°ree;, aggregate of six (animals); -guna, a. sixfold; having six good qualities; m. pl. qualities perceived by the six (i. e. the five senses and Manas); six excellences; six expedients (of a king in foreign politics); -gunî-kri, multiply by six; -guru-sishya, m. (pupil of six teachers), N. of a commentator on Kâtyâyana's Sarvânukramanî (12th century); -ga, m. (produced fromor based on the other six notes), the first note of the Indian gamut; -darsana, n. the six philosophical systems; a. conversant with the six philosophical systems; -bhâga, m. sixth part, one-sixth, sp. as a tax imposed by kings (w. ab. or g.): -bhâg, a. receiving one-sixth of (g.); -bhuga, a. six-armed; hexagonal; -rasa, a. having the six tastes (food); -râtrá, m. period or celebration of six days; -vaktra, a. hav ing six mouths; m. ep. ofSkanda: î, f. six faces; -varga, m. aggregate or group of six; the five senses and Manas; the six inward enemies of man (kâma, krodha, lobha, harsha, mâna, mada; sts. --°ree; with ripuor satru-); -vimsá, a. (î) twenty-sixth; consisting of twenty-six; -vimsati, f. twenty-six: -tama, a. twenty-sixth; -vimsat-ka, a. consisting of twenty-six; (shád)-vidha, a. sixfold; (shád) vidhâna, a. forming a sixfold order.
saṃvadana n. conversation, talk; -vánana, a. (î) V.: conciliating, propitiat ing; C.: encouraging (liberality, --°ree;); n. (V., C.) means of conciliation; subduing spell; -vara, m. n. incorr. for sambara;-várana, 1. m. N. (C.); n. enclosure (as place of sacri fice; V.); concealment, secrecy (C.); 2. n. (C.) choice (of a husband): -srag, f. wreath given by a girl to the man of her choice; -varanîya, fp. to be concealed; -vargá,a. √ vrig] rapacious (Agni; V.); -várgam, abs. snatching up, sweeping together (RV.); -varta, m. [rolling together: √ vrit] dense mass (of people); cloud charged with rain; end or dissolution of the world; N. (C.;á, RV.1): -ka, a. (rolling together), destroying all things at the end of the world (fire etc.); m. fire of universal destruction: pl. fires of hell; -vartikâ, f. (rolled up leaf=) young lotus petal; -vardhana, a. increasing, pro moting; m. N.; n. growing up (of a child); rearing (of a child); success; promoting; -vardhanîya, fp. to be reared (child); to be maintained (servants); to be increased or fos tered (virtue); -valana, n., â, f. (hostile) en counter; mixture, union; -vasati, f. dwell ing together; -vásana, n. dwelling-place (RV.1); (sám)-vasu, m. fellow-dweller (V.); -vaha, m. N. of one of the seven winds; -v&asharp;k, f. colloquy (V.); -vâdá, m. conversation (V., C.), with (in. ± saha, lc., --°ree;); agreement, conformity, correspondence, similarity, equal ity (C.): (a)-ka, a. agreeing; m. N.; -vâd ana, n. agreement; -vâdin, a. conversing; agreeing or harmonizing, with (g., --°ree;); -vâ ra, m. contraction of the vocal chords (in pronouncing a sound), obtuse articulation (opp. vivâra); impediment (v. r.); -vârya, fp. to be concealed; -vâsa, m. dwelling to gether, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;); cohabitation, with (--°ree;); settlement, dwelling; common abode (rare); -vâsin, a. 1. clothed in (--°ree;); 2. dwelling together; --°ree;, dwelling in, inha biting; m. fellow-dweller; -vâha, m. ex tortion, oppression: -ka, a.stroking (--°ree;); m., i-kâ, f. shampooer; -vâhana, n. passage (of clouds); stroking with the hand (±hasta-, of limbs etc., --°ree;); -vâhya, fp. to be borne; to be exhibited (in a-).
saṃsādhana n. preparation; per formance, accomplishment; -sâdhya, fp. to be accomplished; -obtained; conquerable; -sâra, m. transmigration, perpetual succes sion of births, cycle of existence, mundane existence (with all its sorrows): â samsârât, from the beginning of the world: -mandala, m. n. cycle of mundane existence, -mârga, m. path of life, -sâgara, m. ocean of worldly existence; -sârin, a. far-extending, compre hensive (intellect); transmigratory; m. living or human being; -siddhi, f. completion, ac complishment, fulfilment, success; perfection, in (--°ree;); -sûkana, n. manifestation, utterance (of a speech); -sríg, f. concussion (of battle; RV.1); -sriti, f.=-sâra, transmigration, etc.; -srishta, pp. √ srig; n. intimacy: -m kar, enter on intimate relations with (lc.); (sám) srishti, f. union (V.); combination of two figures of speech in one passage (C.); -srish- tin, a. again living in common after the partition of property.
saktu m. [√ sañg] coarsely ground meal, esp. of barley (gnly. pl.): sts. mixed with fluids as a drink: -ghata½âkhyâyikâ, f. story of the pot of meal.
sagaṇa a. attended by a troop, sur rounded by (in.; V.); attended by his retinue (C.); -gadgada, a. falteringly uttered: -m, ad. falteringly; -gadgada-gir, a. with a faltering voice; -gandha, a. smelling; having the same smell as (in., --°ree;); related (Pr.); proud (v. r. -garva); (sá)-gara, m. [pro vided with moisture], atmosphere, air (V., rare); N. of a mythical king of Ayodhyâ, whose 60,000 sons while digging up the earth to recover a sacrificial horse, were burnt by the sage Kapila; the Ganges, brought down from heaven by Bhagîratha, a descendant of Sagara, to purify their remains, flowed with their ashes into the sea, which was called Sâgara in their honour (C.): pl. the sons of Sagara; -garbha, a. pregnant, by (in., ab.); (sá)-garbh-ya, a. born from the same womb; -garva, a. exulting, arrogant; proud of (lc., --°ree;): -m, ad. proudly; -guna, a.furnished with a string; together with the string; possessed of qualities or virtues; -gun-in, a. virtuous (rare); -gulika, a. along with a pill; -gotra, a. being of the same kin, related to (g., --°ree;); -gauravam, ad. with dignity.
saṃkhyā f. number (V. C.); nu meral (S., C.); C.: reckoning, calculation; grammatical number (rare); deliberation (rare); name (=âkhyâ, rare): --°ree; a. a, reckoned among; (with a num.) amounting to: a-ka, â-ka, a. amounting to (--°ree;).
saṃkhya n. [number, throng: √ khyâ] fight, battle (only lc.).
saṃkhyāta fp. [√ khyâ] enumer ated etc.: -½anudesa, m. subsequent enumera tion the members of which correspond in order to a series previously enumerated; -khyâtri, m. enumerator.
saṃgrāha m. fist; clenching the fist: -ka, a. (î) summarising, epitomising; -grâhin, a. collecting, accumulating; propi tiating (--°ree;); -gr&asharp;hya, fp. to be clasped (Br.); (C.) -checked; -appointed (to an office); propitiated; -accepted or pondered (speech).
saṃcakṣe d. inf. (RV.); -kákshya, fp. worthy to be looked at (RV.).
saṃjāta pp. √ gan: -kautuka, a. having one's curiosity excited; -nidrâ-pra laya, a. whose sleep has been dissolved, having slept one's fill; -lagga, a. embarrassed; -½îrshya, a. grown envious.
saṃcaya m. sg. & pl. accumulation, hoard, store, wealth, quantity, collection; gathering, collecting (rare): d. in order to have more; -kayana, n. gathering, collecting; -kaya-vat, a. possessed of wealth, rich; -kay ika, a. having provisions (only --°ree;); -kará, a. go ing about (mûrti-, with a body=incarnate); together, simultaneous (V.); m. place for walk ing, road, path, passage; evolution (in Sâ&ndot; khya phil.); -kárana, a. (î) suitable for going on, passable, converging (V.); n. navigation (of the sea: ac.; RV.); motion, from (ab.), in (lc., --°ree;), by means of (--°ree;); -karishnu, a. moving about, roaming; -karvana, n. chew ing; -kalana, n. trembling, quaking; -kâra, m. walking about, wandering, roaming, driv ing; motion; transit, passage; entrance, portal; transition or transference to (--°ree;); track (of wild animals), road (rare): -ka, m.guide; -kâranîya, fp. to be wandered through; -transferred to (lc.); -kârita, cs. pp. (√ kar) set in motion, worked; -kârin, a. (n-î) walk ing about, wandering, roaming, moving, mov able (in, lc., --°ree;); penetrating into (--°ree;); trans mitted, infectious, hereditary (disease); com ing in contact with, contiguous to (in.); carried with one (umbrella); being in, en gaged with (--°ree;); accessory (sentiment, etc.); taking with one (--°ree;);-kârya, fp. accessible (in a-); produced by (--°ree;); -kikîrshu, des. a. intending to perform; -kiti, f. piling; col lecting, saving; -kintya, fp. to be considered; -regarded as (-vat); -kinu½âna-ka, a. oc cupied with collecting(wealth); -keya, fp. to be accumulated; -kodayitavya, fp. to be urged on; -khettri, m. dispeller (of doubts).
satkathā f. good conversation or tale; -kartri, m. benefactor; -karman, n. good work, virtuous act; a. performing good actions; -kalâ, f. fine art; -kavi, m. good or true poet: -tva, n. true poetic gift;-kâra, m. sg., pl. kind treatment, hospitable recep tion, hospitality; praise, favour (of a king, --°ree;): -½arha, a. worthy of hospitable treat ment; -kârya, fp. effected; deserving of honour or hospitality; n. necessary exist ence of the effect (as inherent in the cause: in Sâ&ndot;khya phil.): -vâda, m. theory of the actual existence of the effect, -vâdin, m. ad herent of this theory; -kâvya, n. good poem; -kîrti, f. good reputation; a. having a --; -kula, n. good or noble family; a. belonging to a --; -krita, pp. honoured, treated hos pitably; n. honourable reception; -kriti, f. kind treatment, hospitable reception, hos pitality; -kritya, gd. having entertained hospitably; -kriyâ, f. putting in order, pre paration (rare); sg., pl. kind treatment, hos pitable reception, hospitality (ord. mg.); cele bration (of a wedding, --°ree;); -kshetra, n. good field.
sadṛṣṭikṣepam ad. look ing around; -drishti-vikshepam, ad. id.; -deva-mani, a. with their twists of hair on their necks; -deva-manushya, a. together with gods and men; -desa, a.neighbouring; -daivata, a. together with the deities.
sanābhi a. (f. id.) proceeding from one nave (spokes; also said of fingers; RV.); connected with the same navel, uterine (bro ther, sister; V., C.); -nâbhya, m. blood re lation (C.); -nâma, a. having the same name as (g.); -narâsamsa, a. together with the Narâsamsa verses (Br.).
sabala a. powerful, mighty; together with Bala (Krishna's eldest brother): -tva, n. power, might; -bala-vâhana, a. together with army and transport; -bahu-mânam, ad. with great respect; -bâdha, a.disadvan tageous to (g.); -b&asharp;dhas, ad. urgently, ar dently (V.); -bâshpa, a. shedding tears: -m, ad. tearfully; -bâshpa-gadgadam, ad. weeping and faltering; -bâhya½antah-kara- na, a. with the external and internal senses: w. âtman, m.=one's whole self; -bîbhatsam, ad. with aversion or disgust; -brahma-kâr ika, a. relating to a fellow-student; -brah ma-kârin, m.: (n)-î, f. fellow-pupil, student of the same branch of the Veda; --°ree;, partici pator or companion in; a. (--°ree;) vying with; -brâhmanî-ka, a. accompanied by Brâhman women.
samabhidhā f. name, appellation (only --°ree; a.); -abhibhâshana, n. colloquy with (in., --°ree;); -abhivyâhâra, m. simultaneous mention; intercourse with (g.); -abhihâra, m. repetition; -abhyarthayitri, m. suppliant; -abhyâsa, m. vicinity, presence.
samarthana n. reflection, contem plation; corroboration, vindication, justifica tion; ability, competence (ab., by virtue of, g.): -m kri, reflect; -arthanîya, fp. to be established, justified, or cleared up; -artha ya, den. (v. arthaya) arrange etc.; connect with, construe grammatically: pp. ita, capable; -arthya, fp. to be established, corroborated, or justified; -ardhana, a. (î) causing to suc ceed; -ardhayitri, m. fulfiller, bestower: trî, f.; -arpaka, a. delivering, yielding up; -árpana, n. placing or throwing upon (Br.); C.: delivering, handing over, consigning, be stowing; making known, communicating; -arpanîya, fp. to be delivered, handed over, or entrusted; -arpayitavya, fp. id.; -arpita, cs. pp. (√ i) handed over etc.
samākula a. filled or crowded with, full of, abounding in (in., --°ree;); thrown into confusion, embarrassed, bewildered, by (--°ree;); -krandana, n. crying, shouting: -gir, f. pl. cries for help; -kramana, n. entering, frequenting; -khyâ, f. appellation, name; explanation, interpretation; -khyâna, n. naming, mentioning; narrative; appellation, name; -gantavya, fp. n. one should come together or approach; -gama, m. coming together, union; confluence; assembly; en counter or meeting with (in. ± saha, g., rarely lc., --°ree;); -gamana, n. coming toge ther, encountering, meeting (--°ree;); sexual union; -ghâta, m. collision; -ghrâna, n. smelling at anything.
samīkṣā f. perceiving, behold ing; desire to see; glance; opinion (regard ing, prati); deep insight; -îkshitavya, fp. to be found out; -îkshya, fp. id.; n. Sâ&ndot; khya system of philosophy.
saṃprasatti f. soul during deep sleep; -sava, m. admission (=prati-sava); -sâda, m. mental repose (during deep sleep; Br., rare); grace, favour (C.); soul during deep sleep (V., C.); -sâdhya, fp. to be man aged or regulated; -sârana, n. drawing asun der (rare); change of semi-vowel (followed by a) to the corresponding vowel (the a being dropped, gr.: as in vad to ud); -harsha, m. joy; -hâra, m. conflict, fight, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;); blow, thrust (rare); gait (rare); -hrishta-tanûruha, a. having the hair brist ling, thrilled with joy.
saṃpratīkṣa a. expecting (--°ree;); -pratîkshya, fp. to be expected; -pratîti, f. fame; -pratyaya, m. agreement (in yathâ pratyayam); confidence, belief, conviction; obtainment of a correct notion, true concep tion of the meaning; -prathâ, prob. incorr. for su-prathâ.
saṃbaddham ad. moreover, in ad dition; -bandha, m. collection (rare); con nexion, relation (with, to, in. ± saha, --°ree;); connexion by marriage, matrimonial alliance, relationship, friendship, intimacy (with, in. ± saha, lc., --°ree;); kinsman; friend, ally; --°ree; often incorr. for sambaddha: -ka, n. rela tionship etc.; bad reading for -ga; -bandh in, a. connected, -with, relating or belonging to (g., --°ree;); united with, possessing (--°ree;, rare); related, connected by marriage; m. relation, connexion: (-i)-tâ, f. belonging; connexion with, relation to (in., --°ree;); relationship, con nexion by marriage, (-i)-tva, n. connexion with, relation to (in., --°ree;); -bâdhá, m. C.: throng, crowd; contracted space; pressure, distress, affliction (V., E.): a. (C.) narrow, contracted; crammed with (in.); --°ree;, crowded, thronged or blocked up with, abounding in, full of; -buddhi, f. calling to any one; (end ing of) the vocative singular; -bodha, m. knowledge, understanding; -bodhana, a. awakening (rare); n. perceiving, noticing; recognising; reminding; calling, to any one (g.); (ending of) the vocative singular; -bodhya, fp. to be enlightened or instructed.
sarvadeva m. pl. all the gods; -devatâ-maya, a. (î) containing all deities; -devatyã, a. sacred to or representing all the gods; -deva-maya, a. (î) containing or representing all gods; -desîya, a. coming from every country; -daivatya, a. representing all gods; -dravya, n. pl. all things; -dhar ma-maya, a. containing --, -vid, a. knowing all laws; -nara, m. every one; -nâma-tva, n. pronominal nature; -nâman, n. (general name), pronoun; -nâma-sthâna, n. case termination added to the strong base; -nâsa, m. complete lack; loss of everything, com plete ruin: -m kri, lose everything; -niyan tri, m. all-subduer: -tva, n. abst. n.; -patta maya,a. made of fabrics of all kinds; -path îna, a. occupying the whole road; -prabhu, m. lord of all; -prâna, m.: in. with all one's might; -prâyaskittá, a. (&isharp;) atoning for every thing (Br.); n. (V.) expiation for everything; a certain libation in the Âhavanîya; -prâ yaskitti, f. complete atonement; -bhaksha, a. eating or devouring everything, omnivor ous; -bhakshin, a. id.; -bhâva, m. whole heart or soul; complete satisfaction:in., °ree;--, with one's whole soul (love etc.): pl. all ob jects; -bhûta, pp. being everywhere; n. pl. °ree;--, all beings: with na, no being: -krit, a. framing all beings, -maya, a. (î) containing or representing all beings, -½âtman, m. soul of all beings; -bhûmi, a. owning the whole earth; -bhogya, fp. advantageous to all; -ma&ndot;gala, a. universally auspicious: â, f. ep. of Durgâ (sts. also of Lakshmî); -manorama, a. delighting every one; -máya, a. (î) con taining everything; -mahat, a. greatest of all: -tara, cpv. greater than all the rest; -mâmsa½ada, a. eating every kind of flesh; -mâya, m. N. of a Râkshasa; -medhá, m. universal offering (a ten days' Soma sacrifice); -medhya-tva, n. universal purity; -yagña, m. every sacrifice: pl. all sacrifices; -yatna, m. every effort: in. with all one's might, to the best of one's ability; -yatna- vat, a. making every possible effort; -yoni, f. source of all; -yoshit, f. pl. all women; -ratna, m. N.: -maya, a. formed of all gems; entirely studded with jewels, -samanvita, pp. possessed of all jewels; -rasa, m. all kinds of juices or fluids (pl. or °ree;--); every taste: pl. all kinds of palatable food; -râtra, m. (?) the whole night: °ree;-or -m, ad. the whole night through; (sárva- AV., or sarvá- SB.)-rûpa, a. (V.) having all colours; having or assum ing all forms; of all kinds; -½ritu-ka, a. habitable in every season (house); -li&ndot;ga, a. having all genders, adjectival; -loká, m. V., C.: the whole world; C.: the whole people; every one: pl. or °ree;--, all beings; every one: -bhayamkara, a. appalling to the whole world, -mahesvara, m. ep. of Siva and of Krishna; -loha, a. entirely red; n. metals of all kinds (°ree;--): -maya, a. (î) entirely of iron; -vâram, ad. all at once, simultaneously; -vikrayin, a. selling all kinds of things; -vigñân-in, a. knowing everything: (-i)-tâ, f. omniscience; -víd, a. omniscient; -vinâsa, m. entire destruction; -vinda, m. a certain mythical being; -vishaya, a. relating to everything, general; (sárva)-vîra, a. all-heroic, consisting of, relating to, accompanied by or leading all men or heroes (V.); -ved asá, a. attended by a gift of all one's goods (sacrifice; V.); bestowing all his property on priests after a sacrifice (C., rare); n. en tire property (V.): -dakshina, a. attended with a gift of all one's property as a sacrificial fee (sacrifice; V., C.); -vedin, a. omniscient; knowing all the Vedas; -vainâsika, a. be lieving in complete annihilation; m. Bud dhist; -vyâpad, f. complete failure; -vyâp in, a. all-pervading; -vrata, n. universal vow; a. all-vowing; -sakti, f. entire strength: in. with all one's might; -sa&ndot;kâ, f. suspicion of every one.
savīrya a. (V.) equal in might to (in.); mighty; -vriddhika, a. bearing in terest; -vrishana, a. having testicles; with the testicles; -vega, a. equal in speed to (--°ree;); violent, powerful (blast): -m, ad. im petuously; -vetâla, a. occupied by a Ve tâla (corpse); -vepathu, a. trembling; -vep itam, ad. with trembling; -vaiklavyam, ad. with dismay, dejectedly; -vaira, a. hos tile; -vairâgyam, ad. with an expression of disgust orindifference; -vailakshya, a. em barrassed: -m, ad. with embarrassment: -smitam, ad. with a smile of embarrassment.
sasaṃrambha a. enraged, angry: -m, ad. angrily; hurriedly, very briefly; -samvâda, a. agreeing: -m, ad.; -samvid, a. with whom an agreement has been made; -samsaya, a. doubting, doubtful; dubious; -sakhî-kâ, a. f. accompanied by her friends; -sakhî-ganâ, a. f. id.; -samketa, a. arranged with, sharing a secret; -sa&ndot;ga, a. adhering, attached: -tva, n. adhesion, contact; -saki va, a. attended by hisministers; -sattva, a. courageous; inhabited by animals; together with the creatures in it (water): â, f. pregnant; -sadbhâva, a. accompanied with affection; -samtati-ka, a. together with offspring; -samtâna, a. id.; -samdeha, a. doubting; -samdhya, a. with the morning twilight: -½amsa, a. with the evening twilight; -sabh ya, a. together with assessors or judges; -sampad, a. affluent; -sambhrama, a. agi tated, flurried, showing great haste or zeal: -m, ad. hastily, hurriedly; -sarpa, a. in fested by serpents.
sāketa n. N. of the city of Ayodhyâ (Oudh).
sāṃkhyāyana m. [pat. fr. Sâm khya] N. of a teacher: pl. his school.
sāṃkhya a. [samkhyâ] relating to grammatical number; m. calculator, delibera tor; adherent of the Sâmkhya doctrine; n. the philosophical system, attributed to Kapila, which enumerates the twenty-five Tattvas or principles (an evolutionist doctrine): -puru sha, m. the universal soul in the Sâmkhya system; -yoga, n. the Sâmkhya and the Yoga systems; m. the theistical Sâmkhya Yoga: -vâdin, m. adherent of thetheistical Sâmkhya-Yoga.
sāṃgrāmika a. (î) relating to war or battle (samgrâma): w. ratha, m. war chariot; w. mrityu, m. death in battle; w. vitta, n. spoils of war; î vârttâ bhavishyâ, future warlike rumour=rumour that a war is imminent.
sādhana a. (â, î) RV.: directing to the goal, guiding; C.: procuring, securing (--°ree;); conjuring up (a spirit, --°ree;); expressive of, designating (--°ree;); n. subduing, vanquish ing; gaining power overby spells, summon ing (spirits, deities); carrying out, effecting, accomplishment, performance, fulfilment (common mg.); preparation (of food); pro curement; acquirement, attainment (of, g., --°ree;); recovery (of a debt); demonstration; expedient, means, instrument, requisite, for (g., --°ree;; ord. mg.); army, forces (sg., pl.); fight; proof; result; nominal notion (opp. action), sp. as subject or instrumental (gr.); affix between root and personal termination (=vikarana, gr.): -kshama, a. capable of proof; -tâ, f. state of being the means for (--°ree;); -tva, n. id. (g., prati, --°ree;); effective ness; state of being the proof; -vat, a. sup plied with proofs; -½adhyaksha, m. comman der-in-chief of the forces.
sābhyarthana a. attended with entreaties; -½abhyasûya, a. envious, jealous, of (lc.): -m, ad. -ly; -½abhyâsa, a. reduplicated; -½abhra, a. clouded, overcast.
sāmavid a. knowing the Sâma veda; -vedá, m. Veda of chants; -sabda, m. sound of a chanted Sâman; -sâdhya, fp. to be effected by kind words; -siddha, pp. effected by kind words.
sāṃdhya a. 1. produced by coalescence (syllable; samdhi); 2. relating to twilight or evening (samdhyâ).
sukha a. having a good axle-hole, running easily (only of cars in RV.); com fortable, pleasant, mild (rare in V., very common in C.); C.: soothing, agreeable to (the ear etc., --°ree;), by reason of (--°ree;); easy to (lc. of vbl. n.); m. (sc. danda) kind of mili tary array (C.); n. ease, comfort, pleasure, enjoyment, happiness, joy (C.; rare in V.): (á)-m, in., °ree;--, happily, comfortably, agree ably, easily, without trouble (C.; rare in V.); -m, easy to (inf.); -m -na punah, more easily -than; kadalî-sukham, as easily as a Kadalî; mahatâ sukhena, with great enjoyment: -kara, a. (î) giving pleasure; easy to be done or performed, by (g.); -kârin, -krit, a. giv ing pleasure; -kârya, a. having pleasure as an object; -gamya, fp. easy to traverse; -grâhya, fp. easy to seize or catch; easy to comprehend; -ghâtya, fp. easy to kill; -kkhedya, fp. easy to destroy; -gâta,n. any thing pleasant; -tara, cpv. easier: -m, ad. more easily; -tva, n. pleasantness, enjoyable ness; -da, a. giving pleasure; -duhkha, n. du. pleasure and pain: -maya, a. (î) con sisting of or feeling joy or sorrow; -dhana,m. N. of a merchant; -para, a. intent on enjoyment, pleasure-seeking; -peya, fp. to be drunk easily; -prasna, m. enquiry as to welfare; -prasupta, pp. sleeping placidly; -prâpya, fp. easy to win or obtain (girl); -bandhana,a. (fettered by=) addicted to worldly pleasure; -bodha-rûpa, a. easily un derstood; -bhâgin, -bhâg, a. participating in fortune; lucky, happy; -bhedya, fp. easily broken; easy to separate, prone to faithless ness; -bhogya,fp. easy to enjoy or dispose of (wealth); -maya, a. (î) full of enjoyment; -m-edhas, a. prospering well.
sukaṇṭha a. (î) sweet-voiced: î, f. N. of an Apsaras; -kathâ, f. beautiful story; -kany&asharp;, f. N. of a daughter of Saryâta and wife of Kyavana (Br., C.); -kára, a. easily done, easy, for (g.), to (inf.): -tva, n. easi ness, feasibleness, -samdhi, a. easily united; -kárman, a. expert (V.); virtuous (C.); m. artificer (V.); -kalatra, n. good wife; -kavi, m. good poet; -kânta, pp. very handsome (youth); -kâlin, m. pl. a class of Manes; -kimsuká, a. adorned with Kimsuka flowers (car of Sûryâ; RV.1); -kîrtí, f. worthy praise (RV.); a. easily praised (RV.); m. N. of the composer of RV. X, 131 and of that hymn; -kukâ, a. f. having beautiful breasts; -ku mâra, a. (î) very tender or delicate; m. tender youth: -tva, n. tenderness, -½a&ndot;gî, a. f. very delicate-limbed; -kula, n. noble family; a. sprung from a noble family: -ga, -ganman, a. id., -tâ, f. noble birth;-kulîna, a. well-born; -kûrkura, m. N. of a demon injurious to children; -krit, a. doing good, benevolent; righteous, pious; m. pl. the Pious deceased, the Fathers who enjoy the reward of virtue in the other world (V.); 1.-kritá, n. good deed, meritorious act, righteousness, virtue, moral merit (V., C.); benefit, bounty, friendly aid, favour (C.); world of virtue, heaven (V., rare); a. well done (RV.1); 2. (sú)-krita, pp. well done, made, orexecuted; well-formed, adorned, fine: w. karman, n. good work; w. loká, m.= sukritasya loka, world of righteousness (V.); -krita-karman, n. good or meritorious act; a. doing good deeds, virtuous; -krita-krit, a. id.; -krita-bhâg, a. meritorious; -krita½ar tha, a. having fully attained one's object; -kriti, f. good conduct; a. righteous, vir tuous; -kritin, a. doing good actions, vir tuous; prosperous, fortunate; cultivated, wise; -kritya, n.good work to be done, duty; good action; -krity&asharp;, f. (RV.) ex pertness; right conduct, virtue; -krishta, pp. well-ploughed; -kéta, a. benevolent (V.); m. N. of an Âditya (V.); -ketú, a. radiant (dawn; RV.1); m. N. of a prince of the Yak shas and of various kings (C.): -sutâ, f. daughter of Suketu, Tâdakâ; -ketri, m. a personification (identified with the sun); -kesa, a. (î) beautiful-haired; -kesânta, a. having fair locks; -komala, a. very soft or tender; -krátu, a. skilful, wise (gods; RV.); -klesa, a. very distressing; -kshatrá, a. (V.) ruling well (gods); conferring power (wealth); -kshatriya, a. good Kshatriya; -kshití, f. (V.) good abode, security, refuge; -kshétra, n. fine field, good soil; a. affording a fair field or dwelling-place; having fair fields; -kshetriy&asharp;, f. desire of fair fields (RV.1); -kshobhya, fp. easily agitated.
sukhayoganidrā f. placid, deep sleep; -râga, m. N.; -rûpa, a. having an agreeable appearance; -varman, m. N.; -sayâ, f. N. of a sorceress; -sayita, pp. re clining or sleeping pleasantly;-sobha½ar tham, ad. for the sake of comfort and credit; -srava, a. pleasant to hear; -samvâhya, fp. easy to carry about; -samsevya, fp. easy to attain; -samstha, a. being in agreeable cir cumstances; -samsparsa, a.pleasant to the touch; -samkâra, a. pleasant to walk about in or resort to, inviting; -samgñâ, f. the term &open;ease&close;; -sambodhya, fp. easy to en lighten, reasonable; -salila, n. pleasant (= tepid) water; -sâdhya,fp. easy to get the better of or overcome; easily effected or ob tained; -supta, pp. sleeping placidly; -sevya, fp. easy of access: -tva, n. accessibility; -stha, a. being in pleasant circumstances, happy; -sparsa, a. pleasant to the touch; -svâpa, m. placid sleep.
sugandhayukti f. preparation of perfumes; -½âdhya, a. rich in fragrance; -½âditya, m. N.
sudina a. (RV.) clear, bright (day, morning); n. (V., C.) bright sky, fine day, clear weather; good day, happy time: -tâ, f. clear weather, -tva, n. brightness (of days), fig. happy time (RV.); -dív, a.shining brightly (Agni; RV.); -divá, n. beautiful day (AV.); -divasa, n. id. (C.); -dîtí, f. bright flame (RV.); a. brilliant, flaming (RV.); -dîrgha, a. very long (of time and space); -duhkha, a. very laborious or diffi cult, to (inf.): -m, ad. very sorrowfully; -duhkhita, pp. greatly afflicted, very unhappy; -dukûla, a. made of very fine ma terial; -dúgha, a. (V.) milking well (cow); nourishing, bountiful: â, f. good milch-cow (V.); -durgaya, a.very hard to overcome or conquer; m. kind of military array; -dur bala, a. extremely weak; -durbuddhi, a. very foolish; -durmanas, a. very despon dent; -durlabha, a. very hard to obtain; very difficult to (inf.); -duskara, a. very inaccessible; very hard to perform (penance); -duhsrava, a. very unpleasant to hear; -dushprasâdhya, fp. very hard to over come; -dustara, a. very difficult to cross; very hard to perform; -duhsaha, a.very difficult to bear; invincible; -duha, a. willingly milked (cow); -dûra, a. very distant: -m or °ree;--, ad. very far; greatly, altogether, very; ab. from afar; (sú)-dridha, pp. very firm or strong; -retentive (memory); vehe ment, intense; -dris, a. (f. C. id.; V. -î) keen-sighted (V., C.); fair, considerable (RV.); fair-eyed, gnly. f. (fair-eyed) woman (C.); -drishta, a. keen-sighted; -devá, m. good or true god (V.); a. (V.) favoured by the gods; meant for the right gods; m. N.; -devyã, n. host of the good gods (RV.); -dyút, a. shin ing brightly (RV.); -dyumná, a. id. (RV.1); m. (C.) N.; -dviga, a. having beautiful teeth; -dhánvan, a. having an excellent bow; m. a mixed caste (offspring of outcast Vaisya); N.; assembly hall of the gods; -dharman, a. practising justice; m. assembly hall of the gods; -dharmâ, f. id.
sumanomattaka m. N.; -mano-latâ, f. flowering creeper; -mano hara, a. very charming or attractive; -mán tu, a. easily known, well-known (RV.); m. N. of a teacher; -mantra, a. following good counsels; m. N. of various men; -mantrita, pp. well-deliberated: n. imps. good counsel has been taken; n. good counsel: -m kri, take good counsel; -mantrin, a. having a good minister; -mánman, a. uttering good wishes, very devout (RV.); -marma-ga, a. deeply penetrating the joints, causing great agony (arrow); -marshana, a. easy to bear; (sú)-mahat, a. very great, huge, vast (of time, space, quantity, number, degree); very important; -mahas, a. glorious (RV., always vc.); -mahâ, °ree;--: a. extremely great; ad. very greatly; -mahâ-kaksha, a. very high-walled; -mahâ-tapas, a. extremely ascetic or pious; -mahâ-tegas, a. very glorious; -mahât man, a. very noble-minded or high-souled; -mahâ-bala, a. extremely powerful or effica cious; -mahâ-manas, a. very high-minded; -mahârha, a. very splendid; -mahausha dha, n. herb of marvellous efficacy; -mâyá, a. having noble counsels (Maruts; RV.); m. N. of a prince of the Asuras; N. of a fairy: â, f. N. of a daughter of Maya: (a)-ka, m. N. of a fairy; -mitrá, m. kind friend; N., esp. of kings: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N. of a wife of Dasaratha, mother of Satrughna and Lakshmana; -mukha, n. beautiful mouth; bright face: in. cheerfully; a. (î) fair-faced; bright-faced, glad; inclined or disposed to (--°ree;); m. N. of a king; -mundîka, m. N. of an Asura; -mridîká, -mrilîká, V. a. com passionate, gracious; -mrishta, pp. well polished; very dainty: -pushpa½âdhya, a. abounding in very bright flowers; -méka, V. a. well-established, firm; unvarying; -medhás, a.having a good understanding, intelligent, wise (ac. also -medh&asharp;m, RV.); -meru, m. N. of a mtn. (=Meru); N. of a fairy; -mná, a. [√ mnâ=√ man] well-dis posed, gracious (V.); n. (V.) benevolence, favour, grace; devotion, prayer; satisfac tion, gladness, peace: -yú, V. a. devout, be lieving; favourable; -mnâ-várî, a. f. gracious, bringing gladness (Dawn, RV.1).
sumati f. V.: benevolence, grace, favour (ord. mg.); devotion, prayer; C.: pleasure (rare; in, lc.); a. (C.) wise; well versed in (g.); m. N.: &ibrevcirc;, f. N. of Sagara's wife; -madhura, a. very tender orlovely; singing very beautifully; -madhya, a. beau tiful waisted; -madhyama, a. 1. very mediocre; 2. fair-waisted: â, f. fair-waisted woman; -mánas, a. V.: (good-hearted), well disposed, favourable, gracious, benevolent; pleasing; V., C.: well-pleased, cheerful, glad, comfortable; C.: wise; m. N.; f. flower (pl. or in cpds.); N.
suvitta a. having abundant wealth, rich; -vidagdha, pp. very cunning; -vidátra, a. noticing kindly, benevolent, propitious (V.); n. benevolence, favour (V.); -vidatr-íya, a. id. (RV.1); (sú)-vidita, pp.well-known; -vidyâ, f. good knowledge; -vidha, a. of a good kind; -vidhâna, n. good order or arrangement: -tas, ad. duly; -vidhi, m. suitable manner: in. suitably; -vinîta, pp. well-trained (horses); well-bred; -vipula, a.very great, abundant, etc.; (sú)-vipra, a. very devout (RV.1); -vimala, a. very clear or pure; -virûdha, pp. (√ ruh) fully developed; -visada, a. very distinct or intelligible; -visâla, a. very ex tensive; m. N. of an Asura;-visuddha, pp. perfectly pure; -visvasta, pp. full of confi dence, quite unconcerned; -vistara, m. great extent; great diffuseness: ab. very fully, in great detail: -m yâ, be filled (treasury); a. very extensive or large; very great, intense, or intimate etc.: -m, ad. in great detail, at full length; very vehemently; -vistîrna, pp. very extensive or great: -m, ad. in a very detailed manner; -vismaya, a. greatly sur prised or astonished; -vismita, pp. id.; -vi hita, pp. well carried out or fulfilled; well provided, with (in.); -vihvala, a. greatly exhausted, perturbed or distressed; -vîthî patha, m. a certain entrance to a palace; -v&isharp;ra, V. a. very mighty, heroic; having, abounding, or consisting in, retainers or heroes; m. hero (V.); -v&isharp;rya, n. manly vigour, heroism (V., very rare in E.): pl. heroic deeds; abundance of brave men, host of heroes (V.); a. (C.) very efficacious (herb); -v-riktí, f. [for su½rikti: √ rik] excellent praise, hymn (RV.); a. praising excellently (RV.); praiseworthy (V.); -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vrigána, a. dwelling in fair regions (RV.1); -vrít, V. a. (revolving=) running well (car); -vritta, pp. well-rounded; well conducted, virtuous (esp. of women; ord. mg.); composed in a fine metre; n. good conduct: â, f. N.: (a)-tâ, f. round shape and good conduct; -vriddha, pp. very old (family); -vrídh, a. glad, joyful (RV.); -vega, a. run ning, moving, or flying very fast; -vena, m. N.; -véda, a. easy to find or obtain (V.); -vesha, a. beautifully dressed or adorned: -vat, a. id.; -vyakta, pp. very clear or bright; quite distinct: -m, ad. quite clearly, manifestly; -vyasta, pp. thoroughly dis persed (army); -vyâhrita, (pp.) n. fine say ing; -vratá, a. ruling well (V.); fulfilling one's duties well, very virtuous (C.: often vc.); quiet, gentle (of animals; C., rare); m. N.; -samsa, a. (RV.) blessing bountifully (god); saying good things, pronouncing bless ings (men); -sákti, f. easy possibility, easy matter (RV.1); -sám&ibrevcirc;, in. ad. carefully, dili gently (V.);-saraná, a. granting secure refuge (RV.); -sárman, a. id. (V.); very pleasant (C.); m. frequent N.; -sasta, pp. well-recited (Br.); -sastí, f. good hymn of praise (V.); a. praiseworthy (RV.); -sânta, pp. very calm (water);-sâsita, pp. well controlled, well-disciplined (wife); -sikha, a. having a bright flame (lamp); -sithilî-kri, greatly relax; -siprá (sts. -sípra), a. having beautiful cheeks (RV.); (sú)-si-sv-i, a. √ sû: cp. sisu] growing well (in the womb; RV.1); (sú)-sishti, f. excellent aid (RV.1); -sishya, m. good pupil; -sîghrá, °ree;-or -m, ad. very swiftly; -sîta, a. quite cool or cold; -sîtala, a. id.; -s&isharp;ma, a. [√ sî] pleasant to recline on (Br., rare); -sîma-kâma, a. [hav ing deep-seated love] deeply in love; -sîla, n. good disposition; a. having a good dispo sition, good-tempered; m. N.: -guna-vat, a. having good nature and other good quali ties, -tâ, f. good nature, -vat, a. good natured; -subha, a. very fine (arm); very auspicious (day); very noble (deed); -séva, a. very kindly, loving, tender, or dear (V.); very prosperous (path; Br.); -sóka, a. shin ing brightly (RV.1);-sobhana, a. very hand some or beautiful; most excellent; -skandrá, a. very brilliant (V.); -srávas, a. very famous (V., P.); hearing well or gladly (V.); m. N.; N. of a Nâga; -srânta, pp. greatly exhausted; -sr&isharp;, a.splendid; rich; (sú)-sruta, pp. very famous (RV.1); C.: correctly heard; gladly heard; m. N. of a celebrated medical writer; N. of a son of Padmodbhava; -sronî, a. f. hav ing beautiful hips; -slakshna, a. very smooth, soft,or delicate; -slishta, pp. well-joined or united; well-ratified, very close (alliance); very convincing (argument): -guna, a. hav ing a well-fastened band: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -slesha, a. attended with a close embrace, with a euphonious coalescence of words, or with the rhetorical figure termed slesha; (sú-)-sloka, a. sounding, speaking etc. well (V., P.); famous (P.); -slok-ya, n. fame or well-sounding speech.
susakhi m. (nm. â) good friend; -samkruddha, pp. greatly enraged; -sam gatâ, f. N.; -samgama, m. pleasant (place of) meeting; -samgrihîta, pp. well-controlled or governed (kingdom); -sakiva, m.good minister; a. having a good minister; -saggî kri, make perfectly ready; -samkita, pp. well-gathered, carefully accumulated: -m sam-ki, collect carefully; -sattra, n. good hospital; -sattva, a. very resolute; -sadrisa, a.(î) very like (g.); -samtushta, pp. per fectly satisfied; -samtosha, a. easy to satisfy; -samdîpta, pp. flaming brightly; -samdrís, a. fair to see; -samdha, a. true to one's word; -sanna, pp. [√ sad] completely at an end, foiled; -sama, a. perfectly level or smooth; (sú)-samâhita, pp. [√ dhâ] well laden (waggon, Br.); C.: well-adorned; very attentive or intent, thoroughly concentrated; (sú)-samiddha, pp. [√ idh] well-kindled;(sú)-samriddha, pp. [√ ridh] V.: quite per fect; C.: very abundant; very wealthy; -samriddhi, f. great wealth; -sampad, f. affluence, great prosperity; (sú)-sampish- ta, pp. completely shattered (car; RV.1); -sampratapta, pp. thoroughly harassed; -sambaddha, pp. intimately connected; -sambhriti, f. due collection of requisites; -sambhrama, m. great agitation or confu sion, excessive haste; -sambhrânta, pp. completely bewildered; (sú)-sarva, a. quite complete (Br.); -sahâya, a. having a good companion or assistant: -vat, a. id.; -sâdh ana, a. easy to prove; -sâdhita, pp. well trained; -sâdhya, fp. easy to control, amen able; -sâman, n.very conciliatory words; -sârathi, a. having a good charioteer; -sita, a. pure white; -siddha, pp. well-cooked; very efficacious, of great magical power; completely supplied with (in.): -½artha, a. having completely attained one's object; -sî ma, a. having a good parting (woman).
sūrya m. [svar] sun; sun-god; N. (C.): -ka, m. N.; -kara, m. sunbeam; -kân ta, m. (beloved of the sun), sun-stone, sun crystal; -kandra, m. N.; -tapas, m. N. of a sage; -tegas, n. sunshine;(s&usharp;rya)-tvak, a. having a sun-bright skin or covering (RV.); -pâda, m. sunbeam; -putra, m. son of the sun, pat. of the Asvins, planet Saturn, and Yama: î, f. daughter of the sun, the Yamu nâ; -prabha, a. sun-bright; m. N. among others of the king after whom the eighth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara is called: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -prabhava, a. sprung from the sun (race); -prabhîya, a. belonging to king Sûryaprabha; -prasishya, m. ep. of Ganaka; -bimba, m. or n. disc of the sun; -mandala, n. id.; -matî, f. N. of a princess; -ratha, m. car of the sun; -rasmi, m. sun beam; -ruk, f. sunlight; -vamsa, m. solar race of kings; -vams-ya, a.belonging to the solar race; -varman, m. N. of a Dâmara; -vâra, m. Sunday; -sishya, m. ep. of Yâgña valkya: -½antevâsin, m. ep. of Ganaka; -samkrama, m. entrance of the sun into a new sign of the zodiac; -samkrânti, f. id.; -siddhânta, m. T. of an astronomical trea tise ascribed to the Sun; -suta, m. (son of the sun) planet Saturn; the monkey Sugrîva; -stuti, f., -stotra, n. praise of the sun.
senāgra n. van of an army: -ga, -gâmin, a. going at the head of an army; m. leader of an army; -½a&ndot;ga, n. component part of an army; division of an army: -pati, m. leader of a division;-kara, m. soldier; -gî vin, m. id.; -½adhipa, -½adhyaksha, m. com mander of an army; -n&isharp;, m. leader of an army, commander, general (V., C.); N. of Skanda, god of war (leader of the hosts of the gods; C.); -pati, m. leader of an army, general; -patya, n. office of a general (less correct for saina-); -½abhigoptri, m. guar dian of the army (a certain office); -mukhá, n. van of the army: î, f. N. of a goddess; -vyûha, m. battle-array; -samudaya, m. assembled army.
somaka m. N. of a king (V., C.); C.: N. of a country; king or native of Somaka: ikâ, f. N. of a bird; -ka½îsvara, m. king of Somaka; -kráyana, a. (î) serving as the price of the Soma plant: î, f. cow --;-grahá, m. bowl of Soma (V.); eclipse of the moon (C.); -tîrtha, n. N. of a place of pilgrim age; -tva, n. condition of Soma; -datta, m. N. of various kings and Brâhmans; -dâ, f. N. of a Brâhman woman; -deva, m. god Soma; god of the moon; N. of various men: -bhatta, m. N. of the author of the Kathâ- saritsâgara; -devatya, a. having Soma as its deity; -devî, f. N. of a wife of Kâmapâla; -nâtha, m. N. of various scholars; n. N. of a celebrated Li&ndot;ga and its temple in Gujerat (destroyed in 1024 a. d.); -pá, a. drinking or entitled to drink Soma juice (V., C.); m. pl. N. of a class of Manes; -p&asharp;, a. id.; -pâna, n. drinking of Soma; (-p&asharp;na), a. Soma drinking, m. Soma drinker (V.); -pây in, a., m. id.; -pâla, m. guardian of Soma (Br.); N. of various men; -p&asharp;van, m. Soma drinker (RV.); -pîdâ, f. N. of a princess; (sóma)-pîti, f. (V.)draught of Soma (always d.); -pîthá, m. id. (V.); -pîthín, a. partici pating in the Soma draught; -putra, m. son of Soma; son of the moon, planet Mercury; -purusha, m. servant of Soma; (sóma) prishtha, a. bearing Soma on its back (V.); -péya, n. draught of Soma (RV.); -prabha, a. having the splendour of the moon; m. N.: â, f. N.; -pravâka, m. herald of the Soma sacrifice (V.); -mád, a. (strg. st. -m&asharp;d) in toxicated with Soma (RV.1); -rasmi, m. N. of a Gandharva; (sóma)-râgan, a. (ñî) having Soma as a king; -râta, m. N.; -la devî, f. N. of a princess; -vamsa, m. lunar race of kings; -vams-ya, a. belonging to the lunar race; (sóma)-vat, a.containing Soma, attended etc. by Soma (V.); -vallî, f. Soma plant; -vâra, m. Monday; -vâsara, m. or n. id.; -vikrayín, a. selling Soma; m. seller of Soma; -vriddha, pp. invigorated by Soma (RV.); -sarman, m. N. of various men; (sóma)-sita, pp. sharpened by Soma; -sush man, m. N. (Br.); -sûra, m. N.; -samsthâ, f. fundamental form of the Soma sacrifice; -sad, m. pl. N. of the Manes of the Sâdhyas; -salila, n. Soma water; -sú-t, a.pressing Soma; -suta, m. son or descendant of the Moon; (sóma)-suti, f. pressing of Soma; -sútvan, a. pressing Soma; m. Soma-pres ser; -svâmin, m. N.; -½ânanda, m. N.; â raudrá, a. belonging to Soma and Rudra; n. (sc. sûkta) the hymn RV. VI, 74 (C.).
stanapa a., m. id.; -patana, n. flac cidity of the breasts; -pâna, n. sucking of the breast; -bhara, m. weight of breasts, swelling bosom; -mandala, n. rounded female breast; -madhya, n. space between the breasts.
stava m. [√ stu] praise, eulogy, pane gyric, song of praise (RV.1, C.); -átha, m. praise (RV.1); -á-dhyai, d. inf. √ stu (RV.); -ana, n. praising, praise.
sthūla a. thick, bulky, big, large, stout, massive; coarse, gross (also fig., e. g. crime); dull, stupid; material, tangible (phil.; opp. sûkshma); n. gross or material body: -kesa, m. N. of a Rishi; -tâ, f.largeness, fulness, bulkiness; clumsiness; stupidity; -tva, n. grossness (phil.); -datta, m. N.; -nâsika, m. (large-snouted), boar; -pra pañka, m. gross material world; -bâhu, m. N.; -buddhi, a. dull-witted; -bhuga, m. N. of a fairy; -bhûta, n. gross element; -mati, a. dull-witted; -madhya, a. thick in the middle; -roma, a. thick-haired; -laksha, a. liberal, munificent; shooting at a large tar get: -tva, n. abst. n.; -lakshi-tâ, f. liber ality; -lakshya, a.=-laksha: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -vishaya, m. gross material ob ject; -sarîra, n. gross material body; -siras, a. thick-headed; m. N. of a Rishi, a Râk shasa, and a Yaksha; -sûkshma, a. large and small: -prapañka, m. the gross and the subtle world, -sarîra, n. gross and subtle body; -hasta, m. elephant's trunk.
spaśa m. id. (Br., C.): -½adhyaksha, m. chief of the spies.
smaradaśā f. stage of love (there are ten: delight of the eye, pensiveness, long ing, sleeplessness, emaciation, indifference to worldly objects, abandonment of shame, in fatuation, swoon, death; see Mallinâtha on Meghadûta 90); -dahana, m. burner of Kâma, Siva; -dâyin, a. arousing love; -dîpana, a. kindling love; -maya, a. produced by love; -lekha, m. love-letter; -sara-maya, a. (î) abounding in Kâma's arrows (certain flowers); -sâsana, m. chastiser of Kâma, Siva; -sâstra, n. treatise on erotics; -sakha, m. friend of Kâma, ep. of spring; -saha, a. capable of arousing love; -sâyaka-lakshya, n. target of the arrows of Kâma: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½ari, m. foe of Kâma, Siva; -½ishudhî-kri, turn into the quiver of Kâma.
haṃsa m. gander, goose (a bird of passage, vehicle of Brakman), perh. also swan or flamingo (possessing the power of separating Soma from water in V., and milk from water in C.); (white and migratory like the goose), soul, sts. universal soul (U., C.): identified with Nârâyana, Vishnu, Krishna, and Virâg; kind of ascetic; N.: -ka, m. (little or poor) goose; m. or n. (?) anklet; -gâminî, a. f. having the gait of a hamsa, walking grace fully; -kihna-dukûla-vat, a. clad in a garment interwoven with figures of geese; -tâ, f. condition of a goose; -tûla, n. swansdown; -tva, n. condition of a goose; -dvâra, n. Swan's gate, N. of a pass on the way to lake Mânasa; -dvîpa, m. N. of an island; -nâda, m. N. of a fairy; -pada, n. goose-foot (as a mark); -padikâ, f. N. of the first wife of Dushyanta; -mâlâ, f. flight of geese or swans; -yâna, n. goose as a vehicle, car drawn by geese; a. (î) riding on a goose; -ratha, m. N.; -râga, m. king of geese, large gander; m. N.; -vat, a. containing the word hamsa (Br.): -î, f. N., esp. of the first wife of Dushyanta; -vâhana, m. (riding on a goose), ep. of Brahman; -vega, m. N.
haripiṅga a. yellowish brown: -la, a. id.; -prabha, a. tawny-coloured; -bhakti, f. worship of Vishnu; -bhata, m. N.; -bhatta, m. N. of various scholars; -madhyâ, a. f. having a tawny waist; hav ing a waist reminding of Vishnu.
hastaka m. hand; supporting hand; handful of (--°ree;); spit (v. r. ika); -ga, a. (fallen into=) being in the hand, of (--°ree;); fig.=one's own, secured to one; -gata, pp. id.; -gâmin, a. id.; -grihîta, pp.tied by the hands; -grihya, gd. taking by the hand (V.); -gra ha, m. taking the hand; marriage; taking anything in hand; -grâbhá, a. grasping the hand of a girl, wedded (RV.1); -grâha, a. id.; m. husband: -ka, a. graspingone by the hand = obtrusive; -ghná, m. hand-guard (against the bowstring; RV.1); (hásta)- kyuti, f. swift movement of the hands (RV.1); -tala-gata, pp. lying in the palm of one's hand=being in one's power; -tulâ, f.hand as a balance: in. by using the hands instead of scales; -dîpa, m. hand-lantern; -dhâranâ, f. supporting with the hand; taking by the hand=marrying (a girl); -pâda, n. sg. hands and feet; -prada, a. giving a hand, support ing, helping; -prâpta, pp. fallen into=being in one's hand (=-ga); -prâpya, fp. to be reached with the hand (cluster); -bhrashta, pp. escaped from one's hand, run away; -le kha, m. hand-drawing; -lekhî-kri, draw, sketch; (hásta)-vat, a. having hands (V., C.); dexterous (C.); -vartin, m. N. of a prince; -samgñâ, f. sign with the hand; -sûtra, n. cord put on the wrist of a girl before her wedding; -stha, a. being in one's hand; -svastika,m. crossing of the hands; -hârya, fp. to be grasped with the hands, palpable, manifest.
hāsa m. [√ has] laughing, laughter, merriment (often pl.); derision of (g.; very rare); jest, fun (âkhyâna-, = funny story); dazzling whiteness (of any object, e. g. a pearl necklace, regarded as its laughter because in the latter white teeth are conspicuous): -kara, a. provoking laughter; causing to laugh (--°ree;); -ana, cs. a. [√ has] causing any one to laugh; -in, a. laughing, at (--°ree;); (laughing=) daz zlingly white, brilliant, or adorned with (--°ree;).
hita pp. (√ dhâ) V.: placed, laid, put, into (lc.); situated, lying, contained, in (lc.); set up, prepared, arranged; assigned to any one (d., g.); V., C.: beneficial, salu tary, advantageous, convenient, suitable, agreeable, to or for any one (d., sts. lc.; C. also g., --°ree;); favourable; C.: well-disposed, friendly, kind; n. sg. pl. (C.) what is salutary, profit, advantage, welfare, good; good or salutary advice: -kara, a. doing good, bene ficent, useful, advantageous, to any one (g.); -kâma, a. desiring the good of others, be nevolent, kind; -kâmyâ, f. (only in.) desire of benefiting any one (g.); -kâraka, a. friendly (opp. hostile); m. friend; -kâr-in, a. id., kind: (-i)-tâ, f., -tva, n. kindness; -krit, a. bene ficent, useful; -pathya, a. useful and salutary and having obtained a pathyâ (=harîtakî or yellow myrobalan tree); (á)-prayas, a. hav ing set forth the sacrificial food, having the sacrifice spread for him (RV.); -buddhi, a. well-disposed; -vakana, n. good advice; -vat, a. advantageous, useful; -vâdin, a. giving good advice; -hita, m. N.
hiraṇya n. [√ 3. hri] V., C.: bul lion (opp. suvarna), gold, precious metal (in C. also=coined gold); V.: gold implement or ornament; gold piece or coin (in Br. gnly. w. suvárna, by way of distinction from other metals); a. golden (C., rare); m. N. of a king of Cashmere (C.): -ka, m. N. of a mouse-king; -kasipú, m. golden carpet, seat adorned with gold (V.); a. (hí-) having a golden carpet; m. N. of a Daitya slain by Vishnu in the form of Narasimha; -kula, m. N. of a king; (hí-)-kesa, a. (&isharp;) golden haired, golden-maned; -kesin, m. N. of an author of Grihya-sûtras; -garbhá, m. womb or embryo of gold; N. of a cosmogonic power, esp. of the personal Brahman; in Vedânta, N. of intellect conditioned by the aggregate; N.; N. of a flamingo; -gupta, m. N.; (hí-)-kakra, a. having golden wheels (RV.1); -da, a. giving gold; -datta, m. N.; (hí-)-dant, m. gold-toothed (RV.1); m. N. of a Baida (Br.); -d&asharp;, a. giving gold; -nâbha, m. N. of various men; (hí-)-parna, V. a. golden-winged; golden-leaved; (hí-)-pâni, a. golden-handed; -pâtrá, n. golden vessel or dish; -pura, n. N. of a city of the Asuras situated beyond the ocean and suspended in the air; N. of a town in Cashmere; (hí-) bâhu, a. golden-armed; m. ep. of the river Sone (v. r. -vâha).
haiygavaîna n. butter made from the cream [derived from the cow, go] of the previous day [hyas], fresh butter.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
320 results38 results
hyas In the Rigveda and later denotes ‘yesterday.’
abhyagrii aitaśāyana This man was, according to the Aitareya Brāhmana, unfortunate enough to quarrel with his father, Aitaśa. The result was that he and his progeny were called the worst of the Aurvas. In the version of the Kausītaki Brāhmana, the Aitaśāyana Ajāneyas take the place of the Abhyagnis and the Bhrgris of the Aurvas, the latter being probably a .branch of the former family.
avadhya See Brāhmanṇa
ahīnā aśvatthya was a sage (muni) who achieved immor­tality by knowledge of a certain rite (savitram)}
āmbaṣṭhya Is mentioned in the Aitareya Brāhmana as a king, whose priest for the Rājasūya, or royal inauguration, was Nārada. Presumably the name is local, meaning ‘ King of the Ambasthas,’ as interpreted in the St. Petersburg Dictionary. Later the term Ambastha denotes 4 a man of mingled Brāhmana and Vaiśya parentage by father and mother ’ respectively.
āśvatthya Patronymic of Ahinā.
ibhya Occurs once in the Rigveda in the plural, when a king is said to devour his Ibhyas as the fire the forest; and twice in the Chāndogya Upanisad, in one passage as the first member of a compound, and in the other as either a proper name or an adjective. Roth, Ludwig, and Zimmer interpret the word as ‘ retainers in the Rigveda, but in the Chāndogya Upanisad Roth thinks it means ‘rich.’ Pischel and Geldner® accept the sense in all passages. Bǒhtlingk in his trans­lation oi the Chāndogya treats the word as simply a proper name, ‘ Ibhya’s village * (ibhya-grāma) and ‘ Ibhya.’
keśin dārbhya (* descendant of Darbha ’) is a somewhat enigmatic figure. According to the Satapatha Brāh¬mana and the Jaiminīya Upanisad Brāhmana he was a king, sister’s son of Uccaihśravas, according to the latter authority. His people were the Pañcālas, of whom the Keśins must there¬fore have been a branch, and who are said to have been threefold (tvyanīka). A story is told of his having a ritual dispute wτith ṣandika in the Maitrāyanī Samhitā ; this appears in another form in the śatapatha Brāhmana. He was a contemporary of a fellow sage, Keśin Sātyakāmi, according to the Maitrā¬yanī and Taittirīya Samhitās. The Pañcavimśa Brāhmana attributes to him a Sāman or chant, and the Kausītaki Brāh¬mana tells how he was taught by a golden bird. In view of the fact that the early literature always refers to Dārbhya as a sage, it seems doubtful whether the commentator is right in thinking that the śatapatha refers to a king and a people, when a sage alone may well be meant, while the Jaiminīya Upanisad Brāhmana is of no great authority. The latter work may have assumed that the reference in the Kāthaka Samhitā to the Keśin people signifies kingship, but this is hardly necessary.
kaumbhya (‘ descendant of Kumbhya ’) is the patronymic of Babhru.
gṛhya Denotes the members of the house or family in the Satapatha Brāhmana.
jabhya ‘Snapper,’ denotes in the Atharvaveda an insect destructive to grain.
dadhyañc atharvaṇa Is a purely mythical sage. In the Rigveda he is clearly a divinity of some kind, but in the later Samhitās and the Brāhmanas he is metamorphosed into a teacher. In the Pañcavimśa Brāhmana he is by oversight called an Añgirasa.
dadhyaśir See Dadhi and Soma.
dārbhya ‘Descendant of Darbha,’ is mentioned in a verse of the Rigveda. verse Roth identifies him with Syāvāśva, but the Brhaddevatā with Rathavīti. The same patronymic is frequently connected with Keśin, and is also applied to Rathaprota. See also Dālbhya.
dālbhya ‘Descendant of Dalbha,’ is a variant of Dārbhya. It is the patronymic of {a) Keśin in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmana j (b) Caikitāyana in the Chāndogya Upanisad and the Jaiminīya Upanisad Brāhmana; (c) Vaka in the Chāndogya Upanisad and the Kāthaka Samhitā.
nabhya The ‘ nave ’ of the wheel, is mentioned in the Atharvaveda and later. See also Nābhi.
nināhya Denotes in the śatapatha Brāhmana a water jar,’ so called, according to the commentator, because it was buried in the ground.Eggeling explains it as ‘a vessel or cistern dug into the ground for keeping water cool.’
parirathya Occurs once in the Atharvaveda meaning either ‘road’ or a part of the chariot, perhaps as Ludwig and Whitney render it, the * rim.’
pāthya A word occurring only once in the Rigveda, is either an epithet meaning ‘being in heaven’ (pāthas), or a patronymic, as Sāyana interprets it, of Vrsan.
pārīṇahya Denotes ‘ household utensils ’ in the Taittirīya Samhitā, where it is said that the wife (patnī), as mistress of the house, has charge of all these.
pārthya ‘Descendant of Prthi,’ is the patronymic of some donor in a hymn of the Rigveda. The form of the name in the Áśvalāyana śrauta Sūtra is Pārtha.
baka dālbhya ('Descendant of Dalbha’) is the name of a person mentioned in the Jaiminiya Upanisad Brāhmaṇa as constraining Indra for the Ájakeśins, and as a Kuru- Pañcāla. fι.
babhru kaumbhya (‘Descendant of Kumbha ’) is the name of the seer of a Sāman or Chant in the Pañcaviipśa Brāhmaṇa.
madhyadeśa The ‘Middle Country,’ is, according to the Mānava Dharma śāstra, the land between the Himālaya in the north, the Vindhya in the south, Vinaáana in the west, and Prayāga (now Allahabad) in the east that is, between the place where the Sarasvatī disappears in the desert, and the point of the confluence of the Yamunā (Jumna) and the Gañgā (Ganges). The same authority defines Brahmarsi-deśa as denoting the land of Kuruksetra, the Matsyas, Pañcālas, and śūrasenakas, and Brahmāvarta as meaning the particularly holy land between the Sarasvatī and the Drṣadvatī. The Baudhāyana Dharma Sūtra4 defines Áryāvarta as the land east of Vinaśana; west of the Kālaka-vana, ‘ Black Forest,’ or rather Kanakhala, near Hardvār; south of the Himālaya; and north of the Pāriyātra or the Pāripātra Mountains; adding that, in the opinion of others, it was confined to the country between the Yamunā and the Gañgā, while the Bhāllavins took it as the country between the boundary-river (or perhaps the Saras-vatī) and the region where the sun rises. The Mānava Dharma śāstra, in accord with the Vasiṣṭha Dharma Sūtra, defines Áryāvarta as the region between the Vindhya and the Himālaya, the two ranges which seem to be the boundaries of the Aryan world in the Kauṣītaki Upaniṣad also. The term Madhyadeśa is not Vedic, but it is represented in the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa by the expression madhyamā pratisthā diś, ‘ the middle fixed region,’ the inhabitants of which are stated to be the Kurus, the Pañcālas, the Vaśas, and the Uśīnaras. The latter two peoples practically disappear later on, the Madhyadeśa being the country of the Kuru-Pañcālas, the land where the Brāhmaṇas and the later Samhitās were produced, bounded on the east by the Kosala-Videhas, and on the west by the desert. The western tribes are mentioned with disapproval both in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa and the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa, while the tradition of the Brahminization of the Kosalas and the Videhas from the Kuru-Pañcāla country is preserved in the former Brāhmaṇa.
madhyaṃdina ‘Mid-day,’ is a frequent designation of time in the Rigveda, the later Samhitās, and the Brāhmanas. Cf, Ahan.
madhyamavah Occurs in one passage of the Rigveda as an epithet of the chariot. The exact interpretation is doubtful. Roth assigns to it the expression the sense of ‘driving with a single horse between the shafts.’ According to Sāyana's explanation, it means ‘driving with middling speed.’ It might mean ‘driving in the middle’ that is, ‘only half-way.’
madhyamaśī Is found in one passage of the Rigveda, where Roth assigns to the word the meaning of intercessor, which Zimmer accepts, in the sense of ‘mediator’ or ‘arbiter,’ as a legal term, but which Roth may, as Lanman suggests, have intended to express ‘adversary’ or ‘preventer’ of the disease referred to in the hymn. Whitney thinks that it means ‘mid-most man’ or ‘chief’ as the one round whom his followers encamp. Geldner, however, thinks that a third king, who is neutral’ between two enemies, is intended.
madhyamastha In the later Saiphitās denotes the chief in his relation to his followers (sajāta). Cf. Madhyamaśī.
mādhyaṃdināyana ‘Descendant of Madhyamdina,’ is the patronymic of a teacher mentioned in the Kāṇva recension of the Brhadāranyaka Upaniṣad.
mādhyama (‘Relating to the middle’) is a term applied in the Kauṣītaki Brāhmana and the Aitareya Araṇyaka to denote the ‘ authors of the middle books’ of the Rigveda.
medhya Is the name of a man, an ancient sacrificer, in a hymn of the Rigveda. In the śāñkhāyana śrauta Sūtra he is erroneously transmuted into Ppçadhra Medhya Mātariávan, the patron of Praskaṇva Kāṇva.
rathaprota dārbhya (‘Descendant of Darbha’) is mentioned in the Maitrāyaṇī Samhitā perhaps as a king, but possibly as a priest.
rathavīti dārbhya (‘Descendant of Darbha ’) is mentioned once in the Rigveda as residing in places abounding in kine (gomatīranu) far away among the hills, possibly the Himālayas, and as the patron of the singer of the hymn. Later the tradition makes him the king, whose daughter śyāsvāśva won for his wife by his father’s and the Maruts’ aid.
raibhya Descendant of Rebha,’ is the name of a teacher in the first two Vamśas (lists of teachers) in the Mādhyamdina recension of the Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upanisad, where he is said to be a pupil of Pautimāsyāyaṇa and Kauṇdin- yāyana.
vaka dālbhya (‘Descendant of Dalbha’) is the name of a teacher in the Chāndogya Upanisad. According to the Kāthaka Saiphitā, he was engaged in a ritual dispute with Dhrtarāçtra.
vahya Denotes in the Rigveda and the Atharvaveda a ‘ couch ’ or ‘ bed ’ of a comfortable kind used by women.
śarkarākhya See śārkarāksa.
śardhya In one passage of the Rigveda is taken by Roth as perhaps denoting a part of the chariot. The sense is, how­ever, quite uncertain.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
320 results38 results2684 results
aṃśoḥ pīyūṣaṃ prathamaṃ tad ukthyam # RV.2.13.1d.
aṃsābhyāṃ te dorbhyām # AVP.9.3.11a.
aṃhaso grāhyāś ca # AVP.2.10.1b. Cf. rakṣaso grāhyā.
akāri brahma samidhāna tubhyam # RV.4.6.11a.
akṣānaho nahyatanota somyāḥ # RV.10.53.7a; AB.7.9.6.
akṣībhyāṃ svāhā # TS.7.3.16.1. See cakṣurbhyāṃ svāhā.
akṣībhyāṃ te nāsikābhyām # RV.10.163.1a; AVś.2.33.1a; 20.96.17a; AVP.4.7.1a; śś.16.13.4; śG.1.21.3; ApMB.1.17.1a (ApG.3.9.10). P: akṣībhyāṃ te Vait.38.1; Kauś.27.27; Rvidh.4.19.3; BṛhD.8.66. Cf. cakṣurbhyāṃ śrotrābhyām.
akṣudhyā atṛṣyā sta (AVP. -dhyā atṛṣyāsaḥ) # AVś.7.60.4c; AVP.3.26.3c. See atṛṣyā, and anaśyā.
akṣair badhyāsam aprati # AVś.7.50.1d.
akṣyau ni vidhya hṛdayaṃ ni vidhya # AVś.5.29.4a; AVP.12.18.5a. P: akṣyau ni vidhya Kauś.25.24.
agadaṃ jānubhyām # TS.5.7.13.1; KSA.13.3.
agastyasya nadbhyaḥ # RV.10.60.6a. Cf. BṛhD.7.97.
agna āgacha rohitābhyāṃ vṛhadbhāno dhūmaketo jātavedo vicarṣaṇa āṅgirasa brāhmaṇāṅgirasa bruvāṇa # Lś.1.4.2.
agna āvasathya pariṣadya juṣasva svāhā # Mś.8.5.3. Cf. under agne pariṣadya.
agna iḍā nama iḍā nama ṛṣibhyo mantrakṛdbhyo mantrapatibhyo namo vo astu devebhyaḥ # Aś.8.14.18; ā. (Introd.).
agna iḍā sam idhyase # RV.3.24.2a. P: agna iḍā Aś.4.13.7.
agnaya indrāgnibhyām # JG.1.3.
agnaye kāmāya svāhā # TB.3.12.2.2--8. Cf. kāmāya svāhā, and agnīṣomābhyāṃ kāmāya.
agnaye 'gnīṣomābhyām # JG.1.3.
agnaye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu (MS. dadāti), so 'mṛtatvam aśīya (VSK. aśyāt), āyur (MS. mayo) dātra edhi (MS. bhūyāt) mayo mahyaṃ pratigrahītre (śś. pratigṛhṇate) # VS.7.47; VSK.9.2.7,8; MS.1.9.4: 134.3; śB.4.3.4.28; śś.7.18.1. P: agnaye tvā Kś.10.2.28; Mś.5.2.14.9; --11.1.4. See rājā tvā varuṇo, and varuṇas tvā nayatu.
agnaye devebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ samidhyamānāyānubrūhi # TB.1.6.9.1; Apś.8.14.17 (cf. 8.13.7, comm.).
agnaye prahriyamāṇāyānubrūhi # śB.3.5.2.2; 6.3.9; 9.2.3.1; Kś.18.3.17; Mś.5.1.3.3 (erroneously, prahriyamānā-). See prec., and cf. agnibhyaḥ prahriyamāṇebhyo 'nubrūhi, agnibhyāṃ prahriyamāṇābhyām anubrūhi, and prahriyamāṇāya.
agnaye mathyamānāyānubrūhi # TS.6.3.5.3; AB.1.16.1; śB.3.4.1.22; Apś.7.13.1; Mś.1.7.1.42; 5.1.3.1. P: agnaye mathyamānāya śś.3.13.16.
agnaye sam anamat pṛthivyai sam anamad, yathāgniḥ pṛthivyā sam anamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. P: agnaye sam anamat pṛthivyai sam anamat TB.3.8.18.5; Apś.20.12.8. See next, pṛthivyām agnaye sam anaman, and cf. agniś ca pṛthivī.
agnaye samidhyamānāya hotar anubrūhi # śB.1.3.5.3; Kś.3.1.2.
agnaye samidhyamānāyānubrūhi # TS.6.3.7.1; MS.1.4.11: 59.9; śB.1.3.5.2,3; 2.5.2.19; 6.1.21; 3.7.4.7; TB.3.3.7.1; Kś.3.1.1; Apś.2.12.1; Mś.1.3.1.1; N.1.15. P: agnaye samidhyamānāya śś.1.4.4.
agnaye svāhā somāya svāhāgniṣomābhyām indrāgnibhyām indrāya viśvebhyo devebhyo brahmaṇe prajāpataye 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte # GDh.26.16; Svidh.1.2.5.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte svāhā # TB.3.12.2.2--8; 4.2--6; Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2; śG.1.17.8; 2.14.4; Kauś.5.12; GG.1.8.14; KhG.2.1.24; PG.1.12.3; HG.1.7.18; 2.8.9; MG.2.2.22. Cf. agnaye sviṣṭakṛte, in GDh.26.16; SaṃnyāsaU.1; Svidh.1.2.5; 3.7, and agnibhyaḥ sviṣṭa-.
agniḥ prāvan mitrota medhyātithim # RV.1.36.17c.
agniṃ sāmrājyāya # Mś.6.2.5.31 (ūha of bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya in devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa ...).
agnijihvebhyas (MS. agnihvarebhyas) tvartāyubhya (MS. tvā ṛtāyubhyā) indrajyeṣṭhebhyo varuṇarājabhyo vātāpibhyaḥ parjanyātmabhyaḥ # TS.3.5.8.1; MS.1.3.35: 41.16. P: agnijihvebhyas tvartāyubhyaḥ TS.3.5.9.2. See next.
agnijihvebhyas tvartāyubhyo vātāpibhyaḥ parjanyātmabhya indrajyeṣṭhebhyo varuṇarājabhyaḥ # KS.29.5. See prec.
agnināgniḥ sam idhyate # RV.1.12.6a; SV.2.194a; TS.1.4.46.3a; 3.5.11.5a; 5.5.6.1; MS.4.10.2a: 145.5; KS.15.12a; 20.14; 34.19a; AB.1.16.28a; 7.6.1; JB.1.65a; 3.37,331; KB.1.4; 8.1; PB.12.2.1; TB.2.7.12.3a; śB.12.4.3.5a; Aś.2.16.7; 3.13.12; śś.2.2.11; 3.5.1; 13.17; Apś.14.16.1; 17.7.4; Mś.5.1.2.15. P: agnināgniḥ MS.4.10.2: 146.10; 4.10.3: 148.13. Cf. BṛhD.2.145.
agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ svāhā # VS.9.35; śB.5.2.4.5. P: agninetrebhyaḥ Kś.15.1.20. See agnaye puraḥsade, and ye devāḥ puraḥsado.
agninendreṇa somena sarasvatyā viṣṇunā devatābhiḥ, yājyānuvākyābhyām upa te huve savāham (KSA. huve 'sā aham) # TS.7.3.11.2; KSA.3.1.
agnibhya prahriyamāṇebhyo 'nubrūhi # śB.7.3.2.5. Cf. agnaye pra-, and agnibhyāṃ pra-.
agnibhya sviṣṭakṛdbhyaḥ svāhā # Kś.20.8.8. Cf. agnaye sviṣṭakṛte svāhā.
agnibhyāṃ prahriyamāṇābhyām anubrūhi # Kś.5.4.7. Cf. agnaye pra-, and agnibhyaḥ pra-.
agnim atirugbhyām (MS. atī-) # VS.25.3; MS.3.14.3: 178.10.
agnim adya hotāram avṛṇītāyaṃ yajamānaḥ pacan paktīḥ pacan puroḍāśaṃ gṛhṇann agnayā ājyaṃ gṛhṇan somāyājyaṃ badhnann indrāgnibhyāṃ chāgam # MS.4.13.9: 211.5. P: agnim adya Mś.5.2.8.44. Cf. sīsena agnim adya.
agnim ... puroḍāśaṃ badhnann indrāgnibhyāṃ chāgam # TB.3.6.15.1. P: agnim adya hotāram avṛṇīta Apś.7.27.7.
agnim ... puroḍāśān (VSK. purolāśān) badhnann aśvibhyāṃ chāgaṃ sarasvatyai meṣam indrāya ṛṣabhaṃ sunvann aśvibhyāṃ sarasvatyā indrāya sutrāmṇe surāsomān # VS.21.59; VSK.23.58. P: agnim adya Kś.12.6.30; 19.7.11. Cf. sīsena agnim adya.
agnim adya hotāram (commentary continues avṛṇītām imau yajamānau pacantau paktīḥ pacantau purolāśaṃ badhnantāv agnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgam [dviyajamānake]; and avṛṇateme yajamānāḥ pacantaḥ paktīḥ pacantaḥ purolāśaṃ badhnanto 'gnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgam [bahuyajamānake]. The version of the formula [comm. sūktavākapraiṣa: cf. Aś.3.6.16] in the singular does not seem to be mentioned) # śś.5.20.5. Cf. the prec. six.
agnim īḍā yajadhyai # RV.8.39.1b.
agnir adhyakṣaḥ (TA. adhyakṣāḥ) # MS.4.9.11: 131.11; TA.4.11.5.
agnir upadraṣṭā vāyur upaśrotādityo 'nukhyātā sādhutāṃ pratijānīte sādhu asmā astu vitatha eṣa enasaḥ # ApDh.2.3.6.2. Cf. under tasya me 'gnir.
agnir etu prathamo devatābhyaḥ # SMB.1.1.10a. P: agnir etu prathamaḥ GG.2.1.24; KhG.1.3.11. See agnir aitu, and agnir asyāḥ.
agnir gāndharvīṃ pathyām ṛtasya # RV.10.80.6c.
agnir janavin mahyaṃ jāyām imām adāt # AVP.1.34.1; Kauś.78.10. Cf. agnaye janavide, and agnir janitā.
agnir dadāty atho tvām # HG.1.20.2d. See agnir mahyam atho.
agnir devebhyaḥ suvidatriyebhyaḥ (TA. suvidatrebhyaḥ) # RV.10.17.3d; AVś.18.2.54d; TA.6.1.1d; N.7.9d.
agnir devo duṣṭarītur adābhyaḥ (MS.KS. adabdhaḥ) # AVP.15.1.1c; TS.4.4.12.1c; MS.3.16.4c: 187.15; KS.22.14c; Aś.4.12.2c.
agnir naḥ pārthivebhyaḥ # RV.10.158.1c.
agnir mahyam atho imām # RV.10.85.41d; AVś.14.2.4d; SMB.1.1.7d; PG.1.14.16d; ApMB.1.3.2d; MG.1.10.10d; JG.1.21d; VārG.14.10d. See agnir dadāty.
agnir mahyaṃ pred u vocan manīṣām # RV.4.5.3d.
agnir vanaspatīnām adhipatiḥ (AVP. adhyakṣaḥ) sa māvatu (AVP. has sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVś.5.24.2; AVP.15.7.8. P: agnir vanaspatīnām Vait.8.13.
agnir vidhyatv astayā # AVś.5.31.12d.
agnir vai ketādityaḥ suketā tau prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mā purastād gopāyetām # PG.3.4.14.
agnir hotā hastagṛhyā nināya # RV.10.109.2d; AVś.5.17.2d; AVP.9.15.2d.
agniś ca tubhyaṃ sāhantyaḥ # AVP.6.9.3c.
agniś ca mā manyuś ca manyupatayaś ca manyukṛtebhyaḥ pāpebhyo rakṣantām # TA.10.24.1; MahānU.14.3. P: agniś ca mā manyuś ca VāDh.23.23.
agniṣṭoma ukthyo 'tirātro dvirātras trirātraś catūrātraḥ # TB.3.10.1.4. P: agniṣṭoma ukthyaḥ TB.3.10.9.8; 10.4; Apś.19.12.14. Cf. ā māgniṣṭomo, and ukthyaś cātirātraś.
agniṣ ṭvābhi (TS. agnis tvābhi) pātu mahyā svastyā chardiṣā śaṃtamena # VS.13.19; TS.4.2.9.2; MS.2.8.14: 117.19; KS.39.3; śB.7.4.2.8.
agnis tṛpyatu # śG.4.9.3; 6.6.10. Cf. agniṃ tarpayāmi. Cf. also for the series of formulas in śG.4.9.3 the corresponding passage of the śāmbavya-Gṛhya, Ind. Stud. xv. 153.
agnis todasya rodasī yajadhyai # RV.6.12.1b.
agnihotṛbhyo devebhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.7.10.4d; Apś.14.32.5d.
agnihotrī gṛhebhyaḥ # JB.1.20b; śB.11.3.1.5b.
agnihvarebhyas tvā # see agnijihvebhyas tvā.
agnīd ekasphyayānūdehi # śB.9.2.3.1; Kś.18.3.17.
agnīndrābhyāṃ tvā # VS.7.32 (bis). See indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā.
agnīṣomābhyāṃ yajñaś cakṣuṣmāṃs tayor ahaṃ devayajyayā cakṣuṣā cakṣuṣmān bhūyāsam # KS.5.1. P: agnīṣomābhyāṃ yajñaś cakṣuṣmān KS.32.1.
agnīṣomābhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.1.13; 6.9; śB.3.7.4.5. P: agnīṣomābhyāṃ tvā Kś.2.3.37.
agnīṣomābhyāṃ praṇīyamānābhyām anubrūhi # AB.1.30.1; Apś.11.17.2; Mś.2.2.4.20. P: agnīṣomābhyāṃ praṇīyamānābhyām śś.5.14.7.
agnīṣomā vi vidhyatām (AVP. -tam) # AVś.1.8.2d; AVP.4.4.10d.
agne apāṃ sam idhyase duroṇe # RV.3.25.5a.
agne kahya # MS.2.13.12: 162.6; KS.40.3; Mś.6.1.8.13. See (agne) gahya.
(agne) gahya # TS.5.5.9.1. See agne kahya.
agne tava tyad ukthyam # RV.1.105.13a.
agne tāṃ mahyam ā vaha (svāhā) # JB.2.270d.
agne tubhyaṃ cikitvanā # RV.8.60.18b.
agne trātāram amṛtaṃ miyedhya # RV.1.44.5c.
agne 'dābhya (Apś. 'dābhya pariṣadya) juṣasva svāhā # KS.6.8; Apś.6.13.4. Cf. agne pariṣadya.
agne dīdāya me sabhya # TB.3.7.4.6c; Apś.4.2.1c. Cf. agne sabhya.
agne deva paṇibhir guhyamānaḥ (TSṭB. vīyamāṇaḥ; MSṃś. vīyamānaḥ; KS. idhyamānaḥ) # VS.2.17b; TS.1.1.13.2b; MS.4.1.14b: 20.5; KS.1.12b; 31.11; TB.3.3.9.6; śB.1.8.3.22b; Mś.1.3.4.26b.
agne pariṣadya śundhasva # Apś.6.3.4. Cf. agna āvasathya, agne sabhya śundhasva, agne gṛhapate pariṣadya, and agne 'dābhya pariṣadya.
agne prati sma budhyasva # AVP.2.38.2b.
agne balada saha (MS. sahā) ojaḥ kramamāṇāya me dā abhiśastikṛte 'nabhiśastenyāyāsyai janatāyai (MS. -syā janatāyāḥ) śraiṣṭhyāya svāhā (omitted in Apś.) # MS.1.4.14: 64.9; Apś.5.24.4. P: agne balada Mś.1.5.6.20.
agne 'bhyāvartinn abhi mā ni vartasva (TS. abhi na ā vartasva; KS. abhi no nivartasva; MS. abhi māvartasva; AVP.Kauś. abhi na ā vavṛtsva) # AVP.1.41.1a; VS.12.7a; TS.4.2.1.2a; MS.1.7.1a: 109.12; KS.16.8a; śB.6.7.3.6; Kauś.72.14a. P: agne 'bhyāvartin MS.2.7.8: 85.10; KS.19.11; 22.12; Mś.6.1.4.12; Apś.16.10.13; 12.2; Kś.16.5.15; Kauś.72.13; HG.1.26.11; BDh.3.7.12. Cf. abhī na ā.
agne manmāni tubhyaṃ kam # RV.8.39.3a.
agne marudbhir ṛkvabhiḥ pā indrāvaruṇābhyāṃ matsvendrābṛhaspatibhyām indrāviṣṇubhyāṃ sajūḥ # Aś.9.6.2.
agne rayiṃ maghavadbhyaś ca dhehi # RV.6.10.5b.
agner ātithyam asi # TS.1.2.10.1; 6.2.1.2; Apś.10.30.8. Cf. atither.
agner iva vijanta ābhṛtābhyaḥ # AVś.8.7.15b.
agner jihvāsi suhūr (VSKṭSṭB. subhūr; KS. supūr) devebhyaḥ (TSṭB. devānām) # VS.1.30; VSK.1.10.3; TS.1.1.10.3; KS.1.10; TB.3.3.4.3; śB.1.3.1.19; śś.4.8.1. P: agner jihvāsi Apś.2.6.5.
agne vātasya pathyābhir acha # RV.3.14.3b.
agne virapśinaṃ (AVP. virapsinaṃ) medhyam # AVś.5.29.13c; AVP.12.19.7c.
agneś cid arca pitukṛttarebhyaḥ # RV.10.76.5d.
agne sakhyasya bodhi naḥ # RV.8.44.22c.
agne sabhya pariṣadya juṣasva svāhā # Mś.8.5.3.
agne sabhya śundhasva # Apś.6.3.4. Cf. agne pariṣadya śundhasva, and agne dīdāya.
agne suprīta idhyase # RV.5.21.2b.
agnes tejasendrasyendriyeṇa sūryasya varcasā bṛhaspatis tvā yunaktu devebhyaḥ prāṇāya # PB.1.3.5. P: agnes tejasā Lś.1.12.2. Cf. prec., and agnes tejasā bṛhaspatis.
agne svaṃ (TSṭB. svāṃ) yonim ā sīda sādhyā (VS. sādhuyā) # VS.17.73b; TS.4.6.5.3b; MS.2.10.6b: 138.14; KS.18.4b; TB.3.7.7.10b. See agne tvaṃ yonim.
agneḥ sakhyaṃ vṛṇīmahe # RV.8.44.20c; KS.40.14c.
aghasya tvā dhārayā vidhyāmi # TA.4.38.1.
aghāyatām api nahyā mukhāni # AVś.10.9.1a. P: aghāyatām Kauś.65.1.
aghoraghoratarebhyaś ca # MS.2.9.10b: 130.1. See ghora ghoratarebhyaḥ.
aghorebhyo 'tha (MS. atha) ghorebhyaḥ # MS.2.9.10a: 130.1; TA.10.45.1a; MahānU.17.3a. P: aghorebhyaḥ Mś.11.7.1.14 (bis),23; 11.7.2.8.
aṅgarogād abhyañjanam # AVP.7.15.7c.
aṅgāni ta ukthyaḥ pātu # MS.4.8.7: 115.11; Apś.14.21.4. See ukthas te.
aṅgāni mama dahyante # AVś.20.136.8d.
aṅgirastamā pathyā ajīgaḥ # RV.7.75.1d.
aṅgirobhya svāhā # TS.7.5.11.2; KSA.5.2. Cf. atharvabhyaḥ.
aṅgebhyo magadhebhyaḥ # AVś.5.22.14b. See kāśibhyo magadhebhyaḥ.
achā namobhir vṛṣabhaṃ vandadhyai # RV.3.4.3c.
achidraṃ tvā# see achidrāṃ tvāchidreṇāśvibhyāṃ.
achidrāṃ tvāchidreṇāśvibhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ (KS. juṣṭāṃ) gṛhṇāmi # MS.2.3.8: 36.5; KS.12.9; Apś.19.2.9 (so mss.; edition, achidraṃ). P: achidrāṃ tvāchidreṇa Mś.5.2.4.21.
ajanayo maruto vakṣaṇābhyaḥ # RV.1.134.4f.
ajany agnir hotā (Apś. ajann agniḥ) pūrvaḥ pūrvebhyaḥ pavamānaḥ pāvakaś śucir (Apś. śuciḥ pāvaka) īḍyaḥ # KS.7.13; Apś.5.11.2.
ajījanat savitā sumnam ukthyam # RV.4.53.2d; KB.21.2.
ataḥ saṃgṛbhyābhibhūta ā bhara # RV.1.53.3c; AVś.20.21.3c.
ataḥ saṃgṛbhyā viśāṃ damūnāḥ # RV.10.46.6c.
ati krāmema dūḍhyaḥ # RV.1.105.6d.
ati kṣipreva vidhyati # RV.4.8.8c.
ati khyas tūyam ā gahi # RV.8.65.9b.
atither ātithyam asi # VS.5.1; TS.1.2.10.1; 6.2.1.2; MS.1.2.6: 16.3; 3.7.9: 88.10; KS.2.8; 24.8; śB.3.4.1.11. Cf. agner ātithyam.
ati hvarāṃsi raṃhyā # RV.9.106.13b; SV.1.576b.
atṛpṇuvantaṃ viyatam abudhyam # RV.4.19.3a.
atṛṣyaṃs tṛṣy (!) adhyāyat # TA.1.11.6a. Weber in the index to the TS. atṛṣyaṃs tṛṣyat.
atṛṣyā akṣudhyā sta # AVś.7.60.6c. See under akṣudhyā, and cf. under apa kṣudhaṃ.
atyāyātaṃ nivataḥ # śś.15.8.20. Comm. adds udvataś śa, and designates it as sauparṇī. It does not occur in the Suparṇādhyāya (ed. Grube, 1875; cf. Ind. Stud. xiv. 1 ff.).
atra tava rādhyatām # Kauś.33.10. P: atra tava Kauś.79.18.
atra prāvīr (TA. prāvīr madhumādhvībhyāṃ madhumādhūcībhyām; KA. prāvīr madhu mādhvībhyāṃ madhu mādhūcībhyām) anu vāṃ devavītaye # VS.37.18; śB.14.1.4.12; TA.4.7.1. Ps: atra prāvīr madhumādhvībhyāṃ madhumādhūcībhyām TA.5.6.5; atra prāvīr madhu mādhvībhyāṃ madhu mādhūcībhyām KA.2.104.
atra radhyantu ya u te sapatnāḥ # AVP.12.5.5c.
atrā sakhāyaḥ sakhyāni jānate # RV.10.71.2c; N.4.10c.
atriḥ sāsahyād dasyūn # RV.5.7.10d.
atraiva vo 'pi nahyāmi # RV.10.166.3a.
atharvaṇe svāhā # śB.12.6.1.18. Cf. atharvabhyaḥ.
atharvabhya (sc. svāhā) # BDh.3.9.4. Cf. atharvaṇe svāhā, and aṅgirobhyaḥ svāhā.
athā dadhāte bṛhad ukthyaṃ vayaḥ # RV.1.136.2f.
athā naḥ śaṃ yor arapo dadhāta (MS. dadhātana) # RV.10.15.4d; VS.19.55d; MS.4.10.6d: 156.13; KS.21.14d; N.4.21. See athāsmabhyaṃ śaṃ etc., adhā naḥ etc., and tad asme śaṃ etc.
athā vaha somapatiṃ haribhyām # RV.1.76.3c.
athāśāṃ mahyaṃ rādhaya # AVP.2.62.2c.
athā somasya prayatī yuvabhyām # RV.1.109.2c; TS.1.1.14.1c; N.6.9c. See adhā etc.
athāsmabhya varuṇo vāyur agniḥ # AVś.3.8.1c. See tad asmabhyaṃ etc.
athāsmabhya sahavīrāṃ (AVś.AVP.VSKṃS.KS. -vīraṃ) rayiṃ dāḥ # AVś.2.6.5d; 3.12.5d; AVP.3.33.6d; VS.27.6d; VSK.29.6d; TS.4.1.7.3d; MS.2.12.5d: 149.5; KS.18.16d; HG.1.27.7c. See asmabhyaṃ citraṃ, and cf. next.
athāsya madhyam ejatu # VS.23.27c; Lś.9.10.4c. See athāsyai etc., and adhāsyā.
athāsyāḥ pathyaikā tanuḥ # AVP.12.10.9c.
athāsyā madhyam etc. # see athāsyai etc.
athāsyendro grāvabhyām # AVś.6.138.2c. Cf. ubhābhyām asya.
athāsyai (TSṭBṃS. asyā) madhyam edhatām (Vait. edhatu; Aśḷś. ejatu; śś. ejati) # VS.23.26c; TS.7.4.19.2c; MS.3.13.1c: 168.2; śB.13.2.9.4; TB.3.9.7.1; Aś.10.8.12c,13c; śś.16.4.2c; Vait.36.31c; Lś.9.10.3c. See under athāsya etc.
athem asmabhyaṃ randhaya # RV.6.53.5c--7c.
athem enaṃ (AVś. athemam enaṃ) pari dattāt pitṛbhyaḥ # RV.10.16.2b; AVś.18.2.5b; TA.6.1.4b.
athem enaṃ (AVś. athemam enaṃ) pra hiṇutāt pitṛbhyaḥ (AVś. pitṝṃr upa) # RV.10.16.1d; AVś.18.2.4d; TA.6.1.4d.
athaitān aṣṭau virūpān (TB. athaitān arūpebhya) ālabhate etc. # VS.30.22 (atidīrghaṃ cātihrasvaṃ ca, in the sequel); VSK.34.22 (atiśuklaṃ cātikṛṣṇaṃ ca, in the sequel); TB.3.4.19.1 (atihrasvam atidīrgham, in the sequel).
athaiṣāṃ bahu bibhyatām # AVś.8.8.20c.
atho asmabhyaṃ bheṣajam # TS.1.8.6.1c; MS.1.10.4c: 144.11; KS.9.7c.
atho indra iva devebhyaḥ # AVP.6.9.2c; TB.2.4.7.1d.
atho cittāni muhyata # AVś.3.2.4b; AVP.3.5.4b.
atho madhyam ahaṃ khala # AVP.8.11.1b.
atho yat kumbhyāṃ śaye # AVP.6.15.4c.
atho śvabhyo rāyadbhyaḥ # AVP.5.34.5c.
atho saṃ dyāmi madhyamān # AVś.6.103.2b.
atho ha stho rathyā rāthyebhiḥ # RV.1.157.6b.
adabdhaḥ su puraetā bhavā naḥ # RV.1.76.2b; Apś.24.12.10b. Cf. adābhyaḥ puraetā.
adabdhāso adābhyam # VS.3.18f; TS.1.1.10.2d; 3.5.6.1d; śB.2.3.4.21; śś.2.11.3f.
aditir madhyaṃ dadatām # TS.3.5.6.2. See vāyuṣ ṭe madhyaṃ.
aditis sadohavirdhānābhyām # KS.9.10. See marutaḥ sado-.
adityai mahyai svāhā # VS.22.20; TS.7.3.15.1; MS.3.12.5: 162.1; KSA.3.5; śB.13.1.8.4; TB.3.8.11.2.
aditsan vā saṃjagara janebhyaḥ # TA.2.4.1b. See under adāsyann.
adṛṣṭebhyas taruṇebhyaḥ # AVP.9.6.11a.
adbhiḥ pari prajātāḥ # Apś.1.24.5. See adbhyaḥ pariprajātā.
adbhiḥ praṇiktaḥ śayāsā abhyaktaḥ # AVP.4.14.7c.
adbhya oṣadhībhyaḥ # Mś.7.2.4.21.
adbhya oṣadhībhyaḥ pavate # VS.7.21; śB.4.2.2.15. See adbhyaḥ pavate, and oṣadhībhyaḥ pavate.
adbhya (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.4. Cf. GG.1.4.9. See namo 'dbhyaḥ.
adbhya kṣīraṃ vyapibat # VS.19.73a; MS.3.11.6a: 148.12; KS.38.1a; TB.2.6.2.1a. Cf. adbhyaḥ somaṃ etc.
adbhya pavate (TA. pīpihi) # TA.4.10.1; Apś.12.15.8. See adbhya oṣadhībhyaḥ pavate.
adbhyaś ca tvauṣadhībhyaś ca (sc. unnayāmi) # Apś.6.8.2.
adbhyas tvā pari dadāmi (ApMB. dadāmy asau) # ApMB.2.3.21 (ApG.4.11.3); HG.1.6.5. Cf. adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyaḥ pari.
adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyaḥ (VSK. -bhyaḥ prokṣāmi) # VS.6.9; VSK.6.2.3; TS.1.3.11.1; 3.5.8.1; KS.3.5; 26.8; 30.5 (bis); śB.3.7.4.4; Apś.7.26.12; Mś.7.2.4.21. P: adbhyas tvā Kś.6.3.31; 20.6.7. See next but one.
adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyaḥ pari dadāmi # śB.11.5.4.4; PG.2.2.21; JG.1.12. Cf. adbhyas (and oṣadhībhyas) tvā pari.
adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyaḥ prokṣāmi # VSK.6.2.3; TS.1.3.8.1; 6.3.6.3; Apś.7.13.10. P: adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyaḥ Mś.1.8.3.7; 7.2.4.21. See prec. but one and next but one.
adbhya saṃbhūtaḥ pṛthivyai rasāc ca # TA.3.13.1a; Apś.16.29.2a. P: adbhyaḥ saṃbhūtaḥ TA.10.1.3; MahānU.1.12. See adbhyaḥ saṃbhṛtaḥ.
adbhya saṃbhṛtaḥ pṛthivyai (MS.KS. pṛthivyā) rasāc ca (KS. rasaḥ) # VS.31.17a; MS.2.7.15a: 96.15; KS.39.2a. P: adbhyaḥ saṃbhṛtaḥ Kś.21.1.17; PG.1.14.3; VārG.16.5; BṛhPDh.9.188. See adbhyaḥ saṃbhūtaḥ.
adbhya somaṃ vyapibat # MS.3.11.6a: 148.15. See somam adbhyo vyapibat, and cf. adbhyaḥ kṣīraṃ.
adbhya svāhā # AVś.19.43.7; VS.22.25,29; 39.2; TS.1.8.13.3; 7.4.14.1; MS.3.12.10: 163.11; KS.15.3; KSA.4.3; śB.14.3.2.13; TB.3.1.5.4; 8.17.5; 12.2.6; Tā.10.67.1; Apś.18.16.12; 20.11.17; MahānU.19.2; Kauś.103.2; MDh.3.88 (adbhyaḥ, sc. svāhā).
adyā (KA. adyāṃ) mamāra sa hyaḥ sam āna (KA. samānaḥ; MS. in Saṃhitā, sahyaḥ samānaḥ) # RV.10.55.5d; AVś.9.10.9d; SV.1.325d; 2.1132d; MS.4.9.12d: 133.11; TA.4.20.1d; KA.1.198.14d; N.14.18d.
adyāṃ mamāra sa hyas samānaḥ # see prec. but two.
adrogham ā vahośato yaviṣṭhya # RV.8.60.4a.
adha kratvā maghavan tubhyaṃ devāḥ # RV.5.29.5a.
adharā sādharābhyaḥ # RV.10.145.3d; AVś.3.18.4d; ApMB.1.15.3d. See next.
adhared adharābhyaḥ # AVP.7.12.3d. See prec.
adharo 'dhara uttarebhyaḥ # AVś.6.134.2a. See prec.
adhā te viṣṇo viduṣā cid ardhyaḥ (TB. ṛdhyaḥ) # RV.1.156.1c; TB.2.4.3.9c.
adhāma sakthyor ava gudaṃ dhehi # Vait.36.30b. See ut sakthyā.
adhā sūribhyaḥ sudinā vy uchān # RV.7.18.21d.
adhā somasya prayatī yuvābhyām # KS.4.15c. See athā etc.
adhāsyā madhyam edhatām # KSA.4.8c. See under athāsya madhyam.
adhi kṣami prataraṃ dīdhyānaḥ # RV.10.10.1d; AVś.18.1.1d. See asmin kṣaye.
adhidaivam athādhyātmam # śG.1.2.5a.
adhi dvayor adadhā ukthyaṃ vacaḥ # RV.1.83.3a; AVś.20.25.3a; AB.1.19.8; 29.8; KB.8.4; 9.3; Aś.4.6.3; 9.4. P: adhi dvayoḥ śś.5.9.12; 13.6.
adhipatiś ca me 'dābhyaś ca me # VS.18.19; TS.4.7.7.1; MS.2.11.5: 143.2. See next, and adābhyaś ca.
adhipatiś cādābhyaś ca # MS.3.4.1: 45.17. See prec.
adhiśritam adhyadhiśritam adhiśritaṃ hi3m # Aś.2.2.16. Cf. vaiśvānarasyādhiśritam.
adhi stotrasya sakhyasya gātana (RV.10.78.8c, gāta) # RV.5.55.9c; 10.78.8c.
adhīro maryādhīrebhyaḥ # AVś.5.31.10c.
adhīhi (MDh.AuśDh. adhīṣva) bhoḥ # AG.1.21.4; śG.2.5.10; 4.8.12; 6.3.6; GG.2.10.38; KhG.2.4.20; HG.1.6.10; VārG.5.24; GDh.1.46; ApDh.1.3.10.15; MDh.2.73; AuśDh.3.39; RV.Prātiśākhya 15.2.
adhokṣaṇo daśa mahyaṃ ruśantaḥ # RV.8.1.33c.
adhvanām adhvapate śreṣṭhaḥ svastyasyādhvanaḥ (VārG. omits śreṣṭhaḥ; ApMB. śreṣṭhasyādhvanaḥ; MG. śraiṣṭhyasya svastyasyādhvanaḥ) pāram aśīya # Aś.5.3.14; ApMB.2.3.32 (ApG.4.11.4); MG.1.22.11; VārG.5.30. See under prec.
adhvarakṛtaṃ (TA. -kṛd) devebhyaḥ # VS.1.24; śB.1.2.4.4; TA.4.2.1; 5.2.6. See grāvāsy adhvara-.
adhvare stīrṇam aśvibhyām # VS.21.57b; MS.3.11.5b: 148.2; TB.2.6.14.5b.
adhvaryavaḥ sphyakṛtaḥ sphyena # Apś.4.5.5c.
adhvānaṃ bāhubhyām # VS.25.3; MS.3.15.3: 178.9.
anaḍudbhyas tvaṃ prathamam # AVś.6.59.1a; Kauś.9.2; 41.14. P: anaḍudbhyaḥ Kauś.50.13.
anamīvāḥ pradiśaḥ santu mahyam # Apś.6.29.1c. See asapatnāḥ pradiśaḥ, and asapatnāḥ pradiśo.
anayāham oṣadhyā # AVś.4.18.5a; 10.1.4a; AVP.5.24.6a.
anaśyā atṛṣyāḥ # HG.1.29.1c. See under akṣudhyā.
anaśvo jāto anabhīśur ukthyaḥ # RV.4.36.1a; AB.5.2.10; KB.21.2; 22.5; ā.1.5.3.5. P: anaśvo jātaḥ Aś.7.7.2; śś.10.4.14. See prec.
anādhṛṣyau supratīkāv asahyau # SV.2.1219b. Cf. citrā imā vṛ-.
anāmayitnubhyāṃ tvā (AVś. hastābhyām; AVP. śaṃbhubhyām) # RV.10.137.7c; AVś.4.13.7c; AVP.5.18.8c.
anārambhaṇe tamasi pra vidhyatam (RV.1.182.6b, praviddham) # RV.1.182.6b; 7.104.3b; AVś.8.4.3b.
aniṣaṅgāya caturakṣa idhyase # RV.1.31.13b.
aniṣṭebhya svāhā # TB.3.7.11.3; Apś.3.11.2. Or perhaps, vaṣaḍ aniṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā, q.v.
anīkam akhyaṃ bhuje asya varpasaḥ # RV.5.48.4b.
anukāśena bāhyam # MS.3.15.2: 178.5. See anūkāśena, and antareṇānukāśam.
anukśātre namaḥ # KS.26.12. See anukhyātre.
anu chya śyāmena tvacam etāṃ viśastaḥ # AVś.9.5.4a. P: anu chya śyāmena Kauś.64.10.
anu tritasya yudhyataḥ # RV.8.7.24a.
anu pūrvāṇi cakhyathur yugāni # RV.7.70.4d.
anuprāsyemāni pṛthumadhyamāni # AVP.15.12.11c.
anu bhrātā (SMB. bhrātānu) sagarbhyaḥ # VS.4.20b; 6.9b; TS.1.2.4.2b; MS.1.2.4: 13.6; 1.2.15: 24.12; 4.13.4b: 203.9; KS.2.5b; 3.5b; 16.21b; AB.2.6.12b; śB.3.2.4.20b; 7.4.5; TB.3.6.6.1b; Aś.3.3.1b; SMB.2.2.9b.
anu rādhyāsma dvipadā catuṣpadā # AVś.19.15.2b; AVP.3.35.2b.
anu vīrair anu puṣyāsma (TB.Apś. rādhyāma) gobhiḥ # VS.26.19a; TB.3.7.10.2a; Apś.9.14.1a.
anu vrataṃ vratapā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.3.4.7d; 7.8d.
anu vrātāsas tava sakhyam īyuḥ # RV.1.163.8c; VS.29.19c; TS.4.6.7.3c; KSA.6.3c.
anu sakhā sayūthyaḥ # VS.4.20c; 6.9c; TS.1.2.4.2c; KS.2.5c; 3.5c; 16.21c; MS.1.2.4: 13.6; 1.2.15: 24.12; 4.13.4c: 203.9; AB.2.6.12c; śB.3.2.4.20c; 7.4.5; TB.3.6.6.1c; Aś.3.3.1c; SMB.2.2.9c.
anūkād arṣaṇīr uṣṇihābhyaḥ # AVś.9.8.21c. Cf. grīvābhyas ta.
anūcīnā jīvitā mānuṣebhyaḥ # RV.4.54.2d; VS.33.54d.
anenāśvena medhyeneṣṭvāyaṃ rājāpratidhṛṣyo 'stu # TB.3.8.5.2; Apś.20.4.2; ... rājā vṛtraṃ vadhyāt TB.3.8.5.1; Apś.20.4.1; ... rājā sarvam āyur etu TB.3.8.5.4; Apś.20.4.4; ... rājāsyai viśo bahugvai bahvaśvāyai bahvajāvikāyai bahuvrīhiyavāyai bahumāṣatilāyai bahuhiraṇyāyai bahuhastikāyai bahudāsapuruṣāyai rayimatyai puṣṭimatyai bahurāyaspoṣāyai rājāstu TB.3.8.5.2; Apś.20.4.3. See prec.
antarātmā me śudhyantām # Tā.10.66.
antarikṣaṃ śivaṃ tubhyam # VS.35.9c; śB.13.8.3.5c.
antarikṣaṃ madhyaṃ diśaḥ # AVś.9.5.20c.
antarikṣāya tvā vanaspataye (KS. -patibhyaḥ) # KS.30.5 (bis); Mś.7.2.4.21 (bis).
antarikṣe madhyato madhyamasya # AVś.4.14.8e.
antar mahyā pṛthivyā # ApMB.2.19.4b; HG.2.10.7b. See antarhitā pṛthivī.
antarhitā pṛthivī mahī me # śG.3.13.5b. See antar mahyā.
antarhitāḥ sādhyā āptyā me # AVP.13.1.6b.
antar hy akhyad ubhe asya dhene # RV.5.30.9c.
antaḥśave rathyāyām # Kauś.141.38c.
antaḥ śubhrāvatā (SV. śuṃdhyāvatā) pathā # RV.9.15.3b; SV.2.619b.
antān divo bādhate vartanibhyām # RV.7.69.3d; MS.4.14.10d: 230.1; TB.2.8.7.8d.
andhā apaśyā na dabhann abhikhyā # RV.1.148.5c.
andhenāmitrās tamasā sacantām # RV.10.89.15c; 103.12d; SV.2.1211d; VS.17.44d; N.9.33d. See grāhyāmitrāṃs.
annaṃ vā ekaṃ chandasyam (GG. ekachandasyam) annaṃ hy ekaṃ bhūtebhyaś chandayati (svāhā) # SMB.2.6.13. Ps: annaṃ vā ekachandasyam GG.4.9.4; annaṃ vai KhG.4.3.10.
annaṃ vai dīdiviḥ prāṇo jāgṛvis tau prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mā paścād gopāyetām # PG.3.4.16.
annaṃ no budhya # see annaṃ me budhya.
annamayaprāṇamayamanomayavijñānamayānandamayā me śudhyantām # TA.10.57.1; Tā.10.66; MahānU.20.21; BDh.3.8.12.
annaṃ me (Apś.6.24.3, no) budhya (Apś. budhnya) pāhi, tan me (Apś.6.24.3, no) gopāyāsmākaṃ punar āgamāt # MS.1.5.14 (bis): 83.2,14; Apś.6.24.3,6. P: annaṃ me budhya pāhi Mś.1.6.3.7. See prec.
annaṃ me (Apś.6.26.2, no) budhyājugupas (Apś. budhnyā-) tan me (Apś.6.26.2, naḥ) punar dehi # MS.1.5.14: 84.7; Apś.6.26.2,5. P: annaṃ me budhyājugupaḥ Mś.1.6.3.14. See prec. but one.
anyā barhīṃṣy abhyabhūt # VS.28.21d; TB.2.6.10.6d.
anyebhyas tvā puruṣebhyaḥ # AVś.12.2.16a. P: anyebhyas tvā Kauś.71.8.
anyebhyo 'pi kāmebhyaḥ punar api na tūllikhāmi # ā.5.1.4.6.
anyo anyasminn adhyārpitāni # AVś.8.9.19b.
anv agnir uṣasām agram akhyat (MSṃś. akśat) # AVś.7.82.4a; 18.1.27a; VS.11.17a; TS.4.1.2.2a; 5.1.2.5; MS.1.8.9a: 128.11; 3.1.4: 5.1; KS.16.2a; 19.3; śB.6.3.3.6; TB.1.2.1.23a; KA.1.198.5a; Apś.9.1.11; 7.6; 9.1; 16.2.8; Mś.3.3.6; 6.1.1.14. P: anv agniḥ MS.2.7.2: 75.10; Kś.16.2.14; 25.3.15.
anvādīdhyāthām iha naḥ sakhāyā # TB.3.7.13.4b; TA.4.20.3b. See next, and manmā dīdhyānā.
anvaikṣanta (TS. abhyaikṣanta) manasā cakṣuṣā ca # AVś.2.34.3b; AVP.3.32.4b; TS.3.1.4.2b; MS.1.2.15b: 25.5; KS.30.8b. P: anvaikṣanta manasā MS.3.9.7: 125.16.
apaḥ pragāhya yadi vā vyāmiṣe # AVP.5.36.8a.
apaḥ pragāhya yadi vā samāmiṣe # AVP.5.36.4a.
apa nahyantv āsyam # AVP.12.20.8b.
apa nahyāmi te bāhū # AVś.7.70.5a; TB.2.4.2.3a. See api nahyāmi etc.
apa nahyāmy āsyam # TB.2.4.2.2d,3b. See api nahyāmy etc, and api nahyāma etc.
apa padbhyāṃ vijāmataḥ # AVP.1.21.5d.
apa śatrūn vidhyatāṃ (MS. vidhyataḥ) saṃvidāne # RV.6.75.4c; AVP.15.10.4c; VS.29.41c; TS.4.6.6.2c; MS.3.16.3c: 185.17; KSA.6.1c; N.9.40c.
apaśyaṃ tvā manasā dīdhyānām # RV.10.183.2a; ApMB.1.11.2a (ApG.3.8.10); MG.1.14.16a; VārG.16.1a. P: apaśyaṃ tvā Aś.4.6.3.
apāṃ yo madhyato (KS. madhye) rasas tam aham asmā (KS. asmā amuṣmā) āmuṣyāyaṇāya puṣṭyai (KS. prajāyai) prajananāya (KS. puṣṭyai) gṛhṇāmi # KS.36.15; TB.2.7.7.7.
apāṃ vṛṣṭayo bahulāḥ santu mahyam # Kauś.94.14d.
apāṃ stoko abhyapaptad rasena (ApMB. abhyapaptac chivena; HG. abhyapatac chivāya) # AVś.6.124.1b; ApMB.2.22.13b; HG.1.16.6b.
apāgūhann amṛtāṃ martyebhyaḥ # RV.10.17.2a; AVś.18.2.33a; N.12.10a.
apām agram asi samudraṃ vo 'bhyavasṛjāmi # AVś.16.1.6.
apāṃ medhyaṃ yajñiyam # TB.3.7.4.9a; Apś.1.5.5a; 7.3.
apāraruṃ pṛthivyai devayajanād badhyāsam # VS.1.26; śB.1.2.4.17. P: apārarum Kś.2.6.21. Cf. under prec. but one.
api nahyāma āsyam # AVP.5.20.5d. See under apa nahyāmy etc.
api nahyāmi tā aham # AVP.1.94.1d.
api nahyāmi te bāhū # AVP.13.2.6a. See apa nahyāmi etc.
api nahyāmi te bhagam # AVś.1.14.4d; AVP.1.15.4d.
api nahyāmi yad bilam # AVP.1.94.2d.
api nahyāmy asya meḍhram # AVś.7.95.3c.
api nahyāmy āsyam # AVś.7.70.4b,5b; AVP.13.2.5d,6b. See under apa nahyāmy etc.
apīcyaṃ (SV. apīcyā3ṃ) guhyaṃ nāma gonām # RV.9.87.3d; SV.2.29d; JB.1.127d.
apetv asya grīvābhyaḥ # AVP.1.21.5c.
apemaṃ jīvā arudhan gṛhebhyaḥ # AVś.18.2.27a. P: apemam Kauś.80.18.
apehi no gṛhebhyaḥ # AVP.5.1.2a.
apo 'bhivyakhyam (JG. 'bhivīkṣe) # KhG.2.5.31; JG.1.17.
apriye prati muñca tat # AVś.8.6.26d. See dviṣadbhyaḥ prati, and cf. next, apriyaḥ, and priya prati.
apsaraso muṣkābhyām # TS.5.7.15.1; KSA.13.5.
apsarābhyo gandharvebhyaḥ # AVP.4.18.4a.
apsv anyaḥ samidhyate # AVś.13.1.50b.
abhaktaṃ cid bhajate gehyaṃ saḥ # RV.3.30.7b.
abhago (AVP. -bhagā) bhagavadbhyaḥ # AVś.5.31.11d; AVP.5.24.5d.
abhayaṃ sarvabhūtebhyaḥ # BDh.2.10.17.30a; PrāṇāgU.2c.
abhayaṃ naḥ paśubhyaḥ # VS.36.22d; KA.3.239c; Apś.9.5.1c.
abhayaṃ mitrāvaruṇāv ihāstu naḥ (AG. -varuṇā mahyam astu) # AVś.6.32.3a; AG.3.10.11a. Cf. abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī etc.
abhi kratvā manasā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.4.33.9b.
abhi khyaḥ pūṣan pṛtanāsu nas tvam # RV.6.48.19c.
abhikhyāya taṃ tigitena vidhya # RV.2.30.9b.
abhicārāt sabandhubhyaḥ # AVś.8.2.26b.
abhi tiṣṭhema dūḍhyaḥ # RV.8.21.12b.
abhi dyumnaṃ (RV.VS. sumnaṃ) devabhaktaṃ yaviṣṭha (MS.KS. devahitaṃ yaviṣṭhya) # RV.10.45.9d; VS.12.26d; TS.4.2.2.3d; MS.2.7.9d: 87.2; KS.16.9d; ApMB.2.11.28d.
abhi prayāṃsi sudhitāni hi khyaḥ (RV.10.53.2b, khyat) # RV.6.15.15a; 10.53.2b.
abhi prehi madhyato māpa hāsthāḥ # AVś.18.3.73c.
abhi ye santi pṛtanāsu dūḍhyaḥ # RV.3.16.2c.
abhiśikṣa rājābhūm etc. # see abhyaṣikṣi etc.
abhi svavṛṣṭiṃ made asya yudhyataḥ # RV.1.52.5a; MS.4.12.3a: 185.4. P: abhi svavṛṣṭim MS.4.14.5: 222.13.
abhī na ā vavṛtsva # RV.4.31.4a. Cf. agne 'bhyāvartinn.
abhīṣāś cābhīṣāhyaś ca # KS.39.11. See under abhīṣāc.
abhūtyainaṃ vidhyāmi # AVś.16.7.1.
abhyaktāktā svaraṃkṛtā # AVś.10.1.25a. P: abhyaktā Kauś.39.18.
abhyañjanaṃ surabhi sā samṛddhiḥ # AVś.6.124.3a. P: abhyañjanam Vait.11.9.
abhy arṣa guhyaṃ cāru nāma # RV.9.96.16b.
abhy arṣa stotṛbhyo etc. # see abhyarṣan.
abhyādadhāmi samidham # VS.20.24a. P: abhyādadhāmi Kś.19.1.11.
abhyāvartasva paśubhiḥ sahainām # AVś.11.1.22a. P: abhyāvartasva Kauś.61.42.
abhyeti na # see abhyaiti.
abhrāṇi manasā dhyāya # śB.1.5.2.19. P: abhrāṇi Kś.4.5.19.
amanuta guhyaṃ cāru pṛśneḥ # RV.4.5.10b.
amanyamānāñ charvā jaghāna # RV.2.12.10b; AVś.20.34.10b. See abudhyamānān sarvā.
amitrān no vi vidhyatām (AVP.1.20.2d, -ta; 1.20.3d, -tu) # AVś.11.9.23b; AVP.1.20.2d,3d. Cf. mamāmitrān vi.
amitrān me dviṣato 'nu vidhyatu # Kauś.98.2d.
amīmṛḍan vasavo nāthitebhyaḥ # AVP.3.6.2c. See next.
amuṣmā ahaṃ praharāmi na tubhyaṃ soma # Kś.9.4.13.
amūṃ chaśvatībhyaḥ samābhyaḥ # AVś.5.8.8d. See śaśvatībhyaḥ.
amūn mahyam ihānaya # AVP.9.29.4d.
amūraṃ śyāvyābhyaḥ # RV.6.15.17d.
amṛtaṃ jajñe adhi martyeṣu # RVKh.10.128.6b. See amṛtaṃ dadhre, and cf. adbhyaḥ saṃbhūtaṃ.
amṛtaṃ dadhre (AVP. dadhe) adhi martyeṣu # AVś.19.26.1b; AVP.1.82.1b. See amṛtaṃ jajñe, and. cf. adbhyaḥ saṃbhūtaṃ.
amṛtam ebhya udagāyat # TB.3.12.9.3a.
amṛtaṃ martyābhyaḥ # TB.1.5.5.6d; Apś.8.21.1d. Cf. amṛtā martyebhyaḥ.
amṛtā martyebhyaḥ # RV.1.90.3b. Cf. amṛtaṃ martyābhyaḥ.
amehayan vṛṣabhaṃ madhya ājeḥ # RV.10.102.5b; N.9.23b.
ayaṃ yajamāno bahubhya āsaṃgatebhyaḥ # TB.3.6.15.1. See ayaṃ sutāsutī yajamāno.
ayaṃ saptabhya ā varaṃ vi vo made # RV.10.25.11c.
ayaṃ sutāsutī yajamāno bahubhya āsaṃgatebhyaḥ # TB.2.6.15.2. See ayaṃ yajamāno bahubhya.
ayaṃ su tubhyaṃ varuṇa svadhāvaḥ # RV.7.86.8a; Aś.3.7.15.
ayaṃ soma indra tubhyaṃ sunve # RV.7.29.1a; 9.88.1a; SV.2.821a; KB.26.11. Ps: ayaṃ soma indra tubhyaṃ sunva ā tu (RV.7.29.1) AB.5.20.8; Aś.8.11.1; ayaṃ somaḥ śś.10.10.4; Lś.4.7.1.
ayaṃ ha tubhyaṃ varuṇo hṛṇīte # RV.7.86.3d.
ayakṣmāya tvā saṃsṛjāmi prajābhyaḥ # VS.11.53d; TS.4.1.5.2; MS.2.7.5d: 80.4; KS.16.5d; śB.6.5.1.5. Cf. ayakṣmā vaḥ.
ayakṣmāya prajābhyaḥ # VS.11.38b; TS.4.1.2.4b; MS.2.7.4b: 78.5; KS.16.4b; śB.6.4.3.2b.
ayaṃ tubhyam # AG.1.12.4.
ayaṃ no agnir adhyakṣaḥ (śG. bhagavān) # śG.3.7.2a; Kauś.89.13a. See under ayam agnir vīratamaḥ.
ayaṃ no mahyāḥ pāram # ApMB.1.6.13a (ApG.2.6.1).
ayam agnir vīratamaḥ # PG.3.2.7a. See ayam agniḥ śreṣṭhatamaḥ, and ayaṃ no agnir adhyakṣaḥ.
ayaṃ madhumatībhyaḥ # AVP.5.12.1b.
ayaṃ me kāmaḥ samṛdhyatām # VS.26.2; śś.4.10.3.
ayāṃsam u maghavadbhyaḥ suvṛktim # RV.2.35.15b.
ayebhya (TB. avebhyaḥ) kitavam # VS.30.8; TB.3.4.1.5.
arandhayaḥ sākhyasya tritāya # RV.2.11.19d.
araṃ dhāmabhya indavaḥ # RV.8.92.24c; SV.2.1012c.
aram indrāgnī manase yuvabhyām # RV.1.108.2d.
arāddhyā edidhiṣuḥpatim # VS.30.9. See ārādhyai.
arāyān asyā muṣkābhyām # AVś.8.6.5c.
arāyebhyo jighatsubhyaḥ # AVś.8.2.20c.
ariṣṭāṃ tvā saha patyā dadhāmi (ApMB. kṛṇomi) # RV.10.85.24d; ApMB.1.5.17d. See next but one, kṛṇomi tubhyaṃ saha-, syonaṃ te saha, and syonaṃ me saha.
ariṣṭyā avyathyai saṃveśāyopaveśāya gāyatryā (also triṣṭubho, jagatyā, anuṣṭubho, paṅktyā) abhibhūtyai svāhā # Apś.14.26.2. See next, and saṃveśāyo-.
ariṣṭyā avyathyai saṃveśāyopaveśāya gāyatryai chandase 'bhibhuve svāhā (also ... triṣṭubhe jagatyā anuṣṭubhe chandase 'bhibhuve svāhā) # KS.35.11. See under prec.
arghyam # śś.4.21.4; HG.1.13.2; arghyaṃ bhoḥ Kauś.90.17. See under prec.
arcatryo maghavā nṛbhya ukthaiḥ # RV.6.24.1c.
arcantaṃ guhyā padā # śś.8.16.1.
arcā viduṣṭarebhyaḥ # RV.8.41.1c.
arjiñ chyāmaś śabalaḥ # ApMB.2.16.2b; arjima chambalaḥ HG.2.7.2d.
arjunyoḥ pary uhyate # RV.10.85.13d. See phalgunībhyāṃ vy, and phalgunīṣu vy.
arthaṃ mahyam avocat # HG.1.15.7d.
ardhamāsās tvā māsebhyaḥ paridadatu # SMB.1.5.15; JG.1.8.
arya āśiṣa upa no haribhyām # RV.3.43.2b.
arvāk tvā parebhyo 'vidaṃ (VSK. tvā parebhyaḥ) paro 'varebhyaḥ (TS. tvā parair avidaṃ paro 'varaiḥ; MS. tvā parebhyaḥ paro 'varebhyo 'vidam) # VS.5.42; VSK.5.10.2; TS.1.3.5.1; 6.3.3.1; MS.1.2.14: 23.1; 3.9.2: 114.9; KS.3.2; 26.3; śB.3.6.4.6.
arvāg jīvebhyas pari # RV.8.8.23d.
arvāg devebhya uta yau paro divaḥ # AVP.5.22.1b.
arvāṅ ehi mā vi dīdhyaḥ # AVś.8.1.9c.
arvācī te pathyā rāya etu # RV.7.18.3c.
aliklavebhyo gṛdhrebhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.2b. In reality the pāda should read, aliklavebhyo gṛdhrebhyo ye ca kṛṣṇāḥ; the last word of the hemistich, aviṣyavaḥ, goes over to the second hemistich: see aviṣyavo.
ava bādhe pṛtanyataḥ (Apś. pṛtanyatā) # MS.1.3.12b: 34.12; Apś.12.22.5b. See abhi ṣyāma pṛtanyataḥ, sāsahyāma, and cf. avabādhasva etc., and abhi tiṣṭha etc.
avamaṃ madhyamaṃ catum # TA.1.8.4b.
avamebhya pitṛbhyaḥ svāhā saha bhakṣebhyaḥ # Lś.3.2.11.
ava rakṣo divaḥ sapatnaṃ vadhyāsam # Apś.1.19.11.
avardhata madhya (MS. madhyā) ā nāvyānām # RV.1.33.11b; MS.4.14.12b: 235.7; TB.2.8.3.4b.
ava sṛja punar agne pitṛbhyaḥ # RV.10.16.5a; AVś.18.2.10a; TA.6.4.2a; śś.3.16.7; Kauś.81.44; 82.28.
ava sthirā maghavadbhyas tanuṣva # RV.2.33.14c; VS.16.50c; TS.4.5.10.4c; MS.2.9.9c: 127.14; KS.17.16c.
avājuṣṭān vidhyati karte avratān # RV.9.73.8d.
avāḍ ḍhavyā pitṛbhya ā # TB.3.7.4.5b; Apś.4.2.1b.
avādhamaṃ vi madhyamaṃ śrathāya # RV.1.24.15b; AVś.7.83.3b; 18.4.69b; ArS.1.4b; VS.12.12b; TS.1.5.11.3b; 4.2.1.3b; MS.1.2.18b: 28.8; 4.14.17b: 246.5; KS.3.8b; 16.8b; śB.6.7.3.8; SMB.1.7.10b. P: avādhamam ... vi madhyamam HG.1.9.10.
avāra ikṣavaḥ pāryebhyaḥ (KSA. pārīyebhyaḥ) pakṣmabhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.3.16.1; KSA.3.6. See avāryāṇi etc.
avijñātābhyo devatābhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ) # śG.2.14.17.
avindataṃ jyotir ekaṃ bahubhyaḥ # RV.1.93.4d; TB.2.8.7.10d.
avihvarantaṃ manasas pari dhyayā # RV.4.36.2b.
avīr vājasya gadhyasya sātau # RV.6.10.6d.
avebhya etc. # see ayebhyaḥ etc.
avocāma kavaye medhyāya # RV.5.1.12a; VS.15.25a; TS.4.4.4.2a; MS.2.13.7a: 155.16. Cf. under pra vedhase.
avo dvābhyāṃ para ekayā gāḥ # RV.10.67.4a; AVś.20.91.4a.
avyā vṛka iva saṃrabhya # AVP.1.72.2c.
aśaniṃ yātumadbhyaḥ # RV.7.104.25d; AVś.8.4.25d.
aśastitūr asi vṛtratūr asmān patho jyaiṣṭhyān mā yoṣam # KS.7.13. See sapatnatūr.
aśastibhyo arātibhyaḥ svastyayanam asi # SMB.2.6.19. Cf. svastyayanam asi.
aśītir madhyam abhayaṃ vi nārīḥ # AVP.15.5.6b.
aśuṣaṃ yudhya kuyavaṃ gaviṣṭau # RV.6.31.3b.
aśnanta eva sidhyanti # ApDh.2.4.9.13c.
aśmeva vidhya diva ā sṛjānaḥ # RV.10.89.12c.
aśyāma vājagandhyam # RV.9.98.12c; SV.2.1030c; N.5.15.
aśvaṃ na gīrbhī rathyaṃ sudānavaḥ # RV.8.103.7a; SV.2.934a.
aśvapūrṇāṃ rathamadhyām # RVKh.5.87.3a; MG.2.13.6a. P: acvapūrṇām Rvidh.2.19.1.
aśvaṃ medhyam abandhayat (śś. abadhnata) # śB.13.5.4.4b; śś.16.9.13b.
aśvaṃ medhyam ālabhata # śB.13.5.4.7a.
aśvānām in na yūthyām # RV.8.56.4c.
aśvān baddhvāya medhyān # AB.8.23.6b; śB.13.5.4.12b.
aśvān medhyān ya āharat # śB.13.5.4.13d.
aśvāvato rathino mahyaṃ sūriḥ # RV.1.122.8d.
aśvāvantaṃ jaritṛbhyaḥ # RV.8.2.24b.
aśvinā aṃsābhyām # MS.3.15.3: 178.10; KSA.13.3. See aśvināv etc.
aśvināv aṃsābhyām # VS.25.3; TS.5.7.13.1. See aśvinā etc.
aśvināv ajvinau jāgatena chandasā tāv aśyāṃ tāv anvārabhe tābhyāṃ mām avatu tābhyāṃ svāhā # Aś.6.5.2.
aśvinos tvā bāhubhyāṃ saghyāsam # TS.3.2.5.1; Apś.12.24.7; Mś.2.4.1.33.
aśvibhyāṃ cakṣur amṛtaṃ grahābhyām # VS.19.89a; MS.3.11.9a: 154.4; KS.38.3a; TB.2.6.4.4a.
aśvibhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # MS.2.3.8: 36.5; Apś.19.2.9. See aśvibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ.
aśvibhyāṃ tiro 'hnyānāṃ etc. # see aśvibhyāṃ tiroahniyānāṃ.
aśvibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # KS.37.18; TB.2.6.1.3; Apś.19.7.1,4. See aśvibhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ.
aśvibhyām āgomugbhyāṃ dhānāḥ # TS.7.5.22.1; MS.3.15.11: 181.3; KSA.5.19.
aśvibhyāṃ pinvasva # VS.38.4; MS.4.9.7: 127.10; śB.14.2.1.11; TA.4.8.3; 5.7.4; Kś.26.5.5; Apś.15.9.8. P: aśvibhyām Mś.4.3.12.
aśvebhya puruṣebhyaḥ # AVś.19.47.10b; AVP.6.20.10d; 10.11.10b.
aśvo na krandañ janibhiḥ sam idhyate # RV.3.26.3a.
aśvyasya tmanā rathyasya puṣṭeḥ # RV.4.41.10a.
aṣṭabhya śatebhyaḥ svāhā # KSA.2.9. See aṣṭābhyaḥ etc.
aṣṭābhya śatebhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.2.19.1. See aṣṭabhyaḥ etc.
aṣṭau vy akhyat kakubhaḥ pṛthivyāḥ # RV.1.35.8a; VS.34.24a.
asaṃkhyātā (TA. -tāḥ) sahasrāṇi # VS.16.54a; MS.2.9.9a: 128.7; KS.17.16a; śB.9.1.1.30; Mś.11.7.1.4,22; TA.1.12.1a; N.1.15. P: asaṃkhyātāḥ Mś.11.7.1.4.
asaṃbādhaṃ badhyato (many mss. madhyato) mānavānām # AVś.12.1.2a; Kauś.137.16. See next.
asaṃbādhā yā madhyato mānavebhyaḥ # MS.4.14.11a: 233.10. See prec.
asāv abhyaṅkṣvāsāv aṅkṣva # Aś.2.7.5. See abhyaṅkṣvāsau, aṅkṣvāsau, āṅkṣvāsāv, and āñjasvānulimpasva.
asāv ādityo 'nukhyātā # AB.7.24.3. See ādityo 'nukhyātā, and cf. under agnir upadraṣṭā.
asāvi somaḥ puruhūta tubhyam # RV.10.104.1a. P: asāvi somaḥ puruhūta śś.7.23.7. Cf. BṛhD.8.16.
asitasya gṛhebhyaḥ # AVś.6.137.1d.
asi maghavā maghavadbhya indo # RV.9.97.55d.
asṛkṣata rathyāso yathā pṛthak # RV.9.86.2b.
asṛṅmukho rudhireṇābhyaktaḥ (TA. -āvyaktaḥ) # MS.4.9.19a: 136.1; TA.4.29.1a. P: asṛṅmukhaḥ KA.3.186,239A; Mś.4.6.3.
asau me kāmaḥ samṛdhyatām # TB.2.4.6.7c.
askannam adya devebhya ājyaṃ saṃbhriyāsam # VS.2.8; śB.1.4.5.1. See next.
astāsi vidhya rakṣasas tapiṣṭhaiḥ # RV.4.4.1d; VS.13.9d; TS.1.2.14.1d; MS.2.7.15d: 97.8; KS.16.15d; N.6.12d.
astu svadheti vaktavyam # Vait.9.12c. Cf. oṃ svadhocyatām, and prakṛtebhyaḥ svadhocyatām.
astṛto nāmāham ayam asmi sa ātmānaṃ ni dadhe dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ gopīthāya # AVś.5.9.7. See next two.
astṛto nāmāham ayam asmi sa ātmānaṃ pari dadhe dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ gopīthāya pra hūyase # AVP.6.12.3. See prec. and next.
astrā śarveṇa yudhyatā # AVP.2.25.4b.
asthabhya svāhā # VS.39.10 (bis); TS.7.3.16.2. See asthibhyaḥ etc.
asthibhyas te majjabhyaḥ (AVP. māṃsebhyaḥ) # AVś.2.33.6a; AVP.4.7.5a.
asthibhya svāhā # KSA.3.6. See asthabhyaḥ etc.
asthur in madhyamā imāḥ # AVś.1.17.3c.
asmabhya citraṃ vṛṣaṇaṃ rayiṃ dāḥ # RV.10.47.1d--8d; SV.1.317d; MS.4.14.5d: 221.13; 4.14.8d (quinq.): 227.8,10,12,14,16; TB.2.5.6.1d; 8.2.6d. See next, and athāsmabhyaṃ sahavīrāṃ.
asmabhya tad divo adbhyaḥ pṛthivyāḥ # RV.2.38.11a; KS.17.19a. P: asmabhyaṃ tad divaḥ śś.6.10.10.
asmabhya dasma raṃhyā # RV.4.1.3c; KS.26.11c.
asmabhya dā harivo mādayadhyai # RV.6.19.6d.
asmabhyam indra varivaḥ (AVś. varīyaḥ) sugaṃ kṛdhi # RV.1.102.4c; AVś.7.50.4c; AVP.3.36.5c. Cf. asmabhyaṃ mahi.
asmabhya mahi varivaḥ sugaṃ kaḥ # RV.6.44.18b. Cf. asmabhyam indra.
asmabhya mṛgayadbhyaḥ # Kauś.127.5b.
asmākaṃ śaṃso abhy astu dūḍhyaḥ # RV.1.94.8b; AVP.13.5.8b.
asmākaṃ su maghavan bodhi godāḥ (RV.3.31.14d, gopāḥ) # RV.3.31.14d; 4.22.10d. Cf. asmabhyaṃ su etc.
asmākam etad vīrebhyaḥ # AVP.8.16.10c.
asmākaṃ brahma pṛtanāsu sahyāḥ # RV.1.152.7c; MS.4.14.12c: 234.4; TB.2.8.6.6c.
asmākaṃ bhūtv avitā tanūnām # RV.10.157.3b; AVś.20.63.2b; 124.5b; TA.1.27.1b. Cf. asmabhyaṃ bheṣajā, and under asmākam edhy.
asmān abhy aity ojasā spardhamānā # AVP.3.5.6b. See abhyaiti na.
asmān aity abhy etc. # see abhyaiti na.
asmān sīte payasābhyāvavṛtsva # VS.12.70d; TS.4.2.5.6d; MS.2.7.12d: 92.8; KS.16.12d; śB.7.2.2.10. See sā naḥ sīte.
asmābhis tubhyaṃ śasyate # RV.3.62.7c.
asmin no adya savane mandadhyai # RV.4.16.2b; AVś.20.77.2b.
asmin yajñe adābhyā # RV.5.75.8a.
asmin yajñe yajamānāya mahyam # KS.31.14b; TB.3.7.6.14b; Apś.4.8.5b.
asmin yajñe vi ca pra ca prathatāṃ svāsasthaṃ devebhyaḥ # MS.4.13.2: 200.8; KS.15.13; TB.3.6.2.1. Cf. ūrṇamradasaṃ.
asme te santu sakhyā śivāni # RV.7.22.9c; 10.23.7d.
asme dāsīr viśaḥ sūryeṇa sahyāḥ # RV.2.11.4d.
asmai kṣatrāyānena brahmaṇābhyaḥ # AVP.3.31.1d--5d,6c--8c.
asmai jyaiṣṭhyāya kalpadhvam (śś. tiṣṭhadhvam) # AB.7.17.7d; śś.15.26d.
asmai tisro avyathyāya nārīḥ # RV.2.35.5a.
asmai śraiṣṭhyāya savratāḥ # AVP.3.23.4d. Cf. mama jyaiṣṭhyāya.
asya yajñasyarddhyai mahyaṃ saṃnatyai # TS.7.5.13.1; Apś.20.9.5.
asyāḥ pṛthivyā adhyakṣam # TB.2.4.7.2c. See next but one.
asyā janatāyāḥ śraiṣṭhyāya svāhā # MS.1.4.14: 64.10. See asyai janatāyai.
asyāṃ tvā dhruvāyāṃ madhyamāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi sādhyāś cāptyāś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhiṣiñcantv etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhī rājyāya māhārājyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyādhiṣṭhāya # AB.8.19.1.
asyai janatāyai śraiṣṭhyāya # Apś.5.24.4. See asyā janatāyāḥ.
asyai viśe mahyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyāya pipīhi # MS.4.9.9: 129.9. See mahyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyāya, and cf. prec.
asredhadbhis taraṇibhir yaviṣṭhya # RV.8.60.8c.
ahaṃ rājā varuṇo mahyaṃ tāni # RV.6.42.2a.
ahaṃ viśvaṃ bhuvanam abhyabhavam # TA.9.10.6e; TU.3.10.6e; NṛpU.2.4e.
ahaṃ vo asmi sakhyāya śevaḥ # MS.2.13.10b: 160.14. See yuṣmākaṃ sakhye.
ahaṃ tebhyo 'karaṃ namaḥ # VS.16.8d; TS.4.5.1.3d; KS.17.11d. See idaṃ tebhyo etc., tebhya idam akaraṃ, and tebhyo 'ham akaraṃ.
ahaṃ dasyubhyaḥ pari nṛmṇam ā dade # RV.10.48.2c.
ahan vṛtram adadhus tubhyam ojaḥ # RV.3.47.3d.
ahaṃ brahma kṛṇavaṃ mahyaṃ vardhanam # RV.10.49.1b.
ahar-ahar vṛṣaṇā mahyaṃ śikṣatam # RV.8.26.12c.
ahar aiva gachān mamādhyā # AVP.9.29.7d.
ahar bhūyād yajamānāya mahyam # TB.3.1.2.2d.
ahar vai gopāyamānaṃ rātrī rakṣamāṇā te prapadye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu te mā dakṣiṇato gopāyetām # PG.3.4.15.
ahas tubhyaṃ vibhāvari # AVś.19.48.2c; 50.7d; AVP.6.21.2c; 14.9.7d.
ahuto mahyaṃ śivo bhava # Apś.3.20.7.
ahorātrābhyāṃ nakṣatrebhyaḥ # AVś.6.128.3a. P: ahorātrābhyām Kauś.138.8.
ahorātrau tvārdhamāsebhyaḥ paridattām # SMB.1.5.15; JG.1.8.
ahnaḥ saṃdhibhyāṃ jatūḥ # MS.3.14.6: 173.9. See ahorātrayoḥ etc.
ākrandāya dundubhyāghātam # TB.3.4.1.13. See śabdāyā-.
ākramaṇaṃ sthūrābhyām (MS.3.15.6, kuṣṭhābhyām) # VS.25.3,6; TS.5.7.15.1; MS.3.15.3: 178.9; 3.15.6: 179.9; KSA.13.5.
ā gṛhebhyaḥ svastaye # AVP.2.31.1b. See gṛhebhyaḥ svastaye.
āgneya aindrāgna āśvinas te viśālayūpa ā labhyante # TS.5.6.22.1; KSA.10.2; Apś.20.22.14.
āṅkṣva tatāsau # Apś.1.9.15. Cf. abhyaṅkṣva.
āṅkṣva pitāmahāsau # Apś.1.9.15. Cf. abhyaṅkṣva.
āṅkṣva prapitāmahāsau # Apś.1.9.15. Cf. abhyaṅkṣva.
āṅkṣvāsau (Mś. mss. aṅk-) # Mś.1.1.2.29; JG.2.2. See under asāv abhyaṅkṣvāsāv.
āṅkṣvāsāv āṅkṣvāsau # HG.2.12.6. See under asāv abhyaṅkṣvāsāv.
ācarantīḥ parvatebhyaḥ # AVP.8.8.6a; 8.12.10a.
ā cyāvayantu sakhyāya vipram # AVś.3.3.2b; AVP.2.74.2b.
āchyantu vi ca śāsatu # VS.23.42b. See chyantu vi.
ājarasāya sam anaktv aryamā # RV.10.85.43b; SMB.1.2.18b; ApMB.1.11.5b; JG.1.21b. See ahorātrābhyāṃ sam.
āñjatāṃ mama pitaraḥ # Apś.1.9.17. Cf. abhyañjatām.
āñjatāṃ mama pitāmahāḥ # Apś.1.9.17. Cf. abhyañjatām.
āñjatāṃ mama prapitāmahāḥ # Apś.1.9.17. Cf. abhyañjatām.
āñjasvānulimpasva # PG.2.14.17. Cf. under asāv abhyaṅkṣvāsāv.
āṇiṃ na rathyam amṛtādhi tasthuḥ # RV.1.35.6c.
ā takṣata sātim asmabhyam ṛbhavaḥ # RV.1.111.3a.
ā tu pra yāhi harivo haribhyām # RV.3.30.2b; VS.34.19b.
ā tubhyam indraḥ pyāyatām # VS.5.7c; TS.1.2.11.1c; 6.2.2.5; MS.1.2.7: 16.18; KS.2.8; AB.1.26.4c; GB.2.2.4c; śB.3.4.3.18; Aś.4.5.6c; śś.5.8.3c; Vait.13.23c; Lś.5.6.8c.
ā te dade vakṣaṇābhyaḥ # AVś.7.114.1a. P: ā te dade Kauś.36.39.
ātmanvan nabho duhyate ghṛtaṃ payaḥ # RV.9.74.4a; KS.35.6a; AB.1.22.2; Aś.4.7.4. P: ātmanvat śś.5.10.8.
ātmā me śudhyantām # Tā.10.66.
ātmā yajñasya raṃhyā # RV.9.6.8a; KS.35.6a.
ātreyo niṣkakaṇṭhyaḥ # AB.8.22.6d.
ātreyo madhyato 'dadāt # AB.8.22.4d.
ā tvām ṛjiśvā sakhyāya cakre # RV.5.29.11c.
ā tvā sakhāyaḥ sakhyā vavṛtyuḥ # SV.1.340a. See o cit.
ātharvaṇānāṃ caturṛcebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.23.1. The entire chapter occurs also Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 46.10; cf. Ind. Stud. iv. 433.
ā dade # TS.1.1.9.1; 3.8.1; 4.1.1. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
ād asmabhyam ā suva sarvatātim # RV.3.54.11d.
ād ij jujoṣa vṛṣabhaṃ yajadhyai # RV.4.24.5d.
ād it paścā bubudhānā vy akhyan # RV.4.1.18a.
ādityaḥ parvatebhyaḥ # RV.1.191.9c; AVś.6.52.1c.
ādityā ava hi khyata # RV.8.47.11a; śG.1.4.2.
ādityāḥ pañcadaśākṣarayā pañcadaśaṃ māsam udajayan # MS.1.11.10 (bis): 172.7,21. Cf. ādityebhyaḥ pa-.
ādityās tvā prabṛhantu jāgatena chandasā # TS.3.3.3.1. Cf. ādityebhyas tvā pra-.
ādityebhya preṣya (Mś. omits preṣya) priyebhyaḥ priyadhāmabhyaḥ priyavratebhyo mahasvasarasya (Mś. mahaḥ sva-) patibhya uror antarikṣasyādhyakṣebhyaḥ (Mś. adds preṣya) # śB.4.3.5.20; Mś.2.5.1.9; Apś.13.10.1. Short form: ādityebhyaḥ preṣya Kś.10.4.13 (comm.); Apś.13.10.1. Cf. prec. but one.
ādityebhyo aṅgirobhyo madhv idam # AVś.12.3.44a. P: ādityebhyo aṅgirobhyaḥ Kauś.62.18.
ādityebhyo 'nubrūhi (Mś. ādityebhyaḥ) priyebhyaḥ priyadhāmabhyaḥ priyavratebhyo mahasvasarasya (Mś. mahaḥ sva-) patibhya uror antarikṣasyādhyakṣebhyaḥ (Mś. -bhyo 'nubrūhi) # Kś.10.4.12,13; Apś.13.10.1; Mś.2.5.1.8. Short form: ādityebhyo 'nubrūhi śB.4.3.5.20; Apś.13.10.1.
ādityo dyām adhyarukṣad vipaścit # Vait.14.1d.
ādityo 'nukhyātā # TS.3.3.8.5; TB.3.7.5.4; Apś.4.9.6; ApDh.2.3.6.2. See under asāv ādityo 'nukhyātā.
ād it sakhibhyaś carathaṃ sam airat # RV.3.31.15b; TB.2.7.13.3b.
ād id enaṃ śaṃsyam ukthyaṃ karam # RV.10.48.9d.
ād id devānām upa sakhyam āyan # RV.4.33.2c.
ā dvābhyāṃ haribhyām indra yāhi # RV.2.18.4a; N.7.6.
ānandaṃ nandathunā (KSA. -thubhyām) # TS.5.7.19.1; KSA.13.9.
ā naḥ śuṣmaṃ nṛṣāhyam # RV.9.30.3a.
ā nāsatyā sakhyāya vakṣi # RV.10.73.4b.
ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.16. See ānuṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ, and ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayāgneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upa dadhāmi # TS.5.5.8.3. See ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ, and mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devābhyāṃ.
ā no dadhikrāḥ pathyām anaktu # RV.7.44.5a.
ā no rādhāṃsi savita stavadhyai # RV.7.37.8a.
āntrebhyas te gudābhyaḥ # RV.10.163.3a; AVś.2.33.4a; 20.96.19a; AVP.4.7.4a; ApMB.1.17.3a (ApG.3.9.10).
ā paramābhir uta madhyamābhiḥ # RV.6.62.11a.
āpaś ca varuṇaś ca saṃnate te me saṃnamatām adaḥ # VS.26.1. Cf. adbhyaḥ sam anamat.
āpo madhyaṃ kva vo nūnam antaḥ # RV.10.111.8d.
āpo ha mahyaṃ tad devīḥ # AVś.6.24.1c.
āptas tubhyaṃ sa balihṛtyāya tiṣṭhatu # AVP.4.27.6d.
ā pyāyadhvam aghnyā devebhyā indrāya (Mś. also with vikāra, mahendrāya) bhāgam # MS.1.1.1: 1.3; Mś.1.1.1.19. P: ā pyāyadhvam aghnyā devebhyaḥ MS.4.1.1: 1.15. See under prec. but two.
ā manīṣām antarikṣasya nṛbhyaḥ # RV.1.110.6a.
ā māgniṣṭomo viśatūkthyaś ca # TS.7.3.13.1a; KSA.3.3a. Cf. agniṣṭoma ukthyo.
ā yātam upa bhūṣataṃ pibadhyai # Aś.6.5.24d.
ā yāhi parvatebhyaḥ # RV.8.34.13a.
ā yāhi śūra haribhyām (SV.KB.śś. hariha; Aś. harī iha) # AVś.2.5.1b; SV.2.302b; KB.17.1b; Aś.6.3.1b; śś.9.5.2b. See prec.
ā yāhy agne pathyā anu svāḥ # RV.7.7.2a.
āyur asmabhyaṃ dadhat (AVś.18.4.62c, dadhataḥ) prajāṃ ca # AVś.9.4.22c; 18.4.62c. See prajām asmabhyaṃ.
āyurdās tvam asmabhyaṃ gharma varcodā asi (KA. gharmāsi varcodāḥ) # MS.4.9.6: 127.1; TA.4.7.4; 5.6.9; KA.2.113.
āyuvai hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi tasyai stuhi tasyai me 'varuddhyai # Apś.13.11.1.
āyuṣe hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi (Apś. adds tasyai stuhi) tasyai me 'varuddhyai # MS.4.2.4: 26.9; Apś.13.11.1. P: āyuṣe hiṃkuru Mś.2.5.1.22.
ā yūtheva kṣumati paśvo akhyat # RV.4.2.18a; AVś.18.3.23a.
ā yo vivāya sakhyā sakhibhyaḥ # RV.10.6.2c; MS.4.14.15c: 241.9.
ārādhyai didhiṣūpatim # TB.3.4.1.4. See arāddhyā edidhi-.
ā rodasī apṛṇād ota madhyam # RV.10.55.3a.
āvadāni janebhyaḥ # VS.26.2b.
āvahantī bhūry asmabhyaṃ saubhagam # RV.1.48.9c.
ā vāṃ yeṣṭhāśvinā huvadhyai # RV.5.41.3a.
ā vāco madhyam aruhad bhuraṇyuḥ # VS.15.51a; TS.4.7.13.3a; MS.2.12.4a: 147.11; KS.18.18a; śB.8.6.3.20.
ā vājeṣu madhyameṣu # RV.1.27.5b; SV.2.849b.
ā vāṃ patitvaṃ sakhyāya jagmuṣī # RV.1.119.5c.
ā vibādhyā parirāpas tamāṃsi ca # RV.2.23.3a; KS.26.11a.
āvir bhavanti guhyā na ke cit # RV.7.103.8d.
āvir bhoge abhavan mātṛmadbhyaḥ # AVś.12.1.60d.
ā viśvācī vidathyām anaktu # RV.7.43.3c.
āvis tat kṛṣva yad asat ta ukthyam # RV.2.23.14c.
āvo yudhyantaṃ vṛṣabhaṃ daśadyum # RV.6.26.4b. See prāvo etc.
ā vo ruvaṇyum auśijo huvadhyai # RV.1.122.5a.
ā vo vāhiṣṭho vahatu stavadhyai # RV.7.37.1a.
ā śatena haribhir uhyamānaḥ # RV.2.18.6b.
āśānām āśāpālebhyaḥ (TB.Apś. āśānāṃ tvāśā-) # AVś.1.31.1a; AVP.1.22.1a; TB.2.5.3.3a; 3.7.5.8a; Aś.2.10.18a; Apś.4.11.1a; 7.16.7. Ps: āśānāṃ tvā TB.3.7.8.3; 12.1.1; Apś.9.18.8; āśānām Kauś.64.1; 127.6. Designated as āśāpālīya (sc. sūkta) Vait.36.20; Kauś.38.11.
āśāṃ mahyaṃ rādhayatu # AVP.2.62.3a.
āśāsānā medhapatibhyāṃ (KSṃS. -pataye) medham # MS.4.13.4: 203.8; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.3; KB.10.4; TB.3.6.6.1; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.1.
āśuṃ na cakraṃ rathyeva raṃhyā # RV.4.1.3b; KS.26.11b.
āśuś cāsi medhyaś ca (MS. cāsi) sapte # VS.29.3b; TS.5.1.11.1b; MS.3.16.2b: 184.2; KSA.6.2b.
āśrutyai tvāvācīndrāyokthaṃ devebhyaḥ # śś.8.24.3.
ā suṣṭutī namasā vartayadhyai # RV.5.43.2a.
āsmai yatante sakhyāya pūrvīḥ # RV.10.29.8b; AVś.20.76.8b.
āsya havis tanvaḥ kāmam ṛdhyāḥ # RV.3.50.1d.
iḍas pade sam idhyase # RV.10.191.1c; AVś.6.63.4c; VS.15.30c; TS.2.6.11.4c; 4.4.4.4c; MS.2.13.7c: 156.9; KS.2.15c.
iḍām asmabhyaṃ saṃyatam # RV.9.62.3c; SV.2.182c; PB.6.9.23.
iḍāyās tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.10.
iḍāyai hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi (Apś. adds tasyai stuhi) tasyai me 'varuddhyai # MS.4.2.4: 26.7; Apś.12.28.6. P: iḍāyai hiṃkuru Mś.2.4.2.37.
ita indras tiṣṭhan vīryam akṛṇod devatābhiḥ samārabhya # MS.1.1.13: 8.8. See next two.
itthā nṛbhyaḥ śaśamānebhyas tā # RV.4.41.3b.
itthā sakhibhya iṣito yad indra # RV.3.32.16c.
ity ayudhyathāḥ (śB. -yata) # śB.13.1.5.6; 4.3.5; TB.3.9.14.4; Apś.20.6.14; Mś.9.2.2.7.
idaṃ havir maghavan tubhyaṃ rātam # RV.10.116.7a.
idaṃ ca namo devebhyaḥ # TS.2.6.9.8; śB.1.9.1.23; TB.3.5.10.5; śś.1.14.19. See idaṃ namo etc.
idaṃ te tad vi ṣyāmy āyuṣo na madhyāt # TS.4.2.5.3c. See tat te vi ṣyāmi, taṃ te vi ṣyāmi, and tāṃs te vi ṣyāmy.
idaṃ nama ṛṣibhyaḥ pūrvajebhyaḥ # RV.10.14.15c; AVś.18.2.2c; TA.6.5.1c.
idaṃ namo devebhyaḥ # MS.4.13.9: 212.13; Aś.1.9.5. See idaṃ ca namo etc.
idam agnīṣomayoḥ # VS.1.22; śB.1.2.2.4; Kś.2.5.15; Apś.1.24.5. Cf. agnīṣomābhyāṃ (tvā).
idam ahaṃ yo mā diśām antardeśebhyaḥ (etc., like the following, understood) # Kauś.49.9.
idam ahaṃ varuṇajyeṣṭhebhya ādityebhyo yajñaṃ prabravīmi # TB.3.7.4.7; Apś.4.2.2.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ śucā vidhyāmi # KS.34.18.
idam uluṅgulukābhyaḥ # AVP.15.18.10e; 15.19.1c--12c.
idaṃ pitāmahebhyo 'ntarikṣasadbhyaḥ # JG.2.2. Cf. svadhā pitṛbhyo 'ntarikṣasadbhyaḥ.
idaṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pṛthivīṣadbhyaḥ # JG.2.2. See svadhā pitṛbhyaḥ pṛthiviṣadbhyaḥ.
idaṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pra bharāmi (TA. bharema) barhiḥ # AVś.18.4.51a; TA.6.7.2a. P: idaṃ pitṛbhyaḥ Kauś.80.51.
idaṃ pitṛbhyo namo astv adya # RV.10.15.2a; AVś.18.1.46a; AVP.2.30.3a; VS.19.68a; TS.2.6.12.4a; MS.4.10.6a: 157.2; AB.3.37.18; Aś.2.19.22; 5.20.6. P: idaṃ pitṛbhyaḥ Mś.5.1.4.18.
idaṃ prapitāmebhyo diviṣadbhyaḥ # JG.2.2. Cf. svadhā pitṛbhyo diviṣadbhyaḥ.
idaṃ bhūtasyādhyakṣebhyaḥ # AVś.1.31.1c; AVP.1.22.1c; TB.2.5.3.3b; 3.7.5.8c; Aś.2.10.18c; Apś.4.11.1c.
idaṃ mahāsyebhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.30c.
idaṃ mahyaṃ maṇḍūrike # AVś.20.131.13.
idhmaṃ ha kṣuc caibhya ugre # TB.3.12.9.6c.
idhmasyeva prakṣāyataḥ (AVP. prakṣāyakaḥ; śś. prakhyāyataḥ) # AVP.12.6.4c; TB.2.4.1.2c; 3.7.6.17c,23c; TA.2.5.2c; śś.4.12.10c; Apś.4.11.5c; 16.1c.
indav indrasya sakhyaṃ juṣāṇaḥ # RV.8.48.2c.
induṃ sam ahyan pītaye sam asmai # RV.6.40.2d.
indur indrasya sakhyaṃ juṣāṇaḥ # RV.9.97.11c; SV.2.370c.
indur devānām upa sakhyam āyan # RV.9.97.5a.
indra āśābhyas pari # RV.2.41.12a; AVś.20.20.7a; 57.10a; TB.2.5.3.1a; N.6.1.
indra ṛbhukṣā marutaḥ pari khyan (MS. kśan) # RV.1.162.1b; VS.25.24b; TS.4.6.8.1b; MS.3.16.1b: 181.7; KSA.6.4b; N.9.3b.
indraḥ karmaṇām adhyakṣaḥ (with sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVP.15.7.9. Cf. indro divo 'dhipatiḥ.
indraḥ purastād uta madhyato naḥ # RV.10.42.11c; 43.11c; 44.11c; AVś.7.51.1c; 20.17.11c; 89.11c; 94.11c; AVP.15.11.1c; KS.10.13c; TS.3.3.11.1c; GB.2.4.16c.
indraṃ vo naraḥ sakhyāya sepuḥ # RV.6.29.1a.
indraṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.8; 3.4.3: 47.10. P: indraṃ sāmrājyāya Mś.6.2.5.31 (ūha of bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya in devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa ...). Cf. indrasya tvā sām-, and indrasya bṛhaspates.
indraṃ sucakre rathyāso aśvāḥ # RV.6.37.3b; N.10.3b.
indra kṣudhyadbhyo vaya āsutiṃ dāḥ # RV.1.104.7d.
indraṃ kṣiyanta uta yudhyamānāḥ # RV.4.25.8c.
indrajyeṣṭhān bṛhadbhyaḥ parvatebhyaḥ # RV.4.54.5a.
indrajyeṣṭhebhyo varuṇarājabhyaḥ # TB.3.7.10.4c; Apś.14.32.5c.
indra jyaiṣṭhyāya sukrato # RV.1.5.6c; AVś.20.69.4c; TS.3.4.11.4c; MS.4.12.6c: 197.5; KS.23.12c.
indraṃ jyaiṣṭhyāya dhāyase gṛṇāṇāḥ # RV.3.50.3b.
indra tubhyam id adrivaḥ # RV.1.80.7a; SV.1.412a.
indra tubhyam in maghavann abhūma # RV.6.44.10a; KB.24.6. P: indra tubhyam in maghavan śś.11.12.5.
indratvotāḥ sāsahyāma pṛtanyataḥ # RV.1.132.1b.
indra dṛhya maghavan tvāvad id bhuje # RV.10.100.1a. P: indra dṛhya śś.11.9.9. Cf. BṛhD.8.10.
indra dṛhya yāmakośā abhūvan # RV.3.30.15a.
indra dṛhyasva pūr asi # RV.8.80.7a.
indraṃ dipsanti dipsavo 'dābhyam # RV.7.104.20b; AVś.8.4.20b.
indraṃ devebhyas pari # AVś.7.38.2b.
indra piba tubhyaṃ suto madāya # RV.6.40.1a; AB.5.6.12; KB.24.2; Aś.6.4.10; śś.11.10.7. Ps: indra piba tubhyam Aś.7.12.9; indra piba VHDh.8.56.
indrapuruṣebhya (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.12. See indrāyendrapuruṣebhyaḥ.
indra pra tubhyaṃ vṛṣabhiḥ sutānām # RV.6.44.20c.
indra mṛḍa mahyaṃ jīvātum icha # RV.6.47.10a.
indraṃ pare 'vare madhyamāsaḥ # RV.3.25.8a.
indravāyubhyāṃ tvā # TS.1.4.4.1; Apś.12.14.9. See vāyava indravāyubhyāṃ tvā.
indra śatrūn puro asmākaṃ (text -ka) yudhya # TB.2.4.7.4d.
indraś cākṣujālābhyām # AVś.8.8.18c.
indra stomena pañcadaśena madhyam (KS. pañcadaśenaujaḥ) # TS.4.4.12.2c; KS.22.14c; Aś.4.12.2c. See next but one, and indraḥ etc.
indras tvāyaṃ hvayatu viḍbhya ābhyaḥ # AVP.2.74.3c. See next but one.
indras tvā hvayatu viḍbhya ābhyaḥ # AVś.3.3.3c. See prec. but one.
indrasya graho 'sy agṛhīto grāhyaḥ (Apś. grāhyo devānām) # KS.35.10; Apś.14.26.1.
indrasya tvā bāhubhyām udyache # TS.1.1.2.2; MS.1.1.2: 2.3; 4.1.2: 4.1; KS.1.2; 31.1; TB.3.2.2.8; Apś.1.4.15; Mś.1.1.1.47.
indrasya tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.11.
indrasya vāyuṃ sakhyāya vardhayan # SV.2.172d. See next but one.
indrasya vāyoḥ sakhyāya kartave # RV.9.86.20d. See prec. but one.
indrasya sakhyam amṛtatvam aśyām (RV. ānaśa) # RV.10.62.1b; TB.3.7.6.14d; Apś.4.8.4d.
indrasya sakhyam āviśan # RV.9.56.2c.
indrasya sakhyam ṛbhavaḥ sam ānaśuḥ # RV.3.60.3a.
indrasya sakhyaṃ pavate vivevidat # RV.9.86.9c.
indraḥ sahīyān mahyaṃ jāyām imām adāt # AVP.1.34.4; Kauś.78.10.
indraḥ stomena pañcadaśena madhyam # MS.3.16.4c: 188.5. See under indra etc.
indra havante sakhyaṃ juṣāṇāḥ # RV.3.43.2d.
indrāgacha hariva āgacha (JB. also indrāgacha haribhyām āyāhi) medhātither meṣa vṛṣaṇaśvasya mene gaurāvaskandinn ahalyāyai jāra kauśika brāhmaṇa gautama bruvāṇa (JB. also kauśika brāhmaṇa kauśika bruvāṇa) # JB.2.79--80; śB.3.3.4.18; TA.1.12.3; Lś.1.3.1. P: indrāgacha ṣB.1.1.10,11 (followed by the rest, 1.1.12--23). Designated as subrahmaṇyā AB.6.3.1; KB.27.6; śB.4.6.9.25; TB.3.8.1.2; 12.9.6; Aś.8.13.28; 12.4.19; Vait.15.4; 34.4; Apś.20.1.7; 21.12.10; 22.6.6; MDh.9.12.6; see also the formulas beginning subrahmaṇya upa. Cf. agna āgacha.
indrāgnibhyāṃ svāhā # TB.3.1.4.14; śG.2.14.4; 5.3.3; Kauś.96.3; 97.6; 114.2; 128.2. P: indrāgnibhyām GDh.26.16; Svidh.1.2.5. Cf. svāhendrāgnibhyām.
indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā # VS.7.31 (bis); TS.1.4.15.1 (bis); MS.1.3.17: 36.14 (bis); 4.6.5: 86.12; KS.4.6 (bis),7 (bis); śB.4.2.3.17; 3.1.24 (bis); Apś.12.29.8; 20.5.3; Mś.2.4.2.17; 2.4.3.23 (bis); 11.1.1.4. See agnīndrābhyāṃ.
indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā devāvyaṃ yajñasyāyuṣe gṛhṇāmi (VSK. devāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi yajñasyāyuṣe) # VS.7.23; VSK.7.9.2; śB.4.2.3.14. P: indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā Kś.9.14.15.
indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā sayujā yujā yunajmy āghārābhyāṃ tejasā varcasokthebhi stomebhiś chandobhī rayyai poṣāya sajātānāṃ madhyamastheyāya # TS.4.4.5.1. P: indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā sayujā yujā yunajmi Apś.17.5.2. See prec.
indrāgnibhyām ojodābhyām uṣṭārau # TS.5.6.21.1; KSA.10.1.
indrāgnibhyāṃ baladābhyāṃ sīravāhāv avī # TS.5.6.21.1; KSA.10.1.
indrāgnī śikhaṇḍābhyām # TS.5.7.15.1; KSA.13.5.
indrāṇīva subudhā budhyamānā # AVś.14.2.31c.
indrā nv agnī avase huvadhyai # RV.5.45.4b.
indrābṛhaspatibhyāṃ tvā devāvyaṃ yajñasyāyuṣe gṛhṇāmi (VSK. devāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi yajñasyāyuṣe) # VS.7.23; VSK.7.9.2. P: indrābṛhaspatibhyām Kś.10.7.11.
indrābṛhaspatī ūrubhyām # VS.25.6; TS.5.7.15.1; KSA.13.5. Cf. mitrāvaruṇā ūru-.
indrāya ca marudbhyaś ca svāhā # śB.12.6.1.9.
indrāya tvā bhāgaṃ somenātanacmi # MS.1.1.3: 2.10; 4.1.3: 5.10; Mś.1.1.3.34. See under indrasya tvā bhāgaṃ, and cf. viśvebhyas tvā devebhyo bhāgaṃ.
indrāya medhyātithe # RV.8.33.4b; SV.1.289b.
indrāyayāsya śepham alīkam anyebhyaḥ puruṣebhyo 'nyatra mat # HG.1.14.7. See indrāpāsya.
indrāya vṛṣṇe sumakhāya mahyam # RV.1.165.11c; MS.4.11.3c: 169.13; KS.9.18c.
indrāyāgnaye pūṣṇe # TS.4.2.5.6; MS.2.7.14c: 95.11. See indrāyāśvibhyāṃ.
indrāyāśiraṃ saha kumbhyādāt # TS.3.2.8.5d.
indrāyendrapuruṣebhya (sc. namaḥ) # ViDh.67.15. See indrapuruṣebhyaḥ.
indrāyendrāṇyā aśvibhyām āśvayujyai paurṇamāsyai śarade ca # PG.2.16.2.
indrāvaruṇā algābhyām # MS.3.15.6: 179.9. See mitrāvaruṇāv etc.
indrāvaruṇābhyāṃ tvā devāvyaṃ yajñasyāyuṣe gṛhṇāmi (VSK. devāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi yajñasyāyuṣe) # VS.7.23; VSK.7.9.2. P: indrāvaruṇābhyam Kś.10.7.11.
indrāviṣṇubhyāṃ tvā devāvyaṃ yajñasyāyuṣe gṛhṇāmi (VSK. devāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi yajñasyāyuṣe) # VS.7.23; VSK.7.25. P: indrāviṣṇubhyām Kś.10.7.11.
indrāviṣṇū aṣṭhīvadbhyām # TS.5.7.15.1; KSA.13.5.
indriyāj jyaiṣṭhyāc chraiṣṭhyān mā yoṣam # JB.2.67.
indreṇa datto varuṇena śiṣṭaḥ (AVP.3.13.4b, -ṇena sakhyā) # AVś.2.29.4a; 3.5.4b; AVP.1.13.1a; 3.13.4b.
indreṇa sakhyā śiva ā jagamyāt # AVś.7.41.1d.
indreṇaindraṃ mādhyaṃdinam # VS.19.26b.
indreṣita āptyo abhy ayudhyat # RV.10.8.8b.
indro asmabhyaṃ śikṣatu # RV.1.81.6c.
indro jyeṣṭha indriyāya ṛṣibhyaḥ # TA.10.6.1d; MahānU.7.5d.
indro jyeṣṭhānām (MS.KS. jyaiṣṭhyānām; VS.śB. jyaiṣṭhyāya) # VS.9.39; TS.1.8.10.2; 3.4.5.1; MS.2.6.6: 67.11; KS.15.5; śB.5.3.3.11; PG.1.5.10.
indrota tubhyaṃ tad dive # RV.1.129.3d.
indro naḥ pātu madhyataḥ # AVP.2.31.1d.
indro bāhubhyām abharac cikitvān # AVP.14.1.1a.
indro bījasyābhyāvoḍhā # AVP.8.11.2c.
indro brahmabhya id vṛdhe # RV.8.77.5c.
indro maghāni dayate viṣahya # RV.7.21.7c.
indro madāya prati dhat pibadhyai # RV.4.27.5d.
imaṃ yajñam adābhyaḥ # RV.5.5.2b.
imaṃ janā abhyutkrośata samrājaṃ sāmrājyaṃ bhojaṃ bhojapitaraṃ svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyaṃ parameṣṭhinaṃ pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājānaṃ rājapitaram # AB.8.17.5. Cf. imaṃ devā abhyutkrośata.
imaṃ jīvebhyaḥ paridhiṃ dadhāmi # RV.10.18.4a; AVś.12.2.23a; VS.35.15a; TB.3.7.11.3a; śB.13.8.4.12a; TA.6.10.2a; Apś.9.12.4a; 14.22.3a; AG.4.6.9; ApMB.2.22.24a (ApG.8.23.10). P: imaṃ jīvebhyaḥ śś.4.16.5; Kś.21.4.25; Kauś.72.17. Cf. BṛhD.7.11 (B). Cf. jīvātave te paridhiṃ.
imaṃ devā abhyutkrośata samrājaṃ sāmrājyaṃ bhojaṃ bhojapitaraṃ svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyaṃ rājānaṃ rājapitaraṃ parameṣṭhinaṃ pārameṣṭhyam # AB.8.12.5. Cf. imaṃ janā.
imaṃ devā asapatnaṃ suvadhvaṃ mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāya mahate jānarājyāyendrasyendriyāya (VSK.11.3.2 stops at jyaiṣṭhyāya; VSK.11.6.2 at jānarājyāya) # VS.9.40; 10.18; VSK.11.3.2; 6.2; śB.5.3.3.12; 4.2.3. P: imaṃ devāḥ YDh.1.299.
imaṃ naraḥ parvatās tubhyam āpaḥ # RV.3.35.8a.
imam ū (MS. u, but Mś. ū) ṣu tvam asmākam (KA. asmabhyam; TA.Apś. ṣu tyam asmabhyam) # RV.1.27.4a; SV.1.28a; 2.847a; MS.4.9.11a: 132.11; TA.4.11.8a; KA.1.198.2a; Apś.15.16.10; Mś.4.4.35.
imaṃ mahe vidathyāya śūṣam # RV.3.54.1a; AB.1.28.4; Aś.2.17.7. Ps: imaṃ mahe vidathyāya śś.15.3.2; imaṃ mahe VHDh.6.60. Cf. BṛhD.4.121; Rvidh.2.4.5, note.
imā agne matayas tubhyaṃ jātāḥ # RV.10.7.2a.
imāṃ lokān anapajayyam abhyajayan # TA.10.1.10b.
imāni tubhyaṃ svasarāṇi yemire # RV.3.60.6c.
imā brahmāṇy ṛcyante yuvabhyām # RV.7.70.6d.
imā brahmendra tubhyaṃ śaṃsi # RV.10.148.4a.
imā madhumatīr mahyam # SMB.1.8.2a; GG.3.6.2. P: imā madhumatīḥ KhG.3.1.46.
iyaṃ ha mahyaṃ tvām oṣadhiḥ # AVś.7.38.5c. See iyaṃ tvā mahyam.
iyaṃ tvā mahyam oṣadhiḥ # AVP.2.79.5c; 3.29.6c. See iyaṃ ha mahyaṃ.
iyaṃ deva purohitir yuvabhyām # RV.7.60.12a; 61.7a.
iyarti vācaṃ janayan yajadhyai # RV.4.21.5b.
irāvatīr anamīvā anāgasaḥ # MS.1.2.3c: 12.2; Apś.10.17.11c. See under tā asmabhyam ayakṣmā.
irāvān asi dhārtarāṣṭre tava me sattre rādhyatām # Kauś.20.6.
iṣaṃ stotṛbhya (MS. -bhyā) ā bhara # RV.5.6.1e--10e; 9.20.4c; AVś.18.4.88e; SV.1.419e,425e; 2.321c,372e--374e,1087e--1089e; VS.15.41e--43e; TS.2.2.12.7e; 4.4.4.6e (bis),7e; MS.2.13.5e: 154.7; 2.13.7e (ter): 156.15,18; 157.1; KS.9.6e; 39.13e,14e (bis); TB.3.11.6.4e; Apś.16.35.5e.
iṣaṃ stotṛbhyo maghavadbhya ānaṭ # RV.7.7.7c.
iṣam asmabhyam abhitaḥ # RV.9.101.11c; SV.2.453c.
iṣaṃ pinva maghavadbhyaḥ (KS. viśvavārāṃ) suvīrām # RV.7.24.6c; KS.13.16d.
iṣaḥ sāsahyān nṝn # RV.5.7.10e.
iṣṭāpūrtadraviṇaṃ gṛhya # GB.2.2.5c.
iṣṭebhya svāhā vaṣaḍ aniṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.7.11.3; Apś.3.11.2; Kauś.5.13. P: iṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā Apś.9.12.7. See svāheṣṭibhyaḥ.
iṣyann arṇāṃsy apāṃ caradhyai # RV.1.61.12d; AVś.20.35.12d; MS.4.12.3d: 183.11; KS.8.16d; N.6.20d.
iṣyāmi vo vṛṣaṇo yudhyatājau # RV.8.96.14d; AVś.20.137.8d.
iha priyaṃ prajayā (AVś. prajāyai) te sam ṛdhyatām # RV.10.85.27a; AVś.14.1.21a; AG.1.8.8; ApMB.1.9.4a (ApG.2.6.11); JG.1.22a. P: iha priyam śG.1.15.22; Kauś.77.20.
iha mama rādhyatām atra tava # Kauś.79.18. P: iha mama Kauś.33.11.
iha mahyaṃ ni yachatam # TB.2.4.4.6d. Cf. ihāsmāsu.
ihāsmāsu ni yachatam # RVKh.10.191.2d; AVś.7.52.1d; MS.2.2.6f: 20.2; KS.10.12f; TB.2.4.4.6d. Cf. iha mahyaṃ.
ījānānāṃ sukṛtāṃ prehi madhyam # AVś.9.5.8c.
īrmāntāsaḥ silikamadhyamāsaḥ # RV.1.163.10a; VS.29.21a; TS.4.6.7.4a; KSA.6.3a; N.4.13a. Cf. BṛhD.4.27.
ukthaṃ vācīndrāya # TS.3.2.9.2,4; AB.3.12.3; GB.2.3.10; Aś.5.10.24; 15.23; Vait.21.5; Apś.13.16.6; Mś.2.5.2.27. See uktham avācīndrāya, and ukthyaṃ vācī-.
ukthaṃ vācīndrāya devebhyaḥ # AB.3.12.4; GB.2.3.10; Aś.5.10.24; 18.13; 20.8; Vait.21.5.
uktham (Aś. ukthyam) indrāya śaṃsyam # RV.1.10.5a; 5.39.5b; SV.1.363a; Aś.7.8.3.
ukthas (read ukthyas) te 'ṅgāni pātv asau # Aś.6.9.3. See aṅgāni ta ukthyaḥ.
ukthā ca tubhyaṃ tāni # RV.8.2.30b.
ukthebhyas tvokthāvyaṃ gṛhṇāmi # KS.4.6 (septies). Cf. ukthyebhya.
ukthyebhya ukthyāyuvam # Apś.12.28.11. Cf. ukthebhyas tvo-.
ukhya (AVś. ukhyān; AVP. ukhyāṃ) hasteṣu bibhrataḥ # AVś.4.14.2b; AVP.3.38.2b; VS.17.65b; TS.4.6.5.1b; MS.2.10.6b: 138.1; KS.18.4b; śB.9.2.3.24.
ukhyān and ukhyāṃ etc. # see ukhyaṃ etc.
ugraṃ vahantībhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.4.14.1; KSA.4.3.
ugro bāhubhyāṃ nṛtamaḥ śacīvān # RV.4.22.2b.
ugro madhyamaśīr iva # RV.10.97.12d; AVś.4.9.4d; AVP.8.3.11d; 9.8.10d; 9.9.1d; 11.7.2d; VS.12.86d; TS.4.2.6.4d; MS.2.7.13d: 94.6; KS.16.13d.
ugro marmaṇi vidhya # AVś.5.8.9b; AVP.7.18.9b.
ugrau te koṣau sahanisyadābhyām # AVP.15.12.7b.
uccā vy akhyad yuvatiḥ punarbhūḥ # RV.1.123.2c.
uc chvaitreyo nṛṣāhyāya tasthau # RV.1.33.14d.
uta trātā śivo bhavā (SV.JB. bhuvo) varūthyaḥ # RV.5.24.1b; SV.1.448b; 2.457b; VS.3.25b; 15.48b; 25.47b; TS.1.5.6.3b; 4.4.4.8b; MS.1.5.3b: 69.9; KS.7.1b,8; JB.3.169; śB.2.3.4.31b; Kauś.68.31b.
uta tvaṃ tiṣṭha madhyame # AVś.1.17.2b.
utaivādya purukṛt sāsy ukthyaḥ # RV.2.13.8d.
uto tvad api nahyati # AVP.5.32.9b.
uto pitṛbhyāṃ pravidānu ghoṣam # RV.3.7.6a.
uto sa mahyam indubhiḥ # RV.1.23.15a.
utkūlanikūlebhyas triṣṭhinam # VS.30.14; utkūlavikūlābhyāṃ tristhinam TB.3.4.1.10.
ut takṣataṃ svaryaṃ parvatebhyaḥ # RV.7.104.4c; AVś.8.4.4c.
uttamāñjanī nvartmanyāt # Vait.32.25. So also mss. at AVś.20.133.6c, for uttarāñjanīṃ vartmabhyām, q.v.
uttamāyā diśaḥ prajāpatinā rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.7b.
uttarato madhyato antarikṣāt # AVś.18.4.9d.
uttarāñjanīṃ vartmabhyām (Aś. vartanyām) # AVś.20.133.6; Aś.8.3.19. See uttamāñjanī nvartmanyāt.
uttarāham uttarābhyaḥ # AVP.7.12.3a. Cf. next.
uttared uttarābhyaḥ (AVP. adharābhyaḥ) # RV.10.145.3b; AVś.3.18.4b; AVP.7.12.3b; ApMB.1.15.3b.
uttaro 'sāni brahmacāribhyaḥ # Kauś.55.14.
uttaro 'sau dviṣadbhyaḥ # ApMB.2.7.12.
uttānāya tvāṅgirasāya mahyaṃ varuṇo dadāti # MS.1.9.4: 134.14. P: uttānāya tvā Mś.5.2.14.12; --11.1.4.
ut tiṣṭhata saṃ nahyadhvam # AVś.11.9.2a,26b; 10.1a. P: ut tiṣṭhata Kauś.16.21 (to AVś.11.10.1a).
ut tiṣṭha puruṣa harita piṅgala lohitākṣi (MahānU. puruṣāharitapiṅgala lohitākṣa) dehi dehi dadāpayitā me śudhyantām # TA.10.60.1; Tā.10.65; MahānU.20.24.
ut tvā nirṛtyāḥ pāśebhyaḥ # AVś.8.1.3c.
ut sakthyā (śś. sakthyor) ava gudaṃ (TS.KSA.Apś. sakthyor gṛdaṃ) dhehi # VS.23.21a; TS.7.4.19.1a; KSA.4.8a; śB.13.5.2.3; śś.16.3.36a; Apś.20.18.4. P: ut sakthyāḥ Kś.20.6.17. See adhāma sakthyor.
ut sṛjāmahe 'dhyāyān pratiśvasantu chandāṃsi # MG.1.4.9. See pratiśvasantu chandāṃsy utsṛjāmahe 'dhyāyān.
utsebhyo yā nadībhyaḥ # AVP.15.23.13b.
ud agāsīd aśvo medhyaḥ (Apś. medhyo yajñiyaḥ) # TB.3.8.22.3; Apś.20.13.8.
ud aśvibhyām iṣitāḥ pārayanti # RV.1.182.6d.
ud ābhyaḥ # see ud id ābhyaḥ.
ud id ābhyaḥ (TS.Apś. ud ābhyaḥ) śucir ā pūta (AVP. erroneously, puta) emi # RV.10.17.10d; AVś.6.51.2d; AVP.6.3.4d; VS.4.2d; TS.1.2.1.1d; KS.2.1d; MS.1.2.1d: 10.2; 3.6.2: 61.10; śB.3.1.2.12; Mś.2.1.1.30; Apś.10.6.2. P: ud id ābhyaḥ Kś.7.2.15.
udīcyā tvā diśā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayānuṣṭubhena chandasāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See next two.
udīcyā tvā diśā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayānuṣṭubhena chandasā śaradam ṛtuṃ praviśāmi # KA.1.61; 2.61. See prec.
udīcyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.28.
udīcyā diśaḥ somena rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.4b.
ud uhya prati dhāvatāt # AVś.19.25.1d.
ud ū ṣu mahyai maghavan maghattaye # RV.8.70.9c.
ud gā ājad aṅgirobhyaḥ # RV.8.14.8a; AVś.20.28.2a; 39.3a; SV.2.991a; AB.6.7.6a; GB.2.5.13a.
udgātrā saṃkhyāpaya (Apś. patnīṃ saṃkhyāpaya) # śB.4.4.2.17; Kś.10.6.20; Apś.13.14.11; 14.1.7.
uddhanyamānam asyā amedhyam # TB.1.2.1.1a; Apś.5.4.1a.
ud budhyadhvaṃ samanasaḥ sakhāyaḥ # RV.10.101.1a. Cf. BṛhD.8.10.
ud budhyasvāgne prati jāgṛhy enam (VS.KS.śB. jāgṛhi tvam) # VS.15.54a; 18.61a; TS.4.7.13.5a; MS.2.12.4a: 148.6; KS.18.18a; śB.8.6.3.23; Apś.6.1.3a. Ps: ud budhyasvāgne śB.9.5.1.47; Apś.3.13.1; 9.8.7; HG.1.26.10; ud budhyasva HG.1.26.20; YDh.1.299; BṛhPDh.9.64,307.
unnīyamānebhyo 'nubrūhi # Apś.12.21.13; 13.4.9; Mś.2.4.1.3; 2.4.4.23; 2.5.1.29. P: unnīyamānebhyaḥ śś.7.4.1.
un madhyataḥ paurṇamāsī jigāya # AVś.7.80.1b; TS.3.5.1.1b; TB.3.1.1.12b; Mś.6.2.3.8b. See paurṇamāsī madhyata.
un madhyamāḥ pitaraḥ somyāsaḥ # RV.10.15.1b; AVś.18.1.44b; VS.19.49b; TS.2.6.12.3b; MS.4.10.6b: 157.4; AB.3.37.13; N.11.18b.
un madhyamān madhyame tat # AVP.3.15.5c.
upatiṣṭhantu chandāṃsy upākurmahe 'dhyāyān # VārG.8.4. See upākurmahe 'dhyāyān upatiṣṭhantu chandāṃsi.
upa nayata medhyā duraḥ # MS.4.13.4: 203.7; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.3; KB.10.4; TB.3.6.6.1; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.1.
upaprabhinnam iṣam ūrjaṃ prajābhyaḥ # TB.1.2.1.3a; Apś.5.1.7c.
upa preṣya hotar havyā devebhyaḥ # TS.6.3.8.2; MS.4.13.4: 203.6; KS.16.21; AB.2.5.6; śB.3.8.1.11; TB.3.6.5.1; Kś.6.5.10; Apś.7.15.7; Mś.1.8.3.25.
upa brahmāṇi harivo haribhyām # RV.10.104.6a.
upastīn parṇa mahyaṃ tvam # AVś.3.5.6c,7c. Cf. AVP.3.13.7cd.
upastutir aucathyam uruṣyet # RV.1.158.4a.
upa stheyāma madhya ā # RV.8.27.20d.
upākurmahe 'dhyāyān upatiṣṭhantu chandāṃsi # MG.1.4.5. See upatiṣṭhantu chandāṃsy upākurmahe 'dhyāyān.
upā vartadhvam upa na eta sarve # AVP.1.53.4a. Cf. abhyāvartadhvam.
upāsate draviṇaṃ dhehi tebhyaḥ # RV.3.2.6d.
ubhābhyām asya grāvabhyām # AVP.1.68.3c. Cf. athāsyendro.
ubhā rādhasaḥ saha mādayadhyai # RV.6.60.13b; VS.3.13b; TS.1.1.14.1b; 5.5.2b; MS.1.5.1b: 65.10; KS.6.9b; śB.2.3.4.12b.
ubhā vām indrāgnī āhuvadhyai # RV.6.60.13a; VS.3.13a; TS.1.1.14.1a; 5.5.2a; 7.2; MS.1.5.1a: 65.10; 1.1.5: 73.11; 1.1.6: 74.4; KS.6.9a; 7.4; śB.2.3.4.12a; Aś.3.7.13; Apś.19.18.8. Ps: ubhā vām indrāgnī MS.1.5.5: 73.13; 4.13.5: 205.10; 4.14.8: 226.11; KS.7.5; TB.2.8.5.1; Mś.5.2.8.31; ubhā vām śś.2.11.2; 6.10.19.
ubhe tvaṣṭur bibhyatur jāyamānāt # RV.1.95.5c; AVP.8.14.5c; MS.4.14.8c: 227.5; TB.2.8.7.5c; N.8.15c.
ubhau no lokau payasābhyāvavṛtsva # TA.6.1.2d.
ubhau madhyaṃdinā saha # PG.3.4.8b.
urasto vi vṛhāmasi # AVP.4.7.2d. Cf. bāhubhyāṃ vi.
uruṃ lokam akaran mahyam edhatum # AVś.9.2.11b.
uru jyotir vividur dīdhyānāḥ # RV.7.90.4b.
uruṃ nṛbhya uruṃ gave # RV.8.68.13a.
uru prathasvorṇamradaṃ svāsasthaṃ devebhyaḥ # MS.1.1.12: 7.9; 4.1.13: 17.17. P: uru prathasva Mś.1.2.3.22; 1.2.6.7. See under ūrṇamradasaṃ, and cf. prec. and next.
urur ūrvāṃ abhitaḥ sāsy ukthyaḥ # RV.2.13.7d.
uruṣyā pāyur abhavat sakhibhyaḥ # RV.6.44.7d.
uśann indrasya sakhyaṃ jujoṣa # RV.4.25.1b.
uśan patnībhya uśatībhya ābhyaḥ # AVP.2.66.1c.
uṣā uchantī ribhyate vasiṣṭhaiḥ # RV.7.76.7b.
ūbadhyam asya kīṭebhyaḥ # AVś.9.4.16c.
ūrubhyāṃ te aṣṭhīvadbhyām (ApMB.AVP.8.16.4a and 9.3.13a, 'ṣṭhī-) # RV.10.163.4a; AVś.2.33.5a; 20.96.20a; AVP.4.7.6a; 8.16.4a; 9.3.13a; ApMB.1.17.4a (ApG.3.9.10).
ūrū tad asya yad vaiśyaḥ # RV.10.90.12c; VS.31.11c; TA.3.12.6c; VāDh.4.2c. See madhyaṃ tad etc.
ūrg bhava barhiṣadbhyaḥ # TS.1.1.11.1; TB.3.3.6.4.
ūrjaṃ devebhyaḥ subhage # AVP.11.5.14a.
ūrjaṃ pitṛbhya āhārṣam # Kauś.89.12c.
ūrjaṃ puṣṭiṃ dadad abhyāvavṛtsva # TB.3.10.5.1d.
ūrjaṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # AVP.11.5.14b.
ūrjaṃ mahyaṃ śastraṃ duhām # TS.3.2.7.2,3.
ūrjaṃ mahyaṃ stutaṃ duhām # TS.3.2.7.1,3; Vait.17.8.
ūrjasvatīm anamīvāṃ svādhyām # AVP.14.5.2b.
ūrjāṃ te duhyamānasya # AVP.6.15.7c.
ūrjām avibhya ā dade # AVP.6.15.8b.
ūrṇamradasaṃ (TSṭB.Apś. ūrṇā-) tvā stṛṇāmi (KS. ūrṇamradaḥ prathasva; Kauś. ūrṇamradaṃ prathasva) svāsasthaṃ (VS.śB. -sthāṃ) devebhyaḥ # VS.2.2,5; TS.1.1.11.1; KS.1.11; śB.1.3.3.11; 4.11; TB.3.3.6.7; Kauś.2.17. Ps: ūrṇāmradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi Apś.2.9.2; ūrṇamradasam Kś.2.7.22; 8.10. See uru prathasvorṇamradaṃ, and cf. asmin yajñe vi.
ūrṇā vasata śundhyavaḥ # RV.5.52.9b.
ūrdhvaṃ nunudra utsadhiṃ pibadhyai # RV.1.88.4d.
ūrdhvāyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.30.
ūrdhvāyā diśo bṛhaspatinā rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.6b.
ūrdhvāyāṃ tvā diśi marutaś cāṅgirasaś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhiṣiñcantv etena ca tṛcenaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ pārāmeṣṭhyāya # AB.8.19.1.
ūrdhvo bhava prati vidhyādhy asmat # RV.4.4.5a; AVP.1.76.1a; VS.13.13a; TS.1.2.14.2a; MS.2.7.15a: 97.15; KS.16.15a.
ūrdhvo vivakti somasud yuvabhyām # RV.7.68.4b.
ūvadhyagohaṃ pārthivaṃ khanatāt # MS.4.13.4: 204.1; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.16; TB.3.6.6.3; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.7; Apś.7.16.1. P: ūvadhyagoham śś.15.1.26.
ṛksāmābhyāṃ yajuṣā saṃtarantaḥ (VS.KS.śBṃś. -bhyāṃ saṃtaranto yajurbhiḥ) # VS.4.1c; TS.1.2.3.3c; 3.1.1.4; KS.2.4c; 23.6; śB.3.1.1.12; Mś.2.1.1.6c.
ṛksāmābhyām abhihitau # RV.10.85.11a; AVś.14.1.11a. P: ṛksāmābhyām VHDh.8.40.
ṛgbhya svāhā # TS.7.5.11.2; KSA.5.2. P: ṛgbhyaḥ BDh.3.9.4.
ṛcor garbhe adhyāhitaḥ # JB.2.13c.
ṛjrā tmanā vahadhyai # RV.10.22.5b.
ṛjrā vājaṃ na gadhyaṃ yuyūṣan # RV.4.16.11c; N.5.15.
ṛṇakātim adābhyam # RV.8.61.12b.
ṛṇāvā bibhyad dhanam ichamānaḥ # RV.10.34.10c.
ṛtaṃ yemuḥ sudhya āśuṣāṇāḥ # RV.4.2.14d.
ṛtaṃ voce namasā pṛchyamānaḥ # RV.4.5.11a.
ṛtaṃ śaṃsanta ṛju dīdhyānāḥ # RV.10.67.2a; AVś.20.91.2a.
ṛtaṃ tvā satyena pariṣiñcāmi (Kauś. adds jātavedaḥ) # TB.2.1.11.1; śś.2.6.10; Apś.6.5.4; Kauś.3.4. P: ṛtaṃ tvā Vait.7.4. See ṛtasatyābhyāṃ.
ṛtam ṛtavādibhyaḥ # VS.5.7; TS.1.2.11.1; KS.2.8; MS.1.2.7: 17.2; AB.1.26.5; GB.2.2.4; śB.3.4.3.21; Aś.4.5.7; śś.5.8.5; Vait.13.24; Lś.5.6.9.
ṛtasatyābhyāṃ tvā paryukṣāmi # Aś.2.2.11; Mś.1.6.1.10. P: ṛtasatyābhyām VHDh.5.253. See ṛtaṃ tvā.
ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena pratimuñcāmi (KS. pratimuñcāmy amuṣmai juṣṭam; TS.Apś. pāśenārabhe) # VS.6.8; TS.1.3.8.1; MS.1.2.15: 24.11; KS.3.5; 26.8; śB.3.7.4.1; Apś.7.13.8. Ps: ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena Mś.1.8.3.5; ṛtasya tvā Kś.6.3.27. See devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyām ṛtasya.
ṛtasya pathyā anu (VSK. upa) # RV.3.12.7c; SV.2.927c,1044c; VS.6.12; VSK.6.3.1.
ṛtasyardhyāsam adya makhasya śiraḥ # KA.1.9--13; 2.9. See ṛdhyāsam adya makhasya, and makhasya te 'dya.
ṛtasya vo rathyaḥ pūtadakṣān # RV.6.51.9a.
ṛtā yad garbham aditir bharadhyai # RV.6.67.4b.
ṛtāv adhyāyaś chāndasaḥ # Kauś.141.34a.
ṛtāvas tubhyaṃ cetate sahasvaḥ # RV.3.14.2b.
ṛtāvānaṃ yajñiyaṃ vipram ukthyam # RV.3.2.13a.
ṛtugrahāś ca me 'tigrāhyāś ca me # TS.4.7.7.1.
ṛtubhiṣ ṭvārtavaiḥ # AVś.5.28.13a; 19.37.4a; AVP.1.54.5a; 2.59.12a; HG.1.11.2a. P: ṛtubhiṣ ṭvā Kauś.58.11. Cf. ṛtubhyas tvā-, and yaja ṛtubhya.
ṛtubhyas tvārtavebhyaḥ # AVś.3.10.10a. P: ṛtubhyas tvā Kauś.138.6. Cf. under ṛtubhiṣ ṭvā-.
ṛtūnāṃ tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.6.
ṛte caibhyo 'pi sidhyati # Vait.4.23d.
ṛdūdareṇa sakhyā saceya # RV.8.48.10a; TS.2.2.12.3a; MS.4.11.2a: 164.9; KS.9.19a; N.6.4.
ṛddhyai svāhā # Apś.3.11.2. See ṛdhyai svāhā.
ṛdhyāsam adya makhasya śiraḥ # MS.4.9.1 (quater): 121.1,3,4,5; TA.4.2.2,3 (bis),4 (bis); 5.2.7; Apś.15.1.10. See under ṛtasyardhyāsam.
ṛdhyai svāhā # TB.3.7.11.4. See ṛddhyai svāhā.
ṛbhur na rathyaṃ navam # RV.9.21.6a.
ṛṣir brahmabhya āgrayaṇam # AVP.4.40.4c.
ṛṣiḥ śreṣṭhaḥ sam idhyase # RV.3.21.3c; MS.4.13.5c: 204.13; KS.16.21c; TB.3.6.7.2c; AB.2.12.13c.
ekadhāsya tvacam āchyatāt # MS.4.13.4: 203.11; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.14; TB.3.6.6.2; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.4.
ekarūpo bhavasi saṃ samṛdhyā # AVś.12.3.21b.
ekarṣes tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.1.
ekaviṃśau te agna ūrū tābhyāṃ mābhipāhi # KS.39.2.
ekādaśa prātar gavyāḥ paśava ā labhyante # TS.5.6.22.1; KSA.10.2.
ekenāpi sidhyati # Kauś.73.3d.
ejad dhruvaṃ madhya ā pastyānām # RV.1.164.30b; AVś.9.10.8b.
eta āstādhyaḥ pra hiṇomi brahmaṇā # AVP.3.37.3d,4d. Perhaps to be read etās ta ādhyaḥ etc., q.v.
etat te pitar asau ye ca tvātrānu tebhyaś ca svadhā namaḥ # JG.2.2. Cf. under etat te tata ye.
etat te pitar āsanam asau ye ca tvātrānu tebhyaś cāsanam # JG.2.1.
etaṃ bhāgam ahutādbhyaḥ pra hiṇmaḥ # AVP.5.15.1c.
etāḥ patanty ādhyaḥ # AVP.3.37.7a.
etāvatī madhyamā devamātrā # GB.1.5.23d; JB.2.72d.
etā viśvā viduṣe tubhyaṃ vedhaḥ # RV.4.3.16a.
etās ta ādhyaḥ pra hiṇomi brahmaṇā # AVP.3.37.9a.
ete patibhyas tvām aduḥ # AVś.2.36.7c; AVP.2.21.6c.
etebhir mahyaṃ nāmabhiḥ # RV.5.52.10c.
ete vām agnī samidhau tābhyāṃ vardhethāṃ cā ca pyāyethām # Kś.3.5.3 (comm.). ūha of eṣā te agne (VS.2.14).
ete stomā narāṃ nṛtama tubhyam # RV.7.19.10a; AVś.20.37.10a.
enaṃ parisrutaḥ kumbhyā # śG.3.2.9c. See under ā tvā pariśritaḥ.
enā jajñānāḥ pathyā anu svāḥ # RV.10.14.2d; AVś.18.1.50d; MS.4.14.16d: 242.11.
enota tubhyaṃ rathoḍha bhakṣaiḥ # RV.10.148.3d.
evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1--2 (decies). See evā mahyaṃ.
evā te dahyatāṃ manaḥ # AVP.9.28.3c.
evā te rādhyaṃ manaḥ # RV.8.92.28c; AVś.20.60.1c; SV.1.232c; 2.174c; JB.3.34c.
evā devebhyaḥ sumatiṃ na (AVP. hy) ā vaha # AVś.4.23.2c; AVP.4.33.3c.
evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.1c,3c,5c,7c; AVP.5.35.1c--11c. See evaṃ mahyaṃ.
evaivāpāg apare santu dūḍhyaḥ # RV.10.44.7a; AVś.20.94.7a.
eṣa vajras tena me radhya # MS.2.6.12: 72.3; 4.4.6: 57.7; KS.15.8; Mś.9.1.4.19.
eṣa śuṣmy adābhyaḥ # RV.9.28.6a; SV.2.641a.
eṣa stoma indra tubhyam asme # RV.1.173.13a.
eṣa stomo varuṇa mitra tubhyam # RV.7.64.5a; 65.5a.
eṣā te agne samit tayā samidhyasva # TA.4.10.4,5; 5.8.10 (bis); Apś.15.12.7. See prec.
eṣaiṣyā cid rathyā jayema # RV.10.102.11c.
ehi śivā paśubhyaḥ sumanāḥ suvarcāḥ # VārG.14.3b. See śivā paśubhyaḥ.
aiḍenauṣadhībhir (VSK. ailenau-) oṣadhīr jinva # VS.15.7; VSK.16.2.4. See revatauṣadhībhyā, and revad asi.
aindraḥ prāṇo aṅge-aṅge nidīdhyat (TS. ni dedhyat; VSK. nidhītaḥ) # VS.6.20; VSK.6.4.4; TS.1.3.10.1; 6.3.11.2; MS.1.2.17: 27.6; KS.3.7; śB.3.8.3.37. Ps: aindraḥ prāṇo aṅge-aṅge Apś.7.25.7; aindraḥ prāṇaḥ Kś.6.9.1; Mś.1.8.5.34.
aindraṃ mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam # KS.34.16.
aindrāgno agnau mathyamāne # KS.34.14.
aindro 'pāno aṅge-aṅge vibobhuvat (MS. ni bo-; KS. nidīdhyat) # TS.1.3.10.1; MS.1.2.17: 27.7; KS.3.7. See aindra udāno.
aindro vyāno aṅge-aṅge vibobhuvat (KS. nidīdhyat) # MS.1.2.17: 27.7; KS.3.7. See aindra udāno.
aiṣu nahya vṛṣājinam # AVś.6.67.3a.
o cit sakhāyaṃ sakhyā vavṛtyām # RV.10.10.1a; AVś.18.1.1a. P: o cit sakhāyam SaṃnyāsaU.1. Cf. BṛhD.6.154. See ā tvā sakhāyaḥ.
ojasā pitṛbhyaḥ pitṝn jinva # MS.2.8.8: 112.10. Cf. pitṝñ jinva.
ojiṣṭhaṃ te madhyato meda (MS. medā) udbhṛtam # RV.3.21.5a; MS.4.13.5a: 204.16; KS.16.21a; AB.2.12.16a; TB.3.6.7.2a.
ojodā abhyañjanam # RV.8.3.24b.
ojo 'bhyaṣṭaud grāvṇaḥ # TB.3.12.9.5c.
om unneṣyāmi havyaṃ devebhyaḥ pāpmano yajamānam # Apś.6.7.1.
o śruṣṭir vidathyā sam etu # RV.7.40.1a.
oṣadhayaḥ saṃ nahyadhvam # AVP.10.14.5.
oṣadhibhya (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.5. Cf. oṣadhībhyaḥ, and GG.1.4.9.
oṣadhībhya (sc. namaḥ) # śG.2.14.12. Cf. oṣadhibhyaḥ.
oṣadhībhya pavate (TA. pīpihi) # TA.4.10.1; Apś.12.15.8. See adbhya oṣadhībhyaḥ pavate.
oṣadhībhya pīpihi # see oṣadhībhyaḥ pavate.
oṣadhībhya prajābhyaḥ # TS.4.2.5.6d. See prajābhya.
oṣadhībhyas tvā # TS.3.5.2.4; 4.4.1.2; 7.1.11.1; MS.1.2.18: 28.3; 3.10.7: 139.5; KS.17.7; 37.17; KSA.1.2; GB.2.2.13; PB.1.10.2; TB.3.8.7.3; Vait.25.1; Apś.6.10.11; Mś.1.8.6.8. Cf. oṣadhībhyo vanas-, and adbhyas tvauṣa-.
oṣadhībhyas tvādbhyaḥ # KS.30.5 (bis).
oṣadhībhyas tvā pari dadāmi (ApMB. dadāmy asau) # HG.1.6.5; ApMB.2.3.22 (ApG.4.11.4). Cf. adbhyas tvauṣadhībhyaḥ pari-.
oṣadhībhyas tvā prajābhyo gṛhṇāmi # TS.3.3.6.3. P: oṣadhībhyas tvā prajābhyaḥ Apś.21.21.4.
oṣadhībhya somarājñībhyaḥ svāhā # Kauś.135.9.
oṣadhībhyo 'dbhyo vanaspatibhyo 'ntarikṣāya prajābhyaḥ prajāpataye # Mś.7.2.5.3.
oṣadhībhyo vanaspatibhyas tvā # MS.1.3.35: 42.2. Cf. oṣadhībhyas tvā.
oṣadhībhyo varuṇarājñībhyaḥ svāhā # Kauś.135.9.
oṣiṣṭhahanaṃ śiṅgīnikośyābhyām (TA. -kośābhyām) # TS.1.4.36.1; TA.3.21.1. See vasiṣṭhahanuḥ.
aupadraṣṭryāyānukṣattāram # VS.30.13; VSK.34.13. See prec., and cf. under adhyakṣāyā-.
aurvebhya # Lś.3.2.12. Vikāra of avamebhyaḥ etc., q.v. Cf. next.
kathā kad asya sakhyaṃ sakhibhyaḥ # RV.4.23.5c.
kathā sūre bṛhate pṛchyamānaḥ # RV.4.3.8b.
kadā bhavanti sakhyā gṛhe te # RV.4.3.4d.
kadā mṛḍīkaṃ sumanā abhi khyam # RV.7.86.2d.
kaniṣṭha uta madhyamaḥ # AVP.4.16.5b.
kanyalā pitṛbhyaḥ patilokaṃ yatī (ApMB. pitṛbhyo yatī patilokam) # SMB.1.2.5a; ApMB.1.4.4a (ApG.2.5.2); JG.1.21a. Ps: kanyalā pitṛbhyaḥ GG.2.2.8; KhG.1.3.24; kanyalā JG.1.21. See uśatīḥ kanyalā.
kayā stotṛbhya ā bhara # RV.8.93.19c; SV.2.936c; VS.36.7c.
karat # MG.1.14.17 (Bhāradvāja-Gṛhyasūtra 1.19, karad dadhac chivena tvā pañcaśākhena hastena etc.); VārG.16.2. See karat svāhā.
karṇābhyāṃ śrotram amṛtaṃ grahābhyām # VS.19.91b; MS.3.11.9b: 154.8; KS.38.3b; TB.2.6.4.5b.
karṇābhyāṃ svāhā # TS.7.3.16.1. See śrotrābhyāṃ etc.
karṇābhyāṃ te kaṅkūṣebhyaḥ # AVś.9.8.2a.
kartavai vīryebhyaḥ # AVP.12.4.8d.
kalpantāṃ te diśas tubhyam āpaḥ # VS.35.9a; śB.13.8.3.5a.
kavir agniḥ sam idhyate # Apś.9.3.20a.
kavyebhya pitṛbhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.7.14.4; Apś.14.32.2.
kas tvā chyati kas tvā viśāsti # VS.23.39a; TS.5.2.12.1a; KSA.10.6a; TB.3.9.6.5; Apś.20.18.9. P: kas tvā chyati Kś.20.7.6.
kasmād ukthyāḥ punar abhyākanikrati (read abhyākanikradati ?) # JB.1.277d.
kasminn aṅga ṛtam asyādhyāhitam # AVś.10.7.1b.
kasmai deva vaṣaḍ (VSK. vaṣal) astu tubhyam # VS.11.39d; VSK.12.4.2d; MS.2.7.4d: 78.8; 3.1.5: 7.2; śB.6.4.3.4. See tasmai ca devi, and tasmai deva.
kāṇvaṃ medhyātithim # RV.8.2.40b; RVKh.7.34.4b.
kāmaṃ no agne abhiharya digbhyaḥ # TB.2.5.4.5d.
kāmapram ṛdhyatāṃ mahyam # ApMB.1.13.4a (ApG.3.8.13).
kāmam asya samṛddhyai # TB.2.5.3.2b.
kāmaṃ pratyāsābhyām # TS.5.7.19.1; KSA.13.9.
kāmo bidhyatu etc. # see kāmo vidhyatu etc.
kāmo vidhyatu (AVP.9.28.5d, bidhyatu) tvā hṛdi (AVP. tvā mama) # AVś.3.25.2d; AVP.9.28.5d; 9.29.1d. Note that in AVP.9.28.5d the Kashmir ms. reads vidyatu.
kāmyāsi # PB.20.15.15; Mś.9.4.1.28; GG.3.8.3. See next, and cf. Gṛhyas.2.60; Karmap.3.6.5.
kāvyebhir adābhyā # RV.7.66.17a; Aś.7.5.9; śś.12.2.5,15.
kāvyebhya # Lś.3.2.12. ūha of avamebhyaḥ etc., q.v. Cf. next.
kāśibhyo magadhebhyaḥ # AVP.12.2.2b. See aṅgebhyo magadhebhyaḥ.
kiṃ svit putrebhyaḥ pitarā upāvatuḥ # RV.1.161.10d.
kim abhyārcan marutaḥ pṛśnimātaraḥ # AVś.13.3.23c.
kim asmabhyaṃ jātavedo hṛṇīṣe # RV.7.104.14c; AVś.8.4.14c.
kim ād amatraṃ sakhyaṃ sakhibhyaḥ # RV.4.23.6a.
kilbiṣakṛt sādhyaḥ # AVP.7.3.6b.
kīlālam aśvibhyāṃ madhu # VS.20.65c; MS.3.11.3c: 144.12; TB.2.6.12.4c.
kutsāya manmann ahyaś ca daṃsayaḥ # RV.10.138.1d.
kulīkā devajāmibhyaḥ # VS.24.24. See devānāṃ patnībhyaḥ pulīkāḥ.
kulyābhya svāhā # KSA.4.2. See kūlyābhyaḥ.
kuvit tisṛbhya ā varam # RV.2.5.5c.
kuvid vṛṣaṇyantībhyaḥ # RV.9.19.5a.
kuṣṭhaṃ tapanti marutaḥ svādhyanduraḥ # AVP.9.29.7a.
kūlyābhya svāhā # TS.7.4.13.1. See kulyābhyaḥ.
kṛṇoti yudhma ojasā janebhyaḥ # RV.1.55.5b.
kṛṇotu mahyam asapatnam eva # AVś.9.2.7b. Cf. kṛṇvanto etc.
kṛṇomi tubhyaṃ sahapatnyai vadhu # AVś.14.1.58d. See under ariṣṭāṃ tvā.
kṛṇomi tubhyaṃ bheṣajam # AVP.1.111.4c.
kṛṇvanto mahyam asapatnam eva # AVś.9.2.8c. Cf. kṛṇotu etc.
kṛtavyadhani vidhya tam # AVś.5.14.9a; AVP.2.71.1a. P: kṛtavyadhani Kauś.39.11.
kṛtā dhānā attave te haribhyām # RV.3.35.7b.
kṛtyākṛtaṃ duṣkṛtaṃ hṛdaye vidhya marmaṇi # AVP.1.76.4d.
kṛṣṇān varṣābhyaḥ # VS.24.11. See kṛṣṇā etc.
kṛṣṇā varṣābhyaḥ # MS.3.13.19: 172.5. See kṛṣṇān etc.
kṛṣyā anyo rasebhyaḥ # AVś.2.4.5d; AVP.2.11.5d.
kenochlakhau madhyataḥ kaḥ pratiṣṭhām # AVś.10.2.1d.
ko adya yuṅkte dhuri gā ṛtasya # RV.1.84.16a; AVś.18.1.6a; SV.1.341a; TS.4.2.11.3a; MS.3.16.4a: 190.4; KSA.5.21a; Aś.4.12.3; N.14.25a. Ps: ko adya yuṅkte TS.4.4.12.5; Svidh.1.8.2; ko adya MS.4.10.4: 153.5; kaḥ (ity ādhyātmikīḥ) Rvidh.1.20.4. Cf. BṛhD.1.57.
ko no mahyā aditaye punar dāt # RV.1.24.1c.
kratuṃ punīta (SV. punīṣa) ukthyam # RV.8.13.1b; SV.1.381b; 2.96b.
kratur bhavaty ukthyaḥ # RV.1.17.5c.
kratūdakṣābhyāṃ me varcodā varcase pavasva # VS.7.27; VSK.9.1.2; śB.4.5.6.2. See dakṣakratubhyāṃ.
kratvā dakṣasya rathyam # RV.9.16.2a.
kravyādam agniṃ śaśamānam ukthyam # AVś.12.2.10a.
krimim indrasya bāhubhyām # SMB.2.7.4a.
kruñcau śroṇibhyām # VS.25.6; MS.3.15.6: 179.8.
klomnas te hṛdayyābhyaḥ # AVP.4.7.3a. See hṛdayāt te.
kva tyāni nau sakhyā babhūvuḥ # RV.7.88.5a; MS.4.14.9a: 229.7.
kṣatram agne suyamam astu tubhyam # AVP.3.33.4c; VS.27.4c; TS.4.1.7.2c; MS.2.12.5c: 149.1; KS.18.16c. See kṣatreṇāgne suyamam.
kṣatreṇāgne suyamam astu tubhyam # AVś.7.82.3c. See kṣatram agne.
kṣayann asmabhyam asura pracetāḥ # RV.1.24.14c; TS.1.5.11.3c; MS.4.10.4c: 153.11; 4.14.17c: 246.8; KS.40.11c.
kṣayāṃ ebhyaḥ suvasi pastyāvataḥ # RV.4.54.5b.
kṣīrair madhyata āśīrtaḥ # RV.8.2.9b.
kṣutpipāsāya svāhā # Tā.10.66. Cf. kṣutpipāsābhyāṃ.
kṣudhe yo gāṃ vikṛntantaṃ bhikṣamāna upatiṣṭhati # VS.30.18. See kṣuttṛṣṇābhyāṃ.
kṣurapavir jārebhyaḥ # HG.1.24.5f.
kṣemair ṛdhyete (read vyṛdhyate) grāmaḥ # Mś.7.2.7.10c. See prec.
khanyābhya svāhā # TS.7.4.13.1. See khalyābhyaḥ.
khalyābhya svāhā # KSA.4.2. See khanyābhyaḥ.
ganteyānti savanā haribhyām # RV.6.23.4a.
gandharvā gehyā uta # AVP.7.11.3b.
gandharvāpsarasaḥ saṃ nahyadhvam # AVP.10.14.1.
gandharvāso vedhaso mahyam ūcuḥ # AVP.2.23.4b.
gandharvetarajanebhya svāhā # Mś.1.6.1.47. Cf. under itarajanebhyaḥ.
gandhāribhyo mūjavadbhyaḥ # AVś.5.22.14a; AVP.12.2.2a.
gaman na indraḥ sakhyā vayaś ca # RV.1.178.2d.
gavām eṣe sakhyā kṛṇuta dvitā # RV.10.48.9b.
gave cakarthorvarāsu yudhyan # RV.5.33.4b.
gavyanta indraṃ sakhyāya viprāḥ # RV.4.17.16a; 10.131.3c; AVś.20.125.3c.
gahya # see (agne) gahya.
gātuṃ paśubhyaḥ # MS.1.2.15: 25.13; Apś.7.16.7.
gātuṃ mahyam # MS.1.2.15: 25.13; Apś.7.16.7.
gām aśvaṃ rathyam indra saṃ kira # RV.6.46.2c; AVś.20.98.2c; SV.2.160c; VS.27.38c; MS.2.13.9c: 159.3; KS.39.12c; ā.5.1.6.2; Apś.17.8.7.
gām aśvam abhyañjanam # RV.8.78.2b.
gāya gāyatram ukthyam # RV.1.38.14c.
gāyatrī chandasām adhyakṣā # AVP.15.8.10.
girīn plāśibhiḥ (MS. plāśibhyām) # VS.25.8; TS.5.7.16.1; MS.3.15.7: 179.14; KSA.13.6.
gīrbhir mitrāvaruṇā vāvṛdhadhyai # RV.6.67.1b.
guhā hitaṃ guhyaṃ gūḍham apsu # RV.2.11.5a; 3.39.6c; 10.148.2c.
gūhatā guhyaṃ tamaḥ # RV.1.86.10a.
gṛbhṇāmi medhyām uśatīṃ svastaye # AVP.14.5.2a.
gṛhān alubhyato vayam # AVś.3.10.11c; AVP.1.105.3c.
gṛhebhya svastaye # Kauś.46.54b. See ā gṛhebhyaḥ svastaye.
gṛhṇāmi te madhyamam uttamaṃ rasam # AVś.5.13.2c. See next but one.
gṛhṇāmi madhyam uttamam # AVP.8.2.2c. See prec. but one.
gṛhyābhyo devajāmibhyaḥ # Kauś.74.10. See next.
gṛhyābhyo devatābhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.6. See prec.
gṛhyo 'pagṛhyo mayobhūr ākharo nikharo niḥsaro nikāmaḥ sapatnadūṣaṇaḥ # śG.5.2.5. Cf. gohya.
gaireyī ca na vāhyā # AVP.7.12.2d.
gojīrayā raṃhamāṇaḥ puraṃdhyā # RV.9.110.3c; SV.2.715c; VS.22.18c; AB.8.11.3c.
godānāc chubukād adhi # PG.3.6.2b. See under karṇābhyāṃ chu-.
gobhyo aśvebhyaḥ śivā # AVś.3.28.3b.
gobhyo aśvebhyas tvā # AVś.12.2.16b.
goṣādīr devānāṃ patnībhyaḥ # VS.24.24. See devānāṃ patnībhyaḥ pulīkāḥ.
gaur dātra edhi mayo mahyaṃ pratighṛṇate # śś.7.18.2.
grāmaṇīr asi grāmaṇīr utthāya (AVP. asi grāmanīthyāyāḥ) # AVś.19.31.12a; AVP.10.5.12a.
grāvabhyo vācaṃ vadatā vadadbhyaḥ # RV.10.94.1b; N.9.9b.
grāvā yatra vadati kārur ukthyaḥ # RV.1.83.6c; AVś.20.25.6c.
grāvāsy adhvarakṛd (KS. grāvādhvarakṛd) devebhyaḥ # TS.1.4.1.1; MS.1.3.3: 30.13; 4.5.4: 68.10; KS.3.10. Ps: grāvāsy adhvarakṛt Apś.12.9.2; grāvāsi Mś.2.3.3.2. See adhvarakṛtaṃ, and rāvāsi.
grāhyā bandhebhyaḥ pari pātv asmān # AVś.19.45.5d; AVP.15.4.5d.
grāhyāmitrāṃs tamasā vidhya śatrūn # AVś.3.2.5d; AVP.3.5.5d. See andhenāmitrās.
grīvābhyas ta uṣṇihābhyaḥ # RV.10.163.2a; AVś.2.33.2a; 20.96.18a; AVP.4.7.2a; 9.3.10a; ApMB.1.17.2a (ApG.3.9.10). Cf. anūkād.
grīvābhyo me skandhābhyāṃ me # SMB.2.5.2a.
ghṛtaṃ tubhyaṃ duhratāṃ gāvo agne # AVś.7.82.6d.
ghṛtasya nāma guhyaṃ yad asti # RV.4.58.1c; AVP.8.13.1c; VS.17.89c; MS.1.6.2c: 87.14; KS.40.7c; TA.10.10.2c; Apś.5.17.4c; MahānU.9.12c.
ghora ghoratarebhyaḥ # TA.10.45.1b; MahānU.17.3b. See aghoraghoratarebhyaś ca.
ghorā ṛṣayo namo astv ebhyaḥ (Mś. astv adya yebhyaḥ) # AVś.2.35.4a; TS.3.2.8.2a; Mś.2.3.7.4a. See bhīmā ṛṣayo etc.
ghoṣibhya (HG. ghoṣibhyaḥ) svāhā # HG.2.9.2; ApMB.2.18.35.
cakartha kāram ebhyaḥ # RV.1.131.5d; AVś.20.75.3d.
cakāra bhadram asmabhyam # AVś.4.18.6c; 5.31.11c; AVP.5.24.5c.
cakāra mahīr avanīr ahabhyaḥ # RV.7.87.1d; KS.12.15d.
cakraṃ kutsāya yudhyate # RV.4.30.4b.
cakravākau matasnābhyām # VS.25.8; MS.3.15.7: 179.13.
cakṣur ā abhyañjanam # RV.10.85.7b; AVś.14.1.6b.
cakṣurbhyāṃ śrotrābhyām # PG.3.6.2a. Cf. akṣībhyāṃ te.
cakṣurbhyāṃ svāhā # KSA.3.6. See akṣībhyāṃ etc.
cakṣurbhyāṃ me varcodasau (TS. varcodau) varcase (Mś. omits varcase) pavethām # VS.7.27; VSK.9.1.2; TS.3.2.3.2; śB.4.5.6.2; Mś.2.3.7.1. P: cakṣurbhyāṃ me Apś.12.18.20.
cakṣur vikhyai tanūbhyaḥ # RV.10.158.4b; MS.4.12.4b: 190.13; KS.9.19b.
cakṣuṣpābhyāṃ tvā kratupābhyām asya yajñasya dhruvasyādhyakṣābhyāṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.3.2.10.1.
caturthyā rātryā caturthyā samidhā # AVP.9.20.4.
caturdaṃṣṭrāṃ chyāvadataḥ # AVś.11.9.17a.
caturbhiḥ śudhyate bhūmiḥ # ṣB.5.10c; AdB.10c.
caturbhya śatebhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.2.19.1; KSA.2.9.
caturbhyo amṛtebhyaḥ # AVś.1.31.1b; AVP.1.22.1b; TB.2.5.3.3a; 3.7.5.8b; Aś.2.10.18b; Apś.4.11.1b.
caturvīraṃ nairṛtebhyaś caturbhyaḥ # AVś.19.45.5c; AVP.15.4.5c.
caturvīraṃ badhyata āñjanaṃ te # AVś.19.45.4a; AVP.15.4.4a.
candraṃ hiraṇyam andhyāt # AVP.7.15.6c.
candramase ca tvā nakṣatrebhyaś ca (sc. unnayāmi) # Apś.6.8.1.
candramā nakṣatrāṇām adhipatiḥ (AVP. adhyakṣaḥ) sa māvatu (AVP. has sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVś.5.24.10; AVP.15.7.5. See prec.
candramā vā asvapno vāyur anavadrāṇas tau pra padye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mottarato gopāyetām # PG.3.4.17.
candrāya sam anaman tasmai nakṣatraiḥ sam anaman # AVP.5.35.4. See under candramase sam, and see nakṣatrebhyaḥ sam anamat.
carṣaṇīdhṛtaṃ maghavānam ukthyam (SV. ukthyā3m) # RV.3.51.1a; SV.1.374a; KB.30.3; GB.2.4.15. P: carṣaṇīdhṛtam Aś.6.1.2; śś.9.2.3; Svidh.2.3.3. See vṛtrataraṃ ma-.
cārum adya devebhyo vācam udyāsaṃ cāruṃ brahmabhyaś cāruṃ manuṣyebhyaś cāruṃ narāśaṃsāyānumatāṃ pitṛbhiḥ # Apś.24.12.6.
citibhya praṇīyamānābhyaḥ # śś.9.24.9. See cityagnibhyaḥ.
cityagnibhya praṇīyamānebhyo 'nu brūhi # Apś.16.21.3. P: cityagnibhyaḥ Mś.6.1.6.14 (15). See citibhyaḥ.
codiṣṭhena yaviṣṭhya # RV.8.102.3b.
chardir asmabhyaṃ nāsatyā # RV.7.74.5d.
chardir yacha maghavadbhyaś ca mahyaṃ ca # RV.6.46.9c; AVś.20.83.1c; SV.1.266c; KS.9.19c.
chardir yad vāṃ varūthyaṃ sudānū # RV.6.67.2d.
chardir yantam adābhyam # RV.8.5.12c; 85.5a.
chyantu vi ca śāsatu # TS.5.2.12.1b; KSA.10.6b. See ā chyantu.
jagāma sūro adhvano vimadhyam (AVś. vi madhyam) # RV.10.179.2b; AVś.7.72.2b.
jaṅghābhyāṃ padbhyāṃ dharmo (MS. dhīro) 'smi # VS.20.9e; MS.3.11.8a: 152.11; KS.38.4a; TB.2.6.5.6a. P: jaṅghābhyāṃ padbhyām Apś.19.10.2.
jaṅghābhyāṃ prapadbhyām # ApMB.1.17.4b. See under pārṣṇibhyāṃ.
jajñiṣa itthā gopīthyāya hi # RV.10.95.11a.
jambhābhyāṃ taskaraṃ uta # MS.2.7.7b: 83.19. See jambhyais.
jambhair malimlūn agne # AVP.1.42.2a. See daṃṣṭrābhyāṃ etc.
jambhyais (KS. -bhyebhis) taskarāṃ (KS. -rān) uta # VS.11.78b; TS.4.1.10.2b; KS.16.7b. See jambhābhyāṃ.
jaramāṇaḥ sam idhyase # RV.10.118.5a; Aś.9.11.14. P: jaramāṇaḥ śś.15.8.7. Cf. samiddhaś cit.
jalpitaṃ tv eva dihyate # TA.1.2.4d.
javaṃ jaṅghābhyām (TSṃS.KSA. jaṅghābhiḥ) # VS.25.3; TS.5.7.13.1; MS.3.15.3: 178.9; KSA.13.3.
jātaveda (MS. jātavedā) indrāya havyam (AVś. yajñam; AVP. bhāgam; MS. devebhyaḥ) # AVś.5.27.12b; AVP.9.1.11b; VS.27.22b; TS.4.1.8.3b; MS.2.12.6b: 151.1; KS.18.17b.
jāto yad agne bhuvanā vy akhyaḥ # RV.7.13.3a; TS.1.5.11.2a.
jāto vyaktaḥ (AVP. vyakhyat) pitror upasthe # AVś.20.34.16a; AVP.12.15.7a.
jīmūtān hṛdayaupaśābhyām (VS. -śena; VSK. vḷ. -sena) # VS.25.8; VSK.27.11; TS.5.7.16.1; MS.3.15.7: 179.11; KSA.13.6.
jīvaṃ devebhya uttaraṃ stṛṇāmi # AVś.18.4.51b. See devebhyo jīvanta.
jīvātave te paridhiṃ dadhāmi # AVś.8.2.9e; Kauś.97.6b. Cf. imaṃ jīvebhyaḥ.
jīvām ṛtebhyaḥ (read mṛtebhyaḥ) pariṇīyamānām # AVś.18.3.3b. See mṛtāya jīvāṃ.
juṣanta vṛdhaṃ sakhyāya devāḥ # RV.1.167.4d.
juṣasva naḥ sakhyā veśyā ca # RV.6.61.14c; MS.4.11.2c: 166.5; KS.17.18c; 30.3c; TB.2.4.3.1c.
juṣāṇo asya sakhyam # RV.8.72.2c.
juṣāṇo havyam amṛteṣu dūḍhyaḥ # TB.2.5.4.5a.
juṣṭaṃ devānām idam astu havyam # TS.3.1.4.1d; 3.9.1d; 4.1.9.2c. See juṣṭaṃ devebhya.
juṣṭaṃ devebhya idam astu havyam # VS.11.69c; MS.2.7.7c: 82.17; śB.6.6.2.6; Mś.1.8.3.1d; KS.16.7c. See juṣṭaṃ devānām etc.
juṣṭaṃ devebhyo havyaṃ ghṛtāvat (TS. ghṛtavat svāhā) # TS.1.3.10.1; MS.1.2.17: 27.2. P: juṣṭaṃ devebhyaḥ Mś.1.8.5.13.
juṣṭāṃ devebhyaḥ # KA.1.210; 3.210.
juṣṭām anu pra diśaṃ (read pradiśaṃ) mandayadhyai # RV.4.29.3b.
juṣṭāṃ brahmabhyaḥ # śB.1.5.1.19.
joṣad yad īm asuryā sacadhyai # RV.1.167.5a.
jyeṣṭhaḥ kaniṣṭha uta madhyamo yaḥ # AVP.1.86.1b.
jyoktyai hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi tasyai stuhi tasyai me 'varuddhyai # Apś.13.3.1.
jyotir abhivyakhyam (JG. abhivīkṣe) # GG.3.2.41; KhG.2.5.31; JG.1.17.
jyotir jajñānam ukthyam # RV.9.29.2c; SV.2.1116c.
jyotiṣe hiṃkuru tasyai prastuhi (Apś. adds tasyai stuhi) tasyai me 'varuddhyai # MS.4.2.4: 26.8; Apś.13.3.1; P: jyotiṣe hiṃkuru Mś.2.4.4.17.
jyotiṣmatā vāmam asmabhyaṃ vakṣi # RV.7.78.1d.
taṃ vā ahaṃ nārvāñcaṃ na parāñcaṃ na pratyañcaṃ satyenodareṇa tenainaṃ prāśiṣaṃ tayainam ajīgamam # AVś.11.3.42; ... pratyañcaṃ satye pratiṣṭhāya tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.49; ... pratyañcaṃ saptaṛṣibhiḥ prāṇāpānais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.38; ... pratyañcaṃ samudreṇa vastinā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.43; ... pratyañcaṃ savituḥ prapadābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.47; ... pratyañcaṃ sūryācandramasābhyām akṣībhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.34; ... pratyañcaṃ tvaṣṭur aṣṭhīvadbhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.45; ... pratyañcaṃ divā pṛṣṭhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.40; ... pratyañcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ śrotrābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.33; ... pratyañcam agner jihvayā tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.36; ... pratyañcam antarikṣeṇa vyacasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.39; ... pratyañcam aśvinoḥ pādābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.46; ... pratyañcam ṛtasya hastābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.48; ... pratyañcam ṛtubhir dantais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.37; ... pratyañcaṃ pṛthivyorasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.41; ... pratyañcaṃ bṛhaspatinā śīrṣṇā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.32; ... pratyañcaṃ brahmaṇā mukhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.35; ... pratyañcaṃ mitrāvaruṇayor ūrubhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.44.
taṃ vāṃ huve ati riktaṃ pibadhyai # RV.8.58 (Vāl.10).3d.
taṃ vedhāṃ medhayāhyan # RV.9.26.3a.
takṣan nāsatyābhyām # RV.1.20.3a.
takṣan pitṛbhyām ṛbhavo yuvad vayaḥ # RV.1.111.1c.
taj juṣasva yaviṣṭhya # AVś.19.64.3d; VS.11.73d,74d; TS.4.1.10.1d (bis); MS.2.7.7d (bis): 83.8,10; KS.16.7d (bis); śB.6.6.3.5d,6d. See tā juṣasva, and cf. taṃ juṣasva yaviṣṭhya.
taṃ cakruḥ śivam asmabhyam # AVP.11.10.7c.
taṃ cikitvān pratigṛhyā ni dhatte # RV.1.125.1b.
taṃ juṣasva yaviṣṭhya # RV.3.28.2c. Cf. under taj juṣasva yaviṣṭhya.
tata ime 'dhyasṛjyanta sargāḥ # TA.1.23.8c.
tato madhyamam āyanti # TA.1.8.5a.
tato ha māna ud iyāya madhyāt # RV.7.33.13c.
tato harāmi somapīthasyāvaruddhyai # TB.1.2.1.6d; Apś.5.2.4d.
tat karotu samṛdhyatāṃ svāhā # JG.1.20d.
tat kṛṇve 'ham udaraṃ śevadhibhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.15d.
tat taṃ mṛga iva vidhyatu # AVP.7.1.4c. Cf. sā taṃ mṛgam.
tat te kṛṇomi tad u te samṛdhyatām # AVś.8.2.13d.
tat padbhyāṃ prati tiṣṭhatu # AVś.5.30.13d; AVP.9.14.3d.
tatrāsmabhyam iṣavaḥ śarma yaṃsan # RV.6.75.11d; VS.29.48d; TS.4.6.6.4d; MS.3.16.3d: 187.3; KSA.6.1d; N.9.19d. See tad asmabhyam iṣavaḥ.
tat sarve samadur (AVP. savitur) mahyam etad # AVś.3.22.1c; AVP.3.18.1c.
tathā tad aśvibhyāṃ kṛtam # TA.6.9.2c. Cf. tad asmad.
tad astu tubhyam id ghṛtam # TS.4.1.10.1c. See sarvaṃ tad astu.
tad asmabhyaṃ varuṇo vāyur agniḥ # AVP.1.18.1c. See athāsmabhyaṃ etc.
tad asmabhyaṃ savitā satyadharmā # AVś.7.24.1c.
tad asmabhyam iṣavaḥ śarma yachān # AVP.15.11.2d. See tatrāsmabhyam.
tad ahaṃ nihnave (śś. nihnuve) tubhyam # AB.7.17.4c; śś.15.24c.
tad ahaṃ prabravīmīndrāya viśvebhyo devebhyo brāhmaṇebhyaḥ somyebhyaḥ somapebhyaḥ # Lś.8.3.13. Cf. next.
tad in naktaṃ tad divā mahyam āhuḥ # RV.1.24.12a.
tad u te sam ṛdhyatām # AVP.11.1.12d.
tad u sarvasyāsya bāhyataḥ # VS.40.5d; īśāU.5d.
tad ṛdhyāt # MS.4.13.9: 212.11; śB.1.9.1.16; TB.3.5.10.5; Aś.1.9.5; śś.1.14.18.
tad vāṃ narā śaṃsyaṃ rādhyaṃ ca # RV.1.116.11a.
tanā tmanā sahyāma tvotāḥ # SV.1.316d. See tmanā tanā.
tantunā prajābhyaḥ prajā jinva # MS.2.8.8: 112.9. See next.
taṃ te duścakṣā māva khyat # TS.3.2.10.2. See duścakṣās.
taṃ te vi ṣyāmy āyuṣo na madhyāt (MS.KS. nu madhye) # VS.12.65c; MS.2.7.12c: 91.3; KS.16.12c; śB.7.2.1.15; 10.2.6.19. See under idaṃ te tad.
taṃ te satyasya hastābhyām # AVś.3.11.8e; AVP.1.61.1c.
tantrāyiṇe namo dyāvāpṛthivībhyām # VS.38.12c; śB.14.2.2.22c; śś.8.15.12c; Lś.5.7.4c (corrupt).
taṃ tvaṃ viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ kratūn (KS. devebhya ṛtūn) kalpaya # KS.2.6; Apś.10.25.1.
taṃ tvā sīsena vidhyāmaḥ # AVś.1.16.4c. See sīsena vidhyāmas.
taṃ devebhyaḥ paridadāmi # Apś.9.2.10b. See next.
tan naḥ pratnaṃ sakhyam astu yuṣme # RV.6.18.5a.
tan nakṣatraṃ prathatāṃ paśubhyaḥ # TB.3.1.2.4c.
tan nakṣatraṃ bhūridā astu mahyam # TB.3.1.1.10b,11b.
tan naḥ sarvaṃ samṛdhyatām # AVś.19.52.5c; AVP.1.30.5c; Kauś.92.31c.
taṃ no agne maghavadbhyaḥ purukṣum # RV.7.5.9a.
tan no dhyānaḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.13.
tan me devā anu jānantu viśve # AVś.10.5.50d. Cf. tubhyaṃ devā anu.
tan me rādhyatām (JG. adds svāhā) # VS.1.5; TS.1.5.10.3; śB.1.1.1.2; TB.3.7.4.7,8; TA.4.41.4 (bis); śś.4.8.3; Mś.1.7.2.24; Kauś.56.6; SMB.2.4.6; JG.1.12 (quater). Cf. tan me sam-.
tan me samṛdhyatām (Kauś. samṛddham) # TB.3.11.2.4; SMB.2.4.6; JG.1.2; Kauś.56.7. Cf. tan me rādhyatām.
tan me sarvaṃ samṛdhyatām # PG.2.17.9c.
tapaś ca tejaś ca śraddhā ca hrīś ca satyaṃ cākrodhaś ca tyāgaś ca dhṛtiś ca dharmaś ca satvaṃ ca vāk ca manaś cātmā ca brahma ca tāni prapadye tāni mām avantu # SMB.2.4.5. P: tapaś ca tejaś ca GG.4.5.8. Designated as prapad or prapada GG.4.5.7,14; KhG.1.2.23; 4.1.7; Karmap.1.9.5; Gṛhyas.1.96. See oṃ tapaś ca tejaś ca, and cf. oṃ prapadye and bhūḥ prapadye.
tapasyābhyo 'dbhyaḥ svāhā # Kś.25.11.28.
taptaṃ gharmaṃ parigṛhyāyajanta # VS.17.55c; TS.4.6.3.2d; MS.2.10.5c: 136.16; KS.18.3c; śB.9.2.3.9.
tapto gharmo duhyate vām iṣe madhu # AVś.7.73.1b; Aś.4.7.4b; śś.5.10.8b.
tam arkair abhyarcanti vatsam # TB.2.8.8.9c. See ghṛtenārkam.
tam aśvinā pratigṛhyā svastaye # AVP.2.61.5c.
tam astā vidhya śarvā śiśānaḥ # RV.10.87.6d; AVś.8.3.5d.
tam asmabhyaṃ sahāyuṣā # AVś.3.5.3c. Cf. taṃ ma indraḥ.
tam asmabhyaṃ kāmaṃ datvā # Aś.8.14.4c.
tam ahyan bhurijor dhiyā # RV.9.26.4a.
tamāṃsi soma yodhyā # RV.9.9.7b.
tam ādityā abhyaṣiñcanta sarve # AVP.14.1.1c.
tam ā bhara harivo mādayadhyai # RV.6.22.3d; AVś.20.36.3d.
tam u tvā dadhyaṅṅ ṛṣiḥ # RV.6.16.14a; VS.11.33a; TS.3.5.11.3a; 4.1.3.2a; 5.1.4.4; MS.2.7.3a: 77.6; 4.10.3: 148.3; KS.15.12; 16.3a; 19.4; śB.6.4.2.3; Vait.5.14a; Mś.6.1.1.26.
taṃ pratnāsa ṛṣayo dīdhyānāḥ # RV.4.50.1c; AVś.20.88.1c; MS.4.12.5c: 193.4; KS.9.19c.
taṃ pratyañcam arciṣā vidhya marman (AVś. marmaṇi) # RV.10.87.17d; AVś.8.3.17d.
taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ (Apś. devebhyo medhāya) prajāpataye tena rādhnuhi # VS.22.4; MS.3.12.1: 160.3; śB.13.1.2.4; Apś.20.3.4. Ps: taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ Mś.9.2.1.17; taṃ badhāna Kś.20.1.28.
taṃ ma indraḥ sahāyuṣā # AVP.3.13.3c. Cf. tam asmabhyaṃ sahāyuṣā.
taṃ mā vyanti ādhyaḥ # RV.1.105.7c.
tayā roham āyann upa medhyāsaḥ # TS.4.2.10.4c.
tayā vidhyati pīyataḥ (AVP. pīyakaḥ) # AVś.5.18.15d; AVP.9.18.1d.
tayā vidhya hṛdaye yātudhānān # RV.10.87.13d; AVś.8.3.12d; 10.5.48d.
tayā vidhyāmi tvā hṛdi # AVś.3.25.1d,3d.
tayāhaṃ śāntyā sarvaśāntyā mahyaṃ dvipade catuṣpade ca (KA. omits ca) śāntiṃ karomi # TA.4.42.5; KA.1.218C. Cf. tābhiḥ śāntibhiḥ, and tvayāhaṃ śāntyā.
tayor anyad guhyam āvir anyat # RV.3.55.15b.
tava kratvā yaviṣṭhya # RV.3.9.6d.
tava pratnena yujyena sakhyā # RV.6.21.7c.
tava śravāṃsy upamāny ukthyā (SV. ukthya) # RV.8.99.2c; SV.2.164c.
taviṣyamāṇo nv ojo akhyat # AVP.12.15.7c. See prec.
tavedaṃ sakhyam astṛtam # SV.1.229c. See taved dhi.
taved dhi sakhyam astṛtam # RV.1.15.5c. See tavedaṃ sakhyam.
tasmā indrāya devatā jyaiṣṭhyāya śraiṣṭhyāya nātiṣṭhanta # śś.10.16.2.
tasmā ut sṛjatu mahyam eva # AVP.5.40.6d.
tasmā ṛdhyāsaṃ haviṣāham adya # AVP.7.3.11c.
tasmā etaṃ surucaṃ hvāram ahyam # AVś.4.1.2c; AVP.5.2.1c; Aś.4.6.3c; śś.5.9.6c.
tasmāt tenaiva sidhyati # Vait.4.23d.
tasmād ukthyāḥ punar abhyākanikrati # JB.1.277d.
tasmād dyaur adhyajāyata # AVś.13.4.33b.
tasmin yo badhyate bandhe # AVP.1.112.5c.
tasmin sruco adhyāsādayāmi # TB.3.7.6.8d; Apś.4.7.1d.
tasmai ca devi vaṣaḍ astu tubhyam # TS.4.1.4.1d; 5.1.5.1. See under kasmai deva.
tasmai ta indo haviṣā vidhema # RV.8.48.13c; AVP.2.39.5c; 4.9.1c; VS.19.54c; TS.2.6.12.2c; MS.4.10.6c: 156.11; KS.21.14c; PB.9.9.12; Vait.24.1c. Cf. tasmai te deva haviṣā, tasmai te soma haviṣā, tasmai devāya, tasmai vātāya, tasmai rudrāya, tasmai somāya, tasyai ta enā, tasyai te devi, and tābhyāṃ rudrābhyāṃ.
tasmai te dyāvāpṛthivī revatībhiḥ # AVś.13.1.5c. See asmabhyaṃ dyāvā-.
tasmai tvā tebhyas tvā # TB.3.7.9.4d.
tasmai deva vaṣaḍ astu tubhyam # KS.16.4d; 19.5 (bis). See under kasmai etc.
tasmai namas tan mākhyāḥ # GG.1.3.18.
tasmai sa druhyād ya idaṃ nāyat # AVP.8.15.8a.
tasmai svāhā vaṭ (VS.śB. vāṭ) # VS.18.38--43; MS.2.12.2 (bis): 145.2,13; 3.4.3: 48.4; KS.18.14 (sexies); śB.9.4.1.7--12; Mś.6.2.5.32. Cf. tābhyāṃ etc.
tasya kāmaṃ vi vidhyata # AVP.1.37.3f,5f.
tasya paktā mucyatāṃ kilbiṣebhyaḥ # AVP.9.22.1b.
tasya bhrātā madhyamo asty aśnaḥ # RV.1.164.1b; AVś.9.9.1b; N.4.26b.
tasya mano devaṃ yajñena rādhyāsam # TB.3.7.9.7; Apś.9.16.7.
tasyāpi madhya ā sīda # AVP.1.59.4a.
tasyai namo yatamasyāṃ diśītaḥ # AVś.11.2.12d,27c (here text, erroneously, tasyai for tasmai). Cf. tābhyāṃ namo.
tasyai me 'varuddhyai # MS.4.2.4 (quater): 26.6--10; Apś.12.17.13.
asmabhyaṃ sūrayo viśvam āyuḥ # AVP.6.3.5c. See te asmabhyam iṣaye.
asmabhyam anamīvā ayakṣmā anāgasaḥ # ViDh.48.10c. See under next.
asmabhyam ayakṣmā anamīvā anāgasaḥ # VS.4.12c; śB.3.2.2.19c. See prec., and irāvatīr anamīvā.
asmabhyaṃ payasā pinvamānāḥ # RV.7.50.4c; 10.169.3c; TS.7.4.17.1c; KSA.4.6c.
asmabhyaṃ puruvāraṃ purukṣum # MS.4.14.1c: 215.4. See tāv etc.
asmabhyaṃ madhumatīr bhavantu # VS.9.23c; TS.1.7.10.1c; MS.1.11.4c: 165.3; KS.14.2c; śB.5.2.2.5c.
odanaṃ daṃpatibhyāṃ praśiṣṭāḥ # AVś.12.3.27c.
tāḥ pra yached brahmabhyaḥ # AVś.12.4.47c.
tāṃ vidhyata tamasāpavratena # AVś.3.2.6c. See tāṃ gūhata.
tāṃ gūhata (AVP. guhata) tamasāpavratena # RVKh.10.103.1c; AVP.3.5.6c; SV.2.1210c; VS.17.47c. See tāṃ vidhyata.
juṣasva yaviṣṭhya # RV.8.102.20c. See under taj juṣasva etc.
te dhāmāny uśmasi gamadhyai # MS.1.2.14a: 23.16; 3.9.3: 117.16. P: tā te dhāmāni Mś.1.8.2.18. See tā vāṃ vāstūny, te te dhāmāni, and yā te dhāmāny.
tān anv ārohāmi pārameṣṭhyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyārohāmi # AB.8.12.4. See under tān anv adhi-.
tān asmabhyam ihā kuru # TB.3.3.11.1d; Apś.3.13.6d.
tān aham anu rājyāya sāmrājyāya bhaujyāya svārājyāya vairājyāya pārameṣṭhyāya rājyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyārohāmi # AB.8.6.3. See under tān anv adhi-.
tān indro bāhubhyām # AVP.9.6.8c.
nṛbhya ā sauśravasā suvīrā # RV.6.13.5a.
tāṃ tvā nitatni keśebhyaḥ # AVś.6.136.1c; AVP.1.67.1c.
tāṃ devā guhyām āsīnām # AVP.9.11.13c.
tāṃ no vi dhehi yatidhā sakhibhyaḥ # AVś.8.9.7d.
tāny asmabhyaṃ rāsate # RV.4.55.8c; KS.7.16c; KA.1.226Ac; 3.226A.
tābhir ā vartayā punaḥ # TS.3.3.10.1d; ApMB.2.22.7d. See tābhya enā, and tābhyas tvā.
tābhir vidhya hṛdaye yātudhānān # RV.10.87.4c; AVś.8.3.6c.
bhujyuṃ vibhir adbhyaḥ samudrāt # RV.6.62.6a.
tābhya sa nir ṛchād yo naḥ prathamo 'nyo 'nyasmai druhyāt # TS.6.2.2.1. See yo nas tan.
tābhyāṃ rājan pari dehy enam # AVś.18.2.12c; TA.6.3.1c. See tābhyām enaṃ.
tābhyāṃ rudrābhyāṃ haviṣā vidhema # AVP.5.22.3c,4c,8d. Cf. under tasmai ta indo.
tābhyāṃ vayaṃ etc. # see tābhyāṃ patema.
tābhyām idaṃ viśvam ejat (KSṭB.Apś. bhuvanaṃ) sam eti # RV.10.88.15c; VS.19.47c; KS.17.19c; 38.2c; śB.12.8.1.21; 14.9.1.4c; TB.1.4.2.3c; Apś.19.3.5c; BṛhU.6.1.4c. See yābhyām etc.
tābhyām indramedibhyām # AVś.11.9.4e.
tābhyām enaṃ pari dehi rājan # RV.10.14.11c. See tābhyāṃ rājan.
tābhyāṃ (MS.KS. tābhyāṃ vayaṃ) patema sukṛtām u lokam (AVP. patyāsma sukṛtasya lokam; Kauś. pathyāsma sukṛtasya lokam) # AVP.3.38.6c; VS.18.52c; TS.4.7.13.1c; MS.2.12.3c: 146.10; KS.18.15c; śB.9.4.4.4c; Kauś.68.26c.
tābhyo gandharvapatnībhyaḥ # AVś.2.2.4c; AVP.1.7.5c.
tām asmabhyaṃ pramatiṃ jātavedaḥ # RV.3.57.6c.
tām asyai savitaḥ suva # ApMB.1.1.3d. See āsmabhyaṃ.
mahyam asminn āsane # AB.8.27.5c,6c; SMB.2.8.3c.
mahyam asmin pādayoḥ # SMB.2.8.4c.
tām ebhyaḥ satyām āśiṣam # AVP.8.18.1c.
tāṃ putrebhyaḥ saṃ (MS. omits saṃ) prāyachat # TS.4.1.5.4c; MS.2.7.6c: 81.6; KS.16.5c. See putrebhyaḥ prāyachat.
tārkṣyāyāriṣṭanemaye 'mṛtaṃ mahyam # Kauś.73.7.
tāvatīs tubhyam oṣadhīḥ # AVś.8.7.25d.
tāvad uṣo rādho asmabhyaṃ rāsva # RV.7.79.4a.
tāv asmabhyaṃ dṛśaye sūryāya # RV.10.14.12c; AVś.18.2.13c; AVP.10.9.10c; TA.6.3.2c.
tāv asmabhyaṃ puruvāraṃ purukṣum # RV.2.40.4c; TB.2.8.1.5c. See tā etc.
vāṃ vāstūny uśmasi gamadhyai # RV.1.154.6a; KS.3.3a; N.2.7a. P: tā vāṃ vāstūni KS.26.5. Cf. BṛhD.4.20. See under tā te dhāmāny.
vigraṃ dhaithe jaṭharaṃ pṛṇadhyai # RV.6.67.7a.
tāsāṃ tvā madhyād ādadhe # TA.6.9.1c.
tāsāṃ parva rādhyāsam # TB.3.7.4.9c; Apś.1.5.5c.
tāsu kḷptāsu rādhyāsam # śś.4.9.2.
tās te rakṣantu tava tubhyam etam # AVś.9.5.38a.
tāsv adhvaryo indrāya somaṃ sotā madhumantaṃ vṛṣṭivaniṃ tīvrāntaṃ bahuramadhyaṃ vasumate rudravata ādityavata ṛbhumate vibhumate vājavate bṛhaspativate viśvadevyāvate # AB.2.20.14; Aś.5.1.15. See prec.
hi madhyaṃ bharāṇām # RV.8.40.3a; AB.6.24.3; Aś.7.2.17.
tiraś carmātividhyasi # AVP.1.98.1b.
tiroahniyān somān prasthitān preṣya # Apś.14.4.8. See aśvibhyāṃ tiro 'hnyān.
tiṣṭhaṃ vanasya madhya ā # RV.8.34.18c.
tiṣyaḥ purastād uta madhyato naḥ # TB.3.1.1.5a.
tisras turyauhyaḥ sādhyānām # TS.5.6.17.1; KSA.9.7.
tisro nāsatyā rathyā parāvataḥ # RV.1.34.7c.
tisro 'ruṇā dityauhyas tā rudrāṇām # TS.5.6.15.1; KSA.9.5.
tīre tubhyam asau (HG. tubhyaṃ gaṅge) # PG.1.15.8d; HG.2.1.3d. See prec.
tīvrāntasya bahulamadhyamasya # AVP.7.6.7b.
tīvrās tiṣṭhanti pītaye yuvabhyām # Aś.6.5.24b.
tubhya sutāsaḥ somāḥ # SV.1.213a. See tubhyaṃ somāḥ.
tubhya sutās tubhyam u sotvāsaḥ # RV.10.160.2a; AVś.20.96.2a.
tubhya suto maghavan tubhyam ābhṛtaḥ (RV.10.116.7c, pakvaḥ) # RV.2.36.5c; 10.116.7c; AVś.20.67.6c.
tubhya somāḥ sutā ime # RV.8.93.25a. See tubhyaṃ sutāsaḥ.
tubhya hinvāno vasiṣṭha gā apaḥ # RV.2.36.1a; Aś.8.1.8. P: tubhyaṃ hinvānaḥ śś.10.7.8; VHDh.8.56. Cf. BṛhD.4.91.
tubhya ca saṃvananam # HG.1.20.3c. See mama tubhya ca.
tubhyam agne pary avahan # MG.1.11.12a. See tubhyam agre.
tubhyam agre pary avahan (VārG. paryaṇayam) # RV.10.85.38a; AVś.14.2.1a; PG.1.7.3a; ApMB.1.5.3a,8,13 (ApG.2.5.7,9,10); VārG.14.20a. P: tubhyam agre Kauś.78.10. See tubhyam agne etc.
tubhyam eva jariman vardhatām ayam # AVś.2.28.1a; AVP.1.12.1a. P: tubhyam eva jariman Kauś.54.13.
tubhya brahmāṇi gira indra tubhyam # RV.3.51.6a.
tubhya bharanti kṣitayo yaviṣṭha # RV.5.1.10a; MS.4.11.4a: 172.5; KS.7.16a; TB.2.4.7.9a. P: tubhyaṃ bharanti TB.3.12.1.1.
turo bhagasya hastābhyām # AVś.6.102.3c.
turyāma dasyūn tanūbhiḥ # RV.5.70.3c. See sāhyāma etc.
tṛtīyebhya śaṅkhebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.10.
tṛpat somaṃ pāhi drahyad indra # RV.2.11.15b.
tṛprābhyo 'dbhyaḥ svāhā # Kś.25.11.30.
te asmabhyaṃ śarma yaṃsan # RV.1.90.3a.
te asmabhyam iṣaye viśvam āyuḥ # RV.6.52.15c; KS.13.15c. See tā asmabhyaṃ sūrayo.
tegān daṃṣṭrābhyām # VS.25.1; MS.3.15.1: 177.7; KSA.13.1. See stegān.
te ghed agne svādhyaḥ # RV.8.19.17a; 43.30a.
te devā asapatnam imaṃ suvadhvaṃ mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāya mahate rājyāya mahate jānarājyāya mahate viśvasya bhuvanasyādhipatyāya # KS.15.5. See under prec.
te devebhya ā vṛścante # AVś.12.2.50a.
tena tam abhyatisṛjāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.15c--20c; 16.1.5.
tena tvam asmabhyaṃ mṛḍa # AVP.3.10.5c.
tena narā vartir asmabhyaṃ yātam # RV.1.117.2d.
tena pāsi guhyaṃ nāma gonām # RV.5.3.3d; RVKh.5.44.1d.
tena me radhya # VS.10.28; TS.1.8.16.2; śB.5.4.4.15--19.
tena rādhyāsam # VS.22.4; MS.3.12.1: 160.3; 4.9.24 (quater): 137.9,10,12,13; śB.13.1.2.4; TB.1.5.5.2,4,5,7; 3.8.3.1; Aś.8.14.6; Apś.4.3.4; 8.4.3; 20.3.3; Mś.1.7.2.24; Kauś.56.6. See tenardhyāsam.
tena roham āyann upa (AVś. rohān ruruhur; AVP. rohān arohann upa) medhyāsaḥ (AVP. medhīyāṃsaḥ) # AVś.4.14.1d; AVP.3.38.1d; VS.13.51d; MS.2.7.17d: 103.3; KS.16.17d; śB.7.5.2.36.
tenardhyāsam # KS.4.14; KA.1.198A,198B,1.199; SMB.1.6.9--13. See tena rādhyāsam.
tena vardhasva cedhyasva cenddhi # JG.1.3b. See tenedhyasva.
tena stotṛbhya ā bhara # RV.8.77.8a.
tenemaṃ yajñaṃ no vaha (VS.śB.KS.40.13c, once, naya) # AVś.9.5.17c; AVP.3.38.10c; VS.15.55c; 18.62c; TS.4.7.13.4c; 5.7.7.3c (ter); MS.2.12.4c: 148.9; KS.18.18c; 40.13c (bis); śB.8.6.3.24. See tena vardhasva cedhyasva.
tenainaṃ vidhāmy abhūtyainaṃ vidhyāmi nirbhūtyainaṃ vidhyāmi parābhūtyainaṃ vidhyāmi grāhyainaṃ vidhyāmi tamasainaṃ vidhyāmi # AVś.16.7.1.
te no nirṛtyāḥ pāśebhyaḥ # AVś.1.31.2c; AVP.1.22.2c.
te bāhubhyāṃ dhamitam agnim aśmani # RV.2.24.7c.
tebhir naḥ pātaṃ sahyase # RV.10.93.1c.
tebhir brahmā vidhyati devapīyūn # AVś.5.18.8c; AVP.9.18.3c.
tebhiḥ svarāḍ asunītim etām # RV.10.15.14c. See tebhyaḥ etc.
tebhya imaṃ baliṃ hariṣyāmi tebhya imaṃ balim ahārṣam # ApMB.2.17.8. Cf. tebhyo namo 'stu balim, tebhyo baliṃ, and balim ebhyo harāmi.
tebhya pitṛbhyo namasā vidhema # AVś.18.2.49d. Cf. tebhyaḥ sarpebhyo etc.
tebhya sarpebhyo namasā vidhema # AVś.10.4.23d. See next but two, and cf. tebhyaḥ pitṛbhyo etc.
tebhya sarvebhyaḥ sapatnīkebhyaḥ svadhāvad akṣayyam astu # Kauś.88.13.
tebhyo namas tebhyaḥ svāhā # AVP.2.53.1--5; 2.56.1--5; 3.11.1--6. See tebhyo vo namas tebhyo.
tebhyo namo 'stu balim ebhyo harāmi # PG.1.12.4c. Cf. under tebhya imaṃ baliṃ.
tebhyo baliṃ puṣṭikāmo (JG. annakāmo) harāmi (AG. dadāmi) # Tā.10.67.2c; MahānU.20.1c; AG.1.2.5c (crit. notes); JG.1.23c. Cf. under tebhya imaṃ baliṃ.
tebhyo mahat pra ririceti ṣaḍbhyaḥ # JB.3.338c.
tebhyo vo namas tebhyo vaḥ svāhā # AVś.3.26.1--6. See prec., and tebhyo namas tebhyaḥ svāhā.
te mahyaṃ randhayantu tvā # AVP.9.29.5d.
te mṛḍata nādhamānāya mahyam # RV.2.29.4b.
te 'vindan manasā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.10.181.3a.
teṣāṃ snāvnāpi nahyata # AVP.5.20.6d.
teṣāṃ hi citram ukthyam # RV.8.67.3a.
teṣām ahaṃ pratividhyāmi cakṣuḥ # MG.1.11.9c.
teṣām u tṛhyamāṇānām # AVś.10.4.18c.
te satyena manasā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.7.90.5a; AB.5.20.8; KB.26.8; Aś.8.11.1. P: te satyena śś.10.9.4. Cf. BṛhD.6.18 (B).
te sarve sam adur mahyam etām # AVP.11.5.12c.
te hiṃkṛtya punar āruhya sarve # JB.2.398c. See hiṃkṛtya punar etc.
tair idaṃ svar ābhṛtam # AVś.11.5.14d. Cf. tābhyāṃ vai.
tais tam abhyatisṛjāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.21.
tau devebhyaḥ kṛṇuto dīrgham āyuḥ # TB.3.1.2.7c.
tmanam ūrjaṃ na viśvadha kṣaradhyai # RV.1.63.8d.
trayas tiṣṭhanti parigṛhya kumbhīm # AVP.4.40.3c.
trātāram indram akṛṇor avadhyam (VSK. ayudhyam) # VS.8.46b; 17.24b; VSK.8.21.1b; 18.2.9b; TS.4.6.2.6b; MS.2.10.2b: 133.14; KS.18.2b; śB.4.6.4.6b. See hantāram indram.
triḥ pārthivāni trir u dattam adbhyaḥ # RV.1.34.6b.
triṇavau te agne aṣṭhīvantau tābhyāṃ mābhi pāhi # KS.39.2.
tritaṃ jarāya juratām adābhyāḥ # RV.2.34.10d.
tridhātu yad varūthyam # RV.8.47.10c.
tridhā hitaṃ paṇibhir guhyamānam # RV.4.58.4a; AVP.8.13.4a; VS.17.92a; KS.40.7a; TA.10.10.3a; Apś.17.18.1a; MahānU.10.2a.
tribhya śatebhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.2.19.1; KSA.2.9.
tribhyo rudrebhyaḥ pravasan yajāmi # AVP.1.86.1a.
trir ādityebhyas pari # AVś.19.39.5b; AVP.1.93.1d; 7.10.5b.
trir jāto viśvadevebhyaḥ # AVś.19.39.5c; AVP.7.10.5c.
trir devebhyo 'pavathās trir ādityebhyas trir aṅgirobhyaḥ # JB.1.81.
trir bhṛgubhyo aṅgirobhyaḥ # AVś.19.39.5a. See triḥ śāmbubhyo.
triḥ śāmbubhyo girayebhyaḥ # AVP.7.10.5a. See trir bhṛgubhyo.
triṣv ā rocane divaḥ # RV.1.105.5b; 8.69.3d; VS.12.55d; TS.4.2.4.4d; 5.5.6.3; MS.2.8.1d: 106.6; 3.2.8: 28.16; KS.16.19d; 21.3; śB.8.7.3.21; TB.3.11.6.2d. See madhya ā rocane.
triḥ sapta yad guhyāni tve it # RV.1.72.6a.
trīṇi nabhyāni ka u tac ciketa # RV.1.164.48b; AVś.10.8.4b.
trīṇi prajābhyaḥ # MG.1.11.18. See trīṇi rāyas-, trīṇi vratāya, and rāyaspoṣāya tripadī.
trīṇi rāyaspoṣāya # PG.1.8.1; JG.1.21; VārG.14.23. See under trīṇi prajābhyaḥ.
trīṇi vratāya # TB.3.7.7.11; Apś.10.22.12; SMB.1.2.8; ApMB.1.3.9 (ApG.2.4.16); HG.1.21.1. See under trīṇi prajābhyaḥ.
traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar iṣṭakām upadadhe # Apś.16.11.5. ūha of devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa.
tvaṃ vanebhyas tvam oṣadhībhyaḥ # RV.2.1.1c; VS.11.27c; TS.4.1.2.5c; MS.2.7.2c: 76.11; KS.16.2c; Tā.10.76c; N.6.1c.
tvaṃ vidhartaḥ sacase puraṃdhyā # RV.2.1.3d.
tvaṃ soma tanūkṛdbhyaḥ # RV.8.79.3a; VS.5.35a; TS.1.3.4.1a; 6.3.2.2; MS.1.2.13a: 22.3; 3.9.1: 112.8; KS.3.1a; śB.3.6.3.7; Mś.2.2.4.24; Apś.11.16.16. P: tvaṃ soma KS.26.2 (bis); Kś.8.7.1.
tvaṃ soma paṇibhya ā # RV.9.22.7a.
tvaṃ ha tyad indra sapta yudhyan # RV.1.63.7a.
tvaṃ ha yad yaviṣṭhya # RV.8.75.3a; TS.2.6.11.1a; MS.4.11.6a: 174.15; KS.7.17a.
tvaṃ haryasi tava viśvam ukthyam # RV.10.96.5c; AVś.20.30.5c.
tvakcarmamāṃsarudhiramedomajjāsnāyavo 'sthīni (MahānU. -rudhirasnāyumedosthimajjā) me śudhyantām # TA.10.54.1; Tā.10.65; MahānU.20.18. P: tvakcarmaBDh.3.8.12.
tvag dātra edhi mayo mahyaṃ pratigrahītre (śś. -gṛhṇate) # VS.7.47; śB.4.3.4.30; śś.7.18.3.
tvad ukthā jāyante rādhyāni # RV.4.11.3b; KS.21.14b.
tvaṃ devatā dīkṣitāsi sā dīkṣamāṇasyendriyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyaṃ śraiṣṭhyaṃ yaśa ādatse mā ma indriyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyaṃ śraiṣṭhyaṃ yaśa ādithās tava dīkṣām anu dīkṣe # JB.2.64. See prec.
tvaṃ deva maghavadbhyaḥ suṣūdaḥ # RV.7.1.20b.
tvam agne devatābhyaḥ # TB.2.4.8.6a.
tvam adbhyas tvam aśmanas pari # RV.2.1.1b; VS.11.27b; TS.4.1.2.5b; MS.2.7.2b: 76.10; KS.16.2b; Tā.10.76b; N.6.1b.
tvam uttaro bhrātṛvyebhyaḥ # AVP.10.2.1c.
tvaṃ puṣyasi madhyamam # RV.7.32.16b; SV.1.270b.
tvaṃ mahāṃ (MSṃś. mahaṃ) indra tubhyaṃ ha kṣāḥ # RV.4.17.1a; MS.4.11.4a: 171.3; KS.6.10a; AB.5.19.1; KB.26.12; Aś.3.8.1. Ps: tvaṃ mahāṃ indra tubhyaṃ ha śś.10.10.6; 12.3.20; tvaṃ mahāṃ indra tubhyam Aś.8.7.23; tvaṃ mahāṃ (Mś. mahaṃ) indra KS.21.13; Mś.5.1.7.13.
tvaṃ mānebhya indra viśvajanyā # RV.1.169.8a; MS.4.14.13a: 237.2.
tvayāyaṃ vṛtraṃ vadhyāt (VS.śB. badhet; VSK. badhyāt) # VS.10.8; VSK.11.4.4; TS.1.7.7.1; 8.12.3; 15.1; MS.2.6.9: 69.8; 4.4.3: 53.9; KS.15.7; śB.5.3.5.28. P: tvayāyam Kś.15.5.19.
tvayā sākṣād ṛdhyāsam # Mś.5.2.8.16.
tvayāhaṃ śāntyā sarvaśāntyā mahyaṃ dvipade ca catuṣpade ca śāntiṃ karomi # MS.4.9.27: 138.15. Cf. under tayāhaṃ śāntyā.
tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ pate (śś. samidhāṃ rūpāṇām adhipate) # TB.3.11.4.1; śś.4.10.1. Cf. tvaṣṭā rūpāṇām, and tvaṣṭā rūpāṇām adhyakṣaḥ.
tvaṣṭā pipeśa madhyato 'nu vardhrān # AVś.14.1.60c.
tvaṣṭā me adhyakṣaḥ pūṣā # AVP.5.26.7c.
tvaṣṭā rūpāṇām adhyakṣaḥ (with sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVP.15.8.2. Cf. under tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ.
tvāṃ soma pavamānaṃ svādhyaḥ # RV.9.86.24a.
tvāṃ caṣṭe muṣṭihā goṣu yudhyan # RV.6.26.2d.
tvām agne samidhānaṃ yaviṣṭha (RV. -ṣṭhya) # RV.5.8.6a; TB.1.2.1.12a; Apś.5.6.3a.
tvām agne svādhyaḥ # RV.6.16.7a.
tve id agne subhage yaviṣṭhya # RV.1.36.6a.
daṃṣṭrābhyāṃ taskārān uta # AVP.1.42.2b. See jambhyais etc.
dakṣakratubhyāṃ me varcodāḥ pavasva (TS. only dakṣakratubhyāṃ, sc. me varcodā varcase pavasva) # TS.3.2.3.2; Mś.2.3.7.1. P: dakṣakratubhyāṃ me Apś.12.18.20. See kratūdakṣābhyāṃ.
dakṣiṇāyā diśa indreṇa rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.2b.
dakṣiṇāyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.26.
dakṣiṇāyai svāhā # KSA.4.10. See dakṣiṇābhyaḥ.
datāṃ yo madhyaṃ gachati # AVś.5.23.3c; AVP.7.2.3c.
datto asmabhyaṃ (KS. dattvāyāsma-; Aś. dattāyāsma-; SMB. dattāsma-) draviṇeha bhadram # AVś.18.3.14c; KS.5.3c; 9.6c; Aś.2.7.9c; SMB.2.3.5c. See dadhatha.
dadāti mahyaṃ yādurī # RV.1.126.6c.
dadātu vīraṃ śatadāyam ukthyam # RV.2.32.4d; AVś.7.47.1d; 48.1d; TS.3.3.11.5d; MS.4.12.6d: 195.1; KS.13.16d; SMB.1.5.3d; ApMB.2.11.10d; N.11.31d.
dadāmi tubhyaṃ yad adattam asti # AVP.8.1.10b. See prec.
dadir hi mahyaṃ varuṇo divaḥ kaviḥ # AVś.5.13.1a. P: dadir hi Kauś.29.1; 48.9.
dadhaj jyotir janebhyaḥ # RV.10.156.4c; SV.2.880c; KS.2.14c.
dadhad ratnaṃ (Aś. ratnā) dakṣaṃ pitṛbhya (Aś.śś. dakṣapitṛbhya) āyuni (AVś. āyūṃṣi) # AVś.7.14.4b; Aś.5.18.2b; śś.8.3.4b.
dadhānā abhyanūṣata # VS.20.69c; MS.3.11.4c: 145.6; KS.38.9c; TB.2.6.13.2c.
dadhir na pāśāṃ apavṛhya muktvā # AVP.4.14.6c.
dadhya ha me januṣaṃ pūrvo aṅgirāḥ # RV.1.139.9a; Aś.8.1.2. P: dadhyaṅ ha śś.10.7.7. Cf. BṛhD.4.10.
dabhraṃ paśyadbhya urviyā vicakṣe # RV.1.113.5c.
damūnasam ukthyaṃ viśvacarṣaṇim # RV.3.2.15b.
daśa dhuro daśa yuktā vahadbhyaḥ # RV.10.94.7d; N.3.9d.
daśa mahyaṃ pautakrataḥ # RV.8.56 (Vāl.8).2a.
daśayoktrebhyo daśayojanebhyaḥ # RV.10.94.7b; N.3.9b.
daśābhīśubhyo arcatājarebhyaḥ # RV.10.94.7c; N.3.9c.
daśāvanibhyo daśakakṣyebhyaḥ # RV.10.94.7a; N.3.9a.
dasrā daṃsiṣṭhā rathyā rathītamā # RV.1.182.2b.
dātā jaritra ukthyam # RV.8.66.2d; SV.2.38d.
dātre 'mutra mahyaṃ duhānā # AVP.5.31.8a.
dāt sakhā nṛbhyaḥ śacīvān # RV.8.2.39b.
dāsapravargaṃ rayim aśvabudhyam # RV.1.92.8b.
digbhya svāhā # VS.6.19; 22.27; 39.2; TS.7.1.15.1; MS.3.12.7: 162.13; KSA.1.6; śB.2.4.4.24; 3.8.3.35; 14.3.2.10; 9.3.6; BṛhU.6.3.6; Aś.2.4.13. See svāhā digbhyaḥ.
digbhyo mā pāta # TS.1.8.12.3; TB.1.7.6.8. See under digbhya.
didhiṣavo no rathyaḥ sudānavaḥ # RV.10.78.5b.
diva ā vakṣaṇābhyaḥ # RV.1.134.4h.
divaḥ pīyūṣaṃ pūrvyaṃ yad ukthyam # RV.9.110.8a. See pratnaṃ pīyūṣaṃ.
divaṃ vṛkkābhyām # VS.25.8; MS.3.15.7: 179.13.
divaṃ gacha svar vinda yajamānāya mahyam # Mś.1.2.6.25d. See devān etc.
divaṃ proṣṭhinīm (Mś. proṣṭhanīm [?]) āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ manuṣyāṇām # Apś.18.6.4; Mś.7.1.3.18.
divaṃ martya iva pakṣābhyām # śB.13.5.4.23c.
divaṃ martya iva bāhubhyām # śB.13.5.4.14c. See next.
divaṃ martya iva hastābhyām # AB.8.23.7c. See prec.
divaś cid ā vo 'mavattarebhyaḥ # RV.10.76.5a.
divaḥ sadobhyas pari # SV.1.312b. See divo antebhyas.
divaḥ svaḥ (TB.Apś. suvaḥ) saṃtanu # KS.39.8; TB.1.5.7.1; Apś.16.32.3. Cf. digbhyaḥ svargaṃ.
divācarebhyo (MG. -cāribhyo) bhūtebhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.18; ViDh.67.21. See ahaścarebhyaḥ.
divā naktaṃ ca kalpatām # AVś.5.7.3b. Cf. divā naktaṃ ca sidhyatu.
divā naktaṃ ca sidhyatu # AVP.7.9.4b. Cf. divā naktaṃ ca kalpatām.
divā naktam adābhya # RV.7.15.15c.
dive cakṣuṣe nakṣatrebhyaḥ sūryāyādhipataye svāhā # AVś.6.10.3.
dive-dive vāmam asmabhyaṃ sāvīḥ # RV.6.71.6b; VS.8.6b; TS.1.4.23.1b; 2.2.12.2b; MS.4.12.2b: 180.13; śB.4.4.1.6b; Apś.6.23.1b.
dive-dive sadṛśīr indra tubhyam # RV.3.52.8c.
dive pṛthivyai śaṃ ca prajāyai (SV. prajābhyaḥ) # RV.9.109.5b; SV.2.592b.
divo antebhyas (KS. 'nte-) pari # RV.1.49.3d; 8.88.5b; SV.1.367d; KS.16.13b. See divaḥ sadobhyas.
divo arcā marudbhyaḥ # RV.5.52.5d.
divo dhartāra urviyā pari khyan # RV.10.10.2d; AVś.18.1.2d.
divo na tubhyam anv indra satrā # RV.6.20.2a.
divo 'ntebhyas etc. # see divo antebhyas.
divo varṣman samidhyate # VS.28.1c; TB.2.6.7.1c.
divyaḥ suparṇaḥ pratikhyātaḥ # KS.34.14. See nṛcakṣāḥ prati-.
divyaḥ suparṇaḥ sa vīro vy akhyat # AVś.13.2.9c.
divyebhya sarpebhyaḥ svāhā # śG.4.15.4.
diśaḥ śrotram # AB.2.6.13; TB.3.6.6.2; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.3. Cf. digbhyaḥ śrotram.
diśāṃ tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.4.
diśo-diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.31.
dīdayad it tubhyaṃ somebhiḥ sunvan # RV.6.20.13c.
dīdihy asmabhyaṃ draviṇeha bhadram # AVś.7.78.2c.
dīrghaṃ yad ājim abhy akhyad aryaḥ # RV.4.24.8b.
dīrghaṃ na āyuḥ pratibudhyamānā # AVś.12.1.62c.
dīrghām anu prasitiṃ syandayadhyai # RV.4.22.7d.
dundubhim āhananābhyām # AVś.20.133.1; Aś.8.3.19; Vait.32.25.
duścakṣās te māvakśat (KS. -kṣat, or -khyat) # MS.1.2.13: 22.13; 1.3.9: 33.10; KS.4.2. See taṃ te duścakṣā.
duścyavanaḥ pṛtanāṣāḍ (VSK. -ṣāl) ayudhyaḥ (AVś.AVPṃS. ayodhyaḥ) # RV.10.103.7c; AVś.19.13.7c; AVP.7.4.7c; SV.2.1205c; VS.17.39c; VSK.18.4.4c; TS.4.6.4.3c; MS.2.10.4c: 136.1; KS.18.5c.
duṣṭutād durupayuktān nyūnādhikāc ca sarvasmāt svasti devaṛṣibhyaś ca brahma satyaṃ ca pātu mām # śG.6.6.16.
duhāno babhra ūdhani # SV.2.273b; JB.3.67. See sakhyāya babhra.
duhām aśvibhyaṃ payo aghnyeyam # RV.1.164.27c; AVś.7.73.8c; 9.10.5c; N.11.45c.
duhe no kumbhī svadhāṃ pitṛbhyaḥ # VS.19.87d; MS.3.11.9d: 154.1; KS.38.3d; TB.2.6.4.4d.
duhe madhyaṃdinaṃ pari # AVś.4.11.12b.
dūṇāśaṃ sakhyaṃ tava # RV.6.45.26a.
dūto na gantv aśvinā huvadhyai # RV.5.43.8b.
dūraṃ nayatu gobhyaḥ # AVś.6.59.3d.
dūre tan nāma guhyaṃ parācaiḥ # RV.10.55.1a.
dṛḍhaś cid dṛhya maghavan maghattaye # RV.8.24.10c.
dṛter iva te 'vṛkam astu sakhyam # RV.6.48.18a.
dṛśā ca bhāsā bṛhatā suśikmanā # MS.2.7.4c: 78.12. See under abhikhyā bhāsā.
dṛśe ca bhāsā bṛhatā suśukvaniḥ (KS.KA. -kvabhiḥ) # VS.11.41c; TS.4.1.4.1c; KS.16.4c; śB.6.4.3.9; KA.1.198.21c. See under abhikhyā bhāsā.
devaṃ sakhyāya martyaḥ # RV.1.138.2e.
devatāgniḥ sam idhyase # AVP.5.14.3b.
deva devebhyo haviḥ (SV. -bhyaḥ sutaḥ) # RV.1.13.11b; SV.2.255b. Cf. devo devebhyaḥ sutaḥ.
devadrīcā manasā dīdhyānaḥ # RV.1.163.12b; VS.29.23b; TS.4.6.7.5b; KSA.6.3b.
devaṃ tvā devebhyaḥ śriyā uddharāmi # Aś.2.2.2.
devaṃ devā ajanan sāsy ukthyaḥ # RV.2.13.5d.
deva puraścara saghyāsaṃ (MS. devapuraś carasa ṛdhyāsaṃ; KA. puraścararghyāsaṃ tvā svarghyāsaṃ) tvā # MS.4.9.1: 122.6; TA.4.3.3; 5.3.9; KA.2.75; Apś.1.6.2; 15.4.12; 5.4; 6.11; 7.2. P: deva puraścara Mś.4.1.30; --4.2.11.
deva barhiḥ svāsasthaṃ tvādhyāsadeyam # Aś.1.4.7. Cf. māmṛṣad.
devavītaye (MS. -vītyai) tvā (KS. vo) gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.15; TS.1.1.5.2; MS.1.1.11c: 7.4; 1.4.4c: 52.6; 1.4.9c: 57.15; KS.35.3; śB.1.1.4.9; TB.3.2.5.7; Apś.2.7.9. See devatābhyas tvā devavītaye.
devasenābhya (ApMB. -bhya) svāhā # HG.2.9.3; ApMB.2.18.40,41.
devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy (VārG. adds aham) asau # SMB.1.6.18; GG.2.10.26; VārG.5.19; 14.13. P: devasya te KhG.2.4.13. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa naye 'sau # ApMB.2.3.24 (ApG.4.10.12). See devasya tvā savituḥ prasave ... hastābhyām upa, and cf. ārṣeyaṃ tvā.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava ṛṣibhyas tvārṣeyebhyas tvaikarṣaye tvā juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Kauś.67.27.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi # TS.1.8.7.2. P: devasya tvā prasave TB.1.7.1.9. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi Apś.18.9.17.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi # VS.1.21; TB.3.2.8.1; śB.1.2.2.1. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.5.10. See saṃ vapāmi, devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā bhaiṣajyena etc. # see next but three.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.7; 3.4.3: 47.8. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.6.2.5.30. Fragment: bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya, with ūhas indraṃ sāmrājyāya and agniṃ sāmrājyāya (q.v.) Mś.6.2.5.31. See next, and devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇā-.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates (KS.40.9, putram agnes) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi (KS.14.2, -ṣiñcāmīndrasya sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi) # KS.14.2,8; 40.9. See under prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai tvā vāco yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyena brahmaṇābhiṣiñcāmi # JB.2.130. See under prec. but one.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai (KS. -tyā) bhaiṣajyena vīryāyānnādyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantriye (VSK. vāco yan turye turyaṃ) dadhāmi # VS.9.30; VSK.10.5.8; śB.5.2.2.13. P: devasya tvā Kś.14.5.24.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇāgneḥ (TS. yantreṇāgnes tvā) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.18.37; TS.1.7.10.3; śB.9.3.4.17. Fragmentary: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave (Apś. devasya tvā) ... agnes tvā sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi TS.5.6.3.2; TB.1.3.8.2,3; Apś.17.19.8. P: devasya tvā Kś.18.5.9. See under devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy asau # AG.1.20.4; MG.1.10.15; 22.5. See devasya te.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā dade 'ṅgirasvat # TS.4.1.1.3. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.1.4. See devasya tvā ... hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā rātrim iṣṭakām upadadhe # Apś.16.11.4.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūto brāhmaṇebhyo nir vapāmi # AVP.5.40.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi # JG.1.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi # KS.1.8 (cf. 31.7); Apś.1.24.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.10; śB.1.1.2.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.3.20.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ nir vapāmi # TS.1.1.4.2; KS.1.4 (cf. 31.3); TB.3.2.4.5; Kauś.2.1. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... agnaye juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi Apś.1.17.12. Cf. agnīṣomābhyāṃ (juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi).
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi # Apś.1.21.5. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām adhi vapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar upadadhe (and vaiśvānarāyānuṣṭubhena chandasā rātrīm) upadadhe # KS.38.12. See next.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāyāhar (also with vikāra, rātrīm for ahar) upadadhe # Mś.6.1.4.22. See prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye vo juṣṭān (Apś. juṣṭaṃ) nirvapāmi (KS. agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi) # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18; KS.1.5 (cf. 31.4); Apś.1.19.1. See devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ ni yunajmi (VSK. yunagmi; VS.1.10, juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # VS.6.9; 10.1; VSK.6.2.3; śB.3.7.4.3. P: devasya tvā Kś.6.3.28.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhi ṣiñcāmi # AB.8.7.5,7,9. P: devasya tvā AB.8.13.2; 18.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām adhi vapāmi # TS.1.1.6.1; TB.3.2.6.3. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām aśvinor bhaiṣajyena tejase brahmavarcasāyābhi ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2; Apś.19.9.13.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade # VS.1.24; 5.22,26; 6.1,30; 11.9; 22.1; 37.1; 38.1; VSK.2.3.4,5; TS.1.3.1.1; 7.1.11.1; MS.1.1.9: 5.11; 1.2.10: 19.14; 1.2.15: 24.10; 1.3.3: 30.12; 2.7.1: 74.12; 3.11.8: 151.6; 4.1.2: 2.12; 4.1.4: 6.6; 4.1.10: 12.13; 4.9.1: 120.5; 4.9.7: 127.4; KS.1.2,9; 2.9,11,12; 3.3,5,10; 16.1; 27.1; KSA.1.2; śB.1.2.4.4; 3.5.4.4; 6.1.4; 7.1.1; 9.4.3; 6.3.1.38; 14.1.2.7; TB.3.2.9.1; TA.4.2.1; 8.1; 5.7.1; Kauś.137.18. The same formula without ā dade (understood): TS.2.6.4.1; 6.2.10.1; 4.4.1; MS.3.8.8: 105.17; 4.5.4: 68.8; TB.3.2.2.1; 8.3.2; TA.5.2.5. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave KS.25.9,10; 26.5,8; 31.1,8; Apś.1.3.2; 19.3; 2.1.1; 6.7.1; 7.4.2; 11.3; 10.23.2; 11.11.2; 12.9.2; 11.7; 15.1.3; 16.1.7; 20.3.3; Mś.1.1.1.23,34; 1.2.4.6; 1.8.2.1; 1.8.3.4; 2.2.3.1; 2.3.3.1; 5.2.11.24; 6.1.1.8,23; devasya tvā Lś.2.7.13; Kś.2.6.13; 6.2.8; 9.4.5; 16.2.8; 20.1.27; 26.1.3; 5.1; Apś.1.20.4 (comm.); Mś.4.1.8; HG.1.27.1; BDh.4.5.12; ParDh.11.33; BṛhPDh.7.28. See ā dade devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa and devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe, and cf. devebhyas tvā savituḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade dviṣato vadhāya # ApMB.2.9.5 (ApG.5.12.11). Cf. TS.2.6.4.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indravantaṃ tvā sādayāmi # KS.40.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyendriyeṇa śriyai yaśase balāyābhi (VS.KS. -yeṇa balāya śriyai yaśase 'bhi) ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.3. Cf. indrasyendriyeṇa balāya.
devasya tvā savituḥ (KS. devasya savituḥ) prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyaujasā rakṣohāsi svāhā # MS.2.6.3: 65.2; KS.15.2. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.9.1.1.23.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upa nayāmy asau (HG. naye 'sau) # śG.2.2.12; HG.1.5.8. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upāṃśor vīryeṇa juhomi # VS.9.38; śB.5.2.4.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.15.2.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśenārabhe (MS. pāśena pratimuñcāmi) # TS.6.3.6.2; MS.3.9.6: 124.1. See ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pitāmahebhyaḥ prapitāmahebhyo vo juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # HG.2.14.3.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe (VS.KS.śB. sadhasthād) agniṃ (TS. 'gniṃ) purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmi # VS.11.28; TS.4.1.3.1; MS.2.7.2: 76.12; KS.16.3; śB.6.4.1.1. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.4.1; Apś.16.3.2; devasya tvā Kś.16.2.22.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi # VS.2.11; VSK.2.3.4; TS.2.6.8.6; MS.1.9.4: 133.13; KS.9.9 (sexies); KB.6.14; PB.1.8.1; JB.1.73; śB.1.7.4.13; TA.3.10.1; Aś.1.13.1; śś.4.7.5 (cf. 4.21.7); Apś.14.11.2; AG.1.24.15. P: devasya tvā Lś.4.11.11; Kś.2.2.18; Kauś.91.3; PG.1.3.17; HG.1.11.7; JG.1.19. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūta ā rabhe # AVś.19.51.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā paristṛṇāmi # Kauś.2.21.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi # GB.2.1.2; Vait.3.9. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prohāmi # JB.1.78.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ barhir devasadanaṃ dāmi (Apś. -nam ā rabhe) # MS.1.1.2: 1.8; 4.1.2: 3.8; Apś.1.3.11.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃ vapāmi # MS.1.1.9: 4.16; 4.1.9: 10.16. P: devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave Mś.1.2.1.31; 1.2.3.10. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ... agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmi # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18. See under devasya tvā etc.
devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe # KA.1.2. P: devasya vas savituḥ prasave KA.2.2. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
devaḥ svadhāvo guhyaṃ bibharṣi # VārG.16.7b. See nāma svadhāvan etc.
devā enaṃ devatābhyaḥ pra yachān # AVś.12.3.38d.
devāṃ achā pathyā kā sam eti # RV.3.54.5b.
devā devebhyaḥ purā # AVś.11.8.3b,10b.
devā devebhyas pari # KS.39.2b; Apś.16.29.1b.
devānāṃ sakhyam upa sedimā vayam # RV.1.89.2c; AVP.2.30.1c; VS.25.15c; MS.4.14.2c: 217.9; N.12.39c.
devānāṃ kratubhir devābhyañjanair abhyañje # KA.1.220A; 3.220A.
devānāṃ guhyā nāmāni # RV.5.5.10b; KS.35.19b; TB.3.7.2.5b; Apś.9.2.7b; Mś.3.2.10b.
devānāṃ tvā devatābhyo gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.6.1.3. See devatābhyas tvā devatābhir.
devānāṃ dūta ukthyaḥ # RV.5.26.6c.
devānāṃ patnībhyaḥ pulīkāḥ # MS.3.14.5: 173.7. See kulīkā, and goṣādīr.
devānāṃ pūrayodhyā # AVś.10.2.31b; TA.1.27.3b.
devān gacha suvar vida (Apś. vinda) yajamānāya mahyam # TB.3.7.5.3d; Apś.2.10.5d. See divaṃ etc.
devān sakhibhya ā varam # RV.9.45.2c.
devāsas tāṃ upa yātā pibadhyai # RV.9.97.20d.
devās ta indra sakhyāya yemire # RV.8.89.2c; 98.3c; AVś.20.62.7c; SV.2.377c; VS.33.95c.
devī dyāvāpṛthivī makhasya vām adya śiro rādhyāsaṃ devayajane pṛthivyāḥ # VS.37.3; śB.14.1.2.9. P: devī dyāvāpṛthivī Kś.26.1.4.
devīṃ devebhyaḥ pary eyuṣīṃ gām # RV.8.101.16c.
devīr āpo apāṃ napād ya ūrmir haviṣya indriyāvān madintamas taṃ devebhyaḥ śukrapebhyo dāta yeṣāṃ bhāgaḥ stha svāhā # MS.1.3.1: 29.8. See next.
devīr devebhyas pari # AVP.8.8.6b.
devebhya pitṛbhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.7.14.4; Apś.14.32.2.
devebhya prātaryāvabhyaḥ # śś.6.3.9. See next.
devebhyaś ca pitṛbhya ā # RV.10.16.11d; VS.19.65d; TS.2.6.12.5d; KS.21.14d; N.1.4.
devebhya śikṣann uta mānuṣebhyaḥ # MS.4.14.15b: 242.6.
devebhya śundhyadhvam # Apś.1.21.1.
devebhyas tanūbhyas svāhā # KS.5.4. See daivībhyas tanūbhyaḥ.
devebhyas tvā gharmapebhyas svāhā # KA.2.133. Cf. pitṛbhyo gharmapebhyaḥ.
devebhyas tvā devāyuvaṃ (KS. devāvyaṃ) pṛṇacmi (Apś. pṛṇajmi) yajñasyāyuṣe # MS.1.3.14: 36.1; KS.4.6 (septies); Apś.12.28.16. P: devebhyas tvā devāyuvaṃ pṛṇacmi Mś.2.4.3.9.
devebhyas tvā devāvyaṃ (VSK. devāyuvaṃ) gṛhṇāmi (śB. omits gṛ-) yajñasyāyuṣe gṛhṇāmi (VSK. omits gṛ-) # VS.7.22; VSK.7.9.2; śB.4.2.3.11. P: devebhyas tvā Kś.9.14.8. See prec. but one.
devebhyas tvā devāvyam ukthebhya ukthāvyaṃ mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ (16, -vyam indrāya; 17, -vyam indrāgnibhyāṃ) juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # śB.4.2.3.15--17.
devebhyas tvā marīcipebhyaḥ # VS.7.3,6; TS.1.4.2.1; 3.1; 6.4.5.5; MS.1.3.4: 31.10; 1.3.5: 32.7; 4.5.5: 71.2; KS.4.1 (bis),4; 27.1; śB.4.1.1.24; 2.23; Apś.12.11.1; Mś.2.3.3.19. P: devebhyas tvā Kś.9.4.38.
devebhyas tvā yajñiyebhyo etc. # see devebhyas tvā devāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi.
devebhyas tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade # śB.14.2.1.6. Cf. devasya tvā etc.
devebhya svāhā # VS.6.11; TS.3.1.4.4; 5.2; KS.3.6; śB.3.8.1.16; Tā.10.67.2; Kś.6.5.24; Apś.7.21.2; MahānU.19.2. See svāhā devebhyaḥ, and cf. viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ svāhā.
devebhyo asurebhyaḥ # AVP.4.18.4b.
devebhyo jīvanta uttaraṃ bharema # TA.6.7.2b. See jīvaṃ devebhya.
devebhyo bravasi yajñiyebhyaḥ # RV.1.139.7b.
devebhyo hi prathamaṃ yajñiyebhyaḥ # RV.4.54.2a; VS.33.54a.
devo-devaḥ suhavo bhūtu mahyam # RV.5.42.16c; 43.15c.
devo devānāṃ guhyāni nāma # RV.9.95.2c.
devo devānāṃ pavitram asi # TS.1.4.2.1; 6.4.5.3; MS.1.3.4: 31.7; 4.5.5: 70.18; KS.4.1; 27.1. See devo devebhyaḥ pavasva.
devo devebhyaḥ pavasva # VS.7.1; śB.4.1.1.11. P: devo devebhyaḥ Kś.9.4.23. See devo devānāṃ pavitram.
devo devebhyas pari # RV.9.42.2b; 65.2b; SV.2.109b.
devo devebhyaḥ sutaḥ # RV.9.3.9b; 99.7b; 103.6b; SV.2.108b,614b. Cf. deva etc.
devo martasya sakhyaṃ jujoṣa # RV.4.23.5b.
devo martair vasubhir idhyamānaḥ # RV.5.3.8d.
devau martaḥ sakhyāya prayasvān # RV.4.41.2b.
devyo vamryo (VSK. vamriyo) bhūtasya prathamajā makhasya vo 'dya śiro rādhyāsaṃ devayajane pṛthivyāḥ # VS.37.4; VSK.37.4; śB.14.1.2.10. P: devyo vamryaḥ Kś.26.1.6. See under devīr vamriyo.
dehi tan mahyaṃ yad adattam asti # AVP.8.1.9b. See next but one.
dehi dakṣiṇāṃ brāhmaṇebhyaḥ # AVP.2.52.5c.
daivavāte samidhyate # RV.4.15.4b.
daivīṃ vācam udyāsaṃ (śivām ajasrāṃ juṣṭāṃ devebhyas svadhāvatīṃ pitṛbhyaś śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ) # KA.1.208E; 3.208E. See under next.
daivīṃ vācam udyāsaṃ juṣṭāṃ devebhyaḥ svadhāvarīṃ pitṛbhyo 'numatāṃ (text -tān) manuṣyebhyaḥ # MS.4.9.2: 122.10. See prec., and vaiśvadevīṃ vācam.
daivībhyas tanūbhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.7.11.3; Apś.3.11.2; Kauś.5.13. See devebhyas tanūbhyas.
doṣā asmabhyam uṣasaś ca pinvatam # RV.1.34.3d.
dohyā ca te dugdhabhṛc corvarī # MS.1.6.1: 86.2; Apś.5.8.7. P: dohyā ca te dugdhabhṛc ca Mś.1.5.3.11.
dyāvā namobhiḥ pṛthivī iṣadhyai # RV.7.43.1b.
dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ svāhā # VS.22.28; 39.13; TS.3.4.2.1; MS.3.12.7: 162.16; 4.9.9: 129.12; KS.13.11,12; TA.4.10.3; 5.8.8; ApMB.2.6.10 (ApG.4.11.22); JG.1.23. P: dyāvāpṛthivībhyām Kś.20.8.7.
dyāvāpṛthivībhyām aṃhomugbhyāṃ dvikapālaḥ (MS. puroḍāśaṃ dvikapālam) # TS.7.5.22.1; MS.3.15.11: 181.5; KSA.5.19.
dyāvāpṛthivī vartobhyām # VS.25.1; MS.3.15.1: 177.9.
dyāvāpṛthivyor ahaṃ devayajyayobhayor lokayor ṛdhyāsam (KS.5.1, devayajyayā prajaniṣeyaṃ prajayā paśubhiḥ; Mś.KS.32.1, devayajyayā prajaniṣīya prajayā paśubhiḥ) # KS.5.1; 32.1; Apś.4.10.1; Mś.1.4.2.6.
dyumad vibhāti bharatebhyaḥ śuciḥ (VS. text, śuci; comm., śuciḥ) # RV.5.11.1d; SV.2.257d; VS.15.27d; TS.4.4.4.2d; MS.2.13.7d: 156.3; KS.39.14d; JB.3.62.
dyumnam asmabhyam adhrigo # RV.5.10.1b; SV.1.81b.
dyusamantasya ta ādityo 'nukhyātā # BDh.2.8.14.12. See dyauḥ samā.
dyaur yasminn adhyāhitā # AVś.10.7.12b.
druhaḥ pāśād grāhyāś codamukthāḥ (AVP. cod amoci) # AVś.2.10.6b; AVP.2.3.5b. See next.
druhaḥ pāśebhyaḥ pari pāhy enam # AVP.2.61.2b.
dvādaśa dyūn yad agohyasya # RV.4.33.7a.
dvābhyāṃ śatābhyāṃ svāhā # TS.7.2.11.1; 19.1; KSA.2.1,9.
dvitīyebhya śaṅkhebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.9.
dviṣaṃś ca mahyaṃ radhyatu # AVś.17.1.6c.
dviṣantaṃ mahyaṃ (TB.Apś. mama) randhayan # RV.1.50.13c; TB.3.7.6.23c; Apś.4.15.1c. P: dviṣantam Rvidh.1.19.2,4.
dviṣanto radhyantāṃ mahyam # Mś.1.6.2.17c.
dviṣas taradhyā (Apś. erroneously, taradhyai) ṛṇayā na īyase (SV. īrase) # RV.9.110.1c; SV.1.428c; 2.714c; KS.38.14c; AB.8.11.1c; Apś.16.18.7c. See prec.
dve viṃśatiśate ukthyānām # GB.1.5.23b; Vait.31.15b.
dveṣobhyo (KS. -ṣebhyo) 'nyakṛtebhyaḥ # RV.8.79.3b; VS.5.35b; TS.1.3.4.1b; 6.3.2.2; MS.1.2.13b: 22.3; KS.3.1b; śB.3.6.3.7.
dhattaṃ sūribhya uta vā svaśvyam # RV.1.180.9c.
dhattād asmabhyaṃ draviṇeha bhadram (TS.Apś. asmāsu draviṇaṃ yac ca bhadram) # TS.1.6.4.3c; MS.1.4.1c: 48.3; 2.12.3c: 147.2; Apś.1.10.6c.
dhanaspṛtam ukthyaṃ viśvacarṣaṇim # RV.1.64.14c.
dhanur enam ātatyedhvā vidhya # JB.1.129.
dhanuḥ snāvneva nahyata # AVś.7.50.9d; AVP.1.49.2d.
dhanvantaraye samudrāyauṣadhivanaspatibhyo dyāvāpṛthivībhyām (sc. namaḥ) # Kauś.74.6.
dhartā kṛṣṭīnām uta madhya iddhaḥ # RV.5.1.6d; TS.1.3.14.2d; MS.4.11.1d: 162.5; KS.2.15d.
dhāteva bhuvanebhyaḥ # AVP.1.71.1d.
dhāvanti bahu bibhyatīḥ # AVś.5.21.5b.
dhāvantu bibhyato 'mitrāḥ # AVś.5.21.2c.
dhipsyaṃ vā saṃcakara janebhyaḥ # MS.4.14.17b: 245.7. See under adāsyann.
dhiyāviḍḍhi puraṃdhyā # RV.8.92.15c.
dhiyā syāma rathyaḥ sadāsāḥ # RV.4.16.21d; 56.4d.
dhīro yaḥ śakraḥ paribhūr adābhyaḥ # MS.2.13.13c: 163.1; KS.40.3c; Apś.16.35.1c. See yo dhīraḥ.
dhṛtyai śraiṣṭhyāya gāthināḥ # AB.7.18.8d. See jyaiṣṭhye etc.
dhenūnām iṣudhyasi # RV.8.69.2d; SV.2.862d; ā.1.3.5.5; 5.1.6.5.
dhehy asmabhyaṃ (Apś. asmāsu) draviṇaṃ jātavedaḥ (Apś. jātavedo yac ca bhadram) # śś.1.15.17d; Kś.2.2.23d; Apś.3.13.1d.
dhruvaṃ yonim ā sīda sādhuyā (KSṃS. sādhyā) # VS.14.1b; MS.2.8.1b: 106.7; KS.17.1b; śB.8.2.1.4. See dhruvāṃ etc.
dhruvāṃ yonim āsīda sādhyā # TS.4.3.4.1b. See dhruvaṃ etc.
dhruvāyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.29.
dhruvāyā diśo viṣṇuṇā rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.5b.
dhruvāyai tvā diśe viṣṇave 'dhipataye kalmāṣagrīvāya rakṣitra oṣadhībhya iṣumatībhyaḥ # AVś.12.3.59. Cf. dhruvā dig.
na ṛte śrāntasya sakhyāya devāḥ # RV.4.33.11b.
nakiḥ sa dabhyate janaḥ # SV.1.185c. See nū cit sa etc.
nakī revantaṃ sakhyāya vindase # RV.8.21.14a; AVś.20.114.2a; SV.2.740a.
naktaṃcāribhyo bhūtebhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.18. See naktaṃcarebhyo.
na kṣoṇībhyāṃ paribhve ta indriyam # RV.2.16.3a.
na tasya sarvabhūtebhyaḥ # BDh.2.10.17.30c.
na te bhojasya sakhyaṃ mṛṣanta # RV.7.18.21c.
na te sakhā sakhyaṃ vaṣṭy etat # RV.10.10.2a; AVś.18.1.2a.
na te sakhyam apahnuve # RV.1.138.4g.
nama ākṣiṇakebhyaḥ # MS.2.9.9: 127.4. See namo vikṣiṇatkebhyaḥ.
nama ācāryebhyaḥ # Aś.12.15.13 (bis).
nama ātanvānebhyaḥ pratidadhānebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.22; TS.4.5.3.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.10; KS.17.13.
nama ādityāyānukhyātre # śś.1.4.5; Apś.24.11.2. See namo 'nu-.
nama ādityebhyaś ca viśvebhyaś ca devebhyo divikṣidbhyo lokakṣidbhyaḥ # ChU.2.24.14. See under prec. but one.
nama ānirhatebhyaḥ (MS. ānṛhatebhyaḥ) # VS.16.46; TS.4.5.9.2; MS.2.9.9: 127.5; KS.17.16; śB.9.1.1.23.
nama āmīvatkebhyaḥ # TS.4.5.9.2.
nama āyachadbhyo 'syadbhyaś (TSṃS. visṛjadbhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.22; TS.4.5.3.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.10; KS.17.13.
nama āvyādhinībhyo vividhyantībhyaś (KS. vividhyadbhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.24; TS.4.5.4.1; MS.2.9.4: 123.14; KS.17.13.
nama āsīnebhyaḥ śayānebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # TS.4.5.3.2. See namaḥ śayānebhya.
nama indrāyaindrebhyaś ca # śG.2.14.7.
na ma indreṇa sakhyaṃ vi yoṣat # RV.2.18.8a.
nama iriṇyāya ca prapathyāya ca # VS.16.43; TS.4.5.9.1; MS.2.9.8: 126.8; KS.17.15.
nama iṣukṛdbhyo dhanuṣkṛdbhyaś (TS.KS. dhanvakṛdbhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.46; TS.4.5.4.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.9; KS.17.13.
nama (MS. namā) iṣumadbhyo dhanvāyibhyaś (TS. dhanvāvibhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.22; TS.4.5.3.1; MS.2.9.4: 123.9; KS.17.13.
nama īṣāyugebhyaḥ # AVś.2.8.4b; AVP.1.99.3b.
nama (MS. namā) ugaṇābhyas tṛṃhatībhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.24; TS.4.5.4.1; MS.2.9.4: 123.15; KS.17.13.
nama udīcyai diśe yāś ca devatā etasyāṃ prati vasanty etābhyaś ca namaḥ # TA.2.20.1.
nama ūrdhvāyai diśe yāś ca devatā etasyāṃ prati vasanty etābhyaś ca namaḥ # TA.2.20.1.
nama ṛṣibhyaḥ # VaradapU.1.3.
nama (MS. namā) ṛṣibhyo mantrakṛdbhyo (MS.KA. -kṛdbhyo mantravidbhyo) mantrapatibhyaḥ (KA. omits mantrapatibhyaḥ) # MS.4.9.2: 122.9; TA.4.1.1; KA.1.208C; 3.208C.
nama oṣadhībhyaḥ # AVś.6.20.2d.
namaḥ kāṭyāya ca gahvareṣṭhāya (MS. -ṣṭhyāya) ca # VS.16.44; TS.4.5.9.1; MS.2.9.8: 126.12; KS.17.15.
namaḥ kulālebhyaḥ karmārebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.27; TS.4.5.4.2; MS.2.9.5: 124.6; KS.17.13.
namaḥ kulyebhyaḥ prakulyebhyaḥ # VaradapU.1.3.
namaḥ kūlyāya ca tīrthyāya ca # MS.2.9.8: 126.9. See namas tīrthyāya.
namaḥ kṛchrebhyaḥ kṛchrapatibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # MS.2.9.4: 123.17; KS.17.13. See namo gṛtsebhyo.
namaḥ kṣattṛbhyaḥ saṃgrahītṛbhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.26; TS.4.5.4.2; MS.2.9.4: 124.2; KS.17.13.
namaḥ pathyāya ca srutyāya ca # MS.2.9.6: 125.8. See namaḥ srutyāya.
namaḥ paśubhyaḥ paśupataye karomi (KS. 'stu) # TS.3.1.4.4b; KS.30.8b. See paśoḥ pāśān.
namaḥ pitṛbhya uta ye nayanti (AVP. -nte) # AVś.5.30.12b; AVP.9.14.2b.
namaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ pūrvasadbhyo namas sākaṃniṣadbhyaḥ (Mś. pūrvasadbhyo namo aparasadbhyaḥ) # JB.1.74 (bis, once in fragments); Mś.2.3.7.3. See namaḥ sakhibhyaḥ.
namaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ pratinamaskārebhyo vo 'pi namaḥ # śś.6.2.2.
namaḥ pitṛbhyo abhi ye no akhyan # TS.3.2.8.3a.
namaḥ puñjiṣṭebhyo (KS. puñjiṣṭhe-) niṣādebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # TS.4.5.4.2; KS.17.13. See namo niṣādebhyaḥ.
namaḥ puruṣāya supuruṣāya mahāpuruṣāya madhyamapuruṣāyottamapuruṣāya brahmacāriṇe namo-namaḥ # Svidh.1.2.5. See namaḥ sobhyāya supuruṣāya.
namaḥ pṛthivyai nama oṣadhībhyaḥ # TA.2.12.1b; Apś.14.34.5b; AG.3.3.4b; JG.1.12b.
namaḥ pratihitāyai (AVP. pratihitābhyaḥ) # AVś.6.90.3b; AVP.1.37.2b.
namaḥ pratīcyai diśe yāś ca devatā etasyāṃ prati vasanty etābhyaś ca namaḥ # TA.2.20.1.
namaḥ pravāhyāya ca sikatyāya ca # MS.2.9.8: 126.10. See namaḥ sikatyāya.
namaḥ prācyai diśe yāś ca devatā etasyāṃ prati vasanty etābhyaś ca namaḥ # TA.2.20.1.
na marḍitā vidyate anya ebhyaḥ # RV.10.64.2c.
namaḥ śayānebhya (MS. -bhyā) āsīnebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.23; KS.17.13; MS.2.9.4: 123.12. See nama āsīnebhyaḥ.
namaḥ śākajañjabhābhyām # ApMB.2.7.22 (ApG.5.12.8); HG.1.10.4.
namaḥ śāntātmane tubhyam # MU.5.1a.
namaḥ śīghryāya (TS. śīghriyāya) ca śībhyāya ca # VS.16.31; TS.4.5.5.2. See namaḥ śībhāya.
namaḥ śvanibhyo (MS. śvanībhyo) mṛgayubhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.27; MS.2.9.5: 124.7; KS.17.13. See namo mṛgayubhyaḥ.
namaḥ śvabhyaḥ śvapatibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.28; TS.4.5.4.2; MS.2.9.5: 124.8; KS.17.13. P: namaḥ śvabhyaḥ BṛhPDh.9.178.
namaskṛtya dyāvāpṛthivībhyām # AVś.7.102.1a. P: namaskṛtya Kauś.52.15.
namas takṣabhyo rathakārebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.27; TS.4.5.4.2; MS.2.9.5: 124.6; KS.17.13; Apś.17.11.4.
namas talpyāya ca gehyāya ca # VS.16.44; TS.4.5.9.1; KS.17.15. See namo gehyāya.
namas tiṣṭhadbhyo dhāvadbhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.23; TS.4.5.3.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.13; KS.17.13.
namas tīrthyāya ca kūlyāya ca # VS.16.42; TS.4.5.8.2; KS.17.15. See namaḥ kūlyāya.
namas tubhyaṃ nirṛte viśvavāre # AVP.7.11.9d.
namas te astu bāhubhyām # AVP.14.3.4c; NīlarU.4c. See bāhubhyām uta te.
namas te astu rudrarūpebhyaḥ # TA.10.45.1d; MahānU.17.3d. See namas te rudra rūpebhyo.
namas te keśinībhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.31b.
namas te ghoṣiṇībhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.31a.
namas te deva senābhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.31e.
namas te bheṣajebhyaḥ # AVś.6.13.3b.
namas te mṛtyo mūlebhyaḥ # AVś.6.13.3c.
namas te yātudhānebhyaḥ # AVś.6.13.3a.
namas te lāṅgalebhyaḥ # AVś.2.8.4a; Kauś.27.1.
namas te vāmadevyāya yat ta ātmā yat te madhyam (śś. yat te madhyaṃ yas ta ātmā) # śś.17.13.4; Lś.3.11.3. See namas te rājanāya.
namasyebhyo nama ebhyaḥ kṛṇomi # AVś.6.93.2c.
namaḥ sakhibhyaḥ pūrvasadbhyaḥ # SV.2.1178a; PB.1.5.2. P: namaḥ sakhibhyaḥ Lś.2.3.10. See namaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ pūrva-.
namaḥ sakhibhyaḥ sannān māvagāta # TB.2.4.7.11d; Apś.7.28.2d.
namaḥ sanisrasākṣebhyaḥ # AVś.2.8.5a; Kauś.27.2.
namaḥ saṃdeśyebhyaḥ # AVś.2.8.5b.
namaḥ sabhābhyaḥ sabhāpatibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.24; TS.4.5.3.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.13; KS.17.13.
namaḥ saṃbhuñjatībhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.3d.
namaḥ sarpadevajanebhyaḥ # śś.6.2.2. See namo devajanebhyaḥ.
namaḥ sarvābhyo nadībhyaḥ # śG.4.14.2. Cf. namo nadīnāṃ.
namaḥ sākaṃniṣebhyaḥ # SV.2.1178b; JB.1.74.
namaḥ sikatyāya ca pravāhyāya ca # VS.16.43; TS.4.5.8.2; KS.17.15. See namaḥ pravāhyāya.
namaḥ sūtebhyo viśyebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # MS.2.9.5: 124.5.
namaḥ sṛkāyibhyo (TS. sṛkāvibhyo; MS. sṛgāyibhyo) jighāṃsadbhyaḥ # VS.16.21; TS.4.5.3.1; MS.2.9.3: 123.5; KS.17.12.
namaḥ senābhyaḥ senānibhyaś (MS.KS. senānībhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.26; TS.4.5.4.2; MS.2.9.4: 124.1; KS.17.13.
namaḥ sobhyāya ca pratisaryāya (MS. pratisarāya) ca # VS.16.33; TS.4.5.6.1; MS.2.9.6: 125.5; KS.17.14.
namaḥ sobhyāya supuruṣāya mahāpuruṣāya madhyamapuruṣāyottamapuruṣāya brahmacāriṇe namaḥ # GDh.26.12. See namaḥ puruṣāya.
namaḥ somāya saumyebhyaś ca # śG.2.14.7.
namaḥ sravadbhyaḥ # Rvidh.2.1.5.
namaḥ srutyāya (KS. sṛtyāya) ca pathyāya ca # VS.16.37; TS.4.5.7.1; KS.17.15. See namaḥ pathyāya.
namaḥ svapadbhyo jāgradbhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.23; TS.4.5.3.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.11; KS.17.13.
namaḥ svarubhyaḥ # MS.3.9.4: 120.11; Apś.7.28.2.
namaḥ svarubhyo bṛhadbhyo mārutebhyaḥ # MS.3.9.4: 120.15; Mś.1.8.6.22.
namo aparasadbhyaḥ # Mś.2.3.7.3. See namo 'para-.
namo aśvebhyo (VSṃS.KS. 'śvebhyo) 'śvapatibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.24; TS.4.5.3.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.14; KS.17.13.
namo astu varatrābhyaḥ # AVP.1.99.3a.
namo astu (VS.śB.Kś.PGṇīlarUṃś.6.1.7.4, 'stu) sarpebhyaḥ # RVKh.7.55.10a; VS.13.6a; TS.4.2.8.3a; MS.2.7.15a: 97.1; KS.16.15a; śB.7.4.1.28a; Apś.16.22.4; 27.22; Mś.6.1.7.4; --11.4.4,6; PG.2.14.18; ApMB.2.17.5a,8a (ApG.7.18.1,10; 19.4); HG.2.16.7; MG.2.7.3; 11.10; 16.3; NīlarU.18a. P: namo 'stu Kś.17.4.6.
namo gaṅgāyamunayor munibhyaś ca namaḥ # TA.2.20.1 (bis).
namo gaṇebhyo gaṇapatibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.35; TS.4.5.4.1; MS.2.9.4: 123.16; KS.17.13. P: namo gaṇebhyaḥ Mś.11.7.1.4; BṛhPDh.9.170.
namo gandharvāpsarobhyaḥ # śś.6.2.2.
namo girikebhyo devānāṃ hṛdayebhyaḥ # MS.2.9.9: 127.4. P: namo girikebhyaḥ Mś.11.7.1.4. See namo vaḥ kiri-.
namo guhyatamāya ca # MU.5.1b.
namo gṛtsebhyo gṛtsapatibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.25; TS.4.5.4.1. See namaḥ kṛchrebhyaḥ.
namo gṛhyāya ca goṣṭhyāya ca # MS.2.9.8: 126.8. See namo goṣṭhyāya, and namo vrajyāya.
namo gehyāya ca talpyāya ca # MS.2.9.8: 126.9. See namas talpyāya.
namo goṣṭhyāya ca gṛhyāya ca # TS.4.5.9.1; KS.17.15. See under namo gṛhyāya.
namo dakṣiṇāyai diśe yāś ca devatā etasyāṃ prati vasanty etābhyaś ca namaḥ # TA.2.20.1.
namo digbhyaḥ # TS.1.3.10.2; KS.3.7; Apś.7.25.12.
namo 'ditaya ādityebhyaś ca # śG.2.14.8.
namo dive namaḥ pṛthivyai # AVś.6.20.2c; VSK.5.2.7; TS.1.2.11.1; MS.3.8.2: 94.4; GB.2.2.4; TA.5.8.3; Aś.4.5.7; Lś.5.6.9; Apś.12.20.8. See prec., and namo dyāvāpṛthivībhyām.
namo dive bṛhate rodasībhyām # RV.1.136.6a.
namo dundubhyāya cāhananyāya (MS. dundubhaye cāhananīyāya) ca # VS.16.35; TS.4.5.7.1; MS.2.9.7: 125.11; KS.17.14.
namo devajanebhyaḥ # AVś.6.56.1e,2d. See namaḥ sarpade-.
namo devatābhyaḥ # śś.6.2.2.
namo devavadhebhyaḥ # AVś.6.13.1a; Kauś.14.25; 15.6; 72.13; 104.3; 105.1; 113.3; 123.1.
namo devi nirṛte tubhyam astu # VS.12.62d; TS.4.2.5.4d; MS.2.7.12d: 90.16; KS.16.12d; śB.7.2.1.9.
namo devebhyaḥ # VS.2.7; TS.1.3.4.2; 6.3.2.5; MS.1.2.13: 22.14; 3.9.1: 113.16; KS.3.1; 26.2; KB.2.1; śB.1.4.5.1; TA.10.2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 6.1; śś.2.8.14; 6.2.2; Kś.3.1.15; 4.14.20; Apś.11.18.2; Mś.2.2.4.38; --4.4.29; VaradapU.1.3; MahānU.7.1,2,3,5.
namo 'dbhyaḥ # TA.10.1.12; BDh.2.5.8.9; MahānU.5.1. See adbhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ).
namo dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ hotṛbhyāṃ pūrvavasūbhyām # śś.1.6.11.
namo dyāvāpṛthivībhyām # VS.5.7; śB.3.4.3.21; śś.5.8.5; śG.4.13.3. See namo dive namaḥ pṛthivyai.
namo 'dharāyai diśe yāś ca devatā etasyāṃ prati vasanty etābhyaś ca namaḥ # TA.2.20.1.
namo nakṣatrebhya ṛtubhyo māsebhyo 'rdhamāsebhyo 'horātrebhyaḥ saṃvatsarebhyaḥ # śG.2.14.8.
namo namaskṛtābhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.31c.
namo nipatitāyai (AVP. nipatitābhyaḥ) # AVś.6.90.3d; AVP.1.37.2d.
namo niṣādebhyaḥ puñjiṣṭhebhyaś (MS. -ṣṭebhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.27; MS.2.9.5: 124.7. See namaḥ puñjiṣṭebhyo.
namo 'nukhyātre # Aś.1.2.1. See nama ādityāyānu-.
namo 'parasadbhyaḥ # PB.1.5.2. See namo apara-.
namo bṛhadbhyo 'rbhakebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # MS.2.9.4: 124.3. P: namo bṛhadbhyo 'rbhakebhyaḥ Mś.6.2.4.3. See namo mahadbhyo arbhakebhyaś.
namo bṛhaspataye bārhaspatyebhyaś ca # śG.2.14.7.
namo brahmaṇaḥ putrapautrebhyo 'ṅgirobhyaḥ # HG.1.22.14.
namo brahmaṇaḥ putrebhyo devebhyas trayastriṃśebhyaḥ # HG.1.22.14.
namo brahmaṇe brāhmaṇebhyaś ca # śG.2.14.5.
namo brāhmaṇebhyaḥ # VaradapU.1.3.
namo brāhmaṇebhyo rājanyebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # MS.2.9.5: 124.5.
namo madhyamāya cāpagalbhāya ca # VS.16.32; TS.4.5.6.1. MS.2.9.6: 125.4; KS.17.14.
namo mahadbhyo arbhakebhyaś (KS. 'rbha-; TS. mahadbhyaḥ kṣullakebhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.26; TS.4.5.4.1; KS.17.13. See namo bṛhadbhyo, and cf. next.
namo mahadbhyo namo arbhakebhyaḥ # RV.1.27.13a; AB.7.16.8; Aś.1.4.9; śś.15.22; Apś.24.13.3a; N.3.20. P: namo mahadbhyaḥ śś.1.6.13; śG.1.4.2; VHDh.8.74. Cf. BṛhD.3.99. Cf. prec.
namo mṛgayubhyaḥ śvanibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # TS.4.5.4.2. See namaḥ śvanibhyo.
namo meghyāya ca vidyutyāya ca # VS.16.38; TS.4.5.7.2; MS.2.9.7: 125.13; KS.17.15.
namo yamāya yāmyebhyaś ca # śG.2.14.7. Cf. yamāya (sc. namaḥ), yamāya namaḥ, and yamapuruṣebhyaḥ.
namo yuvabhya āśīnebhyaś (KS. āśi-) ca vo namo-namaḥ (KS. namaḥ) # MS.2.9.4: 124.3; KS.17.13. Cf. next.
namo yuvabhyo nama āśinebhyaḥ # RV.1.27.13b; Apś.24.13.3b. Cf. prec.
namo rathibhyo arathebhyaś (TS. 'rathebhyaś; MS.KS. varūthibhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.26; TS.4.5.4.1; MS.2.9.4: 124.1; KS.17.13.
namo rathebhyo rathapatibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # TS.4.5.4.1.
namo rājavadhebhyaḥ # AVś.6.13.1b.
namo vaḥ kirikebhyo devānāṃ hṛdayebhyaḥ # VS.16.46; TS.4.5.9.2; KS.17.16; śB.9.1.1.22,23. See namo girikebhyo.
namo varuṇāya vāruṇebhyaś ca # śG.2.14.7.
namo 'vāntarāyai diśe yāś ca devatā etasyāṃ prati vasanty etābhyaś ca namaḥ # TA.2.20.1.
namo vikṣiṇatkebhyaḥ (TS.KS. vikṣīṇakebhyaḥ) # VS.16.46; TS.4.5.9.2; KS.17.16; śB.9.1.1.23. See nama ākṣiṇakebhyaḥ.
namo vicinvatkebhyaḥ # VS.16.46; TS.4.5.9.2; MS.2.9.9: 127.4; KS.17.16; śB.9.1.1.23.
namo virūpebhyo viśvarūpebhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.25; TS.4.5.4.1; MS.2.9.4: 123.17; KS.17.13.
namo visṛjadbhyo vidhyadbhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.23; KS.17.13. See namo 'syadbhyo.
namo visṛjyamānāyai (AVP. visṛjyamānābhyaḥ) # AVś.6.90.3c; AVP.1.37.2c.
namo vīrtsāyā asamṛddhaye (AVP. asamṛddhyai ca kṛṇmaḥ) # AVś.5.7.1c; AVP.7.9.1d.
namo vṛkṣebhyo harikeśebhyaḥ # VS.16.17,40; TS.4.5.2.1; 8.1; MS.2.9.3: 122.9; 2.9.7: 126.4; KS.17.12,15.
namo vedebhyaḥ # VaradapU.1.3.
namo vrajyāya ca goṣṭhyāya ca # VS.16.44. See under namo gṛhyāya.
namo vrātebhyo vrātapatibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.25; TS.4.5.4.1; MS.2.9.4: 123.16; KS.17.13.
namo 'śvibhyāṃ kṛṇumo 'śvayugbhyām # TB.3.1.2.11d.
namo 'simadbhyo naktaṃ caradbhyaḥ # VS.16.21; TS.4.5.3.1; MS.2.9.3: 123.6; KS.17.12.
namo 'stu devaṛṣipitṛmanuṣyebhyaḥ # śG.6.6.16.
namo 'stu narmade tubhyam # RVKh.1.191.10c.
namo 'stu sarpebhyaḥ # see namo astu etc.
namo 'syadbhyo vidhyadbhyaś ca vo namaḥ # TS.4.5.3.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.11. See namo visṛjadbhyo.
namo 'horātrābhyām astu # AVś.19.8.2e,7b.
namyā yad indra sakhyā parāvati # RV.1.53.7c; AVś.20.21.7c.
naraṃdhiṣaḥ prohyamāṇaḥ # TS.4.4.9.1. See viṣṇur naraṃ-.
narā vā śaṃsaṃ pūṣaṇam agohyam # RV.10.64.3a.
narāśaṃsapītasya soma deva te matividaḥ prātaḥsavanasya gāyatrachandasaḥ pitṛpītasya (Mś.2.4.6.15, mativido mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya triṣṭupchandasaḥ; Mś.2.5.1.50, matividas tṛtīyasya savanasya jagacchandasaḥ) # Mś.2.4.2.32; 2.4.6.15; 2.5.1.50. P: narāśaṃsapītasya Mś.2.4.2.42.
na revatā paṇinā sakhyam indraḥ # RV.4.25.7a.
navabhya śatebhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.2.19.1; KSA.2.9.
na vai śvetasyādhyācāre (AG. śvetaś cābhyāgāre; HG. śvetasyābhyācāreṇa; MG. śvetasyābhyācāre) # AG.2.3.3a; PG.2.14.5a; HG.2.16.8a; ApMB.2.17.27a (ApG.7.18.12); MG.2.7.1a.
na vai straiṇāni sakhyāni santi # RV.10.95.15c; śB.11.5.1.9c.
navyaṃ tad ukthyaṃ hitam # RV.1.105.12a.
naśad abhi draviṇaṃ dīdhyānaḥ # RV.4.23.4b.
na śīrṣe nota madhyataḥ # AVś.7.56.6b; AVP.1.48.2b.
na sa jātu janaḥ śraddadhyāt # TA.1.11.5c.
na hi bāhyahutaṃ devāḥ # śG.1.10.8c.
nākasya pṛṣṭham āruhya # TA.10.1.13c; MahānU.5.3c.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi dīdhyānāḥ # AVś.18.2.47d.
nāthaṃ paśubhyaḥ # MS.1.2.15: 25.12; Apś.7.16.7.
nāthaṃ mahyam # MS.1.2.15: 25.12; Apś.7.16.7.
nānyā yuvat pramatir asti mahyam # RV.1.109.1c; TB.3.6.8.2c.
nāpi madhyaṃ no śiraḥ # AVP.9.6.2c.
nābhyā (AVP. nābhyāṃ) āsīd antarikṣam # RV.10.90.14a; AVś.19.6.8a; AVP.9.5.16a; VS.31.13a; TA.3.12.6a.
nāma svadhāvan guhyaṃ (ApMB. svadhāvat svaryaṃ) bibharṣi # RV.5.3.2b; ApMB.1.5.12b. See devaḥ svadhāvo etc.
nārāyaṇaḥ paro dhyātā # TA.10.11.1a; MahānU.11.5a.
nārī putraṃ (AVP. putrān) dhāvatu hastagṛhya # AVś.5.20.5c; AVP.9.27.5c.
nārīr yā vahyaśīvarīḥ # AVś.4.5.3b. See next.
nāsatyābhyāṃ barhir iva pra vṛñje # RV.1.116.1a. P: nāsatyābhyām Aś.4.15.2; śś.6.6.6; 11.4; 9.20.12; VHDh.8.72. Cf. BṛhD.3.139.
nāsatyāv indra gūrtaye yajadhyai # RV.10.61.15b.
nāsunvatā sakhyaṃ vaṣṭi śūraḥ # RV.10.42.14d; AVś.20.89.4d.
nāsmai kāmāḥ sam ṛdhyante # AVś.12.4.19c.
nāhaṃ taṃ veda dabhyaṃ dabhat sa # RV.10.108.4a.
nikīrya (Mś. nigīrya) tubhyam abhya āsam (Apś. tubhyaṃ madhye; Mś. tubhyaṃ madhvaḥ) # Vait.34.9c; Apś.21.20.3c; Mś.7.2.7.10c. See nigīrya sarvā.
ni gavyavo 'navo druhyavaś ca # RV.7.18.14a.
nigīrya tubhyaṃ etc. # see nikīrya.
nigrābhyā (MS. -bhyāḥ; KS. -bhyās) stha devaśrutaḥ (KS. -śrutaś śukrāś śukrabhṛtaḥ) # VS.6.30; TS.3.1.8.1; MS.1.3.2: 30.5; KS.3.10; śB.3.9.4.7. P: nigrābhyā (MśṃG. nigrābhyāḥ) stha Kś.9.4.7; Mś.2.3.2.36; 2.4.4.2; MG.1.5.4; BDh.3.8.12.
ni cakreṇa rathyā duṣpadāvṛṇak # RV.1.53.9d; AVś.20.21.9d.
ni jambhyāṃ amrucad (Orissa mss. amṛtad) ghuṇān # AVP.4.16.2d.
ni tvā dadhīta rodasī yajadhyai # RV.6.15.15b.
ni dahyatām agham # Kauś.83.7. See ni no 'ghaṃ.
ni no 'ghaṃ dhīyātai # śB.13.8.1.4. See ni dahyatām.
ni parśāne vidhyataṃ yantu nisvaram # RV.7.104.5d; AVś.8.4.5d.
ni yudhyāmadhim aśiśād abhīke # RV.7.18.24d.
nir asmabhyam anumatī rarāṇā # AVś.1.18.2c.
nirā yachati (śś. yachasi) madhyame # AVś.20.133.3b; śś.12.22.1.3b.
nir āvidhyad giribhya ā # RV.8.77.6a; N.6.34a.
nir indra bṛhatībhyaḥ # RV.8.3.19a.
ni rīraman tubhyam ime sutāsaḥ # RV.10.160.1d; AVś.20.96.1d.
nirṛtyā vadhyatāṃ pāśe # AVP.10.12.8c.
nir gā ūpe yavam iva sthivibhyaḥ # RV.10.68.3d; AVś.20.16.3d.
nir dhukṣan vakṣaṇābhyaḥ # RV.8.1.17d.
nir mā muñcāmi śapathāt # Lś.2.2.11a; Apś.7.21.6a. See muñcantu mā, and muñcāmi tvā śapathyāt.
niṣaṅgiṇe svāhā # ApMB.2.18.45 (ApG.7.20.6). See niṣaṅgibhyaḥ.
ni ṣīm id atra guhyā dadhānāḥ # RV.3.38.3a.
niṣ kravyādo gṛhebhyaḥ # AVP.7.3.3b.
niṣ ṭaugryam ūhathur adbhyas pari # RV.10.39.4c.
nīpātithau maghavan medhyātithau # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).1c.
nīlalohitenāmūn abhyavatanomi # AVś.8.8.24. P: nīlalohitenāmūn Kauś.16.20.
cit sa dabhyate janaḥ # RV.1.41.1c. See nakiḥ sa.
cid yathā naḥ sakhyā viyoṣat # RV.4.16.20c.
nūnaṃ sṛjad aśaniṃ yātumadbhyaḥ # RV.7.104.20d; AVś.8.4.20d.
no rayiṃ rathyaṃ carṣaṇiprām # RV.6.49.15a.
nṛcakṣā eṣa divo madhya āste # RV.10.139.2a. See vimāna.
nṛcakṣāḥ pratikhyātaḥ # VS.8.58; TS.4.4.9.1. See divyaḥ suparṇaḥ prati-.
nṛbhyo yad ebhyaḥ śruṣṭiṃ cakartha # RV.1.69.7b.
nainam āpnoty ukthyaḥ # AVP.8.19.7b.
naināṃ rakṣed brāhmaṇebhyaḥ # AVP.12.10.5a.
nairhastam asurebhyaḥ # AVś.6.65.3b.
nota svavṛṣṭiṃ made asya yudhyataḥ # RV.1.52.14c.
nodhaḥ suvṛktiṃ pra bharā marudbhyaḥ # RV.1.64.1b.
ny asmabhyaṃ svadhite yacha yā amūḥ # AVś.9.4.6d.
ny āvidhyad ilībiśasya dṛḍhā # RV.1.33.12a; N.6.19.
pacac chataṃ mahiṣāṃ indra tubhyam # RV.6.17.11b.
pañcadaśau te agne bāhū tābhyāṃ mābhi pāhi # KS.39.2.
pañca paśubhyaḥ # TB.3.7.7.11; Apś.10.22.12; SMB.1.2.10; PG.1.8.1; ApMB.1.3.11 (ApG.2.4.16); HG.1.21.1. See pañca prajābhyaḥ, and pañca bhavāya.
pañca prajābhyaḥ # JG.1.21; VārG.14.23. See under pañca paśubhyaḥ.
pañca bhavāya # MG.1.11.18. See under pañca paśubhyaḥ.
pañcabhya śatebhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.2.19.1; KSA.2.9.
pañcabhyo mānavebhyaḥ # AVś.5.17.9d; AVP.9.16.7d.
paḍbhir gṛdhyantaṃ medhayuṃ na śūram # RV.4.38.3c.
patiṃ vāco adābhyam # RV.9.26.4c. Cf. patir vāco.
patiṃ kṛṣṭīnāṃ rathyaṃ rayīṇām # RV.7.5.5c.
patir bandheṣu badhyate # RV.10.85.28d; AVś.14.1.26d; ApMB.1.6.8d.
patir vāco adābhyaḥ # SV.2.635c. Cf. patiṃ vāco.
patni kati te kāntā yadi mithyā vakṣyasi priyatamas te saṃsthāsyati # Mś.1.7.4.11. Cf. next.
patnīṃ saṃnahya # śB.1.2.5.21; Kś.2.6.34; Apś.2.3.11; Mś.1.2.4.23.
patnīva pūrvahūtiṃ vāvṛdhadhyai # RV.1.122.2a.
pathyā revatīr bahudhā virūpāḥ # AVś.3.4.7a; AVP.3.1.7a. P: pathyā revatīḥ Vait.13.2.
padā pra vidhya pārṣṇyā # AVś.8.6.17e.
padbhyāṃ dakṣiṇasavyābhyām # AVś.12.1.28c.
panthānaṃ bhrūbhyām # VS.25.1. See panthāṃ etc.
panthām anūvṛgbhyām (KSA. anu-) # TS.5.7.23.1; KSA.13.13.
panthāṃ bhrūbhyām # MS.3.15.1: 177.9. See panthānaṃ etc.
payaḥ patatriṇo mahyam # AVP.2.76.2c.
payaḥ pitṛbhya āhārṣam # Kauś.89.12c.
payasvatīḥ pradiśaḥ santu mahyam # AVP.2.76.6c (only in Kashmir ms.); VS.18.36c; TS.4.7.12.2c; MS.2.12.1c: 144.15; KS.18.13c; 31.14c.
payāṃsi yahvo aditer adābhyaḥ # RV.10.11.1b; AVś.18.1.18b.
payo mahyaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī # AVP.2.76.5a.
payo mahyam apsarasaḥ # AVP.2.76.4a.
payo mahyam oṣadhayaḥ # AVP.2.76.1a.
payo mahyaṃ payasvantaḥ # AVP.2.76.2a.
paramātmā me śudhyantām # Tā.10.66.
paramāyā diśaḥ parameṣṭhinā rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.8b.
parameṣṭhin saṃ nahyasva # AVP.10.14.9.
parameṣṭhī prajābhyaḥ # TB.1.5.5.6b; Apś.8.21.1b.
parā pūrveṣāṃ sakhyā vṛṇakti # RV.6.47.17a.
parāyadbhyo 'va hīye sakhibhyaḥ # RV.10.34.5b.
parā vada dviṣantaṃ ghorāṃ vācaṃ parā vadāthāsmabhyaṃ sumitryāṃ vācaṃ dundubhe kalyāṇīṃ kīrtim ā vada # Lś.3.11.3. Quasi metrical.
parijmānaṃ vidathyaṃ suvṛktibhiḥ # RV.10.41.1c.
pari tvā pātu samānebhyaḥ # AVś.8.2.26a.
pari paro abhavaḥ sāsy ukthyaḥ # RV.2.13.10d.
pari madhyaṃdinaṃ pari # AVP.7.7.5b.
pari yat te mahimānaṃ vṛjadhyai # RV.3.31.17c.
pari va ūmebhyaḥ siñcatā madhu # RV.10.32.5d.
pari satyasya dharmaṇā (PG. sakhyasya dharmaṇaḥ) # Aś.6.12.12c; PG.2.11.12c.
pari sarvebhyo jñātibhyaḥ # HG.1.14.2c; ApMB.2.22.5c. See pari pitroś.
paristṛṇīta bhuvanasya madhye mahyaṃ dhukṣva bhuvanāni vaste sā me dhukṣva # TB.3.7.7.1.
parīmaṃ pari te brahmaṇe dadāmi brahma paridadātu devatābhyaḥ # Apś.14.20.7.
paro yad idhyate divā (SV. divi) # RV.8.6.30c; SV.1.20c; KS.2.14c.
paro rudrāv ati khyatam # RV.8.22.14d.
parjanya oṣadhīnām adhyakṣaḥ # AVP.15.8.5.
pary antarikṣāt pari mā vīrudbhyaḥ # AVś.19.35.4b; AVP.11.4.4b.
parva te rādhyāsam # TS.1.1.2.1; TB.3.2.2.5; Apś.1.3.13.
pavamānaṃ tu madhyamam # TA.1.8.4b.
pavamānasya dūḍhyā # RV.9.53.3b; SV.2.1066b.
pavamāna svādhyaḥ # RV.9.65.4c. See prec. but one.
pavamāno adābhyaḥ # RV.9.3.2c; SV.2.270c,611c.
pavasva dhiṣaṇābhyaḥ # RV.9.59.2c.
pavasva soma kratuvin na ukthyaḥ # RV.9.86.48a.
pavasvādbhyo adābhyaḥ # RV.9.59.2a.
pavitraṃ soma raṃhyā # RV.9.2.1b; SV.2.387b; JB.3.137b.
pavitraṃ pavayiṣyan pūto medhyaḥ # TB.3.10.1.3. P: pavitraṃ pavayiṣyan TB.3.10.9.8; 10.3; Apś.19.12.9.
pavitraṃ potrābhyām # TS.5.7.15.1; KSA.13.5.
pavitre somaṃ devebhya indum # RV.9.109.12b; SV.2.684b.
pavitre stho vaiṣṇavyau (TB.Apś. -ṣṇavī; VārG. -ṣṇavye) # VS.1.12; 10.6; śB.1.1.3.1; 5.3.5.15; TB.3.7.4.11; Apś.1.11.7; śG.1.8.14; GG.1.7.22; KhG.1.2.12; JG.1.2; VārG.1.12. P: pavitre sthaḥ Kś.2.3.31. Cf. oṣadhyā.
paśubhya pañcapadī # śG.1.14.6. See prajābhyaḥ etc.
paśum abhivīkṣe # JG.1.17. See paśūn abhivyakhyam.
paśūṃś ca mahyam āvaha # TA.10.1.5c; MahānU.2.9c; HG.1.18.5c; ApMB.1.9.9c.
paśūṃś ca mahyaṃ putrāṃś ca # HG.1.20.2c. See rayiṃ ca putrāṃś.
paśūn abhivyakhyam # KhG.2.5.31. See paśum abhivīkṣe.
paśoḥ pāśān paśupater adhi # MS.1.2.15b: 26.2. See namaḥ paśubhyaḥ.
paścā sa daghyā yo aghasya dhātā # RV.1.123.5c.
pāṃsūn (AVP. pāṃśūn) akṣebhyaḥ sikatā apaś ca # AVś.7.109.2b; AVP.4.9.3b.
pātaṃ ghṛtasya guhyāni nāma # śś.2.4.3b. See pātho etc., and vītaṃ etc.
pātaṃ ca sahyaso yuvaṃ ca rabhyaso naḥ # RV.1.120.4c.
pātho ghṛtasya guhyasya (MS.KS. guhyāni) nāma # AVś.7.29.1b; MS.4.10.1b: 142.5; KS.4.16b. See under pātaṃ etc.
pātho devebhyaḥ sṛja # RV.1.188.10b.
pādābhyāṃ te jānubhyām # AVś.9.8.21a.
pāpakaṃ ca caraṇebhyaḥ # RVKh.9.67.10c.
pāpmane sailagam # VS.30.18. See piśācebhyaḥ sai-.
pāyasaṃ madhusarpirbhyām # MDh.3.274c.
pāra ikṣavo 'vāryebhyaḥ (KSA. 'vārīyebhyaḥ) pakṣmabhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.3.16.1; KSA.3.6. See pāryāṇi.
pārṣṇibhyāṃ prapadābhyām # RV.10.163.4b; AVś.2.33.5b; 20.96.20b; AVP.4.7.6b; 9.3.13b. See next, and jaṅghābhyāṃ pra-.
pāvakam ṛṣvaṃ sakhyāya śaṃbhuvam # RV.10.36.7b.
pāvako asmabhyaṃ śivo bhava # VS.17.4c,5c,7d,11d,15d; 36.20d; TS.4.6.1.1c (bis),3d (bis),5d; 5.4.4.5; MS.2.10.1c (bis): 131.6,8; 2.10.1d (ter): 131.13; 132.2,14; 3.3.6: 39.4; KS.17.17c (bis),17d (ter); śB.9.1.2.25c,26c,28d; 2.1.2,17; Aś.2.12.2d (bis).
pitaraḥ pitāmahāḥ pare 'vare (KS. 'varebhyaḥ) te naḥ pāntu te no 'vantu (MS. 'vare te no 'vantu) # TS.4.3.3.2; MS.2.7.20 (quinq.): 105.1,6,10,15,19; KS.39.7. Cf. under prec. but one.
pitaraḥ saṃ nahyadhvam # AVP.10.13.8.
pitar idaṃ te arghyam # AG.4.7.13.
pitā pitṛbhya ūtaye # RV.2.5.1b.
pitāmahedaṃ te arghyam # AG.4.7.13.
pitāmahebhya svadhāyibhyaḥ (TB.Apś. -vibhyaḥ) svadhā namaḥ # VS.19.36; KS.38.2; śB.12.8.1.7; TB.2.6.3.2; Apś.1.9.9. Cf. svadhā pitā.
pitṛbhya svāhā # see pitṛbhyaḥ etc.
pitṛbhya somavadbhyaḥ svadhā namaḥ # AVś.18.4.73. See svadhā pitṛbhyaḥ soma-.
pitṛbhya svadhā astu # see pitṛbhyaḥ svadhāstu.
pitṛbhya svadhāyibhyaḥ (TB.Apś. -vibhyaḥ) svadhā namaḥ # VS.19.36; KS.38.2; śB.12.8.1.7; TB.2.6.3.2; Apś.1.9.9; 19.8.14. P: pitṛbhyaḥ Kś.19.3.17.
pitṛbhya (ApMB. -bhya) svāhā # TB.3.1.4.8; ApMB.2.20.33.
pitṛbhyo gharmapebhyaḥ svāhā # MS.4.9.9: 129.12; TA.4.10.3; 5.8.8. Cf. devebhyas tvā gharmapebhya.
pitṛbhyo nārāśaṃsebhyaḥ svāhā # śB.12.6.1.33.
pitṛbhyo barhiṣadbhyaṣ ṣaṭkapālaḥ puroḍāśaḥ # KS.9.6. Cf. TS.1.8.5.1.
pitṝñ (Kś. pitṝn) jinva # TS.3.5.2.3; 4.4.1.2; KS.17.7; 37.17; PB.1.9.12; Vait.23.6; Kś.4.14.27; Apś.6.11.4. Cf. ojasā pitṛbhyaḥ.
pitṝṇām arghyapātitam # AG.4.7.16b.
pipīlikābhya (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.17. Cf. sarpapipīlikābhyaḥ.
pibā somaṃ vajrabāho viṣahya # MS.4.12.3c: 184.4.
pīta indav indram asmabhyaṃ yācatāt # RV.9.86.41d.
pīlumatīti madhyamā # AVś.18.2.48b.
putraḥ pitṛbhya āhutiṃ juhomi # HG.2.14.4d.
putrāyeva pitarā mahyaṃ śikṣatam # RV.10.39.6b.
putrebhya prāyachat # VS.11.59c; śB.6.5.2.21. See tāṃ putrebhyaḥ.
punaḥ kṛṇvānāḥ sakhyā śivāni # RV.3.58.6c.
punaḥ pūṣā pathyāṃ yā svastiḥ # RV.10.59.7d.
punar abhyājigāṃsati # JB.2.383d.
punar asmabhyaṃ suvitāya deva # RV.1.189.3c; MS.4.14.3c: 218.10; TB.2.8.2.4c.
purāgne duritebhyaḥ # RV.8.44.30a.
purā cakṛbhyā ātṛda # MS.4.9.12a: 133.12. See purā jatru-.
purā jatrubhya (TA.ApMB. jartṛbhya) ātṛdaḥ # RV.8.1.12b; AVś.14.2.47b; SV.1.244b; PB.9.10.1b; TA.4.20.1b; Kś.25.5.30b; ApMB.1.7.1b. See purā cakṛbhyā.
purāṇam okaḥ sakhyaṃ śivaṃ vām # RV.3.58.6a; Aś.9.11.19; śś.15.8.21.
purā dasyūn madhyaṃdinād abhīke # RV.4.28.3b.
purā devāsurebhyaḥ # MG.1.10.15b; VārG.14.13b.
purā nābhyā apiśaso vapām utkhidatāt # MS.4.13.4: 203.12; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.14; TB.3.6.6.2; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.4.
purā madhyaṃdinād uta # AVP.3.40.5d.
purā mṛdhrebhyaḥ kave # RV.8.44.30b.
purutrā yad abhavat sūr ahaibhyaḥ # RV.1.146.5c.
purū sakhibhya āsutiṃ kariṣṭhaḥ # RV.7.97.7d; MS.4.14.4d: 220.1; KS.17.18d; TB.2.5.5.5d.
purojitī vo andhasa ehyā , sūtāya mādayitnavā ehyā , āpa śvānaṃ śnāthīṣṭānā , tam aiho vā ehyā (read aihovā ehiyā, without tam) # JB.1.164. Variation of RV.9.101.1.
purovātaṃ ca vidyutaṃ ca manasā dhyāya # śB.1.5.2.19; Kś.4.5.18.
puro haribhyāṃ vṛṣabho ratho hi ṣaḥ # RV.1.54.3d.
pūr asi taṃ tvā prapadye saha grahaiḥ saha pragrahaiḥ saha prajayā saha paśubhiḥ sahartvigbhyaḥ saha somyaiḥ saha sadasyaiḥ saha dākṣiṇeyaiḥ saha yajñena saha yajñapatinā # Apś.14.26.1.
pūrṇāv iha saumanasaḥ sam ṛdhyatām # AVP.8.11.6b.
pūrvam anyam aparam anyaṃ pādāv ava nenije devā rāṣṭrasya guptyā abhayasyāvaruddhyai # AB.8.27.8. See prec. Quasi metrical.
pūrvāgāt padvatībhyaḥ # RV.6.59.6b; SV.1.281b; VS.33.93b.
pūrvībhir yātaṃ pathyābhir arvāk # RV.7.67.3c.
pūrvebhya pathikṛdbhyaḥ # RV.10.14.15d; AVś.18.2.2d; TA.6.5.1d.
pūrvo devebhya ātapat # ApMB.1.3.4d.
pūṣaṇaṃ dorbhyām # VS.25.3; MS.3.15.3: 178.10.
pūṣā jñātivin (Kauś. jātivin, read jñāti-) mahyaṃ jāyām imām adāt # AVP.1.34.3; Kauś.78.10. Cf. prec.
pūṣā tveto nayatu hastagṛhya # RV.10.85.26a; AG.1.8.1; ApMB.1.2.8a (ApG.2.4.9); JG.1.22a. P: pūṣā tvetaḥ JG.1.22. See bhagas tveto.
pūṣā pathīnām adhyakṣaḥ # AVP.15.8.9.
pūṣā vaḥ paraspā aditiḥ pretvarīyā indro vo 'dhyakṣo 'naṣṭāḥ punar eta # MS.4.1.1: 2.6.
pūṣainān abhyarākṣīt # MS.1.5.14d: 84.10; Aś.2.5.12d. Cf. Apś.6.26.3.
pūṣṇe pathikṛte dhātre vidhātre marudbhyaś ca # śG.2.14.9.
pūṣṇe prapathyāya svāhā # VS.22.20; TS.7.3.15.1; MS.3.12.5: 162.3; KSA.3.5; śB.13.1.8.6; TB.3.8.11.2; TA.4.16.1.
pṛtanāṣāhā paśubhyaḥ paśūn jinva # MS.2.8.8: 112.10. See prec.
pṛtanāṣāhyāya (TB. -sāhyāya) ca # RV.3.37.1b; AVś.20.19.1b; VS.18.68b; TB.2.5.6.1b.
pṛthivi devayajany oṣadhyās te mūlaṃ mā hiṃsiṣam # VS.1.25; TS.1.1.9.1; KS.1.9; 31.8; śB.1.2.4.16; TB.3.2.9.2,3. P: pṛthivi devayajani Kś.2.6.16; Apś.2.1.5. See prec. two.
pṛthivī naḥ prathatāṃ rādhyatāṃ naḥ # AVś.12.1.2d; MS.4.14.11d: 233.11.
pṛthivyaptejo vāyur ākāśā (Tā. pṛthivy āpas tejo vāyur ākāśā; MahānU. pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśā) me śudhyantām # TA.10.56.1; Tā.10.66; MahānU.20.20. P: pṛthivīBDh.3.8.12.
pṛthugmānaṃ vāśraṃ vāvṛdhadhyai # RV.10.99.1b.
pṛṣṭibhyas te pārśvābhyām # AVP.9.3.12a.
pṛṣṭībhya (KSA. pṛṣṭibhyaḥ) svāhā # TS.7.3.16.1; KSA.3.6.
pṛṣvābhya svāhā # TS.7.4.13.1. See pruṣvābhyaḥ.
pautram ānandam abhi vi (ApMBḥG.JG. pra) budhyatām iyam # SMB.1.1.11d; PG.1.5.11d; ApMB.1.4.8d; HG.1.19.7d; JG.1.20d.
paurṇamāsī madhyata uj jigāya # AVP.1.102.2b. See un madhyataḥ paurṇamāsī.
pra ṛbhubhyo dūtam iva vācam iṣye # RV.4.33.1a; AB.5.5.9; KB.22.9. P: pra ṛbhubhyaḥ Aś.8.8.4; śś.10.5.23. Cf. BṛhD.5.1.
prakāśena bāhyam # TS.5.7.12.1; KSA.13.2. See next.
pra cakriyeva rodasī marudbhyaḥ # RV.5.30.8d.
pra carṣaṇibhyaḥ pṛtanāhaveṣu # RV.1.109.6a; TS.4.2.11.1a; MS.4.10.4a: 152.15; KS.4.15a; Aś.3.7.13. P: pra carṣaṇibhyaḥ MS.4.11.1: 159.1; 4.13.5: 205.11; 4.14.8: 226.11; TB.2.8.5.1; śś.1.8.11; 6.10.9; Mś.5.2.8.31.
pra ca śruta śrāvaya carṣaṇibhyaḥ # RV.6.31.5d.
prajānan vidvān pathyā anu svāḥ # RV.3.35.8d.
prajāpataye tvā grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi mahyaṃ śriye mahyaṃ yaśase mahyam annādyāya # Aś.2.9.9; śG.3.8.2.
prajāpataye tvā prajābhyaḥ # KS.30.5 (bis); Mś.7.2.4.21 (bis). Cf. prajābhyas tvā prajāpataye.
prajāpataye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu # śś.7.18.5.
prajāpataye devebhya ṛṣibhyaḥ śraddhāyai medhāyai sadasaspataye 'numataye # PG.2.10.9.
prajāpataye prajābhyaḥ # Mś.7.2.4.21.
prajāpatiḥ prajānām adhyakṣaḥ # AVP.15.9.2. Cf. prajāpate prajānām.
prajāpatigṛhītayā tvayā cakṣur gṛhṇāmi prajābhyaḥ # VS.13.56; TS.4.3.2.2; MS.2.7.19: 104.8; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.3.
prajāpatigṛhītayā tvayā prāṇaṃ gṛhṇāmi prajābhyaḥ # VS.13.54; TS.4.3.2.1; MS.2.7.19: 104.2; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.1.6. P: prajāpatigṛhītayā tvayā śB.8.1.3.2.
prajāpatigṛhītayā tvayā mano gṛhṇāmi prajābhyaḥ # VS.13.55; TS.4.3.2.1; MS.2.7.19: 104.5; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.1.9.
prajāpatigṛhītayā tvayā vācaṃ gṛhṇāmi prajābhyaḥ # VS.13.58; TS.4.3.2.3; MS.2.7.19: 104.15; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.9.
prajāpatigṛhītayā tvayā śrotraṃ gṛhṇāmi prajābhyaḥ # VS.13.57; TS.4.3.2.2; MS.2.7.19: 104.11; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.6.
prajāpatinā tvā mahyaṃ gṛhṇāmy asau # ApMB.2.5.22e. See brahmaṇā tvā etc.
prajāpatim ahaṃ tvayā samakṣam ṛdhyāsam # GB.2.1.7; Vait.3.20. See prajāpatir ahaṃ.
prajāpatiṃ pārameṣṭhyāya # Mś.9.2.5.8.
prajāpatir ahaṃ tvayā sākṣād ṛdhyāsam # Mś.1.4.2.12. See prajāpatim ahaṃ.
prajāpatir mahyam etā rarāṇaḥ # RV.10.169.4a; TS.7.4.17.2a; KSA.4.6a.
prajāpatir mātariśvā prajābhyaḥ # AVś.19.20.2b; AVP.1.108.2b.
prajāpatir viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ # VSK.2.3.2; TB.3.7.6.3; Vait.1.18; Kś.2.1.19; Apś.3.18.4.
prajāpatiṣ ṭvā niyunaktu mahyam # PG.1.8.8d; MG.1.10.13d. See bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā etc.
prajāpateḥ parameṣṭhinaḥ prāṇas sa te prāṇaṃ dadātu yayoḥ prāṇas tābhyāṃ vāṃ svāhā # KS.11.7. See next.
prajāpate 'nu mā budhyasva # AVś.9.1.24.
prajāpateṣ ṭvā grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi mahyaṃ bhūtyai mahyaṃ puṣṭyai mahyaṃ śriyai mahyaṃ hriyai mahyaṃ yaśase mahyam āyuṣe mahyam annāya mahyam annādyāya mahyaṃ sahasrapoṣāya mahyam aparimitapoṣāya # Kauś.74.18.
prajāpate saṃ nahyasva # AVP.10.14.8.
prajāpates tvā prasave pṛthivyā nābhāv antarikṣasya bāhubhyāṃ divo hastābhyāṃ prajāpates tvā parameṣṭhinaḥ svārājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # Apś.20.20.3.
prajāpates tvā (Mś. prajāpateṣ ṭvā) prāṇenābhiprāṇimi pūṣṇaḥ poṣeṇa mahyaṃ dīrghāyutvāya śataśāradāya śataṃ śaradbhya āyuṣe varcase jīvātvai puṇyāya (Mś. pūṣṇaḥ poṣāya mahyaṃ dīrghāyutvāya śataśāradāya) # TB.1.2.1.19; Apś.5.11.5; Mś.1.5.3.6.
prajābhya ābhya oṣadhībhyaḥ svāhā # AVP.3.31.1e--5e,6d--8d. Cf. next.
prajābhya (MS. -bhyā) oṣadhībhyaḥ # VS.12.72d; MS.2.7.14b: 95.10; KS.16.12d; śB.7.2.2.12d. See oṣadhībhyaḥ prajābhyaḥ, and cf. prec.
prajābhya pañcapadī # AG.1.7.19. See paśubhyaḥ etc.
prajābhyas tvā prajāpataye gṛhṇāmi (KS. omits gṛhṇāmi) # TS.3.3.6.3; KS.30.5 (bis). P: prajābhyas tvā prajāpataye Apś.21.21.4. Cf. prajāpataye tvā prajābhyaḥ.
prajābhyā etc. # see prajābhya.
prajām asmabhyaṃ janayan (HG. dadato) rayiṃ ca # KS.7.12d; HG.2.10.5c. See āyur asmabhyaṃ.
prajāṃ paśūn saubhāgyaṃ mahyaṃ dīrghāyuṣṭvaṃ (JG. dīrgham āyuḥ) patyuḥ # SMB.1.5.5; JG.1.7. P: prajām GG.2.7.10; KhG.2.2.27.
prajāyā ābhyāṃ prajāpate # ApMB.1.8.5a (ApG.2.6.10).
prajāyai svāhā # TB.3.1.4.12; 5.3. Cf. prajābhyaḥ svāhā.
prajāvato nṛvato aśvabudhyān # RV.1.92.7c.
praṇītīr abhyāvartasva # AVś.7.105.1c; Kauś.56.16.
pra taṃ kṣiṇāṃ parvate pādagṛhya # RV.10.27.4d.
pra taṃ mahyā raśanayā nayanti # RV.4.1.9b.
pratikramaṇaṃ kuṣṭhābhyām (KSA. guṣṭhā-) # TS.5.7.15.1; KSA.13.5.
pratigṛhyāpy anadhyāyaḥ # śG.4.7.55c.
prati me stomam aditir jagṛbhyāt # RV.5.42.2a.
prati vāṃ rathaṃ nṛpatī jaradhyai # RV.7.67.1a. P: prati vāṃ ratham Aś.4.15.2. Cf. BṛhD.6.4.
pratiśvasantu chandāṃsy utsṛjāmahe 'dhyāyān # VārG.8.7. See ut sṛjāmahe 'dhyāyān pratiśvasantu chandāṃsi.
prati ṣṭobhanti sindhavaḥ pavibhyaḥ # RV.1.168.8a.
pratīcy āgād adhi harmyebhyaḥ # RV.7.76.2d.
pratīcyā diśo varuṇena rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.3b.
pratnaṃ pīyūṣaṃ pūrvyaṃ (JB.2.142, pūrvaṃ) yad ukthyam # SV.2.844a; JB.2.142; 3.285; PB.16.11.8. See divaḥ pīyūṣaṃ.
pratnaṃ pratnavat paritaṃsayadhyai # RV.6.22.7b; AVś.20.36.7b.
praty agnir uṣasām agram akhyat # RV.4.13.1a; AVś.7.82.5a; 18.1.28a. Cf. BṛhD.4.129.
pratyaṅ daṃṣṭrābhyām abhi taṃ babhūṣam # AVP.1.76.3c.
prathamebhya śaṅkhebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.8.
pradakṣiṇin (AVś. pradakṣiṇaṃ) marutāṃ stomam ṛdhyām (MS. aśyām) # RV.5.60.1d; AVś.7.50.3d; MS.4.14.11d: 232.14; TB.2.7.12.4d.
pra dīdhyata āsate # AVś.10.4.11d.
pra devāñ janma gṛṇate yajadhyai # RV.6.11.3b.
pra nṛṣāhyāya śarmaṇe # RV.8.9.20b; AVś.20.142.5b.
pra no vājān rathyo aśvabudhyān # RV.1.121.14c.
pra patāto mamādhyā # AVP.9.28.1e,2e,3d,4d,5e,6e,7f,8d,9e,10e; 9.29.1e--6e.
prapathintamaṃ paritaṃsayadhyai # RV.1.173.7b.
prapitāmahedaṃ te arghyam # AG.4.7.13.
prapitāmahebhya svadhāyibhyaḥ (TB.Apś. -vibhyaḥ) svadhā namaḥ # VS.19.36; KS.38.2; śB.12.8.1.7; TB.2.6.3.2; Apś.1.9.9.
prapunvanta upa spṛśata prapunvadbhya svāhā # ApMB.2.18.38 (ApG.7.20.5). See prayunvanta.
pra pūṣaṇaṃ vidathyaṃ no vīram # RV.7.36.8b.
pra budhyasva subudhā budhyamānā # AVś.14.2.75a. P: pra budhyasva Kauś.77.13.
pra madhyamāsu mātṛṣu prame sacā # RV.9.70.4b.
pra mātuḥ prataraṃ guhyam ichan # RV.10.79.3a.
pra mā brūtād bhāgadāṃ (KS. dhavirdā) devatāsu (KS. -tābhyaḥ) # MS.1.4.1d: 48.3; 2.12.3d: 147.2; KS.5.3d. See pra ṇo brūtād.
pramṛśyādinam abhyamam # AVP.6.14.3a.
pra yajñaṃ yajñiyebhyaḥ # RV.5.52.5c.
pra yat samudram īrayāva madhyam # RV.7.88.3b.
prayapsyann iva sakthyau (TB. text, sakthau) # TB.2.4.6.5d; Aś.2.10.14d.
prayugbhya unmattam # VS.30.8. See prayudbhya.
prayudbhya unmattam # TB.3.4.1.5. See prayugbhya.
prayunvanta upaspṛśata prayunvadbhyaḥ svāhā # HG.2.9.2. See prapunvanta.
pra ye vasubhya īvad ā namo duḥ # RV.5.49.5a.
prayai sutasya haryaśva tubhyam # RV.10.104.3b; AVś.20.25.7b; 33.2b.
pravato napān nama evāstu tubhyam # AVś.1.13.3a.
pravatvatīḥ pathyā antarikṣyāḥ # RV.5.54.9c.
pravatvatī dyaur bhavati prayadbhyaḥ # RV.5.54.9b.
pravatvatīyaṃ pṛthivī marudbhyaḥ # RV.5.54.9a.
pra vedhase kavaye vedyāya (TB.Apśṃś. medhyāya) # RV.5.15.1a; KS.7.12a; TB.1.2.1.9a; Apś.5.5.8a; Mś.1.5.1.16a. P: pra vedhase kavaye Aś.4.13.7. See śrutkarṇāya, and cf. avocāma kavaye.
pra vepayanti parvatāṃ adābhyāḥ # RV.3.26.4d.
praśiṣaṃ praśāsābhyām # TS.5.7.19.1; KSA.13.9.
pra śyenaḥ śyenebhya āśupatvā # RV.4.26.4b.
prasārya sakthyau patasi # TA.4.35.1a; HG.1.17.2a.
pra sindhubhyaḥ pra giribhyo mahitvā # RV.1.109.6c; TS.4.2.11.1c; MS.4.10.4c: 152.16; KS.4.15c.
pra sindhubhyo ririce pra kṣitibhyaḥ # RV.10.89.11d.
pra su jyeṣṭhaṃ nicirābhyāṃ bṛhan namaḥ # RV.1.136.1a.
pra sū ta (AVś.AVP. prasūta) indra pravatā (AVP. indraḥpravatā) haribhyām # RV.3.30.6a; AVś.3.1.4a; AVP.3.6.4a.
prasūtaṃ devena savitrā juṣṭaṃ mitrāvaruṇābhyām # śB.4.6.6.8.
pra somāsaḥ svādhyaḥ # RV.9.31.1a.
prāktubhya indraḥ pra vṛdho ahabhyaḥ # RV.10.89.11a.
prācyā diśo 'gninā rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.1b.
prājāpatyaṃ medhyaṃ jātavedasaḥ # AVś.18.4.12b,13d.
prāñcaṃ vasubhyaḥ pra ṇaya pracetaḥ # RV.10.87.9b; AVś.8.3.9b.
prāṇam aṅgebhyaḥ (AVP. -bhyas) pary ācarantam (Mś. aṅgebhyo 'dhi niścarantam) # AVś.2.34.5b; AVP.3.32.7b; TS.3.1.4.1b; Mś.1.8.3.3b.
prāṇam asyāpi nahyata # AVś.5.8.4e; AVP.5.9.8b; 7.18.5e.
prāṇasya panthā amṛto (MS. -taṃ) grahābhyām # VS.19.90b; MS.3.11.9b: 154.6; KS.38.3b; TB.2.6.4.5b.
prāṇāpānayos tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.2.
prāṇāpānavyānodānasamānā me śudhyantām # TA.10.51.1; Tā.10.65; MahānU.20.15. P: prāṇāpānaBDh.3.8.12.
prāṇāpānavyānodānasamānāḥ saprāṇā śvetavarṇā sāṅkhyāyanasagotrā (!) gāyatrī caturviṃśatyakṣarā tripadā ṣaṭkukṣiḥ pañcaśīrṣopanayane viniyogaḥ # Tā.10.35.
prāṇāya me varcodā varcase pavasva # VS.7.27; VSK.9.1.1; TS.3.2.3.1; śB.4.5.6.2. P: prāṇāya me Kś.9.7.9; Apś.12.18.20. See prāṇāpānābhyāṃ me.
prāṇo dātra edhi vayo (VSK.śś. mayo) mahyaṃ pratigrahītre (śś. -gṛhṇate) # VS.7.47; VSK.9.2.8; śB.4.3.4.29; śś.7.18.5.
prātaryāvabhyo devebhyo 'nubrūhi # Apś.12.3.15. See devebhyaḥ prātar-.
prādāḥ (SMB. -dāt) pitṛbhyaḥ svadhayā te akṣan # RV.10.15.12c; AVś.18.3.42c; VS.19.66c; TS.2.6.12.5c; Apś.1.10.14c; SMB.2.3.17c.
prāndhaṃ śroṇaṃ śravayan sāsy ukthyaḥ # RV.2.13.12d.
prāyaścittair anudhyānaiḥ # GB.2.2.5a.
prārpyā jagad vy u no rāyo akhyat # RV.1.113.4c.
prāvo yudhyantaṃ vṛṣabhaṃ daśadyum # RV.1.33.14b. See āvo etc.
prāsrāg bāhū bhuvanasya prajābhyaḥ # RV.4.53.4c.
priyaṃ pitṛbhya ātmane # AVś.12.2.34c.
pruṣvābhya svāhā # VS.22.26; KSA.4.2. See pṛṣvābhyaḥ.
preto yantu vyādhyaḥ # AVś.7.114.2a.
prem andhaḥ khyan niḥ śroṇo bhūt # RV.8.79.2c.
pro sya vahniḥ pathyābhir asyān # RV.9.89.1a.
plāśibhyo vi vṛhāmi te # RV.10.163.3d; AVś.20.96.19d; ApMB.1.17.3d. See nābhyā vi.
plīhākarṇaḥ śuṇṭhākarṇo 'ddhyālohakarṇas (MS. 'dhirūḍhākarṇas) te tvāṣṭrāḥ # VS.24.4; MS.3.13.5: 169.9.
phalam abhyapaptat tad u vāyur eva # ApMB.2.22.11b. See yady antarikṣāt, and yad vāntarikṣāt.
phalgunībhyāṃ vy ūhyate # ApG.1.3.2d. See under arjunyoḥ.
phalgunīṣu vy uhyate # AVś.14.1.13d; Kauś.75.5. See under arjunyoḥ.
baṇḍayā dahyante gṛhāḥ # AVś.12.4.3c.
babhravo dhūmranīkāśāḥ pitṝṇāṃ barhiṣadām # VS.24.18. See pitṛbhyaḥ somavadbhyo babhrūn.
babhrukān avāntaradiśābhyaḥ # VS.24.26; MS.3.14.7: 173.12.
babhre rakṣaḥ samadam ā vapaibhyaḥ # AVś.11.1.32a.
balaṃ kuṣṭhābhyām # VS.25.6; MS.3.15.3: 178.9.
balim ebhyo harāmīmam (PG.1.12.4, harāmi) # PG.1.12.4; 2.17.13f,14e,15f,16f. Cf. under tebhya imaṃ baliṃ.
balihārāya mṛḍatān mahyam eva # AVś.11.1.20d.
bahu dugdhīndrāya devebhyaḥ # TB.3.7.4.16a; Apś.1.13.10a.
bahubhya (MS. -bhyā) ā saṃgatebhya eṣa me deveṣu vasu vāryāyakṣyate # VS.21.61; 28.23,46; MS.4.13.9: 211.10; KS.19.13; TB.2.6.15.2; 3.6.15.1.
bāṭyāḥ parvatīyā uta # AVś.19.44.6d. See bāhyāḥ etc.
bālebhya śaphebhyaḥ # AVś.10.10.1c.
bāhubhyām uta te namaḥ # VS.16.1c; TS.4.5.1.1d; MS.2.9.2d: 120.17; KS.17.11b; śB.9.1.1.14. See namas te astu bāhubhyām.
bāhubhyām ūrubhyām aṣṭhīvadbhyām # TB.3.7.12.2b; TA.2.3.1b.
bībhatsābhyo 'dbhyaḥ svāhā # Kś.25.11.26.
budhnād yo agram abhyarty ojasā # TS.2.3.14.6a. See mūrdhnā etc.
bṛhac chocā yaviṣṭhya # RV.6.16.11c; SV.2.11c; VS.3.3c; śB.1.4.1.26; 3.3; TB.1.2.1.10c; 3.5.2.1c; Apś.5.6.3c.
bṛhatā tvā rathaṃtareṇa traiṣṭubhyā (KS. triṣṭubhā) vartanyā śukrasya tvā vīryeṇod dhare (KS. śukrasya vīryeṇotsṛjāmy asau) # MS.2.3.4: 31.6; KS.11.7. P: bṛhatā tvā Mś.5.2.2.6. See bṛhadrathaṃtarayos.
bṛhat svaścandram amavad yad ukthyam # RV.1.52.9a.
bṛhadanīka idhyate # SV.1.89d. See ārkṣo anīka.
bṛhadbhāno yaviṣṭhya # RV.1.36.15d.
bṛhadbhāno śavasā vājam ukthyam # RV.10.140.1c; SV.2.1166c; VS.12.106c; TS.4.2.7.2c; MS.2.7.14c: 95.13; KS.16.14c; śB.7.3.1.29.
bṛhad vayo bṛhate tubhyam agne # RV.5.43.15a.
bṛhaspataye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu (MS. -ti) # VS.7.47; MS.1.9.4: 134.9; śB.4.3.4.30; śś.7.18.3. P: bṛhaspataye tvā Kś.10.2.30; Mś.5.2.14.10; --11.1.4.
bṛhaspataye madhumāṃ adābhyaḥ # RV.9.85.6d.
bṛhaspatiṃ vaḥ prajāpatiṃ vo vasūn vo devān rudrān vo devān ādityān vo devān sādhyān vo devān āptyān vo devān viśvān vo devān sarvān vo devān viśvatas pari havāmahe # GB.2.2.15; Vait.17.7. Cf. bṛhaspatiṃ viśvān.
bṛhaspatinā sakhyaṃ juṣāṇaḥ # AVś.7.104.1c.
bṛhaspatir iva buddhyā # SMB.2.4.14.
bṛhaspatir devānām adhyakṣaḥ # AVP.15.9.1.
bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā (SMBḥG.JG. -tis tvā) niyunaktu mahyam (JG. mayi) # AG.1.21.7d; śG.2.4.1d; SMB.1.2.21d; HG.1.5.11d; MG.1.22.10d; JG.1.12d. See prajāpatiṣ ṭvā etc.
bṛhaspatisutasya ta (MS. tā; omitted in KS., with hiatus between -sutasya and inda) indo (KSṃS. inda) indriyāvataḥ patnīvantaṃ (KS. -vato) grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi (KS. graham ṛdhyāsam; MS. grahaṃ rādhyāsam) # TS.1.4.27.1; MS.1.3.29: 40.3; KS.4.11. Ps: bṛhaspatisutasya tā inda indriyāvataḥ MS.4.7.4: 97.10; bṛhaspatisutasya ta indriyāva (iti !) TS.6.5.8.3; KS.28.8; bṛhaspatiprasutasya te Apś.13.14.7; bṛhaspatisutasya te Mś.2.5.2.10. See next.
bṛhaspatisutasya deva soma ta indor (VSK. inda) indriyāvataḥ patnīvato grahāṃ ṛdhyāsam # VS.8.9; VSK.8.6.1; śB.4.4.2.12. P: bṛhaspatisutasya Kś.10.6.16. See prec.
bṛhaspate tapuṣāśneva vidhya # RV.2.30.4a.
bṛhaspate saṃ nahyasva # AVP.10.14.7.
bṛhaspateḥ suvidatrāṇi rādhyā # RV.2.24.10b.
bekurā nāmāsi juṣṭā devebhyaḥ # PB.1.3.1; 6.7.6. P: bekurā nāmāsi Lś.1.11.9. See next.
bodhad yan mā haribhyām # RV.4.15.7a. Cf. BṛhD.4.129.
bodhinmanasā rathyā # RV.5.75.5a.
brahma kṛṇvanto vṛṣaṇā yuvabhyām # RV.1.117.25c.
brahmaṇas tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.3.
brahmaṇāgniḥ samidhyate # AVś.13.1.48b.
brahmaṇā tvā mahyaṃ pratigṛhṇāmy asau # HG.1.13.19d. See prajāpatinā tvā etc.
brahmaṇā vāṃ paritṛhya samantam # AVP.1.87.4c.
brahmaṇe chandobhyaś ca # PG.2.10.8.
brahmaṇe brahmapuruṣebhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ, or svāhā) # AG.1.2.6; ViDh.67.19. Cf. brahmapuruṣebhyaḥ.
brahmaṇe vaiśravaṇāya viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ sarvebhyo devebhyo viśvebhyo bhūtebhyaḥ sarvebhyo bhūtebhyaḥ # Kauś.74.3.
brahmann aśvaṃ (TB.Apś. aśvaṃ medhyaṃ) bhantsyāmi devebhyaḥ (Apś. devebhyo medhāya) prajāpataye # VS.22.4; MS.3.12.1: 160.2; śB.13.1.2.4; TB.3.8.3.1; Apś.20.3.3. P: brahmann aśvaṃ bhantsyāmi Kś.20.1.27; Mś.9.2.1.16.
brahmann ekasphyayopa saṃbhindhi # Lś.5.1.4.
brahmapuruṣebhya (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.16. Cf. brahmaṇe brahmapuruṣebhyaḥ.
brahma brahmaṇa uj jabhāra madhyāt # AVś.4.1.3c; AVP.5.2.3c; TS.2.3.14.6c; KS.10.13c.
brahma varma vitatam anativyādhyaṃ kṛtam # AVś.9.2.16b.
brahmāṇy oktā namasā haribhyām # RV.1.63.9b.
brahmāntato madhyato brahma sarvataḥ # AVś.14.1.64b.
brāhmaṇam adya ṛdhyāsaṃ (KS. adyardhyā-) pitṛmantaṃ paitṛmatyam ṛṣim ārṣeyaṃ sudhātudakṣiṇam # MS.1.3.37: 43.16; 4.8.2: 108.18; KS.4.9; 28.4; Mś.2.4.5.14. See next two.
brāhmaṇam adya rādhyāsam ṛṣim ārṣeyaṃ pitṛmantaṃ paitṛmatyaṃ sudhātudakṣiṇam # TS.1.4.43.2. Ps: brāhmaṇam adya rādhyāsam ṛṣim ārṣeyam TS.6.6.1.3; brāhmaṇam adya rādhyāsam Apś.13.6.12. See prec. and next.
brāhmaṇebhyo 'bhyanujñātā # TA.10.30.1c. See next but one.
brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇebhyaḥ # ApMB.2.10.7d.
bhagaṃ devebhyas pari # AVP.10.6.8a.
bhagaṃ purastāt pratibudhyamānāḥ # AVP.10.6.2a.
bhagaṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # AVP.10.6.8b.
bhagavati harivallabhe manojñe tribhuvanabhūtikari pra sīda mahyam # RVKh.5.87.23 (M"uller's edition).
bhagas tveto nayatu hastagṛhya # AVś.14.1.20a; AVP.4.10.1a. P: bhagas tvetaḥ Kauś.76.10. See pūṣā tveto.
bhago mādhyandinaṃ pari # AVP.10.6.7b.
bhago me agne sakhye na mṛdhyāḥ # RV.3.54.21c; KS.13.15c.
bhajann āste madhu devatābhyaḥ # TS.4.2.9.6b; Tā.10.40b.
bhadrān kṛṇvann indrahavān sakhibhyaḥ # RV.9.96.1c; SV.1.533c.
bhadrāhaṃ no madhyaṃdine # AVś.6.128.2a.
bhadrāham asmabhyaṃ rājan # AVś.6.128.3c.
bhayaṃ śitīmabhyām (KSA. -madbhyām) # TS.5.7.19.1; KSA.13.9.
bhayante viśvā bhuvanā marudbhyaḥ # RV.1.85.8c.
bhayaṃ pracālābhyām # TS.5.7.13.1; KSA.13.3.
bharadvāje samidhāno yaviṣṭhya # RV.6.48.7c; SV.1.37c.
bharadvājo mahyam ukthāni śaṃsati (AVP. -tu) # AVś.2.12.2b; AVP.2.5.3b.
bhavasya kaṇṭhyam # VS.39.9.
bhavā maghavan maghavadbhyaḥ śarma # RV.1.58.9b.
bhīmaṃ vahantībhyaḥ svāhā # TS.7.4.14.1; KSA.4.3.
bhīmas tuviṣmāñ carṣaṇibhya ātapaḥ # RV.1.55.1c.
bhīmā ṛṣayo namo astv ebhyaḥ # AVP.1.88.4a. See ghorā ṛṣayo etc.
bhuvo devānāṃ karmaṇāpasartasya pathyāsi # TS.7.1.18.1; KSA.1.9 (sexies). P: bhuvo devānāṃ karmaṇā TB.3.8.17.2; Apś.20.8.12; 11.6.
bhūmir asi bhūtir nāma svāhā tvā devebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ # Mś.7.2.6.5. See bhūtam asi bhavyaṃ.
bhūmyā madhyād divo madhyāt # AVP.9.10.2a.
bhūyān indrāsi mṛtyubhyaḥ # AVś.13.4.46b.
bhūyāma putraiḥ paśubhiḥ # ṣB.1.6.20c; Kś.25.5.29c. See ṛdhyāsma etc., and bhūyāsma etc.
bhūr bhuvaḥ suvar annaṃ candramase digbhyaḥ svāhā # TA.10.3.1; MahānU.7.2.
bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaś candramase ca nakṣatrebhyaś ca digbhyaś ca mahate ca svāhā # TA.10.4.1; MahānU.7.3.
bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaś candramase digbhyaḥ svāhā # TA.10.2.1; MahānU.7.1.
maṃhiṣṭha indra vijuro gṛṇadhyai # ā.5.2.1.10c.
makṣū kanāyāḥ sakhyaṃ navagvāḥ # RV.10.61.10a.
makṣū kanāyāḥ sakhyaṃ navīyaḥ # RV.10.61.11a.
makhasya te 'dya śiro rādhyāsaṃ devayajane pṛthivyāḥ # VS.37.5; śB.14.1.2.11. See under ṛtasyardhyāsam.
maghavadbhyaś ca mahyaṃ ca # RV.9.32.6b.
maghasya medhyātithe # RV.8.1.30d.
maghābhir gāvo gṛhyante # ApG.1.3.1c. See under aghāsu.
maṇiḥ śraiṣṭhyāya mūrdhataḥ # AVś.10.6.31f,32d.
maṇe śraiṣṭhyāya jinvatāt # AVś.10.6.34d.
madaṃ yo asya raṃhyaṃ ciketati # RV.10.147.4b.
madhu priyaṃ bharatho yat saraḍbhyaḥ # RV.1.112.21c.
madhumatīṃ devebhyo vācam udyāsaṃ śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # TS.3.3.2.2; TA.4.1.1. See next but one.
madhumatīm adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi cāruṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # śś.1.5.9. See prec. but one.
madhuman madhyaṃ vīrudhāṃ babhūva # AVś.8.7.12b.
madhu mādhucībhyām # VS.37.18; MS.4.9.6: 126.12; śB.14.1.4.13.
madhu mādhvībhyām # VS.37.18; MS.4.9.6: 126.12; śB.14.1.4.13.
madhya āpasya tiṣṭhati (JB. madhya āpasyati) # SV.2.1006b; JB.2.145b.
madhyaṃdinasya tejasā madhyam annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.3.
manasā vācā hastābhyām # TA.10.24.1b; 25.1b; MahānU.14.3b,4b.
manuṣvad vṛktabarhiṣo yajadhyai # RV.6.68.1b.
manojavebhir iṣiraiḥ śayadhyai # RV.6.62.3c.
manovākkāyakarmāṇi me śudhyantām # Tā.10.66.
mantraṃ vadaty ukthyam (NṛpU. uktham) # RV.1.40.5b; VS.34.57b; MS.1.6.2b: 88.15; KS.7.14b; ā.1.2.1.6b; Apś.5.19.3b; NṛpU.2.4b.
mandasva sakhyasya ca # RV.1.26.5b.
mandānaḥ somyebhyaḥ # RV.8.32.5b.
mandro devānāṃ sakhyaṃ juṣāṇaḥ # RV.7.7.2b.
manmā dīdhyānā utā naḥ sakhāyā # MS.4.9.12b: 133.7. See under anvādīdhyāthām.
manyuṃ janasya dūḍhyaḥ (SV. dūḍhyam) # RV.8.19.15c; SV.1.113c; KS.39.15c.
manye vāṃ jātavedasā yajadhyai # RV.7.2.7b.
mama jyaiṣṭhyāya savratāḥ # VS.13.25d; 14.6d,15d,16d,27d; 15.27d; TS.4.4.11.1d; MS.1.6.2d: 89.5; 2.8.12d (bis): 116.5,13; KS.17.10d (bis),14d; śB.8.7.1.6; TB.1.2.1.18d. Cf. asmai śraiṣṭhyāya.
mama tubhya ca saṃvananam # PG.1.6.2c. See tubhyaṃ ca.
mama pitar eṣa te 'rghyaḥ (also with ūhas, pitāmaha, and prapitāmaha, for pitar) # Mś.11.9.1.6.
mama madhyaṃdine divaḥ # RV.8.1.29b.
mamādhibhir vi vidhyatam # AVP.9.29.2d.
mamāmitrān vi vidhyata (AVś.1.19.3e, -tu) # AVś.1.19.2d,3e. Cf. amitrān no vi.
mayas tokebhyas kṛdhi # AVś.1.13.2d; 26.4c.
mayi gṛhṇāmi tvām aham # VS.20.32e. See mahyaṃ etc.
mayi devā ubhaye sādhyāś ca # AVś.7.79.2c; AVP.1.103.4c.
mayi devā draviṇam ā yajantām # RV.10.128.3a; AVś.5.3.5a; TS.4.7.14.1a; KS.40.10a. See mahyaṃ etc.
mayi devebhyaḥ kalpata # AB.8.9.12.
mayīndriyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyaṃ śraiṣṭhyam agnir dadhātu svāhā # JB.2.68. Cf. mayy agnis.
mayo mahyaṃ (TB. mahyam astu) pratigrahītre (śś. pratigṛhṇate) # VS.7.47; MS.1.9.4 (quinq.): 133.15,20; 134.4,10,15; śB.4.3.4.28; TB.2.2.5.4; śś.7.18.1. See vayo dātre, and hayo dātra.
mayy agnis tejo dadhātu # TS.3.3.1.2; TA.4.42.2; Tā.10.44; AG.1.21.4. Cf. mayīndriyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyaṃ.
marutaḥ sadohavirdhānaiḥ (TA. -dhānābhyām) # MS.1.9.2: 132.2; TA.3.8.1. See aditiḥ sado-.
marutaḥ saṃ nahyadhvam # AVP.10.13.7.
marutvate tubhyaṃ rātā havīṃṣi # RV.3.35.7d.
marutvantaṃ sakhyāya havāmahe (SV. huvemahi) # RV.1.101.1d--7d; SV.1.380d.
marudbhir indra sakhyaṃ te astu # RV.8.96.7c; SV.1.324c; AB.3.20.1c; TB.2.8.3.5c.
marudbhya ujjeṣibhyaḥ # JB.2.176 (bis).
marudbhya enomugbhyaḥ saptakapālaḥ (MS. puroḍāśaṃ saptakapālam) # TS.7.5.22.1; MS.3.15.11: 181.3; KSA.5.19.
marudbhya eva marudbhyaḥ # JB.2.176 (bis).
marudbhya krīḍibhyaḥ prātas saptakapālas sākaṃ sūryasya raśmibhiḥ # KS.9.5. See next but one.
marudbhya krīḍibhyaḥ (VSK. krīli-) saṃsṛṣṭān # VS.24.16; VSK.26.20; MS.3.13.14: 171.7; Apś.20.14.10.
marudbhya krīḍibhyaḥ sākaṃ raśmibhiḥ saptakapālaḥ # MS.1.10.1: 140.15. See prec. but one.
marudbhya paścātsadbhyaḥ (AVP. -sadbhyo rakṣohabhyaḥ; KS. -sadbhyo rakṣohabhyas) svāhā # AVP.2.54.3; MS.2.6.3: 65.12; KS.15.2.
marudbhya svatavadbhyaḥ # JB.2.176 (bis).
marudbhya svāpibhyaḥ # JB.2.176 (bis).
marudbhya sāṃtapanebhyaḥ savātyān # VS.24.16; MS.3.13.14: 171.6; Apś.20.14.10.
marudbhya sāṃtapanebhyo madhyaṃdine caruḥ # MS.1.10.1: 140.13; KS.9.5.
marudbhyo gṛhamedhebhyaḥ sarvāsāṃ dugdhe sāyam odanaḥ # MS.1.10.1: 140.14; KS.9.5.
marudbhyo namaḥ # KSA.11.3. See marudbhyaḥ.
marudbhyo 'bhiṣṭibhyaḥ (JB.2.177, 'bhī-, but one ms. 'bhi-) # JB.2.176,177.
marto vurīta (TS. vṛṇīta; KS. vareta) sakhyam # RV.5.50.1b; VS.4.8b; 11.67b; 22.21b; TS.1.2.2.1b; 4.1.9.1b; 6.1.2.5; MS.1.2.2b: 10.15; 2.7.7b: 82.10; 3.6.5: 65.9; KS.2.2b; 16.7b; śB.3.1.4.18b; 6.6.1.21b.
malvo yo mahyaṃ krudhyati # AVś.4.36.10c.
mahat tan nāma guhyaṃ puruspṛk # RV.10.55.2a; śś.18.1.8.
mahādevasya putrābhyām # śś.4.20.1c.
mahāntam ātmānaṃ prapadye (JG. -nam adhyārohāmi) # SMB.2.4.5; JG.1.2.
mahāṃt sann abhyavardhathāḥ # SV.1.507b. See mahaś cid abhy.
mahi tviṣīmat sukṛto vi hi khyan # RV.3.31.12b.
mahīm asmabhyam uruṣām uru jrayaḥ # RV.5.44.6c.
mahobhya saṃmahobhyaḥ (Aś. saṃmahebhyaḥ) svāhā # Aś.3.1.14; Vait.18.6.
maho mahadbhyām anayanta śūṣam # RV.3.7.6b.
maho vājasya gadhyasya sātau # RV.6.26.2b.
maho vājinaṃ sanibhyaḥ # RV.8.16.3c; AVś.20.44.3c.
mahya sūro abharaj jyotiṣe kam # AVś.6.61.1b. See mahyaṃ jyotir.
mahya jyaiṣṭhyāya pīpihi (Apś. pavate) # TA.4.10.2; 5.8.6; Apś.12.15.8. See asyai viśe mahyaṃ.
mahya jyotir abharat sūryas tat # KS.40.9b. See mahyaṃ sūro.
mahya tejase mahyaṃ brahmavarcasāya mahyam annādyāya mahyaṃ bhūmne mahyaṃ puṣṭyai mahyaṃ prajananāya prajānāṃ bhūmne prajānāṃ puṣṭyai prajānāṃ prajananāya somasya rājño rājyāya mama grāmaṇeyāya # JB.1.84.
mahya tvā madhyaṃ bhūmyāḥ # AVś.6.89.3c; AVP.2.35.5c.
mahyam āpo madhumad erayantām (KS. airayanta) # AVś.6.61.1a; KS.40.9a; Kauś.133.2. P: mahyam āpaḥ Kauś.9.2; 41.14; 59.10.
mahyam āyuṣe varcase jyaiṣṭhyāya rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya pinvasva # KA.2.140.
mahyam id vaśam ā nayāt # ApMB.2.22.10d. See mahyaṃ punar, and mahyaṃ muktvā-.
mahya punar udājatu # HG.1.14.4d. See under mahyam id.
mahya muktvāthānyam ānayet # PG.3.7.3d. See under mahyam id.
mahy ā te sakhyaṃ vaśmi śaktīḥ # RV.3.31.14a.
mākir na enā sakhyā vi yauṣuḥ # RV.10.23.7a.
ca te khyāsmatī riṣat (?) # TA.1.27.2d.
jīvebhyaḥ pra mado mānu gāḥ pitṝn # AVś.8.1.7b.
mātur na sīm upa sṛjā iyadhyai # RV.6.20.8d.
mādbhya saṃvatsarebhyaḥ (AVP. saṃvatsarāya ca) # AVś.3.10.10b; AVP.1.105.4b.
mādho mopari parus ta ṛdhyāsam # MS.4.1.2: 3.9; KS.1.2; 31.1; Mś.1.1.1.33.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya dhānāḥ # RV.3.52.5a; Aś.5.4.3. P: mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya śś.7.17.1.
mādhyaṃdine savane jātavedaḥ # RV.3.28.4a; Aś.5.4.6. P: mādhyaṃdine savane śś.7.17.2.
na ābhyo rīradho duchunābhyaḥ # RV.2.32.2b.
naḥ pari khyad akṣarā carantī # RV.7.36.7c.
naḥ samasya dūḍhyaḥ # RV.8.75.9a; TS.2.6.11.2a; MS.4.11.6a: 175.10; KS.7.17a; N.5.23a.
nindata ya imāṃ mahyaṃ rātim # RV.4.5.2a.
no agne sakhyā pitryāṇi # RV.1.71.10a.
no ajñātā vṛjanā durādhyaḥ # RV.7.32.27a; AVś.20.79.2a; SV.2.807a; JB.2.391a; PB.4.7.5.
no ati khya ā gahi # RV.1.4.3c; AVś.20.57.3c; 68.3c; SV.2.439c.
no guhyā ripa āyor ahan dabhan # RV.2.32.2a.
no madhyā rīriṣatāyur gantoḥ # RV.1.89.9d; VS.25.22d; MS.4.14.2d: 217.14; KS.35.1d; GB.1.4.17d; śB.2.3.3.6d; Apś.14.16.1d; ApMB.2.4.3d; HG.1.4.13d.
no vi yauṣṭaṃ sakhyā mumocatam # RV.8.86.1d--5d.
no vi yauḥ sakhyā viddhi tasya naḥ # RV.2.32.2c.
maghonaḥ pari khyatam # RV.5.65.6c.
māmṛṣad eva (read deva ?) barhiḥ svāsasthaṃ tvādhyāsadeyam ūrṇamradam anabhiśokam # Kauś.3.7; 137.39. Cf. deva barhiḥ svā-.
me dviṣañ jany ata eva parāñ prajighyatu # AB.8.28.12--16.
maindryaṃ jyaiṣṭhyaṃ śraiṣṭhyaṃ vyauṣīḥ # Kś.10.9.4. Cf. maindryaṃ.
māruto gaṇo 'bhyāvṛttaḥ # KS.34.16.
mārjayantāṃ mama mātaraḥ (also pitāmahyaḥ, and prapitāmahyaḥ) # ApMB.2.20.5--7,17--19.
vṛkṣmahy ādityebhyo mā vasubhyaḥ # AVP.2.36.4a.
vo ratho madhyamavāḍ ṛte bhūt # RV.2.29.4c.
māsā āchyantu śamyantaḥ # VS.23.41b. See māsāś chyantu.
māsāṃ (text, erroneously, māsā) tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.9.
māsāś chyantu śimyantaḥ # TS.5.2.12.1b; KSA.10.6b. See māsā āchyantu.
māsās tvartubhyaḥ paridadatu # SMB.1.5.15; JG.1.8.
māhaṃ bhavatībhyaś cauṣīḥ # HG.1.18.3.
hiṃsiṣur vahatum uhyamānam (ApMB. ūhyamānām) # AVś.14.2.9f; ApMB.1.7.8d.
hiṃsīr mahyas tvam # AVP.5.21.5b.
mitraḥ pṛthivyā adhyakṣaḥ # AVP.15.7.1.
mitraḥ pratikhyātaḥ # KS.34.16.
mitraṃ gṛhṇānā jaraso yantu sakhyam # AVP.10.4.10d.
mitraś ca tubhyaṃ varuṇaḥ sahasvaḥ # RV.3.14.4a.
mitrā tanā na rathyā # RV.8.25.2a.
mitrāya satye druhyati # AVP.9.19.7c.
mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ (VSK. uttara-) svāhā # VS.9.35; VSK.11.1.1; śB.5.2.4.5.
mitrāvaruṇayos tvā bāhubhyāṃ (Aś. bāhubhyāṃ praśāstroḥ praśiṣā) prayachāmi # Aś.3.1.16; Mś.1.8.3.14. Cf. prec. but one.
mitrāvaruṇayos tvā bāhubhyāṃ praśāstroḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi # Aś.3.1.17.
mitrāvaruṇayos tvā hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā prayachāmi (Kauś.56.3, pratigṛhṇāmi) # Kauś.56.2,3; 57.4.
mitrāvaruṇā algābhyām # see mitrāvaruṇāv etc.
mitrāvaruṇā ūrubhyām # MS.3.15.6: 179.8. Cf. indrābṛhaspatī ūru-, and mitrāvaruṇau śro-.
mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ vasubhyo rudrebhya ādityebhyo viśvebhyo devebhyo brāhmaṇebhyaḥ saumyebhyaḥ somapebhyaḥ # Aś.6.11.16.
mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ tvā devāvyaṃ yajñasyāyuṣe gṛhṇāmi (VSK. devāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi yajñasyāyuṣe) # VS.7.23; VSK.7.9.2; śB.4.2.3.12. P: mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ tvā Kś.9.14.9.
mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devābhyāṃ devatayānuṣṭubhena chandasāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.15. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrā-.
mitrāvaruṇābhyām āgomugbhyāṃ payasyā (MS. -syām) # TS.7.5.22.1; MS.3.15.11: 181.2; KSA.5.19.
mitrāvaruṇābhyām ānuṣṭubhābhyām ekaviṃśābhyāṃ vairājābhyāṃ śāradābhyāṃ payasyā (MS. payasyām; VS. vairājābhyāṃ payasyā) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.10; KSA.5.10.
mitrāvaruṇābhyām uttarātsadbhyāṃ (KS. -sadbhyāṃ rakṣohabhyāṃ) svāhā # MS.2.6.3: 65.12; KS.15.2.
mitrāvaruṇāv (VSK. -ṇā) algābhyām # VS.25.6; VSK.27.9. See indrāvaruṇā etc.
mitrāvaruṇau śroṇībhyām (KSA. śroṇi-) # TS.5.7.15.1; KSA.13.5. Cf. mitrāvaruṇā ūru-.
mimānā yajñaṃ manuṣo yajadhyai # RV.10.110.7b; AVś.5.12.7b; VS.29.32b; MS.4.13.3b: 202.7; KS.16.20b; TB.3.6.3.3b; N.8.12b.
mimikṣur yam adraya indra tubhyam # RV.10.104.2c; AVś.20.33.1c.
mukhasya tvā dyumnāya surabhyāsyatvāya prāśnāmi # śś.1.12.5.
muñcantu mā śapathyāt # RV.10.97.16a; AVś.6.96.2a; 7.112.2a; 11.6.7a; AVP.15.13.7a; VS.12.90a. See under nir mā muñcāmi.
muñcāmi tvā śapathyāt # AVP.3.17.4a. See under nir mā muñcāmi.
muñcaināṃ grāhyā nirṛtir yad bandha # AVP.3.39.2c.
muhur gṛdhyaiḥ pra vadati # AVś.12.2.38a.
mūrdhānaṃ prati vidhyatām # AVP.10.11.5d.
mūrdhnā yo agram abhyarty ojasā # AVP.5.2.8a. See budhnād etc.
mūṣo na śiśnā vy adanti mādhyaḥ # RV.1.105.8c; 10.33.3a; N.4.6c.
mṛḍa tvam asmabhyaṃ rudra # Mś.1.3.4.3c.
mṛḍayā nas tanūbhyaḥ # AVś.1.13.2c; 26.4b.
mṛtāya jīvāṃ pariṇīyamānām # TA.6.12.1b. See jīvām ṛtebhyaḥ.
mṛtyave dharmādharmābhyām (sc. namaḥ) # Kauś.74.5. See prec. but four.
mṛtyoḥ pāśeṣu badhyatām # AVś.12.4.37d.
mṛtyoḥ sa badhyate pāśe # AVP.12.9.1c.
mṛdho jetā puraetāyodhyaḥ (AVP. pṛtanāṣāḍ ayodhyaḥ) # AVś.5.20.12b; AVP.9.27.12b.
medasaḥ (VSK. medasa) svāhā # VS.28.11; VSK.39.10 (bis); MS.4.13.5: 205.2; TB.3.6.2.2. P: medasaḥ Aś.3.4.3. See medobhyaḥ.
medhāṃ ko asminn adhyauhat # AVś.10.2.17c.
medhāmanīṣe māviśatāṃ samīcī bhūtasya bhavyasyāvaruddhyai # TA.4.42.5.
medhāṃ madhyaṃdinaṃ pari # AVś.6.108.5b.
medhāṃ mahyam aṅgirasaḥ # RVKh.10.151.1a; ApMB.2.4.5a (ApG.4.11.6). Designated as medhāsūkta Rvidh.4.14.1; 19.1.
medhāṃ mahyaṃ prajāpatiḥ # ApMB.2.4.5c.
mendro no viṣṇur marutaḥ pari khyan # RV.7.93.8c.
maighīr vidyuto vācaḥ # VS.23.35c. See meghyā.
maindryaṃ jyaiṣṭhyaṃ śraiṣṭhyam agnir dadhātu svāhā # Kś.10.9.9. Cf. mā maindryaṃ.
ya āktākṣaḥ svabhyaktaḥ # AVś.20.128.7a; śś.12.21.2.2a.
ya āntarikṣāḥ (sc. sarpās tebhya imaṃ baliṃ harāmi) # HG.2.16.6. See ye sarpāḥ.
ya ārṣeyebhyo yācadbhyaḥ # AVś.12.4.2c,12a.
ya āvitto grāhyā lālapīti # AVP.5.17.6b. Cf. ayaṃ yo baddhaḥ.
ya āsicat saṃdugdhaṃ kumbhyā saha # TS.3.2.8.4c.
ya ugrebhyaś cid ojīyān # RV.9.66.17a.
ya uto martyebhyaḥ # AVś.19.35.5b. Cf. prec.
ya ubhābhyāṃ (AVP. ubhayena) praharasi # AVś.7.56.8a; AVP.4.17.2a.
ya ūrmir haviṣya indriyāvāṃs (KS. indriyāvān madintamas) taṃ va ṛdhyāsam # KS.35.3; Apś.14.18.1.
ya ṛjrā mahyaṃ māmahe # RV.8.1.32a.
ya ṛte cid gās padebhyaḥ # RV.8.2.39a.
ya etasya patho goptāras tebhyaḥ svāhā # TA.6.2.1.
ya etasya patho 'bhirakṣitāras tebhyaḥ svāhā # TA.6.2.1.
ya etasya patho rakṣitāras tebhyaḥ svāhā # TA.6.2.1.
yaḥ puṃso adhyāruhat # AVP.11.2.7b.
yaṃ yācamāno abhyaimi devāḥ # AVś.6.118.3b.
yaṃ yudhyamānā avase havante # RV.2.12.9b; AVś.20.34.9b; AVP.12.14.9b.
yakṣmaṃ śroṇibhyāṃ (ApMB. śroṇī-) bhāsadāt # RV.10.163.4c; AVś.20.96.20c; ApMB.1.17.4c. See yakṣmaṃ bhasadyaṃ.
yakṣmaṃ kukṣibhyāṃ plāśeḥ # AVś.2.33.4c.
yakṣmaṃ te antar aṅgebhyaḥ # AVś.9.8.7c.
yakṣmaṃ doṣaṇyam aṃsābhyām # RV.10.163.2c; AVś.2.33.2c; 20.96.18c; AVP.4.7.2c; ApMB.1.17.2c.
yakṣmaṃ pāṇibhyām (AVP. pāṇyor) aṅgulibhyaḥ # AVś.2.33.6c; AVP.4.7.4c.
yakṣmaṃ pṛṣṭibhyo majjabhyaḥ # AVP.4.7.5c.
yakṣmaṃ bhasadyaṃ śroṇibhyāṃ bhāsadam (AVP. omits bhāsadam) # AVś.2.33.5c; AVP.4.7.6c. See yakṣmaṃ śroṇibhyāṃ.
yakṣmaṃ matasnābhyāṃ yaknaḥ (AVP.AVś.2.33.3c, plīhnaḥ) # RV.10.163.3c; AVś.2.33.3c; 20.96.19c; AVP.4.7.3c; ApMB.1.17.3c.
yaṃ kaṇvo medhyātithir dhanaspṛtam # RV.1.36.10c.
yachā sūribhya upamaṃ varūtham # RV.7.30.4c.
yaja ṛtubhya ārtavebhyaḥ # AVP.1.105.4a. Cf. under ṛtubhiṣ ṭvārtavaiḥ.
yajante asya sakhyaṃ vayaś ca # RV.7.36.5a.
yajamānāya tiṣṭhatu # Mś.1.8.6.22d. See mahyaṃ yajamānāya.
yajamānāya parigṛhya devān # KS.4.16c; TB.2.4.3.3c; Aś.4.2.3c.
yajurbhya svāhā # TS.7.5.11.2; KSA.5.2. P: yajurbhyaḥ BDh.3.9.4.
yajñaṃ-yajñaṃ prati devayadbhyaḥ (śś. -yaḍbhyaḥ) # VSK.2.5.3b; TS.1.6.5.1b; śś.4.11.1b; Kś.3.3.12b; Mś.1.3.2.7b. See yajñiyā yajñaṃ prati.
yajñaṃ devebhyaḥ prativedayann ajaḥ # RV.1.162.4d; VS.25.27d; TS.4.6.8.2d; MS.3.16.1d: 182.3; KSA.6.4d.
yajñasya ketum aruṣaṃ yajadhyai # RV.6.49.2d.
yajñasya jihvām avidāma guhyām (MS. -yam) # RV.10.53.3b; TS.1.3.14.2b; MS.4.11.1b: 162.6; KS.2.15b.
yajñasya vo rathyaṃ viśpatiṃ viśām # RV.10.92.1a; AB.4.32.6; KB.19.9; 22.2. Ps: yajñasya vo rathyam Aś.7.4.12; yajñasya vaḥ śś.10.3.14. Cf. BṛhD.7.146.
yajñāya śikṣa gṛṇate sakhibhyaḥ # RV.3.30.15b.
yajñiyā yajñaṃ prati devayaḍbhyaḥ # KS.31.14b. See yajñaṃ-yajñaṃ prati.
yajñena devatābhyaḥ # AVś.12.4.32b.
yajñopavītam asi yajñasya tvopavītenopa nahyāmi # śG.2.2.3; PG.2.2.10 (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 22). See upavītam asi.
yato jāyata ukthyaḥ # RV.3.10.6b.
yat karomi tad ṛdhyatām # Kauś.45.16c. Cf. next but two.
yatkāma idaṃ juhomi tan me samṛdhyatām # TB.3.11.2.4. Cf. prec. but two, and yatkāmās.
yat ta etan mana uhyate (AVP.1.50.1b, īyate) # AVP.1.50.1b; 5.17.7b. Cf. yadi te mana.
yat tanuṣv anahyanta # AVP.1.108.3a. See yat te tanūṣv.
yat te krūraṃ yad āsthitaṃ tat ta āpyāyatāṃ niṣṭyāyatāṃ tat te śudhyatu (TS.Apś. āpyāyataṃ tat ta etena śundhatām) # VS.6.15; TS.1.3.9.1; śB.3.8.2.9--10; Apś.7.18.8. P: yat te krūram Kś.6.6.6. See next two.
yat te tanūṣv anahyanta # AVś.19.20.3a. See yat tanuṣv etc.
yat te ditsu (SV.JB. dikṣu) prarādhyam # RV.5.39.3a; SV.2.524a; JB.3.203a; Aś.9.9.12.
yat te madhyaṃ pṛthivi yac ca nabhyam # AVś.12.1.12a.
yat te somādābhyaṃ nāma jāgṛvi tasmai te soma somāya svāhā # VS.7.2; TS.1.4.1.2; 3.3.3.2; MS.1.3.4: 31.11; KS.27.1; 30.6; śB.4.1.1.5. Ps: yat te somādābhyaṃ nāma jāgṛvi TS.3.3.4.2; 6.4.4.3; MS.4.5.7: 73.15; Apś.12.8.3; 11.11; yat te somādābhyam Mś.2.3.3.22; yat te Kś.9.4.28.
yat te somādābhyaṃ nāma jāgṛvi tasmai tvā gṛhṇāmi # VS.8.49; śB.11.5.9.10.
yat paramam avamaṃ yac ca madhyamam # AVś.10.7.8a.
yat paśavaḥ pra dhyāyata # SMB.2.2.8a; GG.3.10.19. P: yat paśavaḥ KhG.3.4.2.
yat puṇḍarīkaṃ puramadhyasaṃstham # TA.10.10.3b; MahānU.10.7b.
yat prākṣiṇāḥ pitaraṃ pādagṛhya # RV.4.18.12d.
yatra pūrve sādhyāḥ santi devāḥ # RV.1.164.50d; 10.90.16d; AVś.7.5.1d; VS.31.16d; TS.3.5.11.5d; MS.4.10.3d: 149.1; KS.15.12d; AB.1.16.37d; śB.10.2.2.3; TA.3.12.7d; N.12.41d.
yatrota bādhitebhyaḥ # RV.4.30.4a.
yat samudre (AVP. samudro) abhyakrandat # AVś.19.30.5a; AVP.12.22.14a.
yat samudro abhyakrandat # see yat samudre etc.
yat soma citram ukthyam # RV.9.19.1a; SV.2.349a; JB.3.101; PB.13.3.4.
yat stṛṇair adhyayanaṃ tad adhītam # RVKh.5.49.1c; 6.48.1a.
yathāgniḥ pṛthivyā samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KS.5.20. See under yathāgnaye.
yathāgnir akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitre 'kṣito 'nupadasta svadhā bhava (HG. -dastaḥ svadhā bhavatām) # ApMB.2.19.14; HG.2.13.1. Cf. pṛthivī darvir.
yathā candramā nakṣatraiḥ samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1. See next, and yathā dikṣu.
yathā tvam agne samidhā samidhyase (SMB. -si) # SMB.1.6.32c; PG.2.4.3c; ApMB.2.6.2c; HG.1.7.2c; JG.1.12c.
yathā dahyate arciṣā # AVP.9.28.3b.
yathā dāvo vidahyati # AVś.20.136.8c.
yathā dikṣu candrāya samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.7. See under yathā candramā.
yathādityo 'kṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ prapitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadasta (HG. -taḥ) svadhā bhava (HG. bhavatām) # ApMB.2.19.16; HG.2.13.1. Cf. dyaur darvir.
yathā divy ādityāya samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.5. Cf. yathā sūryāya, and yathā sūryo divā.
yathā devebhyo 'pavathā evaṃ mahyaṃ pavasva # Apś.12.15.8.
yathā nabhyaṃ pradhāv adhi # AVś.6.70.3b.
yathāntarikṣe vāyave samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.3. See yathā vāyave, and yathā vāyur antarikṣeṇa.
yathā pūrvebhyaḥ śatasā amṛdhraḥ # RV.9.82.5a.
yathā pūrvebhyo jaritṛbhya indra # RV.1.175.6a; 176.6a.
yathā pṛthivyām agnaye samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.1. See under yathāgnaye.
yathā prajāpatir bhūtaiḥ samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2. See prec.
yathā prāvo maghavan medhyātithim # RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).9c.
yathā brahma kṣatreṇa samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrā saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2; KSA.5.20. Cf. next but one.
yathā bhagasyābhyāṃ dadat # ApMB.1.8.4c.
yathā ratho 'śvaiḥ samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2; KSA.5.20.
yathā rājā viśā samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrā saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2; KSA.5.20.
yathā varuṇo 'dbhiḥ samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrā saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20.
yathā vāyur akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadasta (HG. -taḥ) svadhā bhava (HG. bhavatām) # ApMB.2.19.15; HG.2.13.1. Cf. antarikṣaṃ darvir.
yathā vāyur antarikṣeṇa samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrā saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. See under yathāntarikṣe.
yathā sāmarcā samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.2; KSA.5.20.
yathā sūryo divā samanamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. Cf. under yathā divy ādityāya.
yad ado-ado abhyagachaṃ yad doṣā yat pūrvāṃ rātrim # AVś.16.7.9.
yad adya bhāgaṃ vibhajāsi nṛbhyaḥ # RV.1.123.3a.
yad adhyatiṣṭhad bhuvanāni dhārayan # RV.10.81.4d; VS.17.20d; TS.4.6.2.5d; MS.2.10.2d: 133.5; KS.18.2d; TB.2.8.9.6d.
yad antaraṃ tad bāhyam # AVś.2.30.4a; AVP.2.17.4a.
yad apāṃ krūraṃ yad amedhyaṃ yad aśāntaṃ tad apagachatāt # TA.10.1.13; MahānU.5.1; BDh.2.5.8.6. See next.
yad asmabhyam iti dravat # śś.17.12.4d.
yad asya nāma guhyaṃ samīke # AVP.3.36.4b.
yad asyā aṃhubhedyāḥ (Lś. aṇuhodbhyāḥ) # AVś.20.136.1a; VS.23.28a; GB.2.6.15; śB.13.5.2.7; Aś.8.3.28; śś.12.24.2.2a; 16.4.3; Vait.32.31; Lś.9.10.5a. Designated as āhanasyāḥ AB.6.36.4; KB.30.5; Aś.8.3.28; śś.12.24.1; Rvidh.3.24.4.
yadā prāṇo abhyavarṣīt # AVś.11.4.5a,17a. See yadā tvam abhi-.
yad ābhyām indro adadhād bhāgadheyam # TB.3.7.5.12d; Apś.2.20.6d.
yadā mahyaṃ dīdharo bhāgam indra # RV.8.100.1c.
yadāram akrann ṛbhavaḥ pitṛbhyām # RV.4.33.2a.
yadi me sakhyam āvaraḥ # RV.8.13.21a.
yadi vāruṇy asi varuṇāya tvā parikrīṇāmy ahaṃ tataḥ, vasubhyo 'thavā rudrebhya ādityebhyo 'thavā punaḥ # Rvidh.4.11.4. Metrical. See under prec.
yadi vṛkṣād abhyapaptat (HG. vṛkṣāgrād abhyapatat) phalam (AVś. phalaṃ tat) # AVś.6.124.2a; HG.1.16.7c. See next.
yadī bhṛgubhyaḥ pari mātariśvā # RV.3.5.10c.
yad īṃ brahmabhya id dadaḥ # RV.8.45.39c.
yadī sakhāyā sakhyāya somaiḥ # RV.4.41.3c.
yad uttame maruto madhyame vā # RV.5.60.6a; TB.2.7.12.4a. Cf. BṛhD.5.48 (B).
yad udrudhyati puruṣaḥ # JB.2.383b.
yad ūvadhyam udarasyāpavāti # RV.1.162.10a; VS.25.33a; TS.4.6.8.4a; MS.3.16.1a: 182.12; KSA.6.4a.
yad oṣadhībhyaḥ pari jāyate viṣam # RV.7.50.3b.
yad oṣadhībhyaḥ saṃbharanti # AVP.15.17.5a.
yad dāruṇi badhyase yac ca rajjvām # AVś.6.121.2a.
yad digdhaṃ yac ca dehyam # AVP.2.2.5b.
yad druhyavy anavi turvaśe yadau # RV.8.10.5c.
yad dha krāṇā iradhyai # RV.1.134.2d.
yad dha tyām aṅgirobhyaḥ # RV.1.139.7d.
yad dhastābhyāṃ cakṛma (MSṭBṭA. cakara) kilbiṣāṇi (TA. kilviṣāṇi) # AVś.6.118.1a; MS.4.14.17a: 245.11; TB.3.7.12.3a; TA.2.4.1a.
yad bāhyaṃ tad antaram # AVś.2.30.4b; AVP.2.17.4b.
yad brahmabhyaḥ pradīyate # AVś.12.4.33d,40b.
yad bhūmyāṃ badhyase yac ca vācā # AVś.6.121.2b.
yady antarikṣāt sa u vāyur eva # AVś.6.124.2b. See under phalam abhyapaptat.
yady asi marudbhyo marudbhyas tvā parikrīṇāmi # GG.2.6.7.
yady asi rudrebhyo rudrebhyas tvā parikrīṇāmi # GG.2.6.7.
yady asi vasubhyo vasubhyas tvā parikrīṇāmi # GG.2.6.7.
yady asi viśvebhyo devebhyo viśvebhyas tvā devebhyaḥ parikrīṇāmi # GG.2.6.7.
yady asy ādityebhya ādityebhyas tvā parikrīṇāmi # GG.2.6.7.
yad vā tṛkṣau maghavan druhyāv ā jane # RV.6.46.8a.
yad vā dakṣasya bibhyuṣo abibhyat # RV.6.23.2c.
yad vādāsyan saṃjagārā janebhyaḥ # TB.3.7.12.3b. See under adāsyann.
yad vā nṛbhir vṛta indrābhiyudhyāḥ # RV.7.98.4c; AVś.20.87.4c.
yad vāntarikṣāt tad u vāyur eva # HG.1.16.7b. See under phalam abhyapaptat.
yad vā madhyaṃdine divaḥ # RV.8.27.19d.
yad vā mitrebhyas tvam # AVP.2.26.2b.
yad vā yuktābhyāṃ maghavan haribhyām # RV.6.23.1c.
yad vā sumnebhir ukthyā # RV.8.9.21c; AVś.20.142.6c.
yad vāhyaṃ etc. # see yad bāhyaṃ etc.
yaṃ tubhyaṃ bhāgam ṛṣabham # AVP.6.9.9a.
yaṃ devaṃ devāḥ prāṇāḥ puruṣaṃ parigṛhya jāgrati # JB.3.351c.
yan nadībhya udāhṛtam # HG.1.24.6b.
yan nārṣadāya śravo adhyadhattam # RV.1.117.8d.
yaṃ nirmanthato aśvinā (JG. -manthatām aśvinau) # RV.10.184.3b; ApMB.1.12.3b; HG.1.25.1b; MG.2.18.2b; JG.1.22b. See yābhyāṃ nirmanthatām.
yan madhyaṃdina ātuci # RV.8.27.21b.
yan me retaḥ prasicyate (śś. pradhāvati; Vait. prasidhyati) # TA.1.30.1a; Aś.2.16.19a; śś.3.8.27a; Vait.8.16a; Lś.4.12.16a. Designated as retasyā (sc. ṛk) GDh.23.20; BDh.2.1.1.29.
yamaḥ pitṝṇām adhipatiḥ (AVP. adhyakṣaḥ) sa māvatu (AVP. has sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVś.5.24.14; AVP.15.9.3.
yam agniṃ medhyātithiḥ # RV.1.36.11a.
yam adhyaṣṭhān maghavā jayantam # AVP.15.12.2b. See next but one.
yam adhyasthā uṣas tvam # RV.1.49.2b.
yam adhyasthān maghavā vājayantam # RV.5.31.1b; KB.26.16. See prec. but one.
yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhā # VS.9.35; śB.5.2.4.5.
yamapuruṣebhya (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.13; ViDh.67.16. Cf. namo yamāya yāmyebhyaś.
yam abhyacuścutad agniṣ ṭac chundhatād iha punaḥ svāhā # Kś.25.11.32.
yam aśvattho adhyarukṣat # AVP.1.79.2a.
yamasya mātā paryuhyamānā # RV.10.17.1c; AVś.18.1.53c; N.12.11c.
yam ahyājim ajayan nṛcakṣāḥ # AVP.2.81.3a. See yena hy ājim, yenā hy ājim, and yenaikarājyam.
yamāya tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu (MS. dadāti) # VS.7.47; VSK.9.2.8; MS.1.9.4: 133.14; śB.4.3.4.31; śś.7.18.4. P: yamāya tvā Kś.10.2.31; Mś.5.2.14.7; --11.1.4.
yamo mahyaṃ punar it tvāṃ dadāti # AVś.6.63.2c; 84.3c.
yayā babhūtha jaritṛbhya ūtī # RV.1.178.1b.
yayā śūra praty asmabhyaṃ yaṃsi # RV.1.63.8c.
yayor abhyadhva uta yad dūre cit # AVś.4.28.2a; AVP.4.37.2a.
yayor asti pra ṇaḥ sakhyam # RV.8.10.3c.
yayoḥ saṃkhyātā varimā pārthivāni (AVP. saṃkhyātā varimāṇi pārthivā) # AVś.4.25.2a; AVP.4.34.2a.
yavān ned adān api nahyataṃ mukham # AVś.6.50.1c.
yaś ca te 'dhipatir yaś ca rakṣitā tābhyāṃ namo astu # MS.2.13.21 (sexies): 166.14; 167.1,3,6,9,12. See yaś cādhipatir.
yaś cādhipatir yaś ca goptā tābhyāṃ namaḥ # TS.5.5.10.1,2; ApMB.2.17.14--19. See yaś ca te 'dhipatir.
yaś cid dhi tvā bahubhya ā # RV.1.84.9a; AVś.20.63.6a; SV.2.692a.
yaḥ śardhate nānudadāti śṛdhyām # RV.2.12.10c; AVś.20.34.10c; AVP.12.14.10c.
yas ta ātithyam ānuṣag jujoṣat # RV.4.4.10d; TS.1.2.14.4d; MS.4.11.5d: 173.13; KS.6.11d.
yas tākṛṇoḥ prathamaṃ sāsy ukthyaḥ # RV.2.13.2d--4d.
yas tu kaś cid anadhyāyaḥ # Kauś.141.34d.
yas tubhyaṃ śam asat # AVś.3.23.5d; AVP.3.14.5d.
yas tubhyaṃ dāśād yo vā te śikṣāt # RV.1.68.6a.
yas tubhyaṃ dāśān na tam aṃho aśnavat # RV.2.23.4b.
yas tubhyam agne amṛtāya dāśat # RV.4.2.9a.
yas tubhyam agne amṛtāya martyaḥ # RV.10.91.11a.
yas te agne sumatiṃ marto akṣat (AVś. akhyat) # RV.10.11.7a; AVś.18.1.24a.
yas te rātrau saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te pṛthivyām agnau mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te nakṣatreṣu candramasi mahimā saṃbabhūva tasmai te mahimne prajāpataye devebhyaḥ svāhā # VS.23.4. Ps: yas te rātrau saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva śB.13.5.3.7; yas te rātrau Kś.20.7.26.
yas te sakhibhya ā varam # RV.1.4.4c; AVś.20.68.4c.
yas te 'han saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te vāyāv (VSK. vāyā) antarikṣe mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te divi sūrye mahimā saṃbabhūva tasmai te mahimne prajāpataye svāhā devebhyaḥ # VS.23.2; VSK.25.2. Ps: yas te 'han saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva śB.13.5.2.23; yas te 'han Kś.20.7.16.
yas tvā jaghāna badhyaḥ so astu # AVś.18.2.31c.
yas tvā mṛtyur abhyadhatta # AVś.3.11.8c; AVP.1.61.1a.
yasmād ṛte na sidhyati # RV.1.18.7a.
yasminn enam abhyaṣiñcanta devāḥ # TB.3.1.2.11b.
yasmin brahmābhyajayat sarvam etat # TB.3.1.2.5a.
yasmin rāṣṭre nirudhyate # AVś.5.17.12c--17c; AVP.9.15.8c.
yasmai hastābhyāṃ pādābhyām # AVś.10.7.39a.
yasya te svādu sakhyam # RV.8.68.11a.
yasya tvaṃ sakhyam āvaraḥ (SVṭS. āvitha) # RV.8.19.30c; SV.1.108c; 2.1172c; TS.3.2.11.1c; KS.12.14c.
yasya śuṣmād rodasī abhyasetām # RV.2.12.1c; AVś.20.34.1c; AVP.12.14.1c; TS.1.7.13.2c; MS.4.12.3c: 186.5; KS.8.16c; N.3.21; 10.10c.
yasyāḥ parvāṇi sakhyāya vivye # RV.4.22.2d.
yasyāṃ devā asurān abhyavartayan # AVś.12.1.5b; MS.4.14.11b: 233.14.
yaḥ sabheyo vidathyaḥ # AVś.20.128.1a; GB.2.6.12 (bis); śś.12.20.2.1a. Designated as diśāṃ kḷptayaḥ AB.6.32.19; KB.30.7; GB.2.6.12; śś.12.20.1.
yaḥ smārundhāno gadhyā samatsu # RV.4.38.4a.
antarā yāś ca bāhyā alakṣmīḥ # RVKh.5.87.6d.
ākhyātā yāś cānākhyātā devasenā (HG. yā ākhyātā devasenā yāś cānākhyātā) upa spṛśata devasenābhya (HG. tābhyaḥ) svāhā # ApMB.2.18.41 (ApG.7.20.5); HG.2.9.4.
yāṃ vā te puruṣeṣu (AVP. puruṣebhyaḥ) # AVś.4.18.5d; 10.1.4d; AVP.5.24.6d.
yāṃś co nu dādhṛvir bharadhyai # RV.6.66.3b.
yāṃ kṣetre cakrur yāṃ goṣu (AVP. gobhyaḥ) # AVś.4.18.5c; 10.1.4c; AVP.5.24.6c.
cakartha sendra viśvāsy ukthyaḥ # RV.2.13.11d.
jātā oṣadhībhyaḥ # TB.3.7.12.6b.
yāti śubhrābhyāṃ yajato haribhyām # RV.1.35.3b.
te agne yogavatī priyā tanūḥ svarśokhārādvākhāta tayeda pātram ārohati tasmai te namaḥ svāhā # Mś.8.23.21 (corrupt: read svarṣukhadvārākhyātā tayedaṃ pātram āroha ?).
te dhāmāny uśmasi gamadhyai # VS.6.3a; śB.3.7.1.15a. P: yā te Kś.6.3.8. See under tā te dhāmāny.
pūrubhyas trasadasyur nitośe # RV.4.38.1b.
yābhir indram abhyaṣiñcat prajāpatiḥ # AB.8.7.3a.
yābhir mitrāvaruṇāv (MS.KS. -ṇā) abhyaṣiñcan # AVP.14.1.6c; VS.10.1c; TS.1.8.11.1c; MS.2.6.8c: 68.10; KS.15.6c; śB.5.3.4.3.
yābhī rebhaṃ nivṛtaṃ sitam adbhyaḥ # RV.1.112.5a.
yābhyāṃ vitudāyasi # AVś.2.32.6b. See yābhyāṃ tvaṃ.
yābhyāṃ svar (TB. suvar) ajanann (TB. ajayann) agra eva # MS.4.12.6a: 194.11; TB.2.4.5.7a. P: yābhyāṃ svar ajanan Mś.5.2.7.4 (5). See yābhyām ajayan.
yābhyāṃ tvaṃ vitudāyasi # AVP.2.14.4b. See yābhyāṃ vitudāyasi.
yābhyāṃ narte kiṃ cana śaknuvanti # AVP.4.36.5b. See yābhyām ṛte na.
yābhyāṃ nirmathyate vasu # AVś.10.8.20b.
yābhyām ajayan svar agra eva # AVś.7.110.2a. See yābhyāṃ svar.
yābhyām idaṃ viśvam ejat sameti # MS.2.3.8c: 36.15; TB.2.6.3.5c. See tābhyām etc.
yābhyām ṛte na kiṃ cana śaknuvanti # AVś.4.26.6b. See yābhyāṃ narte.
madhyamā viśvakarmann utemā # RV.10.81.5b; VS.17.21b; TS.4.6.2.5b; MS.2.10.2b: 133.10; KS.18.2b.
madhyamendra śuṣminn asti # RV.6.25.1b.
yajñasya samṛddhasyāśīḥ sā me samṛdhyatām # KB.2.2; śś.2.9.9.
yāvanto gṛhyāḥ smas tebhyaḥ kam akaram # TS.1.8.6.1; Apś.8.17.2.
yāvan naraś cakṣasā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.7.91.4b; KB.25.2; 26.11.
yāvayā didyum ebhyaḥ # RV.6.46.9d; AVś.20.83.1d; SV.1.266d; KS.9.19d.
vāṃ pratnāni sakhyā śivāni # RV.1.108.5c.
sānuni parvatānām adābhyā # RV.1.155.1c.
yāsāṃ maruta udājanta jyotir nāma rūpaṃ paśūnāṃ madhyaṃdinaṃ dhāma paśyamānās tāsām ayaṃ yonir ayaṃ goṣṭha iha rayiḥ puṣṭiḥ svāhā # MS.4.2.11: 34.10.
yās te rudra dakṣiṇataḥ senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te rudra paścāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te rudra purastāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11. See next.
yās te rudra pūrvasyāṃ diśi senās tābhya enat # AG.4.8.22. See prec.
yās te rudrādhastāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te rudrottarataḥ senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te rudropariṣṭāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yāhi sādhyā havir adantu devāḥ # VS.29.11d; TS.5.1.11.4d; MS.3.16.2d: 185.3; KSA.6.2d.
yāhi haribhyāṃ sutasya pītim # RV.2.11.17d.
yuktvā vṛṣabhyāṃ vṛṣabha kṣitīnām # RV.1.177.3c.
yuktvā haribhyām upa yāsad arvāṅ # RV.5.40.4c; AVś.20.12.7c.
yuge-yuge vidathyaṃ gṛṇadbhyaḥ # RV.6.8.5a.
yuje rathaṃ gaveṣaṇaṃ haribhyām # RV.7.23.3a; AVś.20.12.3a; MS.4.10.5a: 155.14; TB.2.4.1.3a. P: yuje ratham MS.4.12.3: 185.6; 4.14.5: 221.11; TB.2.8.2.5.
yuvaṃ śuṣmaṃ naryaṃ carṣaṇibhyaḥ # RV.6.72.5c.
yuvaṃ sanibhya stanayantam aśvinā # RV.10.40.8c.
yuvadbhya sthavirebhyaḥ # AVP.9.6.11b.
yuvoḥ krāṇāya sakhyaiḥ # RV.10.132.2c.
yuvo rarāvā pari sakhyam āsate # RV.10.40.7c.
yuvor yadi sakhyāyāsme # RV.10.61.25a. P: yuvor yadi śś.12.8.7.
yuvor hi naḥ sakhyā pitryāṇi # RV.7.72.2c.
yuvor hi sakhyam uta vā yad āpyam # RV.7.82.8c.
yuṣmāṃs tu pāpmanā tamasā vidhyāni # ṣB.1.4.9. See yuṣmān eva tamasā pāpmanā vidhyāni.
yuṣmān eva tamasā pāpmanā vidhyāni # JB.1.76. See yuṣmāṃs tu pāpmanā tamasā vidhyāni.
yūyam asmabhyaṃ dhiṣaṇābhyas pari # RV.4.36.8a.
yūyam asmabhyaṃ mṛḍata # RV.8.67.19c.
yūyam ṛtasya rathyaḥ # RV.7.66.12d; 8.83.3c.
ye anneṣu vividhyanti # TS.4.5.11.1a; MS.2.9.9a: 129.5; VārG.15.8. See ye 'nneṣu.
ye arvāṅ (AVś. arvāṅ madhya) uta vā purāṇe (AVś. -ṇam) # AVś.10.8.17a; TA.2.15.1a.
ye asmabhyaṃ dhanadā udbhidaś ca # RV.10.116.9d.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"hya" has 318 results
atharvaprātiśākhyathe Prātiśākhya work of the Atharva veda believed to have been written by Śaunaka. It consists of four Adhyāyās and is also called शौनकीया चतुरध्यायिका.
adhyavasāyadetermination to begin an activity with a view to get the fruit. confer, compare य एष मनुष्यः प्रेक्षापूर्वकारी स बुद्ध्या कंचिदर्थं संपश्यति, संदृष्टे प्रार्थना, प्रार्थिते अध्यवसायः,म् अध्यवसाये आरम्भः, आरम्भे निर्वृत्तिः, निर्वृत्तौ फलावाप्तिः confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.14 and I.4.32.
adhyai,adhyainkṛt affixes substituted in the place of तुम् of the infinitive in Vedic Literature (P. III.4.9.), e. g. पिबध्यैः when अध्यैन् is substituted, the initial vowel of the word becomes उदात्त. e. g. कर्मण्युपाचारध्यै ।
abhyatilakaa Jain writer of the thirteenth century who wrote a commentary on the Śabdāśāsana Grammar of Hemacandra.
abhyantarainterior; contained in, held in; confer, compare अभ्यन्तरश्च समुदाये अवयवः । तद्यथा वृक्षः प्रचलसहावयवैः प्रचलति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56.
abhyaṃkara(BHASKARASHASTRI Abhyankar 1785-1870 A. D. )an eminent scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who prepared a number of Sanskrit scholars in Grammar at Sātārā. He has also written a gloss on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another one on the Laghu-Śabdenduśekhara. (VASUDEVA SHASTRI Abhyakar 863-1942 A. D.) a stalwart Sanskrit Pandit, who, besides writing several learned commentaries on books in several Sanskrit Shastras, has written a commentary named 'Tattvādarśa' on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another named 'Guḍhārthaprakāśa' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara. (KASHINATH VASUDEVA Abhyankar, 1890-) a student of Sanskrit Grammar who has written महाभाष्यप्रस्तावना-खण्ड, and जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति and compiled the परिभाषासंग्रह and the present Dictionary of Sanskrit Grammar.
abhyamsubstitute for dative case and ablative case. plural affix भ्यस् after the words युष्मद् and अस्मद् ; cf भसोsभ्यम् P. VII.1.30.
abhyastarepeated, redoubled word or wording or part of a word. The term अभ्यस्त is applied to the whole doubled expression in Pāṇini's grammar, confer, compare उभे अभ्यस्तम् P. VI.1.6; (2) the six roots with जक्ष् placed at the head viz. जक्ष् , जागृ, दरिद्रा , चकास्, शास्, दीधी and वेवी which in fact are reduplicated forms of घस् , गृ, द्रा, कास् , शस् , धी and वी.
asaṃkhyanot possessing any notion of number; the word is used in connection with avyayas or indeclinables; यथैव हि अलिङ्गमव्ययमेवमसंख्यमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.82.
asāmarthyaabsence of a syntactical connection cf दध्ना पटुः । घृतेन पटुः । असामर्थ्यादत्र समासो न भविष्यति । कथमसामर्थ्यम् । सापेक्षमसमर्थं भवतीति । न हि दध्नः पटुना सामर्थ्यम् । केन तर्हि । भुजिना । दध्ना भुङ्क्ते पटुरिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.30.
aābhyantaraprayatnainternal effort made in producing a sound, as contrasted with the external One called बाह्यप्रयत्न. There are four kinds of internal efforts described in the Kāsikāvrtti.; confer, compare चत्वार आभ्यन्तरप्रयत्नाः सवर्णसंज्ञायामाश्रीयन्ते स्पृष्टता, ईषत्स्पृष्टता, संवृतता, विवृतता चेति । Kās. on P. 1.1.9. See also यत्नो द्विधा । आभ्यन्तरो बाह्यश्च et cetera, and others Si. Kau. on I.1.9.
āśvalāyanaprātiśākhyaan authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.
ukhyaa writer on Vedic phonetics and euphony quoted in the Taittirīya Prātiśākhya; confer, compare उख्यस्य सपूर्वः Tai. Pra. VIII. 22.
ṛkprātiśākhyaone of the Prātiśākhya works belonging to the Aśvalāyana Śākha of the Ṛg Veda. The work available at present, appears to be not a very old one,possibly written a century or so after Pāṇini's time. It is possible that the work, which is available, is based upon a few ancient Prātiśākhya works which are lost. Its authorship is attributed to Śaunaka.The work is a metrical one and consists of three books or Adhyāyas, each Adhyāya being made up of six Paṭalas or chapters. It is written, just as the other Prātiśākhya works, with a view to give directions for the proper recitation of the Veda. It has got a scholarly commentary written by Uvaṭa and another one by Kumāra who is also called Viṣṇumitra. See अाश्वलायनप्रातिशाख्य.
ekahalmadhya(a vowel)placed between two single consonants; e.g the vowel अ in पच्, रम्, रण्, et cetera, and others
aikārthyapossession of a single composite sense (by all words together in a compound); cf संंघातस्य ऐकार्थ्यात् सुबभावो वर्णात् M.Bh. on I. 2.45 Vārt 10; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.29 Vārt, 7; confer, compare also नाम नाम्नैकार्थ्ये समासो बहुलम् Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. III.1.18 where the commentator explains ऐकार्थ्य as एकार्थीभावः In the commentary on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. III 2.8 ऐकार्थ्य is explained as ऐकपद्य
kaṇṭhoṣṭhya,kaṇṭhauṣṭhyagutturo-labial, the diphthongs ओ and औ are called Kaṇṭhoṣṭhya as they are produced at both the Kaṇṭha and the Oṣṭha Sthānas.
kaṇṭhyaproduced at the throat or at the glottis; the vowel अ, visarga and the consonant ह् are called कण्ठ्यं in the Prātiśākhyas, while later grammarians include the guttural consonants क्, ख् ग्, घ् and ङ् among the Kaṇṭhya letters; confer, compare अकुहविसर्जनीयानां कण्ठः Sid. Kau.on तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P.I.1.9. See कण्ठ.
kadhyai kadhyainkṛt affix अध्यै of the infinitive in Vedic Literature: confer, compare तुमर्थे सेसे...कध्यैकध्यैन्..तवेनः P.III.4.9.
gaṇaratnamahodadhyavacūria metrical commentary on Vardhamāna's Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. The name of the author is not available.
gauṇamukhyanyāyathe maxim that the primary sense occurs to the mind earlier than the secondary sense, and hence words used in the primary sense should be always taken for grammatical operations in preference to words in a secondary sense. See the word गेोण.
cāritārthyafulfilment of the object or the Purpose. The word is used in connection with a rule of grammar. See चरितार्थ.
jñāpakasādhyarealizable, or possible to be drawn, from a wording in the Sūtra of Pāņini in the manner shown a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See ज्ञापक.
tādarthya(1)the nature of being meant for another ; confer, compare चतुर्थीविधाने तादर्थ्य उपसंख्यानम् । यूपाय दारु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3.13; (2) meant for another: confer, compare तदर्थे एव तादर्थ्यम् । चातुर्वण्यादित्वात् ष्यञ् । अग्निदेवतायै इदम् अग्निदेवत्यम् । तादर्थ्ये यत् । confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 4.24 (3) being possessed of the same sense: confer, compare तादर्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यम्. See ताच्छब्द्य.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
thyantaddhita affix. affix थ्य in the sense of 'favourable for' ( तस्मै हितम् ) added to the words अज and अवि; exempli gratia, for example -अजथ्या यूथिः। अविथ्या । cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.1.8.
dantoṣṭhyaalso दन्त्योष्ठ्य or : दन्त्यौष्ठ्य the dentolabial letter व्: confer, compare ओष्टान्ताभ्यां दन्तैर्वकार । दन्तैरिति स्थाननिर्देशः| ओष्ठान्ताभ्याम् इति करणनिर्देशः Com. on T.Pr.II. 43.
dhyamtaddhita affix. affix ध्यमुञ् substituted for धा optionally after the word एक e. g. ऐकध्यम् , एकधा; confer, compare P. V. 3.44.
dhyaikrt afix ध्यै seen in Vedic Literature, substituted for त्या optionally; e. g. साढयै, साढ्वा; cf P. VI. 3.113.
niḥsaṃkhyanot possessed of any numbersense ; the term is used in connection with indeclinables; confer, compare अव्ययेभ्यस्तु निःसंख्येभ्यः सामान्यविहिताः स्वादयो वेिद्यन्त एव Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.I. 4.21.
pārārthyaliterally serving the purpose of another like the Paribhāşā and the Adhikāra rules in Grammar which have got no utility as fair as they themselves are concerned, but which are of use in the interpretation of other rules; confer, compare अधिकारशब्देन पारार्थ्यात् परिभाषाप्युच्यते. Par. Sek. Pari. 2, 3.
pipīlikamadhyā,pipīlikamadhyaname given to a stanza of त्रिष्टुप् or जगती or बृहती type consisting of three feet, the middle foot consisting of six or seven or eight syllables only; e. g. Ŗgveda X. 105, 2 and 7; IX. 110.l, VIII. 46.14; confer, compare उष्णिक् पिपीलिकामध्या हरीयस्येति दृश्यते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 25, 28, 36.
pragṛhyaa term used in the Pratisakhya works and by Panini, in the sense of a vowel which is not combined with the following vowel by rules of euphony; e. g सुजाते अश्वसूनृते, अमी अत्र etc; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 28 and 29; P. I. 1.11-19 and VI.1.125.
pratiṣedhyawhat is prohibited, as opposed to विधेय; confer, compare औत्त्वं च प्रतिषेघ्यम् ; M.Bh. on P.I. 1.47, I.1.51.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
bahumadhyagataa word which has entered between two constituent words of a compound by splitting in a way the compound e. g. the word च in ईयते नरा च शंसं दैव्यम् Rg. Veda IX. 86.42; confer, compare एतानि परिगृह्णीयात् बहूमध्यगतानि च । R.Pr.X.7. explained by Uvvata as बहूनां पदानां मध्यगतानि च यानि पदानि तानि अतिक्रम्य परिगृह्णीयात् !
hya(प्रयत्न)external effort; the term is used many times in connection with the external effort in the production of articulate sound, as different from the internal effort अाभ्यन्तरप्रयत्न. The external effort is described to be consisting of 11 kinds; confer, compare बाह्यप्रयत्नस्त्वेकादशधा । विवारः संवारः श्वासो नादो घोषोSघोषोSल्पप्राणो महाप्राण उदात्तोनुदात्तः स्वरितश्चेति S.K.on P. I.1.9.
bodhyaa technical term for the vocative case in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
bhyascase-affix of the dative and ablative plural: confer, compare स्वौजसमौट् P.IV. 1. 2.
bhrūmadhyaliterallycentre of the brows, or eyebrows which is described as the place of air ( which produces utterance or speech) at the time of the evening soma-pressing or sacrifice: confer, compare प्रात:सवनमाध्यन्दिनसवनतृतीयसवनक्रमेण उर:कण्ठभ्रूमध्यानि त्रीणि स्थानानि वायोर्भर्वान्त Vāj. Prāt. I. 30; confer, compare also भ्रुवोर्मध्ये प्राणमावेश्य सम्यक्.
madhyaliterally middle; middling variety. The word is used in the sense of the middling effort between the open (विवृत) and the close (संवृत) external efforts which technically is called हकार; confer, compare मध्ये हकारः | मध्ये भव: मध्यः | अ सांप्रतिके | तदयमर्थः | सांप्रतिके प्रकृतिस्थे कण्ठे सति हकारो नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नः क्रियते | तेन च व्यञ्जनेषु घोषो जायते | Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.Bhāṣya on II.6.
madhyakaumudīcalled also मध्यमकौमुदी a work on grammar which is an abridgment, to a certain extent, of Bhaṭṭojī's Siddhāntakaumudī. The treatise was written by Varadarāja, a pupil of Bhaṭṭojī for facilitating the study of the Siddhānta-kaumudi.
madhyapatitaliterally fallen in the middle; the word is used generally in the sense of an augment which is inserted in the middle of a word. Sometimes an affix too, like अकच् or a conjugational sign like श्रम्, is placed in the middle of a word. Such a middling augment is technically ignored and a word together with it is taken as the original word for grammatical operations; exempli gratia, for example उच्चकै:, नीचकै: et cetera, and others cf तन्मध्यपतितस्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यते Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 89.
madhyama(1)the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः | the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति | उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् | (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.
madhyamakaumudī(1)name of a treatise on grammar by Rāmaśarman; (2) the same as मध्यकौमुदी.
madhyamapadalopaliterally the dropping of the middle word or member ( of a compound generally) as for instance in शाकपार्थिक for शाकप्रियपार्थिव; the word मध्यमपदलोप is also used in the sense of a compound. The compounds which have the middle word dropped are enumerated by the Vārttikakāra under the Vārttika शाकपार्थिवादीनां मध्यमपदलेापश्च Bh. Vṛ. II.1.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).; cf also Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.6.30.
madhyaor मध्यमवृत्ति See मध्यम (2).
madhyasiddhāntakaumudīSee मध्यकौमुदी
mukhyamain, , principal, primary substantive as contrasted with a gualifying substantive;confer, compareगौणमुख्ययोमुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्यय: Par. Sek. Pari. 15.
mukhyaviśeṣyathe principal word in a sentence which comes last in the technical expression of the import or शाब्दबोध. It is described as primary and not subordinated to any other thing ( अन्याविशेषणीभूत). This मुख्यविशेष्य is, in a way,the crucial point in the various theories of import; exempli gratia, for example according to the grammarians the verbal activity is the principal word while,according to the Mimaamsakas the bhaavanaa is the principal word.and according to the Naiyayikas it is the subject that is the principal word.
maitrāyaṇīya prātiśākhyaa Pratiskhya or :Parsada work giving the peculiarities of Sandhi, accent and the like, in changing the Maitrayaniya Samhitaapatha into the Padapatha.
yathāsaṃkhyamin respective order, the first for the first, the second for the second, and so on; when the number of subjects and predicates is the same, they should connect in the same order: confer, compareयथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् P. I .3 .10.
yavamadhyaliterally having the centre bulging out like the Yava grain; name given to a variety of the Gayatri which has 7 letters in the first and third (last) feet and 10 letters in the second id est, that is the middle foot; the name is also given to a Mahabrhati having the first and the last feet consisting of 8 letters and the middle one consisting of 12 syllables: cf R.Pr.XVI.18 and 48.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
vaiyarthyaabsence of any purpose or utility; the word is used many times in the case of a rule, or a word or two of it, in whose case वैयर्थ्य or absence of utility is shown, and, with a view to prevent its being looked upon as a serious fault, something is deduced and the purpose is shown; cf सूत्रवैयर्थ्यप्रसङ्गात् and व्यर्थं सज्ज्ञापयति used in grammar treatises.
vyākaraṇādhyayanaprayojanathe purpose of the study of Grammar which is beautifully summed up and discussed in the first Ahnika by Patanjali in his Mahabhasya.
śadhyaiशध्यैन् krt affix अध्यै in the sense of the infinitive added, to.a root as seen in the Vedic Literature: confer, compare तुमर्थे संसंनंसअसेनूक्सेकसेनध्यैअध्यैनूकध्यैकध्यैन् शध्येशध्यैनूतवैतवेङ्कतवेन:, P. III. 4.9.
śabdsādhyaprayogaa grammar work on the formation of words written by a grammarian named रमानाथशर्मा.
śuklayajuḥprātiśākhyaname of the Pratisakhya treatise pertaining to the White Yajurveda which is also called the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya. This work appears to be a later one as compared with the other PratiSakhya works and bears much similarity with some of the Sutras of Panini. It is divided into eight chapters by the author and it deals with letters, their origin and their classification, the euphonic and other changes when the Samhita text is rendered into the Pada text, and accents. The work appears to be a common work for all the different branches of the White Yajurveda, being probably based on the individually different Pratisakhya works of the different branches of the Shukla Yajurveda composed in ancient times. Katyayana is traditionally believed to be the author of the work and very likely he was the same Katyayana who wrote the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini.
śaunakaprātiśākhyaa popular name of the well-known Pratisakhya of the Rgveda, named ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य as well as ऋग्वेदप्रातिशाख्य.
saṃdhyaa diphthong: see below the word संधिः cf अत्थनामनी संध्यम् . संध्यक्षर diphthong, a vowel resulting from a combination of two vowels, but which is to be looked upon as one single vowel by reason of only a single effort being required for its pronunciation; the letters ए, ऐ, ओ and औ are termed as संध्यक्षर as contrasted with समानाक्षर, confer, compare अष्टौ समानाक्षराण्यादितस्ततश्चत्वारि संध्यक्षराण्युत्तराणि Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 10; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 13, Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 111 ; confer, compare also संध्यक्षराणामिदुतौ ह्रस्वादेशे Kat. Pari. 43
sasaṃkhyapossessed of the same number एकवचन, द्विवचन or बहुवचन: confer, compare कृत्स्न: पदार्थाभिधीयेत सद्रव्यः सलिङ्गः ससंख्य: । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2. 24 Vart. 8. सस्थान having got an identical place of utterance; the word is much used in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare सस्थानेन घोषिणां घोर्षिणैव Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 5.
sāṃkhyaa rule or a topic concerning number: confer, compare यदि तर्हि कृत्स्नः पदार्थोभिधीयते लैङ्गाः सांख्याश्च विधयो न सिध्यन्ति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2 24 Vart. 8,9.
sāmarthyaliterally capacity of a word to express its sense the word is, however, used rather technically, as derived from समर्थ, in the sense of compositeness; confer, compare तत्र एकार्थीभाव: व्यपेक्षा वा सामर्थ्यम् ( M Bh.on P.II.1.1. See समंर्थ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., The word is also used in the sense of 'conformity in sense' or 'connectedness' : confer, compare इसुसोः सामर्थ्ये P.VIII. 3.41: confer, compare also उपसर्गः सामर्थ्ये Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 105: cf also Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 98 and 130.
sāmavedprātiśākhyaname of a Pratisakhya work on Samaveda. It is probable that there were some Pratisakhya works written dealing with the different branches or Sakhas of the Samaveda, as could be inferred from indirect references to such works. For instance in the Mahabhasya there is a passage "ननु च भोश्छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीयाः अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते। ..पार्षदकृतिरेषां तत्रभवताम् " which refers to such works At present, however, one such work common to the several branches of the Samaveda, called Rktantra is available, and it is called Samaveda Pratisakhya. It is believed to have been written by औदव्रजि and revised by शाकटायन.
hyastanīimperfect tense; a term used by ancient grammarians for the affixes of the immediate past tense, but not comprising the present day, corresponding to the term लङ् of Panini. The term is found in the Katantra and Haimacandra grammars; confer, compare Kat. III. 1.23, 27; confer, compare Hema. III. 3.9.
aṃ(ं)nasal utterance called अनुस्वार and written as a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the vowel preceding it. confer, compare स्वरमनु संलीनं शब्द्यते इति; it is pronounced after a vowel as immersed in it. The anusvāra is considered (l) as only a nasalization of the preceding vowel being in a way completely amalgamated with it. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 11,31; XV. 1; XXII. 14 ; (2) as a nasal addition to the preceding vowel, many times prescribed in grammar as nuṭ (नुट् ) or num (नुम् ) which is changed into anusvāra in which case it is looked upon as a sort of a vowel, while, it is looked upon as a consonant when it is changed into a cognate of the following consonant (परसवर्ण) or retained as n (न्). confer, compare P. VIII.4.58; (3) as a kind cf consonant of the type of nasalized half g(ग्) as described in some treatises of the Yajurveda Prātiśākhya: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)1.22 V.Pr.14.148-9. The vowel element of the anusvāra became more prevalent later on in Pali, Prkrit, Apabhraṁśa and in the spoken modern languages while the consonantal element became more predominant in classical Sanskrit.
a,pೱ,(ೱ)Upadhmānīya represented by a sign like the temple of an elephants stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks "गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति." Kāt.I. It is a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the labial letter p ( प् ) or ph ( फ ). It is looked upon as a letter ( वर्ण ), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. अ:कार name given to the nominative case. case in the Taittiriya Prātiśākhya. cf अ:कार इति प्रथमाविभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 23.
akārathe letter a, (अ) inclusive of all its eighteen kinds caused by shortness, length, protraction, accentuation and nasalization in Pānini's grammar, in cases where a(अ) is not actually prescribed as a termination or an augment or a substitute. confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.73. The letter is generally given as the first letter of the alphabet ( वर्णसमाम्नाय ) in all Prātiśākhya and grammar works except in the alphabet termed Varṇopadeśa, as mentioned in the Ṛk Tantra confer, compare ए ओ ऐ औ अा ॠ लॄ ई ऊ ऋ लृ इ उ अाः । रयवलाः । ङञणनमाः । अः ೱ क ೱ पाः । हुं कुं खुं गुं घुं अं अां एवमुपदेशे et cetera, and others Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.I. 4.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
akṣaraa letter of the alphabet, such as a (अ) or i (इ) or h (ह) or y (य्) or the like. The word was originally applied in the Prātiśākhya works to vowels (long, short as also protracted), to consonants and the ayogavāha letters which were tied down to them as their appendages. Hence अक्षर came later on to mean a syllable i. e. a vowel with a consonant or consonants preceding or following it, or without any consonant at all. confer, compare ओजा ह्रस्वाः सप्तमान्ताः स्वराणामन्ये दीर्घा उभये अक्षराणि R Pr. I 17-19 confer, compareएकाक्षरा, द्व्यक्षरा et cetera, and others The term akṣara was also applied to any letter (वर्ण), be it a vowel or a consonant, cf, the terms एकाक्षर, सन्ध्यक्षर, समानाक्षर used by Patañjali as also by the earlier writers. For the etymology of the term see Mahābhāṣya अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यात्, अश्नोतेर्वा सरोक्षरम् । वर्णे वाहुः पूर्वसूत्रे । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 2 end.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
agniveśyaan ancient writer of Vedic grammar mentioned in the Taittirīya prātiśākhya. confer, compare कपवर्गपरश्च (विसर्ग:) अग्निवेश्यवाल्मीक्योः ( मतेन ऊष्माणं न आपद्यते ) T.Pr. IX. 4.
agniveśyāyanawriter of Vedic grammar, mentioned in the Taittirīya prātiśākhya. confer, compare नाग्निवेश्यायनस्य ( मते उदात्तपरः स्वरितपरो वा अनुदात्तः स्वरितं नापद्यते इति न) Tait. Pr. XIV.32.
aghoṣaunvoiced, merely breathed; a term applied to the surd consonants, ś, ṣ s, and visarga which are uttered by mere breathing and which do not produce any sonant effect. confer, compare T. Pr.I.12; R.Pr.I.11. The term jit ( जित् ) is used for these letters as also for the first two consonants of a class in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्; ऊष्माणश्च हवर्जम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.50.51.
adarśanaa term in ancient grammars and Prātiśākhyas meaning nonappearance of a phonetic member वर्णस्यादर्शनं लोपः (V. Pr 1. 141),explained as अनुपलब्धिः by उव्वट. Later on, the idea of non-appearance came to be associated with the idea of expectation and the definition of लोप given by Pāṇini in the words अदर्शनं लोपः (as based evidently on the Prātiśākhya definition) was explained as non-appearance of a letter or a group of letters where it was expected to have been present. See Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4 and Kaiyaṭa thereon.
anahvatech. term used by the writers; of the Prātiśākhya works for frequentative formations such as रीरिष:, चाक्लृपत् et cetera, and others; cf Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. 4.86.
anirdaprathamaan underived word: an ancient term used by writers of the Prātiśākhyas to signify 'original' words which cannot be subjected to निर्वचन.
anudāttanon-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).
anupradānaan effort outside the mouth in the production of sound at the different vocal organs such as कण्ठ, तालु et cetera, and others which is looked upon as an external effort or bāhyaprayatna. अनुप्रदान is one of the three main factors in the production of sound which are ( 1 ) स्थान, ( 2 ) करण or आभ्यन्तरप्रयत्न and ( 3 ) अनुप्रदान or बाह्यप्रयत्न; confer, compare स्थाकरणप्रयत्नेभ्यो वर्णा जायन्ते Cān. The commentator on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.describes अनुप्रदान as the मूलकारण or उपादानकारण, the main cause in the production of articulate sound confer, compare अनुप्रदीयते अनेन वर्णः इति अनुप्रदानम्: cf also अनुप्रदीयते इत्यनुप्रदानं प्रयत्न इत्यर्थः; Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. I. Generally two main varieties of बाह्यप्रयत्न are termed अनुप्रदान which are mentioned as (i) श्वासानुप्रदान (emission of breath) and नादानुप्रदान (resonance), the other varieties of it such as विवार, संवार, घोष, अघोष, अल्पप्राण, मह्मप्राण, उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित being called merely as बाह्यप्रयत्न.
antaḥstha,antaḥsthāfeminine., also writen as अन्तस्थ, अन्तस्था feminine., semivowel; confer, compare अथान्तस्थाः । यिति रेिन लेिति वितिः; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII.14-15: confer, compare चतस्रोन्तस्थाः explained by उव्वट as स्पर्शोषमणामन्तः मध्ये तिष्ठन्तीति अन्तस्थाः R.Pr.I.9, also पराश्चतन्नान्तस्थाः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 8. The ancient term appears to be अन्तस्थाः feminine. used in the Prātiśākhya works. The word अन्तःस्थानाम् occurs twice in the Mahābhāṣya from which it cannot be said whether the word there is अन्तःस्थ m. or अन्तःस्था feminine. The term अन्तस्थ or अन्तस्था is explained by the commentators on Kātantra as स्वस्य स्वस्य स्थानस्य अन्ते तिष्ठन्तीति ।
abhinidhānaliterally that which is placed near or before; the first of the doubled class consonants; a mute or sparṣa consonant arising from doubling and inserted before a mute; confer, compare अघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथमः अभिनिधानः स्पर्शपरात्तस्य सस्थानः ( Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 9. ) explained by त्रिभाष्यरत्न as स्पर्शपरादघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथम आगमस्तस्य स्पर्शस्य समानस्थानः अभिनिधानो भवति । अभिनिधीयते इत्यभिनिधानः आरोपणीयः इत्यर्थः । यथा यः क्कामयेत अश्मन्नूर्जम् । यः प्पाप्मना । The Ṛk. prātiśākhya explains the term अभिनिधान somewhat differently; confer, compare अभिनिधानं कृतसंहितानां स्पर्शन्ति:स्थानामपवाद्य रेफम् । संघारणं संवरणं श्रुतेश्च स्पर्शोदयानामपि चावसाने Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 5, explained by उव्वट as स्पर्शपराणां स्पर्शानां रेफं वर्जयित्वा अन्तःस्थानां च वर्णानां कृतसंहितानां च सतां संधारणं वर्णश्रुतेश्च संवरणं भवति । तदेतद् अभिनिधानं नाम । यथा उष मा षड् द्वा द्वा । ऋ. सं ८।६८।१४ इह षड् इत्यत्र अभिनिधानम् ॥ अभिनिघान possibly according to उव्वट here means the first of the doubled letter which, although the second letter is attached to it, is separately uttered with a slight pause after it. अभिनिधान means, in short, something like 'suppression.' The Ṛk. Tantra takes a still wider view and explains अभिनिधान as the first of a doubled consonant, cf ; अभिनिधानः । क्रमजं च पूर्वान्ततस्वरं भवति । Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 21.
ambūkṛtautterance (of words) accompanied by water drops coming out of the mouth; a fault of utterance or pronunciation; मुखात् विप्रुषो निर्गमनम् . It is explained differently in the Rk. Prātiśākhya; confer, compare ओष्ठाभ्यां नद्धं अम्बूकृतम्म्वृ (Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.2.) held tight between the lips which of course, is a fault of pronunciation; confer, compareग्रस्तं निरस्तमविलम्बितं निर्हतं अम्बूकृतं ध्मात मथो विकम्पितम्. MBh. I. 1. पस्पशाह्निक.
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
avagrahavirāmathe interval or pause after the utterance of the first member of a compound word when the members are uttered separately. This interval is equal to two moras according to Tait. Pr. while, it is equal to one mora according to the other Prātiśākhyas.
āgastyaname of an ancient writer of Vedic grammar and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)I.2.
aātmanebhāṣaa technical term used for such roots as speak for the agent himself; the term अात्मनेभाष means the same as the term अात्मनेपदिन्. The term अात्मनेभाष is not mentioned by Pāṇini; but the writer of the Vārtikas explains it, confer, compare आत्मनेभाषपरस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI.3.7 and 8 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; confer, compare also आत्मनेपदिनश्च धातवो वैयाकरणैरात्मनेभाषशब्देन व्यवह्रियन्ते,Kaiyaṭa on VI.3.7.The term is found in the Atharva-Prātiśākhya. III. 4.7. It cannot be said whether the term came in use after Pāṇini or, although earlier, it belonged to some school other than that of Pāṇini or, Pāṇini put into use the terms Ātmanepada and Parasmaipada for the affixes as the ancient terms Ātmanebhāṣa and Parasmaibhāṣa were in use for the roots.
iṅgathe same as इङ्ग्य. See below. The word इङ्ग is used for इङ्ग्य in the Atharva Prātiśākhya confer, compare नीहारााददिष्वनिङगेयूत्तरपदे दीर्घं इघ्नेषु च A.Pr. III. 3.12.
utkramaa variety of the Krama described in the Prātiśākhya works.
udayathat which follows; a term frequently used in the Prātiśākhya works in the sense of 'following' or पर; confer, compare उदयस्वरादिसस्थानो हकार एकेषाम् explained by the commentator as आत्मन उपरिस्वरादिसस्थानः T.Pr.II.47: confer, compare also ऋकार उदये कण्ठ्यौ explained by the commentator as ऋकारे उदये परभूते सति R.Pr.II.11;confer, compare also नेादात्तस्वरितेादयं P.V.III.4.67.
udgrāhaalleviation, ease, relief; name given to a Saṁdhi in the Prātiśākhya works when a visarga and a short vowel अ preceding it are changed into short अ, (e. g. यः + इन्द्र: = य इन्द्र:), as also when the vowel ए or ओ is changed into अ being followed by a dissimilar vowel; e. g. अग्ने + इन्द्रः = अग्न इन्द्रः; confer, compare R.Pr.II.10.
udgrāhapadavṛttiname given in the Rk. Prātiśākhya to the Udgrāhasaṁdhi where the vowel अ is followed by a long vowel; e.g, कः ईषते =क ईषते R.Pr.II.10.
udgrāhavatname given to a saṁdhi in the Rk. Prātiśākhya when the vowel अ or अा is changed into अ e. g. प्र ऋभुभ्यः=प्रऋभुभ्य: also मधुना + ऋतस्य=मधुन ऋतस्य confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 11.
upajanaliterallyorigin; one that originates, augment, उपजायते असौ उपजन: । The word is used in the sense of 'additional phonetic element'; confer, compare उपजन आगमः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5; confer, compare also वर्णव्यत्ययापायोपजनविकारेष्वर्थदर्शनात् । Māheśvarasūtras. 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya gives स् in पुरुश्चन्द्र as an instance ofeminine. उपजन confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 37. In the Nirukta उपजन is given as the sense of the prefix 'उप'; confer, compare उपेत्युपजनम्: The commentary on the Nirukta explains the word उपजन as अाधिक्य.
upapadaliterallya word placed near; an adjoining word. In Pāṇini's grammar, the term उपपद is applied to such words as are put in the locative case by Pāṇini in his rules prescribing kṛt affixes in rules from 1 II. 1, 90 to III. 4 end; confer, compare तत्रोपपदं सप्तमीस्थम् P.III.1.92; exempli gratia, for example कर्मणि in कर्मण्यण् P. III.2.1. The word is also used in the sense of an adjoining word connected in sense. e. g. युष्मद्युपपदे as also प्रहासे च मन्योपपदे P.I.4.105,106; confer, compare also क्रियार्थायां क्रियायामुपपदे धातोर्भविष्यति काले तुमुन्ण्वुलौ भवतः Kāś. on P.III.3.10; confer, compare also इतरेतरान्योन्योपपदाच्च P.I.3.10, मिथ्योपपदात् कृञोभ्यासे P.I.3.71, as also उपपदमतिङ् P.II.2.19; and गतिकारकोपपदात्कृत् P. VI.2.139. Kaiyaṭa on P.III.1. 92 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 explains the word उपपद as उपोच्चारि or उपोच्चारितं पदं उपपदम्. The word उपपद is found used in the Prātiśākhya literature where it means a word standing near and effecting some change: confer, compare च वा ह अह एव एतानि चप्रभृतीनि यान्युपपदानि उक्तानि आख्यातस्य विकारीणिo Uvaṭa on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI. 23.
upabandhaa technical term used in the Prātiśākhya works in the sense of words which proceed from a rule to the following rules upto a particular stated limit; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम् T. Pr I.59 explained by the commentator as उपबध्यते इति उपबन्धः । एतस्मिन्नित्यधिकरणरूपः संख्यानविषयः प्रदेशश्च उपबन्ध उच्यते । उपबन्धे यदुक्तं तदन्यत्र न भवतीति तुशब्दार्थः ।
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upasthitaa word used father technically in the sense of the word इति which is used in the Krama and other recitals when Vedic reciters show separately the two words compounded together by uttering the compound word first, then the word इति and then the two compound words, exempli gratia, for example सुश्लोक ३ इति सु-श्लोक। विभावसो इति विभा-वसो. The Kāśikā defines the word उपस्थित as समुदायादवच्छिद्य पदं येन स्वरूपे अवस्थाप्यते तद् उपस्थितम् । इतिशब्दः । Kāś.on VI.1.129. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya explains the word rather differently, but in the same context.The word after which इति is placed is called upasthita exempli gratia, for example the word बाहू in बाहू इति or विभावसौ in विभावसो इति as contrasted with स्थित id est, that is the word without इति exempli gratia, for example बाहू or विभावसो, as also contrasted with स्थितोपस्थित id est, that is the whole word विभावसो इति विभाsवसो which is also called संहित or मिलित; (2) occurring, present; cf कार्यकालं संज्ञापरिभाषम् . यत्र कार्यं तत्रोपस्थितं द्रष्टव्यम् । Par.Śek. Pari.3.
ubhayadīrghāa hiatus or a stop which occurs between two long-vowelled syllables; the term उभयदीर्घा is a conventional term in the Prātiśākhya literature. The term उभयह्रस्वा is similarly used in connection with short vowels.
uvaṭaalso उव्वट or ऊअट a reputed Kaāśmirian scholar and writer who was the son of Vajrata. He wrote many learned commentaries, some of which are known as Bhasyas. Some of his important works are Ṛkprātiśākhyabhāṣya, Vājasaneyī prātiśākhyabhāṣya, Vājasaneyīsamhitābhāṣya, Vedārthadīpika et cetera, and others
ṛktantraa work consisting of five chapters containing in all 287 sūtras. It covers the same topics as the Prātiśākhya works and is looked upon as one of the Prātiśākhya works of the Sāma Veda. Its authorship is attributed to Śākaṭāyana according to Nageśa, while औदिव्राज is held as its author by some, and कात्यायन by others. It bears a remarkable similarity to Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. especially in topics concerning coalescence and changes of स् and न् to ष् and ण् respectively. It cannot be definitely said whether it preceded or followed Pāṇini's work.
ekavacanasingular number; affix of the singular numberin Pāṇini's grammar applied to noun-bases ( प्रातिपदिक) and roots when the sense of the singular number is to be conveyed; the singular sense can be of the form of an individual or collection or genus. The word एकवचन in the technical sense of singular number is found used in the Prātiśākhyas and Nirukta also.
ekādeśaa single substitute in the place of two original units; exempli gratia, for example ए in the place of अ and इ,or ओ in the place of अ and उ. The ādeśas or substitutes named पूर्वरूप and पररूप are looked upon as ekadeśas in Pāṇini's grammar although instead of them, the omission of the latter and former vowels respectively, is prescribed in some Prātiśākhya works. गुण and वृद्धि are sometimes single substitutes for single originals, while they are sometimes ekadeśas for two original vowels exempli gratia, for example तवेदम्, ब्रह्मौदनः, उपैति, प्रार्च्छति, गाम्, सीमन्तः et cetera, and others; see P.VI.1.87 to ll l, confer, compare also A.Pr.II 3.6.
aicshort term ( प्रत्याहार ) standing for 'the two diphthong vowels ऐ and औ; confer, compare न य्वाभ्यां पदान्ताभ्यां पूर्वौ तु ताभ्यामैच् P.VII.3.4; confer, compare ऐचोश्चोत्तरभूयस्त्वात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.48, The short substitutes of ऐ and औ are इ and उ when prescribed confer, compare P. I.1.48; so also the protracted forms of ऐ and औ are protracted इ and उ; confer, compare P. III.2.106. They are called द्विस्वर vowels in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. Śākaṭāyana says they are द्विमात्र.
otthe vowel ओ; confer, compare ओत् PI.1.15,16 prescribingप्रगृह्यसंज्ञा for Nipātas like अहो, उताहो and others with a view that the wowel at their end should not coalesce with the following vowel. The Prātiśākhya works prohibit the coalescence of ओ in many cases with the succeeding vowel; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.70; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.94.
oṣṭhayaliterally produced upon the lip: a letter ofthe labial class;letters उ,ऊ, ओ, औ, प्, फ्, ब्, भ्, म् and व् are given as ओष्ठय letters in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. See the word ओष्ठ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For the utterance of the letter व् tips of the teeth. are also employed; hence the letter व् is said to have दन्तौष्ठ as its स्थान.. ओस् the case affix ओस् of the genitive case and the loc, dual number
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
karaṇa(1)lit instrument; the term signifies the most efficient means for accomplishing an act; confer, compare क्रियासिद्धी यत् प्रकृष्टोपकारकं विवक्षितं तत्साधकतमं कारकं करणसंज्ञं भवति, Kāś. on साधकतमं करणम् P.I.4.42, e. g. दात्रेण in दात्रेण लुनाति; (2) effort inside the mouth (अाभ्यन्तर-प्रयत्न ) to produce sound; e. g. touching of the particular place ( स्थान ) inside the mouth for uttering consonants; confer, compare स्पृष्टं स्पर्शानां करणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P, I.1.10 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) disposition of the organ which produces the sound; confer, compare श्वासनादोभयानां विशेषः करणमित्युच्यते । एतच्च पाणिनिसंमताभ्यन्तरप्रयत्न इति भाति । Com. on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.3;confer, compare also स्थानकरणानुप्रदानानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.32: confer, compare also अनुप्रदानात्संसर्गात् स्थानात् करणविन्ययात् । जायते वर्णवैशेष्यं परीमाणाच्च पञ्चमात् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 2. where karaṇa is described to be of five kinds अनुप्रदान (id est, that is नाद or resonance), संसर्ग (contact), स्थान, करणविन्यय and परिमाण; confer, compareअकारस्य तावत् अनुप्रदानं नादः, संसर्गः कण्ठे, स्थानं हनू, करणविन्ययः ओष्ठौ, परिमाणं मात्राकालः । अनुप्रदानादिभिः पञ्चभिः करणैर्वर्णानां वैशेष्यं जायते Com. on Tai. Pr. XXIII.2. The Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya mentions two karaṇas संवृत and विवृत; confer, compare द्वे करणे संवृतविवृताख्ये वायोर्भवतः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 11; (4) use of a word exempli gratia, for example इतिकरणं, वत्करणम्; confer, compare किमुपस्थितं नाम । अनार्षं इतिकरणः M.Bh.on. P.VI.1.129.
kāṇḍamāyananame of an ancient writer of a Prātiśākhya work who held that Visarga before the consonant स् is dropped only when स् is followed by a surd consonant; confer, compare Tai.Pr. IX. 1.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kāraan affix, given in the Prātiśākhya works and,by Kātyāyana also in his Vārttika, which is added to a letter or a phonetic element for convenience of mention; exempli gratia, for example इकारः, उकारः ; confer, compare वर्णः कारोत्तरो वर्णाख्या; वर्णकारौ निर्देशकौ Tai. Pra.I. 16: XXII.4.;confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.1.37. It is also applied to syllables or words in a similar way to indicate the phonetic element of the word as apart from the sense of the word: e. g.' यत एवकारस्ततीन्यत्रावधारणम् Vyak. Paribhāṣā , confer, compare also the words वकार:, हिंकारः: (2) additional purpose served by a word such as an adhikāra word; confer, compare अधिकः कारः , पूर्वविप्रतिषेघा न पठितव्या भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.11.
kāśyapaname of an ancient grammarian quoted by Pāṇini, possibly an author of some Prātiśākhya work now lost.
kṛtliterally activity; a term used in the grammars of Pāṇini and others for affixes applied to roots to form verbal derivatives; confer, compare कृदतिङ् । धातोः ( ३ ।१।९१ ) इत्यधिकारे तिङ्कवर्जितः प्रत्ययः कृत् स्यात् । Kāś. on III.1.93, The kṛt affixes are given exhaustively by Pāṇini in Sūtras III.1.91 to III.4. I17. कृत् and तद्धित appear to be the ancient Pre-Pāṇinian terms used in the Nirukta and the Prātiśākhya works in the respective senses of root-born and noun-born words ( कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त according to Pāṇini's terminology), and not in the sense of mere affixes; confer, compare सन्त्यल्पप्रयोगाः कृतोप्यैकपदिकाः Nirukta of Yāska.I.14: अथापि भाषिकेभ्यो धातुभ्यो नैगमाः कृतो भाष्यन्ते Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; तिङ्कृत्तद्धितसमासा: शब्दमयम् V.Pr. I.27; also confer, compare V.Pr. VI.4. Patañjali and later grammarians have used the word कृत् in the sense of कृदन्त; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari Śek.Pari.75. The kṛt affixes are given by Pāṇini in the senses of the different Kārakas अपादान, संप्रदान, करण, अाधकरण, कर्म and कर्तृ, stating in general terms that if no other sense is assigned to a kṛt affix it should be understood that कर्ता or the agent of the verbal activity is the sense; confer, compare कर्तरि कृत् । येष्वर्थनिर्देशो नास्ति तत्रेदमुपतिष्ठते Kāś. on III.4.67. The activity element possessed by the root lies generally dormant in the verbal derivative nouns; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति, क्रियावदपि । M.Bh.on V.4.19 and VI. 2.139
kṛdantathe word ending with a kṛt affix; the term कृत् is found used in the sūtras of Pāṇini for कृदन्त; confer, compare कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I.2.46. The term कृदन्त for root-nouns, or nouns derived from roots, is found in the Atharvaprātiśākhya (I.1.10, II.3.8, II1.2.4), the Mahābhāṣya and all the later works on grammar. See the word कृत्.
kauṇḍinyaan ancient grammarian referred to in the Taittirīya Prātiśākhya(Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 38) and Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., (P.II.4.70).
kauhalīputraan ancient grammarian referred to in the Taittirīya Prātiśākhya: confer, compare T.Pr. XVIII.2.
īśeḥ(VII.2.77)अनुकर्षणार्थो विज्ञायते Kāś. on P.IV.2.78; (3) succession of the same consonant brought about; doubling; reduplication; क्रम is used in this way in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya as a synonym of dvitva prescribed by Pāṇini; e. g. अा त्वा रथं becomes अा त्त्वा रथम् ; सोमानं स्वरणम् becomes सोमानं स्स्वरणम् ; confer, compare स्वरानुस्वारोपहितो द्विरुच्यते संयोगादि: स क्रमोSविक्रमे सन् । etc, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. l to 4; confer, compare also स एष द्विर्भावरूपो विधिः क्रमसंज्ञो वेदितव्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1. The root क्रम् IA. is several times used in the Prātiśākhya works for द्विर्भवन, confer, compare also T. Pr.XXI.5; XXIV.5; (4) repetition of a word in the recital of Vedic passages, the recital by such a repetition being called क्रमपाठ, which is learnt and taught with a view to understanding the original forms of words combined in the Saṁhitā by euphonic rules, substitution of letters such as that of ण् for न् , or of ष् for स् , as also the separate words of a compound word ( सामासिकशब्द ); e. g. पर्जन्याय प्र । प्र गायत । गायत दिवः । दिवस्पुत्राय । पुत्राय मीळ्हुषे । मीळ्हुषे इति मीळ्हुषे । confer, compare क्रमो द्वाभ्यामतिक्रम्य् प्रत्यादायोत्तरं तयोः उत्तेरेणोपसंदध्यात् तथार्द्धर्चं समापयेत् ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X. 1. For details and special features, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) ch. X and XI: confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 182190: T. Pr, XXIII. 20, XXIV. 6.
kramapāṭharecital of the Vedic Saṁhitā by means of separate groups of two words, repeating each word except the first of the Vedic verseline; see क्रम a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The various rules and exceptions are given in detail in Paṭalas ten and eleven of the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. The Vedic Saṁhitā or Saṁhitāpāṭha is supposed to be the original one and the Padapāṭha prepared later on, with a view to preserving the Vedic text without any change or modification of a letter, or accent; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.109, VI. 1.207 and VIII. 2.16, where Patañjali clearly says that grammar-rules are not to follow the Padapāṭha, but, the writer of the Padapāṭha is to follow the rules already laid down. The Jaṭāpāṭha, the Ghanapāṭha and the other recitals are later developments of the Padapāṭha as they are not mentioned in the Prātiśākhya works.
kṣipraliterally rapid, accelerated, a short name given in the a Prātiśākhya works to a Saṁdhi or euphonic combination of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ,; लृ with a following dissimilar vowel; confer, compare Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.Bhāṣya on R.Pr. III.10; confer, compare also इको यणचि P.VI.1.77. The name Kṣipra is given to this Saṁdhi possibly because the vowel, short or long, which is turned into a consonant by this saṁdhi becomes very short (id est, that is shorter than a short vowel id est, that is a semi-vowel). The word क्षैप्र is also used in this sense referring to the Kṣiprasaṁdhi.
khataddhita affix. affix, always changed into ईन, (l) applied to the word कुल in the sense of a descendant, exempli gratia, for example कुलीनः, आढ्यकुलीन:; confer, compare P. IV. 1.139; (2) applied to the words अवार, पार, पारावार and अवारपार in the Śaīṣika senses, e. g. अवारीणः, पारीणः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.93 and Vārttikas 2, 3 on it; (3) applied to words ending in the word वर्ग ( which does not mean 'sound' or 'letter' ) in the sense of 'present there,' e. g. वासुदेववर्गीणः, युधिष्ठिरवर्गीणः; confer, compare P. IV. 3.64; (4) applied to the words सर्वधुर and एकधुर in the sense of 'bearing,' and to ओजसू , वेशोभग, यशोभग and पूर्व, exempli gratia, for example ओजसीनः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.IV.4.78, 79, 130, 132, 133; (5) applied in the sense of 'favourable to' to the words आत्मन् , विश्वजन, et cetera, and others (P.V.1.9), to विंशतिक, (32) to अाढक, अाचित, पात्र and others (53-55), to समा (85-86), to रात्रि, अहन् , संवत्सर and वर्ष (87-88) and संवत्सर and परिवत्सर (92); e. g. आत्मनीनः, आढकीनः पात्रीणः, समीनः, संवत्सरीणः et cetera, and others; (6) to the words सर्वचर्मन्, यथामुख et cetera, and others e. g. सर्वचर्मीणः confer, compare P.V. 2.5 to 17; (7) to the words अषडक्ष, अशितंगु et cetera, and others confer, compare P.V.4.7,8. e. g. अषडक्षीणः. (8) ख is also a technical term in the sense of elision or लोप in the Jainendra Grammar confer, compare Jain I. 1.61. (9) The word ख is used in the sense of 'glottis' or the hole of the throat ( गलबिल ) in the ancient Prātiṣākhya works.
gati(1)literally motion; stretching out, lengthening of a syllable. The word is explained in the Prātiśakhya works which define it as the lengthening of a Stobha vowel with the utterance of the vowel इ or उ after it, exempli gratia, for example हाइ or हायि for हा; similarly आ-इ or अा -यि ; (2) a technical term used by Pāṇini in connection with prefixes and certain indeclinables which are called गति, confer, compare P.I.4.60-79. The words called gati can be compounded with the following word provided the latter is not a verb, the compound being named tatpuruṣa e.g, प्रकृतम् , ऊरीकृत्य confer, compare P.II.2.18; the word गति is used by Pāṇini in the masculine gender as seen in the Sūtra गतिरनन्तरः P.VI. 2.49 and hence explained as formed by the addition of the affix क्तिच् to गम्, the word being used as a technical term by the rule क्तिच्क्तौ च संज्ञायाम् P.III.3.174; (3) realization, understanding; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.9; सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 76; अगत्या हि परिभाषा अाश्रीयते Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva Pari. Pāṭha 119.
galatpadathe word occurs in the Prātiśākhya works in connection with the definition of संक्रम, in the kramapātha. The word संक्रम means bringing together two words when they are combined according to rules of Samdhi. (See the word संक्रम). In the Kramapātha, where each word occurs twice by repetition, a word occurring twice in a hymn or a sentence is not to be repeated for Kramapātha, but it is to be passed over. The word which is passed over in the Kramapātha is called गलत्पद; e. g. दिशां च पतये नमो नमो वृक्षेभ्यो हरिकेशेभ्यः पशूनां पतये नमो नमः सस्पिञ्जराय त्विषीमतॆ पथीनां पतये नमः । In the Kramapātha पतये नमः and नमः are passed over and पशूनां is to be connected with सस्पिञ्जराय. The words पतये नमः and नमः are called galatpada; confer, compare गलत्पदमतिक्रम्य अगलता सह संधानं संक्रम; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 197. There is no गलत्पद in पदपाठ.
gārgyaan ancient reputed grammarian and possibly a writer of a Nirukta work, whose views, especially in.connection with accents are given in the Pratisakhya works, the Nirukta and Panini's Astadhyayi. Although belonging to the Nirukta school, he upheld the view of the Vaiyakaranas that all words cannot be derived, but only some of them: cf Nirukta of Yāska.I. 12.3. cf, also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 167, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.5, III. 14.22: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 13; XIII. 12: P. VII. 3.99, VIII. 3.20, VIII. 4.69.
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
gūḍhārthaprakāśaa commentary on the Laghusabdendusekhara by M. M. Vasudeva Shastri Abhyankar (1863-1942).
gopāla( देव )known more by the nickname of मन्नुदेव or मन्तुदेव who lived in the eighteenth century and wrote several commentary works on well-known grammatical treatises such as the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara, Laghusabdendusekhara, Paribhasendusekhara et cetera, and others He is believed to have written a treatise on Ganasutras also; (2) a grammarian different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. मन्नुदेव who has written an explanatory work on the Pratisakhyas;.(3) a scholar of grammar, different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. who is believed to have written a gloss named Visamarthadipika on the Sarasvata Vyakarana at the end of the sixteenth century.
gautamaan ancient sage referred to in the Pratisakhya works as a Pratisakhyakara; confer, compare T.Pr. V.38.
ṅyāppāda popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadyayi as the pada begins with the rule ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात् IV. I.I.
candraa famous Buddhist Sanskrit grammarian whose grammar existing in the Tibetan script, is now available in the Devanagar script. The work consists of six chapters or Adhyayas in which no technical terms or sanjnas like टि, घु are found. There is no section on Vedic Grammar and accents. The work is based on Panini's grammar and is believed to have been written by Candra or Candragomin in the 5th centnry A. D. Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya refers to him; confer, compare स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः Vakyapadiya II. 489. A summary of the work is found in the Agnipurana, ch. 248-258.
candragominnamed also चन्द्र, a Buddhist scholar who has written an easy Sanskrit Grammar based on the Astadhyayi of Panini. He is believed to have lived in North India in the fifth century A.D. See चन्द्र.
cavargathe group of consonants of the palatal class,.wiz.च् , छ् , ज् , झ् , and ञ्. The word च is used in the same sense in the Pratisakhya works.See the word च.
chpādaa popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fifth Adhyaya of Painis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the rule प्राक् क्रीताच्छः P. V. 1.1.
jagannātha(1)the well-known poet and scholar of Vyakarana and Alam kara who wrote many excellent poetical works. He lived in the sixteenth century. He was a pupil of कृष्णशेष and he severely criticised the views of Appaya Diksita and Bhattoji Diksita. He wrote a sort of refutation of Bhattoji's commentary Praudha-Manorama on the Siddhānta Kaumudi, which he named प्रौढमनेारमाखण्डन but which is popularly termed मनोरमाकुचमर्दन. His famous work is the Rasagangadhara on Alankrasastra; (2) writer of a commentary on the Rk-Pratisakhya by name Varnakramalaksana; (3) writer of Sarapradipika, a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana.
jayakṛṣṇaa famous grammarian of the Mauni family who lived in Varanasi in the seventeenth century. He wrote विभक्त्यर्थनिर्णय, स्फोटचन्द्रिका, a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi called सुबोधिनी and a commentary on the Madhya Kaumudi named विलास. He wrote a commentary on the Laghukaumudi also.
jit(l)literally affix marked with the mute letter ज्; e. g. जस्, जसि, जुस्. the word जित् is not however found used in this sense; (2) a word supposed to be marked with the mute indicatory letter ज्.The word is used in this sense by the Varttikakara saying that such a word does not denote itself but its synonyms; confer, compare जित् पर्यायवचनस्यैव राजांद्यर्थम् P.I.1.68 Vart. 7. In the Sutra सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II. 4. 23, the word राजन् is supposed to be जित् and hence it denotes इन्, ईश्वर et cetera, and others; but not the word राजन् itself; (3) In the Pratisakhya works जित् means the first two consonants of each class (वर्ग); exempli gratia, for example क्, ख्,च्, छ्. et cetera, and others which are the same as खय् letters in Panini's terminology; confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्, V. Pr.I.50;III.13.
jihvāmūlasthāna(l)having the root of the tongue as the place of its production;the phonetic element or letter called जिह्वामूलीय; (2) name given to that phonetic element into which a visarga is changed when followed by क् or ख्; cf X क इति जिह्वामूलीयः V.Pr.VIII.19. The जिह्वामूलीय letter is called जिह्व्य also; see Nyasa on I. 1.9. The Rk. Pratisakhya looks upon ऋ, लृ, जिह्वामूलीय, and the guttural letters as जिह्वामूलस्थान.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jyotsnā(Ι)name of a commentary by Rāmacandra possibly belonging to the 18th century on the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya; (2) name of a commentary on Nāgeśa's 'Laghuśabdenduśekhara by Udayaṃakara Pāṭhaka of Vārāṇasi in the 18th century.
ṭa(1)the consonant ट्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance; confer, compare अकारो व्यञ्जनानाम्, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) short term, (प्रत्याहार) standing for टवगे or the lingual class of consonants, found used mostly in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare RT. 13, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 64, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 27: (3) taddhita affix. affix ( अ ) added to the word फल्गुनी in the sense ' तत्र जातः' e. g. फल्गुनी, confer, compare P. IV. 3.34, Vart. 2; (4) krt affix ( अ ) added to the root चर्, सृ and कृ under certain conditions; e. g. कुरुचर:, अग्रेसुर:, यशस्करी ( विद्या ) दिवाकरः, वेिभकरः कर्मकरः et cetera, and others confer, compare P. III. 2.16-23.
ṭhakpādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.The pada begins with the rule प्राग्वहतेष्ठक् P.IV.4.1 prescribing the taddhita affix ठक् in the senses prescribed in rules be. ginning with the next rule ' तेन दीव्यति खनति जयति जितम् ' and ending with the rule 'निकटे वसति' P.IV.4.73.
(1)fifth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties, नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्यः (2) the mute letter ण् indicating the substitution of vrddhi ( confer, compare P. VII. 2. 115-117) when attached to affixes; (3) the consonant ण् at the beginning of roots which is changed into न्; the roots, having ण् at the beginning changeable to न्, being called णोपदेशः (4) ण् as a substitute for न् following the letters ऋ, ॠ, र्, and ष् directly, or with the intervention of consonants of the guttural and labial classes, but occurring in the same word, Such a substitution of ण् for न् is called णत्व; confer, compare P.VIII.4. I-39. For णत्व in Vedic Literature; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.20-28, T.Pr.VII.1-12. V.Pr.III.84-88;(5) the consonant ण् added as an augment to a vowel at the beginning of a word when it follows the consonant ण् at the end of the previous word; confer, compare P. VIII. 3. 32. In the Vedic Pratisakhyas this augment ण् is added to the preceding ण् and looked upon as a part of the previous word.
ṇatvapādaa popular name given by grammarians to the fourth pada confer, compare Panini's Astadhyayi, as the pada begins with the rule रषाभ्यां नो णः समानपदे and mainly gives rules about णत्व i. e. the substitution of the consonant ण् for न्.
ṇaupādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the seventh Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi, which begins with the rule णौ चङ्युपघाया ह्रस्त्रः P. VII. 4.1.
tthe first consonant of the dental class of consonants which has got the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When used as a mute letter by Panini, त् signifies the Svarita accent of the vowel of that affix or so, which is marked with it: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम्, पयस्यम् confer, compare P. VI.1.185. When appied to a vowel at its end, त् signifies the vowel of that grade only, possessed by such of its varieties which require the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त् , e. g. अात् stands for अा with any of the three accents as also pure or nasalised; अात् does not include अं or अ 3 confer, compare तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70. The use of the indicatory mute त् for the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. purpose is seen also in the Pratis akhya works; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 114 Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 234.
tattvādarśaname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by M. M. Vasudev Shastri Abhyankar in 1889 A. D. The commentary is more critical than explanatory,wherein the author has given the purpose and the gist of the important Paribhasas and has brought out clearly the differences between the school of Bhattoji and the school of Nagesa in several important matters.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
tripādīterm usually used in connection with the last three Padas (ch. VIII. 2, VIII. 3 and VIII. 4) of Panini’s Ashtadhyayi, the rules in which are not valid by convention to rules in the first seven chapters and a quarter, as also a later rule in which (the Tripadi) is not valid to an earlier one; confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1; (2) name of a critical treatise on Panini's grammar ("The Tripadi") written by Dr. H. E. Buiskool recently.
tribhāṣyaratnaname of a commentary on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya written by Somayarya. The commentary is said to have been based on the three Bhasya works attributed to the three ancient Vedic scholarsVararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya.
triruktarepeated thrice, occurring thrice; a term used in the PratiSakhya works in respect of a word which is repeated in the krama and other artificial recitations.
traipādikaa rule or an operation prescribed by Panini in the last three quarters of his Astadhyayi. See त्रिपादी a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
dantamūlīyathe letters त्, थ् द् ध् and न्: confer, compare दन्तमूलीयस्तु तकारवर्गः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 19. The Rk. Pratisakhya calls र् (रेफ ) also as दन्तमूलीय.
dntyaproduced at the teeth, dental; formed at the teeth by the tip of the tongue; exempli gratia, for example the letters लृ ल् ,स् and तवर्ग; confer, compare लृलसिता दन्ते V.Pr.I.69. According to Panini's grammar लॄ(long) does not exist. According to Taittirya Prtisakhya र् is partly dental and partly lingual; cf T.Pr.II.41, while व् is partly dental and partly labial; confer, compare T.Pr. II.43; confer, compare दन्त्या जिह्वाग्रकरणाः V. Pr.I. 76; confer, compare लुग्वा दुहदिहलिहगुहामात्मनेपदे दन्त्ये P. VII. 3.73.
dāruṇyaexplained by the commentators on the Pratisakhya works as दृढत्व (firmness) or कठिनता (hardness,) and given as a characteristic of the acute or उदात्त tone; confer, compare अायामो दारुण्यमणुता खस्येत्युच्चैःकराणि शब्दस्य, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII.9, quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.I. 2.29, where दारुण्य is explained as स्वरस्य दारुणता रूक्षता ।
devikāpādaa popular name given to the third pada of the seventh adhyaya of Parinis Asadhyāyi as the pada begins with the Sutra दविकाशिंशपादित्यवाट्दीर्घसत्त्रश्रेयसामात् P.VII 3. 1.
devendraa Jain grammarian of the 13th century who has written a commentary named लघुन्यास on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra. He has written many works on the Jain Agamas, of which a commentary on the Uttaradhyanasutra can be specially mentionedition He is called देवेन्द्रसूरि also.
drutāone of the three Vrttis or styles of utterance mentioned in the Pratisakhya works and quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compareतित्रो वृत्तीरुपदिशन्ति वाचो विलम्बितां मध्यमां च दुतां च । अभ्यासार्थे दुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्ति विलम्बिताम् । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 18, 19; confer, compare ये हि द्रुतायां वृत्तौ वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते मध्यमायां, ये मध्यमायां वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते विलाम्बितायाम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.70, Vart. 4. The utterance of a letter takes ,1/3 rd time more in the मध्यमवृत्ति than in the द्रुतवृत्ति, while in the विलम्बितवृत्ति it takes 1/3 rd more than in the मध्यमवृत्ति. In short, the utterance of the same letter takes in the three vrttis, Druta, Vilambita and Madhyama the quantity of time in the proportion of 9:12:16 respectively.
dvia term used for the dual number in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare नो नौ मे मदर्थे त्रिद्व्येकेषु Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.II. 3 where Uvvata has explained the words त्रि, द्वि and एक as बहुवचन, द्विवचन and एक्वचन respectively.
dvigupādaa Popular name given by grammarians to the fourth quarter of the second Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra द्विगुरेकवचनम् II. 4.1.
dvisdouble reduplicated; the word is frequently used in connection with doubling of consonants or words in the PratiSakhya Literature as also in the Katantra, Sakatayana and Haima grammars confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1, XV. 5, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 101, R, T. 264; confer, compare also Kat. III. 8.10, Sak. IV. 1.43; Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. IV. 1.1.
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
ghātusabandhapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III.4.1
dhānyapādaa popular name given to the second pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi possibly because the pada begins with the Sutra धान्यानां भवने क्षेत्रे खञ्, P. V.2.1
dhi(1)a technical term used for sonant consonants in the Pratisakhya and old grammar works; confer, compare धि शेषः V. Pr.I.53, explained by Uvvata as वर्गाणां उत्तरास्त्रय: यरलवहकाराश्च धिः V.Pr. I.53; the term धि corresponds to हश् of Panini; (2) personal ending धि substituted for हि of the imperative 2nd singular. exempli gratia, for example जुहुधि, छिन्द्धि, भिन्द्धि, श्रुधि, रारन्धि et cetera, and others; confer, compareP.V.4.101-103.
dhṛta or dhṛtapracayaa kind of original grave vowel turned into a circumflex one which is called प्रचय unless followed by another acute or circumflex vowel. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya has mentioned seven varieties of this 'pracaya' out of which धृतप्रचय or धृत is one. For details see Bhasya on धृतः प्रचयः कौण्डिन्यस्य, T.Pr.XVIII.3.
natacerebralized; changed into ण्. The change of the consonant न् into ण् is called नति in the old Pratisakhya works; confer, compare स्पर्शे वोष्मणि चानते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 11.
natiliterallyinclination, bending down; the word is used generally in the technical sense of 'cerebralization' but applied to the change of न् into ण् as also that of स् into ष्; confer, compare दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापत्तिर्नतिः, V. Pr.I. 42. The root नम् is used in the sense of 'cerebralizing ' or 'being cerebralized' very frequently in the Pratisakhya works; exempli gratia, for example the word नम्यते is used in the sense of 'is cerebralized'; नमयति in the sense of 'cerebralizes' and नामिंन् in the sense of 'causing cerebralization'; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिन: स्वराः, पूर्वो नन्ता नतिषु नम्यमुत्तरम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
nāmin(vowels)which cause cerebralization; the ten vowels ऋ, ॠ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ए, ओ, ऐ, औ; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिनः स्वराः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27, confer, compare also R.T. 94. See the word नति. The word भाविन् is used for नामिन् in the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya; confer, compare अकण्ठ्यो भावी Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 46; confer, compare also नामिपरो रम् Kat. I.5.12.
nighātatoning down; the grave accent; the root निहन् in its various forms is used in the sense of toning down the voice and the word निघात is used in the sense of the grave accent (अनुदात्तस्वर) in the Vyakarana and Pratisakhya works; confer, compare also the words शेषनिघात, सर्वनिघात, et cetera, and others; confer, compare समानवाक्ये निघातयुष्मदस्मदादेशाः P. VIII. I.18 Vart. 5.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātanaa word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.
nimada mode of utterance of words at the performance of a sacrifice. Seven such modes are given in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya; confer, compare उपांशुध्वाननिमदोपव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि T.Pr.XXIII. 5
niyama(1)restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
nyāyyaproper; fully justified न्यायादनपेतम् confer, compare P.IV.4.92; correct; regular; confer, compare यञञ्भ्यामुक्तत्वादर्थस्य न्याय्योत्पत्तिर्न भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.3.1 where Kaiyata however, explains the word differently. Kaiyata states that न्याय्य means a general rule; confer, compareउत्सर्गः पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्ध्या न्याय्य उच्यते Kaiyata on P. II. 3.1. By Pūrvācārya he possibly refers to the writers of the Prātiśākhyas and other similar works by ancient grammarians, where the word nyāya is used in the sense of 'a general rule '. See the word न्याय a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
pañcapadīa term used in the AtharvaPrātiśākhya for the strong case affixes viz. the nominative case affixes and the accusative singular. and dual affixes; confer, compare चत्वारि क्षैप्रञ्च पञ्चपद्यामन्तोदात्तादीनि यात् Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. I. 3.14. The term corresponds to the Sarvanāmasthāna of Pāņini, which is also termed सुट् ; confer, compare सुडनपुंसकस्य P. I. 1.43.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padaprabhedalit, divisions of words: parts of speech. There are four parts of speech viz.नामन् , आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात given by ancient grammarians and the authors of the Prātiśākhya works, while there are given only two, सुबन्त and तिङन्त by Pāņini. For details see pp. 145, 146 Vol. VII. Mahābhāșya D. E. Society's edition.
padavirāmapause between two words measuring two mātrās, or equal to the time required for the utterance of a long vowel; e. g. in इषे त्वोर्जे त्वा, the pause between इषे and त्वा is measured by two mātrās; confer, compare पदविरामो द्विमात्रः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII.13.Some Prātiśākhya texts declare that the pause between two words is of one mātra as at avagraha; confer, compare R Pr. II.1 and Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 35-38.
padārthameaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते | द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok
padyaforming a part of a word or pada; confer, compare उपोत्तमं नानुदात्तं न पद्यम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 29; confer, compare also पूर्वपद्यः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 30. The word is used in this sense ( पदावयव ) mostly in the Prātiśākhya works. The word is used in the sense of पादसंपन्न, made up of the feet (of verses), in the Rk Prātiśākhya in contrast with अक्षर्य, made up of syllables. In this sense the word is derived from the word पाद; confer, compare पद्याक्षर्ये स उत्थितः R. Pr, XVIII. 3.
parakramaa term used in the Praatisaakhya works for'doubling' of a consonant; | confer, compare सान्तःस्थादौ धारयन्तः परक्रमम् | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XIV. 23.
paribhāṣāvṛttia general name given to an explanatory independent work on Paribhasas of the type of a gloss on a collection of Paribhasas,irrespective of the system of grammar, whether it be that of Panini, or of Katantra, or of Jainendra or of Hemacandra. The treatises of Vyadi (Panini system), Durgasimha and BhavamiSra (Katantra system), Purusottamadeva and Siradeva (Panini system), Abhyankar (Jainendra system) and others are all known by the name Paribhasavritti.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
parimāṇaa word used by Panini in तदस्य परिमाणम् V.1.19 and explained by Patanjali as सर्वतो मानम् .Samkhya ( number ) is also said to be a parimana. Parimana is of two kindsनियत or definite as in the case of Khaari, drona etc; and अनियत, as in the case of Gana, Samgha, PUga, Sartha, Sena et cetera, and others The term परिमाण, in connection with the utterance of letters, is used in the sense of मात्राकाल or one mora.
parilopaelision ofa phonetic member: the same as lopa in the Grammar of Panini. The term परिलोप and the verbal forms of the root परिलुप् are found in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare उष्मा परिलुप्यते त्रयाणाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 4.
parvanword, pada; literally member of a sentence; the word is found used in the sense of पद in the old Pratisaakhya Literature: confer, compare अन्तरेण पर्वणी । पर्वशबेदन पदमुच्यते । पदयोर्मध्ये पद अागमो भवति । यथा प्राङ्कसोमः, प्राङ्क्सोम: । Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 138.
pāñcamikaliterallypertaining to the fifth; name given to the affixes prescribed in the fifth Adhyaya of Paanini's Astadhyayi, especially in Sutras V.2.1 to W.2.93.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pārṣada​vyākhyāname given to the commentary written by विष्णुमित्र on the Ŗk Prātiśākhya.
pārṣadasūtravṛtiname given to the works of the type of commentaries written by उव्व​ट on the old Prātiśākhya books.
pūrvatrāsiddhavacanathe dictum of Panini about rules in his second, third and fourth quarters (Padas) of the eighth Adhyaya being invalid to (viz. not seen by) all the previous rules in the first seven chapters and the first quarter of the eighth as laid down by him in the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. The rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् is taken also as a governing rule id est, that is अधिकार laying down that in the last three quarters also of his grammar, a subsequent rule is invalid to the preceding rule. The purpose of this dictum is to prohibit the application of the rules in the last three quarters as also that of a subsequent rule in the last three quarters, before all such preceding rules, as are applicable in the formation of a word, have been given effect to; confer, compare एवमिहापि पर्वेत्रासिद्धवचनं अादेशलक्षणप्रतिषेधार्थमुत्सर्गलक्षणभावार्थं च M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.1 Vart. 8.
pūrvāparapādaname given to the second pada of the second adhyaya of Panini's Asadhyayi which begins with the Sutra पूर्वापराधरोत्तरमेकदेशिनैकाधिकरणे P. II. 2.1.
pṛktaliterally mixedition The term is used in the Pratisakhya works in connection with the vowel ऋ or ऌ which is looked upon as a पृक्तस्वर being mixed with the consonant र् or ल्; confer, compare पृक्तस्वरो नाम ऋकारः ऌकारश्च रेफलकारसंपृक्तत्वात् commentary on T.Pr.XIII.16.
pauṣkarasādian ancient grammarian who belonged to the dynasty of पुष्करसद्, whose views are quoted by the Varttikakara and the writers of the Pratisakhya works: cf चयो द्वितीयाः शारि पौष्करसादेः P. VIII. 4.48 Vart. 3; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनपरः पौष्करसादेर्न पूर्वश्च ञकारम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V: confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIII. 16; XIV. 2, XVII. 6.
pragṛhītapadāa description of the Samhhita text of the Veda in which a pragrhya vowel preceding another vowel is held up ( प्रगृह्य ) id est, that is kept as it is, without any euphonic combination; confer, compare सहोदयास्ताः प्रग्रहीतपदाः सर्वत्रैव त्र्यक्षरान्तास्तु नैव Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 27.
pragrahaabsence of euphonic change; the. term is frequently used in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.60, IV.1.1-54.
pratyayaaffix, suffix, a termination, as contrasted with प्रकृति the base; confer, compare प्रत्याय्यते अर्थः अनेन इति प्रत्ययः; confer, compare also अर्थे संप्रत्याययति स प्रत्ययः M.Bh. on III. 1.l Vart. 8; The word प्रत्यय is used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'following' or 'that which follows', e. g. स्पर्शे चोषः प्रत्यये पूर्वपद्यः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 30 which is explained by Uvvata as उषः इत्ययं ( शब्दः ) पूर्वपदावयवः सन् स्पर्शे प्रत्यये परभूते इति यावत्; रेफिसंज्ञो भवति; Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.30; confer, compare प्रत्येति पश्चादागच्छति इति प्रत्ययः परः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 7; cf also V. Pr, III. 8. Pratyaya or the suffix is generally placed after the base; cf, प्रत्ययः, परश्च P. III. I. 1,2; but sometimes it is placed before the base; e. g. बहुपटुः confer, compare विभाषा सुपो बहुच् पुरस्तात्तु P. V. 3.68. The conjugational signs (शप् , श्यन् et cetera, and others), the signs of tenses and moods ( च्लि, सिच् , स्य, ताम् et cetera, and others) and the compound endings(समासान्त) are all called pratyayas according fo Panini's grammar, as they are all given in the jurisdiction(अधिकार) of the rule प्रत्ययः III.1.1, which extends upto the end of the fifth chapter ( अध्याय ). There are six main kinds of affixes given in grammar सुप्प्रत्यय, तिङ्प्रत्यय, कृत्प्रत्यय , तद्धितप्रत्यय, धातुप्रत्यय (exempli gratia, for example in the roots चिकीर्ष, कण्डूय et cetera, and others) and स्त्रीप्रत्यय. The word प्रत्यय is used in the sense of realization, in which case the root इ in the word त्यय means'knowing' according to the maxim सर्वे गत्यर्था ज्ञानार्थाः; confer, compare मन्त्रार्थप्रत्ययाय Nirukta of Yāska.I.15.
pratyayapādaa conventional name given to the first pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the rule प्रत्ययः III. 1.1.
pratyāmnāyaliterally, repetition in a contrary way; in the Pratisakhya literature, the word refers to the repetition of a Vedic passage; repetition by pupils after hearing from the preceptor ; confer, compare प्रत्याम्नायः पुनर्वचनं Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV. 9.
prathamalit, premier, first; the word is used in connection with the personal affixes तिप् , तस्, झि ( अन्ति ) of verbal formanuscript. See the word पुरुष a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare अस्तिर्भवन्तीपरः प्रथमपुरुषः अप्रयुज्यमानोप्यस्तीति । वृक्षः प्लक्षः। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.1 and 4. The word प्रथम is used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of the first consonants of the five vargas or groups of consonants; confer, compare प्रथमैर्द्वितीयास्तृतीयैश्चतुर्थाः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 110 confer, compare प्रथमतृतीयादीनामादेशादित्वादेत्वाभावः, M.Bh. on P. VI. 4.120 Vart 3, also confer, compare Katantra I. 4.1 and Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. I. 3.35. The word is also used (in the feminine gender) in the sense of the case affixes सु ( स् ), औ, जस् ( अस् ) of the nominative case. The word is also used in the sense of the premier accent उदात्त (acute); confer, compare प्रथमभाविनः उदात्तभाविनः Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 8.
prapāṭhakaa term used for a division of a work by an ancient writer, as for instance in the case of the Atharvapratisakhya.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
plākṣāyaṇaan ancient Vedic scholar who presumably wrote a work on Vedic grammar (of the type of the Pratisakhya works).For a difference of view he is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya: confer, compareन प्लाक्षिप्लाक्षायणयेाः T.Pr. IX.6.
plākṣian ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya.See प्लाक्षायण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The words प्लाक्षि and प्लाक्षायण as also प्लाक्षी ( feminine ) occur in the Mahabhasya also, but not in the Ganapatha of Panini.
plutaprotracted, name given to vowels in the protracted grade. The vowels in this grade which are termed protracted vowels are possessed of three matras and in writing they are marked with the figure 3 placed after them. In pronunciation they take a longer time than the long or दीर्घ vowels; confer, compare ऊकालोज्झ्रस्वदीर्घप्लुतः P. I.2.27. The word is derived from प्लु (प्रु also) I Atmane to go, and explained as प्लवते इति, The word प्लवते is often found for प्लुतो भवति in the Pratisakhya works; cf also मात्रा ह्रस्वरतावदवग्रहान्तरं, द्वे दीर्धस्तिस्रः प्लुत उच्यते स्वरः । अधः स्विदासी३दुपरि स्विदासी३द् अर्थे प्लुतिर्भीरिव विन्दती३त्रिः ll Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.16.
bahulapādaname given by grammarians to the third pada of the third adhyaya of the Astdhyayi.
bahuvrīhipādaconventional term used for the second pada of the sixth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.
buiskūla[ BUISKOOL H. E. )A European grammarian who has written an essay on the last three Padas of Panini's Astadhyayi (त्रिपादी) under the title 'The Tripadi'.
bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
bhakti(1)name given to two of the five divisions of a Saman which are प्रस्तावभक्ति, उद्गीथ, प्रतिहार, उपद्रव and निधानभाक्ति; (2) the vowel portion surrounding, or placed after, the consonant र् or ल् which (consonant) is believed to be present in the vowel ऋ or ऌ respectively forming its important portion, but never separately noticed in it. The vowels ऋ and ऌ are made up of one matra each. It is contended by the grammarians that the consonants र् and ल् forming respectively the portion of ऋ and ऌ, make up halfa-matra, while the remaining half is made up of the भाक्ति of the vowel surrounding the consonant or situated after the consonant. The word which is generally used for this 'bhakti is 'ajbhakti' instead of which the word स्वरभक्ति is found in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare यत्तद्रेफात्परं भक्तेस्तेन व्यवहितत्वान्न प्राप्नेति | ...... यच्चात्र रेफात्परं भुक्तेर्न तत् क्वचिदपि व्यपवृक्तं दृश्यते | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 4.1 Vart 2; confer, compare स्वरभक्तिः पूर्वभागक्षराङ्गं Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 17; also confer, compare रेफात्स्वरोपहिताद् व्यञ्जनोदयाद् ऋकारवर्णी स्वरभक्तिरुत्तरा ) Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 13.
bhāskaraśāstrīsurnamed Abhyankar (1785-1870) a great grammarian in the line of the pupils of Nāgeśa who was educated at Poona and lived at Sātārā. He taught many pupils, a large number of whom helped the spread of Vyākaraṇa studies even in distant places of the country, such as Vārāṇasi and others. For details see Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona. pp. 27-29, D. E. Society's Edition.
bhugnaname of a Saṁdhi or coalescence given by the writers of the Prātiśākhya works where the diphthong vowels ओ and औ, followed by any vowel which is not labial, are turned respectively into अव् and आव्: exempli gratia, for example ऋतेन मित्रावरुणावृतावृधावृतस्पृशा (Ṛ. Saṁh.I.2.8); confer, compare ओष्ठ्ययोन्योर्भुग्नमनोष्ठये वकारोत्रान्तरागमः । यथा ऋतेन मित्रावरुणावृतावृधावृतस्पृशा | अनोष्ठये इति किम्| वायो उक्थेभि: 2.2. (R.Saṁh. I.2.2). इत्यतः वाय उक्थेभि confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.11.
mātuthe same as मतुप् a taddhita affix. affix showing possession; the word is frequently used in Pāṇini's rules for मतुप्. confer, compare मतोश्च बह्वजङ्गात् | P. IV 2.72; confer, compare also, P.IV. 4.125, 136; V. 2.59, VI.1.215, VI.3.118,130; VIII. 2.9; for the sense of मतु see मतुप् below. The affix मतु (instead of मतुप् of Pāṇini) is found in the Atharva Prātiśakhya.
manoramā(1)the popular name given to the commentary प्रौढमनेारमा on the Siddhāntakaumudī of भट्टोजीदीक्षित by the author himself the commentary is a scholarly one and very extensive; and its first portion only upto the end of Kāraka is generally read in the Sanskrit Pāṭhaśālās;(2) name of a commentary on the Madhyasiddhāntakaumudī by Rāmasarman; (3) name given to a treatise discussing roots given in the Kātantra Grammar written by रमानाथशर्मा in the sixteenth century. The work is called कातन्त्रधातुवृत्ति also.
mākṣavyaname of an ancient writer of Pratisakhya works mentioned in the Rk Pratisakhya: confer, compare R.Pr.I.2.
mācākīyaan ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work, who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya as one, holding the view that य and व् preceded by अ and followed by उ and ओ respectively, are dropped provided they stand at the beginning of a Pada ( word ). माचाकीय, who belonged to the Yajurveda school, is said to have held this view which is generally held by the followers of the Rgveda: confer, compare उकारौकारपरौ लुप्यते माचाकी यस्य(Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.X.29) on which the commentator adds वह्वृचानामयं पक्षः.
māṇḍūkeyaname of an ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work referred to in the Rk Pratisakhya, confer, compare R.Pr.I.2. मातृकावर्ण letters of the alphabet. See अक्षरसमाम्नाय.
mukhanāsikāvacanadefinition of अनुनासक, a letter which is pronounced through both-the mouth and the nose-as contrasted with नासिक्य a letter which is uttered only through the nose; exempli gratia, for example ड्, ञ् , ण्, न् , म् and the nasalized vowels and nasalized य् , व् and ल्; confer, compare मुखनासिक्रावचनेीSनुनासिकः Paan. I. 1.8: confer, compare also अनुस्वारोत्तम अनुनासिकाः (Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.30), where the fifth letters and the anusvaara are called anunaasika. According to Bhattoji, however, anusvaara cannot be anunaasika as it is pronounced through the nose alone, and not through both-the mouth and the nose. As the anusvaara is pronounced something like a nasalized ग् according to the Taittiriyas it is called a consonant in the Taittiriya Praatisaakhya: confer, compare ' अनुस्वारोप्युत्तमवह्यञ्जनमेव अस्मच्छाखायाम् ! अर्धगकाररूपत्वात् / Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 30.
mugdhabodhaliterally instructions to the ignorant: a treatise on grammar similar to the Astadhyayi of Panini but much shorter, written by Bopadeva or Vopadeva an inhabitant of the greater Maharastra in the Vardha district, in the thirteenth century. After the fall of the Hindu rulers in Bengal, treatises like भाषावृत्ति and others written by eastern grammarians fell into the back-ground and their place was taken up by easier treatises written by Bopadeva and others.Many commentaries were written upon the Mugdhabodha, of which the Vidyanivsa is much known to grammarians
muda technical term for the sibilants श् , ष् and स् given in the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya: confer, compare मुच्च Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.52, cf also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.9,III.13,IV.122.
mṛdu(1)soft in utterance ; the term is used in the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya for the क्षैप्र, प्रश्लिष्ट, तैरोव्यञ्जन, and पादवृत्त varieties of the circumflex accent (स्वरित) out of which the पादवृत्त is the softest ( मृदुतम ) and consequently always called मृदु, while the others are called मृदु only with respect to the preceding one in the order given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; viz.अभिनिहत, क्षैप्र et cetera, and othersconfer, compareसर्वतीक्ष्णोभिनिहत:प्राश्लिष्टस्तदनन्तरम् । ततो मृदुतरौ स्वरौ जात्यक्षेप्रावुभौ स्मृतौ | ततो मृदुतर: स्वारस्तैरोव्यञ्जन उच्यते | पादवृत्तो मृदुतमस्त्वेतत्स्वारबलाबलम् Uvvata on V.Pr. I. !25; (2) soft, as opposed to hard; the term is used in connection with the first,third and fifth consonants of the five classes.
mokṣeśvaraa grammarian of the fourteenth century who has written a commentary on the Katantra Vrtti of Durgasimha. He has written a commentary on the Akhyatavrtti of the Katantra school as also a short treatise dealing with the krt affixes called Krdvrtti.
yatprakaraṇaliterally the topic or the section of यत्; the section where the taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribedition This taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribed in the fifth adhyaaya of Paanini in a number of rules in different and different senses ; confer, compare यत्प्रक्ररणे रथाच्च P.V. 1.6 Vaart.1 ; यत्प्रकरणे व्रह्मवर्चसान्त्व P.V.1.39 Vaart. 1.
yuvapādaa conventional term used for the first pada of the seventh adhyaya which begins with the sutra युवोरनाकौ P.VII.i.1.
yuṣmatpādconventional name given to the third pada of the fourth adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra युष्मदस्मदोरन्यतरस्यां खञ् च P. IV. 3.1.
r(1)second letter of the यण् class ( semi-vowels ) which has got the properties नादभागित्व, घोषवत्त्व,' संवृतत्व and अल्पप्राणता i. e. it is a sonant, inaspirate consonant. Regarding its स्थान or place of production, there is a difference of opinion : generally the consonant र् is looked upon as a cerebral or lingual letter (मूर्धन्य); cf ऋटुरषाणां मूर्धा, S.K.also Pāṇini. Siksa; but it is called by some as दन्त्य or दन्तमूलीय: cf रेफस्तु दस्त्ये दन्तमूले वा RT. 8, by others as दन्तमूलीय and and by still others as वर्स्त्य gingival. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya it is described as दन्तमूलीय: cf रो दन्तमूल I. 68, while in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya it is said to be produced by the touch of the middle part of the tip of the tongue just a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the teeth;confer, compare रेफे जिह्वाग्रमध्येन प्रत्यग्दन्तमूलेभ्यः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 41; (2) substitute र् (रेफ ) for the final letter of the word अहन्, as also for the final of अम्रस्, ऊधस्, अवस् and भुवस् optionally with रु, which ( रु) is dropped before vowels, and changed to ओ before अ and soft consonants, while it is changed into visarga before hard consonants and surds.exempli gratia, for example अम्नरेव, अम्र एवः ऊधरेव, ऊधएव: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII, 2-70: (3) the consonants र् (technically) called र् in Panini's grammar ) which is substituted for the consonant स् and for the consonant न् of the word अहन् when the consonant स् or न् stands at the end of a word. This substitute रु, unlike the substitute र् is liable to be changed into visarga, or the consonant य्, or the vowel उ by P. VIII.3.15, 17, VI.1.113, 114.
raktapādaconventional name given to the second pada of the fourth Adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi as the Pada begins with the Sutra तेन रक्तं रागात् P. IV. 2.1.
ramānāthaśarmaa grammarian of the Katantra school who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a commentary named Manorama on the Katantradhatuvrtti and Sabdasadhyaprayoga.
rāmacandra(1)रामन्वन्द्राचार्य (son of कृष्णाचार्य) the well-known author of the Prakriyakaumudi. He belonged to the Sesa family and the latter half of the fifteenth century is assigned as his date. He is believed to have been a resident of Andhra. His work, the Prakriyakaumudi, was a popular grammar treatise for some time before Bhattoji's SiddhantaKaumudi got its hold, and it had a number of commentaries written upon it especially by his descendants and members of his family which became well-known as the Sesa family of grammarians. The Prakriyakaumudi is named कृष्णर्किकरप्राक्रिया also. (2) There was a grammarian named Ramacandra who wrote a small treatise on grammar named विदग्धबोध. (3) There was another grammarian of the same name who was a pupil of Nagesabhatta of the eighteenth century and who wrote a small commentary called वृतिसंग्रह on Panini's Astadhyayi. (4) There was also another Ramacandra who was a scholar of Vedic grammar and who wrote the commentary named ज्योत्स्ना on the Vjasaneyi-Pratisakhya.
rāmacandrabhaṭṭa tāreone of the senior pupils of Nagesabhatta who was a teacher of Vaidyanatha Payagunde. He wrote a small gloss on the Astadhyayi which is named पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति He lived in the first half of the eighteenth century and taught several pupils at Varnasi.
word-form of the ajbhakti or svarabhakti ( a term used in the ancient Prātiśākhya works), where ऋ is looked upon as the consonant र् surrounded by, or followed by the nature of a vowel. ऋ as a vowel is possessed of one mātrā of which in svarabhakti, the consonant र् possesses half and the svarabhakti possesses half: cf रेफात् स्वरोपहिताह्यञ्जनोदयाद् ऋकारवर्णा स्वरभाक्तिरूत्तरा Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI.13.
leśasuch a slow or indistinct utterance or pronunciation of the letter य् or व् preceded by अ, as shows that it is almost droppedition This indistinct or slurred utterance of य् or व, which is described as advocated by the Prātiśākhyakāra Vātsapra, corresponds to the utterance of य् or व् with a very low tone as mentioned by Pāņini in the rule व्योर्लघुप्रयत्नतरः शाकटायनस्य; exempli gratia, for example अाप उन्दन्तु; या जाता ओषधयः et cetera, and others; confer, compare लेशो वात्सप्रस्य एतयोः T.Pr. 10.23; confer, compare also लेशेन प्रयत्नशैथिल्येन ब्यञ्जनानां वचनमुच्चारणं क्रियते Uvvața on R.Pr. XIV.5.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇapāṭhaserial mention or enumeration of letters in the fourteen Siva Sutras. The word is also used in the sense of the alphabet given in the Pratisakhya and grammar works; confer, compare एवं तर्हि वर्णपाठ एव उपदेश: करिष्यते M.Bh. on P. I. 1.69.
varṇarāśithe collection of letters as mentioned in works on grammar and Pratisakhyas; confer, compare इति वर्णराशिः क्रमश्च Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 10.
varṇasamāmnāyaa collection of letters or alphabet given traditionally. Although the Sanskrit alphabet has got everywhere the same cardinal letters id est, that is vowels अ, इ et cetera, and others, consonants क्, ख् etc : semivowels य्, र्, ल्, व, sibilants श् ष् स् ह् and a few additional phonetic units such as अनुस्वार, विसर्ग and others, still their number and order differ in the different traditional enumerations. Panini has not mentioned them actually but the fourteen Siva Sutras, on which he has based his work, mention only 9 vowels and 34 consonants, the long vowels being looked upon as varieties of the short ones. The Siksa of Panini mentions 63 or 64 letters, adding the letter ळ ( दुःस्पृष्ट ); confer, compare त्रिषष्टि: चतुःषष्टिर्वा वर्णाः शम्भुमते मताः Panini Siksa. St.3. The Rk Pratisakhya adds four (Visarga, Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya and Anusvara ) to the forty three given in the Siva Sutras and mentions 47. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya mentions 52 letters viz. 16 vowels, 25class consonants, 4 semivowels,six sibilants (श्, ष् , स्, ह् , क्, प् , ) and anusvara. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions 65 letters 3 varieties of अ, इ, उ, ऋ and लृ, two varieties of ए, ऐ, ओ, औ, 25 class-consonants, four semivowels, four sibilants, and जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय, अनुस्वार, विसर्जनीय, नासिक्य and four यम letters; confer, compare एते पञ्चषष्टिवर्णा ब्रह्मराशिरात्मवाचः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 25. The Rk Tantra gives 57 letters viz. 14 vowels, 25 class consonants, 4 semivowels, 4 sibilants, Visarga,.Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya, Anunasika, 4_yamas and two Anusvaras. The Rk Tantra gives two different serial orders, the Uddesa (common) and the Upadesa (traditional). The common order or Uddesa gives the 14 vowels beginning with अ, then the 25 class consonants, then the four semivowels, the four sibilants and lastly the eight ayogavahas, viz. the visarjanya and others. The traditional order gives the diphthongs first, then long vowels ( अा, ऋ, लॄ, ई and ऊ ) then short vowels (ऋ, लृ, इ, उ, and lastly अ ), then semivowels, then the five fifth consonants, the five fourths, the five thirds, the five seconds, the five firsts, then the four sibilants and then the eight ayogavaha letters and two Ausvaras instead of one anuswara. Panini appears to have followed the traditional order with a few changes that are necessary for the technigue of his work.
vaśaṃgamaname given in the Pratisakhya works to letter-combinations where a consonant gets a change suitable to the neighbouring consonants as given in the Rk.Pratisakhya in IV.1 to IV.5 including जश्त्व, अनुनासिकादेश, छत्व, परसवर्ण, अनुस्वार and others, as given in P. VIII.2.39, VIII.3.7, VIII. 3.23, VIII.4.40, 46, 58,59, 62, 63; confer, compare न ह्यत्र अवशंगमसंधाविव अपरिणतानि व्यञ्जनानि संयोगं गच्छन्ति Uvvata on R.Pr.IV.5.
vātsapraan ancient writer of Pratisakhya works who believed in the very feeble utterance ( लघुप्रयत्नतर ) of the consonants य and व, when preceded by अ and standing at the end of a word. See लघुप्रयत्न.
vānathe suffix वन् mentior:ed as वान् in the Atharvapratisakhya and illustrated in the word ऋतावानं: cf Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. III. 24.
vāsudeva( शास्त्री)surnamed Abhyankar, who lived from 1863 to l942 and did vigorous and active work of teaching pupils and writing essays, articles, commentary works and original works on various Shastras with the same scholarship, zeal and acumen for fifty years in Poona. He wrote गूढार्थप्रकाश a commentary on the LaghuSabdendusekhara and तत्त्वादर्श a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara in 1889. His edition of the Patanjala Mahabhasya with full translation and notes in Marathi can be called his magnum opus. See अभ्यंकर.
vigrahalit, separation of the two parts of a thing; the term is generally applied to the separation of the constituent words of a compound word: it is described to be of two kinds : ( a ) शास्त्रीयविग्रहृ or technical separation; e. g. राजपुरुष्: into राजन् ङस् पुरुष सु and ( 2 ) लौकिकविग्रहं or common or popular separation ; e. g. राजपुरूष: into राज्ञ: पुरुष:. It is also divided into two kinds according to the nature of the constituent words (a) स्वपदाविग्रह separation by means of the constituent words, exempli gratia, for example राजहितम् into राज्ञे हृितम्;(b) अस्वपदविग्रह, e. g. राजार्थम् into राज्ञे इदम् ;or exempli gratia, for example सुमुखीं into शोभनं मुखं अस्याः confer, compare M.Bh. on P.V.4.7. The compounds whose separation into constituent words cannot be shown by those words (viz. the constituent words) are popularly termed nityasamsa. The term नित्यसमास is explained as नित्यः समासो नित्यसमासः | यस्य विग्रहो नास्ति । M.Bh. on P.II.2.19 Vart. 4. The upapadasamsa is described as नित्यसमास. Sometimes especially in some Dvandva compounds each of the two separated words is capable of giving individually the senses of both the words exempli gratia, for example the words द्यावा and क्षामा of the compound द्यावाक्षामा. The word विग्रह is found used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of the separate use of a word as contrasted with the use in a compound; cf अच्छेति विग्रहे प्लुतं भवति R.Pr.VII.1. विग्रहृ is defined as वृत्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः in the Siddhantakaumudi.
vidhāraṇamention of a consonant as intact id est, that is without any phonetic coalescence or संधि; the same as अभिनिधान. The term is used in this sense in the Pratisakhya works.
virāmaan ancient term used in the Prātiśākhya works for a stop or : pause in general at the end of a word, or at the end of the first member of a compound, which is shown split up in the Padapāṭha, or inside a word, or at the end of a word, or at the end of a vowel when it is followed by another vowel. The duration of this virāma is different in different circumstances; but sometimes under the same circumstances, it is described differently in the different Prātiśākhyas. Generally,there is no pause between two consonants as also between a vowel and a consonant preceding or following it.The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya has given four kinds of विराम (a) ऋग्विराम,pause at the end of a foot or a verse of duration equal to three mātrās or moras, (b) पदविराम pause between two words of duration equal to two matras; e. g. इषे त्वा ऊर्जे त्वा, (c) pause between two words the preceding one of which ends in a vowel and the following begins with a vowel, the vowels being not euphonically combined; this pause has a duration of one matra e,g. स इधान:, त एनम् , (d) pause between two vowels inside a word which is a rare occurrence; this has a duration of half a mātrā;e.gप्रउगम्, तितउः; confer, compare ऋग्विरामः पदविरामो विवृत्तिविरामः समानपदविवृत्तिविरामस्त्रिमात्रो द्विमात्र एकमात्रोर्धमात्र इत्यानुपूर्व्येण Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13. The word विवृत्ति is explained as स्वरयोरसंधिः. The vivṛttivirāma is further divided into वत्सानुसति which has the preceding vowel short and the succeeding long, वत्सानुसारिणी which has the preceding vowel a long one and the succeeding vowel a short one, पाकवती which has both the vowels short, and पिपीलिका which has got both , the vowels long. This fourfold division is given in the Śikṣā where their duration is given as one mātrā, one mātrā, three-fourths of a mātrā and one-fourth of a mātrā respectively. The duration between the two words of a compound word when split up in the पदपाठ is also equal to one mātrā; confer, compare R.Pr.I.16. The word विराम occurs in Pāṇini's rule विरामोs वसानम् P.I. 4.110 where commentators have explained it as absence; confer, compare वर्णानामभावोवसानसंज्ञः स्यात् S.K.on P. I.4.110: confer, compare also विरतिर्विरामः । विरम्यते अनेन इति वा विरामः Kāś. on P.I.4.110. According to Kāśikā even in the Saṁhitā text, there is a duration of half a mātrā between the various phonetic elements, even between two consonants or between a vowel and a consonant, which, however, is quite imperceptible; confer, compare परो यः संनिकर्षो वर्णानां अर्धमात्राकालव्यवधानं स संहितासंज्ञो भवति Kāś. on P. I.4.109 confer, compare also विरामे मात्रा R.T.35; confer, compare also R.Pr.I.16 and 17. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P.I.4.109 and I.4.110.
vilāsaname of a commentary by Jayakṛṣṇa Maunī on the Madhyasiddhānta Kaumudī of Varadarāja.
vivaraṇacritical comment; a name given by a writer of commentary works to a critical commentary work written by him; e. g. काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका ( न्यास ) by Jinendrabuddhi, भाष्यप्रदीपविवरण ( उद्द्योत ) by Nāgeśa, as also लघुशब्देन्दुशेखरविवरण by Bhāskaraśastrī Abhyankar.
vivṛtti(1)separation of the two vowels which were euphonically combined into one; the hiatus or position of two vowels near each other; confer, compare विवृत्तिः स्वरयोरसंधिः; (2) the interval between two vowels placed near each other; confer, compare स्वरयोरनन्तरयोरन्तरं विवृत्तिः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.119; confer, compare also संहितायां यत्स्वरयोरन्तरं तद्विवृत्तिसंज्ञं स्यात् Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.I. This interval is one mātrā according to the Taittirīya Prātiśākhya, while it is only half-a-mātrā according to the Ṛktantra and the Ṛk-Prātiśākhya; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13; Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 3५. See विराम.
viṣṇumitraa Vedic scholar who wrote a gloss on the Ṛk-Prātiśākhya which is known as पार्षदव्याख्या.
visargaaspiration, leaving of the breath generally at the completion of the utterance of a word when there is a pause; the term विसर्जनीय was in use in ancient times. Although not mentioned in his alphabet by Pāṇini, this Phonetic element, visarga, is looked upon as a letter; it is mentioned as one of the letters in the Śikṣā and the Prātiśākhya works and Patañjali has advised its inclusion in the alphabet. As visarga cannot be found in use independently of another letter (which is any vowel after which it occurs) it is called अयोगवाह.
visarjanīyasame as विसर्ग which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare विसृज्यते पुनर्वर्णैर्न संबध्यते इति विसर्गः; Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on Kat. I. 1. 16. The term विसृष्ट is also used in the same sense. The visarjanīya has the same position (स्थान) in the mouth as the vowel after which it occurs. It is a glottal sound; the Ṛk-Prātiśākhya says that some scholars describe visarjanīya as a chest sound: confer, compare कण्ठयोकार:प्रथमपञ्चमौ च द्वावूष्माणौ केचिदेतावुरस्यौ | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I 18: confer, compare also उरसि विसर्जनीयो वा Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 3.
vṛtisaṃgrahaname of a gloss on Panini's Astadhyayi written by Ramacandra.
vṛddha(1)a term used in Paninis grammar for such words or nouns ( प्रातिपदिक ) which have for their first vowel a vrddhi vowel, i. e. either अा or ऐ or अौ: exempli gratia, for example शाला, माला et cetera, and others; confer, compare वृद्धिर्यस्य अचामादिस्तद् वृद्धम् ; (2) a term applied to the eight pronouns headed by त्यत् for purposes of the addition of taddhita affix. affixes prescribed for the Vrddha words, such as छ by वृद्धाच्छ: P. IV.2.114: (3) a term applied to words having ए or ओ as the first vowel in them, provided such words denote districts of Eastern India, e. g. गोनर्द, भोजकट et cetera, and others confer, compare एङ् प्राचां देशे, P.I.1.73, 74 and 75; (4) a term used in the Pratisakhya works for a protracted vowel ( प्लत ) which has three matras; cf तिस्रॊ वृद्धम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.44.
vṛddhi(1)a technical term used by Panini to denote the vowels अा, ऐ and औ: a vowel belonging to the third grade out of the three grades of vowels which are known as zero, normal and long grades; cf , वृद्धिरादैच् P I. 1.1: (2) lengthening completely of a vowel which is called प्लुति in grammar: the term is used in the Rk Tantra Pratisakhya in this sense.
vṛddhipādaname given to the first pada of Panini's Astadhyayi by grammarians, as the beginning of the pada is made by the Sutra वृद्धिरादैच्.
vedamitraan ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work mentioned in the Rk Pratisakhya.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
vaivacanaa term used for the Pragrhya vowel, possibly the same as द्वैवचन , which means a specific feature of द्विवचन or the dual number. The term is used in some Siksa works.
vyāghrapādname of an ancient grammarian who is quoted in the Pratisakhya works and the Mahabhasya His grammar work was called dasaka' possibly on account of its consisting of 10 chapters; confer, compare माध्यन्दिनिर्वष्टि गुणं त्विगन्ते नपुसंके व्याघ्रपदां वरिष्ठ: KaS. on P.VII.194; confer, compare also दशक्रा वैयाघ्रपदीया: Kas, , on P.IV.2.65.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
vyāpattiliterally loss or disappearance; the word is used in the sense of conversion of one thing into another in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare अथाप्यन्तव्यापत्तिर्भवति Nirukta of Yāska.II. l ; cf also अन्यैरेकारान्नातिरत्र पूर्वा ततो व्यापत्तिर्भवतीति विद्यात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.1.
vhiṭne[ WHITNEY, WILLIAM DWIGHT, 1827-1894]a sound scholar of Vedic grammar who has, besides some books on Linguistic studies, written a work on Vedic Grammar and edited the Atharvaveda Pratisakhya.
śatapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra पादशतस्य संख्यांदेवींप्सायां वुन् लेपश्च P. V. 4.1.
śabdaliterally "sound" in general; confer, compare शब्दं कुरु शब्दं मा कार्षीः | ध्वनिं कुर्वनेवमुच्यते | M.Bh. in Ahnika I; confer, compare also शब्दः प्रकृतिः सर्ववर्णानाम् | वर्णपृक्तः: शब्दो वाच उत्पत्तिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.1, XXIII.3.In grammar the word शब्द is applied to such words only as possess sense; confer, compare प्रतीतपदार्थको लोके ध्वनि: शब्द: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1: confer, comparealso येनोच्चरितेन अर्थः प्रतीयते स शब्दः Sringara Prakasa I; confer, compare also अथ शब्दानुशासनम् M.Bh. Ahnika 1. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya, शब्द् is said to be constituted of air as far as its nature is concerned, but it is taken to mean in the Pratisakhya and grammar works in a restricted sense as letters possessed of sense, The vajasaneyiPratisakhya gives four kinds of words तिडू, कृत्, तद्धित and समास while नाम, आख्यात, निपात and उपसर्ग are described to be the four kinds in the Nirukta. As शब्द in grammar, is restricted to a phonetic unit possessed of sense, it can be applied to crude bases, affixes, as also to words that are completely formed with case-endings or personal affixes. In fact, taking it to be applicable to all such kinds, some grammarians have given tweive subdivisions of शब्द, vizप्रक्रुति, प्रत्यय,उपत्कार, उपपद, प्रातिपदिक, विभक्ति, उपसर्जन, समास, पद, वाक्य, प्रकरण and प्रबन्ध; confer, compare Sringara Prakasa I.
śabdparavipratiṣedhacl,. comparatively superior strength possessed by a word, which in the text of a particular sutra is later than another word, which is put in earlier in the Sutra. This शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधे is contrasted with the standard शास्त्रपरविप्रतिषेध which is laid down by Panini in his rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् and which lays down the superior strength of that rule which is put by Panini later on in his Astadhyayi: e. g. in the rule विभाषा गमहनविदविशाम्,it is not the word हन् although occuring earlier, but the word विश् occuring later in the rule, which helps us to decide which विद् should be taken confer, compareज्ञानार्तस्य सत्यपि विदरूपत्वे अर्थस्य भेदकत्वेन रूपवदाश्रयणात्प्रतिषेधाभावः | यद्यपि हन्तिना साहचर्ये विदेरस्ति तथापि शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधाद् विशिर्व्यवस्थाहेतुर्न हान्तिः ! Kaiyata on P. VII.2.18:confer, compare also, P.VI.1.158 V.12.
śarvavarmāa reputed grammarian who is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadhya in the court of Satavahana. He wrote the Grammar rules which are named the Katantra Sutras which are mostly based on the Sutras of Panini. In the grammar treatise named 'the Katantra Sutra' written by Sarvavarman the Vedic section and all the intricacies and difficult elements are carefully and scrupulously omitted by him, with a view to making his grammar useful for beginners and students of average intelligence.
śākaṭāyana(1)name of an ancient reputed scholar of Grammar and Pratisakhyas who is quoted by Panini. He is despisingly referred to by Patanjali as a traitor grammarian sympathizing with the Nairuktas or etymologists in holding the view that all substantives are derivable and can be derived from roots; cf तत्र नामान्याख्यातजानीति शाकटायनो नैरुक्तसमयश्च Nir.I.12: cf also नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् M. Bh on P.III.3.1. Sakatayana is believed to have been the author of the Unadisutrapatha as also of the RkTantra Pratisakhya of the Samaveda ; (2) name of a Jain grammarian named पाल्यकीर्ति शाकटायन who lived in the ninth century during the reign of the Rastrakuta king Amoghavarsa and wrote the Sabdanusana which is much similar to the Sutrapatha of Panini and introduced a new System of Grammar. His work named the Sabdanusasana consists of four chapters which are arranged in the form of topics, which are named सिद्धि. The grammar work is called शब्दानुशासन.
śākalyaname of an ancient grammarian and Vedic scholar who is supposed to have revised the Vedic texts and written their Pada-pātha. He is often quoted by Pāṇini and the writers of the Prātiśākhya works: confer, compare शाकल्यस्य संहितामनुप्रावर्षत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4.84; also on P.I.1.18, IV.1.18; confer, compare also उपचारं लक्षणतश्च सिद्धं अाचार्या व्यालिशाकल्यगार्ग्या: R.Pr.XIII.12.
śikṣāgeneral name given to a work on Phonetics. Although there are many such works which are all called शिक्षा, the work, which is often referred to, by the word, is the Siksa named पाणिनीयशिक्षा, about the authorship of which, however, there is a doubt whether it was the work of Panini or of somebody belonging to his school. The Siksa works are helpful, no doubt, for the study of grammar, but no topic belonging to Siksa is given by Panini which apparently means that these works do not come under the subject or province of Grammar. The reason why the Siksa topics are not given by Panini, is worth consideration. These Siksa works are not specifically related to a particular Veda and it cannot be said whether they preceded or succeeded the Pratisakhya works.
śeṣakṛṣṇaone of the prominent grammarians belonging to the Sesa family, who was the son of नरससिंहशेत्र. He wrote a gloss on the Prakriyakaumudi and two small works Prakrtacandrika and Padacandrika. Two other minor grammar works viz. the Yanlugantasiromani and Upapadamatinsutravyakhyana are ascribed to शेषकृष्ण who may be the same as शेषकृष्ण the son of नरसिंह, or another, as there were many persons who had the name Krsna in the big family.
śaityāyanaan ancient Grammarian and Vedic scholar who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya for recommending a sharp and distinct nasalisation of the anusvara and the fifth class-consonants; confer, compare तत्रितरमानुनासिक्यमनुस्वारोत्तमेषु इति शैत्यायन: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 1.
śaunakaa great ancient Vedic scholar who is believed to have written the Rk. Pratisakhya, which is said to be common for the two main branches of the Rgveda but which at present represents, in fact, all the different branches of the Rgveda.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
śvāsaliterally breath; the voiceless breath required for uttering some letters; the term is used in the Pratisakhya and Vyakarana books in the sense of breath which is prominently required in the utterance of the hard consonants, sibilants, visarga and the Jihvamuliya and Upadhmaniya letters; the term is used in connection with these letters also; the usual term in use is, of course, श्वासानुप्रदान, the term श्वास showing the property of the breath, with which these letters are characterizedition
ṣatvachange of the consonant स् into ष् in certain conditions in the formation of a word, or after prepositions in the case of verbs beginning with स्. This cerebralization of स् was a peculiar phonetic change which naturally occurred when स् in utterance came after a vowel excepting अ. Some of the Pratisakhya works have exhaustively treated this change and Panini has also mentioned many rules in connection with it.
ṣaṣṭhaa term used in connection with the sixth of the spirants viz. the Jivhamuliya letter confer, compare ऋकारल्कारावथ षष्ठ ऊष्मा Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.18; the term is also used in the sense of the sixth vowel viz. ई. in the Rk. Pratisakhya; confer, compare मुख्ये परे पञ्चमषष्ठयोश्च Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 29.
saṃkhyā(1)a numeral such as एक,द्वि et cetera, and others In Panini Astadhyayi, although the term is defined as applicable to the word बहु, गण and words ending with the taddhita affix. affixes वतु and डति, such as तावत् , कति and the like, still the term is applied to all numerals to which it is seen applied by the people: cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.23 also Pari. Sek. Pari. 9: (2) numerical order; confer, compare स्पर्शेष्वेव संख्या Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 49.
saṃdhieuphonic combination; phonetic combination of two vowels or two consonants or one vowel and one consonant resulting from their close utterance; many kinds of such combinations and varieties are given in the Pratisakhya works. In the Siddhantakaumudi, Bhattoji Diksita has given five kinds of such Sandhis at the beginning of his work; confer, compare पदान्तपदाद्योः संधिः । यः कश्चिद्वैदिकशास्त्रसंधिरुच्यते स पदान्तपदाद्योर्वेदितव्यः।ते संधयश्चत्वारो भवन्ति । स्वरयोः व्यञ्जनयो: स्वरव्यञ्जनयोश्च Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 3.
saṃbandhapādaname given by convention by grammarians to the fourth pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi , which begins with the sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III. 4.1.
saṃspṛṣṭaliterally formed by combination or compact; the term is used in the PratiSakhyas for diphthongs which are combinations, in fact, of two vowels which are completely mixed being produced with a single effort. The diphthongs and ऋ also, are called संस्पृष्टवर्ण.
saṃhitāposition of words or parts of words in the formation ofa word quite near each other which results into the natural phonetic coalescence of the preceding and the following letters. Originally when the Vedic hymns or the running prose passages of the Yajurveda were split up into their different constituent parts namely the words or padas by the Padakaras, the word संहिता or संहितापाठ came into use as contrasted with the पदपाठ. The writers of of the Pratisakhyas have conseguently defined संहिता as पदप्रकृतिः संहिता, while Panini who further split up the padas into bases ( प्रकृति ) and affixes ( प्रत्यय ) and mentioned several augments and substitutes, the phonetic combinations, which resulted inside the word or pada, had to be explained by reason of the close vicinity of the several phonetic units forming the base, the affix, the augment, the substitute and the like, and he had to define the word संहृिता rather differently which he did in the words परः संनिकर्षः संहिता; cf P.I.4.109: confer, compare also संहितैकपदे नित्या नित्या धातूपसर्गयोः । नित्य समासे वाक्ये तु सा विवक्षामपेक्षते Sabdakaustubha on Maheshvara Sutra 5.1.
saṃhitāpāṭhathe running text or the original text of the four Vedas as originally composedition This text, which was the original one, was split up into its constituent padas or separate words by ancient sages शौनक, अात्रेय and others,with a view to facilitating the understanding of it, and consequently to preserving it in the oral tradition.The original was called मूलप्रकृति of which the पदपाठ and the क्रमपाठ which were comparatively older than the other artificial recitations such as the जटापाठ, घनपाठ and others, are found mentioned in the Pratisakhya works.
saṇtaddhita affix. affix सण् prescribed after the word पर्शु in the sense of collection; e. g. पार्श्र्वम् : confer, compare पर्श्वा: सण् P,IV,2.43 Vart, 3 for which there is an alfernative reading पर्श्वा णस् वक्तव्यः; for facility of grammatical operations णस् is recommended with preference in the Mahabhasya , cf एवं तर्हि णस् वक्तव्य; M.Bh. on P. IV.2.43 Vart. 3; (2) सण् is given as a technical term for संयोग in the Pratisakhya works: confer, compare सयुक् सण् । संयुक्तं व्यञ्जनं संयोगसंज्ञं भवति R.T.27.
sadāśiva-agnihotrīname of a modern grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a gloss on Pratisakhya works called प्रातिशाख्यदीपिका.
sapādasaptādhyāyīa term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.
saptasvaralit, the seven accents; the term refers to the seven accents formed of the subdivisions of the three main Vedic accents उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित viz उदात्त, उदात्ततर, अनुदात्त, अनुदात्ततर, स्वरित, स्वरितोदात्त,and एकश्रुति: cf त एते तन्त्रे तरनिर्देशे सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति ( उदात: । उदात्ततरः । अनुदात्तः ! अनुदात्ततरः । स्वरित: । स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः । एकश्रुतिः सप्तम: ॥ M. Bh on P. I. 2. 33. It is possible that these seven accents which were turned into the seven notes of the chantings of the samans developed into the seven musical notes which have traditionally come down to the present day known as सा रे ग म प ध नी; confer, compare उदात्ते निषादगान्धारौ अनुदात्ते ऋषभधैवतौ । स्वरितप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः। Pāṇini. Siksa. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions the seven accents differently; confer, compare उदात्तादयः परे सप्त । यथा-अभिनिहितक्षैप्र-प्राशश्लिष्ट-तैरोव्यञ्जन-तैरोविराम-पादवृत्तताथाभाव्याः Uvvata on V.Pr.I.l l4.
samarthapādaname given by Siradeva and other grammarians to the first pada of the second adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra समर्थः पदविधिः P.II.1.1.
samarthādhikārathe province or the jurisdiction of the rule समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV. 1. 82), all the three words in which continue further on, and become valid in every rule upto the end of the second pada of the fifth adhyaya; confer, compare समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा । त्रयमप्यधिक्रियते समर्थानामिति च प्रथमादिति च वेति च । स्वार्थिकप्रत्ययावधिश्चायमधिकारः । प्राग्दिशो विभक्तिरिति यावत् । स्वार्थिकेषु ह्यस्य उपयोगो नास्ति । विकल्पोपि तत्रानवस्थितः । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.82.
samānākṣarasimple vowels or monophthongs अ, इ and उ as contrasted with diphthongs ( संध्यक्षर ); cf अष्टौ समानाक्षराण्यादितस्ततश्चत्वारि संध्यक्षराण्युत्तराणि Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 11, confer, compare also अथ नवादितस्समानाक्षराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.1. 2. Some writers of Pratisakhyas held ऋ as संध्यक्षर and not as समानाक्षर; cf अन्यत्तु मतम्-ऋकारादीनां त्रयाणां त्वरद्वयसंधिरूपत्वाभावेपि रूपद्वयसद्भावादेषा संज्ञा न युक्तेति नवानामेवाहेति। gloss on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 2.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvavibhaktyantaliterally ending with all cases; the term is used as an adjective of the word समास and refers to a compound which can be dissolved by putting the first member in any case: cf सर्वविभक्यन्तः समासो यथा विज्ञायेत | अल: परस्य विधिः; अलि विधिरित्यादि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56. सर्वस्यद्वेपाद conventional name given to the first pada of the eighth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra सर्वस्य द्बे VIII.1.1.
sāptamikaprescribed in the seventh chapter or Adhyaya of the Astadhyayi; confer, compareसाप्तमिक आर्धधातुकस्येडिति पुनरयं भवति । M.Bh. on P.VI.4.62, साप्तमिके पूर्वसर्वर्णे कृते पुनः षाष्ठिको भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P.VI.1.70.
sāmatantravyākaraṇaan anonymous ancient work of the type of the Pratisakhya works dealing with the euphonic changes and accents in the padapatha of the Samaveda.
sāmavaśaname of a Samdhi or euphonic change of the type of the vowels अ, इ and उ being lengthened in some specified cases chiefly for the sake of music ( साम ) or metre. This lengthening is given the name प्लुति in the Rk Pratisakhya: confer, compare दीर्ध ह्रस्वो व्यञ्जनेन्यस्त्वृकाराद् यथादिष्टं सामवशः स सन्धिः | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)VII.1.
sārāvalīor सारावली-व्य्याकरण an inindependent treatise on grammar by Naryana Vandyopadhyaya.
sicipādname given by convention to the second pada of the seventh adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the sutra सिचि वृद्धि; परस्मैपदेषु. P. VII. 2. 1.
siddhakāṇḍathe chapter or portion of Panini's grammar which is valid to the rules inside that portion, as also to the rules enumerated after it. The word is used in connection with the first seven chapters and a quarter of the eighth chapter of Panini's Astadhyayi, as contrasted with the last three guarters called त्रिपादी, the rules in which are not valid to any rule in the preceding portion, called by the name सपासप्ताध्यायी or सपादी as also to any preceding rule in the Tripadi itSelf confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P, VIII.2.1. सिद्धनन्दिन् an ancient Jain sage who is believed to have written an original work on grammar.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
siddhāntasārasvataan independent work on grammar believed to have been written by Devanandin. सिद्धान्तिन् a term used in connection with the writer himself of a treatise when he gives a reply to the objections raised by himself or quoted from others,the term पूर्वपाक्षिन् being used for the objector. सिद्धि formation of a word: establishment of the correct view after the removal of the objection; e. g. संज्ञासिद्वि, कार्यसिाद्व, स्वरसिद्धि. सिप् (1) the personal ending ( सि ) of the second person singular (मध्यमपुरुषैकवचन ) substituted for the affix ल्; of the ten tenses and moods लट्, लिट्, लृट् and others; confer, compare P.III.4.78: (2 Vikarana affix स् added to a root before the affixes of लेट् or Vedic Subjunctive. सिम् a technical term used in the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya for the first eight vowels of the alphabet, viz. अ, आ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ऋ and ऋ: confer, compare सिमादितोष्टौ स्वराणाम् V. Pr.. I.44.
soma,somacāryaname of the writer of a gloss named त्रिभाष्यरत्न on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya.
sthabased upon; the word is peculiarly used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of ' based on ' ' belonging to ' or ' made up of '; confer, compare अस्थनामिनीं सन्ध्यम्, Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 91 , so also confer, compare वं नैगि उस्थे Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 162.
sthavirakauṇḍinyaname of an ancient writer of Pratisakhya works who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 4.
sphoṭaname given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा | व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:||
sva(1)personal-ending of the second person singular. Atmanepada in the imperative mood; cf थास: से | सवाभ्यां वामौ | P.III.4.80, 91 ; (2) a term used in the sense of स्ववर्गीय (belonging to the same class or category) in the Pratisakhya works; cf स्पर्श: स्वे R.T.25; confer, compare also कान्त् स्वे Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 1. 55;confer, comparealso R, Pr.IV.1 ; and VI.1 ;(3) cognate, the same as सवर्ण defined by Panini in तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. P.I.1.9; the term is found used in the Jain grammar works of Jainendra, Sakatayana and Hemacanda cf ]ain. I.1.2 SikI. 1.2; Hema. I.1.17.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svaravivṛtti( 1 )the same as स्वरविराम which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; ( 2 ) a short treatise on Vedic accents written by a modern Vedic scholar and grammrian named Indradattopadhyaya.
svarasaṃdhieuphonic combination of two vowels, a detailed description of which . forms a small topic in the Prtisakhya and grammar works; wide Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) chapters II. 1-26; T Pr. chapters 9 and 10 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III and अच्सन्धिप्रकणम् in the Siddhantakaumudi.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
svasthaliterally remaining in its own form without admitting any cuphonic change for thc final letter; an ancient term for 'pragrhya' of Panini.
svābhāvyainherence; natural capacity; the word is used many times in connection with the power of denotation: confer, compare शब्दशक्तिस्वाभाव्यात् | Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. III.1. 112 or अभिधानशक्तिस्वाभाव्यात् Nyasa on P. IV. 4.60. स्वार a term used in the PratiSakhya works for स्वरित or the circumflex accent: स्वारः स्वरितः ( Com. on T.Pr. XVII.6: confer, compare also T.Pr.XX.20; XXIII.24. There are seven varieties of स्वार given in thc Pratisakhya works, viz. क्षैप्र, नित्य, प्रातिहत, अभिनिहत, प्रश्लिष्ट, पादवृत्त and तैरोव्यञ्जन, cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XX.1-7.
the last of the spirant consonants, | which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.
hi(1)personal-ending of the second person. singular. substituted for सि in the imperative mood; confer, compare सेर्ह्यपिच्च P. III. 4.87; (2) a sign-word used in the Vajasaneyi-pratisakhya to mark the termination of the words of the Adhikarasutra V. Pr.III.5, IV.11.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Vedabase Search
215 results
abhyarhaṇam the yoga meditation of twelve āsanas and offerings of arghyaSB 11.27.16-17
sāńkhya-ācāryaiḥ by ācāryas expert in Sāńkhya philosophySB 3.24.19
kāṇva-mādhyandina-ādayaḥ the disciples of Kāṇva and Mādhyandina, and other ṛṣisSB 12.6.74
ādhi adhyātmika, adhibhautika and adhidaivika sufferings (that is, sufferings from the body and mind, from other living entities and from nature)SB 9.10.53
adhyātmam called adhyātmaSB 11.22.30
ādhyātmika-ādibhiḥ adhyātmika, adhidaivika and adhibhautikaSB 7.13.31
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
ādi by artificially practicing detachment, by the mechanical practice of yoga, by studying the Sāńkhya philosophy, and so onCC Madhya 19.167
bhāva-ādi-mādhurye the sweetness of the loving moods (namely śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vātsalya-rasa and mādhurya-rasa) of the inhabitants of VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 22.155
ādhyātmika-ādibhiḥ adhyātmika, adhidaivika and adhibhautikaSB 7.13.31
pādya-upasparśana-ādibhiḥ with the paraphernalia of worship (pādya, arghya, etc.)SB 8.16.38
akhila-rasa-amṛta-mūrtiḥ the reservoir of all pleasure, in which exist all the mellows of devotional service, namely śānta, dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya and mādhuryaCC Madhya 8.142
guhyaka-ālayam to the abode of the Guhyakas (Kailāsa)SB 4.5.26
akhila-rasa-amṛta-mūrtiḥ the reservoir of all pleasure, in which exist all the mellows of devotional service, namely śānta, dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya and mādhuryaCC Madhya 8.142
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
arghya arghya waterSB 10.86.27-29
arghyam arghya waterSB 10.68.19
arhaṇa water presented as arghyaSB 11.27.25-26
kṛta-sauhṛda-arthāḥ very eager to develop love (in a relationship of dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya or mādhurya)SB 5.5.3
āryāvarte in the place within the Himalaya and Vindhya mountains known as ĀryāvartaSB 9.6.5
ātmīyānām adhyātmika, created by the body and mindSB 5.14.25
avabhṛthyaiḥ and the final rituals, known as avabhṛthyaSB 10.84.53
avyaktam not perceivable by the material senses (ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ)SB 10.3.24
ayodhyā-vāsinaḥ the inhabitants of AyodhyāSB 9.8.18
ayodhyā Ayodhyā (the kingdom of Lord Rāmacandra)CC Madhya 25.201
ayodhyā the population of AyodhyāCC Antya 3.81
ayodhyā AyodhyāCC Antya 3.81
bhāva-ādi-mādhurye the sweetness of the loving moods (namely śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vātsalya-rasa and mādhurya-rasa) of the inhabitants of VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 22.155
bodhyāya to BodhyaSB 12.6.54-56
caitrarathye in CaitrarathyaSB 3.23.40
dadhyań DadhyañcaSB 6.9.52
dadhyań DadhyañcaSB 6.9.53
dadhyañcam DadhyañcaSB 4.1.42
dadhyañcam to DadhyañcaSB 6.9.51
sei mālajāṭhyā daṇḍa pāṭa the place called Mālajāṭhyā DaṇḍapāṭaCC Antya 9.105
mālajāṭhyā-daṇḍapāṭe in the place known as Mālajāṭhyā DaṇḍapātaCC Antya 9.18
devaguhyāt from His father, DevaguhyaSB 8.13.17
dhanvam Madhya Pradesh, where water is very scantySB 1.10.34-35
dṛk the function of sight (as adhyātma)SB 11.22.31
sādhyaḥ-gaṇaḥ the demigods named the SādhyasSB 6.6.7
gauhyaka-gāndharva-paiśāca-uraga-rākṣasīḥ (weapons) of the Guhyakas, Gandharvas, witches, celestial serpents and Rākṣasas (man-eaters)SB 10.55.23
gauhyaka-gāndharva-paiśāca-uraga-rākṣasīḥ (weapons) of the Guhyakas, Gandharvas, witches, celestial serpents and Rākṣasas (man-eaters)SB 10.55.23
guhyaka-ālayam to the abode of the Guhyakas (Kailāsa)SB 4.5.26
guhyaka-rakṣasām of the Guhyakas and the RākṣasasSB 4.6.34
saha-guhyakāḥ along with the GuhyakasSB 4.4.34
guhyakāḥ the GuhyakasSB 11.12.3-6
guhyakāḥ the GuhyakasSB 11.14.5-7
guhyakaiḥ companions known as GuhyakasSB 1.9.3
guhyakān Guhyakas (servants of Kuvera who help him guard the treasury of heaven)SB 10.63.10-11
haṃsa-guhyena by the celebrated prayers known as Haṃsa-guhyaSB 6.4.22
guṇa-sańkhyāna of the sāńkhya-yoga systemSB 8.16.30
tina guṇa the qualities of three rasas, namely śānta, dāsya and sakhyaCC Madhya 19.224
haṃsa-guhyena by the celebrated prayers known as Haṃsa-guhyaSB 6.4.22
kosala-indraḥ the King of AyodhyāSB 9.10.4
sāńkhya-yoga-īśvarāya the master of the principles of sāńkhya-yogaSB 4.24.42
jhāri-khaṇḍa-pathe on the way through Jhārikhaṇḍa (Madhya Pradesh)CC Madhya 1.238
sāńkhya kahe the atheistic Sāńkhya philosophers sayCC Madhya 25.50
kāṇva-mādhyandina-ādayaḥ the disciples of Kāṇva and Mādhyandina, and other ṛṣisSB 12.6.74
kāraṇa as the subtle cause (adhyātma)SB 11.28.20
madhyāhna kari' after finishing His madhyāhna activities (taking a bath and murmuring mantras)CC Madhya 25.15
kauśalyaḥ ruler of Kauśalya (Ayodhyā)SB 10.58.32
jhāri-khaṇḍa-pathe on the way through Jhārikhaṇḍa (Madhya Pradesh)CC Madhya 1.238
khyātiḥ KhyātiSB 8.1.27
khyātim KhyātiSB 3.24.22-23
khyātim KhyātiSB 4.13.17
khyātyām in his wife, KhyātiSB 4.1.43
kosala-indraḥ the King of AyodhyāSB 9.10.4
uttarāḥ kosalāḥ the citizens of AyodhyāSB 9.10.41
kosalān the inhabitants of Kosala-deśa, AyodhyāSB 5.19.8
madhya-līlāra krama a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛtaCC Madhya 25.242
kṛta-sauhṛda-arthāḥ very eager to develop love (in a relationship of dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya or mādhurya)SB 5.5.3
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlā pastimes known as madhya-līlāCC Antya 1.9
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlā, the middle portion of His pastimesCC Madhya 1.248
madhya-līlāra of this division, known as Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.240
madhya-līlāra krama a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛtaCC Madhya 25.242
madhya-līlāra sāra essence of Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.263
bhāva-ādi-mādhurye the sweetness of the loving moods (namely śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vātsalya-rasa and mādhurya-rasa) of the inhabitants of VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 22.155
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlā, the middle portion of His pastimesCC Madhya 1.248
madhya-līlāra of this division, known as Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.240
madhya-līlāra krama a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛtaCC Madhya 25.242
madhya-līlāra sāra essence of Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.263
madhya-līlā pastimes known as madhya-līlāCC Antya 1.9
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
madhyāhna kari' after finishing His madhyāhna activities (taking a bath and murmuring mantras)CC Madhya 25.15
kāṇva-mādhyandina-ādayaḥ the disciples of Kāṇva and Mādhyandina, and other ṛṣisSB 12.6.74
madhyandinam MadhyandinamSB 4.13.13
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
upādhyāya mahāśaya a great personality with the title UpādhyāyaCC Adi 11.22
mālajāṭhyā-daṇḍapāṭe in the place known as Mālajāṭhyā DaṇḍapātaCC Antya 9.18
sei mālajāṭhyā daṇḍa pāṭa the place called Mālajāṭhyā DaṇḍapāṭaCC Antya 9.105
upādhyāyera mana the mind of UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.94
sāńkhya-mayī having the form of the philosophy analyzing the material world (Sāńkhya philosophy)SB 9.8.13
mukhyā called Mukhyā (principal)SB 4.29.11
akhila-rasa-amṛta-mūrtiḥ the reservoir of all pleasure, in which exist all the mellows of devotional service, namely śānta, dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya and mādhuryaCC Madhya 8.142
nirvindhyā NirvindhyāSB 5.19.17-18
tāpīm payoṣṇīm nirvindhyām to the Tāpī, Payoṣṇī and Nirvindhyā riversSB 10.79.19-21
nirvindhyāte in the river NirvindhyāCC Madhya 9.311
nirvindhyāyāḥ of the River NirvindhyāSB 4.1.18
vindhya-pādān the mountains near the Vindhya mountain rangeSB 6.4.20
pādya-upasparśana-ādibhiḥ with the paraphernalia of worship (pādya, arghya, etc.)SB 8.16.38
gauhyaka-gāndharva-paiśāca-uraga-rākṣasīḥ (weapons) of the Guhyakas, Gandharvas, witches, celestial serpents and Rākṣasas (man-eaters)SB 10.55.23
pāka-yajña-vidhānena according to the injunctions of the Gṛhya-sūtrasSB 6.19.22
paramānanda upādhyāya Paramānanda UpādhyāyaCC Adi 11.44
sei mālajāṭhyā daṇḍa pāṭa the place called Mālajāṭhyā DaṇḍapāṭaCC Antya 9.105
jhāri-khaṇḍa-pathe on the way through Jhārikhaṇḍa (Madhya Pradesh)CC Madhya 1.238
pathya-śiṣyān the disciples of PathyaSB 12.7.2
pathyāya to PathyaSB 12.7.1
tāpīm payoṣṇīm nirvindhyām to the Tāpī, Payoṣṇī and Nirvindhyā riversSB 10.79.19-21
sva-prakṛtyā by Your personal energy (mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ sūyate sa-carācaram)SB 10.3.14
prativindhya a son named PrativindhyaSB 9.22.29
pureṣu holy places like Ayodhyā, Dvārakā and MathurāSB 3.1.18
purīm to Ayodhyā-purīSB 9.10.32
purīm the city of AyodhyāSB 9.10.44
raghupati upādhyāya a brāhmaṇa named Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.92
raghupati upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.97
guhyaka-rakṣasām of the Guhyakas and the RākṣasasSB 4.6.34
gauhyaka-gāndharva-paiśāca-uraga-rākṣasīḥ (weapons) of the Guhyakas, Gandharvas, witches, celestial serpents and Rākṣasas (man-eaters)SB 10.55.23
akhila-rasa-amṛta-mūrtiḥ the reservoir of all pleasure, in which exist all the mellows of devotional service, namely śānta, dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya and mādhuryaCC Madhya 8.142
sādhya by the residents of SādhyalokaSB 5.1.8
sādhyā SādhyāSB 6.6.4
sādhya SādhyasSB 11.2.23
sādhyāḥ the SādhyasBG 11.22
sādhyaḥ-gaṇaḥ the demigods named the SādhyasSB 6.6.7
sādhyāḥ the SādhyasSB 6.6.15
sādhyāḥ the SādhyasSB 10.25.31
viśve sādhyāḥ known as Viśvedevas and SādhyasSB 11.6.2-4
sādhyaiḥ by the SādhyasSB 6.7.2-8
sādhyaiḥ by the SādhyasSB 6.10.17-18
sādhyān the Sādhya demigodsSB 2.3.2-7
sādhyāyāḥ from the womb of Sādhya-SB 6.6.7
sādhyebhya to the SādhyasSB 3.20.43
saha-guhyakāḥ along with the GuhyakasSB 4.4.34
sahya-sānuni on a ridge of the mountain known as SahyaSB 7.13.12-13
sahya SahyaSB 5.19.16
samarhaṇaiḥ by pādya, arghya and other such items for worshiping the LordSB 8.21.6-7
sāńkhya-ācāryaiḥ by ācāryas expert in Sāńkhya philosophySB 3.24.19
sāńkhya of the Sāńkhya philosophySB 3.33.35
sāńkhya-yoga-īśvarāya the master of the principles of sāńkhya-yogaSB 4.24.42
sāńkhya-śirase who taught the Sāńkhya philosophy or who actually gives knowledge of Sāńkhya to the people of the worldSB 5.14.45
sāńkhya by the sāńkhya-yoga system (the analytical study of material conditions)SB 5.19.10
sāńkhya the philosophical way of sāńkhya-yogaSB 8.24.55
sāńkhya-mayī having the form of the philosophy analyzing the material world (Sāńkhya philosophy)SB 9.8.13
sāńkhya-yogaiḥ by reading the literature of sāńkhya-yogaSB 10.8.45
sāńkhya of sāńkhya analysisSB 10.85.39
sāńkhya-vidhiḥ method of Sāńkhya (analytic philosophy)SB 11.24.29
sāńkhya Sāńkhya philosophyCC Adi 6.18
sāńkhya kahe the atheistic Sāńkhya philosophers sayCC Madhya 25.50
sāńkhyaiḥ by means of Sāńkhya philosophyBG 5.5
sāńkhyam knowledge in Sāńkhya philosophySB 3.3.19
sāńkhyam Sāńkhya philosophySB 3.25.31
sāńkhyam the process of Sāńkhya meditation, by which one learns to discriminate between spirit and matterSB 10.47.33
sāńkhyam the system of Sāńkhya philosophySB 11.14.20
sāńkhyam the process of SāńkhyaSB 12.11.11-12
guṇa-sańkhyāna of the sāńkhya-yoga systemSB 8.16.30
sāńkhyāyanaḥ the great sage SāńkhyāyanaSB 3.8.8
sāńkhyāyanāya unto the great sage SāńkhyāyanaSB 3.8.7
yoga-sāńkhyayoḥ of mystic yoga and the Sāńkhya philosophy (analysis of the ways of nature)SB 6.4.32
sāńkhyena by the study of Sāńkhya philosophySB 4.31.12
sāńkhyeṣu in Sāńkhya philosophySB 3.29.1-2
sahya-sānuni on a ridge of the mountain known as SahyaSB 7.13.12-13
madhya-līlāra sāra essence of Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.263
kṛta-sauhṛda-arthāḥ very eager to develop love (in a relationship of dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya or mādhurya)SB 5.5.3
sei sei sevanera the service of śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa and sakhya-rasaCC Madhya 19.226
sei sei sevanera the service of śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa and sakhya-rasaCC Madhya 19.226
sei mālajāṭhyā daṇḍa pāṭa the place called Mālajāṭhyā DaṇḍapāṭaCC Antya 9.105
sei sei sevanera the service of śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa and sakhya-rasaCC Madhya 19.226
sāńkhya-śirase who taught the Sāńkhya philosophy or who actually gives knowledge of Sāńkhya to the people of the worldSB 5.14.45
pathya-śiṣyān the disciples of PathyaSB 12.7.2
śrī-vindhyāvaliḥ uvāca Vindhyāvali, the wife of Bali Mahārāja, saidSB 8.22.20
tat-sutaḥ the son of the SādhyasSB 6.6.7
sva-prakṛtyā by Your personal energy (mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ sūyate sa-carācaram)SB 10.3.14
tāpa-traya by the threefold miserable conditions (adhyātmika, adhidaivika and adhibautika)SB 7.6.14
tāpīm payoṣṇīm nirvindhyām to the Tāpī, Payoṣṇī and Nirvindhyā riversSB 10.79.19-21
tat-sutaḥ the son of the SādhyasSB 6.6.7
tina guṇa the qualities of three rasas, namely śānta, dāsya and sakhyaCC Madhya 19.224
tāpa-traya by the threefold miserable conditions (adhyātmika, adhidaivika and adhibautika)SB 7.6.14
upādhyāya mahāśaya a great personality with the title UpādhyāyaCC Adi 11.22
paramānanda upādhyāya Paramānanda UpādhyāyaCC Adi 11.44
raghupati upādhyāya a brāhmaṇa named Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.92
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.97
raghupati upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.97
upādhyāya My dear UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.101
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.101
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.102
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.103
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.104
upādhyāyera mana the mind of UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.94
upādhyāyera of Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.100
pādya-upasparśana-ādibhiḥ with the paraphernalia of worship (pādya, arghya, etc.)SB 8.16.38
gauhyaka-gāndharva-paiśāca-uraga-rākṣasīḥ (weapons) of the Guhyakas, Gandharvas, witches, celestial serpents and Rākṣasas (man-eaters)SB 10.55.23
utathya UtathyaSB 4.1.35
uttarāḥ kosalāḥ the citizens of AyodhyāSB 9.10.41
śrī-vindhyāvaliḥ uvāca Vindhyāvali, the wife of Bali Mahārāja, saidSB 8.22.20
ayodhyā-vāsinaḥ the inhabitants of AyodhyāSB 9.8.18
pāka-yajña-vidhānena according to the injunctions of the Gṛhya-sūtrasSB 6.19.22
sāńkhya-vidhiḥ method of Sāńkhya (analytic philosophy)SB 11.24.29
vindhya-pādān the mountains near the Vindhya mountain rangeSB 6.4.20
vindhya VindhyaSB 8.5.2
vindhya VindhyaSB 5.19.16
vindhyāvaliḥ VindhyāvaliSB 8.20.17
śrī-vindhyāvaliḥ uvāca Vindhyāvali, the wife of Bali Mahārāja, saidSB 8.22.20
viśve sādhyāḥ known as Viśvedevas and SādhyasSB 11.6.2-4
pāka-yajña-vidhānena according to the injunctions of the Gṛhya-sūtrasSB 6.19.22
sāńkhya-yoga-īśvarāya the master of the principles of sāńkhya-yogaSB 4.24.42
yoga-sāńkhyayoḥ of mystic yoga and the Sāńkhya philosophy (analysis of the ways of nature)SB 6.4.32
sāńkhya-yogaiḥ by reading the literature of sāńkhya-yogaSB 10.8.45
yogibhiḥ by such yogīs (jña-na-yogīs, rāja-yogīs, dhyāna-yogīs, etc.)SB 10.12.12
729 results
hyas indeclinable yesterday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31315/72933
hyastana adjective belonging to or produced or occurred yesterday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hesternal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20408/72933
akaṇṭhya adjective
Frequency rank 41505/72933
akathya adjective unmentionable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unspeakable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unutterable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26057/72933
akrudhyant adjective not angry
Frequency rank 16346/72933
akṣobhya adjective immovable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
imperturbable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6845/72933
akṣobhya noun (masculine) an immense number (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Buddha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26097/72933
agarhya adjective unblamable
Frequency rank 41643/72933
agastyārghya noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a vrata
Frequency rank 41647/72933
agastyārghyavrata noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.119
Frequency rank 41648/72933
aguhya adjective not to be hidden
Frequency rank 31382/72933
agṛhya indeclinable not having taken
Frequency rank 31384/72933
agṛhyamāṇa adjective not perceived
Frequency rank 41660/72933
agrāhya adjective not to be conceived or perceived or obtained or admitted or trusted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be rejected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6959/72933
agrāhyaka adjective impalpable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be perceived (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41737/72933
atathya adjective not really so (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unreal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
untrue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13280/72933
atiguhyaka adjective top secret
Frequency rank 42032/72933
atipathya adjective very pathya
Frequency rank 42111/72933
atīrthya adjective
Frequency rank 31599/72933
adāhya adjective incombustible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20490/72933
adhyakṣa noun (masculine) an eye-witness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an inspector (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chief superintendent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Mimusops Kauki (kṣīrikā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4025/72933
adhyakṣa adjective exercising supervision (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
observable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perceptible to the senses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22908/72933
adhyagni indeclinable over or by the nuptial fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22909/72933
adhyagnyupāgata noun (neuter) property received by a wife at the wedding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42536/72933
adhyaṇḍā noun (feminine) the plants Carpopogon Pruriens (cowage) and Flacourtia Cataphracta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42537/72933
adhyadhika adjective increased more
Frequency rank 42538/72933
adhyadhikṣepa noun (masculine) excessive censure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gross abuse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42539/72933
adhyadhīna adjective completely subject to or dependent on (as a slave) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26252/72933
adhyayana noun (neuter) reading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
studying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1992/72933
adhyayanasaṃpradānīya noun (masculine) name of ch. Suśr., Sū. 3
Frequency rank 42540/72933
adhyardha adjective one and a half (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6286/72933
adhyardhadhāra noun (neuter) a kind of surgical knife
Frequency rank 42541/72933
adhyarbuda noun (neuter) a congenital tumour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
goitre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42542/72933
adhyavasā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 42543/72933
adhyavasāna noun (neuter) (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attempt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
determining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
effort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
energy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exertion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perseverance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22910/72933
adhyavasāyaka adjective deciding
Frequency rank 42544/72933
adhyavasāya noun (masculine neuter) (in phil.) mental effort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
apprehension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
determination
Frequency rank 6287/72933
adhyavasāyin adjective resolute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26253/72933
adhyavasāyita adjective attempted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42545/72933
adhyavaso verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to accomplish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ascertain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to attempt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to consider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to decide to determine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to undertake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7150/72933
adhyaś verb (class 9 ātmanepada) [overeat?? gibt es das Wort??]
Frequency rank 42546/72933
adhyaśana noun (neuter) eating too soon after a meal (before the last meal is digested) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8914/72933
adhyas verb (class 4 parasmaipada) (in phil.) to attribute or impute wrongly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to throw or place over or upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20511/72933
adhyasthi noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 20512/72933
anadhyakṣa adjective not observable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not perceptible by the senses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without a superintendent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42619/72933
anadhyayana noun (neuter) intermission of study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not reading or studying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26263/72933
anadhyavasāya noun (masculine) non-resolution
Frequency rank 22919/72933
anabhyakta adjective
Frequency rank 42727/72933
anabhyanujñā noun (feminine) non-permission (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42728/72933
anabhyanujñāta adjective unallowed
Frequency rank 26277/72933
anabhyarcya indeclinable not having worshipped
Frequency rank 18776/72933
anabhyavahāra noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 31761/72933
anabhyasta adjective unpractised
Frequency rank 26278/72933
anabhyasya adjective
Frequency rank 42729/72933
anabhyasūyā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 42730/72933
anabhyasya indeclinable not having practised
Frequency rank 22929/72933
anarghya adjective invaluable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not valuable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
priceless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17504/72933
anarthya adjective useless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worthless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26284/72933
anavarodhya adjective not to be imprisoned
Frequency rank 42784/72933
anākhya adjective nameless
Frequency rank 42820/72933
anāḍhya adjective
Frequency rank 22945/72933
anāthya noun (neuter) being without a husband
Frequency rank 42846/72933
anāpṛcchya indeclinable without having asked
Frequency rank 22948/72933
anārabhya adjective improper or impracticable to be commenced or undertaken (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31814/72933
anārādhya indeclinable not having worshipped
Frequency rank 42884/72933
anāruhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 31818/72933
anāsedhya adjective not to be imprisoned
Frequency rank 31837/72933
anigṛhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 31842/72933
anirudhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 42968/72933
anirudhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 31855/72933
anirvāhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 42988/72933
anugrāhya noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 31892/72933
anupalabhya adjective
Frequency rank 31943/72933
anupalabhya indeclinable not having noticed
Frequency rank 22999/72933
anupalabhyamāna adjective not being perceived (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16405/72933
anupākhya adjective not clearly discernible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43206/72933
anullikhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 43297/72933
anaitihya adjective not recorded in tradition
Frequency rank 26386/72933
apathya adjective inconsistent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unfit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unsuitable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unwholesome as food or drink in particular complaints (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4375/72933
apathyatama adjective
Frequency rank 43603/72933
aparigṛhya indeclinable not having taken [neg. of the absol.]
Frequency rank 43664/72933
aprakhya adjective not shining
Frequency rank 43832/72933
apratikrudhyant adjective
Frequency rank 43857/72933
apratigṛhya adjective one from whom one must not accept anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32202/72933
apratigrāhya adjective unacceptable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23081/72933
apratibudhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 43874/72933
apratiyudhyant adjective
Frequency rank 43884/72933
aprasahya adjective intolerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
irresistible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32232/72933
abadhya adjective nonsensical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unmeaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44032/72933
abadhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 44033/72933
abandhya adjective not to be fettered or bound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20667/72933
abādhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 44043/72933
abāhya adjective internal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not exterior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without an exterior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32255/72933
abudhyamāna adjective not being awake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32257/72933
abhidhyai verb (class 2 ātmanepada) to desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to direct one's intention to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to intend (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to meditate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set one's heart upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7915/72933
abhinidhyai verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to give attention to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44172/72933
abhivāhya noun (neuter) conveyance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
transmission (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44310/72933
abhisaṃdhyam indeclinable
Frequency rank 44388/72933
abhyagra adjective constant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fresh (as blood) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having the point turned or directed towards (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perpetual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quick (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44451/72933
abhyaṅga noun (masculine) inunction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rubbing with unctuous substances (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unguent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1803/72933
abhyañj verb (class 7 parasmaipada) to anoint (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to smear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2598/72933
abhyañjana noun (neuter) embellishment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inunction (especially of the feet) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ornament (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rubbing with unctuous substances (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unguent (used for rubbing the feet) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4062/72933
abhyañjanavara noun (neuter) sesamum oil
Frequency rank 44452/72933
abhyañjay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to anoint to smear
Frequency rank 44453/72933
abhyatikram verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to overpower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to step over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to transgress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to violate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to walk through (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13326/72933
abhyativṛt verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to drive past (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44454/72933
abhya verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to die to pass over (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12800/72933
abhyadhika adjective augmented by (abl. or instr. or in comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exceeding the common measure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extraordinary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having more authority or power than (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more excellent than (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more than (abl. or instr. or in comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pre-eminent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
superior to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
surpassing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2820/72933
abhyadhikatva noun (neuter) abundance surplus
Frequency rank 13327/72933
abhyadhyayana noun (neuter) study
Frequency rank 44455/72933
abhyanugam verb (class 1 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 44456/72933
abhyanujñā noun (feminine) approval (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
authorization (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dismissing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
granting leave of absence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
permission (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9117/72933
abhyanujñā verb (class 9 ātmanepada) to allow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to allow one to depart (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to approve (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ask for leave (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to assent to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to authorize (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to concede (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to direct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to dismiss (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to permit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take leave (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3175/72933
abhyanujñāna noun (neuter) approval (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assenting to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
authorization (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
permission (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12801/72933
abhyanujñāpay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 14677/72933
abhyanuman verb (class 8 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 44457/72933
abhyanumoday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to approve of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to assent to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44458/72933
abhyanuvac verb (class 3 parasmaipada) to declare or state or utter with reference to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44459/72933
abhyanuvartay verb (class 10 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 44460/72933
abhyanuveṣṭ verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 44461/72933
abhyanuśās verb (class 2 ātmanepada) to denote (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to indicate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44462/72933
abhyantara noun (neuter) inner part (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interval (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
space of time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5305/72933
abhyantara adjective being inside of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conversant with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
included in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
initiated in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intimate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nearly related (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
next (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3560/72933
abhyantarakalā noun (feminine) the secret arts or the arts of coquetry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44463/72933
abhyantaratas indeclinable in the interior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inwards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18875/72933
abhyantarāyāma noun (masculine) curvature of the spine by spasm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
emprosthonos (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44464/72933
abhyantarīkaraṇa noun (neuter) initiating in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44465/72933
abhyantarīkṛta adjective initiated in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
made intimate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26562/72933
abhyapān verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to breathe towards (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44466/72933
abhyamita adjective diseased (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sick (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44467/72933
abhyarc verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to celebrate in song (instr.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reverence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to worship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3477/72933
abhyarcana noun (neuter) reverence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11527/72933
abhyarcay verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to worship
Frequency rank 4929/72933
abhyarṇa noun (neuter) proximity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20716/72933
abhyarṇa adjective near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proximate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44468/72933
abhyarthin adjective asking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44469/72933
abhyarthanā noun (feminine) requesting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23141/72933
abhyarthana noun (neuter) asking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
requesting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26563/72933
abhyarthay verb (denominative ātmanepada) to ask for (acc. or dat. or loc. or in comp. with artham) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to request (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8075/72933
abhyarthita noun (neuter) request (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44470/72933
abhyarday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to oppress
Frequency rank 13975/72933
abhyarhaṇīyatā noun (feminine) honourableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44471/72933
abhyarhita adjective becoming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
greatly honoured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more honoured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more important than (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
venerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26564/72933
abhyalaṃkāra noun (masculine) decoration (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44472/72933
abhyalaṃkṛ verb (class 8 parasmaipada) to beautify to decorate
Frequency rank 32402/72933
abhyavakṛ verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to cover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pour on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to throw or cast on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17568/72933
abhyavacāray verb (class 10 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 44473/72933
abhyavadhā verb (class 3 parasmaipada) to allay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lay (as dust) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44474/72933
abhyavanāmay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 44475/72933
abhyavapat verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to fly near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44476/72933
abhyavapatti noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 26565/72933
abhyavapad verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 13328/72933
abhyavapāta noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 23142/72933
abhyavaman verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to despise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reject (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32403/72933
abhyavasṛ verb (class 3 parasmaipada) to retire from (abl.) towards (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44477/72933
abhyavasṛj verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to dismiss (as rays) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to dismiss towards (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to shoot (as arrows) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to throw (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23143/72933
abhyavaskand verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to encounter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to jump down or into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to meet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32404/72933
abhyavaharaṇa noun (neuter) eating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
taking food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
throwing away or down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16456/72933
abhyavahāra noun (masculine) taking food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8225/72933
abhyavahāray verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to attack (as an enemy) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause to eat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause to throw down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to eat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26566/72933
abhyavahārya noun (neuter) food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16457/72933
abhyavahṛ verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to bring near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to eat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to throw down into water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7779/72933
abhyavahṛti noun (feminine) Speiseaufnahme
Frequency rank 26567/72933
abhyavekṣ verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to look at or upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23144/72933
abhyaś verb (class 5 ātmanepada) to gain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to overpower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pervade (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reach to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44478/72933
abhyas verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to be over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to excel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall to one's share (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to overpower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reign over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to surpass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44479/72933
abhyas verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to concentrate one's attention to multiply to practice to reduplicate (a sound) to repeat to study to throw upon
Frequency rank 2290/72933
abhyasana noun (neuter) exercise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
practice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12351/72933
abhyastatara adjective
Frequency rank 44480/72933
abhyastamita adjective one on whom while not (working or) being asleep the sun has set (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44481/72933
abhyasūy verb (denominative ātmanepada) to be indignant at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to show indignation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8924/72933
abhyasūyin adjective angry indignant
Frequency rank 44482/72933
abhyasūyā noun (feminine) anger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
envy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indignation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
jealousy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14678/72933
abhyasūyaka adjective indignant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26568/72933
abhyah verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to adress to say to speak
Frequency rank 32405/72933
amadhya adjective without a centre
Frequency rank 32426/72933
amadhyama adjective not the middle one of whom none is the middle one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20724/72933
amadhyastha adjective not indifferent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44558/72933
amādhyasthya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 44601/72933
amukhya adjective inferior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not chief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44631/72933
amedhya adjective foul (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nefarious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not able or not allowed to sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not fit for sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unholy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9763/72933
amedhya noun (neuter) excrement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
faeces (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5898/72933
amedhyatva noun (neuter) filthiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foulness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impurity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44669/72933
amedhyasthāna noun (neuter) ein Punkt im Körper (am Anus??)
Frequency rank 44670/72933
ayudhyant adjective not fighting
Frequency rank 20744/72933
ayudhyamāna adjective not fighting
Frequency rank 10023/72933
arghya adjective belonging to or used at the respectful reception of a guest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deserving a respectful reception (as a guest) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23193/72933
arghya noun (neuter) a kind of honey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
value water offered at the respectful reception of a guest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2053/72933
arghyatīrtha noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 44908/72933
arthya adjective fit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rich (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11919/72933
alaṅghya adjective impassable (as a river) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inviolable (as a command or prohibition) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23204/72933
alabhya adjective unobtainable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9542/72933
alabhyamāna adjective not caught
Frequency rank 32587/72933
alobhya adjective
Frequency rank 45047/72933
avadhya adjective inviolable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be killed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2662/72933
avadhya noun (feminine) inviolability (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23214/72933
avadhyamāna adjective unkillable
Frequency rank 32632/72933
avandhya adjective
Frequency rank 12815/72933
avāhya adjective
Frequency rank 32684/72933
avikṣobhya adjective unshakable
Frequency rank 45328/72933
avikṣobhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 45329/72933
avigāhya adjective unfathomable
Frequency rank 45335/72933
avidahyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 45373/72933
avindhya noun (masculine) name of a minister of Rāvana (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15482/72933
avimuhyamāna adjective not confused
Frequency rank 45422/72933
avilaṅghya adjective not to be surpassed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32720/72933
avivāhya adjective not to be married (as a girl) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one to whom one ought not to ally one's self by marriage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26750/72933
aviśodhya adjective
Frequency rank 45467/72933
aviśodhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 45468/72933
aviṣahya adjective inaccessible (to the eyes) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indeterminable (as a boundary) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
insupportable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intolerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
irresistible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not bearable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not wearable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unfeasible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9125/72933
aviṣahyatama adjective extremely unbearable
Frequency rank 26758/72933
avedhya adjective not to be pierced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unpierceable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26769/72933
avairodhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 45525/72933
avyathya adjective unshakable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45543/72933
avyadhya adjective [medic.] not to be pierced
Frequency rank 18932/72933
aśāṭhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 26781/72933
aśudhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 32776/72933
aśodhya adjective
Frequency rank 45620/72933
aślāghya adjective base (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be praised (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32796/72933
asabhya adjective low (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unfit for an assembly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vulgar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23295/72933
asamidhya indeclinable not having kindled ...
Frequency rank 26821/72933
asahya adjective impossible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impracticable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
insufferable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
insuperable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unbearable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5655/72933
asahyatama adjective completely intolerable
Frequency rank 32841/72933
asahyatara adjective more intolerable
Frequency rank 45808/72933
asahyatva noun (neuter) one of the doṣas of mercury
Frequency rank 32842/72933
asaṃkathya adjective
Frequency rank 45809/72933
asaṃkhya adjective exceedingly numerous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
innumerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8404/72933
asaṃkhyaka adjective exceedingly numerous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45821/72933
asaṃkhyaśas indeclinable
Frequency rank 45822/72933
asaṃgrāhya adjective
Frequency rank 26830/72933
asaṃpāṭhya adjective not to be studied with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one with whom it is forbidden to read or study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45851/72933
asaṃbudhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 45861/72933
asaṃbodhya adjective
Frequency rank 45863/72933
asaṃśodhya adjective
Frequency rank 45904/72933
asaṃsahya adjective intolerable
Frequency rank 32873/72933
asādhya adjective incurable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
irremediable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not proper or able to be accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not susceptible of proof (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be effected or completed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be overpowered or mastered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1931/72933
asādhyaka adjective incurable
Frequency rank 45928/72933
asādhya noun (feminine) incurableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of one not to be mastered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16526/72933
asādhyatama adjective totally incurable
Frequency rank 26849/72933
asādhyatva noun (neuter) incurableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45929/72933
asāmarthya noun (neuter) weakness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13362/72933
asāṃnidhya noun (neuter) absence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20821/72933
asaukhya noun (neuter) unhappiness
Frequency rank 20827/72933
asnehya adjective not to be made unctuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46035/72933
aspardhya adjective with whom one should not rival
Frequency rank 46037/72933
asvāsthya noun (neuter) discomfort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indisposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sickness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17645/72933
asvāsthyavant adjective ill
Frequency rank 46075/72933
ākhya adjective called
Frequency rank 1911/72933
ākhyaka adjective called ...
Frequency rank 18968/72933
āḍhya adjective (in arithm.) augmented by (instr.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opulent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rich (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rich or abounding in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
richly endowed or filled or mixed with (instr. or in comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wealthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1223/72933
āḍhyamāruta noun (masculine) Schenkellähmung [medic.] āḍhyavāta
Frequency rank 26915/72933
āḍhyaroga noun (masculine) gout (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rheumatism (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46309/72933
āḍhyarogin adjective ill with rheumatism or with gout (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33019/72933
āḍhyavāta noun (masculine) a convulsive or rheumatic palsy of the loins (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14727/72933
ātithya noun (neuter) hospitable reception (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hospitality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the rite also called ātithyā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5156/72933
ādīdhyaka adjective meditating
Frequency rank 46379/72933
ādīdhyana noun (neuter) meditation
Frequency rank 46380/72933
āndhya noun (neuter) blindness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
darkness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7790/72933
ānyārthya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 33083/72933
ābhimukhya noun (neuter) being in front of or face to face (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
direction towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
presence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of being about to do anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wish or desire directed towards anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23377/72933
ābhyantara adjective being inside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inner (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4935/72933
ābhyantarika adjective living in a harem
Frequency rank 46509/72933
āyathātathya noun (neuter) incorrectness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the not being as it should be (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wrong application (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33127/72933
ārghya noun (neuter) a kind of honey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20877/72933
ārdrākhya noun (neuter) ginger
Frequency rank 46643/72933
ālekhya noun (neuter) a picture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
painting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
portrait (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
writing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17685/72933
āvasathya adjective being in a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18998/72933
āśmarathya noun (masculine) name of a teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46763/72933
ibhya adjective belonging to one's servants or attendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33282/72933
ibhya noun (masculine) an (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having many attendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opulent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wealthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27052/72933
ukthya adjective accompanied by Ukthas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accompanied by verse or praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consisting of praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deserving praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skilled in praising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33316/72933
ukthya noun (masculine) a libation (graha) at the morning and midday sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a Soma-yajña (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a liturgical ceremony (forming part of the Jyotiṣṭoma etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27069/72933
ukhya adjective being in a caldron (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
boiled or cooked in a pot (as flesh etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47031/72933
utathya noun (masculine) name of a son of Aṅgiras and elder brother of Bṛhaspati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10590/72933
utathyatanaya noun (masculine) name of Gautama (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47103/72933
uddhya noun (masculine) a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47354/72933
upavāhya noun (masculine) a king's elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an animal for riding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any royal vehicle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47638/72933
upādhyayana noun (neuter) recitation (of the Veda) (?)
Frequency rank 47727/72933
ubhyatobhāga adjective
Frequency rank 47779/72933
uraṇākhya noun (masculine) Cassia Alata or Tora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47794/72933
uhyamānaka adjective
Frequency rank 47869/72933
aikadhya noun (neuter) singleness of time or occurrence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11567/72933
aikadhyatas indeclinable
Frequency rank 48106/72933
aikadhyam indeclinable simultaneously
Frequency rank 12877/72933
aikārthya noun (neuter) oneness of aim or intention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
oneness or unity of an idea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sameness of meaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48111/72933
aitihya noun (neuter) tradition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
traditional instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11987/72933
oṣṭhya noun (masculine) a labial sound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48152/72933
oṣṭhya adjective being at the lips (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to the lips (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
esp. produced by the lips (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
labial (as certain sounds) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48153/72933
aukthya noun (masculine) a descendant of Uktha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of Soma
Frequency rank 48158/72933
aucathya noun (masculine) a descendant of Ucathya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Dīrghatamas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48162/72933
autathya noun (masculine) a descendant of Utathya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Dīrghatamas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48166/72933
autkaṇṭhya noun (neuter) desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intensity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27307/72933
aunmukhya noun (neuter) expectancy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27314/72933
aupavāhya noun (masculine) any royal vehicle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
king's elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17752/72933
aurjasthya adjective strong (?)
Frequency rank 48206/72933
kaṇṭakavedhya adjective very fine
Frequency rank 27352/72933
kaṇṭakāḍhya noun (masculine) Rosa Moschata
Frequency rank 27353/72933
kaṇṭavedhya adjective very thin
Frequency rank 19112/72933
kaṇṭhya adjective being at or in the throat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to the throat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
guttural (as sounds) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pronounced from the throat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suitable to the throat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9578/72933
kandāḍhya noun (masculine feminine) a kind of tuberous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48507/72933
kapirasāḍhya noun (masculine) hog-plum (Spondias Magnifera)
Frequency rank 48549/72933
karṇākhya noun (masculine) white amaranth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white Barleria cristata
Frequency rank 48744/72933
kardamākhya noun (masculine) a kind of poisonous bulb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48761/72933
kākākhya noun (neuter) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 49001/72933
kālākhya noun (neuter) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 49314/72933
kālādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Śiva the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49322/72933
kutīrthya adjective
Frequency rank 34116/72933
kudhya noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 49656/72933
kupathya adjective belonging to a bad way (lit. and fig.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
improper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
regimen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unwholesome (as diet) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49676/72933
kaunakhya noun (neuter) the condition of one who has a disease of the nails (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ugliness of the nails (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50258/72933
kauṣṭhya noun (neuter) a kind of disease
Frequency rank 50297/72933
kauṣṭhya adjective being in the abdomen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extremely rich (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50298/72933
khañjakākhya noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 50794/72933
khya noun (masculine) [gramm.] der Auslaut von sakhi, wenn i zu y wird
Frequency rank 50922/72933
gajākhya noun (neuter) a kind of iron/steel
Frequency rank 34538/72933
gajākhya noun (masculine) Cassia Alata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Cassia Tora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34539/72933
gaṇādhyakṣā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 51002/72933
gaṇādhyakṣa noun (masculine) Gaṇeśa
Frequency rank 12929/72933
gandhāḍhya noun (neuter) a kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sandal-wood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27799/72933
gandhāḍhya noun (masculine) the orange tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34586/72933
gārhasthya adjective fit for or incumbent on a householder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21205/72933
gārhasthya noun (neuter) domestic affairs (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
household (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the order or estate of a householder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6218/72933
guṇāḍhyaka noun (masculine) Alangium decapetalum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Alangium hexapetalum
Frequency rank 51381/72933
guhya noun (neuter) a secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mystery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the anus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the pudenda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
img/alchemy.bmp a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 2803/72933
guhya adjective concealable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mysterious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mystical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
private (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be covered or concealed or hidden or kept secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3420/72933
guhya noun (masculine) a tortoise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hypocrisy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva
Frequency rank 17874/72933
guhyaka adjective secret
Frequency rank 34676/72933
guhyaka noun (masculine) a Yakṣa (?) genital name of a class of demi-gods who like the Yakṣas are attendants of Kubera (the god of wealth) and guardians of his treasures (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the number "eleven" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5081/72933
guhyakādhipati noun (masculine) name of Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51446/72933
guhyakālikā noun (feminine) a form of Durgā
Frequency rank 51447/72933
guhyakeśvara noun (masculine) Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34677/72933
guhyatama adjective
Frequency rank 7812/72933
guhyatara adjective more secret very secret
Frequency rank 11243/72933
guhyanāga noun (masculine) lead heated with red arsenic and other substances; becomes bubhukṣita
Frequency rank 27858/72933
guhyaniṣyanda noun (masculine) urine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51448/72933
guhyapuṣpa noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 51449/72933
guhyabīja noun (masculine) Andropogon Schoenanthus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51450/72933
guhyabījaka noun (masculine) Name einer Pflanze (vgl. guhyabīja)
Frequency rank 51451/72933
guhyaroga noun (masculine) a disease of the pudenda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34678/72933
guhyarogapratiṣedha noun (masculine) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Utt. 34
Frequency rank 51452/72933
guhyarogavijñānīya noun (masculine) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Utt. 33
Frequency rank 51453/72933
guhyavaṅga noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical preparation
Frequency rank 51454/72933
guhyavidyā noun (feminine) knowledge of Mantras or mystical incantations (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 51455/72933
guhyasūta noun (neuter) img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 23890/72933
gṛhya adjective belonging to a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dependent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
domestic (said of an Agni) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
domesticated (as animals) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
living in houses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not free (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14146/72933
gṛhya noun (neuter) a domestic rite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a domestic rule or affair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14868/72933
gosaṃkhya noun (masculine) a cowherd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27888/72933
granthyapacyarbudagalagaṇḍacikitsita noun (neuter) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Cik. 18
Frequency rank 51709/72933
granthyarbudaślīpadāpacīnāḍīpratiṣedha noun (masculine) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Utt. 30
Frequency rank 51710/72933
granthyarbudaślīpadāpacīnāḍīvijñānīya noun (masculine) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Utt. 29
Frequency rank 51711/72933
grāhya adjective (in astron.) to be observed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be accepted as a rule or law (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be acknowledged or assented to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be admitted in evidence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be attended to or obeyed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be captured or imprisoned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be chosen or taken account of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be clasped or spanned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be considered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be insisted upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be overpowered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be perceived or recognised or understood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be picked or gathered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be put (as confidence) in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be received in a friendly or hospitable manner (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be received or accepted or gained (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be seized or taken or held (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be taken in marriage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be understood in a particular sense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be undertaken or followed (a vow) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21246/72933
grāhya noun (neuter) poison (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the objects of sensual perception (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9364/72933
grāhyagandhaka noun (masculine) mustard
Frequency rank 72843/72933
cāṇākhyamūlaka noun (neuter) a kind of radish
Frequency rank 34936/72933
cāturvidhya noun (neuter) the being fourfold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19314/72933
caitrarathya noun (neuter) ūtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Kubera's grove (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52453/72933
hyaka noun (neuter) ??
Frequency rank 52497/72933
jārūthya adjective (said of the Aśvamedha) "in which 3 kinds of Dakṣiṇā are given" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35177/72933
jyaiṣṭhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 14909/72933
tathya adjective true (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5035/72933
tathya noun (neuter) truth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9606/72933
tātsthya noun (neuter) the residing or being contained in that (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53404/72933
tādarthya noun (neuter) sameness of meaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the being intended for that (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the having that meaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19368/72933
tithyardha noun (masculine neuter) a Karaṇa (in astron.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53538/72933
tīrthya adjective relating to a sacred Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8612/72933
tubhya noun (masculine) [gramm.] substitute for yuṣm
Frequency rank 53671/72933
tṛṇāḍhya noun (masculine neuter) name of a grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53764/72933
trisandhyakusumā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 54015/72933
trisaṃdhya noun (feminine neuter) the 3 divisions of the day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9184/72933
trisaugandhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 54024/72933
traividhya noun (neuter) triplicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10099/72933
dadhyanna noun (neuter) rice prepared with dadhi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28305/72933
dadhyamla noun (masculine neuter) mastu a kind of sour yūṣa prepared with dadhi sour milk
Frequency rank 28306/72933
dārḍhya noun (neuter) corroboration (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fixedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hardness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stability (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strength (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5213/72933
dālabhya noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 54393/72933
dālbhya noun (masculine) name of a grammarian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Caikitāyana (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Vaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
patr. of Keśin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11278/72933
duravagāhya adjective
Frequency rank 54613/72933
durārādhya adjective difficult to be propitiated or won or overcome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28384/72933
durgrāhya adjective
Frequency rank 35734/72933
durlaṅghya adjective difficult to be transgressed (command) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19443/72933
durlabhya adjective difficult to obtain
Frequency rank 54732/72933
durlekhya noun (neuter) a false or forged document (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54735/72933
durvigāhya adjective
Frequency rank 28410/72933
durviṣahya adjective difficult
Frequency rank 24241/72933
durvisahya adjective
Frequency rank 54763/72933
durvedhya adjective difficult to pierce
Frequency rank 54765/72933
duṣprasahya adjective
Frequency rank 54817/72933
duḥśodhya adjective
Frequency rank 54837/72933
duḥsādhya adjective difficult to be conquered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
difficult to be cured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
difficult to be managed or dealt with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
difficult to be performed or accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9616/72933
dairghya noun (neuter) length
Frequency rank 9619/72933
dairghyakālika adjective langzeitig über eine lange Zeit
Frequency rank 55015/72933
daihya adjective being in the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55027/72933
dohya noun (neuter) an animal that gives milk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21502/72933
daurgandhya noun (neuter) übler Geruch
Frequency rank 5264/72933
daurlabhya noun (neuter) difficulty of attainment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rarity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55062/72933
druhya noun (masculine) name of a king; one of Yayātis and Śarmiṣṭhās sons [[name of a man]] (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people
Frequency rank 21512/72933
dvijamukhya noun (masculine) a Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14962/72933
dvidhālekhya noun (masculine) Phoenix paludosa
Frequency rank 55220/72933
dvaidhya noun (neuter) discrepancy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
diversity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
duplicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
falsehood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
variance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35952/72933
dvaividhya noun (neuter) duplicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
twofold state or nature or character (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
variance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10115/72933
dhanādhyakṣā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 55295/72933
dhanādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
treasurer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10383/72933
nakulāndhya noun (neuter) nakulāndhata, a kind of eye disease
Frequency rank 55591/72933
naktāndhya noun (neuter) Nachtblindheit
Frequency rank 24328/72933
nahuṣākhya noun (neuter) the flower of Tabernaemontana Coronaria (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55784/72933
nākulāndhya noun (neuter) a kind of disease of the eye
Frequency rank 55791/72933
nāgākhya noun (masculine) Mesua Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55832/72933
nābhya adjective sprung from or being in the navel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
umbilical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55879/72933
niradhyakṣa adjective without an inspector
Frequency rank 56078/72933
nirabhyaṅga adjective not rubbed in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unanointed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36264/72933
nirākhya adjective namenlos
Frequency rank 56113/72933
nirākhyapada noun (neuter) the inexpressible stage
Frequency rank 36275/72933
nirātithya adjective inhospitable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lonely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56118/72933
nirupākhya adjective destitute of all qualification (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
false (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
immaterial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indescribable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inexpressible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
non-existent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unreal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28679/72933
niḥsaṃkhya adjective innumerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
numberless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28764/72933
niḥsāmarthya adjective unfit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unsuitable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36451/72933
nīcairākhya adjective named low (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56607/72933
nepathya noun (masculine neuter) an ornament (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
costume (esp. of an actor) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
decoration (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
toilet
Frequency rank 18092/72933
nepathya noun (neuter) (in dram.) the place behind the stage (separated by the curtain from the raṅga) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the postscenium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the tiring-room (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56753/72933
naipathya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 56768/72933
nairarthya noun (neuter) meaninglessness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nonsense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56777/72933
naiṣadhya adjective belonging or peculiar to the Nishadhas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56787/72933
naiḥsnehya noun (neuter) absence of love or affection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56794/72933
paṭṭikākhya noun (masculine) a species of tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56988/72933
pattrākhya noun (neuter) the leaf of Laurus Cassia or of Flacourtia Cataphracta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57041/72933
pattrāḍhya noun (masculine) a peacock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57042/72933
pattrāḍhya noun (neuter) a species of grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Caesalpinia Sappan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the root of long pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24492/72933
pathya adjective containing elements or leading forms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
normal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
regular (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
salutary (lit. and fig) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suitable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wholesome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1204/72933
pathya noun (neuter) a medicine a species of salt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
saindhava
Frequency rank 16932/72933
pathya noun (masculine) name of a teacher of AV (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Terminalia Chebula or Citrina (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57058/72933
pathyakārin noun (masculine) a kind of rice
Frequency rank 57059/72933
pathya noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 57060/72933
pathyatama adjective most wholesome
Frequency rank 10130/72933
pathyavarga noun (masculine) [medic.] name of a varga
Frequency rank 36604/72933
pathyaśāka noun (masculine) a species of vegetable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57061/72933
pathyasundara noun (neuter) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 57062/72933
parākhya noun (neuter) name of a text
Frequency rank 28858/72933
parārdhya adjective being on the more remote or opposite side or half (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
best (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
highest in rank or quality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more excellent than (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
most distant in number (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
most excellent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of the highest possible number (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8467/72933
parisaṅkhya adjective countable
Frequency rank 57440/72933
pāñcavidhya noun (neuter) eine Menge aus 5 Bestandteilen name of a Sūtra treating of the 5 Vidhis of a Sāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57649/72933
pāramārthya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 57812/72933
pārameṣṭhya adjective
Frequency rank 57815/72933
pārameṣṭhya noun (masculine) name of Nārada
Frequency rank 57816/72933
pārameṣṭhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 21718/72933
pārārthya noun (neuter) altruism (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dependence on or devotedness to another (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disinterestedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24591/72933
pāriṇāhya noun (neuter) household furniture and utensils (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57835/72933
piṇḍākhyakharjūrikā noun (feminine) a kind of date tree
Frequency rank 57982/72933
pipīlikāmadhya adjective name of a kind of fast (beginning on the day of full moon with 15 mouthfuls) [a subtype of cāndrāyaṇa] (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36915/72933
puṣkarākhya noun (masculine) Ardea Sibirica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58268/72933
pṛṣṭhya noun (masculine) a horse for riding or for draught (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37045/72933
pṛṣṭhya adjective belonging to or coming from the heights (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58415/72933
prakhya adjective bright (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
visible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9212/72933
pragṛhya adjective (in gram.) to be taken or pronounced separately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not subject to the rules of Saṃdhi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be seized or taken or accepted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12131/72933
prajādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Brahmā name of Kardama and Dakṣa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva
Frequency rank 21795/72933
prativindhya noun (masculine) name of a king who ruled over a particular part of the Vindhya mountains (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Yudhiṣṭhira (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of his descendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9416/72933
pratyabhyanujñā verb (class 9 ātmanepada) to give permission to leave
Frequency rank 59070/72933
pramukhya adjective
Frequency rank 37341/72933
prāgalbhya noun (neuter) appearance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
importance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
manifestation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proficiency (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rank (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19706/72933
prādhyayana noun (neuter) commencement of recitation or study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59654/72933
phalādhyakṣa noun (masculine) Mimusops Kauki (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59896/72933
balamukhya noun (masculine) the chief of an army (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37583/72933
balāḍhya noun (masculine) a bean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Phaseolus roxburghii
Frequency rank 60047/72933
balādhyakṣa noun (masculine) a general (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
minister of war (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the superintendent or commander of an army (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11736/72933
bahiḥsaṃdhya adjective one who performs his prayers outside (the village) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60087/72933
bādhyatva noun (neuter) annulment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suspension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of being set aside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60174/72933
bālākhya noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 60197/72933
hya noun (masculine) a corpse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man (his family) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60220/72933
hya adjective an out-caste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being outside (a door) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conflicting with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
diverging from (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excluded from caste or the community (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exterior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foreign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having nothing to do with (abl. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meaning external to the sounds or letters forming a word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not belonging to the family or country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opposed to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
outer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
situated without (abl. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strange (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1030/72933
hyaka noun (masculine) the sons of Bāhyaka
Frequency rank 29390/72933
hyakin noun (masculine) a kind of venomous insect (kīṭa)
Frequency rank 60221/72933
hya noun (feminine) name of Sṛñjarī and one of the two wives of Bhajamāna (an older sister of Upabāhyakā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37650/72933
hyakarṇa noun (masculine) name of two Nāgas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60222/72933
hyakuṇḍa noun (masculine) name of two Nāgas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60223/72933
hya noun (feminine) deviation or divergence from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exclusion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of being outside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60224/72933
hyatantra noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 60225/72933
hyatara adjective an out-caste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being outside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
external (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
outer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turned out (of caste or society) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37651/72933
hyatas indeclinable externally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
on the outside of (with gen. or abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
outside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6916/72933
hyadruti noun (feminine) a process in the preparation of quicksilver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the Saṃskāras of mercury
Frequency rank 7999/72933
hyayāga noun (masculine) a kind of sacrifice
Frequency rank 60226/72933
hyavāta noun (masculine) [medic.] ūrustambha
Frequency rank 60227/72933
hyaśīta adjective bahiḥśīta
Frequency rank 60228/72933
bījādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37672/72933
budhya adjective
Frequency rank 60323/72933
bodhya noun (masculine) name of a ṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29417/72933
bodhyaṅga noun (neuter) a requisite for attaining perfect knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60391/72933
bhasmākhya noun (masculine) (alchemy) a kind of rasabandha a kind of urinary disease
Frequency rank 60630/72933
bhujamadhya noun (neuter) the breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the elbow
Frequency rank 60810/72933
bhṛṅgākhya noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 72879/72933
bhautikārthya noun (neuter) the state of being composed of elements (bhūta; ?)
Frequency rank 60901/72933
bhyam noun (masculine) [gramm.] substitute for bhyas
Frequency rank 61012/72933
bhyas noun (masculine) [gramm.] ending bhyas
Frequency rank 61013/72933
bhrūmadhya noun (neuter) the interval between the eyebrows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37930/72933
matsyākhyaka noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 29535/72933
madāḍhya noun (masculine) a red-flowering Barleria (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Nauclea Cadamba (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the mango tree the wine-palm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29538/72933
madhya adjective central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impartial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lowest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle i.e. being of a middle kind or size or quality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middlemost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neutral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing between two (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worst (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1464/72933
madhya noun (masculine neuter) (in alg.) the middle term or the mean of progression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of weight a woman's waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38018/72933
madhya noun (neuter) (in music) mean time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abdomen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cessation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate condition between (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interval (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
midst (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a country between Sindh and Hindūstan proper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pause (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
space between (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ten thousand billions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the belly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the flank of a horse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the meridian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle of the sky (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 137/72933
madhyakesara noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 61397/72933
madhyakṣāmā noun (feminine) name of a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61398/72933
madhyaga adjective going or being in the middle or among (with gen. or ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15985/72933
madhyatas indeclinable among (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centrally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centrically (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
from or in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of middle sort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
out of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4909/72933
madhyadeśa noun (masculine) abdomen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle region (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle space (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the central or middle part of anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the inhabitants of the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the meridian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the trunk of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9669/72933
madhyadeśa adjective belonging to or living in the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of midland origin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61399/72933
madhyadeha noun (masculine) belly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle or trunk of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61400/72933
madhyanāḍī noun (feminine) name of a nāḍī
Frequency rank 38019/72933
madhyanāla noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 61401/72933
madhyabhāga noun (masculine) the middle of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle part or portion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61402/72933
madhyama adjective (in astron.) mean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being or placed in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impartial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middlemost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moderate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a middle kind or size or quality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neutral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to the meridian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing between two persons or parties (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1121/72933
madhyama noun (masculine) (in gram.) the 2nd person (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
(in music) the 4th or 5th note (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a class of gods (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular Rāga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 18th Kalpa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva the governor of a province (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle character in plays (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middlemost of the 3 scales (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middlemost prince, whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17084/72933
madhya noun (feminine) (in music) a particular Mūrchanā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a central blossom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a girl arrived at puberty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eine Form der vāc midnight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the pericarp of a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the womb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6809/72933
madhyama noun (neuter) (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
defectiveness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mediocrity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9036/72933
madhyamagrāma noun (masculine) (in music) the middle scale (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61403/72933
madhyamapada noun (neuter) the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61404/72933
madhyamasāhasa noun (masculine neuter) violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21978/72933
madhyamāṅguli noun (masculine) the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19806/72933
madhyamāmla noun (neuter) acid of middle quality, i.e. neither pungent nor very mild
Frequency rank 18296/72933
madhyamikā noun (feminine) a marriageable woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 2nd or middle Grantha of the Kāṭhaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61405/72933
madhyameśa noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 29551/72933
madhyameśāna noun (masculine) name of a Liṅga at Avimukteśvara
Frequency rank 61406/72933
madhyameśvara noun (masculine neuter) name of a Liṅga of Śiva in Benares (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Tīrtha at Śrīśaila
Frequency rank 17085/72933
madhyarātra noun (masculine) midnight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle watch of the night
Frequency rank 13685/72933
madhyarātri noun (feminine) midnight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61407/72933
madhyavartin adjective being in the middle or between or among (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29552/72933
madhyasāraloha noun (neuter) a kind of metal
Frequency rank 61408/72933
madhyastha adjective a mediator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a witness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being between or among (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in the middle space i.e. in the air (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being of a middle condition or kind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to neither or both parties (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impartial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indifferent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neutral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing between two persons or parties mediating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5566/72933
madhyastha noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61409/72933
madhyaṃgata adjective moved to the middle (of the sky; the sun)
Frequency rank 38020/72933
madhyaṃdina noun (masculine) Bassia Latifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a disciple of Yājñavalkya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
noon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Pentapetes phoenicea Linn. the midday offering (Savana or Pavamāna) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6810/72933
madhyaṃdina noun (neuter) Midday (personified as a son of Puṣpārṇa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61410/72933
manodhyakṣā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 61446/72933
masīlekhyadala noun (masculine) a kind of palm-tree
Frequency rank 61619/72933
mahākhya noun (neuter) name of a hell
Frequency rank 61681/72933
mahāsaukhya adjective feeling intense delight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61917/72933
maheśākhyatara adjective
Frequency rank 38183/72933
mahya noun (masculine) [gramm.] substitute for asm
Frequency rank 61963/72933
mahya noun (masculine) name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61964/72933
māghya noun (neuter) the flower of Jasminum Multiflorum or Pubescens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29644/72933
mādhya adjective central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62051/72933
mādhyasthya noun (neuter) intercession (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mediation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12620/72933
mādhyaṃdina adjective belonging to midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meridional (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18313/72933
mukhya noun (masculine) a class of gods under Manu Sāvarṇi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a leader (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
guide (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a tutelary deity (presiding over one of the 81 or 63 divisions or Padas of an astrological house) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29710/72933
mukhya adjective being at the head or at the beginning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in or coming from or belonging to the mouth or face (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eminent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
first (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
principal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 705/72933
mukhyaka adjective (ifc.) mukha, etc.
Frequency rank 29711/72933
mukhyatama adjective first very important
Frequency rank 18326/72933
mukhyatas indeclinable chiefly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
particularly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
principally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29712/72933
mukhyaśas indeclinable before all (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chiefiy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
next (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
principally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29713/72933
medhya noun (neuter) cumin seed
Frequency rank 62582/72933
medhya noun (masculine) Acacia Catechu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a goat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
barley (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an author (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Saccharum Munja (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25095/72933
medhya adjective medhām arhati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fit for a sacrifice or oblation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
free from blemish (as a victim) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fresh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
full of sap (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mighty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not defiling (by contact or by being eaten) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strong (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vigorous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2692/72933
medhyatama adjective most pure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
purest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62583/72933
medhyatara adjective more pure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
purer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29739/72933
maugdhya noun (neuter) a feminine grace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
beauty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
charm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inexperience (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
innocence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
simplicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62664/72933
mauñjītṛṇākhya noun (masculine) Muñja-grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62666/72933
mauḍhya noun (neuter) folly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ignorance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
swoon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22057/72933
maurkhya noun (neuter) fatuity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
folly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10468/72933
yathāgṛhyam indeclinable according to the (personal) Gṛhyasūtra
Frequency rank 62844/72933
yathātathya noun (neuter) truth
Frequency rank 38485/72933
yathātathyam indeclinable in accordance with the truth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
really (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
truly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14385/72933
yathāmukhya adjective according to importance
Frequency rank 29787/72933
yathāmukhyam indeclinable according to the chief persons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
with respect to the chief persons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29788/72933
yathāsaṃkhya noun (neuter) (in rhet.) name of a figure (which separating each verb from its subject so arranges verbs with verbs and subjects with subjects that each may answer to each) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18350/72933
yathāsaṃkhyam indeclinable
Frequency rank 9238/72933
yathāsāmarthyam indeclinable according to ability or power (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25137/72933
yavamadhya noun (masculine) a kind of drum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular Pañca-rātra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] a kind of cāndrāyaṇa fast
Frequency rank 38517/72933
yavamadhyama noun (neuter) a kind of Cāndrāyaṇa or lunar penance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62952/72933
yāthātathya noun (neuter) a real state or condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
propriety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
truth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7029/72933
yāthārthya noun (neuter) accomplishment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
application (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attainment of an object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conformity with truth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the true or real meaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
use (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18357/72933
yugādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Prajāpati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38554/72933
yūthya adjective belonging to a herd or flock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to the troop or herd of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17142/72933
raktasaṃdhyaka noun (neuter) the flower of Nymphaea Rubra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63238/72933
ratnamukhya noun (neuter) a diamond (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vajra
Frequency rank 63347/72933
rathimukhya noun (masculine) name of a son of Bhajamāna
Frequency rank 63376/72933
rathya adjective accustomed to a chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging or relating to a carriage or chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38659/72933
rathya noun (neuter) a carriage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a chariot-race or match (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
carriage equipments (trappings) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vehicle (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63379/72933
rudhirākhya noun (neuter) a particular precious stone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63762/72933
raibhya noun (masculine) name of a class of gods (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Sumati and father of Duṣyanta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an astronomer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7123/72933
ūrdhvaguhyaka noun (masculine) a kind of insect
Frequency rank 63919/72933
lāṅgalākhya noun (masculine) Jussiaea Repens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38898/72933
liṅgādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 38913/72933
lekhya noun (neuter) a (written) document [medic.] scarification (G.J. Meulenbeld (0), 204)
Frequency rank 3549/72933
lekhyaka adjective epistolary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
written (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64243/72933
lekhyapattra noun (masculine) the palmyra or palm tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64244/72933
lekhyapadma noun (neuter) a painted lotus-flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64245/72933
lekhyarogapratiṣedha noun (masculine) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Utt. 13
Frequency rank 64246/72933
lehya adjective lickable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be lapped or licked up or eaten by licking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be licked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38931/72933
lehya noun (neuter) a syrup (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
electuary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nectar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sipped food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8335/72933
lobhya adjective
Frequency rank 64309/72933
vajrākhya noun (masculine) a kind of mineral spar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64487/72933
vadhya noun (masculine) a criminal an enemy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19984/72933
vadhya noun (feminine) fitness to be killed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of being sentenced to death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19985/72933
vadhyabhūmi noun (feminine) a place of public execution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64539/72933
vandhya adjective barren (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
defective (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deprived or destitute of (instr. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fruitless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unfruitful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unproductive (said of women, female animals and plants) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
useless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7228/72933
vandhyakarkoṭī noun (feminine) Momordica Mixta
Frequency rank 25285/72933
vandhyakarkoṭakā noun (feminine) Momordica dioica Roxb.
Frequency rank 30049/72933
vahya noun (neuter) a portable bed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
litter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
palanquin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64961/72933
vānaprasthya noun (neuter) the condition of a Vānaprastha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39196/72933
vārtamānārthya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 65225/72933
vāllabhya noun (neuter) favour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
popularity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tenderness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of being beloved or a favourite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22215/72933
hya noun (neuter) an ox (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any vehicle or beast of burden (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
horse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13754/72933
hyaka noun (neuter) a chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65319/72933
vigṛhyabhāṣā noun (feminine) (aggressive) dispute
Frequency rank 65432/72933
vigṛhyasaṃbhāṣā noun (feminine) Streitgespräch
Frequency rank 65433/72933
vidradhyarāti noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 65639/72933
vindhya noun (masculine) a hunter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a low range of hills connecting the Northern extremities of the Western and Eastern Ghauts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2811/72933
vindhyaka noun (masculine) Vindhya name of a dynasty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65771/72933
vindhyakandara noun (neuter) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39381/72933
vindhyakandaravāsinī noun (feminine) name of an attendant of Devī (K.R. von Kooji (1972), 50)
Frequency rank 65772/72933
vindhyajāta noun (masculine) Terminalia Bellerica
Frequency rank 39382/72933
vindhyanilayā noun (feminine) a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65773/72933
vindhyanivāsinī noun (feminine) name of Devī in the Vindhyas
Frequency rank 65774/72933
vindhyapuṣika noun (masculine) name of a people
Frequency rank 65775/72933
vindhyavant noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65776/72933
vindhyavāsinī noun (feminine) a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39383/72933
viyanmadhyahaṃsa noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65965/72933
vivāhya noun (masculine) a bridegroom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a son-in-law (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66061/72933
vivindhya noun (masculine) name of a Dānava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25440/72933
viṣahya adjective ascertainable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bearable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conquerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
determinable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
practicable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resistible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tolerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22294/72933
vedhamukhya noun (masculine) Curcuma Zerumbet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30353/72933
vedhamukhyaka noun (masculine) Curcuma Zerumbet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66610/72933
vedhya noun (neuter) a mark for shooting at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
butt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
target (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] puncturing (G.J. Meulenbeld (0), 204)
Frequency rank 13786/72933
vaigandhya noun (neuter) bad smell
Frequency rank 30359/72933
vaidagdhya noun (neuter) acuteness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cunning in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dexterity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39716/72933
vaindhya adjective belonging to the Vindhya range (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39725/72933
vaimukhya noun (neuter) aversion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
avertedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
repugnance to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of averting the face (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66718/72933
vaiyarthya noun (neuter) uselessness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15237/72933
vaiyākhya noun (neuter) an explanation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39728/72933
vaivāhya noun (neuter) nuptial solemnity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39736/72933
vaivāhya adjective nuptial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
related by marriage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30376/72933
vaividhya noun (neuter) diversity manifoldness
Frequency rank 66744/72933
vaiśākhya noun (masculine) name of a Muni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] a kind of piṇḍa (?)
Frequency rank 66749/72933
vaiśodhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 39738/72933
vaiṣṭambhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 30381/72933
śatasaṃkhya noun (masculine) name of a class of deities in the tenth Manvantara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67183/72933
śabdavedhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 39910/72933
śabdavedhya adjective to be shot at without being seen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67212/72933
śākākhya noun (neuter) a vegetable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
potherb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67394/72933
śāṭhya noun (neuter) deceit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dishonesty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
guile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
roguery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wickedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6098/72933
śārabhya adjective relating to a Śarabha
Frequency rank 67475/72933
śūnyamadhya noun (masculine) a hollow reed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68108/72933
śraiṣṭhya noun (neuter) preeminence among (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
superiority (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9265/72933
ṣāṇḍhya noun (neuter) impotence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of being a eunuch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13810/72933
sakhya noun (neuter) community (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fellowship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
friendship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intimacy with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relation to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3723/72933
satṛṇābhyavahārin adjective a kind of poet
Frequency rank 25684/72933
sanābhya noun (masculine) a blood-relation (to the seventh degree) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68765/72933
sabāhya adjective
Frequency rank 30712/72933
sabhya noun (masculine) (esp.) an assessor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a person of honourable parentage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an assistant at an assembly or council (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
judge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the five sacred fires (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the keeper of a gambling house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6025/72933
sabhya adjective being at the court of (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in an assembly-hall or meeting-room (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to or fit for an assembly or court (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
civilized (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
courteous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
decorous (as speech) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not vulgar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
polite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
refined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suitable to good society (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30717/72933
samadhyas verb (class 2 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 68900/72933
samabhyañj verb (class 7 ātmanepada) to smear
Frequency rank 40406/72933
samabhyatikram verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to come upon or into to enter into
Frequency rank 68951/72933
samabhyarcay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to worship
Frequency rank 4661/72933
samabhyarthayitṛ adjective a petitioner (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
petitioning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seeking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68952/72933
samabhyas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to exercise to practise
Frequency rank 7355/72933
samārabhyatama adjective most favourable to do
Frequency rank 69047/72933
samūhya noun (masculine) a kind of sacrificial fire (to be brought or carried by the priest) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a place prepared for the reception of the sacrificial fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40515/72933
sarpākhya noun (masculine) a species of bulbous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Mesua Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69421/72933
sahādhyayana noun (neuter) companionship in study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
studying together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40592/72933
sahya noun (neuter) convalescence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
health (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
help (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69720/72933
sahya noun (masculine) name of a mountainous district (in which the Godāvarī rises in the NW of the Deccan) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Vivasvat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the 7 principal ranges of mountains in India (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7759/72933
sahyatara adjective
Frequency rank 69721/72933
saṃkhya adjective counting up or over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reckoning or summing up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8530/72933
saṃkhya noun (neuter) battle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conflict (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
war (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1592/72933
saṃkhyaka adjective amounting to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
numbering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13835/72933
saṃdhyakṣara noun (neuter) a compound vowel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
diphthong (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40662/72933
saṃnāhya noun (masculine) a war elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69914/72933
saṃpāṭhya noun (neuter) one of the 64 kalās
Frequency rank 69953/72933
saṃmukhyas verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to be opposite to ...
Frequency rank 70037/72933
sāḍhyai indeclinable [gramm.] (an irregular Vedic form)
Frequency rank 70247/72933
sādākhya noun (neuter) (Trika:) Tattva an dritter Stelle der Manifestationskette
Frequency rank 40771/72933
sādhya noun (neuter) (in logic) the major term in a syllogism (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accomplishment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an object to be accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
matter in debate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Sāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perfection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
silver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thing to be proved or established (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5796/72933
sādhya noun (masculine) name of a class of celestial beings (belonging to the gaṇadevatā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Vedic Ṛṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 21st astronomical Yoga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the god of love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2999/72933
sādhya adjective amenable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attainable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being effected or brought about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conquerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
feasible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
practicable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to the Sādhyas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
taking place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be accomplished or fulfilled or brought about or effected or attained (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be cultivated or perfected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be formed (grammatically) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be found out by calculation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be inferred or concluded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be killed or destroyed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be prepared or cooked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be proved or demonstrated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be set to rights (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be subdued or mastered or won or managed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be summoned or conjured up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be treated or healed or cured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12276/72933
sādhyakṣa adjective with an inspector
Frequency rank 70288/72933
sādhya noun (feminine) conquerableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
curableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
feasibility (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
practicableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22625/72933
sādhyatama adjective
Frequency rank 18617/72933
sādhyatara adjective
Frequency rank 70289/72933
sādhyayantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 70290/72933
sādhyavant adjective comprehending the point to be proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
containing the major term (in logic) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40777/72933
sādhyasama noun (masculine) an assertion identical with the point to be proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
petitio principii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20290/72933
sādhyasādhana noun (neuter) effecting what has to be done (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the means of establishing what is to be proved (e.g. a Hetu or reason) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70291/72933
sādhyasiddhi noun (feminine) accomplishment fulfilment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accomplishment of what has to be done (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proof (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the establishing of what has to be proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the success of an undertaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70292/72933
sānāthya noun (neuter) aid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assistance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
help (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40778/72933
sābhyaṅga adjective mit abhyaṅgas
Frequency rank 70321/72933
sāmarthya noun (neuter) ability to or capacity for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accordance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
adequacy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging or agreeing together (in aim) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
efficacy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fitness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
force (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
justification for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
power (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sameness of aim or object or meaning or signification (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strength (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suitableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the being entitled to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the force or function or sense of a word (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2697/72933
sāmarthyavant adjective capable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having power or strength (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70335/72933
sāmasthya noun (neuter) comfort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
welfare (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70338/72933
sārathya noun (neuter) charioteering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the office of a charioteer or coachman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7252/72933
hya noun (neuter) aid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assistance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conjunction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conquering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fellowship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
overthrowing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
society (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
victory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7049/72933
sāṃkathya noun (neuter) conversation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
talk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70454/72933
sāṃkhya adjective discriminative (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
numeral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rational (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to number (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to number (in gram as expressed by the case-terminations etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[phil.] relating to Sāṃkhya
Frequency rank 22637/72933
sāṃkhya noun (masculine) an adherent of the Sāṃkhya doctrine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who calculates or discriminates well (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
patr. of the Vedic ṣi Atri (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5068/72933
sāṃkhya noun (neuter) name of one of the three great divisions of Hindū philosophy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2765/72933
sāṃkhyakārikā noun (feminine) name of a collection of 72 memorial verses or stanzas by īśvarakriṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70461/72933
sāṃkhyapravacana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 70462/72933
sāṃkhyayoga noun (masculine) name of a Rishi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 2nd chapter of the Bhagivadgitā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the so-called theistical Sāṃkhya-yoga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40843/72933
sāṃkhyāyanagṛhya noun (neuter) name of a work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70464/72933
sāṃdhya adjective relating to the evening twilight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to the morning twilight or dawn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vespertine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22638/72933
sāṃdhyakusumā noun (feminine) Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70468/72933
sāṃnidhya noun (neuter) attendance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nearness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
presence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the being near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vicinity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4207/72933
sāṃsiddhya noun (neuter) perfection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of having attained the highest object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70479/72933
sitākhya noun (neuter) white pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70528/72933
siddhasādhya adjective accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
effected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
who or what has effected what was to be done (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70566/72933
sidhya noun (masculine) name of the asterism Puṣya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40883/72933
sidhyati noun (masculine) [gramm.] the root sidh
Frequency rank 70589/72933
supathya adjective very wholesome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40971/72933
sumadhya adjective containing good stuffing (as meat) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
good in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a beautiful waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
slender-waisted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25900/72933
sumadhya noun (feminine) a graceful woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5409/72933
surādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25906/72933
sulabhya adjective easy to be obtained (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71192/72933
suvarṇākhya noun (masculine) Mesua Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mercury the thorn-apple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71232/72933
sobhya noun (masculine) a particular personification (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71485/72933
saukhya noun (neuter) comfort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
enjoyment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
felicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
happiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
health (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
welfare (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3413/72933
saukhyavant adjective
Frequency rank 71543/72933
saugandhya noun (neuter) fragrance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sweetness of odour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11858/72933
saumukhya noun (neuter) a kind of bell capital cheerfulness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
delight in (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25939/72933
saurabhya noun (neuter) beauty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fame (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fragrance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
good character (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
odour (met. "universal diffusion") (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pleasingness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sweet-scentedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17412/72933
stryadhyakṣa noun (masculine) chamberlain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the superintendent of a king's wives (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71731/72933
sthūlamadhya noun (masculine) barley
Frequency rank 71822/72933
snaigdhya noun (neuter) affectionateness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fondness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
oiliness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
smoothness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tenderness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unctuousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31169/72933
spardhya adjective desirable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be competed for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
valuable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22714/72933
sphya noun (neuter) a kind of oar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a spar or boom (of a ship's sails) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an implement used in sacrifices (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22717/72933
sphya noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41259/72933
svanābhya adjective issuing from one's own navel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72088/72933
svabhyagra adjective very imminent or impending or near at hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
very swift (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72107/72933
svāsthya noun (neuter) comfort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contentment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
health (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
satisfaction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
self-dependence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sound state (of body or soul) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6382/72933
halurākhya noun (neuter) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 72413/72933
hṛnmadhya noun (neuter) the aesophagus
Frequency rank 72667/72933
hemākhya noun (masculine neuter) a kind of guggulu
Frequency rank 41483/72933
ūhya noun (neuter) [logic]
Frequency rank 26054/72933
 

abhyaṅga,abhyañjana

the process of applying and rubbing the body with unctuous preparations; oil massage; unguent; injunction .

ābhyantarakrimi

internal parasite.

adhyaśana

eating too soon after a meal; eating before the digestion of earlier meal.

adhyavasāya

ascertainment; mental effort.

āḍhyavāta

convulsive or rheumatic palsy of loins.

apathya

unwholesome as food or drink in particular complaints, non-homologous.

asādhya

incurable; intractable.

āyurvedasaukhya

a compendium of ayurveda authored by Todaramalla (16th Century ), minister of emperor Akbar. It describes many diseases and treatment.

hyadṛti

digestion-external (of mercury)

bilvādilehya

a semi-solid preparation from bael fruit and ten other ingredients; indicated in problems of digestive system.

carmākhya

thick, black skin similar to that of an elephant.

cavanaprāṣalehya

confection preparation used in respiratory diseases and as a toni Century

chedi

a geographical region in ancient India corresponding to Bundelkhand region in Madhya Pradesh.

divāndhya

day blindness.

guhya

concealed; private; guhyaroga diseases of the reproductive organs.

janavarhya

a text on erotics written by Kallarasa in the 16th Century AD, published few decades ago.

janmavandhya

sterile women who can never concieve.

jejjaṭa

author of Nirantarapadavyākhya, a commentary on Carakasamhita (9th Century )

kadalīvandhya

sterility in women after one successful conception and delivery.

kākavandhya

sterility in women after two conceptions and deliveries, i.e. women with only two children.

kaṇṭhya

demulcent, aids the throat.

kapila

sage, who propounded Śānkhya philosophy.

kṛcchrasādhya

disease curable with great difficulty.

kuśa

Plant saved gram, salt reed grass, sacrificial grass, dried root stock of Desmostachya bipinnata.

leha,lehya

Go to avaleha

madhyamapancamūla

(madhyama.panca.mūla) country mallow balā, hogweed punrṇava, castor eranḍa, Uraria picta and Desmodium gangeticum śūrṇaparṇidvayam.

medhya

1. good for the intelligence, brain tonic; 2. Plant blue flag, Iris versicolor, I. nepalensis.

mithya

illusion.

mouḍhyam

stupidity.

mṛtavandhya

sterile women whose new born children die after delivery.

nakulāndhya

ability to see during the day only, an eye disease.

pañcapañcamūla

(panca.panca.mūla) the roots mentioned in bṛhatpañcamūla, madhyamapañcamūla, jīvanīyapañcamūla, tṛṇapañcamūla together with the roots of svādamṣṭa, śaireya and karamardika.

parādiguṇa

distant (para), ulterior (apara), planning (yukti), categories (sankhya), combination (samyoya), disjunction (vibhāga), isolation (pṛthakkarana), measurement (parimāṇa), refining (samskāra), usage (abhyāsa).

pariṇāmavāda

doctrine of evolution, Sāmkhya doctrine.

pathya

wholesome and appropriate diet.

pramathya

paste or dough made by boiling a medicinal substance in water, ex: mustādi pramathya

rohitaka

Plant 1. rohida, a tree species grown in desert and dry regions of northwest India, Tecomella undulate; 2. rohituka tree, Aphanamixis polystachya.

sādhya

curable (disease).

sahya,sahyadri

the mountains forming the northern part of the western ghats north of river Kaveri.

sāmkhya

philosophy concerning the theory of the universe.

sandhya

twilight.

sāñkhya

system of philosophy propounded by Kapila, one of the six systems of Indian philosophy.

sarayu

river near Ayodhya; lower part of Ghaghara river that flows from Himalayas.

soma

1. moon; 2. nectar; 3.soma plant, Ephedra gerardiana, a norcotic drug fermented for consumption. 4. Ephedra vulgaris, E. distachya, E. wallichii; Caraka refers to it as somavalli (twine); Dalhana thinks it is gudūci.

svāsthya

health, disease-free state of the human body.

toḍaramalla

minister in the court of Akbar, authored Āyurveda Soukhya in 16th Century

toḍarānanda

a component of Āyurveda Soukhya of Toḍaramalla.

tṛṇapancamūla

(tṛṇa.panca.mūla) śara (Saccharum munja), ikṣu (Saccharum officinarum), kuśa (Desmostachya bipinnata), kāsa (Saccharum spontaneum), darbha (Imperata cylindrica).

ūhya

Go to vūhya

vandhya

sterile women.

vāsā

Plant Malabar nut tree, vasaka, leaves of Adhatoda vasica, vāsāvalehya confection preparation used in the treatment of respiratory diseases.

vedhya

puncturing.

vindhya

mountain ranges of central India.

hya

ellipsis, omission of a word or phrase necessary for a complete syntactical construction but not necessary for understanding; fabrication, fiction.

vyādhyanuvartininidra

(vyādhi.anuvartini.nidra) sleep caused by illhealth and disease at any time of the day.

yavaprakhya

hard eruptions over the skin, similar to barley.

Wordnet Search
"hya" has 513 results.

hya

ayogya, agamya, anarha, ayukta, ayuktarūpa, niḥsāmarthya, asamartha   

yaḥ na yogyaḥ।

prabandhakena ayogyāḥ janāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ niṣkāsitāḥ।

hya

śiṣṭa, bhadra, madra, ācāravat, vinīta, sabhya, śiṣṭācārasevin, agrāmya, āryavṛtta, suvṛtta, yaśasya, sabheya, anīca, arhat, ādṛtya, ārya, āryamiśra, āryaka, ārṣeya, uḍḍāmara, kulya, guru, mānya, sat, sajjana, sādhu, sujana, praśrayin, praśrita, sudakṣiṇa   

yaḥ sādhuvyavahāraṃ karoti।

rāmaḥ śiṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।

hya

aśiṣṭatā, abhadratā, asabhyatā, asādhutā   

aśiṣṭasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

aśiṣṭatayā mānavaḥ paśuvat ācarati।

hya

ādaraḥ, satkāraḥ, sammānaḥ, mānaḥ, arcanam, arhā, arhaṇam, arcā, abhyarcā, abhyarcanam, pūjā, namaskāraḥ, sevā, sambhāvanā, ārādhanam, puraskāraḥ, ślāghā   

sā uktiḥ ācāro vā yena kasyacit gauravo bhavati।

mātuḥ pituḥ ca ādaraḥ karaṇīyaḥ।

hya

sāmañjasyam, saumanasyam, anusāritā, yathātathyam, aucityam, ucitatā, upapattiḥ, sadṛśatā, yogyatā, yuktatā, yuktiḥ   

ucitaḥ upayuktaśca saṃyogaḥ।

sāmañjasyāt kaṭhinam api kāryam sukaraṃ bhavati।

hya

gopanīyatā, guptatā, guhyatā, gopyatā, guptiḥ, gopanam, gūḍhatā, pracchannatā, rahasyatā, saṃvṛtiḥ, saṃvṛtatā, guptabhāvaḥ   

gopanīyā avasthā gopanīyaḥ bhāvo vā।

asya rahasyasya gopanīyatā sandhāraṇīyā।

hya

sandhiḥ, madhyasthāvalaṃbananiyamaḥ   

samayaṃ kṛtvā parasparaṃ svābhiyogāt kiñcidapāsanam।

kaśmīraviṣaye bhāratasya pākistānasya ca sandhiḥ āvaśyakaḥ। / śatrūṇāṃ na hi saṃdadhyātsuśliṣṭenāpi sandhinā।

hya

anujñā, anujñānam, samujñānam, abhyanujñā, abhyanujñānam, anumatiḥ, anumatam, anumodanam, ājñā, kṣamatā, śaktiḥ, sāmarthyam   

yat cikīrṣitaṃ tat kartuṃ vṛddhānām anumodanam svīkṛtiḥ vā yad bahudhā ājñārūpeṇa vartate।

vṛddhānām anujñāṃ vinā kimapi kāryaṃ na kuryāt। / pituḥ anujñayā eva kṛṣṇā himālayaparvatasya atyuccatamaṃ śikharam ārohituṃ prārabhata।

hya

abhyarthanā, samarthanā   

vinayapūrvakaṃ haṭhasahitaṃ nivedanam।

kasyāpi abhyarthanāyāḥ avamānaḥ ayogyaḥ।

hya

prārthanā, prārthanam, abhyarthanā, vinatiḥ, yācanā, arthaḥ, arthitvam, arthitā, yāñcā   

vinayena nivedanam।

sevakena avasānārthe adhikāriṇaḥ prārthanā kṛtā।

hya

pūjanīya, upāsanīya, upāsya, arcanīya, arcya, pūjya, vandanīya, vandya, ārādhya, ārādhanīya, stutya, pūjārha, vareṇya, arhya, ārya   

pūjārthe yogyaḥ।

gautamaḥ buddhaḥ pūjanīyaḥ asti।

hya

śaktiḥ, sattvam, sāmarthyam, balam, kṣamatā, ūrjaḥ, vīryam, vikramaḥ   

tat tattvam yasya prabhāveṇa kimapi kāryaṃ kartuṃ kārayituṃ vā śakyate।

asmin kārye tava śaktiṃ jñāsyāmi।

hya

yāthārthyacihnam   

vākyasya yathārthatāṃ pradarśayat cihnam।

yathārthasya vākyasya purataḥ yāthārthyacihnaṃ pradarśanīyam।

hya

ayāthārthyacihnam   

vākyasya ayathārthatāyāḥ sūcakaṃ cihnam।

ayathārthasya vākyasya purataḥ ayāthārthyacihnaṃ pradarśanīyam।

hya

hīram, hīrakaḥ, dṛḍhāṅgam, lohajit, sūcīmukham, ratnamukhyam, avikam, varārakam, aśiram, kuliśam, bhiduram, paviḥ, abhedyam, dṛḍham, bhārgavakam, śatakoṭiḥ, ṣaṭkoṇam, bahudhāram   

atikaṭhoraḥ prabhāśīlaḥ mahārhaḥ ratnaviśeṣaḥ- asya guṇāḥ sārakatva-śītatva-kaṣāyatvādayaḥ।

hīraiḥ yuktānām alaṅkārāṇāṃ mūlyam adhikam asti।

hya

anaicchika, akāmika, anabhikāmika, akāmya, icchābāhya, anicchāpūrva, abuddhipūrva   

yad svecchayā na jātam।

chikkā anaicchikā kriyā asti।

hya

citrita, varṇita, varṇagata, rañjita, citragata, citrārpita, ālithita, abhilikhita, ālekhyagata   

yasyopari citram ālekhitam asti।

dvāre citritaḥ paṭaḥ baddhaḥ।

hya

madhyamakoṣṭakam, madhyamakoṣṭakaḥ   

tat koṣṭakaṃ yat vartulākārakoṣṭakāt bahiḥ sthāpyate।

koṣṭakasya praśne madhyamakoṣṭakaṃ niṣkāsya vartulākārakoṣṭakaṃ niṣkāsyate।

hya

madhyakālaḥ, kālāntaram, abhyantarakālaḥ, avakāśaḥ, avadhiḥ   

krīḍādiṣu bhāgadvayāntargataḥ virāmakālaḥ।

krīḍāyāḥ madhyakāle ahaṃ kaṣāyapānārtham agaccham।

hya

asāmarthyam, aśaktiḥ, aśaktatā, aśaktatvam, asamarthatvam, akṣamatā, akṣamatvam, śaktihīnatā, abalatvam, nirbalatvam, daurhalyam, balahīnatā, śaktivaikalyam, ayogyatā, ayogyatvam   

aśaktasya bhāvaḥ।

asāmarthyāt etad kāryaṃ kartuṃ rāmaḥ ayogyaḥ।

hya

sāmarthyam, balam, vīryam   

kṣamatāpūrṇā avasthā bhāvo vā।

bhavatāṃ sāmarthyād eva etad kāryaṃ sampannam।

hya

miśratā, mithyatā, kṛtrimatā   

kṛtrimasya bhāvaḥ kṛtrimā avasthā vā।

miśratāyāḥ kāraṇāt satyasya mukham apihitaṃ bhavati।

hya

tailam, mrakṣaṇam, snehaḥ, abhyañjanam   

jale amiśraṇīyaḥ pākādikriyopayogī tilādisthitaḥ dravaḥ।

etad sarṣapasya tailam asti।

hya

hya-śārīrika-bhāgaḥ, bāhya-śārīrika-avayavaḥ   

śarīrasya bāhyabhāge vartamānaḥ avayavaḥ।

hastaḥ iti ekaḥ bāhya-śārīrika-bhāgaḥ asti।

hya

kaphoṇiḥ, kaphaṇiḥ, bhujāmadhya   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, hastamadhyagataḥ avayavaḥ yena maṇibandha-bāhu-paryantaḥ hastaḥ anāyāsena parivartate।

vāhanabhraṃśena tasya kaphoṇiḥ āhataḥ।

hya

aprāpya, aprāpta, alabdha, anavāpta, anāpanna, anāpta, alabhya   

yad na prāptam।

kāryamagnāya jagati kimapi vastu aprāpyaṃ nāsti।

hya

asabhyatā, aśiṣṭatā   

śiṣṭācārahīnatayā।

śyāmaḥ asabhyatayā avadat itaḥ nirgaccha iti।

hya

śiṣṭataḥ, sabhyataḥ, śālīnataḥ   

śiṣṭācāraiḥ saha।

vyavahāraḥ śiṣṭataḥ karaṇīyaḥ।

hya

hyaḥ, kalyam, gatadinam, gatadivasam, dharmavāsaraḥ, dharmāhaḥ, pūrvedyuḥ   

gataṃ dinam।

hyaḥ mudritaḥ eṣaḥ lekhaḥ vartamānapatre।

hya

madhyarātraḥ, ardharātraḥ, ardhaniśā, mahārātraḥ, mahāniśā, niśīthaḥ, sarvvāvasaraḥ, niḥsampātaḥ   

rātreḥ madhyam।

saḥ madhyarātre bhramati।

hya

śūnyamadhya, śūnyagarbha, śūnyodara, suṣira, riktamadhya, riktagarbha, uttāna, vitāna, puṭākāra, garbhākāra, udarākṛti   

yasya madhyaḥ riktaḥ।

etad vādyaṃ śūnyamadhyam asti।

hya

sakhyam, maitrī, mitratā, mahāmaitrī, ajaryam, āpitvam, bandhubhāvaḥ, mitram, mitratvam, sauhārdam, jarjyam, maitram, maitrakam, maitryam, hārdikyam, saṃgataḥ   

mitrayoḥ parasparasambandhaḥ।

sakhye svārthaṃ nāsti।

hya

kendra binduḥ, kendram, madhya-binduḥ, nābhiḥ, madhyam, madhyaḥ, madhyasthānam, madhyasthalam, garbhaḥ, udaram, abhyantaram, hṛdayam   

kasyāpi vṛttasya paridheḥ paṅkteḥ vā yāthārthena madhye vartamāno binduḥ।

asya vṛttasya kendrabinduṃ chindantīṃ rekhāṃ likhatu।

hya

tathyapūrṇa, tathyātmaka, prāmāṇika, sārapūrṇa   

yad satyatayā paripūrṇam।

eṣā uktiḥ tathyapūrṇā।

hya

yonī, varāṅgam, upasthaḥ, smaramandiram, ratigṛham, janmavartma, adharam, avācyadeśaḥ, prakṛtiḥ, apatham, smarakūpakaḥ, apadeśaḥ, prakūtiḥ, puṣpī, saṃsāramārgakaḥ, saṃsāramārgaḥ, guhyam, smarāgāram, smaradhvajam, ratyaṅgam, ratikuharam, kalatram, adhaḥ, ratimandiram, smaragṛham, kandarpakūpaḥ, kandarpasambādhaḥ, kandarpasandhiḥ, strīcihnam   

striyaḥ avayavaviśeṣaḥ।

bhūtānāṃ caturvidhā yonirbhavati।

hya

hya, bāhīka, bahistha, vahirvartin, bahirbhūta, bahirbhava   

bahiḥ vartate iti।

bhavatāṃ rugṇaḥ bāhye kakṣe asti।

hya

sādhutā, sabhyatā, sujanatā, vinītatvam, āryatvam, sabhyācāratvam, āryavṛttatvam, suśīlatā, śiṣṭācāratvam, saujanyam   

sajjanasya bhāvaḥ।

sādhutā iti mahān guṇaḥ।

hya

prayukta, prayojita, upayojita, vyavahṛta, vyavahārita, sevita, upasevita, bhukta, upabhukta, dhṛta, abhyasta   

yasya upayogaḥ kṛtaḥ।

miṣṭānnavikretā miṣṭānne prayuktānāṃ padārthānāṃ sūcim akarot।

hya

śāntiḥ, viśrāmaḥ, nivṛttiḥ, viśrāntiḥ, śamaḥ, upaśamaḥ, praśāntiḥ, nirvṛttiḥ, sukhaḥ, saukhyam, svasthatā, svāsthyam, samādhānam, nirudvegaḥ   

krodhaduḥkhādīnāṃ cittavṛttīnāṃ nirodhena manasaḥ śamanam।

śāntena manasā yogaḥ kartavyaḥ।

hya

sākhyam   

navadhābhaktilakṣaṇeṣu ekaḥ yasmin upāsakaḥ upāsyaṃ mitraṃ matvā upāste।

sūradāsasya bhaktyāṃ sākhyaṃ dṛśyate।

hya

śiṣṭatā, sabhyatā, sajjanatā, bhadratā   

śiṣṭasya bhāvaḥ।

sarveṣu śiṣṭatayā vartitavyam।

hya

kathanīya, kathya, vācya, abhibhāṣya, vaktavya, ākhyātavya   

pratipādanayogyam।

kimarthaṃ etad ḍiṇḍimāyate etad na kathanīyam asti।

hya

samatsaram, mātsaryeṇa, serṣyam, alūyayā, sāsūyam, sābhyasūyam   

īrṣyāpūrvaka,īrṣyataḥ,dveṣapūrvaka,sāsūya,īrṣyāpūrṇataḥ;

samatsaraṃ kimapi na kartavyam।

hya

saulabhyam, sulabhatā, ālabdhatā   

sulabhasya bhāvaḥ।

kṛṣīvalānāṃ annasya saulabhye api puṣṭidasya āhārasya daurlabhyameva।

hya

dhanikaḥ, dhanāḍhyaḥ, dhanī, dhanavān, sadhanaḥ, lakṣmīvān, śrīmān, dhaneśvaraḥ, lakṣmīśaḥ, ibhyaḥ, saśrīkaḥ, koṣavān, sampattimān, samṛddhaḥ, mahādhanaḥ, bahudhanaḥ, vittavān, vasumān, arthavān, arthānvitaḥ, sārthaḥ, dhanasampannaḥ, dhanasamṛddhaḥ, dhanavipulaḥ, khadiraḥ   

yaḥ dhanena sampannaḥ।

dhanāḍhyena paropakārāya phaladāyinaḥ vṛkṣasya iva bhāvyam।

hya

vibhūṣita, alaṅkṛta, puraskṛta, sammānita, satkṛta, upādhita, pūjita, sampūjita, arcita, abhyarcita, sevita, arhita, sevyamāna, niṣevyamāṇa, añcita   

padādibhiḥ yasya sammānaḥ jātaḥ।

saḥ bhāratabhūṣaṇa iti upādhyā vibhūṣitaḥ kṛtaḥ।

hya

vedhya, vedhanīya, vyadhya, bhedya, ṅedanīya, praveśanīya, praveśya, praveṣṭavya, vedhanārha, bhedārha, bhedayogya   

yasya bhedanaṃ śakyam।

eṣaḥ durgaḥ vedhyaḥ asti।

hya

apaṭhanīya, apaṭhya, apāṭhya   

yad paṭhanīyaṃ nāsti।

eṣaḥ apaṭhanīyaḥ lekhaḥ।

hya

durgama, abhedya, durjaya, alaṅghanīya, alaṅghya, anākramaṇīya, anākramya, durākrama, durākrāma, agamya   

yad bhettuṃ na śakyate।

prācīnakāle rājānaḥ durgamaṃ durgaṃ nirmānti sma।

hya

arṇaḥ, śākaḥ, śākākhyaḥ, karacchadaḥ, kharapatraḥ, arjunopamaḥ, alīnaḥ, mahāpatraḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya dāruḥ atīva dṛḍhaḥ vartate।

etad arṇasya āsandam asti।

hya

yācitvā, prārthya, samprārthya   

yācanāṃ kṛtvā।

ahaṃ etad vastu yācitvā ānītavān।

hya

khādya, bhojya, āhārya, grāhya, bhakṣya, aśanīya   

bhakṣaṇīyadravyam।

khādyāni phalāni kṣālayitvā eva bhakṣaṇīyāni।

hya

jñeya, jñānagamya, bodhagamya, bodhya, jñātavya, abhimantavya, grāhya   

yaḥ jñātuṃ yogyaḥ।

īśvaraḥ sajjanānāṃ kṛte jñeyaḥ asti।

hya

śākhin, śākhya, kāṇḍiraḥ   

yaḥ śākhayā yuktaḥ asti।

āmraḥ śākhī vṛkṣaḥ asti।

hya

aśuddha, aśuci, apavitra, amedhya, apūta, aśuddhi, aśaucin, anirmala, samala, malavān, malina, apuṇya, apavana   

yad śuddhaṃ nāsti।

etad ghṛtam aśuddham asti।

hya

nindya, nindanīya, aślāghanīya, apraśaṃsanīya, aślāghya   

nindituṃ yogyaḥ।

punaḥ punaḥ kimarthaṃ nidyaṃ karma karoṣi।

hya

saujanyam, sādhutā, sajjanatā, sabhyatā, sattvavṛttiḥ, uttamatā, uttamatvam, guṇaḥ, praśastatā, praśastatvam, sadbhāvaḥ, sāttvikaḥ, sāttvikatā, sādhubhāvaḥ, sujanatā, sujanatvam, sauṣṭha, kulīnatā   

sujanasya bhāvaḥ।

pāṭhaśālāyāṃ tasya saujanyaṃ khyātam। / saujanyam varavaṃśajanma vibhavo dirghāyurārogyatā vijñatvaṃ vinayitvaṃ indriyavaśaḥ satpātradāne ruciḥ sanmantrī susutaḥ priyā priyatamā bhaktiśca nārāyaṇe satpuṇyena vinā trayodaśaguṇāḥ saṃsāriṇāṃ durlabhāḥ।

hya

āyasam, sāralohaḥ, sāraloham, tīkṣṇāyasam, piṇḍāyasam, citrāyasam, śastrakam, śastram, cīnajam, sāraḥ, tīkṣṇam, śastrāyasam, piṇḍam, niśitam, tīvram, khaḍgam, muṇḍajam, ayaḥ, citrāyasam, vajram, nīlapiṇḍam, morakam, aruṇābham nāgakeśaram, tintirāṅgam, svarṇavajram, śaivālavajram, śoṇavajram, rohiṇī, kāṅkolam, granthivajrakam, madanākhyam   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ, tīkṣṇalohasya paryāyaḥ।

yadā tu āyase pātre pakvamaśnāti vai dvijaḥ sa pāpiṣṭho api bhuṅkte annaṃ raurave paripacyate।

hya

pūjita, apacitimat, abhipūjita, abhyarhita, sambhṛta   

yasya sammānaḥ kṛtaḥ।

pūjitebhyaḥ sajjanebhyaḥ upahāraṃ dattvā pratigamyate।

hya

sugama, anāyāsa, nirāyāsa, sukara, susādhya   

yat sukhena kartuṃ śakyate।

īśvarasya prāptyaye bhakti iti sugamo mārgaḥ।

hya

niravadya, sabhya, ślīla, amala, anavadya   

yaḥ na aślīlaḥ।

saḥ niravadyaṃ sāhityam anubhavati।

hya

satyam, tathyam, ṛtam, samyak, avitatham, tattvam, tattvārtham, yathārthavacaman, yāthārthyam, sattvam, sattā, paramārthaḥ, pūtam   

tad vacanam yad yathārtham nyāyasaṅgatam dharmasaṅgataṃ ca;

satyasya rakṣaṇāya taiḥ svasya prāṇāḥ arpitāḥ। / varaṃ kūpaśatādvāpī varaṃ vāpīśatāt kratuḥ varaṃ kratuśatāt putraḥ satyaṃ putraśatāt kila।

hya

dharmādhyakṣaḥ, dharmādhikārī, nyāyādhīśaḥ, nyāyādhipatiḥ, vicārakartā, vicārakaḥ, daṇḍanāyakaḥ, vyavahartā, akṣadarśakaḥ, ākṣapācikaḥ, stheyaḥ, ādhikaraṇikaḥ, nirṇetā, nirṇayakāraḥ   

dharmādhikaraṇam āśrayavicāryasthānatvenāstyasyeti।

yaḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ tathā ca samaḥ śatrau mitre ca saḥ kuśalaḥ dharmādhyakṣaḥ bhavati।

hya

adhyāyaḥ, paricchedaḥ, adhyayaḥ, sargaḥ, parvaḥ, vicchedaḥ, skandhaḥ, prakaraṇam, prastāvaḥ, aṅkaḥ, vargaḥ, śākhā, ullāsaḥ, ucchvāsaḥ, āśvāsaḥ, udyataḥ   

ekaviṣayapratipādanadṛṣṭyā granthasthitaprakaraṇasya avayavaḥ।

asmin adhyāye prabhurāmacandrasya janmanaḥ adbhutaṃ varṇanam asti।

hya

gauṇatā, apradhānatā, amukhyatā, aprādhānyam   

apradhānasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

mugalaśāsanakāle samāje nārīṇām gauṇatā āsīt। /bhoḥ gauṇatā asti asya kriyāpadasya mukhyakriyāpadasya apekṣayā।

hya

vidyālayaḥ, śālā, pāṭhaśālā, vidyālayam, vidyāveśma, vidyāgṛham, vidyābhyāsagṛham, vidyābhyāsaśālā, śikṣāgṛham, śikṣālayam, śikṣālayaḥ, adhyayanaśālā, adhyayanagṛham, maṭhaḥ, āśramaḥ, avasathaḥ, avasathya   

vidyāyāḥ ālayaḥ।

asmākaṃ vidyālaye ekādaśa prakoṣṭhāḥ santi/prātaḥ sarve chātrāḥ vidyālayaṃ gacchanti।

hya

alpasaṅkhyaka   

gaṇanāyām anyān apekṣya ūnaḥ।

nirvācanakāle alpasaṅkhyakān janān militvā saḥ teṣāṃ duḥkhānāṃ dūrīkaraṇaṃ pratiśrutavān।

hya

upādhyakṣaḥ   

yaḥ kasyāpi saṃsthāyāḥ adhyakṣasya sahāyyakarūpeṇa kāryaṃ karoti।

adhyakṣasya anupasthityām upādhyakṣaḥ kāryarataḥ asti।

hya

sadasyaḥ, sabhāsad, sabhyaḥ, sabhāsthaḥ, sabhāstāraḥ, sabhābhyantaraḥ, sāmājikaḥ, pariṣadvalaḥ, parṣadvalaḥ, pariṣadaḥ, pārṣadaḥ, parisabhya   

sabhāyāṃ sādhuḥ।

saḥ naikāsāṃ saṃsthānāṃ sadasyaḥ asti।

hya

parahya   

gatadināt pūrvadinam।

ā parahyaḥ saḥ asvasthaḥ।

hya

sarasa, rasavat, rasin, rasika, rasāḍhya, rasya, bahurasa, sāravat, bahusāra   

yaḥ rasena paripūrṇaḥ।

āmraḥ sarasaḥ asti।

hya

guptadvāram, guhyadvāram   

prāsādādiṣu viśiṣṭajanānāṃ praveśārhaṃ dvāram।

śatruṇā guptadvāraṃ jñātam tenaiva ca mārgeṇa saḥ antaḥ praviṣṭaḥ।

hya

apānam, gudam, pāyuḥ, maitraḥ, guhyam, gudavartma, tanuhradaḥ, mārgaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ -yasmād malādi niḥsarati।

apānasya śuddheḥ naikebhyaḥ rogebhyaḥ rakṣaṇaṃ bhavati apānavāyuḥ apāne vartate।

hya

pavitra, medhya, pūta, pāvana, pavana, śuci, śaucopeta   

dharmeṇa śuddhaḥ।

kāśī iti pavitraṃ sthānam asti।

hya

nirdayaḥ, niṣṭhuraḥ, krūrācāraḥ, durācāraḥ, durvṛttaḥ, puruṣapaśuḥ, asabhyajanaḥ   

yasya manasi dayā nāsti।

hiṭalaraḥ nirdayaḥ āsīt।

hya

kṣamatā, śaktiḥ, śaktatā, sāmarthyam   

dhāraṇasya śaktiḥ।

asya calatacitragṛhasya dhāraṇasya kṣamatā pañcaśatam।

hya

gauṇa, apradhāna, amukhya   

yaḥ pramukhaḥ nāsti।

gauṇasya asya viṣayasya carcā āvaśyakī nāsti।

hya

mukhya, pradhāna, variṣṭha, śreṣṭha   

kasyāpi kṣetrasya pramukhaḥ।

saḥ asya maṇḍalasya pradhānaḥ kāryakartā asti।

hya

ayogya, ayukta, anucita, anyāya, asaṅgata, anarha, anupayukta, asamañjasa, anupapanna, asadṛśa, apathya, asamīcīna, asambhāvya, asambhavanīya   

yad yuktaṃ nāsti।

tasya ayogyā uktiḥ kalahasya kāraṇam abhavat।

hya

madhyabhāga, madhyavartin, madhya   

kasyāpi sthānādinām kendrasthānam।

adhunā bhāratadeśasya madhyabhāge atīva vṛṣṭiḥ bhavati।

hya

abhyantare, antaḥ, antarā, madhye   

kasya api nirdhāritasya samayasya athavā sthānasya sīmāyāḥ pūrvaṃ vā।

ahaṃ dvi-ghaṇṭāyāḥ abhyantare eva āgacchāmi।

hya

yuddham, saṃgrāmaḥ, samaraḥ, samaram, āyodhanam, āhavam, raṇyam, anīkaḥ, anīkam, abhisampātaḥ, abhyāmardaḥ, araraḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, yodhanam, jamyam, pradhanam, pravidāraṇam, mṛdham, āskandanam, saṃkhyam, samīkam, sāmyarāyikam, kalahaḥ, vigrahaḥ, saṃprahāraḥ, kaliḥ, saṃsphoṭaḥ, saṃyugaḥ, samāghātaḥ, saṃgrāmaḥ, abhyāgamaḥ, āhavaḥ, samudāyaḥ, saṃyat, samitiḥ, ājiḥ, samit, yut, saṃrāvaḥ, ānāhaḥ, samparāyakaḥ, vidāraḥ, dāraṇam, saṃvit, samparāyaḥ, balajam, ānarttaḥ, abhimaraḥ, samudayaḥ, raṇaḥ, vivāk, vikhādaḥ, nadanuḥ, bharaḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, pṛtanājyam, abhīkam, samīkam, mamasatyam, nemadhitā, saṅkāḥ, samitiḥ, samanam, mīऴ् he, pṛtanāḥ, spṛt, spṛd, mṛt, mṛd, pṛt, pṛd, samatsu, samaryaḥ, samaraṇam, samohaḥ, samithaḥ, saṅkhe, saṅge, saṃyugam, saṅgathaḥ, saṅgame, vṛtratūryam, pṛkṣaḥ, āṇiḥ, śīrasātau, vājasātiḥ, samanīkam, khalaḥ, khajaḥ, pauṃsye, mahādhanaḥ, vājaḥ, ajam, sadma, saṃyat, saṃyad, saṃvataḥ   

śatrutāvaśād anyarājyaiḥ saha saśastrasenābalena dharmalābhārtham arthalābhārthaṃ yaśolābhārthaṃ vā yodhanam।

yatra ayuddhe dhruvaṃ nāśo yuddhe jīvitasaṃśayaḥ taṃ kālam ekaṃ yuddhasya pravadanti manīṣiṇaḥ।

hya

avācya, avacanīya, akathanīya, akathya, avadya, asaṃbhāṣya, asambhāṣya   

yad kathanīyaṃ nāsti।

mama kecit anubhavāḥ avācyāḥ।

hya

asabhyaḥ, aśiṣṭaḥ, saṃskārahīnaḥ, asaṃskṛtaḥ, asādhuḥ   

yaḥ sabhyaḥ nāsti।

kimartham asabhya iva vartanaṃ karoṣi।

hya

asaṅkhya, asaṅkhyeya, agaṇanīya, agaṇya, agaṇita, ananta   

na gaṇyam।

adya sabhāyām asaṅkhyāḥ janāḥ santi।

hya

paṭhanīya, supāṭhya, pāṭhya, paṭhya, adhyayanīya, adhyetavya, adhyeya   

paṭhanārthe yogyam।

mānasa iti ekaḥ paṭhanīyaḥ granthaḥ।

hya

citram, citralekhā, citralikhitam, ālekhyam, pratimā, pratimānam, citraphalakaḥ, pratikṛtiḥ, pratirūpam, praticchāyā, praticchandakam, prativimbam, pritivimbaḥ, jharjharīkaḥ, pratinidhiḥ, pratiyātanā   

rekhābhiḥ varṇaiḥ vā ālekhitā ākṛti।

kalāniketana iti saṃsthāyāṃ naikāni citrāṇi santi।

hya

aprāpya, alabhya, anupalabdha   

yad prāpyam nāsti।

bālakaḥ kvacit aprāpyam api yācate।

hya

uttama, utkṛṣṭa, śreṣṭha, pradhāna, pramukha, praveka, mukhya, varyaḥ, vareṇya, pravarha, anavarārdhya, parārdhya, agra, pragrabara, prāgrā, agrā, agrīya, agriya, anuttama   

atyantam śreyān।

rāmacaritamānasa iti gosvāmī tulasīdāsasya ekā uttamā kṛtiḥ।

hya

netṛtvam, nāyakatvam, mukhyatā, mukhyatvam, adhiṣṭhātṛtvam, pramukhatā   

netuḥ kāryam।

bhāratīyasainikaiḥ kuśalasenāpateḥ netṛtve śatravaḥ parāstāḥ।

hya

aguru, vaṃśikam, rājārham, loham, kṛmijam, joṅgakam, kṛṣṇam, tohākhyam, laghu, pītakam, varṇaprasādanam, anārthakam, asāram, kṛmijagdham, kāṣṭhakam   

kāṣṭhaviśeṣaḥ, sugandhikāṣṭhaviśeṣaḥ, āyurvede asya guṇāḥ tiktatvaṃ, lepe rūkṣatvam,vraṇakaphavāyuvāntimukharoganāsitvādi;

agurū pravaṇaṃ lohaṃ rājārhaṃ yogajam tathā vaṃśikaṃ kṛmijañcāpi kṛmijagdhamanāryakam।

hya

praśaṃsanīya, praśaṃsya, ślāghya, ślāghanīya, stutya, abhinandanīya   

yaḥ praśaṃsituṃ yogyaḥ।

ye anyān kṛte jīvanti te praśaṃsanīyāḥ santi।

hya

ajaḥ, vastaḥ, chagalakaḥ, stubhaḥ, chagaḥ, chagalaḥ, chāgalaḥ, tabhaḥ, stabhaḥ, śubhaḥ, laghukāmaḥ, krayasadaḥ, varkaraḥ, parṇabhojanaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, menādaḥ, vukkaḥ, alpāyuḥ, śivāpriyaḥ, avukaḥ, medhyaḥ, paśuḥ, payasvalaḥ   

paśuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ apraśastaḥ, kharatulyanādaḥ, pradīptapucchaḥ kunakhaḥ vivarṇaḥ nikṛttakarṇaḥ dvipamastakaśca।

ajaḥ parvataṃ gacchati।

hya

kupathyam, apathyam   

ayogyaḥ āhāraḥ।

kupathyasya sevanena śyāmaḥ vyādhigrastaḥ jātaḥ।

hya

śītala, anuṣṇa, anuṣṇaka, śīkara, śiśira, suṣika, sebhya, sphīta   

yad uṣṇaṃ nāsti।

pathikaḥ nadyāḥ śītalaṃ jalaṃ pibati।

hya

sugandhaḥ, sugandhiḥ, suvāsaḥ, āmodaḥ, parimalaḥ, surabhiḥ, saurabhyam, saurabham, gandhaḥ, vāsaḥ, modaḥ   

sugandhitaṃ dravyam।

puṣpāt sugandhaḥ nirmīyate।

hya

durbodhya   

bodhduṃ kaṭhinam।

eṣā durbodhyā ghaṭanā asya samādhānam api kaṭhinam।

hya

sabhyatā, śiṣṭatā   

kasyāpi samudāyasya rāṣṭrasya vā saujanyaśikṣādīnāṃ sūcakāni cinhāni।

haḍappā mohanajodaḍo ityādīni prācīnabhāratasya sabhyatāyāḥ utkṛṣṭāni udāharaṇāni santi।

hya

adhama, pratikṛṣṭa, avamaḥ, nikṛṣṭa, arvā, rephaḥ, yāpyaḥ, kutsitaḥ, avadyaḥ, kupūyaḥ, kheṭaḥ, garhyaḥ, aṇakaḥ, repaḥ, aramaḥ, āṇakaḥ, anakaḥ   

yad atyantam apakṛṣṭam asti।

tava adhamāni kṛtyāni dṛṣṭvā klāntaḥ aham।

hya

bahusaṅkhyaka, bahusaṅakhya   

gaṇane adhikasaṃkhyakaḥ।

bhārate hindūjanāḥ bahusaṅkhyakāḥ santi।

hya

yogyatā, upayuktatā, sāmarthya, kṣamatā, arhatā   

yaḥ jñānānubhavaśikṣādīnāṃ sā viśeṣatā guṇo vā yam āśritya kimapi kāryārthe padagrahaṇārthe vā upayuktaḥ iti manyante।

spardhāparīkṣayā vidyārthīnāṃ yogyatā parīkṣyate।

hya

lābhaḥ, labdhiḥ, prāptiḥ, phalam, phalodayaḥ, labhyam, labhyāṃśaḥ, āyaḥ, udayaḥ, utpannam, paṇāyā, paṇyaphalatvam, vṛddhiḥ, vivṛddhiḥ, pratipattiḥ, yogakṣemaḥ, prayogaḥ, arjanam, upārjanam   

mūladhanādadhikaṃ vyāpārādibhiḥ prāptaṃ dhanam।

saḥ vastravyāpāre lābhaḥ prāptavān।

hya

adhyakṣaḥ, adhiṣṭhātā   

yaḥ sabhāyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ vā pramukhaḥ।

sarvasammatipūrvakaḥ paṃḍita rāmānujaḥ asyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ adhyakṣaḥ abhavat।

hya

madhyavayaska   

yena yauvanaḥ atikrāntaḥ।

asmākaṃ prādhyāpikā madhyamavayaskā asti।

hya

sabhāpatiḥ, sabhādhyakṣaḥ   

sabhāyāṃ pradhānam।

sabhāpateḥ svāgatabhāṣāṇād anantaraṃ sabhā ārabdhā।

hya

udāsīna, apakṣapātin, taṭastha, madhyastha   

ubhayapakṣabhinnaḥ।

naike udāsīnāḥ netāraḥ santi ataḥ kendraśāsanena kasyāpi dalasya śāsanaṃ na sthapitaṃ rāṣṭrapateḥ śāsanaṃ ghoṣitam।

hya

mūlyavān, arghya, mahārha   

yasya mūlyam adhikam asti।

ā bālyāt saḥ mūlyavān vastūni eva krīṇāti।

hya

amūlya, anamola, amola, amolaka, mūlyātīta, alabhya   

yasya mūlyakaraṇaṃ na śakyam।

mahāpuruṣāṇāṃ vāṇī amūlyā asti।

hya

adhyayanam, paṭhanam, adhigamanam, jñānārjanam   

kasyāpi viṣayasya jñānaprāptyarthaṃ kṛtā kriyā।

saḥ saṃskṛtasya adhyayanārthe kāśīnagaraṃ gatavān।

hya

anabhyasta   

yad na abhyastam।

sohanaḥ krikeṭa iti krīḍāyām anabhyastaḥ asti।

hya

abhyarthin, nivedaka   

yaḥ prārthayate।

adya abhyarthinaḥ karmakarāṇāṃ prārthanāpatrān vicārayante।

hya

abhyasta, okivas, cuñcu, dhṛtavrata   

yasya abhyāsaṃ kriyate।

śyāmaḥ bahukaṣṭasya abhyastaḥ asti।

hya

suvarṇam, svarṇam, kanakam, hiraṇyam, hema, hāṭakam, kāñcanam, tapanīyam, śātakumbham, gāṅgeyam, bharmam, karvaram, cāmīkaram, jātarūpam, mahārajatam, rukmam, kārtasvaram, jāmbunadam, aṣṭāpadam, śātakaumbham, karcuram, rugmam, bhadram, bhūri, piñjaram, draviṇam, gairikam, cāmpeyam, bharuḥ, candraḥ, kaladhautam, abhrakam, agnibījam, lohavaram, uddhasārukam, sparśamaṇiprabhavam, mukhyadhātu, ujjvalam, kalyāṇam, manoharam, agnivīryam, agni, bhāskaram, piñajānam, apiñjaram, tejaḥ, dīptam, agnibham, dīptakam, maṅgalyam, saumañjakam, bhṛṅgāram, jāmbavam, āgneyam, niṣkam, agniśikham   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ-pītavarṇīyaḥ dhātuḥ yaḥ alaṅkāranirmāṇe upayujyate।

suvarṇasya mūlyaṃ vardhitam।

hya

pūj, abhipūj, sampūj, arca, upās, ārādh, bhaj, abyarc, samarc, samabhyarc, sev, sabhāj, pūjāṃ kṛ, arcanāṃ kṛ, ārādhanāṃ kṛ   

īśvara-prasīdanahetukaḥ īśvara-viṣaye śraddhāyāḥ prakaṭanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ ।

munayaḥ sadā īśvaraṃ pūjayanti।

hya

asādhyaḥ, asādhyam, aśakyam, asādhyā, asādhanīyam, asādhanīyaḥ, asādhanīyā, sādhanāyogyam, asādhitavyam   

sādhayitum aśakyam।

idam asādhyaṃ kāryaṃ mama kṛte kṛpayā anyad dadātu। / ya idaṃ prapaṭhet nityaṃ durgānāmaśatātmakam na asādhyaṃ vidyate tasya triṣu lokeṣu pārvati।

hya

vāstavikam, vāstavikaḥ, vāstavikī, vāstavaḥ, vāstavī, vāstavam, tathyaḥ, tathyam, tathyā, yathārthaḥ, yathārtham, yathārthā, san, sat, satī, satyaḥ, satyam, satyā, prakṛtaḥ, prakṛtā, prakṛtam, akalpitaḥ, akalpitam, akalpitā   

yad yathārthabhūtam asti tad।

śaśaśṛṅgaṃ na vāstavikaḥ padārthaḥ asti।

hya

asādhyaḥ, nirauṣadhaḥ, durdharaḥ, asādhaḥ, avāraṇīyaḥ, nirupakramaḥ, durācaraḥ, kṣetriyaḥ, kriyāpathamatikrāntaḥ, vivarjanīyaḥ   

cikitsātikrāntaḥ।

raktakṣayaḥ asādhyaḥ rogaḥ asti।

hya

śaktihīna, asamartha, sāmarthyahīna   

yasmin kṣamatā śaktiḥ vā nāsti।

vayasā śaktihīnaḥ jātaḥ saḥ।

hya

sakṣama, kṣamatāvat, sāmarthyavat, kṣamatāśālin   

yasmin kṣamatā asti।

asya kāryārthe sakṣamaḥ asmi aham।

hya

maṭhādhīśaḥ, mahantaḥ, maṭhapatiḥ, maṭhādhyakṣaḥ, maṭhādhikārī   

yaḥ maṭhasya pradhānaḥ।

haridvāranagare maṭhādhīśānāṃ sammelanam āsīt।

hya

paṇyalekhyapatram   

paṇyasambandhi lekhyapatram।

paṇyalekhyapatrasya abhāvāt tasya vastūni sīmnī avaruddhāni।

hya

lekhyapatram, patram, patrī, patrakam, lekhyam   

saḥ lekhaḥ yaḥ śāsanādibhiḥ sambaddhāṃ sūcanām ādiśati।

samyak lekhyapatraiḥ mṛgāṅkena paitṛkasampattyāṃ svasya adhikāraḥ pramāṇīkṛtaḥ।

hya

sahya, sahanīya   

yad soḍhuṃ śakyam।

santānasya kṛtyāni pitṛbhyāṃ sahyāni santi।

hya

praviś, upaviś, upāviś, āviś, viviś, anvāviś, anuprapad, āgam, āyā, prayā, abhyupe, abhyavagāh, avasthā, āpad, āśri, āvas, upapad, upaprasad, upasaṃcar, upasaṃvraj, vigāh, samāruh, samāśri, same, saṃgāh, sampragāh, saṃpragāh, samprapad, vyāviś, pratipad, adhyāvas, prapad, āp, padaṃ kṛ, laṅgh   

antargamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ paṭhitum adhyayanakakṣaṃ prāviśat।

hya

ātithyam   

atitheḥ ucitaḥ satkāraḥ।

śrīkṛṣṇaḥ vidurasya ātithyena prasannaḥ jātaḥ।

hya

madhyamapuruṣaḥ   

vyākaraṇe saḥ puruṣaḥ yena saha vārtālāpaḥ jāyate।

tvam yuvāṃ yūyam iti madhyamapuruṣasya nirdeśakāḥ।

hya

āmram, cūtam, sahakāram, kāmaśaram, kāmavallabham, kāmāṅgam, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumam, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭam, sīdhurasam, madhūlī, kokilotsavam, vasantadūtam, āmraphalam, modākhyam, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥkokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ   

phalaviśeṣaḥ, āmravṛkṣasya phalam asya guṇāḥ varṇarucimāṃsaśukrabalakāritvam।

rāmāya āmraḥ rocate।

hya

āmraḥ, āmravṛkṣaḥ, cūtaḥ, sahakāraḥ, kāmaśaraḥ, kāmavallabhaḥ, kāmāṅgaḥ, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumaḥ, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭaḥ, sīdhurasaḥ, madhūlī, kokilotsavaḥ, vasantadūtaḥ, amraphalaḥ, modākhyaḥ, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥ, kokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ   

phalavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ- dīrghajīvī pādapaḥ yasya pītavarṇīyaṃ phalam atīva madhuram।

āmravṛkṣe śukāḥ nivasanti।

hya

ariṣṭaḥ, ariṣṭakaḥ, kṣuṇaḥ, phenilaḥ, riṣṭaḥ, riṣṭakaḥ, vastikarmāḍhyaḥ, veṇīraḥ, śubhaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ- yasya phalāni keśavastrādīnāṃ saṃmārjanārthe upayujyante।

tasya prāṅgaṇe ariṣṭo'pi asti।

hya

saukhyam, anukūlatā, suvidhā, sukhatā, susthatā, ānukūlyam, sopakārakattvam   

sā sthiti yasyāṃ kimapi kāryaṃ vyavadhānena vinā saṃpannatāṃ nīyate।

bhavataḥ saha kāryakaraṇe mayā bahu saukhyam anubhūtam।

hya

saṃvādaḥ, kathopakathanam, saṃlāpaḥ, sambhāṣā, sambhāṣaṇam, saṅkathā, saṃpravadanam, vīthyaṅgam   

rūpakādiṣu pātrāṇāṃ parasparālāpaḥ svagataṃ vā।

saṃskṛtanāṭake strīpātrāṇām saṃvādaḥ prākṛte asti।

hya

śrītālaḥ, mṛdutālaḥ, lakṣmītālaḥ, mṛducchadaḥ, viśālapatraḥ, lekhārhaḥ, masīlekhyadalaḥ, śirālapatrakaḥ, yāmyodabhūtaḥ   

tālavṛkṣasya prakāraḥ yaḥ jalāśayasya taṭe vardhate।

saḥ jalāśayaṃ nirmāya tasya taṭe sarvatra śrītālān api avapat।

hya

svāsthyaprada, ārogyaprada   

yena svāsthyaṃ pradīyate।

svāsthyapradena bhojanena kimapi vyādhiḥ na udbhavati।

hya

svīkārya, svīkaraṇīya, grahaṇīya, grāhya   

svīkartuṃ yogyaḥ।

bhavataḥ sūcanā svīkāryā vartate।

hya

gaṅgā, mandākinī, jāhnavī, puṇyā, alakanandā, viṣṇupadī, jahnutanayā, suranimnagā, bhāgīrathī, tripathagā, tistrotāḥ, bhīṣmasūḥ, arghyatīrtham, tīrtharījaḥ, tridaśadīrghikā, kumārasūḥ, saridvarā, siddhāpagā, svarāpagā, svargyāpagā, khāpagā, ṛṣikulyā, haimavratī, sarvāpī, haraśekharā, surāpagā, dharmadravī, sudhā, jahnukanyā, gāndinī, rudraśekharā, nandinī, sitasindhuḥ, adhvagā, ugraśekharā, siddhasindhuḥ, svargasarīdvarā, samudrasubhagā, svarnadī, suradīrghikā, suranadī, svardhunī, jyeṣṭhā, jahnusutā, bhīṣmajananī, śubhrā, śailendrajā, bhavāyanā, mahānadī, śailaputrī, sitā, bhuvanapāvanī, śailaputrī   

bhāratadeśasthāḥ pradhānā nadī yā hindudharmānusāreṇa mokṣadāyinī asti iti manyante।

dharmagranthāḥ kathayanti rājñā bhagīrathena svargāt gaṅgā ānītā।

hya

prauḍhaḥ, madhyavayaskaḥ   

vṛddhāvasthā tāruṇyaṃ ca ityanayoḥ madhyagatā avasthā;

prauḍhena dhāvataḥ coraḥ pratigrāhitaḥ।

hya

yatnaḥ, prayatnaḥ, ceṣṭā, ceṣṭitam, viceṣṭitam, ceṣṭanam, udyamaḥ, udyogaḥ, vyavasāyaḥ, adhyavasāyaḥ, adhyavasānam, pravṛttiḥ, vyāpāraḥ, āyāsaḥ, ghaṭanam, ghaṭanā, ghaṭā, grahaḥ, guraṇam, gūraṇam, goraṇam, upakramaḥ, karmayogaḥ, prayogaḥ, vyāyāmaḥ, utsāhaḥ   

īpsitasiddhyarthaṃ kriyamāṇaṃ kāryam।

udyoginaṃ puruṣasiṃham upaiti lakṣmīr daivena deyam iti kāpuruṣā vadanti। daivaṃ nihatya kuru pauruṣam ātmaśaktyā yatne kṛte yadi na sidhyati ko'tra doṣaḥ॥

hya

ghaniṣṭhatā, sāmīpyam, nikaṭatā, sānnidhya, samīpatā, sannidhiḥ   

ghaniṣṭhasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

tayoḥ madhye bahu ghaniṣṭhatā asti।

hya

aikamatyam, ekacittam, ekavākyatā, ekāyanībhāva, aikamukhya   

sā sthitiḥ yatra upasthitāḥ sambaddhāḥ vā janāḥ ekaṃ eva matam anumanyante।

rāmāya ekamatyena asya saṃsthāyāḥ sacivaṃ nirvācitam।

hya

dyumat, dyutikar, dyutimat, dyotana, dyoti, dyotamāna, ujvala, kāntimat, kiraṇamaya, utprabha, ullasa, ullasita, prakāśavat, prakāśaka, prakāśamāna, prakāśat, prakāśin, citra, tejasvat, tejasvin, tejomaya, taijasa, añjimat, atiśukra, abhirucira, abhivirājita, abhiśobhita, abhīṣumat, amanda, avabhāsita, avabhāsin, ābhāsvara, ārocana, ābhāsura, iddha, utprabha, udīrṇadīdhiti, uddyota, uddyotita, kanakatālābha, kanakaprabha, kanala, kāśī, kāśīṣṇu, ketu, taijasa, dīdi, dīdivi, dīpta, dīptimat, dyotamāna, dhauta, punāna, prakhya, prabhāvat, bṛhajjyotis, bhāskara, bhāsura, bhāsvara, bhāsvat, bhāsayat, rukmābha, rucita, rucira, rucya, ruśat, roca, rocana, rocamāna, rociṣṇu, varcasvin, vidyotamāna, virukmat, vicakṣaṇa, virājamāna, śuklabhāsvara, śundhyu, śubhāna, śubhra, śubhri, śumbhamāna, śobha, śobhamāna, sutāra, suteja, sudīpta, sudyotman, supraketa, suprabha, suruk, suvibhāta, sphurat, hiraṇyanirṇij, hiraṇyanirṇig   

yasmin dīptiḥ asti athavā yasya varṇaḥ ābhāyuktaḥ asti।

prācyadeśāt āgatena tena dūtena tat dyumat ratnaṃ rājasabhāyāṃ rājñe samarpitam।

hya

mādhyarāśiḥ, sāmānyarāśiḥ   

ekasmāt adhikānāṃ saṅkhyānāṃ yojanaphalaṃ dve iti saṅkhyayā vibhajya prāptā rāśiḥ।

dve iti saṅkhyāyāḥ tathā catvāri iti saṅkhyāyāḥ mādhyarāśiḥ trīṇi iti saṅkhyā vartate।

hya

madhyagaśulkam   

madhyagasya pāriśramikaḥ।

yadā nūtanaṃ gṛhaṃ krītaṃ tadā pratiśate daśaṃ madhyagaśulkaṃ dattam।

hya

asahya, asahanīya, duḥsaha   

yaḥ svasya ugratayā kaṭhoratayā anaucityena vā sahyaṃ nāsti।

tasya kaṭubhāṣaṇaṃ mama kṛte asahyam asti।

hya

durlabha, alabhya, duṣprāpya, aprāpya   

yaḥ sahajatayā na labhyate।

adhunā nagareṣu śuddhaḥ vāyuḥ durlabhaḥ jātaḥ।

hya

kadambaḥ, nīpaḥ, priyakaḥ, halipriyaḥ, kādambaḥ, ṣaṭpadeṣṭaḥ, prāvṛṣeṇyaḥ, haripriyaḥ, jīrṇaparṇaḥ, vṛttapuṣpaḥ, surabhiḥ, lalanāpriyaḥ, kādambaryaḥ, sīdhupuṣpaḥ, mahāḍhyaḥ, karṇapūrakaḥ, vajraḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ। yasya raktavarṇīyāni puṣpāṇi vṛttāni santi asya guṇāḥ tiktatvam kaṭutvam kaṣāyatvam vātapittakaphārtināśitvam śītalatvam śukravardhanañca।

katipayakusumodgamaḥ kadmabaḥ।

hya

kapaṭaḥ, kapaṭam, pratāraṇā, dhūrtatā, śāṭhyam, kaitavam   

tat kāryaṃ yad svārthārthe anyān vañcitvā kṛtam।

saḥ kapaṭe na ajayat।

hya

śuṇṭhiḥ, śuṇṭhī, śaṇṭhyam, śuṣkārdram, viśvabheṣajam, viśvam, viśvā, mahauṣadham, nāgaram   

śuṣkam ārdrakam।

śuṇṭhiḥ śarīrāya upayuktā।

hya

arj, upārj, prāp, āp, avāp, labh, abhilabh, abhyaś   

ādhikyena prāpaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ vyāpāre adhikaṃ dhanam arjayati।

hya

kalahaḥ, vādaḥ, yuddham, āyodhanam, janyam, pradhanam, pravidāraṇam, mṛdham, āskandanam, saṅkhyam, samīkam, sāmparāyikam, samaraḥ, anīkaḥ, raṇaḥ, vigrahaḥ, samprahāraḥ, kaliḥ, sphoṭaḥ, saṃyugaḥ, āhavaḥ, samitiḥ, samit, ājiḥ, śamīkam, saṃspheṭaḥ   

kasyāpi viṣaye parasparaviṣaye vā prayuktaṃ dūṣitaṃ jalpanam।

saḥ kalahasya kāraṇaṃ jñātuṃ icchati।

hya

prārth, abhyarth, samprārth, nivid, vijñā   

namratāpūrvakanivedanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

prārthaye ahaṃ gṛhagamanārtham।

hya

kacchaḥ, kacchabhūḥ, kacchabhūmiḥ, anūpabhūḥ, anūpabhūmiḥ, sajalabhūmiḥ, jalāḍhyabhūmiḥ, ārdrabhūmiḥ, pavaḥ   

saḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ jalena dīpyate।

saḥ kacche patitaḥ।

hya

arjunaḥ, dhanañjayaḥ, pārthaḥ, śakranandanaḥ, gāṇḍivī, madhyamapāṇḍavaḥ, śvetavājī, kapidhvajaḥ, rādhābhedī, subhadreśaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, bṛhannalaḥ, aindriḥ, phālgunaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, kirīṭī, śvetavāhanaḥ, bībhatsuḥ, vijayaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, savyasācī, kṛṣṇaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

kunteḥ tṛtīyaḥ putraḥ।

arjunaḥ mahān dhanurdharaḥ āsīt।

hya

asvāsthyam   

śīghratayā utpannā bhītiḥ।

akasmāt prajvalitena agninā asvāsthyam avardhat।

hya

viśeṣataḥ, viśiṣṭataḥ, mukhyataḥ   

viśeṣarūpeṇa।

viśeṣataḥ eṣaḥ upahāraḥ bhavatāṃ kṛte asti।

hya

līlā, alāyāsaḥ, nirāyāsaḥ, sukaraḥ, susādhyaḥ, akaṣṭaḥ, sukhasādhyaḥ, sugamaḥ, akaṭhinaḥ, aviṣamaḥ, sulabhaḥ, niḥśalyorthaḥ, akleśaḥ, sukaram, ayatnataḥ, saukaryeṇa, duḥkhaṃ vinā, kleṣaṃ vinā, susahaḥ, helayā   

sukhena yat kartum śakyate।

śrīkṛṣṇena govardhanaparvataḥ līlayā utthāpitaḥ।

hya

madhyavīthikā   

paṅktidvayasya madhye vartamānaḥ mārgaḥ।

adhyakṣaḥ madhyavīthikayā mañce gataḥ।

hya

saṃvij, bhī, klav, bheṣ, bhrī, bhyas, bhreṣ, śaṅk   

manasi udvegotpattyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bheṣajagrahaṇād anantaraṃ tasya prāṇāḥ saṃvijante।

hya

cint, sañcint, vicint, paricint, pravicint, dhyai, anudhyai, upadhyai, abhidhyai, parīdhyai, paryāloc, pravimṛś, nirloc, vigaṇ, vigāh   

kāryaviṣayakaḥ viṣayaviṣayakaḥ vā vicāraṇānukūlaḥ manovyāpāraḥ।

vṛthā cintayati bhavān sarvaṃ bhadram eva bhavet।

hya

gṛhya, āvāsīya   

gṛhasambandhī।

gṛhyānāṃ samasyānāṃ samādhānārthe ekaḥ parisaṃvādaḥ āyojitaḥ।

hya

śāṭhyam, upāyaḥ, apadeśaḥ, vyapadeśaḥ, chalaḥ, klṛptiḥ   

kāryapūrtyarthe yenakena prakāreṇa kṛtā kṛtiḥ śaṭhasya bhāvo vā।

tasya śāṭhyaṃ na jñātaṃ mayā। / śaṭhaṃ prati śāṭhyam।

hya

abhilikh, pustake āropay, pustake samāropay, patre āropay, patre samāropay, patre samarpay, lekhye āropay, lekhye samāropay, lekhye samarpay, lekhyapatre āropay, lekhyapatre samāropay, nyas, lekhyapatre samarpay   

lekhāpañjikādiṣu samāveśasya likhitarūpeṇa āśvastipradānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhavataḥ dhanasya āharaṇasya tathā ca nikṣepasya vivaraṇam asmin lekhāpustake abhyalikham aham।/bhoḥ bhavataḥ nāma asyāṃ matadātāsūcyāṃ abhilikhāmi aham।

hya

asvīkārya, asvīkaraṇīya, apratigrāhya   

svīkartum ayogyaḥ।

kimarthaṃ punaḥpunaḥ asvīkāryaṃ vacanam upadiśasi।

hya

āvartaya, anupaṭh, abhyasya, prativad, pratyādā, samprabhāṣ, samuccar, anuvac, abhyāvṛt, parihṛ, kīrtaya   

kaṇṭhasthīkaraṇāya punaḥ punaḥ uccāraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bālakāḥ guṇanakoṣṭakam āvartayanti।

hya

jambūvṛkṣaḥ, kṛṣṇaphalā, dīrghapatrā, madhyamā, svarṇamātā, śukapriyā, rājaphalā, nīlaphalā, sudarśanaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya phalāni kṛṣṇavarṇīyāni tathā ca yaḥ ciraharitaḥ asti।

tasya udyāne pañca jambūvṛkṣāḥ santi।

hya

pippalaḥ, kalahapriyā, kalahākulā, kuñjaraḥ, kuñjarāśanaḥ, kṛṣṇāvāsaḥ, gajabhakṣakaḥ, guhyapatraḥ, caladalaḥ, tatpadaḥ, tārāyaṇaḥ, mahādrumaḥ, nāgabandhuḥ, keśavālayaḥ   

bṛhadvṛkṣaḥ yaḥ hindūnāṃ kṛte pavitraḥ asti।

snānādanantaraṃ saḥ pippalāya jalaṃ dadāti।

hya

virāmaḥ, anujñā, avasānam, anadhyayanam   

kāryāt anujñāpūrvako virāmaḥ।

adhunā virāmasya avasaro nāsti।

hya

abhyas, śīl, abhyasta kṛ, śikṣ   

kasyāpi kāryasya paunaḥpunyena anuṣṭhānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

asmin kārye aham abhyasyāmi।

hya

arghyam   

pūjārthaṃ dūrvākṣatacandanapuṣpādibhiḥ miśritaṃ jalaṃ yad devatāyai arpyate।

mama pitāmahaḥ pratidine sūryāya arghyaṃ yacchati।

hya

madhye, madhyamasthāne   

madhyamuddiśya।

grāmasya madhye śivasya mandiram asti।

hya

jalāḍhya, jalaprāya, anūpa, bahūdaka, udanya, apavat, apas, aptya, ambumat, ammaya, ānūpa, āpya, udakala, udaja, udanvat, audaka, kaja, jāla, nārika, bahvap, bahvapa, vārya, sajala, sāmbhas, ambumatī   

yasmin adhikaṃ jalaṃ vartate।

āpaṇikaḥ jalāḍhyaṃ dugdhaṃ vikrīṇāti।

hya

śīta, anuṣṇa, anuṣṇaka, abhiśīta, jaḍa, suṣika, sebhya   

yasmin śaityam asti।

hyaḥ śītaḥ vāyuḥ avahat।

hya

madhyaḥ, kendram   

madhyavarti sthānam।

gṛhasya madhye bhāge prāṅgaṇam asti।

hya

mārgaḥ, pathaḥ, panthāḥ, adhvā, vartma, vartmanī, vartmaniḥ, ayanam, varttanam, varttanī, varttaniḥ, saraṇī, saraṇiḥ, padavī, paddhatiḥ, paddhatī, padyā, padvā, padaviḥ, sṛtiḥ, sañcaraḥ, padvaḥ, upaniṣkramaṇam, ekapadī, ekapād, taraḥ, vīthiḥ, śaraṇiḥ, ekapadī, ekapād, taraḥ, vīthiḥ, mācaḥ, māṭhaḥ, māṭhyaḥ, prapāthaḥ, pitsalam, khullamaḥ   

ekasthānād anyasthānaṃ gantum upayujyamānaḥ bhūbhāgaḥ yaḥ gamanasya ādhāro bhavati।

mama gṛham asmin eva mārgasya vāmataḥ vartate।

hya

tejaḥpattram, tejaḥpatram, tāpasajam, tamālapattram, tamālapatram, tamālakam, śimbapatram, śimbapattram, gandhajātam, chadanam, gopanam, tvakpattram, tvakpatram, pattram, patram, rāmaḥ, pattrākhyam, patrākhyam   

upaskarabhedaḥ- tvaksāra-vṛkṣasya patram।

tejaḥpattreṇa bhojanaṃ rucikaraṃ bhavati।

hya

yavaḥ, yavakaḥ, tīkṣṇaśūkaḥ, praveṭaḥ, śitaśūkaḥ, medhyaḥ, divyaḥ, akṣataḥ, kañcukī, dhānyarājaḥ, turagapriyaḥ, śaktuḥ, maheṣṭaḥ, pavitradhānyam   

sasya-viśeṣaḥ, yasya bījasya guṇāḥ kaṣāyatva-madhuratva-pramehapittakaphāpahārakatvādayaḥ।

śyāmaḥ bhūmau yavaṃ ropayati।

hya

medhyavānaraḥ   

viṣuvṛtte āphrikākhaṇḍasthe vane vartamānaḥ vānaraḥ।

medhyavānaraḥ caturaḥ asti।

hya

tālaḥ, tāladrumaḥ, patrī, dīrghaskandhaḥ, dhvajadrumaḥ, vṛkṣarājaḥ, madhurasaḥ, madāḍhyaḥ, dīrghapādapaḥ, cirāyuḥ, tarurājaḥ, dīrghapatraḥ, gucchapatraḥ, āsavadruḥ, lekhyapatraḥ, mahonnataḥ   

sthāṇuvat śākhāvihīnaḥ dīrghaparṇayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

saḥ tālāt tālajataruṇatoyam udgṛhṇāti।

hya

senādhyakṣaḥ, senāpatiḥ, senānāyakaḥ, senādhipatiḥ, senādhināthaḥ   

senāyāḥ adhyakṣaḥ।

mohanaḥ kuśalaḥ senādhyakṣaḥ asti।

hya

madhyagaḥ, niyogī, niyuktaḥ   

vāṇijyakarmanirvahaṇe niyukto janaḥ।

etad yānaṃ mayā madhyagasya sāhāyyena krītam।

hya

madhyagakāryam   

madhyagasya kāryam।

saḥ madhyagakāryāt bahu dhanaṃ prāptavān।

hya

yavaḥ, śitaśrūkaḥ, sitaśrūkaḥ, medhyaḥ, divyaḥ, akṣataḥ, kañcukī, dhānyarājaḥ, tīkṣṇaśrūkaḥ, turagapriyaḥ, śaktuḥ, maheṣṭaḥ, pavitradhānyam   

śrūkadhānyaviśeṣaḥ। asya guṇāḥ - kaṣāyatva-madhuratva-suśītalatvādayaḥ। sītā yavān caṇakān ca pinaṣṭi।/

yavaḥ kaṣāyamadhuro bahuvātaśakṛd guruḥ। rūkṣaḥ sthairyakaraḥ śīto mūtramedakaphāpahaḥ॥

hya

nikṣip, abhyavanī, abhisṛj   

dravapadārthasya ekasmāt pātrāt anyasmin pātre sthāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mātā ghaṭāt caṣake dugdhaṃ nikṣipati।

hya

madhyasthaḥ   

saḥ puruṣaḥ yaḥ vivāhasambandhaṃ yojayituṃ prayatati।

vadhūpitā vāraṃvāraṃ madhyasthaṃ dhanyavādān vitarati।

hya

madhyapradeśaḥ   

bhāratarāṣṭre vartamānaṃ rājyam।

madhyapradeśasya rājadhānī bhopāla iti asti।

hya

nimantraya, āmantraya, upanimantraya, sannimantraya, āhve, samāhve, upahve, ketaya, saṅketaya, abhyarthaya, ākāraya, āvāhaya   

sabhādiṣu samārohādiṣu ca sammelituṃ vijñāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ svasya vivāhasamārohe sarvān nimantrayati।

hya

ācāravarjita, ācārahīna, lokabāhya, nāśita   

yaḥ jāteḥ niṣkāsitaḥ।

rāmaḥ ācāravarjitān janān sāhāyyaṃ karoti।

hya

muktipatram, vigaṇanapatram, pratyayakāripatram, pratyayakāriṇī, svīkārapatram, svīkāralekhaḥ, ādānapatram, āgamapatram, āgamalekhyam   

kasya api vastunaḥ prāptisūcakaṃ likhitaṃ patram।

etat asmābhiḥ yad dhanaṃ vittakośe nihitaṃ tasya vigaṇanapatram asti।

hya

meghācchanna, meghācchādita, nabhya, nīradin, maigha   

meghaiḥ ācchāditaḥ।

meghācchanne ākāśe vidyut prakāśate।

hya

bahusaṅkhya   

kasyāpi samūhasya samānavicāradhārāyāḥ adhikāḥ janāḥ।

bahusaṅkhyatām anusṛtya nirṇayaḥ kṛtaḥ।

hya

saṅgrahaṇīya, saṅgrāhya   

saṅgrahaṃ kartuṃ yogyaḥ।

etāni vastūni saṅgrahaṇīyāni santi।

hya

sūpakāraḥ, pacakaḥ, pācakaḥ, pacaḥ, pacelukaḥ, sūdādhyakṣaḥ, bhakṣyakāraḥ, annasaṃskartā, bhaktakāraḥ, audenikaḥ, āndhasikaḥ   

yaḥ anyān kṛte annaṃ pacati।

asmākaṃ sūpakāraḥ svādayuktam annaṃ pacati।

hya

rugṇaḥ, rogī, vyādhitaḥ, mlānaḥ, abhyāntaḥ, abhyamitaḥ, sāmayaḥ, apaṭuḥ, āmayāvī, rogiṇī, āturaḥ, āturā, rogārtā, rogārtaḥ, sarogaḥ, sarogā   

rogayuktaḥ।

upacārasya abhāvāt grāme adhikāḥ rugṇāḥ mriyante।

hya

adāhya   

yaḥ prajvālya vikṛtaḥ naṣṭaḥ vā kartuṃ na śakyate।

ātmā adāhyaḥ asti।

hya

surāmatta, unmatta, pramatta, madoddhata, udriktacetas, madāḍhya, pramada, vimatta, madotkaṭa, unmada, surāpāṇaparikṣīva, unmādin, nirdaḍa, pramādin, mandasāna, pānamatta, madonmatta   

madonmattaḥsurāmattaḥ।

madonmattaḥ vyaktiḥ jalpanam akarot।

hya

ātmaviśvāsaḥ, pragalbhatā, prāgalbhyam, dhṛṣṭatā   

svasmin vartamānaḥ viśvāsaḥ।

ātmaviśvāsena kṛte kārye saphalatā prāpyate।

hya

bhakṣaṇam, nyāgaḥ, khadanam, khādanam, aśanam, nighasaḥ, valbhanam, abhyavahāraḥ, dagdhiḥ, jakṣaṇam, lehaḥ, pratyavasānam, ghasiḥ, āhāraḥ, psānam, avaṣvāṇam, viṣvāṇam, bhojanam, jemanam, adanam   

dravetaradravyagalādhaḥkaraṇam।

śaṇaśākam vṛthāmāṃsam karaṇe mathitaṃ dadhi tarjjanyā dantadhāvaśca sadyo gomāṃsabhakṣaṇam

[śa ka]

hya

bhojanam, jagdhaḥ, jemanam, lepaḥ, āhāraḥ, nighasaḥ, nyādaḥ, jamanam, vighasaḥ, abhyavahāraḥ, pratyavasānam, aśanam, svadanam, nigaraḥ   

adanasya kriyā।

bhojanāt anantaraṃ saḥ viśrāmārthe gataḥ।

hya

aspaṣṭa, anaccha, nabhasya, nabhya, sunīhāra   

spaṣṭaṃ na dṛśyamānaḥ।

kūhayā purataḥ sarvam aspaṣṭaṃ dṛśyate।

hya

gehyakhagaḥ   

saḥ khagaḥ yaḥ gṛhe pālyate।

kukkuṭaḥ iti ekaḥ gehyakhagaḥ asti।

hya

madhyamasvaraḥ   

saṅgītasya saptasvareṣu caturthaḥ svaraḥ।

sā madhyamasvare gāyati। /madhyamasvaraḥ krauñcasvaratulyaḥ asti।

hya

madhyasthaḥ, madhyamapuruṣaḥ, madhyasthitaḥ, carapuṣṭaḥ   

yaḥ dvayoḥ pakṣayoḥ madhye bhūtvā tayoḥ vyavahāre sulabhatām ānayati svasya kṛte lābhañca sampādayati।

rāmaśyāmayoḥ kalahe sohanaḥ madhyasthaḥ āsīt।

hya

yācñā, prārthanā, abhyarthanā, vijñaptiḥ, vijñāpanā   

kasyacit lābhārthaṃ kṛtā yācanā।

rāmeṇa svāmine dhanasya kṛtā yācñā vyarthā jātā।

hya

deśālekhyapatram, bhūpṛṣṭhadeśālekhyam   

bhūgolasya deśasamudranagarādyālekhyam।

etad bhāratasya rājakīyaṃ deśālekhyapatram।

hya

anujñā, abhyanujñā, samanujñā, anuman, anumud, abhigṝ, anudhā   

kasyacana kāryasya prastāvasya vā svīkṛtyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ācāryaḥ asmadīyaṃ kāryam anvajānāt।

hya

sadhanaḥ, dhanikaḥ, dhanāḍhyaḥ, dhaneśvaraḥ, lakṣmīśaḥ   

yasya samīpe pracuraṃ dhanam asti।

jagati dhanavatāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ nyūnatā nāsti।

hya

ūṣaṇam, uṣaṇam, marīcam, maricī, dvāravṛttam, maricam, auṣanam, śanijam, pavitam, valitam, kolakam, ullāghaḥ, veṇunam, vṛttaphalam, kolam, śyāmalaḥ, lohākhyam, valitam   

ekaḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyaḥ laghuḥ kuṇḍalākāraḥ kaṭuḥ vyañjanaviśeṣaḥ।

mama pitāmahaḥ ūṣaṇaṃ miśrīya eva cāyaṃ pibati।

hya

yuvatī, yuvatiḥ, taruṇī, yūnī, talunī, dikkarī, dhanikā, dhanīkā, madhyamā, dṛṣṭarajāḥ, madhyamikā, īśvarī, varyā   

prāptayauvanā strī। (prāg yauvanā yuvatiḥ iti vātsyāyanaḥ।);

yo yaṃ vicintayati yāni sa tanmayatvam। yassmād ataḥ subhagayā iva gatā yuvatyaḥ॥

hya

rājyapālaḥ, adhyakṣaḥ, adhipatiḥ, adhiṣṭhātā, adhikārī, adhipaḥ, śāsitā, praśāsitā, śāstā, anuśāsakaḥ, adhikṛtaḥ   

kendraśāsanena niyuktaḥ rājyasya pradhāna śāsakaḥ।

bhārate rājyapālasya nirvācanaṃ sāmānyavaraṇena na bhavati।

hya

lekhanam, ālekhyam, likhanam, lekhyam, limpiḥ, varṇanam   

lipibaddhakaraṇam।

sītayā lekhanasya pratiyogitāyāṃ prathamaṃ sthānaṃ prāptam।

hya

adhīna, nighna, āyatta, asvacchanda, gṛhyaka, paravaśa   

parasya vaśaṃ gataḥ।

bhāratadeśaḥ bahukālaṃ yāvat āṅgladeśīyānām adhīnaḥ āsīt।

hya

santoṣaḥ, saṃtuṣṭiḥ, santuṣṭiḥ, paritoṣaḥ, parituṣṭiḥ, nivṛttiḥ, śāṃtiḥ, upaśamaḥ, toṣaḥ, saṃśamaḥ, svāsthyam, dhṛtiḥ   

manasaḥ sā avasthā yasyāḥ manuṣyaḥ nandati anyad kimapi na icchati ca।

saṃtoṣasya kāraṇāt manuṣyaḥ sukhaṃ śāntiñca anubhavati।

hya

trisandhyam   

pūrvāhṇa-madhyāhna-aparāhṇakālaḥ।

saḥ pratidine trisandhye upāsanāṃ karoti।

hya

pathyānnam, pathyam, pathyāśitvam   

niyatabhojanam।

pathyānnasya sevanena svāsthyam uttamaṃ bhavati।

hya

yāthārthyam, satyatā, samīcīnatā, yāthātathyam, samīcīnatvam   

yogyasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

asmin vacane yāthārthyam asti।

hya

dyūtakaraḥ, dyūtakāraḥ, kitavaḥ, akṣadhūrtaḥ, akṣadevī, akṣadyūḥ, akṣadhūrtaḥ, dhustūraḥ, kairavaḥ, dyūtakṛt, akṣakitavaḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, devasabhyaḥ, devitā, harikaḥ, hārakaḥ, kṛṣṇakohalaḥ   

yaḥ akṣaiḥ akṣān vā dīvyati।

dyūtakaraḥ dyūte vigatavibhavaḥ jātaḥ।

hya

kuberaḥ, yakṣarāṭ, yakṣendraḥ, yakṣeśvaraḥ, tryambakasakhā, guhyakeśvaraḥ, manuṣyadharmā, dhanadaḥ, dhanādhipaḥ, kinnareśaḥ, vaiśravaṇaḥ, paulastyaḥ, naravāhanaḥ, ekapiṅgaḥ, aiḍaviḍaḥ, śrīdaḥ, puṇyajaneśvaraḥ   

yakṣānāṃ rājā yaḥ indrasya kośādhyakṣaḥ asti।

kuberaḥ rāvaṇasya bhrātā āsīt।

hya

svāsthyam, ārogyam   

svasthasya bhāvaḥ।

vyāyāmāt svāsthyaṃ labhate।

hya

andhatā, andhatvam, āndhyam, acakṣuṣṭvam   

andhasya avasthā।

sūradāsasya sāhityakṛtiṣu tasya andhatāyāḥ alpaḥ api prabhāvaḥ nāsti।

hya

abhilekhaḥ, ālekhaḥ, lekhyam, lekhaḥ   

kasmiñcit viṣaye likhitaṃ varṇanaṃ sūcanaṃ vā।

ayam abhilekhaḥ aṣṭādaśatamasya varṣaśatasya asti।

hya

kaṇṭhya   

yasya uccāraṇaṃ kaṇṭhāt jāyate।

ka kha ityādayaḥ kaṇṭhyāḥ varṇāḥ santi।

hya

kaṇṭhyavarṇaḥ, kaṇṭhya   

kaṇṭhodbhavāḥ varṇāḥ।

ka, kha ādayaḥ kaṇṭhyavarṇāḥ santi।

hya

adhyayanakakṣaḥ   

adhyayanārthe kakṣaḥ।

sudhīraḥ adhyayanakakṣe adhyayanaṃ karoti।

hya

ślakṣṇatā, cikkaṇatā, snaigdhyam, snigdhatā, mṛdutā, mārjaḥ, snehaḥ   

ślakṣṇasya avasthā।

prakṣālanānantarapi pātre vartamānā tailasya ślakṣṇatā na gatā।

hya

tarpaṇam, arghyam   

hindūdharmānusāreṇa deva-ṛṣi-pitṝṇāṃ tṛptyarthe dattaṃ jalam।

snānād anantaram naike janāḥ sūryāya tarpaṇaṃ yacchanti।

hya

dvārapālaḥ, pratihāraḥ, dvārapālakaḥ, pratihārī, pratīhāraḥ, dvārasthaḥ, dvārarakṣakaḥ, dvārī, dvāḥsthaḥ, dvāḥsthitaḥ, dvārādhyakṣaḥ   

dvārarakṣaṇārthe niyuktaḥ sevakaḥ।

atithīnāṃ kṛte dvārapālaḥ dvāram udghāṭayati।

hya

duṣkara, duḥsādhya   

duḥkhena karaṇam;

vane gatvā tapastaptaṃ vāsudevena duṣkaram। viṣṇoraṃśāvatāreṇa śivasyārādhanaṃ kṛtam।।

hya

abhyas, samadhī, samāmnā, samāvṛt, abhyāvṛt   

kasyāpi kāryasya karmaṇaḥ vā punaḥ punaḥ āvṛtyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

asmākam ācāryāḥ kaṭhinaṃ prakaraṇaṃ nityam abhyasyanti।

hya

duḥsaha, dussaha, asahya   

soḍhuṃ duḥkham।

kulasya arthaprāptiḥ nyūnā jātā ataḥ asmākaṃ jīvanaṃ duḥsahyaṃ jātam।

hya

klībatā, klībatvam, klaibyam, nirvīryatā, ṣaṇḍhatvam, ṣāṇḍhyam   

klībasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

śikhaṇḍini klībatā āsīt।

hya

durbalatā, durbalatvam, daurbalya, balahīnatā, balahīnatvam, abalyam, asāmarthyam, ādharṣyam, ābalyam, dīnatā   

balahīnasya śaktihīnasya vā bhāvaḥ।

durbalatāyāḥ vaśāt maheśaḥ na gantuṃ śakyate।

hya

nepathyam, nepathyagṛham   

raṅgamañcasya pārśvakakṣā।

nāṭakeṣu nepathyāt vyāghragarjanā śrūyate।

hya

nausenādhyakṣaḥ, jalasenādhyakṣaḥ   

nausenāyāḥ adhyakṣaḥ।

rājīvasya pitā nausenādhyakṣaḥ abhavat।

hya

pārārthyam, paropakāritā   

anyeṣāṃ lābhārthaṃ kāryakaraṇasya bhāvaḥ।

pārārthyaṃ kṛtvā eva vinayaḥ janapriय़ḥ abhūt।

hya

mārgadarśakaḥ, pathadarśakaḥ, upadeśakaḥ, nirdeśakaḥ, nāyakaḥ, pragrahaḥ, mārgopadik, nirdeṣṭā, adhvadarśī, saṃcārayitā, nirṇetā, dhūrṣad, uddeśakaḥ, padavāyaḥ, ādeśakaḥ, prajñātā, mukhyaḥ, vicārakaḥ, vināyakaḥ, vinetā, voḍhā   

yaḥ mārgaṃ darśayati।

vayam ekaṃ kuśalaṃ mārgadarśakam anusarantaḥ agre agacchāma।

hya

pāṭhyakramaḥ, pāṭhyaviṣayaḥ   

pāṭhyapustakānāṃ saḥ samūhaḥ kramaḥ vā yasya anusāreṇa chātraḥ parīkṣāyām uttīrṇaḥ bhavitum adhīte।

kendrīyagaṇasya pāṭhyakramaḥ prādeśikagaṇasya pāṭhyakramāt bhinnaḥ vartate।

hya

prārthanīya, abhyarthanīya   

prārthanāṃ kartuṃ yogyaḥ।

mandire āyojite rāmāyaṇasya pāṭhe sarveṣām upasthitiḥ prārthanīyā asti।

hya

haṭhāt, balāt, prasabham, sahasā, prasahya, rabhasā, sabalātkāram, svayaṃgrāham, nirmathya   

balam upayujya।

tena mayā idaṃ kāryaṃ haṭhāt kāritam।

hya

bhūmadhyarekhā, nirakṣaḥ, viṣuvadvṛttam, vyakṣaḥ, bhūvārāhavṛttam, viṣṇugolaḥ, viṣuvanmaṇḍalam, viṣuvadvalayam   

pṛthivyāḥ madhyabhāgaṃ sūcayantī ekā kālpanikī rekhā yasyāḥ dvau dhruvau samāne antare staḥ।

bhūmadhyarekhāṃ parītaḥ adhikā uṣṇatā bhavati।

hya

sāmarthyam, śaktiḥ, balam, prabhāvaḥ, vīryam, ūrjaḥ, sahaḥ, ojaḥ, vibhavaḥ, tejaḥ, vikramaḥ, parākramaḥ, śauryam, draviṇam, taraḥ, sahaḥ, sthāmaḥ, śuṣmam, prāṇaḥ, śaktitā, vayā, īśā, āyattiḥ, āspadam, utsāhaḥ, aidham, aiśyam, tavaḥ, pratāpaḥ, prabalatā, prabalatā, sabalatā, prabalatvam, prāsahaḥ, dhiṣṇyam, vaibhavam, śambaraḥ   

śāririkī kṣamatā yayā manuṣyaḥ kāryaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

bharatasya sāmarthyaṃ kena api na jñāyate।

hya

madhyama   

yaḥ ākāreṇa bṛhat laghuḥ vā nāsti।

asya vṛkṣasya phalāni ākṛtyā madhyamāni santi।

hya

maṭhādhikāriṇī, maṭhādhyakṣā   

kasyāpi maṭhasya strī adhikāriṇī।

maṭhādhikāriṇyaḥ anupasthityāṃ tasya sāhāyyikāḥ maṭhasya kāryaṃ prācālayan।

hya

mahānideśakaḥ, pradhānanideśakaḥ, mukhyanideśakaḥ   

pradhānaḥ nideśakaḥ।

kasyāpi saṃsthāyāḥ mahānideśakasya pade niyuktiḥ iti sammānaḥ asti।

hya

nibandhakaḥ, gaṇanādhyakṣaḥ   

yaḥ āyavyayādīnāṃ gaṇanaṃ karoti।

lālādhanapatarāyasya nibandhakaḥ prāñjalaḥ asti।

hya

yakṣaḥ, guhyakamātram, guhyakeśvaraḥ, indragṛham, dhanarakṣakaḥ   

bhūtayoniviśeṣaḥ, kuberasya sevakāḥ ye vikṛtākāravadanāḥ piṅgalākṣāḥ mahodarāḥ dīrghaskandhāḥ syuḥ iti manyate। yudhiṣṭhireṇa yakṣasya praśnāḥ samuttaritāḥ। /

pracetasaḥ sutā yakṣāḥ teṣāṃ nāmāni me śruṇu ।kevalo harikeśaśca kapilaḥ kāñcanastathā । meghamālī ca yakṣāḥ gaṇa eṣa udāhṛtaḥ ॥

hya

vadhya, hanya   

vadhamarhyati;

rāṣṭradrohī vadhyaḥ asti।

hya

ālokalekhyam   

ālokalekhayantreṇa kāritaṃ citram।

asmin āvedanapatre svasya ekam ālokalekhyam āsañjayatu।

hya

śiṣṭācāraḥ, sabhyarītiḥ   

sabhyam ācaraṇam।

śiṣṭācāreṇa manuṣyaḥ samāje sanmānaṃ sampādayati।

hya

ātithyam   

atithyarhaḥ satkāraḥ।

manoharamahodayaḥ sarveṣām ātithyaṃ karoti।

hya

stheyaḥ, madhyasthaḥ, pramāṇapuruṣaḥ, praśnavivākaḥ, prāśnikaḥ   

kañcit vivādaṃ nirṇetuṃ niyateṣu daleṣu kaścit ekaḥ sadasyaḥ।

stheyaḥ svanirṇayaṃ samyak vicārya kriyeta।

hya

pradhānamadhyasthaḥ, mukhyapramāṇapuruṣaḥ, śreṣṭhī   

stheyagaṇeṣu pradhānaḥ puruṣaḥ।

stheyagaṇaiḥ saṃvādaṃ kṛtvā pradhānamadhyasthaḥ svanirṇayam aśrāvayat।

hya

jambhyaḥ, hanukā   

mukhe ūrdhvam adhaḥ ca vartamānaḥ dantaveṣṭakaḥ।

mallena pratidvandinaḥ jambhye muṣṭikāyāḥ prahāraḥ kṛtaḥ।

hya

alpasaṅkhya   

samāje vartamānaḥ saḥ vargaḥ yasya saṅkhyā anyānāṃ vargīyāṇām apekṣayā nyūnā bhavati।

alpasaṅkhyānāṃ vikāsāya sarvakāraḥ prayatnaśīlaḥ asti।

hya

hyatvak, bāhyatvag, bāhyacarma   

tvacaḥ bāhyastaraḥ।

manuṣyasya bāhyatvaci sūkṣmāṇi randhrāṇi santi।

hya

upasabhāpatiḥ, upasabhādhyakṣaḥ   

kasyāpi saṃsthāyāḥ saḥ adhikārī yasya padaṃ sabhāpateḥ apekṣayā nimnastarīyaṃ paraṃ mantriṇaḥ apekṣayā uccastarīyaṃ vartate।

sabhāpateḥ anupasthitau tasya sarvāṇi kāryāṇi upasabhāpatiḥ karoti।

hya

pradhānanyāyādhīśaḥ, mukhyanyāyādhīśaḥ   

maṇḍalādeḥ nyāyālayeṣu pradhānaḥ nirṇāyakaḥ।

uccatamasya nyāyālayasya pañcatriṃśattamaḥ mukhyanyāyādhīśaḥ rameśacandra lāhotī sādagī mahodayaḥ।

hya

kuśalatā, yogyatā, kāryakauśalam, samarthatā, kṣamatā, samarthatvam, sāmarthya   

kāryasampādane śaktiḥ।

maheśasya praudyogike viṣaye kuśalatā asti।

hya

śarīramadhyadeśaḥ   

udaravakṣasthalamadhyasthaḥ śarīrabhāgaḥ।

śarīramadhyadeśaḥ atīva namraḥ asti।

hya

nibhṛtam, apavāritam, upāṃśu, gūḍham, gūḍhatayā, gūḍhe, guhyam, guptam, parokṣam, sagūḍham, rahasyam, channam, sanutar, channe, tiraścathā, nigūḍham, niṇik, niṇyam   

anyaiḥ mā vijñāyi iti rītyā।

śyāmaḥ nibhṛtam āgatya mama pṛṣṭhataḥ asthāt।

hya

hya   

bahiḥ vartamānaḥ।

saḥ yantrasya bāhyasya bhāgasya saṃmārjanaṃ karoti।

hya

ullekhanīya, ullekhya   

ullekhituṃ yogyaḥ।

tasya caritraṃ ullekhanīyam asti।

hya

adhyardha, dvyardha   

sārdham ekam।

tena haṭṭāt adhyardham bhāravanti āmraphalāni krītāni।

hya

khadiraḥ, gāyatrī, bālatanayaḥ, dantadhāvanaḥ, tiktasāraḥ, kaṇṭakīdrumaḥ, bālapatraḥ, khadyapatrī, kṣitikṣamaḥ, suśalyaḥ, vakrakaṇṭaḥ, yajñāṅgaḥ, jihvāśalyaḥ, kaṇṭī, sāradrumaḥ, kuṣṭhāriḥ, bahusāraḥ, medhyaḥ, bālaputraḥ, raktasāraḥ, karkaṭī, jihvaśalyaḥ, kuṣṭhahṛt, bālapatrakam, yūpadrumaḥ, kṣamā   

varvūrajātīyaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

khadirāt arkaḥ niṣkāsayanti।

hya

śaucālayaḥ, śaucagharam, pāyukṣālanabhūmiḥ, nepathyagṛham, uccāraprasrāvasthānam, varcaḥsthānam   

manuṣyaiḥ malatyāgārthe vinirmitaṃ sthānam।

sulabhāḥ śaucālayāḥ janānāṃ suvidhārthe vinirmitāḥ santi।

hya

mādhyamika   

deśakālapramāṇeṣu madhye vartamānaḥ।

grāme mādhyamikaṃ vidyālayam udghāṭitam।

hya

sakhyam, gāḍhasauhṛdam, atimitratā, sakhibhāvaḥ, sakhitā, ātmīyatā   

ātmīyasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

rāmaśyāmayoḥ atīva sakhyam asti।

hya

pāṭhyakramaḥ   

kayācit saṃsthayā āyojitāyāḥ parīkṣāyāḥ kṛte niścitānāṃ pustakānāṃ vivaraṇayuktā nāmāvalī।

idānīm api mayā snātakottaraparīkṣāyāḥ hindī iti viṣayasya pāṭhyakramaḥ na jñāyate।

hya

pāṭhyakramapustikā   

sā pustikā yasyāṃ pāṭhyakramāṇāṃ vivaraṇaṃ pradattaṃ vartate।

viśvavidyālaye adhunā pāṭhyakramapustikā upalabdhā nāsti।

hya

prāpyam, prāptavyam, grāhyam   

prāpyate yat।

ṛṇadātā māsasya prathamadine prāpyam apekṣate

hya

vilīna, antarita, kīrṇa, antargata, upagupta, aprakāśa, gupta, vṛta, nigūḍha, catta, apīcya, antarlīna, guhya, upacchanna   

yaḥ adṛśyaḥ asti।

vaijñānikāḥ jale vilīnaṃ tatvaṃ pariśodhayanti।

hya

svīkṛ, aṃgīkṛ, urīkṛ, ūrīkṛ, abhyupagam, abhyupi, pratipad, prapad, adhyavaso, abhipad, abhiprapad, i   

dāyitvasvīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vivāhasya uttaradāyitvam ahaṃ svyakarot।

hya

satyam, satyā, satyaḥ, yathārtham, avitathaḥ, avitatham, avitathā, akṛtrimaḥ, akṛtrimā, akṛtrimam, gatālīkaḥ, gatālīkā, gatālīkam, nirmāyikaḥ, nirmāyikam, nirmāyikaḥ, akapaṭaḥ, akapaṭam, akapaṭā, niṣkapaṭī, niṣkapaṭaḥ, ṛtam, samyak, tathyam   

yathā asti tathā। vinā kapaṭaṃ vā।

adhyakṣeṇa nirbhayo bhūtvā satyaṃ kathanīyam।

hya

pathyam   

cikitsādau vihitaṃ hitakārakaṃ bhojanam।

taṇḍulīyaśākaṃ pathye sevanīyam।

hya

kupathyam   

anupayuktaḥ āhāraḥ।

pīḍitāya kṛte vyañjanayuktaḥ āhāraḥ kupathyam asti।

hya

cint, vicint, paricint, anudhyai, abhiman, paritark, praman, dīdhī, anudhī   

kasmin api viṣayam uddiśya cintanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

na jñāyate kiṃ cintayati sā।

hya

pūjaya, upās, upasthā, abhyarc, arc, arcaya, ārādhaya, bhaj, anubhaj, sev, upasev, namasya   

dhūpadīpanaivedyānām arpaṇena vā stutigītaiḥ vā anyena prakāreṇa vā iṣṭadevatāprīṇanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

grāmiṇāḥ navarātrau ārātri devīṃ pūjayanti।

hya

ullekhanīya, lekhanīya, ullekhya   

vyapadeṣṭuṃ likhituṃ vā arhaḥ।

ullekhanīyāḥ ghaṭanāḥ itihāsaṃ nirmānti।

hya

bhūmadhyasāgaraḥ   

yūropāphrikādeśayoḥ madhye vartamānaḥ samudraḥ।

bhūmadhyasāgare hyaḥ ekā yuddhanaukā nyamajjat।

hya

śiṣṭatāpūrvaka, sabhyatāpūrvaka   

śiṣṭatayā yuktam।

sā śiṣṭatāpūrvakaṃ na bhāṣate।

hya

bhedya, bhedanīya, vedhanīya, vedhya   

yaḥ bhettuṃ śakyate।

vedhyaḥ durgaḥ sainikaiḥ āveṣṭitaḥ।

hya

samīpatā, sānnidhyanam, āsannatā, sāmīpyam   

samīpasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

sthānasya samīpatā hṛdayān api vyatiṣajati।

hya

niści, nirṇī, vyavaso, adhyavaso   

kāryaviśeṣasya avadhāraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śāsakīyaṃ kāryaṃ mahatā prayāsena niścīyate।

hya

antaḥ, abhyantaram   

kasyām api sīmāyām athavā kasmin api sthāne।

kṛpayā antaḥ praviśatu।

hya

sugrāhya   

yasya grahaṇaṃ sugamatayā bhavati।

eṣaḥ lekhaḥ sugrāhyaḥ asti।

hya

pratyāśī, abhyarthī   

kasyāpi padasya kṛte nirvācanārthe upasthitaḥ manuṣyaḥ।

asmāt sthānāt kāṅgresapakṣasya pratyāśī jitaḥ।

hya

mukhya, pradhāna, pramukha, mūla   

yaḥ atīvāvaśyakaḥ।

asmākaṃ śarīrasya pañca mukhyāni tattvāni santi।

hya

kośādhyakṣaḥ, kośapālaḥ, kośapatiḥ   

yaḥ kośasya rakṣakaḥ।

kośasya samyak vyayaḥ na prāptaḥ ataḥ kośādhyakṣaḥ prācāritaḥ।

hya

koṣādhyakṣaḥ, kośapatiḥ   

kośasya adhikāriṇaḥ padam।

mohanena asya vittakośasya koṣādhyakṣasya kṛte āvedanaṃ kṛtam।

hya

durgrāhya   

yaḥ grahītuṃ sulabhaḥ nāsti।

durgrāhyāṇāṃ vastūnām anudhāvanena kiṃ prāpyate।

hya

bhuj, ad, khād, aś, bhakṣaya, ghas, psā, āsvād, gṝ, carv, abhyavahṛ, āhṛ, upabhuj, upāś, cam, pratyavaso, jakṣ, gras, ākhād   

viśeṣataḥ manuṣyaiḥ pariveṣaṇasya bhojanasya bhakṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kathāsamāptyanantaraṃ bhaktāḥ paṅktau upaviśya bhuñjate।

hya

akaraṇīya, akaraṇārhya, akārya   

kartum ayogyaḥ;

akaraṇīyaṃ karma pāpasya janakaḥ।

hya

pippalīmūlam, caṭikāśiraḥ, granthikam, ṣaḍgranthiḥ, mūlam, kolamūlam, kaṭugranthiḥ, kaṭumūlam, kaṭūṣaṇam, sarvagranthiḥ, patrāḍhyam, virūpam, śoṣasambhavam, sugandhiḥ, granthilam, uṣaṇam   

pippalīnāmakalatāyāḥ mūlam।

pippalīmūlam auṣadharūpeṇa upayujyate।

hya

aṅkolaḥ, aṅkoṭaḥ, nikocakaḥ, aṅkoṭhaḥ, nikoṭhakaḥ, likocakaḥ, aṅkolakaḥ, bodhaḥ, nediṣṭhaḥ, dīrghakīlakaḥ, rāmaṭhaḥ, koṭharaḥ, recī, gūḍhapatraḥ, guptasnehaḥ, pītasāraḥ, madanaḥ, gūḍhavallikā, pītaḥ, tāmraphalaḥ, dīrghakīlaḥ, guṇāḍhyakaḥ, kolakaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, gandhapuṣpaḥ, rocanaḥ, viśānatailagarbhaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

aṅkolasya bījaiḥ nirmitasya tailasya śarīre ālepanaṃ kriyate cet saḥ puruṣaḥ adṛśyaḥ bhaviṣyati iti lokoktiḥ vartate।

hya

śilājatuḥ, gaireyam, arthyam, girijam, aśmajam, śilājam, agajam, śailam, adrijam, śaileyam, śītapuṣpakam, śilāvyādhiḥ, aśmottham, aśmalākṣā, aśmajatukam, jatvaśmakam   

parvatajaḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyaḥ pauṣṭikaḥ upadhātuviśeṣaḥ yaḥ auṣadharūpeṇa upayujyate।

vaidyaḥ tasmai śilājatuṃ dattavān।

hya

aṣṭāṅgārghya   

sūryasya arghye vartamānaḥ aṣṭadravyaghaṭitapūjopakaraṇaviśeṣaḥ।

jalaṃ kṣīraṃ kuśāgrāṇi ghṛtaṃ madhu dadhi raktacandanaṃ tathā ca karavīrāṇi iti aṣṭāṅgārghyaḥ।

hya

praparahya   

parahyaḥ pūrvaṃ dinam।

praparahyaḥ ārabhyaḥ te janāḥ gṛhe na santi।

hya

khasvastikam, viṣṇupadam, ūrdhvā, nabhomadhyam, khamadhyam, svarmadhyam, gaganamadhyam, śirobinduḥ   

ākāśe śirasaḥ upari manyamānaḥ kalpitabinduḥ।

madhyāhne sūryaḥ khasvastike bhavati।

hya

āmrātakaḥ, pītanaḥ, kapītanaḥ, varṣapākī, pītanakaḥ, kapicūḍā, amravāṭikaḥ, bhṛṅgīphalaḥ, rasāḍhyaḥ, tanukṣīraḥ, kapipriyaḥ, ambarātakaḥ, ambarīyaḥ, kapicūḍaḥ, āmrāvartaḥ   

amlarasayuktaphalaviśiṣṭaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

markaṭaḥ āmrātakam āruhya upaviṣṭaḥ।

hya

vimṛśya, dṛṣṭvā, abhisamīkṣya, parigṛhya   

samyag vicāraṃ kṛtvā।

etad vimṛśya mantrīmahodayaḥ niścayam akarot।

hya

adhyakṣatvam   

adhyakṣasya padaṃ sthānaṃ vā।

kāṃgresasya adhyakṣatvaṃ gāndhīsoniyāmahodayayā punaḥ svīkriyate।

hya

adhyadhikṣepaḥ   

atyadhikatiraskāraḥ।

asahanīyasya adhyadhikṣepasya kāraṇena saḥ ātmahatyāṃ kṛtavān।

hya

adhyadhīna   

sampūrṇataḥ paratantraḥ।

adhyadhīnasya puruṣasya mānasikavikāsaḥ avaruddhaḥ jāyate।

hya

adhyayanam   

gurumukhādānupūrvīśravaṇam;

devadattaḥ adhyayanam karoti

hya

adhyavasita   

yena dṛḍhaḥ niścayaḥ kṛtaḥ।

adhyavasitaḥ puruṣaḥ niścayena lakṣyaṃ prāpnoti।

hya

saṃcāraṇam, abhivāhyam   

ākāśavāṇyāḥ mādhyamena saṅgītabhāṣaṇādīnāṃ śrāvaṇasya uddeśena prasaraṇasya kriyā।

eṣā ākāśavāṇī bhopālapradeśasya saṃcāraṇasya kendram asti।

hya

anadhyayanam   

adhyayanasya abhāvaḥ।

anadhyayanāt uttīrṇatā na sambhavati।

hya

apūjya, anarghya, apūjanīya   

pūjārthe ayogyaḥ।

dakṣiṇabhārate āghrātitaṃ puṣpam apūjyaṃ manyate।

hya

asambhavam, aghaṭitam, asādhyam, duḥśakam, asaṃbhāvanīyam   

aśakyā ghaṭanā।

kadācit asambhavam api ghaṭate।

hya

asvāsthyatā, asvāsthyatvam, vikāraḥ, ārogyarahitatā, ārogyarahitatvam   

rugṇāvasthā ārogyasya abhāvaḥ vā।

asvāsthyatayā teṣāṃ jīvanaṃ dussahaṃ jātam।

hya

kaṇṭhauṣṭhyam   

yasya uccāraṇaṃ kaṇṭhauṣṭhābhyāṃ bhavati।

o kaṇṭhoṣṭhyaḥ svaraḥ asti।

hya

trisandhyakusumam   

puṣpaprakāraḥ।

trisandhyakusumaṃ śvetaraktakṛṣṇavarṇaiḥ yuktam asti।

hya

hyavidradhiḥ   

rogaviśeṣaḥ।

bāhyavidradhyāṃ śarīrasya kasmiṃścit bhāge śvayathuḥ tathā ca pīḍā bhavati।

hya

pāpracchya, pāpracch, anuyoyujya, anuyoyuj   

vṛttaṃ vā viṣayaviśeṣaṃ vā jñātuṃ punaḥ punaḥ pṛcchanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nyāyālaye vidhijñaḥ sākṣiṇam apāpracchyata।

hya

anuṣṭhānam, vidhiḥ, vaidhikam, naiyamikam, śāstroktam, kriyāvidhiḥ, kriyāpaddhatiḥ, śāstroktakriyā, vidhyanurūpam   

phalecchayā kṛtā devapūjā।

varṣāyāḥ abhāve janāḥ anuṣṭhānaṃ kurvanti।

hya

vedādhyayanam   

vedasya adhyayanam।

saṃśodhakaḥ vedādhyayane līnaḥ।

hya

arghyapātram   

śaṅkhākārayuktaṃ tāmrasya pātram।

arghyapātreṇa arghyaṃ yacchati।

hya

apaṭhanīya, apaṭhya   

yaḥ paṭhituṃ na śakyate ।

tasya lekhanam apaṭhanīyam asti।

hya

paṭhanīya, paṭhya, paṭhitavya   

yasya paṭhanaṃ śakyam।

uttarapustikā sulikhitā paṭhanīyā ca āvaśyakī।

hya

alpamūlyatā, alpamūlyatvam, alpārghyam, nyūnamūlyatā, nyūnamūlyatvam   

sā avasthā kriyā bhāvaḥ vā yasmin sarvam alpamūlyakaṃ vartate।

alpamūlyatāyāḥ kāraṇāt vastūnāṃ bhūri vikrayaḥ jātaḥ।

hya

mukhya, pramukha, pradhāna, prakṛṣṭa   

yaḥ sarvādhikaṃ mahatvapūrṇam asti।

mukhyāḥ taraṅgāḥ gauṇebhyaḥ taraṅgebhyaḥ vegavantaḥ santi।

hya

eḍagajaḥ, prapunnāṭaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, cakramardaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ, aḍagajaḥ, gajākhyaḥ, meṣāhvayaḥ, eḍahastī, vyāvartakaḥ, cakragajaḥ, cakrī, punnāṭaḥ, punnāḍaḥ, vimarddakaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, tarvaṭaḥ, cakrāhvaḥ, śukanāśanaḥ, dṛḍhabījaḥ, prapunnāḍaḥ, kharjughnaḥ, prapunnaḍaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ, uraṇākṣaḥ   

auṣadhīyakṣupaḥ।

eḍagajasya upayogaḥ dantacikitsāyai bhavati।

hya

śālmalī, picchilā, pūraṇī, mocā, sthirāyuḥ, śālmalaḥ, śālmalinī, tulinī, kukkuṭī, raktapuṣpā, kaṇṭakārī, mocinī, cirajīvī, picchilaḥ, raktapuṣpakaḥ, tūlavṛkṣaḥ, mocākhyaḥ, kaṇṭakadrumaḥ, raktotpalaḥ, ramyapuṣpaḥ, bahuvīryaḥ, yamadrumaḥ, dīrghadrumaḥ, sthūlaphalaḥ, dīrghāyuḥ, kaṇṭakāṣṭhaḥ   

ekaḥ bṛhat vṛkṣaḥ yasmin raktapuṣpāṇi bhavanti।

śālmalyāḥ phalasya adhobhāge kārpāsaḥ bhavati।

hya

vārddhakyam, vṛddhatvam, vṛddhatā, vārddhyam, jarā, śeṣāvasthā, vārddhakabhāvaḥ, vārdhakam, vṛddhakālaḥ   

saḥ samayaḥ yadā janaḥ vṛddhaḥ bhavati।

tena vārddhakyaṃ kāṭhinyena vyatītam।

hya

prauḍhāvasthā, madhyavayaskatā   

saḥ kālaḥ yadā kopi madhyavayaskaḥ bhavati।

tasya prauḍhāvasthā sukhena vyatītā।

hya

niyaṃtrakaḥ, vaśī, adhikārī, śāstā, adhyakṣaḥ, adhiṣṭhātā   

yaḥ kāryāṇāṃ vastunaḥ avasthānāṃ vā niyantraṇaṃ karoti।

asmin vidyutayantre ekaḥ tāpasya niyantrakaḥ vartate।

hya

pītasāraḥ, bījapūraḥ, bṛhaccittaḥ, bījakaḥ, bījāḍhyaḥ, bījapūrṇaḥ, bījapūrī, bījapūrakaḥ   

jambudvipe dṛśyamānaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya bṛhaccittāni phalāni amlāni santi।

pītasārasya phalam oṣadhitvena upayujyate।

hya

oṣṭhya   

yasya uccāraṇam oṣṭhābhyāṃ bhavati।

pa pha ba ādayaḥ oṣṭhyāḥ varṇāḥ santi।

hya

bandhūkaḥ, bandhujīvakaḥ, raktakaḥ, bandhūjīvakaḥ, bandhukaḥ, bandhuḥ, bandhulaḥ, bandhujīvaḥ, bandhūliḥ, bandhuraḥ, raktaḥ, mādhyāhnikaḥ, oṣṭhapuṣpaḥ, arkavallabhaḥ, madhyandinaḥ, raktapuṣpaḥ, rāgapuṣpaḥ, haripriyaḥ   

kṣupakaviśeṣaḥ।

bandhūkasya śuklavarṇīyaṃ sugandhitaṃ puṣpaṃ bhavati।

hya

adhyakṣīya   

adhyakṣeṇa sambaddham adhyakṣasya vā।

teṣām adhyakṣīyaṃ bhāṣaṇaṃ jñānavardhakaṃ prabhāvi ca āsīt।

hya

ambupaḥ, uruṇākṣaḥ, uruṇākṣakaḥ, uruṇākhyam, uruṇākhyakam, eḍagajaḥ, kharjughnaḥ, kharjūghnaḥ, gajaskandhaḥ, cakragajaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, prapunāṭaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ, vimardakaḥ   

ekaṃ jhāṭam।

ambupam auṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

hya

marīcam, mallajam, ullāghaḥuṣaṇam, ūṣaṇam, auṣaṇaśauṇḍī, kaphavirodhi, kṛṣṇaḥ, kevaladravyam, kolam, kolakam, candrakam, tīkṣṇaḥ, dvāravṛttam, dhārmapattanam, pavitam, maricam, lohākhyam, virāvṛttam, vṛttaphalam, veṇunam, vellajam, vellanam, śanijam, śuddham, śyāmam   

latāprakārakaḥ yasyāḥ kaṭuḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyā laghugulikā yā bhojane upaskararūpeṇa upayujyate।

kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣīkṣetrāt marīcam āmūlāt udgṛhṇāti।

hya

gopanīya, guhya   

yaḥ ācchādayati।

gopanīyaḥ manuṣyaḥ kaṭhoraḥ daṇḍaḥ prāpnuyāt।

hya

avigṛhya   

yat pṛthak bhavitum arhati।

asyāḥ khaṭvāyāḥ sarvāṇi aṅgāni avigṛhyāṇi santi।

hya

sāṅkhyam, sāṅkhyadarśanam, sāṅkhyaśāstram   

kapilamaharṣikṛtam ekaṃ prasiddhaṃ darśanam।

sāṅkhye prakṛtiḥ tathā cetanaḥ puruṣaḥ eva jagataḥ nimitte iti matam।

hya

duṣkara, viṣama, duḥsādhya   

yasya sampādanaṃ kaṭhinaṃ tat karma।

asmin duṣkare karmaṇi ahaṃ na saṃśleṣaṃ na kariṣye।

hya

daurbalyam, śaktikṣayaḥ, śaktināśaḥ, asāmarthyam, kṣīṇatā, klībatā, dīnatā, aśaktiḥ, klaibyam, abalam, kaśmalam, kārpaṇyam   

kṛśatāyāḥ bhāvaḥ avasthā vā।

vyādheḥ anantaraṃ daurbalyam svābhāvikam eva।

hya

hyaḥ, pūrvedyuḥ, gatadinam, gatadivasam, dharmavāsaraḥ, dharmāhaḥ   

adyatanīya dināt pūrvaṃ dinam।

hyaḥ aham atra nāsīt।

hya

hya   

gatadinam yat adyatanīyāt dināt avyavahitapūrvaṃ vartate।

ahaṃ hyaḥ gṛham āgacchāmi।

hya

parahya   

hyastanāt pūrvaḥ divasaḥ।

saḥ parahyaḥ aṭituṃ gataḥ।

hya

rajasvalā, ṛtumatī, puṣpitā, ṛtumatī, kusumavatī, udakyā, madhyamikā, puṣpavatī, puṣpahāsā, avi, dṛṣṭapuṣpā, brahmaghātinī, mlānāṅgī   

sā strī yasyāḥ rajaṃ pravahati।

garbhasya dhāraṇāya akṣamā rajasvalā janaiḥ pīḍitā।

hya

kṛśodarī, tanūdarī, alpamadhyamā, śātodarī   

yasyāḥ sūkṣmā kaṭiḥ।

ekā kṛśodarī nartakī nṛtyati।

hya

aparicitaḥ, anabhyastaḥ, ajñātaḥ, parapuruṣaḥ, pārakyaḥ, anyajanaḥ   

yaḥ na paricitaḥ।

asmābhiḥ aparicitānāṃ saha sādhuḥ vyavahāraḥ kartavyaḥ।

hya

vindhyācalaḥ, vindhyagiriḥ, vindhya   

bhāratasthā ekā parvatamālā।

vindhyācalaḥ vindhyavāsinyāḥ devyāḥ nivāsasthalam asti।

hya

apraśaṃsanīya, aślāghanīya, aślāghya   

praśaṃsārthe anarham।

sarvāṇi apraśaṃsanīyāni kāryāṇi nindanīyāni na santi।

hya

mukhyamantrī   

kasyāpi prāntasya rājyasya saḥ mantrī yaḥ mantriṣu pradhānaḥ vartate।

adya pradhānamantrī vividhān viṣayān adhikṛtya sarvaprāntānāṃ mukhyamantribhiḥ saha vicāravimarśaṃ kṛtavān।

hya

avadhya   

hantum anarhaḥ।

avadhyānāṃ paśūnāṃ baliṃ na dadyāt।

hya

vaṃdhyatvam, vaṃdhya   

aprasūtatāyāḥ avasthā।

vaṃdhyatvasya kāraṇāt śīlā punarjanayituṃ na śaknoti।

hya

avadhya   

yasya hananasya vidhānaṃ nāsti।

hindudharmānusāreṇa gauḥ avadhyaḥ paśuḥ।

hya

avadhya   

yaḥ kenāpi hantuṃ na śakyate।

kim ekopi jīvaḥ avadhyaḥ।

hya

sārasaḥ, gonardaḥ, gṛhasārasaḥ, kāmivallabhaḥ, kāmī, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, puṣkaraḥ, puṣkarākhyaḥ, puṣkarāhvaḥ, puṣkarāhvayaḥ, rasikaḥ, lakṣaṇaḥ, maithunī, lakṣmaṇaḥ, śyenākhya   

bādāmasya varṇasya ekaḥ bakaḥ।

sārasasya cañcuḥ kṛśaḥ dṛḍhaḥ ca bhavati।

hya

galagaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍiḥ, adhyarbudam, adhyarvudam   

kaṇṭhe jāyamānaḥ ekaḥ rogaviśeṣaḥ।

galagaṇḍaḥ gilāyuḥ ca kaṇṭhasya rogau।

hya

abādhya, apratibandha, avāraṇīya, durdhara, durādhara   

yasya avarodhanam aśakyam।

abādhyaḥ mṛtyuḥ kasya vaśaṃgataḥ।

hya

jalāḍhya, kaccha, palvalya, ānūpa, anūpaprāya, kardamita, kārdama, kaluṣa, paṅkamaya, paṅkavat, paṅkabhāraka   

kacchena yuktam।

atra bhūmiḥ jalāḍhyā।

hya

abindhya   

rāvaṇasya ekaḥ amātyaḥ।

rāmāyaṇe abindhyasya ullekhaḥ asti।

hya

pramatta, surāmatta, unmatta, madoddhata, udriktacetas, madāḍhya, pramada, vimatta, madotkaṭa, unmada, surāpāṇaparikṣīva, unmādin, nirdaḍa, pramādin, mandasāna, pānamatta, madonmatta   

yena madirā pītā।

saḥ pūrṇataḥ pramattaḥ āsīt।

hya

yajñīya, yajuṣya, medhya   

yajñasya yajñena sambaddhaṃ vā।

sādhuḥ yajñīyaṃ karma karoti।

hya

abhiyuktaḥ, āropī, abhiśastaḥ, abhiśastakaḥ, abhyākhyātaḥ, vyavahārābhiśastaḥ, śodhya   

yasmin ko'pi abhiyogaḥ asti।

saḥ hatyāyāḥ abhiyuktam akṣāmyat।

hya

vyaṅgyacitram, citritapaṭaḥ, vicitramālekhyam, citrakathā   

hāsyajanakaṃ athavā adhikṣepātmakaṃ citram।

lakṣmaṇamahodayasya vyaṅgyacitrāṇi prabhāvaśālīni āsan।

hya

lekhyam, lekhaḥ   

ekāt adhikānāṃ parimāṇānāṃ parasparasambandhasya dyotakaṃ citram।

adaḥ lekhyaṃ janasaṃkhyāyāḥ vṛddhiṃ pratipādayati।

hya

śītakaṭibandhya   

śītakaṭibandhena sambaddhaṃ śītakaṭibandhasya vā।

śītakaṭibandhyeṣu pradeśeṣu atyadhikaṃ śītaṃ bhavati।

hya

savyasācin, ubhyahastakuśala   

yaḥ hastadvayena kāryaṃ kartuṃ samarthaḥ।

śastrakriyāyāḥ samaye savyasācinaḥ cikītsakasya dvau hastau śīghratayā kāryaṃ kurvantau āstām।

hya

sāṅkhya   

saṅkhyayā sambaddhaṃ saṅkhyāyāḥ vā।

parīkṣaṇasya pariṇāmaḥ śuddhaḥ sāṅkhyaḥ ca bhavet।

hya

sādhya, sādhanīya   

seddhuṃ yogyam।

gāyatrīmantraḥ sādhyaḥ।

hya

karaṇīya, kṛtya, kalpa, sādhya   

kartuṃ yogyaḥ।

cauryaṃ kāpaṭyādīni karaṇīyāni karmāṇi na santi।

hya

dhanāḍhyatā, saśrīkatā, sadhanatā, sphītatā, mahārghatā   

dhanikasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

dhanāḍhyatā sarvaiḥ na upabhujyate।

hya

ālokalokhyakāraḥ, chāyācitrakāraḥ   

yaḥ ālokalekhyaṃ ālokalekhayantre dadhāti। ālokalokhyakāraḥ, chāyācitrakāraḥ।

ālokalokhyakāraḥ sūryāstasya dṛśyasya ālekham ālokalekhayantre dadhāti।

hya

yodhya   

yena saha yuddhaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

rājā uktavān yat śatruḥ nityaṃ yodhyaḥ asti।

hya

guṇita, āhata, abhihata, vinighna, kṣuṇṇa, vyasta, saṃguṇīkṛta, pratyutpanna, pūrita, piṇḍita, abhyasta   

yat guṇyate।

guṇitāḥ aṅkāḥ sarvāṇi yojayatu।

hya

prativindhya   

draupadyāḥ pañcasu putreṣu anyatamaḥ।

prativindhyaḥ draupadīyudhiṣṭhirayoḥ putraḥ āsīt।

hya

pṛthivī, bhūḥ, bhūmiḥ, acalā, anantā, rasā, viśvambharā, sthirā, dharā, dharitrī, dharaṇī, kṣauṇī, jyā, kāśyapī, kṣitiḥ, sarvasahā, vasumatī, vasudhā, urvī, vasundharā, gotrā, kuḥ, pṛthvī, kṣmā, avaniḥ, medinī, mahī, dharaṇī, kṣoṇiḥ, kṣauṇiḥ, kṣamā, avanī, mahiḥ, ratnagarbhā, sāgarāmbarā, abdhimekhalā, bhūtadhātrī, ratnāvatī, dehinī, pārā, vipulā, madhyamalokavartmā, dhāraṇī, gandhavatī, mahākāntā, khaṇḍanī, girikarṇikā, dhārayitrī, dhātrī, acalakīlā, gauḥ, abdhidvīpā, iḍā, iḍikā, ilā, ilikā, irā, ādimā, īlā, varā, ādyā, jagatī, pṛthuḥ, bhuvanamātā, niścalā, śyāmā   

martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtā।

pṛthivī pañcamam bhūtam

hya

"sthapatiḥ, śilpī, vāstuvit, vāstuvid, gṛhanirmāṇādhyakṣaḥ, metā, gṛhādinirmāṇavidyājñaḥ   

bhavanādeḥ śilpakāraḥ।

tejomahālayasya anekeṣāṃ sthapatīnāṃ hastāḥ cheditāḥ iti kathyate।

hya

cakramardaḥ, eḍagajaḥ, aḍagajaḥ, gajākhyaḥ, meṣāhvayaḥ, eḍahastī, vyāvartakaḥ, cakravajaḥ, cakrī, punnāṭaḥ, punnāḍaḥ, vimardakaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, tarvaṭaḥ, śukanāśanaḥ, dṛḍhabījaḥ, prappunanāḍaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ, uraṇākṣaḥ, prapunnaḍaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ   

varṣākāle vardhamānaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ।

kṣetre cakramardāḥ santi।

hya

upavindhya   

parvatasya samīpasthā bhūmiḥ।

kṛṣakāḥ upavindhyasya kañcit bhāgaṃ kṛṣeḥ yogyaṃ kurvanti।

hya

guhyapadam, saṅketaśabdaḥ   

saṅgaṇakeṣu saṃgaṇīkṛtayantreṣu vā vyaktipratyayakāriṇī varṇāṅkacihnānāṃ saṃsargeṇa sādhitā praṇāliḥ yā kasminnapi kārye kuñcikārūpeṇa upayujyate।

guhyapadasya vismṛteḥ ahaṃ bhavatyā antarjāladvārā preṣitaṃ patraṃ paṭhitum asamarthaḥ asmi।

hya

madhyama   

yat mahat nāsti laghu api nāsti।

asmin vane ākāreṇa madhyamāḥ vanaspatayaḥ santi।

hya

madhyayugīna   

madhyayugasambandhī।

etad bhavanaṃ madhyayugīnāyāḥ śilpakalāyāḥ udāharaṇam asti।

hya

dairghyam, āyatiḥ, ānāhaḥ, āyattiḥ, āyatiḥ, āyāmaḥ   

ekāṃśutaḥ anyāṃśuparyantam antaram atha vā ekasthānāt anyasthānaparyantam tiryak antaram।

asya āyatiḥ viṣkambhāt gurutarā asti।

hya

mukhya, pradhāna   

yasya vākyasya saṃracanā paripūrṇā vartate yatra ca ekaḥ kartā ekā ca kriyā vartate eva।

miśravākye ekaṃ mukhyaṃ vākyam asti।

hya

hyakoṣṭhaḥ, kakṣā, maṇḍapaḥ   

viśālaḥ mahān vā kakṣaḥ।

atithayaḥ bāhyakoṣṭhe upaviśya dūradarśanaṃ paśyanti।

hya

viśvasvāsthyasaṅghaṭanam   

saṃyuktarāṣṭrasya saṃsthā yā antarrāṣṭriyastare svāsthyasambaddhāni kāryāṇi karoti tathā svāsthyasambaddhakāryasya kṛte sāhāyyaṃ ca dadāti।

akhilaṃ viśvaṃ rogamuktaṃ bhavet tadarthaṃ viśvasvāsthyasaṅghaṭanaṃ prayatnaśīlam asti।

hya

dūravāṇīsaṅkhya   

kasyāpi dūravāṇyāḥ te viśiṣṭāḥ aṅkāḥ yena anyasmai dūravāṇī kartuṃ śakyate।

bhavataḥ dūravāṇīsaṅkhyam ahaṃ jānāmi।

hya

utathya   

aṅgirasaḥ putraḥ paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaśca।

dīrghatamāḥ utathyasya putraḥ āsīt।

hya

abhyañjanīya   

abhyañjanaṃ kartuṃ yogyaḥ।

jvareṇa taptaṃ śarīram abhyañjanīyaṃ na bhavati।

hya

abhyarcanīya, abhyarcya   

pūjanīyaḥ।

mānavatāyāḥ upāsakāḥ abhyarcanīyāḥ bhavanti।

hya

saṃskṛtiḥ, sabhyatā, śiṣṭatā, āryavṛttabhāvaḥ, śiṣṭācārattvam   

viśiṣṭapradeśasthaḥ viśiṣṭakālagataḥ samājaḥ।

purā siṃdhūtaṭe atiprācīnā saṃskṛtiḥ vasati sma।

hya

asvāsthyakara, anārogyakara, ahitakara   

svāsthyārthaṃ hānikārakam।

asvāsthyakarāt bhojanāt tathā jīvanaśailyāḥ naike vyādhayaḥ utpadyante।

hya

dakṣiṇa-madhyavartin   

dakṣiṇa-madhyabhāgena sambaddhaḥ।

saḥ dakṣiṇa-madhyavartini landanadeśe nivasati।

hya

uttara-madhyavartin   

uttara-madhyabhāgena sambaddhaḥ।

asya parvatasya uttara-madhyavartini bhāge ekaḥ sādhuḥ nivasati।

hya

dīrghatā, dīrghatvam, dairghyam   

dīrghasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

virahiṇyāḥ virahakālasya dīrghatāyāḥ kalpanāṃ kiṃ bhavān kartuṃ śaknoti।

hya

abhyanujñā   

kimapi kāryaṃ sampādayituṃ sarvakāreṇa preṣitaḥ ādeśaḥ।

sarvakāreṇa sarvebhyaḥ maṇḍalādhikāribhyaḥ abhyanujñā preṣitā।

hya

agrāhya, apratigrāhya, agrahaṇīya, asvīkārya, anādeya   

svīkartum ayogyaḥ।

etādṛśena agrāhyena paṇabandhena bhavān kathaṃ paṇaṃ karoti।

hya

grahaṇīya, pratigṛhya, pratigrahaṇīya, pratigrāhya   

svīkartuṃ yogyaḥ।

tāni vacanāni yadi grahaṇīyāni tarhi eva janāḥ viśvasanti।

hya

vaiśākhya   

ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

vaiśākhyasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

hya

vadhyadiṇḍimaḥ, vadhadiṇḍimam   

prācīne kāle vartamānaḥ paṭahaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ prāṇadaṇḍasya anuṣṭhānasamaye vādayate sma।

vadhyadiṇḍimasya dhvaniṃ śrutvā janeṣu bhayam utpadyate sma।

hya

madhyamātreyaḥ   

ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

madhyamātreyasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

hya

vivāhanīya, vivāhya, vedya   

yaḥ vivāhāya yogyaḥ asti।

rameśaḥ svasya vivāhanīyāyāḥ kanyāyāḥ kṛte samyak varam anviṣyati।

hya

madhyakālīna   

nātiprācīnaḥ nārvācīnaḥ api tu tayoḥ madhyaḥ eva kālaḥ।

saḥ madhyakālīnānāṃ vastūnām anveṣaṇaṃ karoti।

hya

amedhya, ayājya   

yājanārtham ayogyaḥ।

madyādīni amedhyāni vastūni santi।

hya

anadhyavasāyin, aprayatnaśīla, alpaceṣṭita, anudyamin, anudyogin, alasa, gehemehin, jihma, nirūdyama, niryatna, niṣkriyātman   

yaḥ prayatitum anutsukaḥ asti।

anadhyavasāyī manuṣyaḥ kadāpi yaśaḥ na prāpnoti।

hya

ayodhya   

yena saha yodhanaṃ na śakyate।

ayodhyaṃ rājānam ko'pi na āhvayati।

hya

arghyapātram   

tad pātraṃ yasmin jalaṃ sthāpayitvā arghyaṃ dīyate।

saḥ arghyapātraṃ gṛhītvā sthitaḥ asti।

hya

tālīśapatram, tālīśam, patrākhyam, śukodaram, dhātrīpatram, arkavedham, karipatram, karicchadam, nīlam, nīlāmbaram, tālam, tālīpatram, tamāhvayam, tālīśapatrakam   

tejaḥpatrasya jāteḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

tālīśapatrasya parṇāni kāṇḍasya bhāgadvaye api bhavanti।

hya

tālīśapatram, tālīśam, patrākhyam, śukodaram, dhātrīpatram, arkavedham, karipatram, karicchadam, nīlam, nīlāmbaram, tālam, tālīpatram, tālīśapatrakam   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

tālīśapatram uttarabhāratadeśe, baṅgālarājye tathā samudrataṭavartiṣu kṣetreṣu dṛśyate।

hya

arjanīya, upārjya, arjitavya, labhya, adhigantavya, adhigamanīya, adhigamya, āsādayitavya, āsādya, gamya, prāpaṇīya, prāpya, lambhanīya, samāsādya, samprāpya, samprāpaṇīya, samprāptavya   

prāptum yogyaḥ।

arjanīyasya dhanasya abhilāṣayā eva saḥ tat kāryam akarot।

hya

alaṅghya, alaṅghanīya, duratikramaṇīya   

yad laṅghayitum aśakyam asti।

alaṅghyaṃ sāgaraṃ laṅghayituṃ prayāsaḥ nāma mūrkhatā eva।

hya

asatyatā, mithyatā, mithyātvam   

asatyasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

satyatayā asatyatāyāḥ sarvadā parājayaḥ eva jātaḥ।

hya

hyakarṇaḥ   

nāgaviśeṣaḥ।

bāhyakarṇasya varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।

hya

alpamadhyama   

kṛśayā kaṭyā yuktaḥ।

alpamadhyamaḥ nartakaḥ sarveṣāṃ manāṃsi ākarṣati।

hya

alpasaṃkhyakavargaḥ   

alpasaṅkhyāyuktānāṃ janānāṃ samūhaḥ।

madhyapradeśarājyasya sarvakāreṇa jainavargaḥ api alpasaṃkhyakavarge samāviṣṭaḥ kṛtaḥ।

hya

patrikākhya   

karpūrabhedaḥ।

maheśaḥ patrikākhyaṃ prajvālayati।

hya

kārāgṛhādhyakṣaḥ, kārāgārādhipatiḥ   

kārāgṛhasya vyavasthāpanādīnāṃ paryavekṣaṇaṃ yaḥ karoti।

kārāgṛhādhyakṣaḥ kārāgṛhe aṭitvā kāryāṇāṃ nirīkṣaṇaṃ karoti।

hya

avalehya   

leḍhuṃ yogyaḥ।

madhuvāṇīnāmakaṃ kasanasya avalehyaṃ bheṣajam asti।

hya

avāhya   

yasya vahanaṃ na śakyam।

avāhyasya dravyasambhārasya kṛte asmābhiḥ anyaḥ puruṣaḥ prayojanīyaḥ।

hya

prativindhya   

yudhiṣṭhirasya putraḥ।

prativindhyaḥ draupadīgarbhāt jātaḥ।

hya

avyākhyeya, anirvarṇanīya, nirupākhya, anirvacanīya   

yad adhikaṃ varṇayituṃ na śakyate।

asyāḥ kathāyāḥ paṭhanena pāṭhakasya avyākhyeyā cittavṛtiḥ bhavati।

hya

asaṅkhyatā, agaṇanīyatā, agaṇyatā, agaṇitatā, anantatā   

agaṇyasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

avakāśastha tārakānāṃ asaṅkhyatā anumānena eva jñātuṃ śakyate।

hya

amedhya   

hotum anarham।

amedhyaṃ dravyaṃ na juhuyāt।

hya

vāyusenādhyakṣaḥ   

vāyusenāyāḥ pradhānaḥ adhikārī।

e vāya ṭīpaṇīsa mahodayaḥ bhūtapūrvaḥ vāyusenādhyakṣaḥ āsīt।

hya

pāṭhyapustakam   

vidyālayeṣu paṭhanārthaṃ vinirmitaṃ pustakaṃ।

asmin saṃvatsare pāṭhyapustakeṣu parivartanaṃ kṛtam।

hya

kuṇṭhatā, kauṇṭhyam, upalepaḥ   

kuṇṭhībhavanam।

prāyaḥ tigmeṣu vastuṣu kuṇṭhatā kiṭṭakāt eva bhavati।

hya

lekhya   

lekhituṃ yogyaḥ।

lekhakaḥ lekhyasya viṣayasya anveṣaṇaṃ karoti।

hya

lekhya   

yasya lekhanaṃ bhaviṣyati।

lekhyaḥ viṣayaḥ kliṣṭaḥ asti।

hya

āvasathika, gārha, gārhya, gehya, avasathya   

gṛhasya athavā gṛheṇa sambaddhaḥ।

āvasathikebhyaḥ kāryebhyaḥ samayaḥ eva na prāpyate yena ahaṃ kimapi paṭhituṃ na śaknomi।

hya

āvasathya   

pañcāgniṣu ekaḥ।

bhojanādīnāṃ nirmāṇe āvasathyam upayujyate।

hya

oṣṭhya   

oṣṭhena sambaddhaḥ oṣṭhasya vā।

saḥ oṣṭhyena rogeṇa pīḍitaḥ asti।

hya

oṣṭhyavarṇaḥ   

yasya varṇasya uccāraṇam oṣṭhābhyāṃ bhavati।

oṣṭhābhyām uccāritatvāt pavargasya varṇāḥ oṣṭhyavarṇāḥ santi।

hya

dantyoṣṭhyavarṇaḥ   

yasya varṇasya uccāraṇaṃ dantaiḥ oṣṭhābhyāṃ ca bhavati।

hindīvarṇamālāyāṃ vartamānaḥ varṇaḥ vakāraḥ dantyoṣṭhyavarṇaḥ asti।

hya

hya, suvahanīya   

yad ekasmāt sthānāt anyaṃ sthānaṃ prati sahajatayā netuṃ śakyate।

utsave vāhyānāṃ śaucālayānāṃ vyavasthā āsīt।

hya

vaividhyapūrṇa   

vividhatayā yuktaḥ।

bhāratadeśaḥ sāṃskṛtikaparamparārūpeṇa nyāsena vaividhyapūrṇayā aitihāsikyā pṛṣṭhabhūmyā ca yuktaḥ deśaḥ asti।

hya

svāsthyakendram   

śarīrasya svāsthyarakṣaṇārtham āvaśyakaiḥ upakaraṇaiḥ suvidhābhiśca yuktaṃ sthānam।

idānīṃtanīye vyaste jīvane svāsthyakendrāṇām āvaśyakatā vardhate।

hya

ātithyapūrṇa   

ātithyena yuktam।

tasya ātithyapūrṇam ācaraṇaṃ mayā vismartuṃ na śakyam।

hya

madhyamavargīya   

ārthikastaraṃ sāmājikastaraṃ vā anusṛtya kṛte vibhāge uttamādhamayoḥ antarā sthitasya vargasya ghaṭakaḥ tadvargasambandhī ca।

na kadāpi svīkurmaḥ vayaṃ madhyamavargīyāṃ kanyāṃ vivāhārtham।

hya

madhyasthatā, madhyavartitā   

madhyasthasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

mātāpitroḥ madhyasthatayā bhrātroḥ madhye sandhiḥ jātaḥ।

hya

upamukhyamantrī   

mukhyamantriṇaḥ anupasthitau yaḥ tasya kāryaṃ sañcālayati।

suśila-kumāra-modīmahodayaḥ bihārarājyasya upamukhyamantrī bhaviṣyati।

hya

pāṭhyasañcikā   

saṅgaṇakasya sā sañcikā yasyāṃ mudraṇayogyāni akṣarāṇi saṅkhyāḥ saṅketāśca antarbhavanti।

saḥ pāṭhyasañcikām avāropayati।

hya

madhyamavargaḥ   

uccanimnayoḥ madhyastarīyaḥ vargaḥ।

vastūnāṃ mūlyavardhanena nimnavargeṇa saha madhyamavargaḥ api trastaḥ asti।

hya

citram, ālekhyam   

dūradarśanaprasāraṇe yad dṛśyate।

dūradarśanasañcāt kevalaṃ dhvaniḥ śrūyate citraṃ na dṛśyate।

hya

mukhya-kāryakārī-adhikārī   

kasyāpi saṃsthāyāḥ sarvoccaḥ adhikārī yaḥ saṃsthāyāḥ kāryāṇāṃ nirīkṣaṇaṃ karoti teṣāṃ prati uttaradāyī ca asti।

mama mitraṃ bṛhatyām udyogasaṃsthāyāṃ mukhya-kāryakārī-adhikārī asti।

hya

senādhyakṣaḥ   

senāyām ekaḥ adhikārī।

rāmasya pitā senādhyakṣaḥ asti।

hya

svāsthyam   

uttamā śārīrikī avasthā।

naike bhāratīyāḥ krīḍakāḥ svāsthyasya samasyayā grastāḥ santi।

hya

ādhāraphalakam, mukhyaphalakam   

saṅgaṇakasya ekaḥ mahatvapūrṇaḥ bhāgaḥ।

asmākaṃ saṅgaṇakasya ādhāraphalakam aduṣyat।

hya

prasāramādhyamam   

janatāyai vārtāṃ preṣayituṃ prayuktaṃ sādhanam।

dūradarśanam ākāśavāṇī ityādīni prasāramādhyamāni santi।

hya

madhyaḥ, kendram   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ tat sthānaṃ yasmāt tasya prāntaḥ samāne antare bhavati।

prakoṣṭhasya madhye mandiram asti।

hya

mukhyadhārā   

kasyāpi mahatvapūrṇaḥ tathā ca mukhyaḥ pakṣaḥ yasmin gatimānatā vartate।

adhunā bahavaḥ janāḥ samājasya mukhyadhārāyāḥ dūrībhūtāḥ।

hya

pracāramādhyamam   

vārtāpatrasya lekhakānāṃ vṛttāntalekhakānāṃ vā samūhaḥ।

mantrimahodayena pracāramādhyame svasya aparādhaḥ svīkṛtaḥ।

hya

adhyayanaśīla   

yaḥ adhyayane viśeṣaṃ prayatnaṃ karoti।

adhyayanaśīlaḥ rameśaḥ kakṣāyāṃ sarvadā agrasthāne bhavati।

hya

sārathyam   

sāratheḥ kāryam।

mahābhāratasya yuddhe arjunasya sārathyaṃ bhagavān śrīkṛṣṇaḥ cakāra।

hya

svāsthyalābhaḥ   

kasmādapi rogāt śanaiḥ śanaiḥ mukteḥ kriyā।

svāsthyalābhāya māsasya avadhiḥ āvaśyakam।

hya

hyakam   

śarīrasya aṅgasya uparitanā ūtiḥ saṃracanā vā।

bāhyakasya kṣatigrastatvaṃ cintāpadaṃ bhavitum arhati।

hya

abhiyācanā, abhyarthanā, yācñā   

kasyāpi adhikārarūpeṇa dṛḍhatāpūrveṇa viśiṣṭāyāḥ sevāyāḥ apekṣayā kṛtā yācanasya kriyā।

śramikāṇāṃ abhiyācanā na pūritā ataḥ te karmanyāsaṃ kurvanti।

hya

uccamādhyamikavidyālayaḥ   

yasmin vidyālaye navamīkakṣātaḥ dvādaśyāṃ kakṣāṃ yāvat śikṣā pradīyate।

bālakāḥ samīpastham uccamādhyamikavidyālayaṃ paṭhanārthaṃ gacchanti।

hya

mādhya   

parasparayoḥ viparītayoḥ diśoḥ sthitayoḥ dvayoḥ bindvoḥ saṅkhyayoḥ vā madhyasthānam।

yadi kasyacit sthānasya nimnatamaḥ tāpamānaḥ navapañcaśatāṃśaḥ asti adhikatamaḥ tāpamānaḥ pañcāśatādhikaikaśatam asti tarhi tatratyaḥ mādhyaḥ tāpamānaḥ śatāṃśaṃ yāvat bhavati।

hya

madhyapūrvaḥ   

turkīdeśāt uttaradiśi āphrikāṃ yāvat tathā pūrvadiśi īrāṇaṃ yāvat bhūmadhyasāgarasya samīpasthaḥ pradeśaḥ।

madhyapūrvaḥ pāścimātyasaṃskṛteḥ ugamasthānam asti।

hya

prasāramādhyamakarmī   

yaḥ prasāramādhyame kāryaṃ karoti।

ārakṣakāḥ prasāramādhyamakarmiṇaḥ prāharan।

hya

upapradhānamadhyasthaḥ   

pradhānamadhyasthasya adhīnaḥ saḥ grāmasevakaḥ yaḥ tasya anupasthitau tasya sthāne kāryarataḥ bhavati।

upapradhānamadhyasthasya pradhānamadhyasthasya ca melanena atra vikāsaḥ na bhavati।

hya

upādhyakṣaḥ   

adhyakṣa iti padasya anantarīyaḥ padādhikārī yaḥ kārye adhyakṣasya sahāyyaṃ karoti।

asyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ upādhyakṣaḥ adya na āgamiṣyati।

hya

adhyayanapūrṇa   

adhyayanena sahitam।

bhavān asya pustakasya adhyayanapūrṇaṃ vivecanaṃ karotu।

hya

vindhya   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

hemacandrasya pariśiṣṭaparvan ityasmin granthe vindhyasya varṇanam asti

hya

vindhyakaḥ   

ekaḥ rājavaṃśaḥ ।

vindhyakaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe varṇitaḥ

hya

vindhyakandaram   

sthānaviśeṣaḥ ।

vindhyakandarasya varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyāṃ dṛśyate

hya

vindhyaculikāḥ   

ekā jātiḥ ।

vindhyaculikāḥ mahābhārate varṇyate

hya

vindhyapālakāḥ   

ekā jātiḥ ।

vindhyapālakāḥ viṣṇupurāṇe varṇitāḥ

hya

vindhyavat   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe vindhyavataḥ varṇanaṃ dṛśyate

hya

vindhyavarmā   

ekaḥ rājā ।

praśastiṣu vindhyavarmā varṇyate

hya

vindhyavāsī   

sthānaviśeṣaḥ ।

vindhyavāsinaḥ varṇanaṃ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

hya

vindhyasenaḥ   

ekaḥrājā ।

viṣṇupurāṇe vindhyasenasya varṇanam asti

hya

vilaṅghyalakṣaṇam   

prakaraṇaviśeṣaḥ ।

ekāra-aikārayoḥ pare svaraḥ san tayoḥ jāyamānasya parivartanasya viṣaye vilaṅghyalakṣaṇam iti prakaraṇaṃ vidyate

hya

pathya   

ekaḥ ācāryaḥ ।

pathyasya ullekhaḥ atharvavede vartate

hya

viṣṇudevārādhya   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

viṣṇudevārādhyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

hya

vaitāḍhya   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

vaitāḍhyasya ullekhaḥ śatruñjaya-mahātmyam ityasmin granthe asti

hya

prativindhya   

ekaḥ rājā ।

prativindhyasya rājyaṃ vindhye āsīt

hya

prativindhya   

yudhiṣṭhirasya putraḥ ।

prativindhyasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

hya

prativindhya   

yudhiṣṭhiraputrasya vaṃśyaḥ ।

prativindhyasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

hya

śākhya   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

śākhīnām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

hya

śilāhya   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śilāhyasya ullekhaḥ pravareṣu asti

hya

bāhubādhaḥ, bāhubādhyaḥ, bahuradaḥ   

ekaḥ jātiviśeṣaḥ ।

mahābhārate bāhubādhaḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ dṛśyate

hya

hya   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

saṃskārakaustubhe bāhyasya nirdeśaḥ bhavati

hya

hya   

ekaḥ jātiviśeṣaḥ ।

viṣṇu-purāṇe bāhyāḥ varṇitāḥ prāpyate

hya

bodhyagītā   

mahābhāratasya mokṣaparveṣu ekaḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ śāntiparvaṇi vidyate ।

mahābhārate bodhyagītā nāma bodhya-yayātyoḥ saṃvādaḥ prasiddhaḥ vartate

hya

bāhubādhaḥ, bāhubādhyaḥ, bahuradaḥ   

ekaḥ jātiviśeṣaḥ ।

mahābhārate bāhubādhaḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ dṛśyate

hya

hya   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

saṃskārakaustubhe bāhyasya nirdeśaḥ bhavati

hya

hya   

ekaḥ jātiviśeṣaḥ ।

viṣṇu-purāṇe bāhyāḥ varṇitāḥ prāpyate

hya

bodhyagītā   

mahābhāratasya mokṣaparveṣu ekaḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ śāntiparvaṇi vidyate ।

mahābhārate bodhyagītā nāma bodhya-yayātyoḥ saṃvādaḥ prasiddhaḥ vartate

hya

medhya   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

medhyaḥ ṛgvede vartamānaḥ ekaḥ lekhakaḥ āsīt

hya

medhya   

ekā nadī ।

medhyāḥ ullekhaḥ ṛgvede vartate

hya

saṅghaguhya   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

saṅghaguhyasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

hya

sarvātithyam   

ekaḥ taḍāgaḥ ।

sarvātithyasya ullekhaḥ śukasaptatyām asti

hya

sahya   

bhāratasya mukhyāsu saptasu parvatamālāsu ekaḥ ।

sahyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

hya

sāṅkhya   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sāṅkhyasya ullekhaḥ carakeṇa kṛtaḥ

hya

sāṅkhyakaumudī   

sāṅkhyakārikāyāḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sāṅkhyakaumudyāḥ racayitā rāmakṛṣṇabhaṭṭācāryaḥ

hya

sāṅkhyakramadīpikā   

tattvasamāsasya ṭīkagranthaḥ ।

sāṅkhyakramadīpikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

hya

sāṅkhyacandrikā   

sāṅkhyakārikāyāḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sāṅkhyacandrikāyāḥ racayitā nārāyaṇatīrthaḥ asti

hya

sāṅkhyatattvakaumudī   

sāṅkhyakārikāyāḥ ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sāṅkhyatattvakaumudyāḥ racayitā vācaspati-miśraḥ āsīt

hya

sāṅkhyatattvavilāsaḥ   

sāṃkhyatattvakaumudyāḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sāṅkhyatattvavilāsasya racayitā raghunāgha-tattvavāgīśa-bhaṭṭācāryaḥ asti

hya

sāṅkhyataraṅgaḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sāṅkhyataraṅgaḥ sāṅkhyasūtrasya ṭākāgranthaḥ asti

hya

sādhyakośaḥ   

ekaḥ śabdakośaḥ ।

sādhyakośasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

hya

sindhumadhya   

ekaṃ maṇḍalam ।

sindhumadhyasya ullekhaḥ vivaऱṇapustikāyām asti

hya

saṅkhya   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

saṅkhyasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇagranthe vartate

hya

sabhya   

ekaḥ agniḥ ।

sabhyaḥ iti pañcapavitrāgniṣu ekaḥ asti

hya

vindhyavāsī   

vaidyakīyaviṣayasya lekhakaḥ ।

vindhyavāsinaḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

hya

vindhyavāsī   

sāṅkhyadarśanasya ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

vindhyavāsinaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

hya

sahya   

vivasvataḥ putraḥ ।

sahyasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

hya

guhyadevī   

ekā devatā ।

guhyadevī bauddhasāhitye ullikhitā asti

hya

guhyapatividyā   

ekā prārthanā ।

guhyapatividyāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

hya

gṛhyavivaraṇam   

ekaḥ ṭīkākāraḥ ।

gṛhyavivaraṇasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

hya

sphyakṛt   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sphyakṛtaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

hya

strīvāhya   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

strīvāhyānām ullekhaḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti

hya

kapilasāṅkhyapravacanabhāṣyam   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kapilasāṅkhyapravacanabhāṣyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

hya

tṛṇāḍhya   

tṛṇaprakāraḥ ।

tṛṇāḍhyasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

hya

uddhya   

ekaḥ nadaḥ ।

uddhyasya ullekhaḥ bhaṭṭikāvye asti

hya

ukhya   

ekaḥ vaiyākaraṇaḥ ।

ukhyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

hya

nirmākhya   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

nirmākhyasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

hya

tṛṇāḍhya   

tṛṇaprakāraḥ ।

tṛṇāḍhyasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

hya

druhya   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

druhyaḥ śivādigaṇe parigaṇitaḥ

Parse Time: 3.672s Search Word: hya Input Encoding: IAST: hya